TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO
REVISED ORDINANCES, 1950
PREPARED UNDER TUR AUTHORITY OF
THE LAW REVISION ORDINANCE
Ch. tl. Now 7,
BY
ELLIOT FRANCIS MAINGOT
CROWN SOLICITOR TRINIDAD AND TORAQO
Tuts EDITION CONTAINS THE ORDINANCES OF THE COLONY
IN FORCE THE 3lsT DAY oF DECEMBER, 1950,
EXCLUSIVE OF THOSE RESERVED BY ORDINANCE No. 23 oF
1949 AND BY SUBSEQUENT PROCLAMATIONS,
VOL. IV.
Price per set of 10 Volumes——£25 or $120.00 British Caribbean Currency
PRINTED BY
Oo. F. ROWORTIL LTD., 88, FETTER LANE, LONDON, £.c.4,.
1951.
[Appointed by the Government of the Colony of Trinidad and Tobago the Government Printers
of thie Edition within the meaning of the Kvidence (Colonial Statutes) Act, 1907.]
To be purchased from the Government Printer, Port-of-Spain, and from the Crown Agenta
for the Colonies, 4, Millbank, London, S.W.1.
Ls |) OF "Loripg
VOL.No. cay y
EEG
PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY
Cc. F. ROWORTH LTD., 88 FETTER LANE, LONDON, E.C.4.
Z
°
SN TMAWHE
PON THFrYOnE
~—
CONTENTS.
VOLUME IV.
CHAPTER 29.
STATUS.
VOL. IV. PAGE
BIRTHS AND DEATHS REGISTRATION 2
MARRIAGE 26
DECEASED WIFE’s SISTER’S MARRIAGE 52
Mus_im MARRIAGE AND DIvoRCE REGISTRATION 54
Hinpu MARRIAGE 69
REGISTERS OF BIRTHS, DEATHS AND MARRIAGES 84
ADOPTION OF CHILDREN 88
CENSUS 102
CHAPTER 30.
CONTROL OF VARIOUS MATTERS.
ADVERTISEMENTS REGULATION 110
FACTORIES 113
GAS CYLINDERS (USE, CONVEYANCE AND STORAGE) 183
EXPLOSIVES 189
FIREARMS AND AMMUNITION 214
Foop AND FUEL CONTROL 226
OLD METAL AND MARINE STORES 230
NEWSPAPERS 235
THEATRES AND Dance HALLS 242
CINEMATOGRAPH 246
CINEMATOGRAPH ENTERTAINMENTS (MAXIMUM CHARGES) 268
Boxinc CONTROL 270
STREET COLLECTIONS (CONTROL)... we wee ... 284
V1
15.
16.
7
18.
19.
20.
21,
—
SF we Iv
we
Q,
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
lo.
17.
18.
19.
CHAPTER 30-—CONTROL OF VARIOU.
No.
14.
Contents.
LICENSING Dr, crs (PrREctovu METALS
STONES)
Evectric INSTALLATIONS (BUILDINGS)
ELECTRICITY (INSPECTION)
SLEEPING ACCOMMODATION (CONTROL OF CITARGES)
SERVICES (CHARGES CONTROL)
LiIMEOI. (CONTROL OF MANUFACTURE)
Motios PictvRE FieMs (CARRIAGE AXD STORAGE)
Poot BETTING
CHAPTER 31.
TRADE AND COMMIERCE.
COMPANIE,
PARTNERSHIP
REGISTRATION OF BUSINESS NAMES
MERCANTILE LAW
BILLs IEXCHANGE
BILLs oF LADING
CARRIAGE OF Goops BY SE:
BILLs SALE
SALE OF GOODS
AUCTIONEERS
MONEYLENDERS
PAWNBROKERS
RURAL PEDLARS
SHops (Hours OF OPENING AND EMPLOYMENT)
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES
COPYRIGHT
MERCHANDISE MARKS
PATENTS, DESIGNS AND TRADE MARKS
ASSURANCE COMPANIES
MATTERS—- continued.
VOL.
PAGE
288
293
301
311
314
324
326
331
338
726
741
752
756
796
798
806
814
837
843
861
882
880
901
921
926
936
T.—IV.
TRINIDAD axp TOBAGO.
Revised Ordinances, 1950.
CHAPTER 29.
STATUS.
. L.-—BiIrtTHS AND DEATHS REGISTRATION.
. 2. — MARRIAGE.
. 3. DECEASED WIFE’S SISTER’S MARRIAGE.
J+. Mustim MARRIAGE AND DIVORCE
REGISTRATION.
.5. Hindu MARRIAGE.
.6.—REGISTERS OF BIRTHS, DEATHS AND
MAW RIAGES.
. 7.—ADOPTION OF CHILDREN,
. 8.-—CENSUS.
2 Ch. 29. No.1.) Births and Deaths Registration.
CHAPTER 29. No. 1.
BIRTHS AND DEATHS REGISTRATION,
Ordinances AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO THE REGISTRATION OF BIRTHS
Ch.29. No.1-
1940. ° AND DEATHS.
No. 38-1947.
Commence- 16th December, 1847.)
ment.
Short title. 1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Births and Deaths
Registration Ordinance.
Interpre- 2. In this Ordinance—
sation. Public Institution means a Prison, Industrial
School, Orphanage, Asylum, Hospital, and any pres-
cribed Public or Charitable Institution;
“house includes a Public Institution as above
defined ,
occupier Չۉ۪ includes the Keeper, Master, Matron,
Superintendent, or other Chief Resident Officer of every
Public Institution, also the owner and the manager of
every estate and plantation in the Colony; and where
a house is let in separate apartments or lodgings
includes any person residing in such house who is the
person under whom such lodgings or separate apart-
ments are immediately held, or his agent ;
“relative †includes a relative by marriage;
appointed fee’’ means the fee specified in the
Second Schedule to this Ordinance.
Definition of 3. Where reference is made in this Ordinance to a Regis-
and Super- t¥ar or Superintendent Registrar in connection with any
intendent = hirth or death, or any register, such reference shall (unless
Registrar. the contrary be expressed) be deemed to be made to the
Births and Deaths Registration. [Ch. 29. No.1.
Registrar who is the Registrar for the district in which such
birth or death took place or who keeps the register in which
the birth or death is or is required to be registered, or who
keeps the register referred to, and to the Superintendent
Registrar who superintends such Registrar as aforesaid.
4. The Registrar General shall keep at his office in Port-of-
Spain a general register of births and deaths in the Colony.
5. The Registrar General shall send, once in every year,
to the Governor a general abstract of the numbers of births
and deaths registered during the twelve months ending on
the last day of December then immediately preceding, in
such form as the Governor from time to time may require;
and every such annual general abstract shall be laid before
the Legislative Council.
Superintendent Registrars and Registrars.
6. The Governor shall appoint such person as he shall see
fit as Superintendent Registrar of births and deaths within
the City of Port-of-Spain, and such other person as he shall
see fit as Superintendent Registrar of births and deaths
within the town of San Fernando.
7. (1) Each Warden, within the district of which he is
Warden, shall be the Superintendent Registrar of births and
deaths.
(2) All the powers and duties conferred and imposed on
a Warden under this Ordinance may be exercised and per-
formed by an Assistant Warden.
(3) All fees received by Wardens and Assistant
Wardens under this Ordinance shall be paid into the
Treasury for the use of the Colony.
8. It shall be lawful for each such Superintendent
Registrar, with the approval of the Registrar General, to
divide the city, town, county, or ward, of or for which he
shall be Superintendent, into such and so many districts as
he shall think fit; and from time to time, with such approval
as aforesaid, to alter and vary the number of such districts;
: 1 (2)
Gencral
register.
Annual
abstract of
registers to
be sent to
Governor.
Super-
intendent
Registrars
for Port-of
Spain and
San
Fernando,
fVardens and
Assistant
Wardens.
Districts.
District
Registrars,
Deputy
Registrars,
Keister
boxes.
Transfer of
books, etc.,
on removal
of Registrar.
Ch. 29. No.1.| Births and Deaths Registration,
and every such district shall be called by a distinct name,
and shall be a Registrar’s district, and the Superintendent
Registrar shall appoint a person with such qualifications as
the Registrar General may, by any general rule, declare to
be necessary to be Registrar of births and deaths within
each district, and in every case of vacancy in the office of
Registrar shall forthwith fill up the vacancy; and every
such Registrar shall hold his office during the pleasure of
the Registrar General.
9. For every district for which a Registrar of births and
deaths shall be appointed as aforesaid, the Registrar shall
have power, subject to the approval of the Superintendent
Registrar, to appoint by writing under his hand a fit person
to act as his Deputy im case of the illness or unavoidable
absence of such Registrar; and every such Deputy Regis-
trar, whilst so acting, shall have all the powers and duties,
and be subject to all the provisions and penalties herein
declared. concerning Registrars, and in case of the death of
the Registrar shall act as Registrar until another Registrar
is appointed, and every Registrar shall be civilly responsible
for the acts or omissions of his deputy.
10. The Registrar General shall furnish to every Super-
intendent Registrar, for the use of the Registrars under his
superintendence, a sufficient number of strong iron boxes
to hold the register books to be kept by such Registrars;
and every such box shall be furnished with a lock and two
key. and no more, and one of such keys shall be kept by the
Registrar, and the other key shall be kept by the Superin-
tendent Registrar, and the register books of cach district,
while in the custody of the Registrar and not in use, shall
be alway kept in the register box, and the register box
shall always be kept locked.
11. In every case in which any Registrar or Superin-
tendent Registrar shall be removed from or cease to hold
office, all register boxes, keys, books, documents, and papers
in his possession as such Registrar or Superintendent
Registrar shall be given up as soon as conveniently may be
to his successor in office; and if any person shall refuse to
give up any such box, key, books, documents, or papers in
Births and Deaths Registration. |Ch.29. No. 1.
such case as aforesaid it shall be lawful for any Justice for
the district where such person shall be or reside, upon
application for that purpose, to issue a warrant under his
hand for bringing such person before the Magistrate of the
district; and upon such person appearing, or not being
found, it shall be lawful for such Magistrate to hear and
determine the matter in a summary way; and if it shall
appear to the Magistrate that anv such box, key, books,
documents, or papers are in the custody or power of any
such person, and that he has refused or wilfully neglected
to deliver the same, the Magistrate shall commit such
offender to prison, there to remain without bail until he
shall have delivered up the same, or until satisfaction shall
have been given in respect thereof to the person in whose
custody the same ought to be; and the Magistrate may grant
a warrant to search for such box, key, books, documents,
or papers, as in the case of stolen goods, in anv dwelling-
house or other premises in which any credible witness shall
prove upon oath that there is reasonable cause to suspect
the same to be, and the same when found shall be delivered
to the person in whose custody they ought to be.
12. Every Registrar and Deputy Registrar shall dwell
within the district of which he is Registrar or Deputy
Registrar, and shall cause his name, with the addition of
Registrar or Deputy Registrar (as the case may be) for the
district for which he shall be so appointed, to be placed in
some conspicuous place on or near the outer door of his own
dwelling-house, and the Superintendent Registrar shall cause
to be printed and published in the city, town, county, or
ward which he shall superintend, a list of ‘the names and
places of abode of everv Registrar and Deputy Registrar
under his superintendence.
13. The Registrar General shall cause to be printed a
sufficient number of register books for making entries of all
births and deaths in the Colony, according to the forms A
and B of the First Schedule hereto; and such register books
shall be of durable materials, and in them shall be printed
upon each side of every leaf the heads of information by this
Ordinance required to be known and registered, of births
and deaths respectively; and every page of each of such
Registrar to
reside within
the district.
Register
books.
Virst
Schedule.
Forms A
and B,
Registrars
to inform
themselves
of all births
and deaths.
Information
concerning
birth to be
given to
Registrar
within
42 days.
Requisition
by Registrar
of informa-
tion after
42 days.
Ch. 29. No. 1.] Births and Deaths Registration.
books shall be numbered progressively from the beginning to
the end, beginning with number one; and every place of
entry shall be also numbered progressively from the begin-
ning to the end of the book, beginning with number one;
and every entry shall be divided from the following entry
by a printed line.
14. Every Registrar shall be authorised, and is hereby
required, to inform himself carefully of every birth and
every death which shall happen in his district, and to learn
and register, as soon after the event as conveniently may be
done, in one of the said books, the particulars required to
be registered according to the said forms A and B res-
pectively, touching every such birth or every such death, as
the case may be, which shall not have been already regis-
tered, every such entry being made in order from the
beginning to the end of the book.
Registration of births.
15. In the case of every child born alive, it shall be the
duty of the father and mother of the child, and in default
of the father and mother, of the occupier of the house or
tenement in which, or the person in charge of the plantation
or estate on which, the child is born, and of each person
present at the birth, and of the person having charge of the
child, to give to the Registrar, within forty-two days next
after such birth, information of the particulars required to
be registered concerning such birth, and in the presence of
the Registrar to sign the register.
16. Where a birth has, from the default of the parents or
other persons required to give information concerning it, not
been duly registered, the Registrar may, at any time after
the end of forty-two days from such birth, by notice in
writing, require any of the persons required by this Ordin-
ance to give information concerning such birth to attend
personally at the Registrar’s office, or at any other place
appointed by the Registrar within his district, within such
time (not less than seven days after the receipt of such
notice, and not more than three months from the date of the
birth) as may be specified in such notice, and to give
information, to the best of such person’s knowledge and
Births and Deaths Registration. [Ch.29. No.1.
belief, of the particulars required to be registered concerning
such birth, and to sign the register in the presence of the
Registrar; and it shall be the duty of such person, unless
the birth is registered before the expiration of the time
specified in such requisition, to comply with such requisi-
tion.
17. In case any living new-born child is found exposed, it
shall be the duty of any person finding such child, and of any
person in whose charge such child may be placed, to give, to
the best of his knowledge and belief, to the Registrar, within
seven days after the finding of such child, such information
of the particulars required to be registered concerning the
birth of such child as the informant possesses, and in the
presence of the Registrar to sign the register.
18. (1) After the expiration of three months next after
the birth of any child, a Registrar shall not register such
birth except as in this section provided; that is to say, in
case the birth of any child has not been registered as
hereinbefore required, the Registrar may, after three, and
not later than twelve, months next after the birth, by notice
in writing, require any of the persons required by this
Ordinance to give information concerning the birth to
attend personally at the Superintendent Registrar’s office,
within such time (not less than seven days after the receipt
of the notice, and not more than twelve months after the
date of the birth) as may be specified in the notice, and make
before the Superintendent Registrar a solemn declaration,
according to the best of the declarant’s knowledge and
belief, of the particulars required to be registered concerning
the birth, and sign the register in the presence of the
Registrar and Superintendent Registrar; and upon any
of the said persons attending before a Registrar and
Superintendent Registrar, whether in pursuance of a
requisition or not, and making such a declaration as
aforesaid, and giving information concerning the birth, the
Registrar shall then and there, in the presence of such
Superintendent Registrar, register the birth according to
the information of the declarant, and the Superintendent
Registrar before whom the declaration is made shall,Â¥as
Information
respecting
finding of
new-born
child to be
given to
Registrar.
Registry
after expira-
tion of three
months from
birth.
Registry
after twelve
months from
Iirth., ©
Registry of
birth out of
district in
case of
Temoval.
Saving for
father of
iNegitimate
child.
Ch. 29. No.1.) Births and Deaths Registration,
well as the Registrar and declarant, sign the entry of the
birth.
(2) After the expiration of twelve months next
after the birth of any child, that birth shall not be registered
except with the written authority of the Registrar General
for registering the same, and except in accordance with the
prescribed rules, and the fact of such authority having
been given shall be entered in the register.
(3) Every person who registers or causes to be
registered the birth of any child in contravention of this
section shall be able to a fine of ninety-six dollars.
19. (1) Any person required by this Ordinance to give
information concerning a birth, who removes before such
birth is registered out of the district in which such birth has
taken place, may, within three months after such birth,
give the information by making and signing in the presence
of the Registrar of the district in which he resides a
declaration in writing of the particulars required to be
registered concerning such birth; and such Registrar, on
payment of the appointed fee, shall receive and attest the
declaration and send the same to the Registrar of the
district in which the birth took place; and the last
mentioned Registrar shall, in the prescribed manner, enter
the birth in the register; ; and the entry so made shall be
deemed, for the purposes of this Ordinance, to have been
signed by the person who signed the declaration.
(2) A person making a declaration in pursuance of
this section in the case of any birth shall be deemed to have
complied with the provisions of this Ordinance as to giving
information concerning that birth, and with any requisition
of the Registrar made under this Ordinance within the said
three months to attend and give information concerning
that birth.
20. In the case of an illegitimate child, no person shall, as
father of such child, be required to give information under
this Ordinance concerning the birth of such child, and the
Registrar shall not enter in the register the name of any
person as father of such child, unless at the joint request
of the mother and of the person acknowledging himself to be
Births and Deaths Registration. (Ch. 29. No. 1.
the father of such child, and such person shall in such case
sign the register, together with the mother.
21. (1) When the birth of any child has been registered
and the name, if anv, by which it was registered is altered,
or if it was registered without a name, when a name is
given to it, the parent or guardian of such child, or other
person procuring such name to ‘be altered or given, may,
within twelve months next after the registration of the
birth, deliver to the Registrar or Superintendent Registrar
such certificate as hereinatter mentioned, and the Registrar
cr Superintendent Registrar, upon the receipt of that
cettificate, and on payment of the appointed fee, shall,
without any erasure of the original entry, forthwith enter
in the register book the name mentioned in the certificate
as having been given to the child, and, having stated upon
the certificate the fact of such entry having been made,
shall forthwith send the certificate to the Registrar General,
together with a certified copy of the entry of the birth
with the name so added.
(2) The certificate shall be according to form F or
form G in the First Schedule, or as near thereto as circum-
stances admit, and shall be signed by the minister or person
who performed the rite of baptism upon which the name was
given or altered, or, if the child is not baptized, shall be
signed by the father, mother, or guardian of the child, or
other person procuring the name of the child to be given
or altered.
(3) Every minister or person who performs the rite
of baptism shall deliver the certificate required by this
section on demand, on payment of a fee of twenty-four cents.
22. (1) Every Registrar, immediately upon registering
anv birth, shall without fee or reward deliver to the person
Tegistering such birth a certificate under his hand according
to form H in the First Schedule, and such certificate shall be
delivered by the parent or guardian of such child, or other
person registering the birth of such child, to the minister or
person who shall be required to perform and who shall
perform the rite of baptism, and if any child shall be
baptized for which no such certificate shall have been so
delivered, the minister or person who shall perform the
legistration
of name of
child or of
alteration of
mame.
Forms I
and G.
Registrar to
give certifi-
cate of birth
to informant
who shall
deliver same
to minister.
Form H.
10
Registry of
deaths.
[nformation
where death
occurs in
house.
Information
where death
does not
occur in
house.
Ch. 29. No. 1.! Births and Deaths Registration.
rite of baptism shall forthwith give notice thereof to the
Registrar.
(2) Every minister or person who performs the rite
of baptism for which no certificate shall have been duly made
and delivered as aforesaid, and who shall not, within fourteen
days, give notice thereof to the Registrar, shall be liable toa
fine of twenty-four dollars.
Registration of deaths.
23. The death of every person dying in the Colony, and
the cause of such death, shall be registered by the Registrar
in the manner directed by this Ordinance.
24. When a person dies in a house, it shall be the duty of
the nearest relatives of the deceased present at the death,
or in attendance during the last illness of the deceased, and
in default of such relatives, of every other relative of the
deceased dwelling or being in the same district as the
deceased, and in default of such relatives, of each person
present at the death, and of the occupier of the house in
which, to his knowledge, the death took place, and in
default of the persons hereinbefore in this section mentioned,
of each inmate of such house, and of the person causing the
body of the deceased person to be buried, to give, to the
best of his knowledge and belief, to the Registrar, within
the five days next following the day of such death,
information of the particulars required to be registered
concerning such death, and in the presence of the Registrar
to sign the register
25. Where a person dies in a place which is not a house,
or a dead body is found elsewhere than in a house, it shall
be the duty of every relative of such deceased person having
knowledge of any of the particulars required to be registered
concerning the death, and in default of such relative, of
every person present at the death, and of any person finding,
and of any person taking charge of the body, and of the
person causing the body to be buried, to give to the
Registrar, within the five days next after the death or the
finding, such information of the particulars required to be
Births and Deaths Registration. [Ch. 29. No. 1.
registered concerning the death as the informant possesses,
and in the presence of the Registrar to sign the register.
26. If a person required to give information concerning
any death sends to the Registrar a written notice of the
occurrence of the death, accompanied by such medical
certificate of the cause of the death as is required by this
Ordinance to be delivered to a Registrar, the information
of the particulars required by this Ordinance to be registered
concerning the death need not be given within the said
five days, but shall, notwithstanding such notice, be given
within ten days next after the day of the death by the person
giving such notice or some other person required by this
Ordinance to give the information.
27. Where any death has, from the default of the person
required to give information concerning it, not been
registered, the Registrar may, at any time after the expira-
tion of ten days and within twelve months from the day of
such death or from the finding of the dead body elsewhere
than in a house, by notice in wniting, require any person
required by this Ordinance to give information concerning
such death to attend personally at the Registrar’s office,
or at any other place appointed by the Registrar within his
district, within such time (not less than seven days after
the receipt of the notice, nor more than twelve months
after the death or finding of the dead body) as may be
specified in the notice, and to give the said information to
the best of the informant’s knowledge and belief, and to
sign the register in the presence of the Registrar; and it shall
be the duty of such person, unless the death is registered
before the expiration of the time specified in the requisition,
to comply with the requisition.
28. (1) After the expiration of twelve months next after
any death, or after the finding of the dead body elsewhere
than in a house, that death shall not be registered except
with the written authority of the Registrar General for
registering the same, and except in accordance with the
prescribed rules, and the fact of such authority having
been given shall be entered in the register.
11
Notice pre-
liminary to
information.
Requisition
by Registrar
of informa-
tion concern-
ing deaths
from quali-
fied infor-
mant,
Death not to
be registered
after twelve
months.
12
Information
by Coroner.
Coroner's
order and
Registrar's
certificate
Jor burial.
Ch. 29. No.1.) Births and Deaths Registration.
(2) Every person who registers or causes to be
registered any death in contravention of this section shall be
liable to a fine of ninety-six dollars.
29. (1) Where an inquest is held on any dead body, the
Coroner shall enquire of the particulars required to be
registered concerning the death, and the Coroner shall send
to the Registrar, within five days after his finding on such
inquest, a certificate under his hand giving information
concerning the death and specifying his finding with
respect to the said particulars, and to the cause of death,
and specifying the time and place at which the inquest was
held, and the Registrar shall, in the prescribed form and
manner, enter the death and particulars. If the death has
been previously registered, the said particulars shall be
entered in the prescribed manner without any alteration
of the original entry
(2) Where an inquest is held on any dead body, no
person shall, with respect to such dead body or death, be
liable to attend upon a requisition of a Registrar, or be
subject to any penalty for failing to give information in
pursuance of any other provision of this Ordinance.
Burtals,
30. (1) A Coroner, upon holding an inquest upon any
body, may, if he thinks fit, by order under his hand,
authorise the body to be buried before registry of the death,
and shall give such order to the relative of the deceased or
or other person who causes the body to be buried, or to the
undertaker or other person having charge of the funeral;
and except upon holding an inquest, no order, warrant,
or other document for the burial of any body shall be
given by the Coroner.
(2) The Registrar, upon registering any death or upon
receiving a written notice of the occurrence of a death,
accompanied by a medical certificate as is before provided
bv this Ordinance, shall forthwith, or as soon after as he is
required, give, without fee or reward, either to the person
giving information concerning the death or sending the
notice, or to the undertaker or other person having charge
of the funeral of the deceased, a certificate under his hand
Births and Deaths Registration. (Ch. 29. No. 1.
that he has registered or received notice of the death, as
the case may be.
(3) Every such order of the Coroner and certificate
of the Registrar shall be delivered to the person who buries
or performs any funeral or religious service for the burial
of the body of the deceased; and any person to whom such
order or certificate was given by the Coroner or Registrar
who fails so to deliver or cause to be delivered the same shall
be liable to a fine of ten dollars.
(4) The person who buries or performs any funeral or
religious service for the burial of any dead body, as to which
no order or certificate under this section is delivered to him,
shall, within seven days after the burial, give notice thereof
in writing to the Registrar, and if he fail so to do shall be
liable to a fine of forty-eight dollars.
31. (1) A person shall not wilfully bury or procure to be
buried the body of any deceased child as if it were still-
born.
(2) A person who has control over or ordinarily burice.
bodies in any burial ground shall not permit to be buried in
such burial ground the body of any deceased child as if it
were still-born, and shall not permit to be buried or bury in
such burial ground any still-born child before there is
delivered to him cither—
(a) a written certificate that such child was not born
alive, signed by a registered medical practitioner who
was in attendance at the birth or has examined the
body of such child; or
(6) a declaration signed by some person who would,
if the child had been born alive, have been required by
this Ordinance to give information concerning the
birth, to the effect that no registered medical practi-
tioner was present at the birth, or that his certificate
cannot be obtained, and that the child was not born
alive; or
(c) if there has been an inquest, an order of the
Coroner.
(3) Any person who acts in contravention of this
section shall be liable to a fine of forty-eight dollars,
13
Burial of
deceasecl
children as
still-born,
14
Regulations
as to certi-
ficates of
cause of
death.
Ch. 29. No.1.] Births and Deaths Registration.
Certificates of cause of death.
32. With respect to certificates of the cause of death, the
following provisions shall have effect ,—
(a) the Registrar General shall from time to time
furnish to every Registrar printed forms of certificates
of cause of death by registered medical practitioners,
and every Registrar shall furnish such forms gratis to
any registered medical practitioner residing or prac-
tising in such Registrar’s district ;
(b) in case of the death of any person who has been
attended during his last ness by a registered medical
practitioner, that practitioner shall sign and give to
some person required by this Ordinance to give infor-
mation concerning the death a certificate stating to the
best of his knowledge and belief the cause of death,
and such person shall, upon giving information con-
cerning the death, or giving notice of the death, deliver
that certificate to the Registrar, and the cause of death
as stated in that certificate shall be entered in the
register, together with the name of the certifying
medical practitioner ;
(c) in case of the death of any person who had not
the services of a medical practitioner, or who had not
been attended by a medical practitioner during his last
illness, the Registrar General, a Justicc, Superintendent
Registrar, District Registrar, Minister of Religion, or
any gazetted police officer, or subordinate police
officer, may summon the nearest medical practitioner
to view the dead body and to certify on such view, and
according to the symptoms described to him by those
who attended to the deceased person, what he conceives
to be the cause of death; such medical practitioner
shall be entitled to receive a fee for such certificate on
such scale as may be prescribed by the Governor in
Council. The medical practitioner’s certificate shall be
given to some person required by this Ordinance to
give information concerning the death, and such
person shall deliver such certificate to the Registrar,
and the cause of death as stated in that certificate shall
be entered in the register together with the name of the
certifying medical practitioner;
(2) where an inquest is held on the body of any
Births and Deaths Registration. [Ch.29. No. 1.
deceased person, a medical certificate of the cause of
death need not be given to the Registrar, but the
certificate of the finding of the Coroner shall be
sufficient ;
(ec) where by reason of inability to obtain the services
of a medical practitioner to view a dead body and to
certify as in this section required, the Warden, Police
or Ward Officer, Schoolmaster or other of the func-
tionaries mentioned in this section may issue a certifi-
cate for the burial of such deceased person;
(f) if any person to whom a medical certificate is
given by a registered medical practitioner in pursuance
of this section fails to deliver that certificate to the
Registrar, he shall be liable to a fine of ten dollars.
33. Every Superintendent Registrar and Registrar res-
pectively shall be entitled to the fees specified in the Second
Schedule hereto, and every such fce shall be paid to him by
the persons and on the occasions pointed out in such
Schedule and may be recovered as a debt due to him, and,
subject to the prescribed rules, he may refuse to comply
with any application voluntarily made to him until the fee
is paid.
34. (1) Every Registrar, when and as required by the
Director of Medical Services for the purposes of the Board
of Health, shall transmit by post or otherwise a return,
certified under the hand of such Registrar to be a true
return, of such of the particulars registered by him con-
cerning any death as may be specified in the requisition of
the Director of Medical Services.
(2) The Director of Medical Services may supply a
form of the prescribed character for the purposes of the
return, and in that case the return shall be made in the form
so supplied.
Correction of errors.
35. With regard to the correction of errors in registers of
births and deaths, the following provisions shall have
effect —
(a) no alteration in any such register shall be made
except as authorised by this Ordinance;
15
Fees.
Second
Schedule.
Returns of
Registrars to
Director of
Medical
Services.
Correction of
errors in
registers.
16
Register
when not
evidence,
Ch. 29. No.1.) Births and Deaths Regtstration.
(6) any clerical error which may from time to time be
discovered in any such register may be corrected by any
person authorised in that behalf by the Registrar
Gencral, subject to the prescribed rules;
(c) an error of fact or substance in any such register
may be corrected by entry in the margin (without anv
alteration of the original entry) by the officer having the
custody of the register, upon payment of the appointed
fee and upon production to him by the person requiring
such error to be corrected of a statutory declaration
setting forth the nature of the error and the true facts
of the case, and made by two persons requiring by this
Ordinance to give information concerning the birth or
death with reference to which the error has been made,
or in default of such persons then by two eredible
persons having knowledge of the truth of the case;
(d@) where an error of fact or substance (other than
an error relating to the cause of death) occurs in the
information given by a Coroner’s certificate concerning
a dead body upon which he has held an inquest, the
Coroner, if satisfied by evidence on oath or statutory
declaration that such error exists, may certify under
his hand to the officer having the custody of the
register in which such informi iion is entered the nature
of the error and the true facts of the case as ascertained
bv him on such evidence, and the error may thereupon
be corrected by such officer in the register by entering
in the margin (without any alteration of the original
entry) the facts as so certified by the Coroner.
Miscellaneous
36. (1) Anentry or certified copy of an entry of a birth or
death in a register or in a certified copy of such a register,
shall not be evidence of such birth or death, unless such
entry cither purports to be signed by some person professing
to be the informant and to be such a person as is required
by law at the date of such entry to give to the Registrar
information concerning such birth or death, or purports
to be made upon a certificate from a Coroner.
(2) When more than three months have intervened
between the day of the birth and the day of the registration
Births and Deaths Registration. [Ch.29. No. 1.
of the birth of any child, the entry or certified copy of the
entry of the birth of such child in a register or in a certified
copy of such a register, shall not be evidence of such birth,
unless such entry purports --
(a) if it appear that not more than twelve months
have so intervened, to be signed by the Superintendent
Registrar as well as by the Registrar; or
(b) if more than twelve months have so intervened,
to have been made with the authority of the Registrar
General, and in accordance with the prescribed rules.
(3) Where more than twelve months have intervened
between the day of a death or the finding of a dead body and
the day of the registration of the death or the finding of such
body, the entry or certified copy of the entry of the death in
a register or in a certified copy of such register, shall not be
evidence of such death, unless such entry purports to have
been made with the authority of the Registrar General, and
in accordance with the prescribed rules.
37. Every person required to give information concerning
any birth or death, or any living new-born child, or any dead
body, who wilfully refuses to answer any question put to htm
by the Registrar relating to the particulars required to be
registered concerning such birth or death, or fails to comply
with any requisition of the Registrar made in pursuance of
this Ordinance, and every person who refuses or fails with-
out reasonable excuse to give or send any certificate in
accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance, shall be
liable to a fine of ten dollars for each offence; and the
parent of any child who fails to give information concerning
the birth of such child, as required by this Ordinance, shall
be liable to a like fine; and a person required by this
Ordinance to give information concerning a death in the
first instance, and not merely in default of some other
person, shall, if such information as is required by this
Ordinance is not duly given, be liable to the same fine.
38. Any person who forges or falsifies any certificate or
declaration or order under this Ordinance, or, knowing any
such certificate, declaration, or order to be false or forged,
uses the same as true, or gives or sends the same as true to
T.—IV, 2
17
Penalty for
not giving
information.
Offences.
18
Sending
certificates
etc., by post.
Particular.
to be
registered
concerning
birth or
death.
Certified
copies of
registers to
be sent
quarterly,
and register
books when
filled, to
Supt.
Registrar.
Form C.
Ch. 29. No. 1.] Births and Deaths Registration.
any person, shall for each offence be liable, on summary
conviction, to a fine of forty-eight dollars, and, on convic-
tion on indictment, to a fine, or to imprisonment for two
years.
39. All notices, informations, declarations, certificates,
requisitions, returns, and other documents required or
authorised by this Ordinance to be delivered, sent, or given
to the Registrar General, a Superintendent Registrar, or a
Registrar, or by a Registrar to a person who is required to
give information concerning any birth or death, or who gives
notice of any death, may be sent by post, and the date at
which they would be delivered to the person to whom they
are sent in the ordinary course of post shall be deemed to be
the date at which they are received; and in proving such
sending, it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter was
properly addressed and put into the post.
40. The particulars required to be registered concerning a
birth or death shall be the particulars specified in forms A
and B respectively of the First Schedule, or as altered in
pursuance of this Ordinance.
41. Every Registrar shall make out an account four times
in every year of the number of births and deaths which he
shall have registered since the last quarterly account, and
the Superintendent Registrar shall verify and sign the same,
and the Accountant General shall pay to such Registrar, on
the certificate of the Registrar General, an allowance accord-
ing to the following scale; that is to say, for the first ten
entries of births and deaths in every year which he shall
have registered, whether the same be of births or deaths
indiscriminately, sixty cents each, and twenty-four cents for
every subsequent entry of births or deaths in each year.
42. In the months of April, July, October, and January,
on such days as shall from time to time be appointed by the
Registrar General, the Registrar of each district shall make
and deliver to the Superintendent Registrar of his district,
a true copy, on durable materials, certified by him under his
hand according to form C of the First Schedule, of all the
Births and Deaths Registration. [Ch.29. No. 1.
entries of births and deaths in the register book kept by
him since the last certificate; and the Superintendent
Registrar shall verify the same, and, if found to be correct,
shall certify the same under his hand to be a true copy; and
if there shall have been no birth or death registcred since
the delivery of the last certificate, the Registrar shall certify
the fact, and such certificate shall be delivered to the
Superintendent Registrar as aforesaid, and countersigned
by him; and the Registrar shall keep safely each of the
said register books until it shall be filled, and shall then
deliver it to the Superintendent Registrar, to be kept by him
with the records of his office.
43. Every Superintendent Registrar shall, four times in
every year, on such days as shall be therefor named by the
Registrar General, send to the Registrar General all the
certified copies of the registers of births and deaths which he
shall have so received during the three calendar months
next preceding such quarterly days of transmission respec-
tively; and if it shall appear, by the interruption of the
regular progression of numbers or otherwise, that the
copy of any part of any book has not been duly delivered
to him, he shall procure, as far as possible consistently with
the provisions of this Ordinance, that the same may be
remedied and supplied; and every such Superintendent
Registrar shall be entitled to receive the sum of four
conts for every entry in such certified copies; and every
Superintendent Registrar shall make out an account, four
times in every year, of the number of entries in the certified
‘opies sent to him during the last quarter, and the certified
copies so sent to the Registrar General shall be thereafter
kept in such order and manner as the Registrar General
under the direction of the Governor, shall think fit, so
that the same may be most readily seen and examined.
44. Every Registrar who shall have the keeping for the
time being of any register book of births or deaths shall, at
all reasonable times, allow searches to be made of any
register book in his keeping, and. shall give a copy certified
under his hand of any entry or entries in the same, on
payment of the fee hereinafter mentioned; that is to say,
2 (2)
19
Supt.
Registrars to
send certified
copies of
registers to
Registrar
General.
Searches and
certified
copies.
20
Tndexes
searche.
Certified
copies riven
al general
register office
to be sealed.
Fee,
Phire
Scher
Shortened
form of birth
certificate.
Ord. A8-1947,
Ch. 29. No.1.] Births and Deaths Regtsiration.
the sum of twenty-four cents for every search extending
over a period not more than one year, and twelve cents
additional for every additional year, and the sum of sixty
cents for every single certificate.
45. Every Superintendent Registrar shall, when required
so to do by the Registrar General, cause indexes of the
register books in his office to be made and kept with the:
other records of his office, and any person shall be entitled
at all reasonable hours to search such indexe. and to have
a certified copy of any entry or entries in the said register
books under the hand of the Superintendent Registrar on
payment of the fees specified in the Second Schedule hereto.
46. (1) The Registrar General shall cause indexes of all
the said certified copies of the registers to be made and kept
in his office, and every person shall be entitled, on payment
of the fees hereinafter mentioned, to search the said indexe.
at any time during office hours, and to have a certified copy
of any entry in the said certified copies of the registers.
(2) The Registrar General shall seal all such certified
copie. , and all such sealed copies shall be received as evidence
of the birth or death to which the same relate, without any
further or other proof of such entry, and no certified copy
purporting to be given in the said office shall be of any force
or effect which is not sealed as aforesaid.
(3) The Registrar General shall be entitled to charge
the fees specified in the Third Schedule hereto.
47. Any person shall, on payment of a fee of twelve
cents and on furnishing the prescribed particulars, be
entitled to obtain from the Registrar General, a Superin-
tendent Registrar or a Registrar, a certificate in’ the
preseribed form of the birth of any person compiled from the
records and registers in the custody of the Registrar General,
or from the registers i in the custody of that Superintendent
Registrar or Registrar, as the case may be. No certificate
issued under this section shall include any particulars
xcept the name, surname, sex and date of birth and such
other particulars, if any, as may be prescribed, not being
particulars relating to parentage or adoption.
Births and Deaths Registration. [Ch.29. No. 1.
48. It shall be lawful for the Governor from time to time
to cause to be paid from the Treasury such moneys as may
be required for the purpose of carrying this Ordinance into
effect, and every. sum received under the provisions of this
Ordinance by or on account of the Registrar General shall
be accounted for and paid by the Registrar General on the
expiration of cach month into the Treasury for the use of
the Colony.
49. If any person required or directed by this Ordinance
to give notice to any Registrar of any birth or of any deagh,
or to give any information when required so to do of any ef
the particulars hereby required to be known and registered
touching any child born or any person dead, shall omit or
refuse so to do within the time limited in that behalf, every
person so offending shall be Hable to a fine of twenty-four
dollars; and one moicty of such fine shall be paid to the
informer, and the other moiety shall be paid into the
Treasury for the use of the Colony.
50. Every Registrar who shall refuse or without
reasonable cause omit to register any birth or death of which
he shall have had due notice as aforesaid, and every person
having the custody of any register book or certified copy
thereof, or of any part thereof, who shall carelessly lose
or injure the same, or carelessly allow the same to be injured
whilst in his keeping, shall be liable to a fine of two hundred
and forty dollars.
51. Every person who shall wilfully destroy or injure, or
cause to be destroyed or injured, any such register book, or
any part or certified copy of any part thereof, shall be
guilty of felony.
52. The forms in the lirst Schedule hereto or forms as
nearly resembling the same as circumstances admit, shall
be used in all cases in which they are applicable, and
when so used shall be valid in law.
53. (1) It shall be lawful for the Registrar General, by
order, to alter from time to time all or any of the forms
21
Funds,
Fees
received by
Reyistrar
General to be
paid into
Treasury.
Penalty for
neglecting to
give notices or
information.
Application
of penalty.
Penalty for
not duly
eTovistering,
pr losing or
injuring,
registers, etc.
Destroying
or injuring
Tegister
books.
Forms.
Power to
alter forms.
Regulations.
Recovery
penaltic.
Limitation.
Ch. 29. No.1.] = Births and Deaths Registration.
contained in the First Schedule to this Ordinance, or in
any order under this section, in such manner as may appear
to him best for carrying this Ordinance into effect, or to
prescribe new forms for that purpose, and to make regula-
tions for prescribing any matters authorised by this
Ordinance to be prescribed.
(2) Any order made in pursuance of this section
shall be published in the Roval Gazette and shall be laid
before the Legislative Council within thirty days after the
issue of the same.
(3) Every form when altered in pursuance of this
section shall have the same effect as if it had been contained
in the lirst Schedule hereto, and every regulation made in
pursuance of this section shall while in force have the same
effect as if it were enacted in this Ordinance.
54. (1) Unless otherwise directed, all offences under this
Ordinance may be prosecuted, and all penalties incurred
may be imposed or recovered in the manner provided by the
Summary Courts Ordinance.
(2) Where the Magistrate before whom a person is
charged summarily with an offence under this Ordinance
Which is also punishable on indictment, thinks that pro-
ceedings ought to be taken against such person by indict-
ment, he may adjourn the case te enable such proceedings
to be taken,
55. A prosecution on indictment for an offence under this
Qrdinance shall be commenced within three vears after the
commission of such offence.
ne] =>
N =
B
. ‘usoq ary |
™ (£41]290[ 10 asnoy jo ‘ON |
9 | “yHig Jo woIy
Zz | -e1zsida1 Jaye pappe
; J} ‘awed jeusydeg |
g | “1e19S199yy | ey8.
° \ jo ainyeusis Stile
a | eS =~
Oo | | g
— ‘paiaysigal wayyy!
i
os
: 5 La
= ‘ ! “quewojUl | Baektgs
Ss fa | joaouapisar pue | SEZEM SS
~~ . =_ 3 1 =e =ees
= ia > s | uonjduosap ‘ainjeuzig se E Bet pd
3B a . .
< — | @ 2 z ‘IayzBZ JO Le
go ~ / oo : = ‘YuoIssajolg JO Yue 2 z
me) A 9 ¢e “5
=< x = € ‘Jay OY JO aulBUINS te ou ly
3 q Fe & ‘uapleyy puke auex = z Lea H
a A 2. _ e5ceee
a = =
ay fa & sopeajo | 2 =
= i) ‘queuing pur awe | Se
8 I SS
re
x %
= s| |
& 7 |
a “Aue Jl ‘OWEN = |
c-] '
—
‘urog way, | =
a Jorn
= 1 | m a
z,
(Section 13.)
Form 3B,
Deaths in the Ward of
19
*paip azaya A711 290] |
40 asnoy Jo ‘ON
*1831
-siday Jo ainyeuszis
*‘paiaysisor usu A
*“JUBUTIOJUT Jo
; adUapIsel puke uoy
| -diissap ‘ainqeusig
“yqeap Jo asney |
"YMtg Jo X33uN99 pur |
uoIssajold 10 yuey |
pue owey
“IWIPULING
(
‘paip wayyy
24 Ch. 29. No.1.] Births and Deaths Registration.
(Section 42.) Form C,
I, Registrar of Births and Deaths in the Sub-Division in the Ward
of do hereby certify that this is a true copy of the Registrar's book of births
(or deaths) within the said District from the entry of the birth (or death) of
No. 1 to the entry of the birth (or death) of No. 34.
Witness my hand this day of ,19
Registrar.
(Section 30.)
Form D.
I, Registrar of Births and Deaths in the Sub-Division in the
Ward of do hereby certify that the death of was duly registered by
me on the day of 19
Witness my hand this day of , 19
Registrar.
Form E.
I, Coroner for the do hereby order the burial of the body now
shown to me as the body of
Witness my hand this day of 19
Coroner.
(Section 21.) Form F.
Form Certifying Name given in Baptism.
J, of in the Ward of , do hereby certify that on
the , 19. , I baptized by the name of a male child
produced to me by as the of , and declared by the said
to have been born at in the Ward of on the
19
(Signed by Officiating Minister.)
(Section 21.) Form G.
Form Certifying Name given not in Baptism.
I, do hereby certify that the male child born on the ,at
, in the Ward of to and his wife, and registered
in the District of on the 19 has (without being baptized)
Teceived the name of
Witness my hand this day of ,19
hot
{Section 22.) Form H.
I, Registrar of Births and Deaths in the Sub-Division in the
Ward of , do hereby certify that the birth of was duly registered by
me on the day of ,19
Witness my hand this day of 19
Registrar.
Births and Deaths Registration. [Ch. 29. No. I.
25
SECOND SCHEDULE.
Fees to Registrars and Superintendent Refistrars.
Upon the registration of a birth when the child is more than three
months old, if it is not more than twelve months old, to the Superintendent
Registrar 60 cents, and to the Registrar (unless the delay is occasioned
by his failure to issue a requisition, or otherwise by his default) 60 cents,
and if it is more than twelve months old, and is registered with the
authority of the Registrar General, to the Superintendent Registrar
$1.20, and to the Registrar (unless the delay is occasioned by his failure
to issue a requisition, or otherwise by his default) $1.20, to be paid by
the informant or declarant.
For taking, attesting, and transmitting a declaration made by an
informant respecting a birth in another district, to the Registrar attesting
the declaration 24 cents, to be paid by the informant.
For entering the baptismal or other name of child upon certificate
produced after registry of birth, to the Superintendent Registrar or
Registrar 24 cents, to be paid by the person procuring the name to be
entered.
Correction of error of fact in register, to the Superintendent Registrar
or Registrar 60 cents, to be paid by the person requiring the error to be
corrected.
For every search, to the Superintendent Registrar, to be paid by the
applicant for the search, if it is a general search, $1.20, if it is a particular
search, 24 cents.
For a certified copy of an entry given by the Superintendent Registrar,
60 cents to the Superintendent Registrar, to be paid by the applicant.
THIRD SCHEDULE.
For every general search not directed to any particular entry 1.00
For every search for a particular entry 0.50
For every search for two or more particular entries and not exceed-
ing four entries each... 0.25
For every search for any number of particular entries exceeding
four 1.00
For every certified copy of any entry we oe see .- 0.50
(Section 45.)
(Section
46 (3).)
26
Ch. 29. Na. 2.] Marriage.
Ordinances
Ch.29. No.2-
1940,
No, 24-1943,
24-1947,
Commence-
ment.
Short title.
Registrar of
Marriage.
District
Registrar,
Tort -of-
Spain.
District
Registrars,
San
Fernando
and Arimi
Wardens to
be District
Registrars.
CHAPTER 29. No. 2.
MARRIAGE.
AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO THE SOLEMNIZATION AND:
REGISTRATION OF MARRIAGES.
[1st January, 1924.]
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Marriage Ordinance.
Administration.
2. The Registrar General shall be the Registrar of Marri-
ages under this Ordinance, and shall keep at his office in
Port-of-Spain a general register of marriages in the Colony.
3. The Registrar of Marriages shall be, in right of his
office, District Registrar of Marriages within the City of
Port-of-Spain.
4. It shall be lawful for the Governor to appoint such
persons as he shall see fit to be District Registrars of
Marriages for the Boroughs of San Fernando and Arima,
and every person so appointed shall hold office during the
Governor’s pleasure.
5. The Warden of each County shall be, in right of his
office, District Registrar of Marriages within the Wards
comprised in such County, and such Wards shall be deemed
the district of such District Registrar:
Provided that all powers and duties conferred and imposed
on a Warden as District Registrar of Marriages under this
Ordinance may be exercised and performed by an Assistant
Warden.
Marriage. [Ch. 29. No. 2. 27
Marriage Officers.
6. (1) It shall be lawful for the Governor, or any Marriage
person duly authorised by him, to grant licences to such
persons being ministers of any Christian religion, as the
Governor or such authorised person may, in his discretion,
think fit, to be Marriage Officers, and, without assigning
any reason for so doing, to cancel any such licence.
(2) A licence under this section shall be in the form
given in Schedule A hereto.
(3) Notice of the granting or cancellation of any such
licence shall be published in the Roval Gazette. Every such
notice shall take effect from the date of publication.
7. Any minister of religion who desires to be licensed as a
Marriage Officer shall make application to the Colonial
secretary. Such application shall state the dwelling-place
of the applicant and the name of the religious denomination
to which he belongs, and shall be accompanied by a certifi-
cate from the local head of such religious denomination to
the effect that the applicant is a fit and proper person to be
licensed as a Marriage Officer.
8. It shall be lawful for any Marriage Officer, subject to
the approval in writing of the local, head of his religious
denomination, to resign his appointment as such. Any
such resignation shall be notified in the Royal Gazette, and
shall take effect from the date of publication.
9. It shall be lawful for any Marriage Officer to act as such
in any part of the Colony.
10. Every District Registrar shall keep affixed in a
conspicuous place in his office a list of all licensed Marriage
Officers, in which list shall be stated the dwelling-place of
cach Marriage Officer, and the name or other description of
the place or places of public worship (if any) at which he
acts as a minister of religion.
Officers.
Ord.24-1047,
s. 2.
Schedule A,
Application
for licence as
a Marriage
Otficer.
Resignatiomr
of Marriage
Officer.
Marriage
Officer may
act in any
part of the
Colony.
District
Registrars
to keep lists
of Marriage
Officers.
28
B.
District
Reuistrars to
send copies
of entries to
Registrar.
Ch. 29. No. 2.] Marriage.
Preliminaries to solemnization of marriage.
11. Marriage may be solemnized-—
(a) under the authority of a District Registrar’s
certificate or District Registrars’ certificates; or
(0) under the authority of a Marriage Officer’s
certificate or Marriage Officers’ certificates; or
(c) under the authority of a licence from the
Governor; or
(¢) under the provisions of section 41.
12. (1) In every case of marriage intended to be solem-
nized under the authority of a District Registrar's certificate
or District Registrars’ certificate. , each of the parties shall
give notice of the intended marriage, in the form given in
Schedule B hereto (making the declaration therein con-
tained), to the District Registrar of the district within
which he or she has respectively resided for not less than
seven days next preceding the date of such notice:
Provided that when cach of the parties to the intended
marriage shall have resided for the required period in the
same district, a single notice shall be sufficient.
(2) On the receipt of a notice of an intended marriage,
such District Registrar shall forthwith enter the particulars
set forth in such notice and also the date of the receipt of
such notice, in a book to be called the ‘‘ Marriage Notice
Book,†and shall suspend a copy of such notice in a con-
spicuous place in his office for a period of not less than
seven days from the time of the receipt thereof.
(3) For every entry made in the Marriage Notice
Book the District Registrar shall be entitled to a fee of
twenty-four cents, and such Marriage Notice Book shall be
open at all reasonable times, without fee, to all persons
desirous of inspecting the same.
13. (1) Every District Registrar, not being the Registrar
of Marriages, shall forthwith transmit to the Registrar of
Marriages a copy of every such entry which shall have been
made by him as in the last preceding section provided, and
such Registrar of Marriages shall, on the receipt of such
Marriage. (Ch. 29. No. 2.
entry, file and preserve the same among the records of his
office.
(2) Every District Registrar who, without reasonable
cause or excuse, Shall fail to transmit to the Registrar of
Marriages a copy of any entry in accordance with the
provisions of this section shall be liable, on summary
conviction, for every such offence, to a fine of twenty-four
dollars.
14, At any time not more than six months nor less than
seven days after the entry of notice, the District Registrar,
upon being requested so to do by or on behalf of the party
by whom such notice was given, and in case no lawful
impediment shall have been shown to the satisfaction of such
District Registrar why such certificate should not issue, and
in case no caveat shall have been entered against the issue
of such certificate in the manner hereinafter mentioned,
shall issue under his hand a certificate according to the form
given in Schedule C hereto, and every such certificate shall
state the particulars set forth in the notice, and the date on
which the notice was entered, and that no caveat has been
entered against the issue of such certificate, and that the full
period of seven days has elapsed since the entry of such
notice; and for every such certificate the District Registrar
shall be entitled to a fee of twenty-four cents.
15. (1) In every case of marriage intended to be solem-
nized under the authority of a Marriage Officer’s certificate
or Marriage Officers’ certificates, each of the parties shall
give notice of the intended marriage, in the form given in
Schedule D hereto (making the declaration therein con-
tained), to the Marriage Officer of the congregation to which
he or she respectively belongs or is considered to be attached,
or if not belonging or not considered to be attached to any
congregation then to any Marriage Officer in the district
in which he or she has respectively resided for not less than
‘ven days next preceding the date of such notice:
Provided that when cach of the parties to the intended
marriage belongs to the same congregation a single notice
shall be sufficient.
(2) On receipt of a notice of an intended marriage,
such Marriage Officer shall forthwith enter the particulars
29
Issue of
District
Registrar's
crtificate.
Schedule C,..
Notice to
Marriage
Ofticer.
Schedule D,
issue of
Marriage
Oheer’s
eeruitie
Schedule F,
Ch. 29. No. 2.] Marniage.
set forth in such notice, and also the date of the receipt of
such notice, in a book to be kept by him and to be called the
‘Marriage Banns Book,†and shall suspend a copy of such
notice for a period extending over two Sundays from the
date of the receipt thereof on a notice board to be kept
affixed on the outside of the principal door of the place of
worship at which. he acts as minister of religion.
(3) Such Marriage Officer shall also, by himself or by
some other person by him duly authorised, publish the banns
of marriage between the parties named in such notice in the
place of public worship at which he acts as minister of
religion. The publication shall be made im an audible
manner sometime during divine service on a Sunday, and
shall be in the words as nearly as may be given in Schedule E
hereto, and shall be made for two Sundays, during morning
or evening service.
16. (1) Every Marriage Officer shall forthwith transmit to
the Registrar of Marriages a copy of every entry which shall
have been made by him as in the last preceding section
provided, and such Registrar of Marriages shall, on the
receipt of such entry, file and preserve the same among the
records of his office.
(2) Every Marriage Officer who, without reasonable
cause or oxcuse, shall fail to transmit to the Registrar of
Marriages a copy of any entry in accordance with the pro-
Visions of this section shall be Hable, on summary conviction,
for every such offence, toa fine of twenty-four dollars.
17, At any time after publication of banns is complete and
before the expiration of six months from the entry of notice,
the Marriage Officer, upon being requested so to do by or on
behalf of the party by whom such notice was given, and in
ease no lawful impediment shall have been shown to the
satisfaction of such Marriage Officer why such certificate
should not issue, and in case no caveat shall have been
entered against the issue of such certificate in the manner
hereinafter mentioned, shall issue under his hand a certificate
according to the form given in Schedule IF hereto, and every
such certificate shall state the particulars set forth in the
notice, and the date on which the notice was entered, and
Marriage. (Ch. 29. No. 2.
that no caveat has been entered against the issue of such
certificate, and that the banns have been published in the
manner required by this Ordinance; and for every such
certificate such Marriage Officer shall be entitled to a fee
of twenty-four cents.
18. In the case of persons residing in the Colony intending
that a marriage shall be solemnized between them, it shall
be lawful for the Governor, if he shall think fit, to dispense
with the giving of notice, and with the issue of the certificate
of a District Registrar or a Marriage Officer, and to grant
his licence, which shall be in the form given in Schedule G
hereto or to the like effect, authorising the solemnization
ol marriage between the parties named in such licence:
Provided that before any such licence shall be issued, one
of the parties to the intended marriage shall appear person-
ally before the Registrar of Marriages, and shall make
affidavit or solemn declaration that there is not any
impediment of consanguinity or affinity or other lawful
hindrance to the said marriage, and either that the consent
of the person or persons whose consent to such marriage is
required by Jaw has been obtained, or that no such consert
is required, or that such marriage has been authorised
hy the Chief Justice as hereinafter provided; and for every
such licence the party requiring it shall pay the sum of
$14.40 to the Registrar of Marriages.
Ivery such affidavit or declaration shall be preserved by
Registrar of Marriages among the records of his office.
19. (1) In any case in which one of the parties
(hereinafter referred to as the “resident party’’) to a
marriage intended to be solemnized or contracted under
the provisions of this Ordinance is resident in the Colony
and the other party to such intended marriage (hereinafter
referred to as the ‘‘ non-resident party ’’) is not so resident,
it shall be lawful for the Governor or any person duly
authorised by him, if the Governor or such authorised
person shall think fit and if the provisions of section 20 of
ihis Ordinance have been complied with, by a writing
under his hand (hereinafter referred to as ‘‘the Governor’s
Authority â€â€™), to authorise the District Registrar to whom
31
Procedure
by licence
from the
Governor.
Schedule G.
Special
provisions
in cases
where one
party to
intended
marriage
docs not
reside in
Colony.
Ord .24-1943,
s. 2.
Ord.24-1947,
s. 3.
32
Schedule G1.
Application
for authori-
sation under
section 19.
Ord. 24-1943,
s. 2.
Ord.2-4-L947,
s. +.
Ch. 29. No. 2.] Marriage.
notice of intended marriage has been given by the resident
party to issue his certificate in accordance with the pro-
Visions of section 14 of this Ordinance in respect of the
non-resident party as if notice had been given to him
by such non-resident party jointly with the resident party
and as if such non-resident party had the residential
qualification prescribed in section 12 of this Ordinance,
(2) The authority mentioned in the last preceding
subsection (hereinafter referred to as “the Governor’s
authority "’) shall be, as nearly as may be, in the form in
Schedule G1 hereto.
20. (1) Before the Governor's authority may be granted,
the following conditions shall be complied with-
(a) the resident party shall have given notice of the
intended marriage in the manner provided by section 12
to the District Registrar of the district within which he
has previously resided for not less than seven day.
next preceding the date of such notice;
(6) not less than seven day. but not more than
five months shall have clapsed since the entry of the
notice referred to in paragraph (a) of this subsection ;
(c) the resident party shall have made application
to the Colonial Seeretary for the Governor’s authority
not later than five months after the entry of the notice
referred to in paragraph (a) of this subsection ;
(d) the resident party shall have paid to the officer
appointed by the Governor to receive the same the
sum of $14.40 for the issue of the Governor’s authority
aforesaid.
(2) The application to the Colonial Secretary shall
state
(a) the christian or other names and surnames of
both partics, their respective profession, occupation
and place of residence;
(0) whether the parties or cither of them have
or has been previously married;
(c) that no impediment of kindred or alliance or
other lawful cause to prevent the proposed marriage is
known to the applicant ;
Marriage. |Ch. 29. No. 2.
(d) that the resident party has resided in the
district in which the notice referred to in paragraph (a)
of subsection (1) of this section has been given, for
not less than seven days next preceding the date of
such notice;
(c) where cither of the parties, not being a widower
or widow, is under the age of twenty-one years, that
the consent of the person or persons whose consent to
such marriage is required under this Ordinance has
been obtained.
(3) The application referred to in subsection 1 (c)
of this section shall be signed by the resident party and shall
be accompanied by a statutory declaration made by him
before the Registrar of Marriages in the form given in
Schedule H_ hereto.
21. (1) Where a marriage is intended to be solemnized
or contracted in the Colony between a British subject
resident in the Colony and a British subject resident in the
United Kingdom, a certificate for marriage lawfully issued
in any part of the United Kingdom, as tlie case may be,
shall have the same effect as a certificate issued by
District Registrar or a Marriage Officer in the Colony.
(2) Where a marriage is intended to be solemnized or
contracted in the United Kingdom between a_ British
subject resident in the Colony and a British subject resident
in the United Kingdom, a certificate may be issued in the
Colony by a District Registrar or a Marriage Officer in the
like manner as if the marriage was to be solemnized or
contracted under circumstances requiring the issue of such
certificate, and as if both such British subjects were resident
in the Colony
(3) For the purposes of subsection (1) of this section,
the expression “certificate of marriage lawfully issued â€
means—
(a) in the case of England, a certificate for marriage
issued by a superintendent registrar;
(6) in the case of Scotland, a certificate for marriage
issued by a registrar or a certificate of proclamation of
banns ,
(c) in the case of Northern Ircland, a certificate for
marriage issued by a registrar.
T.--Iv, 3
Schedule H.
Facilities for
marriages
between
British
subjects
resident in
the United
Kingdom
L and British
subjects
resident in
the Colony.
34
Consent to
Marriage of
minors,
Power of
Chief Justice
to authorise
marriage.
Objections
to marriage,
Ch. 29. No. 2.} Marriage.
Consent to Marriage.
22. The father, if living, of any party to an intended
marriage under twenty-one years of age (such party not
being a widower or widow), of if the father shall be dead
then the guardian or guardians of the person of the party
so under age lawfully appointed, or one of them, and in case
there shall be no such guardian then the mother of such
party if unmarried, and if there be no mother unmarried
then the guardian or guardians of the person appointed
by the Supreme Court, if any, or one of them, shall have
authority to give consent to the marriage of such party,
and such consent is hereby required for the marriage of such
party so under age, unless there shall be no person
authorised to give such consent.
23. In case any person whose consent is required by law
to any marriage, not being the father of cither of the parties
to the marriage, is absent from the Colony, or is unable or
refuses to give such consent, or being the father of one of
such parties is of unsound mind or absent from the Colony, it
shall be lawful for the persons desirous of contracting such
marriage to apply by petition to the Chief Justice, who may
proceed upon such petition in a summary way, and, in case
the marriage proposed shall upon examination appear to
him to be proper, the Chief Justice shall judicially declare
by order in writing that such marriage may be solemnized
and such order shall, for the purposes of this Ordinance,
be deemed equivalent to such consent as aforesaid.
Caveats.
24. .\ny person whose consent to a marriage is hereby
required, or who may know of any just cause why the
marriage should not take place, may, on payment of
$1.20, enter a caveat against the issue of a District
Registrar’ Marriage Officer’s certificate in the following
manner :——
(a) if the marriage is intended to be solemnized wider
the authority of a District Registrar’s certificate, such
person shall, at any time before the issue of such
certificate, write the word ‘‘ Forbidden â€â€™ opposite to
the entry of the notice in the Marriage Notice Book,
and shall append thereto his name and place of abode,
Marriage. [Ch. 29. No. 2.
and the grounds upon which he claims to forbid the
matnage ;
(b) if the marriage is intended to be solemnized
under the authority of a Marriage Officer’s certificate,
such person shall give notice in writing to the person
publishing the banns that he forbids the marriage, and
shall append to such notice his name and place of
abode, and the grounds upon which he claiuns to forbid
the marriage. The person publishing the banns, if he
be not the Marriage Officer, shall forthwith forward
such notice to the Marriage Officer and the Marriage
Officer shall record in the Marriage Banns Book the
fact and date of the receipt of the notice forbidding
the marriage.
No District Registrar or Marriage Officer shall issue his
‘certificate until such caveat has been removed in the manner
hereinafter provided.
25. (1) Whenever caveaé is entered against the issue of a
District Registrar’s or Marriage Officer’s certificate, the
District Registrar or Marriage Officer, as the case may he,
shall forthwith refer the matter to the Chief Justice.
(2) If the Chief Justice is of opinion that no legal
ground has been disclosed in the caveat for forbidding the
issuc of the certificate, he may remove the caveat in the
manner hereinafter provided without requiring any of
the parties to appear.
(3) In other cases, the Chief Justice shall summon
the parties to the intended marriage and the person by whom
the caveat has been entered, and shall require such last
named person to show cause why the District Registrar or
Marriage Officer, as the case may be, should not in due
course issue his certificate.
(4) Every such matter shall be heard and determined
in a summary manner, and the Chief Justice may award
compensation and costs to the party against whom the
caveat was entered, if it appear that such caveat was entered
on insufficient grounds.
26. (1) Ifthe Chief Justice shall decide that the certificate
Ought to issue, he shall remove the caveat by a declaration
3 (2)
35
When
caveat
entered,
matter to be
referred to
Chief Justice.
Removal of
caveat.
36
Ch. 29. No. 2.] Marriage.
Marnage.
before
Marriage
Officer
Marriage.
before
District
Registrar
under his hand that the intended marriage is proper and
may be solemnized; anda certified copy of such declaration
shall be forwarded to the District: Registrar or Marriage
Officer, as the case may be, by whom the caveat was referred.
(2) On the removal of the caveat, the District
Registrar or Marriage Officer, as the case may be, may issue
his ¢ certificate in due course, and the marriage may proceed
as if the caveat had not been entered, but the time which
has lapsed between the entering and removal of the caveat
shall not be computed in the period of six months specified in
sections 14 and 17.
Solemnization of marriage.
27. On the delivery of the certificate of a District
Kegistrar, or in case the parties shall have given notice
to the District Registrars of different districts then on
the delivery of the certificate of each such District Registrar,
or on the deliv ery of the certificate of a Marriage Officer
or in case the parties shall have given notice to different
Marriage Officers then on the delivery of the certificate of
each such Marriage Officer, or on the delivery of a licence
from the Governor to any Marriage Officer, it shall be
lawful for such Marriage Officer to solemnize a marriage
between the parties named in such certificate or certificates
or licence, as the eo may be
Provided that such marriage shall be solemnized) with
open doors between the hours of six o’clock in the forenoon
and six o'clock in the afternoon of the same day, and in the
presence of two or more credible witnesses beside the said
Marriage Officer.
28. On the delivery of the certificate of a District Regis-
trar, or in case the parties shall have given notice to the
District Registrars of different districts then on the delivery
of the certificate of each such District Registrar, or on the
delivery of the certificate of a Marriage Officer, or in case the
parties shall have given notice to different Marriage Officers
then on the delivery of the certificate of each such Marriage
Officer, or on the delivery of a licence from the Governor,
to any District Registrar, the parties named in such certifi-
cate or certificates or licence, as the case may be, may, if
thev shall see fit, contract marriage at the office of such.
Marriage.
[Ch. 29. No. 2.
District Registrar with open doors and in the presence of
such District Registrar and two or more credible witnesses,
and between the hours of ten o'clock in the forenoon and
four o’clock in the afternoon of the same day:
Provided that cach of the parties shall, in some part of
the ceremony, and in’ the presence of such District
Registrar and witnesse. make the following declaration :—
““T do solemnly declare that T know not of any lawful
impediment why I, Al. B., should not be joined in matrimony
to © D. here present’? and cach of the parties shall say
to the other, “PE call upon these persons here present to
witness that I, A. B., do take thee C. D., to be my lawful
wedded wife (or husband)."" Such District Registrar shall
be entitled for every marriage so contracted in his presence
to receive from the partic. a sum of $2.40.
29. Whenever a marriage shall not take place within six
months alter the entry of notice thereof or after the granting
of a licence from the Governor under section 18 of this
Ordinance, the notice or licence, as the case may be, and all
other proceedings shall thereupon be utterly void, and no
Marriage Officer shall proceed to solemnize the marriage,
nor shall the marriage be contracted before a District
Registrar, until new notice has been given and entry made
and certificate issued or a new licence has been granted in
the manner aforesaid.
30. Where any party to a marriage shall commonly use
any other language than English, then the forms and
declarations hereby required to be used in the ceremony
shall be made in such other language, so always that the
words used shall express the true intent and meaning of such
forms and declarations.
31. After any marriage shall have been solemnized or
contracted in the manner in this Ordinance provided, it shall
not be necessary in support of such marriage to give any
proof of the actual dwelling or of the period of dwelling
of either of the partics in the district mentioned in a notice
of marriage previous to the giving of such notice, nor of the
consent of any person whose consent thereunto is required
by law, nor shall any evidence be given to prove the
contrary.
37
Notices and
licences void
unless
marriage
takes place
within six
months.
Use of other
than English
language.
Proof of
certain
matters not
required
after
marriage.
Ord.24-1943,
s. 2.
338
When
Marriage
Officer not
compellable
to marry
Marriage tu
be entered
in register
and dupli-
cate sent to
Registrar.
Schedule I.
Ch. 29. No. 2.] Marriage.
32. (1) No Marriage Officer shall be compellable to accept
notice of marriage from, or to enter or publish the banns of,
or to issue a Marriage Officer’s certificate to, cr to solemnize
marriage between, persons cither of whom shall not be a
member of his own communion, nor otherwise than accord-
ing to the rules or custom of such communion, nor unless he
shall be satisfied by the declaration of the parties or other-
wise that the proposed marriage is consistent with such rules
or custom.
(2) No minister of the Christian religion shall be
compelled to publish the banns of marriage or to solcmnize
the marriage of any person whose fcrmer marriage shall
have been dissolved by a judicial decree, where the other
party to such former marriage is still living, nor shall any
such minister be compelled to permit the use of any church
or chapel under his control for publishing any such banns or
solemnizing the marriage of any such person, nor shall any
such minister be liable to any suit, proceeding or penalty
for refusing to publish any such banns or for refusing to
solemnize any such marriage or for refusing to permit the
use of any such church or chapel for any such purposes
aforesaid.
(3) No minister of the Christian religion shall be
liable to any suits, proceedings or penalties for publishing
any such banns or solcmnizing the marriage of any such
person aforesaid or for permitting the use of any such church
or chapel for any of the purpeses aforesaid :
Provided that nothing in this section shall relieve any
such minister from any ecclesiastical proceeding or censure
to which by reason of his publishing any such banns or
solemnizing any such marriage or permitting the use of any
such church or chapel for any of the purposes aforesaid
he is or from time to time hereafter may be liable according
to the doctrine, practice, usage or rules of any such religion.
Registration of marriage.
33. (1) Immediately after the solemnization or con-
tracting of any marriage, the officiating Marriage Officer
or the District Registrar, as the case may be, shall enter
in a book to be called the ‘‘ Marriage Register Book â€â€™ a
statement of the said marriage in the form given in Schedule |
Marriage. [Ch. 29. No. 2.
hercto, which entry shall be signed by such Marriage
Officer or District Registrar, as the case may be, and by the
partics to the marriage and by two credible witnesses of the
said marriage, and every such Marriage Officer and every
District Registrar (not being the Registrar of Marriages)
shall forthwith transmit to the Registrar of Marriages a
duplicate of such statement similarly signed, and all such
duplicate statements shall be filed by the Registrar of
Marriages and preserved among the records of his office
(2) Every Marriage Officer or District Registrar who,
without reasonable cause or excuse, shall fail to transmit to
the Registrar of Marriages any statement in accordance with
the provisions of this section shall be liable, on summary
conviction, for every such offence, to a fine of forty-eight
dollars.
34. It shall be lawful for all persons at all reasonable
times to search the entries in any Marriage Register Book
er any file of statements as aforesaid kept by the Registrar
or any District Registrar or any Marriage Officcr, and to have
true copies, certified under the hand of such Registrar,
Nistrict Registrar, or Marriage Officer, of any such entries
cr statements:
Provided that, before allowing any such search or fur-
nishing any such certified copy, the Registrar, District
Registrar, or Marriage Officer, as the case may be, shall be
entitled to demand the following fees, that is to say:—
For every search 48 cents.
For every certified copy as afore-
said 48 cents.
Void marriages.
35. (1) If any person shall knowingly and_ wilfully
intermarry under the provisions of this Ordinance, without
due notice given in accordance with section 12 or section 15
or without a certificate under sections 14 or 17 having been
duly issued, or without a licence issued under this Ordinance,
the marriage of such persons shall be null and void.
_ (2) If any persons to any marriage are within the
prohibited degrees of consanguinity or affinitv according
39
Searches and
certified
copies.
Void
marriages.
Ord.24-1943,
8. 2.
40
Forging or
altering
register
book,
notice, etc.
Making false
entrics,
giving false
certificates.
Forgimy seal.
Destroying
or injuring
register
book, etc.
Losing or
injuring
document.
Issuing of
certificate
to person
within
prohibited
degrees.
Ord.24-19-43,
s. 3.
Ch. 29. No. 2.] Marriage.
to the law of England from time to time in force, the
marriage of such persons shall be null and void.
Offences.
36. Every person who shall knowingly and wilfully forge
or alter or falsely make, or procure to be forged or altered or
falsely made, or shall offer, utter, or dispose of, knowing the
same to have been forged or altered or falsely made, any
register book or any notice, licence, certificate, entry, or
statement mentioned in this Ordinance, or any certified
copy thereof respectively, or shall wilfully insert or cause to
be inserted in any register book or certified copy thereof any
false entry or marriage, or shall wilfully give any false
certificate, or shall certify any writing to be a copy or
extract of any register book, knowing the same to be false
in any part thereof, or shall forge or counterfeit the seal of
the Registrar General, shall be guilty of felony and, on
conviction on indictment, shall be liable to imprisonment
for seven years,
37. Every person who shall unlawfully and maliciously
destroy or injure or cause to be destroyed or injured, any
register book or any notice, licence, certificate, entry, or
statement mentioned in this Ordinance, or any certified copy
thereof respectively, shall be guilty of felony, and, on con-
viction on indictment, shall be lable to imprisonment for
three years.
38. levery person having the custody of any register book
or certified copy thereof or of any part thereof, who shall
carclessly lose or injure the same or carelessly allow the same
to be injured whilst in his keeping, shall be liable to a fine of
two hundred and forty dollars for every such offence.
39. Every District Registrar or Marriage Officer who shall
knowingly and wilfully issue any certificate for the marriage
of any persons being within the prohibited degrees of
consanguinity or affinity according to the law of England
from time to time in force shall be guilty of felony, and, on
conviction on indictment, shall be liable to imprisonment for
three years.
Marriage. [Ch. 29. No. 2.
41
40. Any minister of religion who shall knowingly and
wilfully solemnize any marriage without being licensed as a
Marriage Officer under the provisions of this Ordinance, and
any Marriage Officer or District Registrar who shall solemnize
any marriage or allow any marriage to be contracted in his
presence before the issue of a certificate or granting of a
licence from the Governor, or after the expiration of six
months from the entry of notice or granting of such licence,
or who shall knowingly and wilfully issue any certificate of
marriage except within the period allowed by this Ordinance
for issuing the same, or any certificate against the issue of
which a caveat has been entered until-such caveat has been
duly removed in the manner hereinbefore provided, shall be
guilty of felony, and, on conviction on indictment, shall be
liable to imprisonment for three years.
Marriages in extremis.
41. (1) Notwithstanding anything in this Ordinance con-
tained, it shall be lawful for any Marriage Officer to perform
the ceremony of marriage between any persons, without
notice given of the intended marriage of such persons, or
without a certificate duly issued, or before the issue of such
certificate, or after the expiration of six months from the
entry of notice of such marriage, provided that both the
parties between whom such ceremony of marriage shall be
performed shall, at the time of the performance thereof,
be legally competent to contract marriage and be of full
age, and provided also that one at least of them, to the best
of the knowledge and belief of such Marriage Officer and of
the other persons signing the certificate hereinafter required,
shall be, at the time of the performance of such ceremony,
in a dying state, and that such dying person shall be a
member of the religious communion or denomination to
which such Marriage Officer shall belong.
(2) Immediately after the solemnization of any such
marriage, the officiating Marriage Officer shall transmit to the
Registrar of Marriages a certificate of the said marriage in
the form given in Schedule J hereto, signed by such Marriage
Officer and by two credible witnesses present at the said
marriage. Such statement shall be filed by the Registrar
in a register to be specially kept for the purpose.
Offences by
Marriage
Officers and
District
Registrars,
Marriages
in extremis.
Schedule J.
42
Forfeiture
of property
acquired by
marriage
had by
fraudulent
means.
Ch. 29. No. 2.] Marriage.
(3) Subject to the observance of the foregoing con-
ditions, a marriage solemnized under the provisions of this
section shall be and be held to be good and effectual in law.
(4) No marriage solemnized under the provisions of
this section shall operate as a revocation of any will.
Miscellaneous.
42. If any valid marriage shall be had under the
provisions of this Ordinance by means of any wilfully
false notice, oath, or declaration made by either party to
such marriage as to any matter as to which a notice, oath,
or declaration is herein required, it shall be lawful for the
Attorney General, by information on the relation of a
parent or guardian of a minor whose consent has not been
given to such marriage, and who shall be responsible for
any costs incurred in such suit, such parent or guardian
previously making oath or affirmation as is hercinafter
required, to sue for a forfeiture of all estate or interest in any
property accruing to the cffending party by such marriage,
and the Supreme Court shall have powcr in such suit
to declare such forfeiture and thereupon direct that all such
estate and interest, or any such part thereof as to the Court
shall scem fit, shall be secured, in such manncr as to the
Court shall seem fit, for the benefit of the innocent party,
and the issue of the marriage or any of them, or if both
parties to the said marriage shall, in the judgment of the
Court, be guilty of any such offence as aforesaid then for
the benefit of the issue of the said marriage, subject to
such provisions for the offending parties by way of mainten-
ance or otherwise as the said Court shall think reasonable:
Provided that no such suit as aforesaid shall be instituted
unless it shall have been first made out to the satisfaction
of the Attorney General by the oath of some person whose
consent was required by law to the said marriage or by his
or her solemn affirmation made in lieu of an oath, that the
circumstances of the case are such as to authorise the
institution of such proceedings, and that the consent
required by law for such marriage had not been obtained,
and that the person making such oath or affirmation
had not discovered that the said marriage had been con-
tracted more than six months before making such oath or
affirmation.
Marriage. [Ch. 29. No. 2.
43. No prosecution for any felony under this Ordinance
shall be commenced after the expiration of three years
after the offence has been committed, nor without the
written consent of the Attorney General.
44, All pecuniary penalties under this Ordinance
recoverable on summary conviction, may be recovered on
complaint in the name of any person authorised in that
behalf by writing under the hand of the Attorney General,
at any time not more than twelve months after such offence
has been committed.
45. All fees received by the Registrar or District Registrars
or the Colonial Secretary under this Ordinance shall be
paid into the Treasury for the use of the Colony.
46. All certified copies of entries purporting to be sealed
or stamped with the seal of the Registrar General shall
be reecived as evidence of the marriages to which the same
relate without any further or other proof of such entry and
no certified copy purporting to be given in the office
of the Registrar of Marriages shall be of any force or effect
which is not sealed or stamped as aforesaid.
47. ‘he Registrar General shall send, once in every year,
to the Governor a general abstract of the number of
marriages registered during the twelve months ending on the
last day of December then immediately preceding, in such
form as the Governor from time to time shall require ;
and every such annual general abstract shall be laid before
the hegislative Council at its next meeting after the receipt
thercof.
48. No marriage solemnized or contracted under this
Ordinance, other than a marriage heretofore adjudged
to be void by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall be,
or be deemed to have been, invalid by reason only that a
licence issued under section 19 prior to the 12th of August
1943, was issued less than two clear days after application
therefor had been made or that a District Registrar’s
certificate was issued in compliance with such licence less
43
Limitation.
Recovery of
penalties.
Fees payable
into the
Treasury.
Evidence.
Annual
abstract
Validation.
Ord.24-1943,
3. 4.
44 Ch. 29. No. 2.] Marriage.
than seven days after the time of entry of notice of marriage
given to such District Registrar under section 12 by one
of the parties to the marriage.
SCHEDULES.
(Section 6,) SCHEDULE A.
Licence to be a Marriage Officer.
-1.B. being a Minister of Religion of (a) residing at and officiating
at (Db) (c) is hereby licensed as a Marriage Officer for the purposes
of the Marriage Ordinance,
Governor,
(a) State religious denomination.
(b) State place of public worship in which applicant acts as minister (if any).
(() State city, borough, town, or ward where place of worship is situated.
(Section 12). SCHEDULE B.
Form 1,
(Applicable to the case of parties residing in different districts or giving separate
notices.)
Notice to District Registrar.
To District Registrar of the district of
1 [here insert the name of the person giving notice | give you notice
that a Marriage is intended to be had between me and the other party herein
named and described, that is to say:—
:
Kame and | Condition. | Calling. | Age.
ae
|
Dwelling- Length of
place. residence.
|
|
J
|
a
And I give this notice with the assent of the other party herein named and
described.
And I solemnly declare that I have for seven days, immediately preceding the date
of this notice, had my usual place of abode within the above-mentioned district
Marriage. [Ch. 29. No. 2.
of and that I believe there is no impediment of kindred or alliance or other
lawful hindrance to the said Marriage.
*Ancd LT solemnly declare that | have the consent of all whose consent is necessary
ior my marriage, namely :—(Here state names and authority of all whose consent is
necessary]
In witness whereof T have hereunto set and subscribed my hand this day
19
Signature,
*To form part of the declaration when the party is under 21 yer ‘s of age and is
not a widower or widow, otherwise to be deleted.
ForM 2.
(Applicable to the case of parties residing in the same district and giving a single
notice.)
Notice to District Registrar.
the District Registrar of the district of
We [here insert the names of the persons giving notice] give you notice that
a Marriage is intended to be had between us, the parties herein named and described,
Lhat is ta say :—
Ni Dwelling- Length of
Conditions. ‘alling. Age. :
6 8 place. residence.
And we solemnly declare that we have for seven days immediately preceding the
date of this notice had our usual place of abode and residence within the above
mentioned district of , and that we believe there is no impediment of
kindred or alliance or other lawful hindrance to the said Marriage.
*And we solemnly declare that we each have the consent of all whose consent
is necessary for our marriage, namely :—([Here state names and authority of all whose
consent 1s mecessary.]
In witness whercof we have hereunto set and subscribed our hands this day
of 19
(Signatures.)
“To form part of the declaration when cither of the parties is under 21 years of
and not a widower or widow, otherwise to be deleted.
46 Ch. 29. No. 2.] Marriage.
(Section 14.) SCHEDULE C.
Registrar's Certificate.
L, District Registrar of Marriages for do hereby certify that on
the day of , 19, notice was duly entered in the Marriage Notice
Book of the said District, of the marriage intended between the parties hereunder
named and described.
. Consent
Name and | as Length . ,
Surnanie (if any) | condition. Profession. ; Age. | Dwelling- of pit anys
at fulllength. | place. | Residence. | °¥.
: given.
Date of Notice entered day of ,19
Date of Certificate given day of ,19
No caveat has been entered against the issuc of this certificate
or [as the case nay be]
A caveat was entered Ogainst the issue of this certificate on the day of
, 19 but was removed on the day of 19 by the
Chicf Justice.
Witness my hand this day of 19
(Signed)
Registrar for District of
N.B.—This certificate will be void unless the marriage is solemnized on or before
the z Wp day of ,19 next.
Marriage. [Ch. 29. No. 2.
SCHEDULE D.
Form 1.
(Applicable to the case of parties belonging to different congregations or giving
separate notices.)
Notice for Banns.
To Minister of Church jor Chapel] in the District of
and a Marriage Officer.
I [here insert the name of the person giving notice] being a member of the
congregation of the said Church [or Chapel] give you notice that a Marriage is
intended between me and the other party hercin named and described, and that ]
desire you to publish the banns of such Marriage on two Sundays beginning with
Sunday the day of 19, next.
Name and Surname. Condition. Calling. Age. Dwelling-place.
eS Saad ce
And 1 give this notice with the assent of the other pi herein named and
scribed.
And 1 solemnly declare that 1 believe (here is no impediment of kindred or alliance
or other lawful hindrance to the said Marriage.
*And | solemnly {declare that I have the consent of all whose consent is necessary
for my marriage, namely:—! Here state uames and authority of all whose consent ts
necessary.)
In witness whereof I have hereunto set and subscribed wy hand this day
od
(Signature.)
~Yo form part*of the declaration when the party is under 21 years of age and is
hot a widower or widow, otherwise to be deleted.
47
(Section 15.)
48 Ch. 29. No. 2.) Marriage.
Form 2.
(Applicable to the case of partics belonging to the same congregation and giving a
single notice.)
Notice for Banns.
To Minister of Church [or Chapel] in the District of
and a Marriage Officer.
We [here insert the names of the persons giving notice}, being members of
the congregation of the said Church or Chapel] give you notice that a Marriage is
intended between us, the parties herein named and described, and that we desire
you to publish the banns of such Marriage in your Church [or Chapel] on two Sundays
beginning with Sunday the day of 19 next.
!
Name and Surname. Condition. Calling. | Age. | Dwelling-place.
1
|. t .
And we solemnly declare that we believe there is no impediment of kindred or
alliance or other lawful hindrance to the said Marriage.
*And we solemnly declare that we cach have the consent of all whose consent is
necessary for our marriage, namely: 'lfere state names and authority of all whose
consent is necessary.]
‘ss whereof we have hereunto set and subscribed our hands this day
19
(Signatures.)
*To form part of the declaration when cither of the partics is under 21 years of age
and not a widower or widow, otherwise to be deleted.
SCHEDULE E.
Form of Words to be used in the Publication of Banns.
(Section 15.)
] publish the Banns of Marriage between -1.23. of [here state the parish as
stated in the notice] and C.D, of [here state the parish as stated in the notice}.
If any of you know any cause or just impediment why these two persons should
not be joined together in holy matrimony ye are to declare it.
This is the first for second, as the case may be] time of asking.
Marriage. [Ch. 29. No. 2. 49
SCHEDULE F. (Section 17.)
Marriage Officer's Certificate.
1, Minister of Church [or Chapel] in the District of and a
Marriage Officer do hereby certify that on the day of ,19 __, notice
was duly entered in the Marriage Banns Book of the said Church (or Chapel] of the
marriage intended between the parties hereunder named and described.
Age. | Dwelling-place.
Name and Surname. Condition. Calling.
Date of notice entered day of 19
Date of certificate given day of ,19
No caveat has been entered against the issue of this certificate
or [as the case may be)
A caveat was entered against the issuc of this certificate on the day of
, 19 , but was removed on the day of , 19 , by the
Chief Justice.
The Banns of Marriage have been published in the manner required by the Marriage
Ordinance.
Witness my hand this day of ,19
(Signed)
Minister of Church [or Chapel]
in the District of and a
Marriage Officer.
N.B.—This certificate will be void unless the marriage is solemnized on or before
the day of 19, next.
SCHEDULE G. (Section 18.)
Governor's Licence.
To any District Registyay or Marriage Officer.
These are to Licence and Permit you to solemnize a marriage between A.B.
[here give name, surname, condition, calling, and place of residence of A.B.)
and C.D. [herve give name, surname, condition, calling, and place of residence
of C.D.) according to the provisions of the Marriage Ordinance, you knowing no
lawful impediment to the contrary.
Given under my hand at this day of 19
(Signed).
N.B.—This Licence will be void unless the marriage is solemnized on or before the
day of , 19, next.
T.—IV, 4
50
(Section 19.)
(Section 20.)
(Section 33.)
Ch. 29. No. 2.] Marriage.
SCHEDULE Gl.
Governor’s Authority.
To the District Registrar of district.
Whereas A.B. [herve insert names, surname, profession, occupation and
place of residence of A.B.] has given notice to the District Registrar of district
of his or her intended marriage with C.D. [here insert names, surname,
profession, occupation and place of residence of C.D.], and whereas the said C.D. has
not given notice of his or her intended marriage because he or she was not resident
in the Colony, and whereas a period of not less than seven days and not more than
five months has clapsed since the giving of notice as aforesaid, and whereas applica-
tion has been made to the Colonial Secretary by the said A.B. for the grant of the
Governor’s authority under section 19 of the Marmage Ordinance:
I hereby authorise the District Registrar of district to issue his certificate
under section 14 of the said Ordinance in respect of the said C.D. as if he or she had
duly given notice under section 12 of the said Ordinance jointly with the said A.B.
and as if the said C.D. had resided in the district during the seven days.
immediately preceding the giving of such notice.
Given under my hand at this day of 19
(Signed)
Governor.
SCHEDULE H.
I, do solemnly and sincerely declare that the statements made in my
application hereto attached and marked A are true and correct.
I make this declaration conscientiously believing the same to be true and according
to the Statutory Declarations Ordinance, and I am aware that if there is any state-
ment in this declaration which is false in fact which I know or believe to be false or
do not believe to be true I am liable to fine and imprisonment.
Declared before me this day of 119
Registrar of Marriages.
SCHEDULE I.
Marriage Register Book.
. b
v 3
9 rar Ky et eo OK
# |g é sss] £ |e, | Setug
VO
E agg 2 bo age a eg | ete g
6 a “Es 3 S Ss o2sa st 3.2 amEag
z a |eat i) & |] 3 =e /SEE| S ets age
‘ e s & a + a ° S es
Ss | soe § |) o |gee] § | S8 | Bras
z wn 8 n HOS
a a
(Signed).
Marniage (Ch. 29. No. 2.
SCHEDULE J.
Marriage in Extremis.
J, the undersigned Marriage Officer of (1) and we, the under-
signed of (2) and of (2) being of the age of
twenty-one years and upwards do hereby certify that on the day of ,
19, the Ceremony of Marriage was performed by me the said in the
presence of us the said and between of (3)
and of (4) and that both the said and at
the time of the performance of such ceremony were legally competent to contract
marriage, and were of full age, and that the said (5) was a member of the
same religious communion or denomination to which the said (6) belongs,
that is to say, the (7) ; and that at the time of the performance of such
ceremony, the said (8) was, to the best of our knowledge and belief, in a
dying state.
Signatures,
(1) Residence.
(2) Residence and Profession.
(3) State whether bachelor or widower.
(4) State whether spinster or widow.
(5) Name of party in dying state.
(6) Name of Marriage Officer.
(7) Religious communion or denomination.
(8) Name of party in dying state.
4 (2)
51
(Section 41.)
52 Ch. 29. No. 3.] Deceased Wife's Sister’s Marriage.
CHAPTER 29. No. 3.
DECEASED WIFE’S SISTER’S MARRIAGE.
Ordinance AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO MARRIAGE WITH A
. 29, ,
No. 3-1940. DECEASED WIFE’S SISTER.
Commence- [24th July, 1911.]
ment.
Short title. 1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Deceased Wife’s
Sister’s Marriage Ordinance.
Interpreta- 2. In this Ordinance, the expression “ sister ’’ shall include
tion. a sister of the half-blood.
Marriage, 3. Every marriage, otherwise lawful, heretofore or here-
ptherwise after contracted between a man and his deceased wife’s sister,
between any within the Colony or without, shall, in the Colony, be
yan ant his deemed and is hereby declared to be and to have been valid
wife's sister, and of full force and effect: Provided that in case, before
valid. the commencement of this Ordinance, any such marriage
shall have been annulled by any court of competent jurisdic-
tion, or either party thereto (after the marriage and during
the life of the other) shall have lawfully married another,
it shall be deemed to have become and to be void upon
and after the day upon which it was so annulled, or upon
which either party thereto lawfully married another as
aforesaid. .
Saving of 4. (1) No right, title, estate, or interest, whether in
rights ond possession or expectancy, and whether vested or contingent,
interests. at the commencement of this Ordinance existing in, to,
or in respect of any property, and no act or thing lawfully
done or omitted before the commencement of this Ordinance,
Deceased Wife's Sister’s Marriage. [Ch.29. No. 3. 53
shall be prejudicially affected, nor shall any will be deemed
to have been revoked, by reason of any marriage heretofore
contracted as aforesaid being made valid by this Ordinance.
(2) Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect the devolu- Insane
tion or distribution of the real or personal estate of any Peon not
intestate, not being a party to the marriage, who at the
commencement of this Ordinance shall be, and shall until
his death continue to be, an insance person, so found by
inquisition.
54 Ch. 29. No. 4.) Muslim Marriage and Divorce Registration.
CHAPTER 29. No. 4.
MUSLIM MARRIAGE AND DIVORCE
REGISTRATION.
Ordinance | AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO THE REGISTRATION OF
1940, MUSLIM MARRIAGES AND DIVORCES.
Commence- [1s/ July, 1936. |
ment. ~ .
Short title. 1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Muslim Marriage
and Divorce Registration Ordinance.
PART I.
GENERAL.
Definitions. 2. In this Ordinance—
district means a Muslim Marriage District con-
stituted under section 3,
‘“‘ Divorce Officer ’’ means a person appointed to be a
Muslim Divorce Officer in accordance with section 5;
“Marriage Officer’’ means a_ person appointed to
be a Muslim Marriage Officer in accordance with
section 5;
‘“ Registrar ’’ means a Registrar of Muslim Marriages
appointed under section 4;
‘“ Registrar General means the Registrar General
of Muslim Marriages and Divorces appointed under
section 4.
Muslim 3. The Governor may by proclamation divide the Colony
Marriage
wees. into Muslim Marriage districts for the purposes of this
. 25.6.1936 for Muslim Marriage districts.
Muslim Marriage and Divorce Registration. (Ch. 29. No. 4.
55
Ordinance and may from time to time by like proclamation
alter such districts either by change of boundaries or by
union or sub-division of districts or by the formation of
new districts.
4. The Governor may from time to time appoint a fit
and proper person to be the Registrar General of Muslim
Marriages and Divorces for the Colony and a fit and proper
person to be Registrar of Muslim Marriages for each
district.
5. The Governor in his discretion may from time to time
appoint any fit and proper person, being a member of the
Mushm community, to be a Marriage Officer or to be a
Divorce Officer for the purposes of this Ordinance, and the
Governor may, without assigning any reason for so doing,
cancel any such appointment. Every such appointment
or cancellation thereof shall take effect on the date of
publication of a notice to that effect in the Royal Gazette.
6. It shall be lawful for any Officer appointed under the
last preceding section to act as a Marriage Officer in any
district.
7. Every District Registrar shall keep affixed in a
conspicuous place in his office a list containing the names
and addresses of all Marriage Officers appointed under this
Ordinance.
PART II.
MARRIAGES.
8. The requisites of a valid Muslim marriage under this
Ordinance are—
(a) that each of the parties belongs to and professes
the Muslim faith or religion;
(6) that each of the parties shall, as regards age,
mental capacity and otherwise, be capable of contract-
ing Marriage ;
(c) that the parties shall not by reason of anything
contained in the Islamic law relating to marriage be
prohibited from marrying one another;
Appoint-
ment of
Registrar
General and
Registrars.
Appoint-
ment of
Muslim
Marriage
Officers.
Marriage
Officers may
act in any
part of the
Colony.
District
Registrars
to exhibit
list of
Marriage
Officers.
Requisites
of marviage.
56
Age hinit
Ch. 29. No. 4.] Muslim Marriage and Divorce Regisivation.
(d) that the partie., understanding the nature of the
contract, shall freely consent to marry one another;
(e) that the marriage shall be effected by or before a
person appointed as a Marriage Officer under the
provisions of this Ordinance;
(f) that the marriage shall be registered in accord-
ance with the provisions of this Ordinance.
9. The age at which a person, being a member of the
and consent. Muslim Community, is capable of contracting marriage
Consent to
mariage in
certain
cases.
shall be sixteen in the case of males and twelve in the case
of female.
Provided that in the case of an intended marriage
between persons either of whom, being a male is under
twenty-one years of age or being a female is under eightcen
years of age (not being a widower or widow), the consent
to such marriage, of the father if living, or if the father shall
be dead of the guardian or guardians lawfully appointed
or of one of them, and in case there be no such guardian
then of the mother of such person so under age, and if there
be no mother living then of such other person as may
be appointed for the purpose by the Governor, shall be
certified in writing by the Marriage Officer by or before
whom the marriage is effected upon the certificate of such
Marriage to be issued in accordance with the provisions
of this Ordinance.
10. In case any person whose consent to a marriage is
required in accordance with the preceding section is absent
from the Colony or is unable or refuses to give such consent
or is not of sound mind, it shall be lawful for the person
desirous of contracting such marriage to apply to the
Governor to appoint a person, being a member of the
Muslim Community, to examine into the circumstances of
such intended marriage, and if upon such examination by
the person so appointed it shall appear to him that there
are no reasonable objections to such intended marriage, he
shall so formally declare in writing and such declaration
shall for the purposes of this Ordinance be deemed equivalent
to such consent as aforesaid.
Muslim Marriage and Divorce Registration. (Ch. 29. No. 4.
11. If any persons shall intermarry otherwise than in
accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance, or if
the parties to any marriage are within the prohibited
degrees of consanguinity or affinity according to the Islamic
law relating to marriage, the marriage of such persons shall
not be registered under the provisions of this Ordinance.
12. (1) Immediately after a Muslim marriage has been
effected by or before a Marriage Officer, he shall enter in a
book to be supplied by the Registrar General and kept by
the Marriage Officer for that purpose (to be called the
“Muslim Marriage Certificate Book ’’) a certificate in the
prescribed form of the said marriage, which shall be signed
by such Marriage Officer and by the parties to the marriage
and by two eredible witnesses, and such Marriage Officer
shall enter up in the counterfoil the, prescribed particulars
and sign the same.
(2) Every Marriage Officer shall, within seven days of
a Muslim marriage being effected by or before him, transmit
to the District Registrar the certificate referred to in the
preceding subsection together with the prescribed fee.
(3) Upon receipt of the said certificate the District
Registrar, if it appears to him that the requisites of a valid
Muslim marriage have been complied with and that the
consent of any person required by this Ordinance to consent
to such marriage has been obtained, shall countersign the
certificate so forwarded and transmit the same to the
Registrar General for registration.
(4) Every Marriage Officer who, without reasonable
cause or excuse, shall fail to transmit to the District
Registrar any certificate in accordance with the provisions
of this section together with the prescribed fee shall, on
summary conviction, be liable for each offence to a fine of
fifty dollars.
13. (1) Any Muslim marriage, which was entered into
prior to the commencement of this Ordinance between
Muslims domiciled in the Colony at the date of such marriage
and which marriage is still subsisting and is valid according
to the Islamic law relating to marriage, may be registered
57
Marriages
which may
not be
registered.
Completion
of marriage
certificate
and trans-
mission to
District
Registrar
and Regist-
tar General.
Registration
of marriages
entered into
prior to com-
mencement
of Ordinance.
Filing of
certificate
and registra-
tion of
Mariage hy
Registrar
General.
Registration
to legitimate
children of
marriage so
recistered.
Ch. 29. No. 4.] Muslim Marriage and Divorce Registration.
under this Ordinance in accordance with the provisions
hereinafter contained.
(2) The parties to such prior marriage shall attend
together with a Marriage Officer before a District Registrar
and such parties shall, in the presence of and before the
District Registrar, make a declaration in the form pre-
scribed which declaration shall be certified by the Marriage
Officer in the manner prescribed.
(3) If it appears to the District Registrar that the
requisites of a valid Muslim marriage were complied with at
the date it was contracted and that such prior marriage is
still subsisting he shall transmit the declaration to the
Registrar General for registration.
14. (1) The Registrar General shall file in his office all
certificates and declarations of Muslim marriages which shall
be transmitted to him, and shall forthwith register in a book
in the prescribed form to be kept in his office for such
purpose and to be called the “ Muslim Marriage Register
Book â€â€™ particulars of every certificate and declaration of a
Muslim marriage which shall be filed in his office, and every
entry so made shall be dated on the day on which it is so
entered and shall be signed by the Registrar General, and
such book shall be kept in such manner as is best suited for
easy reference thereto.
(2) Upon such registration by the Registrar General,
and upon payment of the prescribed fee, he shall issue and
transmit to the parties to the marriage a certificate of
registration of the marriage in the prescribed form, and in the
case of a marriage effected after the commencement of this
Ordinance he shall send a notification of the fact and date of
registration to the Marriage Officer by or before whom the
marviage was effected, who shall thereupon enter such
particulars in the space provided for the purpose in the
counterfoil of the Muslim Marriage Certificate Book.
15. The children of any Muslim marriage registered in
accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance shall be
legitimate, and in the case of the children of a prior marriage
registered by virtue of section 13 the date of such legitima-
tion shall be the date of registration of such prior marriage:
Muslim Marriage and Divorce Registration. (Ch. 29. No. 4.
Provided that such legitimation in respect of each child of
such prior marriage shall have effect as from the date of the
birth of each such child:
Provided further that the provisions of this section shall
not operate to alter the status of any child deemed legiti-
mate by virtue of any other law.
16. The Legitimation Ordinance, save and except sec-
tions 3 and 10 thereof, shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to
persons legitimated by reason of registration of marriage
under the provisions of this Ordinance.
PART III.
DIVORCES.
17. Part III. of this Ordinance shall apply to all divorces,
dissolutions and annulments of marriages between Muslims
(hereinafter referred to as ‘‘ divorces ’’) effected after the
commencement of this Ordinance, and all such divorces, if
effected by or before a Divorce Officer according to the
Islamic law of divorce, dissolution and annulment of marriage
and are registered in accordance with the provisions of this
Part of this Ordinance, shall be deemed to be valid for all
purposes as from the date of registration, notwithstanding
that any Muslim marriage so dissolved or annulled may have
becn registered in accordance with any other law relating
to the registration of marriages.
18. Immediately after the absolute dissolution or annul-
ment of any Muslim marriage by or before a Divorce Officer,
he shall enter in a book to be supplied by the Registrar
General and kept by the Divorce Officer for that purpose
(to be called the ‘‘ Muslim Divorce Certificate Book â€â€™), a
certificate in the prescribed form of the dissolution or
annulment of such marriage which shall be signed by the
Divorce Officer and by the party applying for the divorce,
and such signatures shall be witnessed by two credible
witnesses. The Divorce Officer shall also enter up in the
counterfoil the prescribed particulars and sign the same.
59
Application
of Legitima-
tion
Ordinance.
Application
of Part IIT.
Completion
of divorce
certificate.
60
Transmission
of certificate
to Registrar
General.
Filing of
certificate
and regis-
tration of
divorce by
Registrar
General.
Period
within which
registration
may be
effected.
Correction
of clerical
errors in
Registers.
Ch. 29. No. 4.] Muslim Marriage and Divorce Registration.
19. A Divorce Officer shall, within seven days of the
absolute dissolution or annulment of a Muslim marriage by
or before him, transmit to the Registrar General the
certificate referred to in the preceding section together with
an application for registration by the Divorce Officer accom-
panied by the prescribed fee.
20. (1) Upon receipt of any certificate and application for
registration of a divorce, the Registrar General, if it appears
to him that such are in order, shall file in his office the
application and certificate, and shall forthwith register in a
book in the prescribed form to be kept in his office for such
purpose and to be called the ‘‘ Muslim Divorce Register
Book â€â€™ particulars of every certificate of a Muslim divorce
which shall be filed in his office, and every entry so made
shall be dated on the day on which it is so entered and shall
be signed by the Registrar General and such book shall be
kept in such manner as is best suited for easy reference
thereto.
(2) Upon such registration as aforesaid, the Registrar
General shall transmit to the Divorce Officer notification of
the fact and date of registration of the divorce, and the
Divorce Officer shall thereupon enter such particulars in the
space provided for the purpose in the counterfoil of the
Muslim Divorce Certificate Book.
21. Registration under this Ordinance of any Muslim
divorce shall not be effected later than one month from the
date on which the absolute dissolution or annulment of the
mattiage was effected by or before the Divorce Officer.
PART IV
MISCELLANEOUS.
22. The Registrar General may correct any clerical error
in any certificate of marriage or certificate of divorce filed
in his office and in the Muslim Marriage or Muslim Divorce
Register Books and shall authenticate every such correction
by his signature and the date of such correction.
Muslim Marriage and Divorce Registration. (Ch. 29. No. 4.
61
23. (1) Upon payment of the prescribed fees, the Regis-
trar General shall at all reasonable times allow searches to
be made in the Muslim Marriage or Muslim Divorce Register
Books and shall give certified copies therefrom.
(2) Any copy certified under the hand of the Registrar
General to be a correct copy of any entry in the Muslim
Marriage or Muslim Divorce Register Books shall be admis-
sible as evidence of the registration of the marriage or the
divorce to which it relates in all courts or before any person
now or hereafter having by law or consent of parties
authority to hear, receive, and examine evidence.
24. All prescribed applications, certificates and entries in
register books shall be in the English language.
A Marriage Officer or a Divorce Officer, who is unable to
write, but able to read, the English language may cause the
particulars required in the certificates and entries in the
Register Books to be written in the English language in his
presence by another person, but such Officer must neverthe-
less sign the certificates and entries in the Register Books,
25. Every person who shall knowingly and wilfully make
any false oath, affidavit or declaration, or sign any false
application, notice or certificate required by this Ordinance,
for the purpose of the registration of any marriage or divorce,
and every person who shall wilfully make, or cause to be
made, for the purpose of being inserted in any register of
marriages or divorces, any false statement touching any of
the particulars required to be known and registered, shall on
being convicted thereof be subject to the same pains and
penalties as if he were guilty of perjury.
26. Every person who shall knowingly and wilfully forge
or alter or falsely make, or procure to be forged or altered
or falsely made, or shall offer, utter or dispose of, knowing
the same to have been forged or altered or falsely made, any
Tegister book or any notice, licence, certificate, entry or
statement mentioned in this Ordinance, or any certified copy
thereof respectively, or shall wilfully insert or cause to be
inserted in any register book or certified copy thereof any
Searches in
Registers
and copies
of entries.
Use of
English
language.
False oath
or statement.
Forging or
altering
register
book, notice,
etc.
62
Destroying
or injuring
register
book, etc.
Limitation.
Dispo.
fees,
Regulations.
Schedule.
Ch. 29. No.4.) Muslim Marriage and Divorce Registration.
false entry of marriage or divorce, or shall wilfully give any
false certificate, or shall certify any writing to be a copy or
extract of any register book, knowing the same to be false
in any part thereof, or shall forge or counterfeit the seal of
the Registrar General, shall be guilty of felony and liable to
imprisonment for seven years.
27. Every person who shall unlawfully and maliciously
destroy or injure, or cause to be destroyed or injured, any
register book or any notice, licence, certificate, entry or
statement mentioned in this Ordinance, or any certified copy
thereof respectively, shall be guilty of felony, and liable to
imprisonment for three years.
28. No prosecution under this Ordinance shall be com-
menced after the expiration of three years from the com-
mission of the offence nor without the written consent of the
Atorney General.
29. All fees received by the Registrar General or District
Registrars under this Ordinance shall be paid into the
Treasury for the use of the Colony.
30. The Governor in Council may make such regulations
as may be necessary for the proper carrying out of the
provisions of this Ordinance and more especially may
prescribe—
(a) the place or places at which shall be situate the
offices of the several District Registrars ;
(b) the form of any certificate, register or other
document required for the purpose of this Ordinance;
(c) the conditions under which registers or other
documents may be inspected ;
(d) the fees to be paid in respect of anything required
or permitted to be done under the provisions of this
Ordinance, and provision for their remission on account
of the poverty of the parties or for other good reason:
Provided that, until varied or revoked by any such
63
Muslim Marriage and Divorce Registration. (Ch. 29. No. 4.
regulations, the regulations contained in the Schedule
hereto shall be in force.
31. Sections 13, 14 and 16 to 23 inclusive of the Immi-
gration (Indian) Ordinance, shall as from the Ist of July,
1936, no longer apply to an immigrant, as defined in section 12
of that Ordinance, who belongs to the Muslim faith or
religion, and to that extent the said sections are hereby
modified: Provided that such modification shall not in any
manner affect the validity of any record or entry lawfully
made in any register or of any act or thing lawfully made in
any register or of any act or thing lawfully done under and
by virtue of the provisions of the said sections.
SCHEDULE.
Part I.—General.
1. These regulations may be cited as the Muslim Marriage and Divorce
Regulations,
2. The fees set forth in Part II of this Schedule shall be payable in
Tespect of the matters therein specified.
3. The forms set forth in Part IIT of this Schedule shall be the forms to
be used in respect of the matters therein specified.
Part II.—Fees.
$
Marriage registration fee 60
(Payable to District Registrar by Marriage Officer on trans-
mitting certificate of marriage.)
On issue of certificate of registration of marriage .60
Divorce registration fee 1.20
(Payable to Registrar General by the Divorce Officer trans-
mitting certificate of divorce.)
For every search in any register book 24
For every certified copy of any entry wee we we -- 48
Sections 13,
14 and 16
to 23 of
Immigration
(Indian)
Ordinance
not to apply
to Muslims.
(Section 30.*.
64
Ch. 29. No. 4.] Muslim Marriage and Divorce Registration.
Part JII.—Forms.
CoLony oF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
THE MUSLIM MARRIAGE AND DIVORCE REGISTRATION ORDINANCE.
Declaration required by section 13 (2).
Husband’s name Wife's name Names and dates of
Date and place and age at and age at births of children
Be. date of marriage. date of marriage. and deaths, if any.
I, of and I his wife respectively do solemnly and sincerely
declare as follows:
1. The details of the marriage set out above are true and such marriage was
in accordance with the Islamic law relating to marriage.
That at the date of such marriage we were domiciled in the Colony.
3. That such marriage is still subsisting according to the Islamic law at the
date hereunder written.
Declared at this day of ,19
Before me,
District Registrar of Muslim Marriages.
l, of a Muslim Marriage Officer appointed under the Muslim
Marriage and Divorce Registration Ordinance do hereby certily as follows:—
1, That the parties to the marriage specified above are desirious of registering
such marriage under the said Ordinance.
2. That I have enquired into the circumstances of such marriage and to the
best of my knowledge, information and belief the details specified above are
true and that such marriage was in accordance with the Islamic law and is
still subsisting between the said parties at the date hereunder written.
Dated this day of ,19
Marriage Officer.
Witness
District Registrar of Muslim Marriages.
Muslim Marriage and Divorce Registration. (Ch. 29. No. 4.
‘ounterfoil.
Marriage District
Date of Marriage
Place of Marriage
Husband's Name and age
Wife’ Name and age
names—
Certilicate forwarded to
District Registrar at
on day
of 19
Signature of
Marriage Officer. >
We
*Registered this
day of ,19
*Date of Registration of
Marriage by Registrar
General to be filled in
subsequently by Marriage
Officer and signed by him.
T.—IVv.
65
No. (Section
12 (1).)
COLONY OF TRINIDAD AND ToBaGo.
THE MUSLIM MARRIAGE AND DIVORCE
REGISTRATION ORDINANCE.
Muslim Marriage Certificate Book.
i
8 3| So 3 | 5 8 3
3S ; » | 0
ao
Se(28) 6s. e(see |so8 |4
Ga lBa on8 n Sau Seok (ue
ut |SE| sz woe | Zoo | SS0 | as
EG |S5| 255 [28 [323 | 323 [8
s|3o| S40 (Sa | oc os pa
= BE] 98a E)/E&=}2 | e°? a
3s [a = ga a |e
so | 52 a] 99°¢ | 8 o& | 5
Q S aA a a
|
|
i
i
|
Signature of parties to the Marriage (1)
(2)
Signature of Witnesses
I of a Muslim Marriage Officer,
certify that a Marriage between the above-mentioned
parties in accordance with the Islamic Law of
Marriage and the provisions of the Muslim Marriage
and Divorce Registration Ordinance, was entered into
before me this dav of ,19
Signature of Marriage Officer.
Signature of District Registrar for the Marriase
District of
District Registrar of Muslim Marriages.
Date
66 Ch. 29. No. 4.) Muslim Marriage and Divorce Registration.
Se ction COLONY OF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
14 (1).
(),) THE MUSLIM MARRIAGE AND DIVORCE REGISTRATION ORDINANCE.
Muslim Marriage Register Book.
Registered No. Marriage District.
o . 4 : u a =
oO. Qo v vo : vo -
8] 29 | 2& © 1 Seg /s.8] ¢ : | 2
, Go o ae
aa — seg Dag Siu | Coe Be oe 9 o
mh ace BUoO oe ut i) a8 a+ aa
ak oO oe kh =a ouyv oFU E ya a's
ry a a8 0 = a0 a8 Be 2m by
Ss 42 sO =}. oc os O o cs
S aa Euw2Z |e? A A ZA
3 me 33 & BOS 3 #5 “ ms z
a & | OF e[“~ “la ® a
I !
Registered this day of 19
Registrar General of Muslim Marriages and Divorces.
N.B.-- In the case of a prior marriage the details to be entered shall be those as
shown by the declaration and certificate.
OF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
(Section
14 (2).) THE MUSLIM MARRIAGE AND DIVORCE REGISTRATION ORDINANCE.
Certificate of Registration of Marriage.
Date
This is to certify that a marriage ented into before* Marriage Officer on
the day of 19, at lLetween of and
of was duly registered in accordance with the provisions of the
Muslim Marriage and Divorce Registration Ordinance on the day of
19
Registrar General of Muslim Marriages and Divorces.
* Omit the name of the Marriage Officer, in the case of a prior marriage.
Muslim Marriage and Divorce Registration. (Ch. 29. No. 4. 67
No. No. (Section 18.)
COLONY OF TRINIDAD AND “OBAGO,
THE MUSLIM MARRIAGE AND DIVORCE
REGISTRATION ORDINANCE,
Muslim Divorce Certificate Book.
Counterfoil.
®
Qo
anâ€
2s
= 38
Ze
E
a
G
Date and place
of Marriage
Husband’s
name and age.
Occupation of
husband and
address.
Name of father
of husband
and address.
Name of father
of wife and
address.
Date of Marriage
Place of Marriage
Husband’s name and age
Wife’s name and age
Date of Dissolution of
Marriage
Witnesses’ names—
(1)
(2)
Signature of Divorce Officer.
Signature of party applying for Divorce.
Signature of Witnesses (1
(2)
I of certify that a marriage sub-
“Registered this sisting between the above mentioned parties both
day of ,19 of whom are of the Muslim Faith or Religion has
this day been absolutely dissolved in accordance
with the Islamic law relating to the dissolution of
Muslim Marriages.
*Date of registration of Di-
vorce by Registrar General
to Le filled in subsequently
by Divorce Officer.
Dated this day of ,19
Signature of Divorce Officer.
Signature of Witnesses.,
(2)
5 (2)
68
Ch. 29. No. 4.] Muslim Marriage and Divorce Registration.
(Section
20 (1).)
COLony TRINIDAD AND Topaco.
THE MUSLIM MARRIAGE AND DIVORCE REGISTRATION ORDINANCE,
Muslim Divorce Register Book.
Registercs
| ° 1
Date and | Husband's ; Occupation | Wife’s | | Name of father Name of father
place of | name and + of husband | name and | of husband of wife
Marriage. age. and address. © age. ‘and address. and acdkire.s°.
i
! \
Name of party applying for divorce
Name of Divorce Officer certifying
dissolution of the Marriage
and date of dissolution
Registered this day of 19
Registrar General of Muslint Marriages and Divorces,
Hindu Marriage. [Ch. 29. No. 5. 69
CHAPTER 29. No. 5.
HINDU MARRIAGE.
AX ORDINANCE TO MAKE PROVISION FOR THE SOLEMNIZATION Ordinances
AND REGISTRATION OF Hinpu MARRIAGES. No. hoay,
[13th May, 1946.] Commence-
ment.
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Hindu Marriage Short title.
Ordinance.
2. In this Ordinance— Definitions.
district means a Hindu marriage district con-
stituted under section 3;
“District Registrar ’’ means a Registrar of Hindu
marriages appointed for a district under the provisions
of section 4;
,
‘‘ Marriage Officer ’’ means a person licensed as such
under the provisions of section 5;
“ Registrar ’ means the Registrar of Hindu Marriages
appointed for the Colony under the provisions of
section 4.
_ 3. The Governor may by proclamation divide the Colony Hindu
into Hindu marniage districts for the purposes of this 3238,
Ordinance and may from time to time by like proclamation
alter such districts either by change of boundaries or by
union or sub-division of districts or by the formation of
new districts.
* See GN. 100-1946 for Hindu marr age districts,
70
Appoint-
ment of
Registrar
and of
District
Registrars.
Hindu
Marriage
Officers.
Ord.23~1947.
Form A,
Marriage
Officers may
act in any
part of the
Colony.
Applications
for licences
as Marriage
Officers.
Ch. 29. No. 5.] Hindu Marriage.
4. The Governor may appoint a Registrar of Hindu
marriages for the Colony and a District Registrar of Hindu
marriages for each district.
The Registrar and District Registrars shall hold office
during the Governor’s pleasure.
5. (1) It shall be lawful for the Governor, or any person
duly authorised by him, to grant licences to such persons,
being priests of the Hindu religion, as the Governor or
such authorised person may, in his discretion, think fit,
to be Marriage Officers, and, without assigning any reason
for so doing, to cancel any such licence.
(2) A licence under this section shall be in form A
of Part III of the Schedule hereto.
(3) The grant or cancellation of any such licence shall
be notified in the Royal.Gazette and shall take effect from
the date of such publication.
(4) Whenever a licence has been cancelled, the holder
thereof shall return it to the Colonial Secretary forthwith
after notice of such cancellation has been forwarded to him
by letter signed by or on behalf of the Colonial Secretary and
addressed at his usual or last known place of abode or
business. If he fails to do so, he shall be liable on summary
conviction to a fine of fifty dollars.
6. It shall be lawful for any Marriage Officer to act as
such in any district.
7. (1) Any Hindu priest who desires to be licensed as a
Marriage Officer shall make application in writing to the
Colonial Secretary. Such application shall state the
dwelling place of the applicant and the name of the Hindu
sect to which he belongs, and shall be accompanied by a
certificate to the effect that the applicant is a fit and
proper person to be licensed as a Marriage Officer from the
President and Secretary of one of the following organisa-
tions: The Hindu Sanatam Dharam Association of
Trinidad, the Sanatan Dharma Board of Control, the
Kabir Panthi Association of Trinidad, the Arya Pratinidhi
Sabha of Trinidad and any other Hindu organisation
Hindu Marriage. (Ch. 29. No. 5.
71
which may be recognised by the Governor as hereafter
provided.
(2) If an application is received from any organisation
for recognition as provided in the preceding subsection,
notice of such application shall be advertised in the Royal
Gazette and any one who wishes to object to such recognition
shall do so in writing to the Colonial Secretary within onc
month ef the publication of such notice.
(3) If the Governor shall thereafter accord recognition
to any such organisation, notice of such recognition shall
be published in the Royal Gazette.
8. Every District Registrar shall keep affixed in a
conspicuous place in his office a list containing the names
and addresses of all Marriage Officers licensed under this
Ordinance.
9. The requisites of a valid Hindu marriage under this
Ordinance are—
(a) that each of the parties shall belong to and
profess the Hindu faith or religion;
(6) that both parties shall, as regards age, mental
capacity and otherwise, be capable of contracting
marriage;
(c) that the parties shall not be within the pro-
hibited degrees of consanguinity and affinity according
to the Hindu law relating to marriage;
(d) that the marriage shall be solemnized by a
Marriage Officer in accordance with the rites of the
Hindu religion and with the provisions of this
Ordinance;
(e) that the parties understanding the nature of the
contract, shall freely consent to marry one another
in the presence of the Marriage Officer who solemnizes
the marriage and shall sign or mark the certificate
drawn up by the said officer in accordance with the
provisions of section 13;
(f) that the marriage shall be registered in accordance
with the provisions of this Ordinance.
District
Registrars
to keep list
of Marriage
Officers.
Requisites
of valid
marriage.
72
Marriage by
Marriage
Officer,
Age limit and
consent of
parents,
Ch. 29. No. 5.] Hindu Marriage.
10. It shall be lawful for any Marriage Officer without
previous notice of the intended marriage being given and
without any other formality required by the Marriage
Ordinance to solemnize a marriage between persons
belonging to and professing the Hindu faith or religion;
and such marriage shall, subject to the provisions of this
Ordinance, be as valid as if it had been solemnized in
conformity with the provisions of the said Marriage
Ordinance.
11. (1) The age at which a person, being a member of
the Hindu faith or religion, is capable of contracting
marriage shall be eighteen vears in the case of males and
fourteen years in the case of females.
(2) Without prejudice to the provisions of the
preceding subsection, a marriage shall not be solemnized
by a Marriage Officer if the intended husband (not being a
widower) is under twenty-one years of age or the intended
wife (not being a widow) is under sixteen years of age unless
the consent to the marriage of the party who is under age
by virtue of the provisions of this subsection has been
given in accordance with the following provisions of this
section, and such consent is hereby required for the marriage
of such party-under age.
(3) The required consent may be given by the father
of the party under age, and if the father be dead by the
guardian or guardians appointed or one of them, and in
case there be no such guardian then by the mother of such
party so under age, and if the mother be dead then by such
other person as may be appointed for the purpose by the
Governor.
(4) In case the father, mother, or a guardian whose
consent to a marriage is required under the provisions
of the last preceding subsection is absent from the Colony
or is unable or refuses to give such consent or is not of
sound mind, it shall be lawful for the party in whose case
consent is required to apply to the Governor to appoint a
person, being a member of the Hindu community, to
investigate the circumstances of the intended marriage and
if after such investigation it shall appear to the person so
appointed that there are no reasonable objections to such
Hindu Marriage. [Ch. 29. No. 5.
intended marriage such person shall so formally declare in
writing and such declaration shall, for the purposes of this
Ordinance, be deemed equivalent to such consent as
aforesaid.
(5) A consent shall, when not given in the presence
of a Marriage Officer, be signified in writing under the
hand of the person giving such consent and the Marriage
Officer by whom the marriage is solemnized shall record
on the certificate drawn up by him in accordance with
the provisions of section 13 the fact that the required
consent has been given, the name of the person by whom
such consent has been given and whether such consent
has been given in his presence or in writing.
12. If any person shall intermarry otherwise than in
accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance, or if the
parties to any marriage are within the prohibited degrees
of consanguinity or affinity according to the Hindu law
rclating to marriage, the marriage of such persons shall not
be registered under the provisions of this Ordinance.
13. (1) Immediately after a Hindu marriage has been
solemnized by a Marriage Officer, he shall enter in English
or Hindi in a book to be supplied by the Registrar and kept
by the Marriage Officer for that purpose (hereinafter
referred to as the ‘‘ Hindu Marriage Certificate Book ’’)
a certificate in form B of Part III of the Schedule hereto
of the said marriage. Such certificate shall be signed by
the parties to the marriage by two creditable witnesses
of the said marriage known to the Marriage Officer, and by the
Marriage Officer who shall also enter up in the counterfoil
the prescribed particulars and sign the same: Provided
that if any of the parties to the marriage cannot sign, he
shall affix his mark in the presence of the Marriage Officer
and of the two witnesses.
(2) Every Marriage Officer shall, within seven days
of a Hindu marriage being solemnized by him, transmit
to the District Registrar the certificate referred to in the
preceding subsection together with the prescribed fee
collected by him from the parties to the marriage.
(3) Upon receipt of the said certificate, the District
73
Marriages
which may
not be
registered.
Marriage
certificate.
Form B.
74
Ch. 29. No. 5.} Hindu Marriage.
Registrar, if it appears to him that the requisites of a valid
Hindu marriage have been complied with and that the
consent of every person required by this Ordinance to
consent to such marriage has been obtained, shall counter-
sign the certificate so forwarded and transmit same to the
Registrar for registration: Provided that in the case
of a certificate drawn up in Hindi, the District Registrar
shall cause a translation into English to be made and
certified by an interpreter attached to a magistrate’s court
and shall, in proper cases, countersign the certificate and
the translation and transmit same to the Registrar for
registration.
(+) Whenever it is alleged that a Marriage Officer
has duly solemnized a marriage under this Ordinance but
has failed to comply with any of the provisions of sub-
sections (1) and (2) of this section, any party to such alleged
marriage may apply by summons to a Judge in Chambers
for an order directing the Registrar to register such
maflriage.
Such summons shall be served upon the Registrar,
upon the other party to the alleged marriage (when not an
applicant) and upon the Marriage Officer (if alive and in
the Colony). Upon the hearing of such summons the
Judge may summon such person as is likely in his opinion
to give material evidence in the matter and shall hear and
determine the matter in a summary manner. If the
Judge is satisfied from the evidence that the alleged marriage
was duly solemnized, that the requisites of a valid Hindu
marriage have been complied with, and that the consent
of every person required by this Ordinance has been
obtained, he shall make the order prayed for and award
such costs as he may deem fit.
Any such order shall set out the essential particulars
contained in form B of Part III of the Schedule hereto
(including the names of the witnesses) and any other matter
which the Judge may deem necessary to give effect to the
provisions of subsections (1) and (2) of this section, and
such order shall be dealt with by the Registrar as if it were
a certificate transmitted to him for registration by a District
Registrar in accordance with the provisions of the last
preceding subsection.
Hindu Marriage. [Ch. 29. No. 5.
(5) Every Marriage Officer who—
(a) fails to comply with the provisions of sub-
section (1) of this section, or
(b) without reasonable cause or excuse, ‘shall fail to
transmit to the District Registrar any certificate in
accordance with the provisions of this section together
with the prescribed fees, or
(c) solemnizes a Hindu marriage without proof that
the persons whose consent is required by this Ordinance
have given such consent,
shall be Hable on summary conviction to a fine of fifty
dollars.
14. (1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
sections 9 and 12, any Hindu marriage, which was entered
into prior to the commencement of this Ordinance between
Hindus domiciled in the Colony at the date of such marriage
and which marriage is still subsisting and is valid according
to the Hindu law relating to marriage, may be registered
under this Ordinance in accordance with the provisions
hereinafter contained.
(2) The parties to such prior marriage shall attend
before a Marriage Officer and shall make and sign a
declaration in form C of Part III of the Schedule hereto.
Such declaration shall be signed in the presence of the
Marriage Officer by two creditable witnesses, known to
the Marriage Officer who shall identify the parties: Pro-
vided that if any of the parties to such prior marriage
cannot sign his name he shall affix his mark in the presence
of the two witnesses.
(3) The Marriage Officer shall then, in proper cases,
immediately fill in, date and sign the certificate on the
said form C and shall transmit it to the District Registrar
within seven days with the prescribed fee collected by him
from the parties.
(4) The fees prescribed for the registration of a
certificate of marriage shall apply in respect of the
registration of the declaration of a former marriage.
(5) If such District Registrar is satisfied that the
75
Registration
of marriaves
entered into
prior to com-
Mmencement
of Ordinance.
Form C
Filing of
certificate
and registra-
tion of
marriage by
Registrar.
Form TD),
Firm FE.
Legitimacy
of children.
Ch. 29. No. 5.] Hindu Marriage.
requisites Gi a valid Hindu marriage were complied with
at the date it was contracted and that such prior marriage
is still subsisting he shall transmit the declaration to the
Registrar for registration.
15. (1) The Registrar shall file in his office all certificate.
and declarations of Hindu marriages (including translations
thereof) which shall be transmitted to him in accordance
with the provisions of this Ordinance and shall forthwith
register in a book in form D of Part III of the Schedule
hereto to be kept in his office for that purpose (hereinafter
referred to as the “‘ Hindu Marriage Register Book ’’) the
particulars of every such certificate and declaration, and
every entry shall be dated on the day on which it is so made
and shall be signed by the Registrar. Such book shall be
kept in such manner as is best suited for easy reference
thereto.
(2) Upon such registration by the Registrar and
upon payment of the prescribed fee, the Registrar shall
issue and transmit to the partics to the marriage a certificate
of registration of the marriage in form E of Part III of the
Schedule hereto. In the case of a marriage solemnized
after the commencement of this Ordinance the Registrar
shall send a notification of the fact and date of registration
to the Marnage Officer by whom the marriage was
solemnized, and such officer shall thereupon enter such
particulars in the space provided for the purpose on the
counterfoil of the ‘‘ Hindu Marriage Certificate Book.â€â€™
16. The children of any Hindu marriage registered in
accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance shall be
legitimate, and in the case of the children of a prior
marriage registered by virtue of sections 14 and 15 the date
of such legitimation shall be the date of registration of such
prior marriage under the provisions of this Ordinance:
Provided that such legitimation in respect of each child
of such prior martiage shall have effect as from the date of
the birth of each such child:
Provided also that the provisions of this section shall
not operate to alter the status of any child deemed legitimate
by virtue of any other law.
Hindu Marriage. [Ch. 29. No. 5. 77
17. The Legitimation Ordinance, save and except sections pplication
3 and 10 thereof, shall apply, mutatis mutandis to persons 0 Lesitima-
legitimated by reason of registration of marriage under the Ordinance.
provisions of this Ordinance.
18. The Registrar may correct any clerical error in any Correction of
certificate or declaration of Hindu marriage filed in his (°c
office ani] in the Hindu Marriage Register Books and shall
authenticate every such correction by his signature and the
date of such correction.
19. (1) Upon payment of the prescribed fees, the searches in
Registrar shall at all reasonable times allow searches to be ne
made in the Hindu Marriage Register Books and shall entries.
give certified copies therefrom.
(2) Any copy certified under the hand of the
Registrar to be a correct copy of any entry in the Hindu
Marriage Register Books shall be admissible as evidence
of the registration of the marriage to which it relates in
all courts or before any person now or hereafter having by
law or consent of parties authority to hear, receive and
‘xamune evidence.
20. Any person who shall knowingly and wilfully make False
any false declaration, or sign or mark any false application, declaration,
notice or certificate, required by this Ordinance for the ~~
purpose of the registration of any marriage, and every
person who shall wilfully make, or cause to be made,
for the purpose of being inserted in any register of marriages
any false statement touching any of the particulars required
by this Ordinance to be known and registered, shall on
being convicted thereof be subject to the same pains and
penalties as if he were guilty of perjury.
21. Every person who shall knowingly and wilfully forge Forging or
or alter or falsely make, or shall offer, utter or dispose of, altering
knowing the same to have been forged or altered or falsely ronal bools
made, any register book or any licence, certificate, declara-
tion, entry or other statement mentioned in this Ordinance,
or any certified copy or translation thereof respectively, or
78
Destroving
or injuring
register
book,
Otfences by
unlicensed
Marriage
Officer
Prosecution
of offences,
Disposal of
Tees,
Regulations.
Ch. 29. No. 5.] Hindu Marriage.
shall wilfully insert in any such register book or certified
copy thereof any false entry of marmage, or shall certify
any writing to be a copy, a translation or an extract of any
certificate or register book, mentioned in this Ordinance,
knowing the same to be false in any part thereof, or shall
forge or counterfeit the seal of the Registrar General, shall
be guilty of felony and lable on indictment to imprison-
ment for seven vears.
22. Any person who shall unlawfully and maliciously
destroy or injure, or cause to be destroyed or injured, any
register book or any licence, certificate, declaration, entry
or statement mentioned in this Ordinance, or any certified
copy or translation thereof respectively, shall be guilty of
felony, and liable on indictment to imprisonment for five
years.
23. Anv person who without being duly licensed as a
Marriage Officer—
(a) knowingly or wilfully solemnizes any marriage
purporting to be a marriage under the provisions of
this Ordinance; or
(b) knowingly and wilfully makes or signs any certifi-
cate or signs any declaration required by this Ordinance
to be made or signed by a Marriage Officer,
shall be guilty of felony and liable on indictment to
imprisonment for three years.
24. No prosecution for any felony under this Ordinance
shall be commenced after the >-xpiration of three years
from the commission of the offence nor without the written
consent of the Attorney General.
25. All fees received by the Registrar General under this
Ordinance shall be paid into the Treasury for the use of
the Colony.
26. The Governor in Council may make such regulations
as may be necessary for the proper carrying out of the
Hindu Marnage. [Ch. 29. No. 5.
provisions of this Ordinance and more ccpecially may
prescribe
(a) the place or places at which shall be situate
the offices of the several District Registrars;
(b) the form of any certificate, declaration, register
or other document required for the purposes of this
Ordinance ;
(c) the conditions under which registers or other
documents may be inspected,
(d@) the fees to be paid in respect of anything
required or permitted to be done under the provisions
of this Ordinance, and provision for their remission on
account of the poverty of the parties or for other good
reason:
Provided that, until varied or revoked by any such
regulations, the regulations contained in the Schedule
hereto shall be in force.
27. Sections 13, 14 and 16 to 23 inclusive of the Immigra-
tion (Indian) Ordinance, shall as from the commencement
of this Ordinance, no longer apply to an immigrant (as
defined in section 12 of that Ordinance) who belongs to the
Hindu faith or religion, and to that extent the said sections
are hereby modified: Provided that such modification shall
not in any manner affect the validity of any record or entry
lawfully made in any register or of any act or thing lawfully
done under and by virtue of the provisions of the said
sections.
28. Nothing in this Ordinance contained shall be con-
strued to prevent or disable any Hindu from contracting
a civil marriage before the Registrar according to the
provisions of the Marriage Ordinance.
{SCHEDULE.
79
Schedule,
Sections 13,
14 and 16 to
23 of Ch. 20.
No. 1, not to
apply to
Hindus.
Civil
marriage
permissible.
80
(Section 26.)
(Section 5.)
Ch. 29. No. 5.] Hindu Marriage.
SCHEDULE.
Part [.—General.
1. The. Regulations may be cited as the Hindu Marriage Regulations.
2. The fees set forth in Part II of this Schedule shall be payable in
respect of the matters therein specified.
3. The forms set forth in Part ITT of this Schedule shall be the forms to
be used in respect of the matters therein specified: Provided that
Forms B and C may be in English or Hindi.
Part II.—Fees.
Marriage registration fec—
If marriage certificate drawn up in Hindi 72 cents.
If marriage certificate drawn up in English 60
(Payable to District Registrar by Marriage Officer
transmitting certificate of marriage.)
On issue of certificate of registration of marriage 60
For every search in any register book 24
For every certified copy of any entry 48
Part III.—Forms.
TRINIDAD Form A.
THE HINDU MARRIAGE ORDINANCE
Licence to te a Marriage Officer.
A.B., being a priest of the sect of the Hindu Religion residing at
is hereby licensed as a Marriage Officer for the purposes of the Hindu Maris ge
Ordinance.
TRINIDAD AND ToBAGoO.
Hindu Marriage.
[Ch. 29. No. 5.
Form B.,
THE HINDU MARRIAGE ORDINANCE.
No.
Hindu Marriage
Certificate Book.
Counterfoil.
Date of marriage
Place of marriage
Ilusband's name and age
Wife’s name and age
Witnesses’ names—
No.
Hindu Marriage Certificate Book.
Certificate.
Marriage district 9 E S| . I
291 eo eo| sug] 4
ae| 83) oy [83/258 | aod
wE| su pus les Sad ed
gk 3% age |ua| O83 sEO
a a a A E od
E| a sODU |e?) of o's
o vo od So g uv
aslae) 22° |2%| Bea] 5 3
AU] ae} ° A a
(t)
(2)
Consent to marriage
was given by in
writing/in person*
Stgnature of
Marriage Officer.
Certificate forwarded to
District Registrar at
on day of
19
Signature of
Marriage Officer.
t Registered on the
day of ,19
Signature of
Marriage Officer.
*Deletc if not applicable.
| Tobeiilledin by Marriage
Officer when notified by
Registrar.
Signature or mark of parties to the marriage
(1)
(2)
Signature of witnesses (1)
(2)
1 of , a Hindu Marriage Officer
certify that a marriage between the abovementioned
parties in accordance with the Hindu Law of Marriage
and the Hindu Marriage Ordinance was solemnized by
me on the day of , 19 (and that
the consent of to the said marriage was
given in writing/in person).*
Signature of Marriage Officer.
Signature of District Regtstrar for
Marriage District of
District Registrar.
Date
*Delete if not applicable.
T.—IV.
82
(Section 14.)
Ch. 29. No. 5.] Hindu Marriage.
TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO. Form C.
THE HINDU MARRIAGE ORDINANCE.
DECLARATION FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 14.
Names of
Date or Husband's Wife's name Names and children who
approximate name and and age at | sex of children, | are dead, with
date and place age at date date of with date of | date and placc
of marriage. of marviage. Marriage. birth. of death.
I of , and I, his wife respectively do solemnly and
sincerely declare as follows :—
1. The details of the marriage set out above are true and such marriage was in
accordance with the Hindu Law relating to marriage.
2. That at the date of such marriage we were domiciled in the Colony.
3. That such marriage is still subsisting according to the Hindu Law at the date
hereunder written.
Declared at this Signature or mark of parties:
day of ,19 before me (1)
(2)
Signature of witnesses who identify
the parties :—
Marriage Officer (1)
(2)
i, of , a@ Hindu Marriage Officer appointed under the Hindu
Marriage Ordinance do hereby certify as follows:—
1. That the parties to the marriage specified above are desirous of registering
such marriage under the said Ordinance.
2. That I have enquired into the circumstances of such marriage and to the best
of my knowledge, information and belief the details specified above are true and
such marriage was in accordance with the Hindu Law and is still subsisting between
the said parties at the date hereunder written.
Dated this day of ,19
Marriage Officer.
Dated this day of 19 and countersigned by
District Registrar of Hindu Marriage for
Marriage District of
Hindu Marriage. (Ch. 29. No. 5. 83
IktnmpaD AND ToBaco. Form D. (Section 15.)
THE HINDU MARRIAGE ORDINANCE.
Hindu Marriage Register Book.
tegistered No. Marriage District.
2 eo uO bh
a9 Eu | oy ef | 28 | su
= te Vo a. —2 yy . we) o uw
he ao Bay 2 aus | agua bp ea
& a 3 wn au = n “ n he On
ge an Ssu09 5 fo Lg v so as
=6 > 7 Year 2 = 38k won ne bio
Ss zz a ne on os E 5.2
a es aa . i) =U € op
qa OU oa eo2dg vey us Au
30 Ba a sto 2a 3 BO a
3a oo a8 = Es Ew ra ms
ao 2 bo oF =y al ao
a 7% oO 8 “
Registered this day of 19
Registrar of Hindu Marriages.
N.B.—In the case of registration of a marriage in existence prior to the Ordinance
the details to be entered shall be those appearing on the declaration and certificate
on Form C,
fRINIDAD AND TOBAGO. Form E. (Section]15.)
THE HINDU MARRIAGE ORDINANCE.
Certificate of Registration of Marriage.
This is to certify that a marriage solemnized by a Hindu Marriage Officer*
entered intof on the day of , 19 , between , of
and , was duly registered in accordance with the provisions of the Hindu
Marriage Ordinance on the day of 19
Registrar of Hindu Marriages.
*To be deleted in the case of registration of a marriage in existence prior to the
Ordinance.
+To be deleted when marriage solemnized under the Ordinance.
6 (2)
84 Ch. 29. No. 6.] Registers of Births, Deaths and Marriages.
CHAPTER 29. No. 6.
REGISTERS OF BIRTHS, DEATHS AND MARRIAGES.
cranance _ AN ORDINANCE TO PROVIDE FOR THE COPYING OF REGISTERS
Lage OF BIRTHS, DEATHS AND MARRIAGES AND TO DECLARE
THE LEGAL FORCE AND EFFECT OF SUCH COPIES.
Commence- [31st December, 1940.]
ment,
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Registers of
Births, Deaths and Marriages Ordinance.
Interpre- 2. In this Ordinance—
ue ‘““entry ’’ means an entry in a register, or in a copy of
a register or part of a register prepared under this
Ordinance, relating to any one birth, death or
marriage ;
“register ’’ does not include any register of marriages
for which provision is made in the Muslim Marriage and
Divorce Registration Ordinance, or Hindu Marriage
Ordinance, or for which provision is, or was, made in any
law now or heretofore in force in the Colony relating
to immigrants, but, subject thereto, means a register
of births, deaths or marriages for which provision is, or
was, made in any law now or heretofore in force in the
Colony, and includes any such register in the custody
of the Registrar General which consists of copies or
duplicates of original entries.
Powers of 3. It shall be lawful for the Registrar General—
Registrar
General to (a) to inspect, without payment of fee, any register
fe oseese in the custody of any other person in order to ascertain
sion of its condition,
registers.
(b) to take temporary possession of any such register
Registers of Births, Deaths and Marriages. [Ch. 29. No. 6.
for the purpose of exercising the powers and performing
the duties conferred and imposed upon him by this
Ordinance.
4. (1) Whenever, in the opinion of the Registrar General,
the whole or any part of any register is, or is likely to
become, unserviceable by reason of its age or of damage or
otherwise, the Registrar General, with the approval of the
Governor in Council, may cause a copy of such register or
part thereof, as the case may be, to be prepared.
(2) If any entry, or part of an entry, in the register is
illegible the copy shall be completed, as far as possible, from
any corresponding entry in any other register.
(3) All copies prepared under this section shall be
checked by such persons and in such manner as the Registrar
General shall direct.
5. It shall be lawful for the Registrar General, with the
permission of the Governor in Council
(a) to destroy the whole or any part of any register
which, in the opinion of the Registrar General, is
unserviceable ;
(b) to cause any copy prepared in accordance with
the preceding section to be bound as a new register,
or to be substituted in an existing register for any part
thereof which he is authorised in accordance with this
section to destroy.
6. (1) Whenever, in accordance with the provisions of this
Ordinance, copies of a register, or of any part thereof, have
been prepared checked and bound as a new register, the
Registrar General shall endorse in such new register a
certificate substantially in form A in the Schedule hereto.
(2) Whenever, in accordance with the provisions of
this Ordinance copies of any part of a register have been
prepared checked and substituted in such register, the
Registrar General shall endorse in such register a certificate
substantially in form B in the Schedule hereto.
(3) The Registrar General shall sign and date every
certificate endorsed by him under this section.
85
Preparation
fo copies of
Tegisters.
Powers of
Registrar
General in
relation to
registers and
copies.
Certificates
of Registrar
General.
86
Effect of
Registrar
General's
cerlificate.
Spec
ptoevision
relating to
marriage
Tegisters.
Ch. 29. No. 6.] Registers of Births, Deaths and Marriages.
7. (1) With effect from the date of any certificate of the
Registrar General endorsed in a new register in accordance
with the preceding section, such new register shall have the
same force and effect for all purposes, including the purposes
of this Ordinance, as if it were the register, or part of a
register, of which it is a copy, and such register or part of a
register, as the case may be, shall cease to have any force
or effect.
(2) With effect from the date of any certificate of the
Registrar General endorsed in an existing register in accord-
ance with the preceding section, the entries to which it
relates shall have the same force and effect for all purposes,
including the purposes of this Ordinance, as if they were the
entries for which they have been substituted and the latter
entries shall cease to have any force or effect.
(3) When a certificate of the Registrar General has
been endorsed in accordance with the preceding section it
shall be presumed unless the contrary is proved that all
the provisions of this Ordinance have been complied with
in respect of the new register or the entries to which it
relates. °
8. (1) Ifit shall appear to the Registrar General that any
marriage has been duly registered in the register of the
officer or person by whom the marriage was solemnized
(which officer or person is in this section referred to as “ the
Marriage Officer’’) but has not been registered in the
corresponding register in the custody of the Registrar
General, it shall be lawful for the Registrar General, with
_the approval of the Governor in Council, to cause a copy
to be prepared of the entry relating to such marriage in the
register of the Marriage Officer and to insert such copy in the
appropriate register in the custody of the Registrar General.
(2) Every such copy shall, before being so inserted, be
checked by such person and in such manner as the Registrar
General shall direct.
(3) The Registrar General shall endorse on every such
copy a certificate substantially in form C in the Schedule
hereto and shall sign such certificate and shall date such
certificate as of the date on which it is inserted in the
register.
Registers of Births, Deaths and Marriages. (Ch. 29. No. 6.
(4) Every such copy, on being inserted in the Registrar
General’s register and certified in the manner provided in
this section, shall be of the same force and effect for all
purposes, including the purposes of this Ordinance, as if it
were an entry in such register made in accordance with the
provisions of law (other than this Ordinance) which are, or
were, applicable to the registration of the marriage.
9. All expenses incurred in giving effect to the provisions
of this Ordinance shall be defrayed out of the public revenues
of the Colony. ;
THE SCHEDULE.
Form A.
I hereby certify that this register has been prepared in accordance with the
provisions of the Registers of Births, Deaths and Marriages Ordinance.
Dated
Registrar General.
Torm B.
I hereby certify that the following entries, namely, , have been
substituted in this register in accordance with the provisions of the Registers of
Births, Deaths and Marriages Ordinance.
Dated
Registrar General.
Form C.
I hereby certify that this entry has been inserted in accordance with the provisions
of section 8 of the Registers of Births, Deaths and Marriages Ordinance.
Dated :
Regisirar General.
87
Incidence of
expense of
carrying out
the
Ordinance.
88 Ch. 29. No. 7.] Adoption of Children.
CHAPTER 29. No. 7.
ADOPTION OF CHILDREN.
rdinanees | AN ORDINANCE TO MAKE PROVISION FOR THE ADOPTION
NO. Fi 2.
15-1948, OF CHILDREN.
Commence- [13th June, 1947.]
ment,
Short title.
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Adoption of
Children Ordinance.
Interpre-
tation.
2. In this Ordinance—
adopter ’’’ means a person who is proposing to
adopt, or who has adopted a child, whether in pur-
suance of an adoption order or otherwise;
adoption order ’’ means an adoption order for the
purposes of this Ordinance and includes an interim
order made under section 13;
child ’’ means a person under the age of twenty-one
years who has never been married,
Court means any court having jurisdiction to
make adoption orders under this Ordinance;
guardian in relation to a child means a person
appointed by deed or will in accordance with the
provisions of the Infants Ordinance, or by a court
of competent jurisdiction, to be his guardian;
“relative ’’’ means a grandparent, brother, sister,
uncle or aunt, whether by consanguinity or affinity, and
in the case of an illegitimate child, a person who would
be so related if the child were legitimate.
Establish: 3. (1) For the purposes of this Ordinance a Board to be
Adoption called the Adoption Board (in this Ordinance hereinafter
Oat.
Adoption of Children. [Ch.29. No. 7.
referred to as the Board) shall be constituted which shall
consist of a Chairman and not more than five persons to be
appointed by the Governor.
(2) At any meeting of the Board from which the
Chairman is absent the members present shall appoint one of
their number to officiate as Chairman of that meeting.
(3) The quorum of the Board shall be three.
(4) The Governor may appoint any person to act in the
place of any member of the Board in case of the absence or
inability to act of such member.
(5) The Board shall have power to regulate its pro-
cedure.
(6) The Board may appoint a fit and proper person
to be Secretary to the Board and may determine the duties
to be performed by such Secretary.
(7) The Board may appear and be represented at any
stage of the proceedings in a court by the Secretary or by
any person generally or specially authorised by the Board.
4. (1) It shall not be lawful for any person other than the
Board to make any arrangements for the adoption of a
child.
(2) If any person takes part in arranging an adoption
or in the management or control of a body of persons other
than the Board which exists wholly or in part for the purpose
of making arrangements for the adoption of children, he
shall, on summary conviction, be liable to imprisonment
for a term not exceeding six months, or to a fine not exceed-
ing one thousand dollars, or to both such impnsonment and
such fine.
(3) For the purposes of this Ordinance, a person shall
be deemed to make arrangements for the adoption of a child
if he, not being the parent or guardian of the child, enters
into or makes any agreement or arrangement for, or for
facilitating, the adoption of the child by any other person,
whether the adoption is effected, in pursuance of an adoption
order or otherwise, or if he initiates or takes part in any
negotiations of which the purpose or effect is the conclusion
of any agreement or the making of any arrangement therefor,
or if he causes another so to do.
89
Ord.15-1948.
Restriction
on making
arrange-
ments for the
adoption of
children.
90
Nuties of
Board.
Provisions
relating to
arrange-
ments made
by Board.
Ch. 29. No. 7.] Adoption of Children.
5. It shall be the duty of the Board—
(a) to receive applications from parents, guardians
and adopters in respect of the adoption of children;
(b) to make such investigations concerning the
adoption of children for the consideration of the Court
as may be prescribed under section 9;
(c) to act as guardian ad /item of any child in respect
of whom an adoption order is sought.
6. (1) Where arrangements are made by the Board for
the adoption of a child, an application to the Court for an
adoption order in respect of the child shall not be made by
the adopter until the expiration of a period of six months
from the date upon which the child is delivered into the care
and possession of the adopter pursuant to the arrangements
and at any time during that period
(a) the adopter may give notice in writing to the
Board of his intention not to adopt the child; or
(b) the Board may cause notice in writing to be given
to the adopter of its intention not to allow the child
to remain in the care and possession of the adopter,
and where a notice is so given, the adopter shall, within
seven days of the date on which the notice was given, cause
the child to be returned to the Board, and the Board shall
receive the child accordingly
(2) The Board shall appoint one or more persons whose
duty shall be to keep the child under close supervision during
the said period of six months in accordance with regulations
made under this Ordinance.
(3) If, at the expiration of the said period of six months,
no notice has been given as aforesaid, the adopter shall
within three months from the date upon which that period
so expired apply to the Court for an adoption order in
respect of the child or shall give notice in writing to the
Board of his intention not to apply for such an order, and,
where notice is so given or where an application for an
adoption order in respect of the child is refused by the
Court, the adopter shall, within seven days of the date on
which the notice was given or of the date upon which the
application is so refused, as the case may be, cause the
Adoption of Children. |Ch. 29. No. 7.
child to be returned to the Board, and the Board shall
receive the child accordingly.
(4) Any person who contravenes the provisions of this
section shall be liable, on summary conviction, to imprison-
ment for a term of six months, or to a fine of two hundred
and fifty dollars or to both such imprisonment and such
fine, and the court by which the offender is convicted may
order any child in respect of whom the offence is committed
to besreturned to his parents or guardian or to the Board,
7. Where any person has made representations to the
Board with a view to the adoption of a child, and the
Board is of the opinion that the adoption of the child by such
person would not be in the best interests of the child, the
Board shall notify) such person accordingly, and such
person may appeal trom the decision of the Board to a Judge
of the Supreme Court in a summary way
8. Where the child in respect of whom an adoption order
is sought is an inmate of a certified school as defined by
section 29 of the Children Ordinance, the managers of the
school may, with the consent of the Governor, and notwith-
standing anything contained in section 56 or section 57 of the
said Ordinance, sanction the unconditional release of the
child from the school for the purposes of the adoption,
9. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations——-
(a) for regulating the conduct of negotiations entered
into by or on behalf of the Board with persons having
the care and possession of children who are desirous
of causing children to be adopted, and in particular
for securing
(i) that, where the parent or guardian of a
child proposes to place the child at the disposition
of the Board with a view to the child being
adopted, he shall be furnished with a memorandum
in the prescribed form explaining in ordinary
language the effect, in relation to his rights as a
parent or guardian, of the making of an adoption
order in respect of the child, and calling attention
to the provisions of this Ordinance and of any
OT
\ppeats by
persons
desirous of
adopting
children,
Regulations,
92
Ch. 29. No. 7.] Adoption of Children.
rules made hereunder relating to the consent of a
parent or guardian to the making of such an
order, and
(ui) that, before so placing the child at the
dispositicn of the Board, the parent or guardian
shall sign a document in the prescribed form
verifying that he has read or had read and under-
stood the said memorandum;
(6) for requiring that the case of every child proposed
to be delivered by or on behalf of the Board into the
care and possession of an adopter shall be considered
by a committee (to be called a “ case committee ’’)
comprised of not less than three members of the
Board;
(c) for prescribing, in the case of every such child as
aforesaid, the inquiries which must be made and the
reports which must be obtained by the Board in
relation to the child and the adopter for the purpose of
ensuring, so far as may be, the suitability of the child
and the adopter respectively, and, in particular, for
requiring that a report on the health of the child and
prospective adopter signed by a duly qualified medical
practitioner must be obtained by the Board,
(d) for securing that no such child shall be delivered
into the care and possession of an adopter by or on
behalf of the Board until the adopter has been inter-
viewed by the case committee or by some person on
their behalf, until a representative of the committec
has inspected any premises in the Colony in which the
adopter intends that the child should reside perman-
ently, and until the committee have considered the
prescribed reports;
(ec) for making provision for the care and supervision
of children who have been placed by their parents
or guardians at the disposition of the Board;
(f) generally for carrying out the purposes of this
Ordinance.
(2) Any person who contravenes or fails to comply with
any of the provisions of a regulation made under this
section shall be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine of
one hundred and twenty-five dollars and, in the case of a
Adoption of Children. [Ch.29. No. 7.
second or subsequent conviction, to a fine of two hundred
and fifty dollars.
10. (1) Upon an application in the prescribed manner by
any person desirous of being authorised to adopt a child, the
Court may, subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, make
an adoption order authorising the applicant to adopt that
child.
(2) Where an application for an adoption order is
made by two spouses jointly, the Court may make the order
authorising the two spouses jointly to adopt, but save as
aforesaid no adoption order shall be made authorising more
than one person to adopt a child.
11. (1) An adoption order shall not be made in ary case
where—
(a) the applicant is under the age of twenty-five
years, Or
(0) the applicant is less than twenty-one years older
than the child in respect of whom the application
is made: Provided that it shall be lawful for the
court, if it thinks fit, to make an order.
(i) notwithstanding that the applicant is less
than twenty-five years of age, if the applicant
is the mother of the child; or
(11) notwithstanding that the applicant is less
than twenty-one years older than the child, if the
applicant and the child are within the prohibited
degrees of consanguinity, or if the application is
made by or on behalf of two spouses jointly and
the wife is the mother of the child or the husband
is the putative father of the child.
(2) An adoption order shall not be made in any case
where the sole applicant is a male unless the Court is satisfied
that there are special circumstances which justify as an
exceptional measure the making of an adoption order.
(3) An adoption order shall not be made except with
the consent of every person or body who is a parent or
guardian of the child in respect of whom the application is
made or who has the actual custody of the child or who is.
93.
Power to
make adop-
tion orders.
Restrictions
on making
adoption
orders.
04
Matters
with respect
to which
Court to be
satisfied,
Ch. 29. No. 7.] Adoption of Children.
liable to contribute to the support of the child: Provideci
that the Court may dispense with any consent required by
this subsection if satisfied that the person whose consent
is to be dispensed with has abandoned or deserted the child
or cannot be found or is incapable of giving such consent
or, being a person liable to contribute to the support of the
child, either has persistently neglected or refused to contri-
bute to such support or is a person whose consent ought, in
the opinion of the Court and in all the circumstances of the
case to be dispensed with.
(4) An adoption order shall not be made upon the
application of one of two spouses without the consent of the
other of them: Provided that the Court may dispense with
any consent required by this subsection if satisfied that the
person whose consent is to be dispensed with cannot be
found or is incapable of giving such consent or that the
spouses have separated and are living apart and that the
separation is likely to be permanent.
(5) An adoption order shall not be made in favour of
ny applicant who is not resident and domiciled in the
Colony nor in respect of any child who is not a British
subject and so resident.
12. The Court before making an adoption order shall be
satisfied
(a) that every person whose consent is necessary
under this Ordinance and whose consent is not dispensed
with has consented to and understands the nature and
effect of the adoption order for which application is
made, and in particular in the case of any parent
understands that the effect of the adoption order will
be permanently to deprive him or her of his or her
parental rights,
(b) that the order if made will be for the welfare of
the infant, due consideration being for this purpose
given to the religious denomination of the parties and
to the wishes of the child, having regard to the age and
understanding of the child,
(c) that the applicant has not received or agreed to
receive, and that no person has made or given, or
agreed to make or give to the applicant, any payment
Adoption of Children. [Ch.29. No.7.
or other reward in consideration of the adoption except
such as the Court may sanction.
13. (1) If on application for an adoption order the Court
is of the opinion that a further probationary period is
desirable it shall have power to make an interim order not
‘xceeding two years.
(2) All such consents as are required for an adoption
order shall be necessary to an interim order but subject to
the power of the Court to dispense with any such consents.
14. The Court in an adoption order may impose such
terms and conditions as the Court may think fit and in
particular may require the adopter by bond or otherwise
to make for the adopted child such provision (if any) as in
the opinion of the Court is just and expedient.
15. (1) Upon an adoption order being made, all rights,
duties, obligations and liabilities of the parent or parents,
guardian or guardians of the adopted child, in relation to the
future custody, maintenance and education of the adopted
child, including all rights to appoint a guardian or to consent
or give notice of dissent of marriage shall be extinguished,
and all such rights, duties, obligations and liabilities shall
vest in and be exercisable by and enforceable against the
adopter as though the adopted child was a child born to the
adopter in lawful wedlock, and in respect of the same matters
and in respect of the liability of a child to maintain its
parents the adopted child shall stand to the adopter
exclusively in the position of a child born to the adopter in
lawful wedlock: Provided that, in any case where two
spouses are the adopters, such spouses shall in respect of the
matters aforesaid and for the purpose of the jurisdiction
of any court to make orders as to the custody and main-
tenance of and right of access to children stand to each
other and to the adopted child in the same relation as they
would have stood if they had been the lawful father and
mother of the adopted child, and the adopted child shall
stand to them respectively in the same relation as a child
would have stood to a lawful father and mother respectively.
Tower to
make
interim
orders,
Terms and
conditions
of order.
Effect of
adoption
order,
96 Ch. 29. No. 7.] Adoption of Children.
(2) An adoption order shall not deprive the adopted
child of any right to or interest in property to which, but for
the order, the child would have been entitled under any
intestacy or disposition whether occurring or made before
or after the making of the adoption order, or confer on the
adopted child any right to or interest in property as a child
of the adopter, and the expressions “ child ’’, ‘“‘ children â€â€™
and “issue ’’ where used in any disposition whether made
before or after the making of an adoption order, shall not,
unless the contrary intention appears, include an adopted
child or children or the issue of an adopted child.
(3) Where an adopted child or the spouse or issue of
an adopted child takes any interest in real or personal
property under a disposition by the adopter, or where an
adopter takes any interest in real or personal property under
a disposition by an adopted child or the spouse or issue of an
adopted child, any succession, Iegacy or other duty which
becomes leviable in respect thereof shall be payable at the
same rate as if the adopted child had been a child born to
the adopter in lawful wedlock.
(4) For the purposes of this section disposition
means an assurance of any interest in property by any
instrument whether zuter vivos or by will including codicil.
(5) For the purposes of the Friendly Societies
Ordinance, which enables societies to insure money to be
paid for funeral expenses, and which restricts the persons to
whom monev may be paid on the death of a child under the
age of ten, the adopter shall be deemed to be the parent of
the child; and where before the adoption order was made
any such insurance had been effected by the natural parent
of the child, the rights and Jiabilities under the policy shall
by virtue of the adoption order be transferred to the adopter,
and the adopter shall, for the purposes of the said Ordinance,
be treated as the person who took out the policy.
Power to 16. An adoption order or an interim order may be made
subsequent in respect of a child who has already been the subject of an
order in adoption order, and, upon any application for such further
respect of yy adoption order, the adopter or adopters under the adoption
subject to order last previously made shall, if living, be deemed to be
an order, the parent or parents of the child for all the purposes of this
p Pp purp
Ordinance.
Adoption of Children. [Ch.29. No. 7.
17. (1) The Court having jurisdiction to make adoption
orders under this Ordinance shall be the Supreme Court or,
at the option of the applicant, any court of summary
jurisdiction within the jurisdiction of which cither the
applicant or the child resides at the date of the application
for the adoption order.
(2) Rules directing the manner in which applications
to the Court are to be made for regulating appeals under
section 8 and dealing gencrally with all the matters of
procedure and incidental matters arising out of this
Ordinance may be made in like manner as rules may be
made under and for the purposes of the Judicature Ordinance.
Such rules may provide for applications for adoption orders
being heard and determined otherwise than in open court,
and, where the application is made to a court of summary
jurisdiction, for the hearing and determination thereof in a
juvenile court within the meaning of section 88 of the
Children Ordinance.
18. It shall not be lawful for any adopter or for any
parent or guardian except with the sanction of the Court
to receive any payment or other reward in consideration of
the adoption of any child under this Ordinance or for any
person to make or give or agree to make or give to any
adopter or to any parent or guardian any such payment or
reward.
19. (1) It shall not be lawful for any advertisement to be
published indicating that—
(a) the parent or guardian of a child is desirous of
causing the child to be adopted, or
(5) a person is desirous of adopting a child, or any
person (not being the Board) is willing to make
arrangements for the adoption of a child.
(2) Any person who causes to be published, or
knowingly publishes an advertisement in contravention of
the provisions of this section shall be liable, on summary
conviction, to a fine of two hundred and fifty dollars.
20. Where at the date of the commencement of this
Ordinance any child is in the custody of, and being brought
T.—IVv. 7
97
Jurisdiction
and
procedure.
Restrictions
on
payments.
Restriction
on adver-
tisements.
Provisions
as to
existing
de facto
adoptions.
98
Adopted
children
Tegister,
Ch. 29. No. 7.] Adoption of Children.
up, maintained and educated by any person or two spouses
jointly as his, her or their own child under any de facto
adoption, and has for a period of not less than two years
before such commencement been in such custody, and been
so brought up, maintained and educated, the Court may,
upon the application of such persons or spouses, and
notwithstanding that the applicant is male make an
adoption order authorising him, her or them to adopt the
child without requiring the consent of any parent or guardian
of the child to be obtained, upon being satisfied after inquiry
by the Board that in all the circumstances of the case it is
just and equitable and for the welfare of the child that no
such consent should be required and that an adoption order
should be made.
21. (1) The Registrar General shall establish and maintain
at his office a register to be called the Adopted Children
Register, in which shall be made such entries as may be
directed to be made therein by adoption orders, but no
other entries.
(2) Every adoption order shall contain a direction to
the Registrar General to make in the Adopted Children
Register an entry recording the adoption in the form sct
out in the Schedule hereto.
(3) If upon any application for an adoption order there
is proved to the satisfaction of the Court—
(a) the date of the birth of the child; and
(6) the identity of the child with a child to which any
entry or entries in the Registers of Births relates;
the adoption order shall contain a further direction to the
Registrar General to cause such birth, entry or entries in
the Register of Births, to be marked with the word
“adopted†and to include in the entry in the adoption
register recording the adoption the date stated in the
Order of the adopted child’s birth in the manner indicated
in the Schedule hereto.
(4) The prescribed officer of the Court shall cause
every adoption order to be communicated in the prescribed
manner to the Registrar General, and upon receipt of
such communication the Registrar General shall cause
Adoption of Children. [Ch.29. No. 7.
compliance to be made with the directions contained in
such order in regard both to marking any entry in the
Registers of Births with the word “‘ adopted â€â€™ and in regard
to making the appropriate entry in the Adopted Children
Register.
(5) A certified copy of any entry in the Adopted
Children Register if purporting to be signed by the
Registrar General shall, without any further or other proof
of such entry—
(a) where the entry does not contain any record of the
date of the birth of the adopted child be received as
evidence of the adoption to which the same relates;
and
(b) where the entry contains a record of the date of
the birth of the adopted child shall be received not
only as evidence of the adoption to which the same
relates but also as evidence of the date of the birth
of the adopted child to which the same relates in all
respects as though the same were a certified copy of
an entry in the Register of Births.
(6) The Registrar General shall cause an index of the
Adopted Children Register to be made and kept in his
office, and every person shall be entitled to search such
index and to have a certified copy of any entry in the
Adopted Children Register in all respects upon, and subject
to the same terms, conditions and regulations as to payment
of fees and otherwise as are applicable under the Births and
Deaths Registration Ordinance, or any other Ordinance, in
respect of searches in indexes relating to births and deaths
kept in the office of the Registrar General, and in respect
of the supply from such office of certified copies of entries
in the Registers of Births and Deaths.
(7) The Registrar General shall, in addition to the
Adopted Children Register and the index thereof, keep such
other registers and books, and make such entries therein as
may be necessary, to record and make traceable the
connexion between any entry in the register of births
which has been marked ‘adopted’â€â€™ pursuant to this
Ordinance and any corresponding entry in the Adopted
Children Register, but such last-mentioned registers and
7 (2)
UNIVER! TY OF FLORIâ„¢
L% LIGRARY
VOL.NO. 7
99
100
Ch. 29. No. 7.] Adoption of Children.
books shall not be nor shall any index thereof be open to
public inspection or search, nor, except under an order of a
court of competent jurisdiction, shall the Registrar General
furnish any person with any information contained in or
with any copy or extract from any such registers or books.
(8) Regulations made by the Registrar General under
the Births and Deaths Registration Ordinance may make
provision as to the duties to be performed by Super-
intendent Registrars and Registrars of Births and Deaths
in the execution of this Ordinance.
101
[Ch. 29. No. 7.
Adoption of Children.
(‘Axjue
(‘19p1O OU asta.tsq}0
“ArqUq wodopy 24} ut nq ‘possyue
aq} 3893932 Suuvadde se opeur aq 03 I9pI1O
0} [esetas) aq 03 A1j0q) uoydopy 24}
reIysiZey Aq ‘opem Tormm Aq Aq pez9011p
(Aue 31) Wig
JO 93ep 1903uq)
“PIFYD FO
quig jo eyed
(8) (2) (9)
poyndap 1s0qJ9 | yNoD jo uonduS
jo ainzeuzis “Sop pue I9psIO
uorjdopy jo o7eq
(19epig uondopy
Ul poze}s SB
toredno09 pue
ssalppe ‘ouleu
193uq) ‘siajdopy
(19PI0
wondopy ul
peye3s se X08
(1epi9 uondopy
Ol peze}s sv ouIeU
ono Joquq) “PID | 1030q) “PIT
pwe ssolppy peidopy jo xag| paidopy jo omen
‘ameuing pus omeN
(¢) () (e)
“AQUq
yo a7"
‘AqQUy
JO ‘ON
(z) (1)
“a TAGHHOS
(‘Tg wor9as)
Ordinance
No. 9 1940.
Commencc-
ment.
Short title.
Power to
take census.
Schec
Appoint-
of Census
Officer.
CHAPTER 29. No. 8.
CENSUS.
AN ORDINANCE TO MAKE PROVISION FOR THE TAKING
FROM TIME TO TIME OF A CENSUS FOR THE COLONY.
[23rd March, 1946.]
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Census Ordinance.
2. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, it shall
be lawful for the Governor by proclamation from time to
time to direct that a census shall be taken for the Colony,
and any proclamation under this section may prescribe—
(a) the date on which the census is to be taken; and
(6) the persons by whom and with respect to whom
information for the purpose of the census is to be
furnished; and
(c) the particulars to be stated in the returns:
Provided that no particulars shall be required to be
stated other than particulars with respect to such matters
as are mentioned in the Schedule hereto.
3. (1) It shall be lawful for the Governor to appoint in
writing under his hand a fit and proper person as Census
Officer and such appointment shall be published in the
Roval Gazette.
(2) It shall be lawful for the Governor to appoint
public officers and other persons for any purpose connected
with the execution of this Ordinance.
Census. [Ch. 29. No. 8.
4. (1) It shall be the duty of the Census Officer to make
arrangements and do all such things as are necessary for the
taking of a census in accordance with the provisions of
this Ordinance and of any proclamation and regulations
made thereunder, and for that purpose to make arrange-
ments for the preparation and issue of the necessary forms
and instructions and for the return of the forms when
filled up.
(2) The Census Officer in exercise of his powers and
in the performance of his duties under this Ordinance or
under any proclamation or regulations made thereunder,
shall be subject to the control of, and comply with any
directions given by the Governor.
(3) All expenses incurred with the sanction of the
Governor in connection with the taking of a census or
otherwise in connection with the exercise of the powers or
the performance of duties under this Ordinance shall be
defrayed out of the public revenue of the Colony.
5. Every Superintendent Registrar appointed under the
Births and Deaths Registration Ordinance or Assistant
Warden performing the duties of a Superintendent
Registrar under the said Ordinance shall divide up his
county or area under his superintendence into enumeration
districts in accordance with directions from the Census
Officer who will prescribe such districts exactly, and shall
prepare a list of persons resident in such county or area
suitable to be appointed as supervisors and enumerators
for such county or area; and shall deliver all schedules,
census forms, books of instructions and other documentary
matter relating to the census received by him to such person
or otherwise as he may be directed by the Census Officer;
and shall supervise and direct the taking of the census in
such county or area and when such schedules and forms
shall have been returned to him following the census shall
examine and punctually return the same to the Census
Officer making sure that full and complete returns have
been made in respect of each of the said enumeration
districts. _ Every such Superintendent Registrar and
Warden shall in the manner hereunder prescribed certify
that the duties required of every supervisor and enumerator
within his county or area have been faithfully performed
103
Duties of
‘ensus
Officer.
Census
Officer sub-
ject to
directions
of Governor.
Expenses to
be a charge
on the
revenue of
the Colony.
Division ot
counties and
areas,
104
Ch. 29. No. 8.] Census.
Closing o
clubs, etc.
Power of
Governor in
Council to
make
revulations,
before any payment is made to such supervisor or
enumerator.
6. On any day prescribed under section 2 for the taking
of a census, all clubs and all dance halls, theatres, cinemas
and other places of public entertainment or amusement shall
be closed between the hours of 7 p.m. and 12 midnight except
in the case of clubs for persons residing therein.
7. For the purpose of enabling any proclamation directing
a census to be taken to be carried into effect, the Governor
in Council may make regulations—
(a) providing for the division of the Colony into
districts for the purpose of the census and the appoint-
ment of persons to act in those districts in connection
with the census;
(b) requiring all such persons as may be employed
for the purpose of the census to perform such duties
in connection with the taking of the census as may be
prescribed
(c) requiring persons employed for the purpose of the
census to make a written declaration with respect to
the performance of their duties and prescribing the
form of such declaration;
(2) requiring the superintendent or other person in
charge of every gaol, prison, lock-up or other place
of confinement and the officer in charge of any hospital
or other public or charitable institution within this
Colony to make returns with respect to inmates
thereof and to conform to such instructions as may be
given to him;
(e) requiring the owner, manager or other person
having the superintendence of any plantation, factory
or industrial undertaking, to act as enumerator of
such plantation, factory or industrial undertaking
respectively ;
(f) requiring information to be given to the persons
liable to make returns by the persons with respect
to whom the returns are to be made;
(g) with respect to the forms to be used in the taking
of a census;
Census. [Ch. 29. No. 8.
105
(hk) for the allowances to be paid to persons employed
in connection with the taking of the census;
(t) making provision with respect to any other
matters with respect to which it is necessary to make
provision for the purpose of carrying into effect the
provisions of the proclamation.
8. The Census Officer shall obtain by such ways and
means as appear to him best adapted for the purpose,
returns of the particulars required by this Ordinance with
respect to all houseless persons and all persons who during
the night of the day fixed by the Governor under section 2
were travelling or on shipboard in the waters of the Colony
or for any other reason were not abiding in any house of
which account is to be taken by the supervisors, enumerators
and other persons as aforesaid, and shall include such
returns in the report to be made by him under section 9.
9. (1) The Census Officer shall, as soon as may be after
the takings of a census, prepare or cause to be prepareda
tabulated report on the census returns, showing the number
of persons enumerated in the Colony as a whole and in each
town, county, ward and island thereof, and every such
report shall be printed and laid before the Legislative
Council.
(2) No report, summary of statistics or other publica-
tion under this Ordinance, shall contain any of the
particulars comprised in any individual return so arranged
as to enable any person to identify any particulars so
published as being particulars relating to any individual
person.
10. It shall be lawful for every enumerator appointed
under the regulations made under this Ordinance in so far
as may be necessary for the purpose of this Ordinance to
enter every house, messuage, plantation, factory, industrial
undertaking, estate, farm, plot or any other place whatsoever
within his district on the day appointed for taking a census
and at any time during the period of four weeks immedi-
ately preceding the said day, and he may thereafter during
a further period not exceeding four weeks repeat his visits
Particulars
of houseless
persons to
be obtained.
Census
Officer to
make report.
No report
to reveal
individual
particulars.
Enumera-
tor’s power
to enter.
106
Ch. 29. No. 8.] Census.
Access to
public
records.
Offences and
penaltics.
to and entries into and upon any house, messuage, planta-
tion, factory, industrial undertaking, estate, farm, plot
or any other place whatsoever in his district as often as
may be necessary for the purpose of obtaining from any
employee, resident or inmate of any such house, messuage,
plantation, factory, industrial undertaking, estate, farm,
plot or any other place whatsoever any further information
or explanation necessary to enable him to complete,
verify or correct any account given to or taken by him in
respect thereof or of the employees, residents, or mmates
thereof.
11. Every person who has the custody or charge of any
public records or documents, or of any records or documents
of any corporation, from which information relating to the
objects of any census ordered under this Ordinance may be
obtained, or which would aid in the completion of such
census, shall grant to any census supervisor, enumerator,
or person authorised in writing by the Census Officer,
access thereto for the purpose of obtaining such information
therefrom.
12. (1) If any person—
(a) refuses or neglects to comply with or acts in con-
travention of any of the provisions of this Ordinance
or any proclamation or regulations made under this
Ordinance; or
(b) being a person required by regulations made under
this Ordinance to make a written declaration with
respect to the performance of his duties makes a false
declaration; or
(c) being a person required by any proclamation or
regulations made under this Ordinance to make, signs
or delivers any document, makes, signs, or delivers,
or causes to be made, signed, or delivered a false
document; or
(d) being a person required in pursuance of any such
proclamation or regulations to answer any question,
refuses to answer or gives a false answer to that
question ;
he shall for each offence be liable on summary conviction
to a fine of four hundred and eighty dollars.
Census. [Ch. 29. No. 8.
(2) If any person—
(a) being a person employed in taking a census
without lawful authority publishes or communicates to
any person otherwise than in the ordinary course of
such employment any information required by him in
the course of his employment; or
(5) having possession of any information which to his
knowledge has been disclosed in contravention of this
Ordinance, publishes or communicates that information
to any other person; or
(c) in the pretended performance of duties under this
Ordinance obtains, or seeks to obtain, information
which he is not duly authorised to obtain,
he shall be guilty of an offence and shall on summary con-
viction be liable to a fine of nine hundred and sixty dollars
or to imprisonment for a term of one year, or to both such
fine and imprisonment.
SCHEDULE.
Matters in Respect of which Particulars may be Required.
. Names, sex, age and religion.
. Occupation, profession, trade or employment and industry.
. Nationality, birthplace, race and language.
. Place of abode, character of dwelling and housing generally.
nF WN
. Condition as to marriage, relation to head of family and issue born.
6. Infirmities relating to deafness, dumbness, blindness and mental
derangement.
7. Any other matters with respect to which it is desirable to obtain
statistical information with a view to ascertaining the social or civil
condition of the population.
8. (1) Farm operation and Management.
(2) Separate holdings or property.
(3) Farm population and Farm labour.
(4) Acreage and Tenure.
5) Kind of land and vegetation on the Farm.
6) Source of water supply.
7) Principal Products of Farm.
8) Water Supply for Farm and Livestock.
(9) Farm and Industrial Machinery and Equipment.
(
(
(
(
107
Punishment
for unlawful
publication
or com-
munication,
(Section 2.)
108 Ch. 29. No. 8.] Census.
(10) Crops.
(11) Tropical Fruits and Nuts.
(12) Sugar Cane, Cocoa, Coconuts, Rubber, Tonca Beans and Coffee.
(13) Grains, Pulses, Rice, Vegetables and Ground Provisions.
(14) Roots.
(15) Miscellaneous Crops.
(16) Live Stock.
(17) Poultry and Eggs.
(18) Rabbits and Guinea Pigs.
(19) Bees and Bee Products.
9. Nature of Craft, equipment and methods employed in fishing.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
TRINIDAD anp TOBAGO
Revised Ordinances, 1950.
CHAPTER 30.
CONTROL OF VARIOUS MATTERS.
1.—ADVERTISEMENTS REGULATION.
2.—FACTORIES.
3.—Gas CYLINDERS (USE, CONVEYANCE
AND STORAGE).
4.—EXPLOSIVES.
5.—FIREARMS AND AMMUNITION.
6.—FooD AND FUEL CONTROL.
7.—OLD METAL AND MARINE STORES.
8.—NEWSPAPERS.
9.—THEATRES AND DANCE HALLS.
10.—CINEMATOGRAPH.
11.—CINEMATOGRAPH ENTERTAINMENTS
(MaxiIMUM CHARGES).
12.—BoxING CONTROL.
13.—STREET COLLECTIONS (CONTROL).
14.—LICENSING OF DEALERS
(PRECIOUS METALS AND STONES).
15.—ELEcTRIc INSTALLATIONS (BUILDINGS).
16.—ELECTRICITY (INSPECTION).
17.—SLEEPING ACCOMMODATION (CONTROL OF
CHARGES).
18.—SERVICES (CHARGES CONTROL).
19.—LIMEOIL (CONTROL OF MANUFACTURE).
20.—MoTION PICTURE FILMS (CARRIAGE AND
STORAGE).
. 21.—PooL BETTING.
110
Ordinance
Ch.30. No.l
1940.
Commence-
ment.
Erection of
hoardings
and exhibi-
tion of
advertise-
ments to be
subject to
control.
Erection of
hoardings
by or with
permission
of local
authority or
Warden.
Ch. 30. No. 1.] Advertisements Regulation.
CHAPTER 30. No. 1.
ADVERTISEMENTS REGULATION.
AN ORDINANCE TO CONTROL THE ERECTION AND USE OF
HOARDINGS AND THE EXHIBITION OF ADVERTISEMENTS.
[1st July, 1932.]
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Advertisements
Regulation Ordinance.
2. In this Ordinance,—
advertisement ’’ includes any notice, bill, placard,
poster and similar publication;
hoarding ’’’ includes any structure used as an
advertisement or used for exhibiting any advertisc-
ment.
3. No hoarding shall be erected and no advertisement
shall be exhibited upon any hoarding or on any wall, tree,
pole, fence, gate or other place in the Colony except in
accordance with this Ordinance and the bye-laws or regu-
lations made thereunder.
4. Ina City or Borough, the City or Borough Council, and
elsewhere, the Warden, may erect hoardings or authorise
the erection thereof and may, on the written application of
the person responsible therefor, authorise the use of hoard-
ings and advertisements existing at the date of the coming
into force of bye-laws or regulations, as the case may be,
made under this Ordinance. Every such authorisation
shall be given for such period not exceeding five years as the
Council or Warden, as the case may be, may determine.
Advertisements Regulation. [Ch. 30. No. 1. 111
5. Notwithstanding the provisions of the last preceding Exemption
section, any person may exhibit in or upon his own premises, of advertise-
or in or upon any premises in his occupation, advertisements business
relating to the business, profession, or trade carried on in or Preâ„¢ses.
upon those premises, and further may exhibit any adver-
tisements upon any building used by him for business
purposes in or upon such premises:
Provided that any advertisement so exhibited shall not
be suspended across the street or in any way suspended or
projected outwards from such premises:
Nothing in this section shall be deemed to derogate from
or affect any of the powers conferred on the Port-of-Spain
City Council by the Port-of-Spain Corporation Ordinance.
6. (1) Fora City or Borough, the City or Borough Council Power to
may make byc-laws, and for other parts of the Colony, the laws anil.
Governor in Council may make regulations,—-- regulations.
(a) for regulating, restricting or prohibiting the
erection of hoardings and the exhibition of advertise-
ments (other than advertisements exhibited in accord-
ance with the provisions of section 5) in such places and
in such manner, or by such means, as to affect injuriously
the amenities of a public park or pleasure promenade,
or any place frequented by the public solely or chiefly
on account of its beauty, or to disfigure the view of
rural scenery from a highway or railway, or from any
public place or water;
(b) for levying a charge upon the exhibition of
advertisements on hoardings crected by such City or
Borough Council or by a Warden, as the case may be,
in accordance with section 4.
(2) Bye-laws and regulations made under this section
shall have no force or effect until they have been approved
by the Legislative Council.
7. If any person is aggrieved by the refusal of a Warden Appeal from
to authorise the erection of any hoarding or the use of any {isjon
hoarding or advertisement as provided in section 4, such
person may appeal to the Governor, and if it be made to
appear to the Governor that the erection of such hoarding
or the use of any hoarding or advertisement should be
Ch. 30. No. 1.] Advertisements Regulation.
Removal
of unautho-
rised hoard-
ings and
advertise-
ments,
Penalties.
Saving.
authorised under this Ordinance, the Governor may give
directions to the Warden to that effect.
8. (1) Unless authorised under section 4 or exempted
under section 5, any hoarding erected and any advertise-
ment exhibited at the date of the coming into force of
regulations or bye-laws, as the case may be, made under this
Ordinance, shall be removed by the person responsible
therefor within six months from such date, and if not so
removed as aforesaid such person shall be served with a
notice in writing by the City or Borough Council or the
Warden concerned to remove the hoarding or advertise-
ment within one month, and on failure to comply with such
notice, such person shall be deemed to have committed a
contravention of the provisions of this Ordinance and shall
be liable to the penalties hereinafter prescribed.
(2) If no person responsible therefor can be found
within six months from the date of the coming into force of
such regulations or bye-laws, the City or Borough Council,
or the Warden, as the case may be, may remove or cause to
be removed any such hoarding or advertisement and may
do all such other acts and things as may be deemed necessary
for the removal of the same.
9. (1) Any person committing a contravention of the
provisions of this Ordinance or of any regulations or bye-
laws made thereunder shall be liable, on summary conviction,
to a fine of twenty-four dollars, and to a further fine of five
dollars for every day during which the offence is continued
after his conviction thereof.
(2) All penalties recovered under this Ordinance for
offences committed within a City or Borough shall be paid to
the funds of the local authority concerned.
10. Nothing in this Ordinance shall apply to hoardings
erected and advertisements exhibited by any Department of
the Government or by any Military or Naval or Air Force
authority, or by any Judicial authority, or by any Municipal
authority, or to any notice relating to any service in a church,
chapel, temple or mosque.
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2. 113
CHAPTER 30. No. 2.
FACTORIES.
AN ORDINANCE TO PROVIDE FOR THE PROMOTION OF THE Oriinance
HEALTH, SAFETY AND WELFARE OF PERSONS EMPLOYED N°. 44-1946.
IN FACTORIES.
[18th December, 1948.] Commence-
PART I.
INTRODUCTORY.
1. (1) This Ordinance may be cited as the Factories short title.
Ordinance.
(2) Except where otherwise expressly provided, the saving.
provisions of this Ordinance shall be in addition to and not
in substitution for or in diminution of the provisions of
any other Ordinance.
PART ITI.
INTERPRETATION AND APPLICATION TO YOUNG PERSONS
EMPLOYED IN CERTAIN OCCUPATIONS,
2. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, the tnterpre-
expression ‘‘ factory’ means any premises in which, or ‘tion of
. . : : : expression
within the close or curtilage or precincts of which, persons “ factory.â€
are employed in manual labour in any process for or
incidental to any of the following purposes, namely—
(a) the making of any article or of part of any
article; or
(b) the altering, repairing, ornamenting, finishing,
T.—IV.
114
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
cleaning, or washing, or the breaking up or demolition
of any article; or
(c) the adapting for sale of any article;
being premises in which, or within the close or curtilage
or precincts of which, the work is carried on by way of
trade or for purposes of gain and to or over which the
employer of the persons employed therein has the right of
access or control.
And (whether or not they are factories by reason of the
foregoing definition) the expression ‘‘ factory ’’ also includes
the following premises in which persons are employed in
manual labour, that is to say-
(i) any yard or dry dock (including the precincts
thereof) in which ships or vessels are constructed,
reconstructed, repaired, refitted, finished or broken up;
(ii) any premises in which the business of sorting
any articles is carried on as a preliminary to the work
carried on in any factory or incidentally to the purposes
of any factory:
(iii) any premises in which the business of washing
or filling bottles or containers or packing articles is
carried on incidentally to the purposes of any factory;
(iv) any premises in which the business of hooking,
plaiting, lapping, making up or packing of varn or
cloth is carried on,
(v) any laundry carried on as ancillary to another
business, or incidentally to the purposes of any public
institution,
(vi) any premises in which the construction, recon-
struction or repair of locomotives, vehicles, or other
plant for use for transport purposes is carried on as
ancillary to a transport undertaking or other industrial
or commercial undertaking, not being any premises
used for the purpose of housing locomotives or vehicles
where only cleaning, washing, running repairs or
minor adjustments are carried out,
(vil) any premises in which printing by letterpress,
lithography, photogravure, or other similar process,
or bookbinding is carried on by way of trade or for
purposes of gain or incidentally to another business so
carried on,
Factories. (Ch. 30. No. 2. 115
(viii) any premises in which the making, adaptation
or repair of dresses, scenery or properties is carried on
incidentally to the production, exhibition or presenta-
tion by way of trade or for purposes of gain of cinemato-
graph films or theatrical performances, not being a
stage or dressing-room of a theatre in which only
occasional adaptations or repairs are made;
(ix) any premises in which the business of making
or mending nets is carried on incidentally to the
fishing industry ;
(x) any premises in which mechanical power is
used in connection with the making or repair of
articles of metal or wood incidentally to any business
carried on by way of trade or for purposes of gain;
(xi) any premises in which the production of
cinematograph films is carried on by way of trade
for purposes of gain, so, however, that the employment
at any such premises of theatrical performers, and of
attendants on such theatrical performers shall not be
deemed to be employment in a factory;
(x11) any premises in which articles are made or
prepared incidentally to the carrying on of building
operations or works of engineering construction, not
being premises in which such operations or works are
being carried on;
(xili) any premises used for the storage of gas in a
gas holder having a storage capacity of not less than
five thousand cubic feet;
(xiv) any waterworks, pumping station, filtration
plant, sewage works or sewage outfall;
(xv) any premises in which any material is trans-
formed or converted by way of trade or for purposes of
gain.
(2) Any line or siding (not being part of the Trinidad
Government Railway or a municipal tramway) which is
used in connection with and for the purposes of a factory,
shall be deemed to be part of the factory; if any such line
or siding is used in connection with more than one factory
belonging to different occupiers, the line or siding shall be
deemed to be a separate factory.
8 (2)
116
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
(3) A part of a factory may, with the approval in
writing of the senior inspector, be taken to be a separate
factory and two or more factories may, with the lke
approval, be taken to be a single factory.
(4) Any workplace in which, with the permission of
or under agreement with the owner or occupier, two or
more persons carry on any work which would constitute
the workplace a factory if the persons working therein
were in the employment of the owner or occupier shall be
deemed to be a factory for the purposes of this Ordinance,
and the provisions of this Ordinance shall apply as if the
owner or occupier of the workplace were the occupier of
the factory and the persons working therein were persons
employed in the factory.
(5) No premises in or adjacent to and belonging to a
quarry or mine being premises in which the only process
carried on is the dressing or preparation for sale of minerals
without the aid of mechanical power shall be deemed to be
a factory.
(6) Where a place situate within the close, curtilage,
or precincts forming a factory is solely used for some
purpose other than the processes carried on in the factory,
that place shall not be deemed to form part of the factory
for the purposes of this Ordinance, but shall, if otherwise
it would be a factory, be deemed to be a separate factory
(7) Premises shall not be excluded from the definition
of a factory by reason only that they are open air premises.
(8) Where the Governor by order so directs as respects
all or any purposes of this Ordinance, different branches
or departments of work carried on in the same factory shall
be deemed to be different factories.
(9) Any premises belonging to or in the occupation
of the Crown or any municipal or other public authority
shall not be deemed not to be a factory, and building
operations or works of enginecring construction undertaken
by or on behalf of the Crown or any such authority shall
not be excluded from the operation of this Ordinance by
reason only that the work carried on thereat is not carned
on by way of trade or for purposes of gain,
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2. 117
3. (1) In this Ordinance and in any regulations or orders General
made thereunder, unless the context otherwise requires, interpre
the following expressions have the meanings hereby
assigned to them respectively, that is to say—
‘‘bakehouse’’ means any place in which bread,
biscuits, or confectionery is or are baked by way of
trade or for purposes of gain;
‘bodily injury †includes injury to health;
‘building operation means the construction,
structural alteration, repair or maintenance of a
building (including re-pointing, re-decoration and
external cleaning of the structure), the demolition of a
building, and the preparation for, and laying the
foundation of, an intended building, but does not
include any operation which is a work of engineering
construction within the meaning of this Ordinance;
‘‘calendar year’’ means the period of twelve
months beginning with the Ist of January in any year;
“child ’’ means a person who has not attained the
age of fourteen years;
“class or description,’ in relation to factories,
includes a group of factories described by reference
to locality ;
“ driving-belt ’’ includes any driving strap or rope;
*“ fire authority ’’ means the Commissioner of Police
and includes any officer appointed by him to be in
charge of measures for the putting out, control, or
prevention of fires;
“fume â€â€™ includes gas, vapour or smoke;
“general register’’ means the register kept in
accordance with the requirements of section 54 of
this Ordinance;
ce oD
inspector means, except where otherwise
expressed, an inspector appointed under this Ordinance,
and a reference to the inspector for the district refers,
as respects any factory, to the inspector in charge of
the district in which the factory is situate;
“local health authority ’’ has the same meaning as
that assigned to it in the Public Health Ordinance;
* Superintendent of Fire Brigades is a fire authority for purpose of section 26. —
See R.G. 18.11.50.
118
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
“machinery â€â€™ includes any driving belt ,
“maintained means maintained in an efficient
state, in efficient working order, and in good repair;
““mechanical power means power derived from a
prime mover or obtained by the direct application of
steam, water, gas, or air pressure;
owner ’’ means the person for the time being
receiving the rackrent of the premises in connection
with which the word is used, whether on his own account
or as agent or trustee for any other person, or who
would so receive the rackrent if the premises were let
at a rackrent;
“parent means a parent or guardian of, or person
having the legal custody of, or the control over a
child or young person, and includes, in relation to any
child or voung person, any person having direct
benefit from his wages:
‘ period of employment â€â€™ means the period (inclusive
of the time allowed for meals and rest) within which
persons may be employed on any day;
‘“‘ prime mover â€â€™ means every engine, motor or other
appliance which provides mechanical energy derived
from steam, water, wind, electricity, the combustion
of fuel, or other source
“process includes the use of any locomotive,
sanitary conveniences includes urinals, water-
closets, carth-closets, privies, ashpits, and any similar
convenience,
ship†‘vessel , and “‘harbourâ€â€™ have the same
meaning as in the Imperial Merchant Shipping Act,
1894,
“transmission machinery’? means every shaft,
wheel, drum, pulley, system of fast and loose pulleys,
coupling, clutch, driving-belt or other device by
which the motion of a prime mover is transmitted
to or received by any machine or appliance;
‘““week ’’ means the period between midnight on
Saturday night and midnight on the succeeding
saturday night;
woman ’’ means a person of the female sex who
has attained the age of eighteen vears;
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
work of engineering construction means the
‘onstruction of any railway line or siding, and the
construction, structural alteration or repair (including
re-pointing and re-painting) or the demolition of any
dock, harbour, inland navigation, tunnel, bridge,
viaduct, waterworks, reservoir, pipe-line, aqueduct,
sewer, sewage works, gasholder, oil tank, road, trace or
footpath ;
“young person means a person who has attained
the age of fourteen and has not attained the age of
eighteen years.
(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance, machinery
or plant shall be deemed to have been constructed or
re-constructed before the passing of this Ordinance or the
making of regulations or orders under this Ordinance, and
a factory or building shall be deemed to have been con-
structed, re-constructed, extended, added to, or converted
for use as a factory, before the passing or commencement
of this Ordinance or the coming into operation of any
provision of this Ordinance, if the construction, re-
construction, extension, addition, or conversion was begun
before the passing or commencement of this Ordinance, or
the making of regulations or orders under this Ordinance,
or the coming into operation of any provision of this
Ordinance, as the case may be.
(3) For the purposes of this Ordinance, a factory
shall not be deemed to be a factory in which mechanical
power is used by reason only that mechanical power is
used for the purpose of ventilating or lighting the work-
rooms or other parts of the factory.
(4) A woman, young person, or child who works in
a factory, whether for wages or not, either in a process
or in cleaning any part of the factory used for any process,
or in cleaning or oiling any part of the machinery or plant,
or in any other kind of work whatsoever incidental to or
connected with the process, or connected with the article
made or otherwise the subject of the process therein, shall,
save as is otherwise provided by this Ordinance or any
regulations or orders made thereunder, be deemed to be
employed therein for the purposes of this Ordinance or
of any proceedings thereunder: Provided that any woman
119
120
Application
of Ordi-
nance to
young per-
sons em-
ployed in
factories
in certain
occupations.
Cleanliness.
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factortes.
employed solely in cleaning a factory or any part thereof,
otherwise than in cleaning which is incidental to or con-
nected with any process, shall not be deemed for the
purposes of regulations or orders made under this Ordinance
controlling hours of employment to be employed in the
factory.
(5) For the purposes of this Ordinance or any regu-
lations or orders made thereunder, an apprentice shall be
deemed to be a person employed.
4. A young person who works in a factory, whether for
wages or not, in collecting, carrying or delivering goods,
carrying messages or running errands shall be deemed to be
employed in the factory for the purposes of this Ordinance
or of any proceedings thereunder.
PART III.
HEALTH (GENERAL PROVISIONS).
5. Every factory shall be kept in a clean state, and free
from effluvia arising from any drain, sanitary convenience
or nuisance, and, without prejudice to the generality of the
foregoing provision—
(a) accumulations of dirt and refuse shall be removed
daily by a suitable method from the floors and benches
of workrooms, and from the staircases and passages;
(b) all such dirt and refuse as aforesaid, and all
waste organic matter, whether resulting from any of
the processes carried on in the factory or from any
other cause, shall be, where practicable, removed daily
to a covered pit or receptacle, and effective means
shall be provided, maintained and used to prevent,
so far as possible, the breeding of flies, mosquitoes or
other insects, or rats, mice or other vermin;
(c) the floor of every workroom shall be cleaned
thoroughly at least once in every week by washing or,
if it is effective and suitable, by sweeping or other
method;
(ad) all inside walls and partitions, and all ceilings
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
or tops of rooms, and all walls, sides and tops of
passages and staircases shall—
(i) where they have asmooth impervious surface,
at least once in every period of six months be
washed with water and soap or other suitable
detergent, or cleaned by such other method as
may be approved in writing by the senior
inspector ;
(ii) where they are painted with oil paint or
varnished, be repainted or revarnished at least
once in every period of five years, and at least
once in every period of six months be washed
with water and soap or other suitable detergent,
or cleaned by such other method as may be
approved in writing by the senior inspector;
(ili) in other cases be kept white-washed or
colour-washed, and the white-washing or colour-
washing shall be repeated at least once in every
period of twelve months.
6. (1) A factory shall not, while work is carried on, be
so overcrowded as to cause risk of injury to the health of
the persons employed thercin.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the fore-
going provision, in every workroom in a factory there
shall be allowed for every person employed in the room
not less than four hundred cubic feet of space, except
that in any workroom with not less than one side, or the
equivalent area of openings, being not less than twenty-
five per cent. of the total area of all the sides of the room,
open to the outer air the amount of space allowed for every
person employed in the room shall be not less than two
hundred and fifty cubic feet.
(3) In calculating, for the purposes of this section,
the amount of cubic space in any room, no space more
than twelve feet from the floor shall be taken into account,
and, where a room contains a gallery in which persons
are employed, the gallery shall be treated for the purposes
of this section as if it were partitioned off from the remainder
of the room and formed a separate room.
(4) There shall be posted in every workroom a notice
121
Over-
crowding.
122
Ventilation.
Lighting.
Drainage o
floors,
Sanitary con-
veniences.
Enforcement
by the local
health
authority
of certain
provisions of
Part IT.
Ch. 30. No. 2. Factorte.
specifying the number of persons who may, under the
provisions of this section, be emploved in that room.
7. Adequate ventilation by the circulation of fresh air
shall be maintained in each workroom and all fumes, dust
and other impurities that may be injurious to health
generated in the course of any process or work carried on
in the factory, shall be, so far as practicable, rendered
harmless and removed by mechanical means if necessary
8. (1) Sufficient and suitable lighting, whether natural
or artificial, shall be provided and maintained in every
part of a factory in which persons are working or through
which they may pass.
(2) All glazed windows and skylights used for the
lighting of workrooms shall, so far as practicable, be kept
clean on both the inner and outer surfaces and free from
obstruction: Provided that this subsection shall not affect
the white-washing or shading of windows and skylights for
the purpose of mitigating heat or glare.
9. Where anv process is carried on which renders the
floor liable to be wet to such an extent that the wet is
capable of being removed by drainage, effective means shall
be provided and maintained for draining off the wet.
10. Sufficient and suitable sanitary conveniences for
the persons employed in a factory shall be provided,
maintained and kept clean, and adequate lighting for the
convenience shall be provided and maintained and, where
persons of both sexes are or are intended to be employed,
such conveniences shall afford proper separate accommoda-
tion for persons of each sex.
11. (1) The foregoing provisions of this Part of this
Ordinance relating to sanitary conveniences and any
regulations or orders made in pursuance thereof shall be
enforced by the local health authority.
(2) The foregoing provisions of this Part of this
Ordinance relating to cleanliness, overcrowding, ventilation
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
and drainage of floors and any regulations or orders made
in pursuance thereof shall, as respects any factory in which
mechanical power is not used, be enforced by the local
health authority.
(3) Every local health authority shall keep a register
of all factories situate within their district with respect
to which the duty of enforcing any of the said provisions
is imposed upon them.
(4) For references in any of the foregoing provisions
of this Part of this Ordinance to an inspector there shall,
as respects any factory or part thereof in which that
provision is enforceable by a local health authority, be
substituted references to an officer of the local health
authority.
12. (1) Where an inspector finds any act or default, in
relation to any drain, sanitary convenience, water supply,
nuisance, or other matter in a factory which is liable
to be dealt with by the local health authority under this
Part of this Ordinance or under the law relating to public
health, he shall give notice thereof in writing to the local
health authority and to the Central Board of Health, and
it shall be the duty of the local health authority to make
such inquiry into the subject of the notice, and take such
action thereon, as seems to the local health authority
proper for the purpose of enforcing the law, and to inform
the Central Board of Health and the inspector of the
proceedings taken in consequence of the notice.
(2) Where an inspector finds any such act or default
as aforesaid, he may take with him into the factory a
medical officer of health, sanitary inspector, or other
officer of the local health authority.
(3) If within one month after notice of an act or
default is given by an inspector under this section to a
local health authority proceedings are not taken for
remedying the act or default or for punishing the offender,
the Central Board of Health shall have power to enforce
any of the provisions of this Part of this Ordinance which
the local health authority has failed to enforce, and for
the purposes of this section the Central Board of Health
123
Powers of an
inspector as
to sanitary
defects
remediable
by local
health
authority.
124
Prime
movers,
Transmis-
sion
machinery.
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
shall have the same powers as those entrusted to local
health authorities under the Public Health Ordinance.
PART IV
SAFETY (GENERAL PROVISIONS).
13. (1) Every flywheel directly connected to any prime
mover and every moving part of any prime mover, except
such prime movers as are mentioned in subsection (3) of
this section, shall be securely fenced, whether the flywheel
or prime mover is situated in an engine house or other
enclosure or not.
(2) The head and tail race of every water wheel
and of every water turbine shall be securely fenced.
(3) Every part of electric generators, motors and
rotary {converters, and every flywheel directly connected
thereto, shall be securely fenced unless it is in such a
position or of such construction as to be as safe to every
person employed or working on the premises as it would
be if securely fenced.
14. (1) Every part of the transmission machinery shall
be securely fenced unless it is in such a position or of such
construction as to be as safe to every person employed or
working on the premises as it would be if securely fenced.
(2) Efficient devices or appliances shall be provided
and maintained in every room or place where work is
carried on by which the power can promptly be cut off
from the transmission machinery in that room or place.
(3) No driving belt when not in use shall be allowed
to rest or ride upon a revolving shaft which forms part of
the transmission machinery.
(4) Suitable striking gear or other efficient mechanical
appliances shall be provided and maintained and used to
move driving belts to and from fast and loose pulleys
which form part of the transmission machinery, and any
such gear or appliances shall be so constructed, placed
and maintained as to prevent the driving belt from creeping
back on to the fast pulley.
Factontes. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
15. (1) Every dangerous part of any machinery, other
than prime movers and transmission machinery, shall
be securely fenced unless it is in such a position or of such
construction as to be as safe to every person employed
or working on the premises as it would be if securely fenced:
Provided that, in so far as the safety of a dangerous part
of any machinery cannot by reason of the nature of the
operation be secured by means of a fixed guard, the
requirements of this section shall be deemed to have been
complied with if a device is provided which automatically
prevents the operator from coming into contact with that
part.
(2) Any part of a stock-bar which projects beyond
the head-stock of a lathe shall be securely fenced unless
it is in such a position as to be as safe to every person
employed or working on the premises as it would be if
securely fenced.
16. Every dangerous part of the ways, works or plant
shall be so enclosed, covered, fenced, or otherwise effectively
guarded as to prevent danger.
17. All fencing or other safeguards provided in pursuance
of the foregoing provisions of this Part of this Ordinance
or of any regulations or orders made in pursuance thereof
shall be of substantial construction, and constantly main-
tained and kept in position while the parts required to
be fenced or safeguarded are in motion or in use, except
when any such parts are exposed for examination, lubrica-
tion or adjustment which it is necessary to carry out while
they are in motion.
18. (1) In the case of any machine in a factory being
a machine intended to be driven by mechanical power—
(a) every set-screw, bolt, nut, key or keyway on
any revolving shaft, spindle, wheel or pinion shall
be so sunk, encased or otherwise effectively guarded
as to prevent danger; and
(b) all spur and other toothed or friction gearing,
which does not require frequent adjustment while
in motion, shall be completely encased unless it is
125
Other
machinery.
Dangerous
ways, works
or plant.
Construction
and main-
tenance of
fencing.
Construction
and sale of
Dew
machinery,
126
Cleaning of
machinery
in motion.
Construction
and main-
tenance of
tloors, pas-
sages, stairs
and puard-
rauls.
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
so situated as to be as safe as it would be if completely
encased.
(2) Any person who sells or lets on hire, or as agent
of the seller or hirer causes or procures to be sold or let on
hire, for use ina factory in the Colony any machine intended
to be driven by mechanical power which does not comply
with the requirements of this section shall be guilty of an
offence and liable to a fine of four hundred and eighty
dollars.
(3) Nothing in this section shall apply to any
machine constructed before the passing of this Ordinance.
19. No person shall clean any part of a prime mover
or of any transmission machinery while the prime mover
or transmission machinery 1s in motion by mechanical
power, and no person shall clean any part of any machine
if the cleaning thereof would expose him to risk of injury
from any moving part either of that machine or of any
adjacent machinery,
20. (1) All floors, steps, stairs, passages and gangways
and all hand-rails and = guard-rails shall be of sound
construction and properly maintained.
(2) Every staircase and flight of steps in a building
or affording a means of exit from a building shall be
provided with a substantial hand-rail which, if the staircase
or flight of steps has an open side, shall be on that side,
and, in the case of a staircase or flight of steps having
two open side., or in the case of a staircase or flight of
steps which, owing to the nature of the construction thereof
or the condition of the treads or other special circumstances,
is specially lable to cause accidents, such a hand-rail shall
be provided on both sides. Any open side of a staircase
or flight of steps shall also be guarded by the provision of
a lower rail or other effective means.
(3) All openings in floors shall be securely fenced,
except in so far as the nature of the work renders such
fencing impracticable.
(+) Every ladder shall be soundly constructed and
properly maintained and shall be of adequate length for
the purpose for which it is at anv time being used.
lactories. {Ch. 30. No. 2.
21. (1) There shall, so far as is reasonably practicable,
he provided and maintained safe means of access to every
place at which any person has at any time to work.
(2) Where any person is to work at a place from
which he will be liable to fall a distance more than ten feet,
means shall be provided, so far as is necessary and
practicable, by fencing or otherwise for ensuring his safety.
22. (1) Every hoist or lift shall be of good mechanical
construction, sound material and adequate strength, and
be properly maintained.
(2) Every hoist or lift shall be thoroughly examined
by a competent person at least once in every period of
twelve months, and a report of the result of every such
examination in the prescribed form and containing the
prescribed particulars shall be signed by the person making
the examination and shall within fourteen days be entered
in or attached to the general register.
(3) Such competent person as aforesaid shall not
be in the employ of the occupier of the premises in which
the hoist or lift is situate and shall not be in the employ
of the owner or hirer of the said hoist or lift.
(4) Every hoistway or liftway shall be efficiently
protected by a substantial enclosure fitted with gates,
being such an enclosure as to prevent, when the gates are
shut, any person falling down the way or coming into
contact with any moving part of the hoist or lift.
(5) Any such gate as aforesaid shall be kept effectively
closed except when the cage or platform is at the landing
or opening in the enclosure to which the gate is fitted.
(6) Every hoist or lift and every such enclosure as
aforesaid shall be so constructed as to prevent any part
of any person or goods carried in the hoist or lift being
trapped between any part of the hoist or lift and any fixed
structure or between the counterbalance weight and any
other moving part of the hoist or lift.
_ (7) There shall be marked conspicuously on every
hoist or lift the maximum working load which it can
127
Safe means
of access
and place of
emploviment,
Hoists and
lifts.
1
cl
m
m
Ce
an
tel
tlo
say
an
Tai
128
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factortes,
safely carry and no load greater than that load shall be
carried on or in any hoist or lift.
(8) In the case of a continuous hoist or lift sub-
sections (+) to (7) inclusive of this section shall not apply
and in the case of a hoist or lift not connected with
mechanical power and used only for the carriage of goods
and the effective floor area of which does not exceed
four square feet subsections (2) and (3) shall not apply.
(9) For the purposes of this section, no lifting
machine or appliance shall be deemed to be a hoist or lift
unless it has a platform or cage the direction of movement
of which is restricted by a guide or guides.
(10) Every doorway or similar opening used for
hoisting or lowering goods or materials, whether by
mechanical power or otherwise, shall be securely fenced,
and shall be provided with a secure hand hold on each
side of the opening or doorway. The fencing shall be
properly maintained and shall, except when the hoisting
or lowering of goods or materials is being carried on at
the opening or doorway, be kept in position.
(11) This section and any regulations or orders
made in pursuance thereof shall apply to every hoist or
lift (other than a hoist or lift used solely for domestic
purposes and in which no person is carried), whether
situate in premises to which this Ordinance applies or
not: Provided that where the hoist or lift is situate wholly
or partly in premises to which this Ordinance does not apply
the report of examination required by subsection (2) of
this section shall not be required to be entered in or
attached to the general register but shall, within fourteen
days, be sent to the inspector for the district and on its
return to the owner or hirer of the hoist or lift be kept
available for inspection, and the owner or hirer of the
hoist or lift shall be responsible for the observance of the
provisions of this section and of any regulations or orders
made in pursuance thereof and in the event of a contra-
vention thereof shall be guilty of an offence.
(12) No hoist or lift shall be taken into use until
it has been examined and reported on in accordance with
the provisions of subsection (2) of this section.
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
(13) For the purposes of this section and of any
regulations or orders made in pursuance thereof the
expression ‘‘ competent person ’’ means a qualified engineer
recognised as such by the Institution of Mechanical
Engineers, with experience in the construction, main-
tenance or repair of electrically or mechanically driven
hoists and lifts.
23. (1) Every steam boiler, whether separate or one of a
range-
(a) shall have attached to it—
(i) a suitable safety valve, separate from any
stop valve, which shall be so adjusted as to
prevent the boiler being worked at a greater
pressure than the maximum permissible working
pressure and shall be fixed directly to, or as close
as practicable to, the boiler;
(ii) a suitable stop valve connecting the boiler
to the steam pipe;
(iii) a correct steam pressure gauge connected
to the steam space and easily visible by the boiler
attendant, which shall indicate the pressure of
steam in the boiler in pounds per square inch,
and have marked upon it in a distinctive colour
the maximum permissible working pressure ;
(iv) two water gauges, of which at least one
shall be of transparent material or other type
approved by the senior inspector, to show the
water level in the boiler, and, if a gauge is of the
glass tubular type, the gauge shall be provided
with an efficient guard but not so as to obstruct
the reading of the gauge; or
(v) one water gauge of transparent material or
other type as aforesaid provided, if of the tubular
type, with a guard as aforesaid, and not less than
two water level test cocks to indicate the correct
level of water in the boiler; and
(5) shall be provided with means for attaching a
test pressure gauge; and
(c) unless externally fired, shall be provided with
T.—IV. 9
129
———
Steam
boilers,
130
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
a suitable fusible plug or an efficient low water alarm
device:
Provided that subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of this
subsection shall not apply with respect to economiscrs,
and subparagraphs (iii), (iv) and (v) of paragraph (a), and
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this subsection shall not apply
with respect to cither economisers or superheaters.
(2) In the case of a steam boiler in a ship or other
floating vessel every such boiler shall, in addition to the
foregoing provisions, have attached to it—
(a) a second safety valve as described in sub-
paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of this
section, and both valves shall be of the direct spring
loaded type;
(0) a suitable blow-off cock or valve so as to permit
the pressure inside the boiler to be reduced to atmos-
pheric pressure within a reasonable time in case of
emergency ;
(c) a salinometer cock or valve.
(3) For the purposes of subsection (1) of this section,
a lever-valve shall not be deemed a suitable safety valve
unless the weight is secured on the lever in the correct
position.
(4) No person shall enter or be in any steam boiler
which is one of a range of two or more steam boilers unless—
(a) all inlets through which steam or hot water
might otherwise enter the boiler from any other part
of the range are disconnected from that part; or
(b) all valve. taps or cocks controlling such entry
are closed and securely locked, and, where the boiler
has a blow-off pipe in common with one or more other
boilers or delivering into a common blow-off vessel or
sump, the blow-off valve, tap or cock on each such
boiler is so constructed that it can only be opened by a
key which cannot be removed until the valve, tap or
cock is closed and is the only key in use for that set
of blow-off valves, taps or cocks.
(5) Every part of every steam boiler shall be of
good construction, sound material, adequate strength, and
free from patent defect.
Factories. (Ch. 30. No. 2.
(6) Every steam boiler and all its fittings and
attachments shall be properly maintained.
(7) Every steam boiler and all its fittings and
attachments shall be thoroughly examined by a competent
person at least once in every period of twelve months,
and also after any extensive repairs.
(8) A report of the result of every such examination
in the prescribed form and containing the prescribed
particulars (including the maximum permissible working
pressure) shall, as soon as practicable and in any case
within twenty-one days of the completion of the examina-
tion, be entered in or attached to the general register, and
the report shall be signed by the person making the
‘xamination,
(9) No steam boiler which has previously been used
shall be taken into use again until it has been examined
and reported on in accordance with the last two foregoing
subsections; and no new steam boiler shall be taken into
use unless there has been obtained from the manufacturer
of the boiler, or from a person competent to examine
boilers, a certificate specifying the maximum permissible
working pressure thereof, and stating the nature of the
tests to which the boiler and fittings have been submitted,
and the certificate is kept available for inspection, and
the boiler is so marked as to enable it to be identified as
the boiler to which the certificate relates; and no new
steam boiler shall be put into use until it has also been
hydraulically tested on the site by a competent person
as aforesaid to at least one and a half times the maximum
permissible working pressure, and the date of the test
and the pressure applied shall be entered in the certificate
which shall be signed by the person making the test:
Provided that the provisions of this subsection relating
to steam boilers which have previously been used shall
not apply to any such boiler used intermittently by the
same owner or hirer except on the first occasion when the
said owner or hirer takes the boiler into use.
(10) Where the report of any examination under this
section specifies conditions for securing the safe working
of a steam boiler, the boiler shall not be used except in
accordance with those conditions.
9 (2)
131
mad
d
lo
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factorie.
(11) If the person employed to make any such
examination as aforesaid fails to make a thorough examina-
tion as required by this section or makes a report which
is false or deficient in any material particular, he shall
be guilty of an offence and liable to a fine of two hundred
and forty dollars.
(12) In this Part of this Ordinance, the expression
maximum permissible working pressure ’’ means, in the
case of a new steam boiler, that specified in the certificate
referred to in subsection (9) of this section and in the case
of a steam bowler which has been examined in accordance
with the provisions of this section, that specified in the
report of the last examination; and the expression “ steam
boiler" means any closed vessel in which for any purpose
steam is generated under pressure greater than atmos-
pheric pressure, and includes any economiser used to heat
water being fed to any such vessel, and any superheater
used for heating steam.
(13) This section and any regulations or orders
made in pursuance thereof shall not apply to the boiler of
any ship (other than a ship owned or worked by or on
behalf of the Government, or any owner or hirer resident
in the Colony, and ordinarily used within the territorial
waters of the Colony), or a boiler used solely for domestic
purposes at a pressure not exceeding one atmosphere, but
shall apply to every other steam boiler whether the boiler is.
situate In premises to which this Ordinance applies or not.
(14) In the case of a steam boiler situate in premises
to which this Ordinance does not apply, the report of
examinations required by subsection (8) of this section shall
not be required to be entered in or attached to the general
register but shall, within twenty-one days, be sent to the
inspector for the district and on its return to the owner
or hirer of the boiler shall be kept available for inspection,
and the owner or hirer of the boiler shall be responsible
for the observance of the provisions of this section and
of any regulations or orders made in pursuance thereof
and in the event of a contravention thereof shall be guilty
of an offence.
(15) No steam boiler shall be worked at a pressure
higher than the maximum permissible working pressure,
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
133
and if any steam boiler is so worked, the occupier of the
factory or place in which the boiler is situate or the owncr
or hirer of the boiler, as the case may be, shall be guilty
of an offence and shall be liable for a first offence to a fine
of two hundred and fifty dollars, and for a second offence
to a fine of five hundred dollars, and for a third or sub-
sequent offence to a fine of one thousand dollars.
(16) The competent person referred to in subsections
(7) and (9) of this section shall not be in the employ of
the occupier of the premises in which the steam boiler
which the competent person examines is situate, and shall
not be in the employ of the owner or hirer of the said boiler.
24. (1) Every air pressure container shall—
(a) have marked upon it so as to be plainly visible
the safe working pressure; and
(v) in the case of a container connected with an
air compressing plant cither be so constructed as to
withstand with safety the maximum pressure which
can be obtained in the compressor, or be fitted with a
suitable reducing valve or other suitable appliance to
prevent the safe working pressure of the container
being exceeded; and
(c) be fitted with a suitable safety valve so adjusted
as to permit the air to escape as soon as the safe working
pressure is exceeded; and
(@) be fitted with a correct pressure gauge indicating
the pressure in the container in pounds per square
inch; and
(e) be so fitted with a suitable appliance for draining
the container as to enable all liquid to be drained
from the lowest point in the container; and
(f) be provided with a suitable manhole, hand-
hole, or other means which will allow the interior to be
thoroughly cleaned; and
(g) in a case where more than one container is in
use in the factory or other place, bear a distinguishing
mark which shall be easily visible.
_ (2) For the purpose of the provisions uf the fore-
going subsection relating to safety valves and pressure
Air pressure
containers.
134
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
gauges, any set of air pressure containers supplied with
air through a single pipe may be treated as one
container’
Provided that, in a case where a suitable reducing valve
or other suitable appliance to prevent the safe working
pressure being exceeded is required to be fitted, this sub-
section shall not apply unless the reducing valve or other
appliance is fitted on the said single pipe.
(3) Every air pressure container and all its fittings
shall be of sound construction and properly maintained.
(4) Ievery air pressure container shall be thoroughly
cleaned, examined and subjected to a suitable hydraulic
test at least once in every period of twleve months. every
such examination and test shall be carried out by a
competent person, and a report of the result of every such
examination and test in the preseribed form and containing
the prescribed particulars (including particulars of the
safe working pressure) shall, within twenty-one days, be
entered in or attached to the general register.
(5) No air pressure container which has previously
been used shall be taken into use again until it has been
examined and tested and reported on in accordance with the
last foregoing subsection, and no new air pressure contamer
shall be taken into use unless there has been obtained from
the manufacturer of the container, or from a person
competent to sxamine and test air pressure containers,
a certificate specifying the safe working pressure thereof,
and stating the nature of the tests to which the container
and fittings have been submitted, and the certificate
is kept available for inspection, and the container is so
marked as to enable it to be identified as the container
to which the certificate relates; and no new air pressure
container shall be put mto use until it has also been
hydraulically tested on the site by a competent person as
aforesaid to at least one and a half times the safe working
pressure, and the date of the test and the pressure applied
shall be entered in the certificate which shall be signed by
the person making the test: Provided that the provisions
of this subsection relating to air pressure containers which
have previously been used shall not apply to any such
container used intermittently by the same owner or hirer
except on the first occasion when the said owner or hirer
takes the container into use.
(6) In this section the expression “ safe working
pressure ’’ means, in the case of a new air pressure container,
that specified in the certificate referred to in subsection (5)
of this section and in the case of an air pressure container
which has been examined and tested in accordance with the
provisions of this section, that specified in the report of
the last examination; and the expression “ air pressure
container ’’ means —
(a) any vessel (other than a pipe or coil, or an
accessory, fitting or part of a compressor) for containing
compressed air; or
(6) any vessel for containing compressed exhaust
gases and used for the purpose of starting an internal
combustion engine; or
(c) any vessel (not being part of a grease gun or
spraying pistol) in which grease, oil, paint, varnish,
lacquer, or any liquid is stored and from which such
material or liquid is forced by compressed air:
Provided that the provisions of paragraph (e) of- sub-
section (1) of this section shall not apply to any such vessel
as is mentioned in paragraph (c) of this subsection.
(7) This section and any regulations or orders made
in pursuance thereof shall not apply to an air pressure
container on any ship (other than a ship owned or worked
by or on behalf of the Government, or any owner or hirer
resident in the Colony, and ordinarily used within the
territorial waters of the Colony), or any container used
solely for domestic purposes at a pressure not exceeding
one atmosphere, or any container into which the air is
pumped by hand and in which the pressure does not exceed
one atmosphere, but shall apply to every other air pressure
container whether the container is situate in premises to
which this Ordinance applies or not.
(8) In the case of an air pressure container situate
in premises to which this Ordinance docs not apply, the
report of examination and test required by subsection (4)
of this section shall not be required to be entered in or
attached to the general register but shall, within twenty-
one days, be sent to the inspector for the district and on
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
135
136
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
Chains,
ropes,
tackle
cranes,
Means of
escape im
case of fire,
its return to the owner or hirer of the container shall be
kept available for inspection, and the owner or hirer of the
contamer shall be responsible for the observance of the
provisions of this section and of any regulations or orders
made in pursuance thereof and in the event of a contra-
vention thereof shall be guilty of an offence.
(9) No air pressure container shall be worked at
a pressure higher than the safe working pressure, and if
any air pressure container is so worked, the occupier
of the factory or place in which the container is situate or
the owner or hirer of the container, as the case may be,
shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable to a fine
of two hundred and fifty dollars.
(10) The competent) person referred to in sub-
sections (+) and (5) of this section shall not be in the employ
of the occupier of the premises in which the air pressure
container which the competent person examines is situate,
and shall-not be in the employ of the owner or hirer of
the said container.
25. No chain, rope or lifting tackle and no crane or other
lifting machine shall be used otherwise than in accordance
with any regulations or orders which may be made by the
Governor in Council under section 33 of this Ordinance
or any order made by the Governor under section 34 of
this Ordinance.
26. (1) Every factory to which this section applies shall be
certified by the fire authority as being provided with such
means of escape in case of fire for the persons employed
therein as may reasonably be required in the circumstances
of each case and, if any premises with respect to which no
such certificate is in force are used as a factory, the occupier
shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction
thereof to a fine of two hundred and forty dollars, and if
the contravention in respect of which he was so convicted
is continued after the conviction, he shall (subject to the
provisions of section 71 of this Ordinance) be guilty of a
further offence and Hable to a fine of twenty-four dollars
for cach day on which the offence was so continued.
It shall be the duty of the fire authority to examine
every such factory and, on being satisfied that the factory
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
is so provided as aforesaid, to give such a certificate
accordingly. The certificate shall specify precisely and
in detail the means of escape provided, and shall contain
particulars as to the maximum number of persons employed
or proposed to be employed in the factory as a whole and,
if the fire authority thinks fit, in any specified part thereof,
and as to any explosive or highly inflammable material
stored or used and as to other matters taken into account
in granting the certificate. The certificate shall be attached
by the occupier to the general register and a copy of it
shall be sent by the fire authority to the inspector for the
district and also to the local health authority.
(2) All means of escape specified in the certificate
as aforesaid shall be properly maintained and kept free
from obstruction.
(3) In the case of any factory constructed or con-
verted for use as such before the coming into operation
of this section, no offence shall be deemed to be committed
under this section by reason of the use of the factory
during any period that may elapse between the coming
ito operation of this section and the grant or refusal of
a ceruficate by the fire authority after examining the
factory under this section, and if the fire authority refuses
to grant a certificate in respect of the factory unless
uterations are made, no such offence shall be deemed to
be committed while the alterations are being carried out
in accordance with the requirements of the fire authority.
(+) If, after the grant of a certificate, it is proposed
to make any material extension or material structural
alteration of the factory premises or to increase materially
the number of persons employed in the factory or in any
part specified in the certificate, or to begin to store or
use explosive or highly inflammable material in the factory
or materially to increase the extent of such storage or use,
the occupier shall give notice in writing to the fire authority
of the proposal and also to the local health authority.
(5) If the fire authority on receipt of the notice
mentioned in the last foregoing subsection is of opinion
that the conditions in regard to escape in case of fire will
be affected, or if at any time the fire authority is satisfied
that by reason of changed conditions the existing means
137
138
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
of escape have become insufficient, the fire authority
may by notice in writing require the occupicr to make
such alterations, within such period, as may be specified
in the notice.
(6) If it appears to an inspector that dangerous
conditions in regard to escape in case of fire exist in any
factory to which this section applies he may give notice
thereof in writing to the fire authority, and it shall be the
duty of the fire authority forthwith to examine the
factory, and the fire authority may by notice in writing
require the occupier to make such alterations, within
such period, as may be specified in the notice.
(7) The occupier shall, within the period specified
in any notice of the fire authority under this section, carry
out any alterations required by the notice, and upon their
being carried out the fire authority shall amend the
certificate or issue a new certificate, and shall send a copy
of the amended or new certificate to the inspector for
the district, and if the alterations are not so carried out,
the fire authority shall, without prejudice to the taking
of other proceedings, cancel the certificate.
(8) When notice is given by an inspector to the fire
authority under this section, the fire authority shall inform
the inspector and the local health authority of any action
taken for remedying the dangerous conditions.
(9) If the oceupicr of any factory is aggrieved by
the refusal of the fire authority to grant a certificate under
this section or by being required by the fire authority
under this section to carry out any alterations at the
factory or by the cancellation of a certificate, he may
appeal by way of complaint, within twenty-one days of
the refusal, notice of requirement, or cancellation, to a
court of summary jurisdiction, and, pending the final
determination of the appeal, no ofience shall be deemed to
be committed under this section by reason that the premises
to which the appeal relates are used as a factory without
a certificate being in force with respect thereto; and the
decision of the court shall be binding on the occupier and
the fire authority,
(10) If it appears to an inspector that the conditions
in regard to escape in case of fire in any factory to which
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
this section applies are so dangerous that the factory
or any part thereof ought not to be used, or ought not
to be used for a particular process or work, until steps
have been taken to remedy the danger he may, in lieu
of serving a notice on the fire authority under the fore-
going provisions of this section, make a complaint to a
court of summary jurisdiction, and the court may, on
being satisfied of the matters aforesaid, by order prohibit
the use of the factory or part thereof, or its use for the
particular process or work, until such works have been
executed as are in the opinion of the court necessary to
remedy the danger.
When any works have been executed in pursuance
_ of such an order as aforesaid, the inspector shall give
notice thereof to the fire authority, who shall amend any
certificate in force under this section in respect of the
factory, or issue a new certificate, as the case may require.
(11) An examination by the fire authority under this
section shall only be carried out by officers authorised in
writing by the fire authority to carry out that cxamination
or generally to carry out examinations under this section.
(12) This section applies to every factory
(a) in which more than twenty persons are employed ;
or
_ (0) in which more than ten persons are employed
in the same building on any floor above the ground
floor of the building; or
(c) in or under which explosive or highly inflammable
materials are stored or uscd.
27. (1) While any person is within a factory for the
purpose of employment or meals, the doors of the factory,
and of any room therein in which the person is, and any
doors which afford a means of exit for persons employed in
the factory from any building or from any enclosure in
which the factory is situated, shall not be locked or
fastened in such manner that they cannot be easily and
immediately opened from the inside.
(2) Any doors opening on to any staircase or corridor
from any room in which more than ten persons are employed,
and in the case of any factory constructed or converted
139
Safety pro-
visions in
case of fire.
140
Instructions
as to use of
means of
escape in
case of fire.
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
for use as a factory after the coming into operation of
this section, all other doors affording a means of exit from
the factory for persons employed therein, shall, except
in the case of sliding doors, be constructed to open
outwards.
(3) In any factory constructed or converted for use
as a factory before the coming into operation of this section,
in which more than ten persons are emploved in the same
building above the ground floor, any door, which is not
kept continuously open, at the foot of a staircase affording
a means of exit from the building shall, except in the case
of sliding doors, be constructed to open outwards.
(+) Every hoistway or liftway inside a_ building
constructed after the coming into operation of this section
shall, subject as hereinafter provided, be completely
enclosed with fire resisting materials, and all means of
access to the hoist or lift shall be fitted with doors of fire
resisting materials: Provided that any such hoistway or
liftway shall be enclosed at the top only by some material
easily broken by fire, or be provided with a vent at the top.
(5) Every window, door, or other exit affording
means of excape in case of fire or giving access thereto
other than the means of exit in ordinary use, shall be
distinetly and conspicuously marked by a notice printed
in red letters of an adequate size.
(0) Where m any factory more than twenty persons
are employed in the ‘ame building, or explosive or highly
inflammable materials are stored or used in any building
in which persons are employed, effective provision shall
be made for giving warning in case of fire, which shall be
clearly audible throughout the building.
(7) The contents of any room in which persons are
employed shall be so arranged or disposed that there is a
{ree passage-way for all persons employed in the room to
2 Means of escape in case of fire.
28. Where in any factory more than twenty persons are
employed in the same building above the ground floor, or
explosive or highly inflammable materials are stored or
used in any building where persons are employed, effective
steps shall be taken to ensure that all the persons employed
Factories. (Ch. 30. No. 2.
are familiar with the means of escape in case of fire and
their use and with the routine to be followed in case of fire.
29. (1) If on complaint by an inspector a court of
/ summary jurisdiction is satisfied either—
(a) that any part of the ways, works, machinery
or plant used in a factory is in such a condition, or is
so constructed or is so placed that it cannot be used
without risk of bodily injury; or
(b) that any process or work is carried on or any-
thing is or has been done in any factory in such a
manner as to cause risk of bodily injury; or
(c) that any factory is in such a condition that any
process or work carried on therein cannot be so carried
on without risk of bodily injury, the court. shall,
as the case may require, by order—
(i) prohibit the use of that part of the ways,
works, machinery or plant, or, if it is capable
of repair or alteration, prohibit its use until it is
duly repaired or altered; or
(ii) require the occupier to take such steps as
may be specified in the order for remedying
the danger complained of; or
(iii) prohibit the use of the factory or any part
thereof until such works have been executed as
are in the opinion of the court necessary to remove
the danger.
(2) Where a complaint is or has been made undcr
the last foregoing subsection, the court may, on application
cx parte by the inspector, and on receiving evidence that
the use of any such part of the ways, works, machinery,
or plant or, as the case may be, the carrying on of any
process or work or the doing of anything in such a manner
as aforesaid, or the use of a factory or any part thereof
in such a condition as aforesaid, involves imminent risk
of serious bodily injury, make an interim order prohibiting
cither absolutely or subject to conditions, the use, carrying
on or doing thereof until the earliest opportunity for
hearing and determining the complaint.
141
Power of
court of
summary
jurisdiction
to make
orders as to
dangerous
conditions
and
practice.
142 Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
PART V
HEALTH, SAFETY AND WELFARE (SPECIAL
PROVISIONS AND REGULATIONS).
Special Provisions.
Hrobibition 30. (1) No person shall use white phosphorus in the
of use of . “ype . 7 e
white phos. Manufacture of matches.
horus in : > . : :
veanufacture (2) For the purposes of this Part of this Ordinance
of matehe. — the expression ‘“ white phosphorus â€â€™ means the substance
usually known as white or yellow phosphorus.
31. In every Jaundry—
(a) effective steps shall be taken by means of a fan
or otherwise to regulate the temperature in every
ironing room, and to carry away the steam in every
wash-house ;
(d) all stoves for heating irons shall be so separated
from any ironing room or ironing table as to protect
the workers from the heat thereof;
(c) no self-heating iron emitting any noxious fumes
shall be used.
32. A voung person shall not be employed to lift, carry
or move any load so heavy as to be likely to cause injury
to him.
Regulations and Orders.
Power of 33. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations
ceverner or orders for the purposes of promoting the health, safety
e oO
make and welfare of employed persons, and for exempting
resulvtions occupiers, owners and other persons from any of the
° “provisions of this Ordinance in any case where he is satisfied
that any such provision is not necessary for the purposes
aforesaid.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the powers
conferred by subsection (1) of this section, regulations
or orders so made may, among other things—
(a) prohibit the employment of, or regulate or limit
the hours of employment of, all persons or any class
of persons ;
Factories. (Ch. 30. No. 2.
(b) modify, vary, extend, or limit any of the
provisions of this Ordinance;
(c) impose conditions on the use of, or require
anything to be done to or in connection with the ways,
works, machinery, or plant or any class or description
of machine, machinery, or plant;
(d) prohibit the employment of, or modify or limit
the hours of employment of, all persons or any class of
persons in connection with any manufacture, machinery,
plant, process or description of manual labour;
(e) prohibit, limit, er control the use of any material
OF Process ;
(f) require special supervision, control, training, or
inspection of all persons or any class of persons in
connection with any manufacture, machinery, plant,
process, or description of manual labour;
(g) require the provision of protective clothing,
welfare facilities, or any other thing to promote the
health and welfare of all persons or any class of persons
employed;
(hk) impose duties on owners or hirers, employed
persons and other persons, as well as on occupiers:
Provided that before any regulation or order is made
embodying any of the provisions of paragraphs (c), (d), (e),
(f), (g), or (hk) of this subsection, the Governor in Council
shall satisfy himself that such provisions are necessary or,
in the case of the provisions of paragraph (g) aforesaid, that
they are desirable and reasonably practicable.
(3) Regulations or orders so made may apply to all
factories or other premises or places to which this Ordinance
applies or to any class or description of factories or premises
or places as aforesaid, and may provide for the exemption
of any specified class or description of persons, or of
factories or premises or places as aforesaid, either absolutely
or subject to conditions.
34. (1) Where in a factory or other premises or place
to which this Ordinance applies the Governor is satisfied
that any manufacture, machinery, plant, process, or
description of manual labour used is of such a nature as
to cause risk of bodily injury to, or be detrimental to the
143
Power of
Governor to
make orders,
144 Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
welfare of, persons employed in connection therewith, or
any class of those persons, he may, subject to the pro-
visions of this Ordinance, make such an order as appears
to him to be reasonably practicable and to meet the
necessity of the case.
(2) An order so made may, among other things—
(a) prohibit the employment of, or modify or limit
the hours of employment of, all persons or any class
of persons in connection with any manufacture,
machinery, plant, process, or description of manual
Jabour; or
(b) prohibit, limit, or control the use of any material
or process; or
(c) modify, vary, or extend with respect to all
persons or any class of persons employed such pro-
visions of this Ordinance and any regulations or orders
made thereunder as impose requirements as to health,
safety, or welfare; or
(d@) exempt, subject to such conditions as_ the
Governor may consider necessary, any factory or
part of a factory from any of the provisions of this
Ordinance or of any regulations or orders made
thereunder which impose requirements as to health or
welfare ;
and may impose duties on owners or hirers, employed
persons and other persons, as well as on occupiers.
(3) An order so made may provide for the exempticn
of any specified class or description of persons either
absolutely or subject to conditions.
Supplementary Provisions.
Drohibition 35. (1) It shall not be lawful to import into the Colony
of importa- matches made with white phosphorus.
tion and sale
Oe (2) Where by any regulations or orders made under
prohibited this Ordinance the use of any material or process is
materials. prohibited, the Governor in Council may by order prohibit
the importation into the Colony of any articles in the
manufacture of which the material or process has been
employed.
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
(3) Any article the importation of which is pro-
hibited by or under this section shall be deemed to be
included amongst the goods enumerated and described
in the list of prohibitions and restrictions contained in
section 38 of the Customs Ordinance and in the several
proclamations issued thereunder.
(4) Any person who sells or offers or exposes for
sale, or has in his possession for purposes of sale, any
article the importation of which is prohibited by or under
this section, shall be guilty of an offence, and shall, in
addition to his liability in respect of the offence, forfeit any
such article in his possession, and any article so forfeited
shall be destroyed or otherwise dealt with as the court
may think fit.
36. (1) An inspector may at any time after informing
the occupier or, if the occupier is not readily available,
a foreman or other responsible person, in the factory, take
for analysis sufficient samples of any material in use or
mixed for use in the manufacture of matches, or of any
substance used or intended to be used in a factory being
a substance in respect of which he suspects a contravention
of any provision of this Ordinance or of any regulations
or orders made thereunder, or which in his opinion is
likely to cause bodily injury to the persons employed.
(2) The occupier or the foreman or other responsible
person aforesaid may, at the time when a sample is taken
under this section, and on providing the necessary appli-
ances, require the inspector to divide the sample into
three parts, to mark and seal or fasten up each part in
such manner as its nature permits, and—
(a) to deliver one part to the occupier, or the
foreman or other responsible person aforesaid;
(6) to retain one part for future comparison;
(c) to submit one part to the analyst;
and any analysis under this section shall be carried out by
a Government department.
(3) A certificate purporting to be a certificate by
the Government Chemist as to the result of an analysis
of a sample under this section shall in any proceedings
T.—IV. 10
145
Power to
take samples.
146
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
Notification
of industrial
discases.
under this Ordinance be admissible as evidence of the
matters stated therein, but either party may require the
person by whom the analysis was made to be called as
a witness.
(4) It shall not be lawful for any person, except
in so far as is necessary for the purposes of a prosecution
for an offence under this Ordinance, to publish or disclose
to any person the results of an analysis made under this
section, and if any person acts in contravention of this
subsection, he shall be guilty of an offence and liable to
a fine of two hundred and forty dollars.
PART VI.
NOTIFICATION AND INVESTIGATION OF ACCIDENTS
AND INDUSTRIAL DISEASES.
37. (1) Where any accident occurs in a factory which
either—
(a) causes loss of life to a person employed in
that factory; or
(b) disables any such person for more than three
days from earning full wages at the work at which he
was employed,
written notice of the accident, in the prescribed form and
accompanied by the prescribed particulars, shall forthwith
be sent to the inspector for the district.
(2) Where any accident causing disablement is
notified under this section, and after notification thereof
results in the death of the person disabled, notice in writing
of the death shall be sent to the inspector for the district
by the occupier of the factory as soon as the death comes
to his knowledge.
(3) Where any accident to which this section applies
occurs to a person employed and the occupier of the
factory is not the actual employer of the person killed
or injured, the actual employer shall, if he fails to report
the accident to the occupier immediately, be guilty of an
offence and liable to a fine of forty-eight dollars.
38. (1) Every medical practitioner attending on or
called in to visit a patient whom he believes to be suffering
Factories. (Ch. 30. No. 2.
from lead, phosphorus, arsenical, mercurial, benzene Or
aniline poisoning, or anthrax, or epitheliomatous ulceration
of the skin, contracted in any factory, shall forthwith
send addressed to ‘‘ The Senior Inspector of Factories,
Department of the Commissioner of Labour, Port-of-
Spain ’’, a notice stating the name and full postal address of
the patient and the disease from which, in the opinion of the
medical practitioner, the patient is suffering, and the name
and address of the factory in which he is or was last
employed, and shall be entitled in respect of every notice
sent in pursuance of this section to a fee of sixty cents to
be paid as part of the expenses incurred by the Government
in the execution of this Ordinance.
(2) If, in contravention of the provisions of this
section, any medical practitioner fails to send any notice
in accordance with the requirements thereof, he shall be
liable to a fine of ten dollars.
(3) Written notice of every suspected case of lead,
phosphorus, arsenical, mercurial, benzene or aniline poison-
ing, or anthrax, or epitheliomatous ulceration of the skin,
occurring in a factory shall forthwith be sent by the occupier
in the prescribed form and accompanied by the prescribed
particulars to the inspector for the district and to the
examining surgeon, and the provisions of this Ordinance
with respect to the notification of accidents shall apply
to any such case in like manner as to any such accident
as is mentioned in those provisions.
39. (1) Where a coroner holds an inquest on the body
of any person whose death may have been caused by any
accident or disease of which notice is required by this
Ordinance to be given, the coroner shall adjourn the
inquest unless an inspector is present to watch the pro-
ceedings, and shall, at least four days before holding the
adjourned inquest, send to the inspector for the district
notice in writing of the time and place of holding the
adjourned inquest: Provided that the coroner, before
the adjournment, may take evidence to identify the body,
and may order the interment thereof.
(2) The coroner shall, at least forty-eight hours
before holding an inquest as aforesaid other than an
10 (2)
147
Inquest in
case of
death by
accident or
industrial
disease.
148
Power to
direct formal
investigation
of accidents
and cases of
disease,
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
adjourned inquest, send to the inspector for the district
notice in writing of the time and place of holding the
inquest.
(3) The following persons shall, subject to the power
of the coroner to disallow any question which in his opinion
is not relevant or is otherwise not a proper question, at
any such inquest as aforesaid, be entitled to examine any
witness either in person or by counsel, solicitor or agent,
that is to say, an inspector, any relative of the person
in respect of whose death the inquest is being held, the
occupier of the factory in which the accident or discase
occurred or was contracted, and any person appointed in
writing by any trade union, friendly society or other
association of persons to which the deceased at the time of
his death belonged or to which any person employed in
the factory belongs, or by any association of employers
of which the occupier is a member.
(4) Where evidence is given at any such inquest
at which an inspector is not present of any neglect as
having caused or contributed to the accident or disease,
or of any defect in or about the factory appearing to the
coroner to require a remedy, the coroner shall send to the
inspector for the district notice in writing of the neglect
or defect.
40. (1) The Governor may, where he considers it
expedient so to do, direct a formal investigation to be held
into any accident occurring or case of disease contracted
or suspected to have been contracted in a factory and of
its causes and circumstances, and with respect to any such
investigation the following provisions shall have effect—
(a) the Governor may appoint a competent person
to hold the investigation, and may appoint any
person possessing legal or special knowledge to act
as assessor in holding the investigation;
(b) the person or persons so appointed (hereinafter
in this section referred to as ‘‘ the court ’’) shall hold
the investigation in open court in such manner and
under such conditions as the court may think most
effectual for ascertaining the causes and circumstances
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
of the accident or case of disease, and for enabling
the court to make the report in this section mentioned ;
(c) the court shall have for the purposes of the
investigation all the powers of a court of summary
jurisdiction when acting as a court in hearing informa-
tions for offences under this Ordinance, and all the
powers of an inspector under this Ordinance, and, in
addition, power —
(i) to enter and inspect any place or building
the entry or inspection whereof appears to the
court requisite for the said purposes;
(ii) by summons signed by the court to require
the attendance of all such persons as it thinks
fit to call before it and examine for the said
purposes, and to require answers or returns to
such enquiries as it thinks fit to make;
(iii) to require the production of all books,
papers, and documents which it considers impor-
tant for the said purposes;
(iv) to administer an oath and require any
person examined to make and sign a declaration
of the truth of the statements made by him in
his examination;
(d) persons attending as witnesses before the court
shall be allowed such expenses as would be allowed,
under the authority of the Criminal Procedure Ordi-
nance, to witnesses attending before the Supreme
Court; and in case of dispute as to the amount to be
allowed the dispute shall be referred by the court to a
Judge of the Supreme Court who, on request signed
by the court, shall ascertain and certify the proper
amount of the expenses;
(e) the court shall make a report to the Governor
stating the causes and circumstances of the accident
or case of disease, and adding any observations which
the court thinks right to make;
(f) the court may require the expenses incurred in
and about an investigation under this section (including
the remuneration of any persons appointed to act as
assessors) to be paid in whole or part by any person
summoned before it who appears to the court to be,
149
150
Duty of
examining
surgeon to
investigate
and report
in certain
cases.
Ch. 30. No. 2.) Factories.
by reason of any act or default on his part or on the
part of any servant or agent of his, responsible in any
degree for the occurrence of the accident or case of
disease, but any such expenses not required to be so
paid shall be deemed to be part of the expenses of the
Government in the execution of this Ordinance;
(g) any person who without reasonable excuse
(proof whereof shall lic on him) either fails, after having
had the expenses (if any) to which he is entitled
tendered to him, to comply with any summons or
requisiticn of the court, or prevents or impedes the
court in the execution of its duty, shall be guilty of an
offence, and liable on conviction thereof to a fine of
forty-eight dollars and, in the case of a failure to
comply with a requisition for making any retum or
producing any document, if the failure in respect of
which a person was so convicted is continued after the
conviction, he shall (subject to the provisions of section
71 of this Ordinance) be guilty of a further offence and
hable to a fine of forty-eight dollars for every day on
which the failure was so continued.
(2) The Governor may cause the report of the court
to be made public at such time and in such manner as he
thinks fit.
41. (1) It shall be the duty of the examining surgeon
to investigate and report——
(a) upon cases of death or injury caused by exposure
in a factory to fumes or other noxious substances,
or due to any other special cause specified in instruc-
tions of the Governor as requiring investigation; and
(b) upon any case of death or injury which the
inspector for the district in pursuance of any gencral
or special instructions of the Governor may refer to
him for that purpose; and
(c) upon any case of disease of which he receives
notice under this Ordinance.
(2) The examining surgeon, for the purpose of an
investigation under this section, shall have the like powers
a an inspector, including power to enter any room in a
Factories. fCh. 30. No. 2.
building to which the person killed, injured, or affected
has been removed.
PART VII.
EMPLOYMENT OF WOMEN AND YOUNG PERSONS AND
PROHIBITION OF EMPLOYMENT OF CHILDREN.
Employment of Women and Young Persons.
42. No woman or young person shall be employed in a
factory otherwise than in accordance with any regulations
or orders which may be made by the Governor in Council
under section 33 of this Ordinance or any order made by
the Governor under section 34 of this Ordinance.
Prohibition of Employment of Children.
43. No child shall be employed in any factory, or in the
business of a factory outside the factory, or in any business,
trade, or process, ancillary to the business of a factory.
PART VIII.
SPECIAL APPLICATIONS AND EXTENSIONS.
Premises tn respect of which Owner ts liable.
44. Where part of a building is let off as a separate
factory, the provisions of Part III of this Ordinance with
respect to cleanliness and lighting, and the provisions
of Part IV of this Ordinance with respect to prime movers,
transmission machinery, hoists and lifts, steam boilers,
and the construction and maintenance of floors, passages
and stairs, and any regulations or orders made in pursuance
of any of the said provisions, shall apply to any part of
the building used for the purposes of the factory but not
comprised therein, and the owner of the building shall be
responsible for any contravention of the said provisions and
shall also be responsible, instead of the occupier of the
factory, for any contravention as respects the factory of
the provisions of Part III of this Ordinance with respect
to sanitary conveniences and the provisions of Part IV of
this Ordinance with respect to hoists and lifts, steam
boilers, means of escape in case of fire, and safety provisions
in case of fire, and of any regulations or orders made in
pursuance of any of the said provisions, and for the purposes
151
Employment
of women
and young
persons in
factories.
Prohibition
of employ-
ment of
children in
factories.
Premises
whire part of
building is
separate
factory.
152
Electric:
stations,
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
of the last named provisions with respect to means of
escape in case of fire and safety provisions in case of fire,
the factory shall be deemed to include any part of the
building used for the purpose of the factory: Provided that
the owner shall be responsible for the cleanliness of sanitary
conveniences only when used in common by several tenants,
and shall be responsible for any contravention of the
provisions, regulations or orders relating to hoists and
lifts, steam boilers, means of escape in case of fire, and
safety provisions in case of fire, only in so far as the said
provisions, regulations or orders relate to matters within
his control.
Electrical Stations.
45. (1) The provisions of this Ordinance shall apply to
any premises in which persons are regularly employed
in or in connection with the processes or operations of
generating, transforming or converting, or of switching,
controlling or otherwise regulating, electrical energy for
supply by way of trade, or for supply for the purposes of any
transport undertaking or other industrial or commercial
undertaking or of any public building or public institution,
or for supply to streets or other public places, as if the
premises were a factory and the employer of any person
employed im the premises in or in connection with any
such process or operation were the occupier of a factory.
(2) The provisions of this Ordinance shall also
apply to any other premises in which any such processes
or operations as aforesaid are carried on or performed for
such supply as aforesaid, being premises large enough to
admit the entrance of.a person after the machinery or
plant therein is in position, as if the premises were a fac-
tory and the employer of any person employed in the
premises in or in connection with any such process or
operation were the occupier of a factory.
(3) No such premises as aforesaid shall be excluded
from the provisions of this section by reason of the pro-
cesses or operations being carried on, or the machinery or
plant being situated, entirely or partially in the open air.
(+) Subsections (1) and (2) of this section shall not,
except in so far as the Governor in Council may by order
direct, apply to any premises where the aforesaid processes
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
or operations are only carried on or performed for the
immediate purpose of working an electric motor or working
any apparatus which consumes electrical energy for
lighting, heating, transmitting or receiving messages or
communications, or other purposes.
(5) For the purposes of the definition in section 2
of this Ordinance of the expression ‘‘ factory "’, electrical
energy shall not be deemed to be an article, but save as
aforesaid nothing in this section shall affect the application
of this Ordinance to factories within the meaning of that
definition.
Institutions.
46. (1) Where, in any premises forming part of an
institution carried on for charitable or reformatory purposes
any manual labour is exercised in or incidental to the
making, altering, repairing, ornamenting, finishing, washing,
cleaning, or adapting for sale, of articles not intended for the
use of the institution, but the premises do not constitute
a factory, then, nevertheless, the provisions of this Ordinance
and any regulations or orders made thereunder shall,
subject as hereinafter in this section provided, apply to those
premises.
(2) If in any such institution to which this Ordinance
applies the persons having the control of the institution
(hereinafter referred to as the managers) satisfy the
Governor that the only persons working therein are persons
who are inmates of and supported by the institution, or
persons engaged in the supervision of the work or the
management of machinery, and that such work as aforesaid
is carried on in good faith for the purposes of the support,
education, training, or reformation of persons engaged
in it, the Governor may by order direct that so long as
the order is in force this Ordinance shall apply to the
institution subject to the following modifications :—-
(a) the managers may submit for the approval of
the Governor a scheme for the regulation of the hours
of employment, intervals for meals, and holidays of
the inmates, and if the Governor is satisfied that the
provisions of the scheme are not less favourable to the
inmates than the corresponding provisions of regula-
tions made under this Ordinance, the Governor may
153
Application
of Ordinance
to institu-
tions.
154
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
approve the scheme, and upon the scheme being so
approved this Ordinance shall, until the approval is
revoked, apply as if the provisions of the scheme were
substituted for the corresponding provisions of the
regulations aforesaid ;
(6) the medical officer of the institution (if any) may,
on the application of the managers, be appointed
to be the examining surgeon for the institution;
(c) the provisions of Part X of this Ordinance as
to the posting of an abstract and notices shall not
apply, but among the particulars required to be shown
in the general register there shall be included the
prescribed particulars of the scheme, or where no
scheme is in force the prescribed particulars as to hours
of employment, intervals for meals or rest, and holidays,
and other matters dealt with in this Ordinance or in
any regulations or orders made thereunder;
(7) in the case of premises forming part of an
institution carried on for reformatory purposes an
inspector shall not, without the consent of the managers
or of the person having charge of the institution under
the managers, examine an inmate of the institution
save in the presence of one of the managers or of such
person as aforesaid:
Provided that the Governor, on being satisfied that
there is reason to believe that a contravention of the
provisions of this Ordinance, or of any regulations or
orders made thereunder, is taking place in any such
institution, may suspend the operation of this paragraph
as respects that institution to such extent as he may
consider necessary ;
(e) the managers shall, not later than the 15th of
January in every year, send to the senior inspector a
correct return in the prescribed form, specifying the
names of the managers and the name of the person
(if any) having charge of the institution under the
managers, and such particulars as to the number,
age, sex, and employment of the inmates and other
persons employed in the work carried on in the institu-
tion as may be prescribed, and shall, if they fail to
do so, be guilty of an offence and liable to a fine of
twenty-four dollars.
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
(3) This Ordinance shall not, except in so far as the
Governor may by order direct, apply to any premises
which do not constitute a factory if the premises are subject
to inspection by or under the authority of a Government
department.
Docks, Wharves, Quays, Warehouses and Ships.
47. (1) The provisions of this Ordinance hereinafter
in this subsection mentioned shall apply to every dock,
wharf or quay (including any warehouse belonging to
the owners, trustees or conservators of the dock, wharf
or quay and any line or siding used in connection with
and for the purposes of the dock, wharf or quay and not
forming part of the Trinidad Government Railway) and
very other warehouse (not forming part of a factory)
in or for the purposes of which mechanical power is used,
as if it were a factory; and as if the person having actual
use or occupation of it or of any premises within it or
forming part of it, were the occupier of a factory, that is
to say—
(a) the provisions of Part III with respect to
sanitary conveniences;
(5) the provisions of Part IV with respect to hoists
and lifts, steam boilers, and air pressure containers so,
however, that the owner of the hoist or lift, boiler,
or air pressure container, as the case may be, shall,
instead of the person deemed to be the occupier, be
responsible for the observance of the said provisions
and in the event of a contravention thereof shall be
guilty of an offence;
(c) the provisions of Part IV with respect to prime
movers, transmission machinery, other machinery,
construction and maintenance of fencing, construction
and sale of new machinery, cleaning of machinery in
motion, and the power of a court of summary jurisdic-
tion to make orders as to dangerous factories, conditions
and practices;
(2) the provisions of Part V with respect to the
power to make regulations and orders and the power
to take samples ;
155
Docks,
wharves,
quays and
warehouses.
156
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
(e) Parts VI and VII;
(f) the provisions of Part VIII with respect to
premises where part of a building is a separate factory;
(g) the provisions of Part X with respect to the
abstract of this Ordinance and notices, regulations,
orders, general registers (so far as applicable), preser-
vation of registers and records, duties of persons
employed, prohibiticn of deductions from wages, and
weights, measures and weighing and measuring
instruments used in ascertaining wages;
(hk) the provisions of Part XI with respect to powers
and duties of inspectors and to regulations and orders of
the Governor in Council or the Governor;
(:) Part XII,
(7) the provisions of Part XIII with respect to Crown
Factories;
(k) Part XIV
(2) Subject as hereinafter in this subsection provided,
the provisions of this Ordinance mentioned in paragraph (6)
(subject to the modifications mentioned in that paragraph),
in paragraph (c) (except the provisions with respect to
construction and sale of new machinery), and in paragraphs
(2), (e), (g), (A), (4) and (7) of the foregoing subsecticn shall
apply to the processes of loading, unloading or coaling of
any ship in any dock, harbour or canal, and to all machinery
or plant used in those processes, as if the processes were
carried on in a factory and the machinery or plant were
machinery or plant in a factory, and the person who carries
on those processes were the occupier of a factory: Provided
that the provisions of this Ordinance mentioned in the
said paragraphs (b) and (c) shall not apply in relation
to any such machinery or plant which is on board a ship
(other than a ship owned or worked by or on behalf of the
Government, or any owner or hirer resident in the Colony,
and ordinarily used within the territorial waters of the
Colony) and is the property of the ship owner: Provided
also that the provisions mentioned in the said paragraph (c)
with respect to construction and sale of new machinery
shall not apply in relation to any such machinery which is
installed or intended to be installed on board any ship.
Factores. (Ch. 30. No. 2.
For the purposes of this subsection, the expression
‘plant ’’ includes any gangway or ladder used by any
person employed to load or unload or coal a ship.
(3) The provisions of Part IV of this Ordinance
with respect to dangerous ways, works or plant, con-
struction and maintenance of floors, passages and stairs,
safe means of access and place of employment, means of
escape in case of fire, and safety provisions in case of fire
shall apply to every warehouse mentioned in subsection (1)
of this section as if the warehouse were a factory and as if
the person having the actual*use or occupation thereof
were the occupier of a factory.
48. (1) Subject as hereinafter in this section provided,
the provisions of this Ordinance hereinafter in this section
mentioned shall apply to any work carned out in a
harbour or wet dock in constructing, reconstructing,
repairing, refitting, painting, finishing or breaking up a
ship or in scaling, scurfing or cleaning boilers (including
combustion chambers and smoke boxes) in a ship, or in
cleaning oil-fuel tanks or bilges in a ship, that is to say—
(a) the provisions of Part IV with respect to prime
movers, transmission machinery, other machinery,
construction and maintenance of fencing, cleaning of
machinery in motion, hoists and lifts, steam boilers,
and air pressure containers:
Provided that the said provisions with respect to
prime movers, transmission machinery, other
machinery, construction and maintenance of fencing,
hoists and lifts, steam boilers, and air pressure con-
tainers shall not apply in relation to any such machinery
or plant which is on board the ship (other than a ship
owned or worked by or on behalf of the Government,
or any owner or hirer resident in the Colony, and
ordinarily used within the territorial waters of the
Colony) and is the property of the ship owner and is
ordinarily used in the working of the ship;
(5) the provisions of Part V with respect to the
power to make regulations and orders and the power
to take samples;
(c) Parts VI and VII;
157
Construc-
tion, repair,
breaking up,
etc., of ships.
158
Building
operations
and works of
engineering
construction,
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
(d) the provisions of Part X with respect to general
registers (so far as applicable), preservation of registers
and records, dutics of persons employed and the
prohibition of deductions from wages;
(ec) the provisions of Part XI with respect to powers
and duties of inspectors and to regulations and orders
of the Governor in Council or the Governor;
(f) Part AIT;
(g) the provisions of Part AIII with respect to Crown
Factories;
(kh) Part XIV
and for the purpose of such provisions the ship shall be
deemed to be a factory, and any person undertaking such
work shall be deemed to be the occupier of a factory.
(2) Nothing in this Ordinance shall apply to any
such work as aforesaid done by the master or crew of a
ship or done on board a ship during a trial mun.
Works of Building and Engineering Construction.
49. (1) Subject as heremafter in this section provided,
the provisions of this Ordinance hereimafter in this sub-
section mentioned shall apply to building operations and
works of engineering construction undertaken by way of
trade or business, or for the purpose of any industrial or
commercial undertaking, and to any line or siding which is
used in connection therewith and for the purposes thereot
and is not part of the Trinidad Government Railway
that is to say—
(a) the provisions of Part II] with respect to
sanitary conveniences;
(b) the provisions of Part IV with respect to prime
movers, transmission machinery, other machinery
construction and maintenance of fencing, construction,
and sale of new machinery, cleaning of machinery in
motion, steam boilers, air pressure containers and the
power of a court of summary jurisdiction to make
orders as to dangerous conditions and practices;
(c) the provisions of Part V with respect to the
power to make regulations and orders and the power to
take samples ;
I‘actortes. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
(d) Parts VI and VIT;
(c) the provisions of Part N with respect to the
abstract of this Ordinance and notices, regulations,
orders, general registers (so far as applicable), preserva-
tion of registers and records, duties of persons employed,
and the prohibition of deductions from wages;
(f) the provisions of Part XI with respect to powers
and duties of inspectors and local health authorities
and to regulations and orders of the Governor in
Council or the Governor:
Provided that no order made under the provisions
of this Ordinance with respect to the powers of a court
of summary jurisdiction to make orders as to dangerous
conditions and practices, and no regulations or orders
made under Part V of this Ordinance, shall opcrate
so as to interfere with the design of any works of
engineering construction or with the adoption in the
execution of those works of any method prescribed
in the specification or in any signed plans issued, or
written directions given, by the consulting engineer
or the engineer in charge being a method which is not
inconsistent with the safety of the works or of the
persons employed,
(g) Parts NII, XIII and XIV
(2) The provisions of this Ordinance in their applica-
tion to building operations and works of engineering
construction shall have effect as if any place where such
operations or works are carried on were a factory and any
person undertaking any such operations or works to which
this Ordinance applics were the occupier of a factory:
Provided that such of the provisions of this Ordinance
as require general registers to be kept and copics of the
prescribed abstract of this Ordinance and of regulations
or orders or the prescribed abstract of such regulations or
orders to be kept posted up on the premises, shall be
deemed to be complied with as respects building operations
and works of engineering construction if the general register
is kept at an office of the person undertaking the said
operations or works, and copies of the abstract of this
Ordinance and of the regulations or orders or abstract
thereof are kept posted up at each office, yard, or shop,
of the person undertaking the operations or works at
159
160
Lists of out-
workers to be
kept in cer-
tain trades.
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
which persons employed by him on the operations or
works attend, and in a position where they can easily be
read by such persons.
(3) Any person undertaking any building operations
or works of engineering construction to which this Ordinance
applies shall, not later than seven days after the beginning
thereof, serve on the inspector for the district a written
notice stating the name and postal address of the person
so undertaking the operations or works, the place and nature
of the operations or works, whether any mechanical power
is used and, if so, its nature, the name of the local health
authority within whose district the operations or works
are situated and such other particulars as may be prescribed:
Provided that
(a) this subsection shall not apply to any operations
or works which the person undertaking them has
reasonable grounds for believing will be completed in a
period of less than six weeks, except in such cases as
the senior inspector may direct, and
(b) where a person undertakes any building opera-
tions or works of engineering construction in a place
where such operations or works are in progress, he
shall not be required to give such a notice as aforesaid
if a notice was given in respect of the operations or
works in progress.
PART IN.
HoME WorK.
50. (1) In the case of persons employed in such classes
of work as may from time to time be specified by order
of the Governor, the occupier of every factory and every
contractor employed by any such occupier in the business
of the factory shall—
(a) keep in the prescribed form and manner, and
with the prescribed particulars, lists showing the
names and addresses of all persons (hereinafter referred
to as outworkers) directly employed by him, either as
workers or as contractors, in the business of the factory,
outside the factory, and of the places where they are
employed; and
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
(b) send to an inspector such copies of or extracts
from those lists as the inspector may from time to
time require; and
(c) send to the local health authority during the
month of February and the month of August in cach
year copies of those lists, showing all outworkers so
employed by him during the preceding six months.
(2) Every local health authority shall cause the
lists received by the authority in pursuance of this section
to be examined, -and shall furnish the name and place of
employment of every outworker included in any such
list whose place of employment is outside the district of
the authority to the authority in whose district the
outworker’s place of employment is.
(3) The lists kept by the occupier or contractor
shall be open to inspection by any inspector, and by any
officer duly authorised by the local health authority,
and the copies sent to the authority and the particulars
furnished by one authority to another shall be open to
inspection by any inspector or officer of any Government
department.
(4) This section shall apply to any place from which
any work is given out in connection with the business of
a factory (whether the materials for the work are supplied
by the occupier or not), and to the occupier of that place,
and to every contractor employed by the occupier in
connection with the said work, as if that place were a
factory
(5) In the event of a contravention of this section
by the occupier of a factory or place or by a contractor
the occupier or contractor shall be guilty of an offence
and liable to a fine of forty-eight dollars.
51. (1) Where work in respect of which the last preceding
section applies is carried on for the purpose of or in con-
nection with the business of a factory in any place which is,
in the opinion of the local health authority, injurious or
dangerous to the health of the persons employed thercin,
the local health authority may give notice in writing to
the occupier of the factory, or to any contractor employed
by him, setting forth particulars of the respects in which
T—IV, 11
161
Employrrent
of persons in
unwhole-
some
premises.
162
Notice of
occupation
of factory,
and use of
mechanical
power.
Posting of
abstract of
Ordinance
and regula-
tions, orders
and
notices.
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
the place is, in their opinion, so injurious or dangerous,
and the reasons for that opinion and, if the occupier or
contractor after the expiration of ten days from the receipt
of such notice gives out work to be done in that place, he
shall, unless it is proved to the satisfaction of the court
dealing with the case that the place is not injurious or
dangerous in the respects set forth in the notice, be guilty
of an offence.
(2) For the purpose of this section, any place from
which work is given out shall be deemed to be a factory,
PART N.
MISCELLANEOUS.
52. (1) Every person shall, within one month after he
begins to occupy, or to use any premises as, a factory,
serve on the inspector and the local health authority for
the district a written notice stating the name of the
occupier or the title of the firm, the postal address of the
factory, the nature of the work, whether mechanical power
is used and, if so, its nature, the name of the local health
authority within whose district the factory is situated
and such other particulars as may be prescribed, and if
he fails to do so, he shall be guilty of an offence and liable
to a fine of one hundred dollars or five dollars for each
day since the expiration of the month aforesaid, whichever
is the greater.
(2) Within one month of the date upon which
mechanical power is, after the commencement of this
Ordinance, first used in any factory, the occupicr shall
serve on the inspector and the local health authority for
the district a written notice stating the nature of such
mechanical power.
53. (1) There shall be kept posted at the principal
entrances of a factory at which employed persons enter—
(a) the prescribed abstract of this Ordinance; and
(b) a notice of the address of the inspector for the
district and the senior inspector; and
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
(c) anotice of the name and address of the examining
surgeon for the factory; and
(d) a notice specifying the clock (if any) by which
the period of employment and intervals for meals
and rest in the factory are regulated; and
(ec) printed copics of all regulations or orders for
the time being in force in the factory or the prescribed
abstract of such regulations or orders; and
(f) every notice and document required by this
Ordinance to be posted in the factory:
Provided that an inspector may direct that all or any of
the aforesaid documents shall be posted in such parts of
the factory, either in addition to or in substitution for the
said principal entrances, as he may direct.
(2) All such documents shall be posted in such
characters and in such positions as to be conveniently read
by persons employed in the factory and if a form has been
preseribed for any document, it shall be posted in that
form.
(3) A printed copy of all such regulations or orders
as aforesaid shall be given by the occupier to any person
affected thereby on his application.
(4) If any person pulls down, injures or defaces
any abstract, notice, regulations or other document posted
in pursuance of this Ordinance, he shall be guilty of an
offence and liable to a fine of twenty-four dollars.
54. (1) There shall be kept in every factory, or in such
place outside the factory as may be approved by the
imspector for the district, a register, in the prescribed form,
called the general register, and there shall be entered in
or attached to that register—
(a) the prescribed particulars as to the young
persons employed in the factory; and
(6) the prescribed particulars as to the washing,
white-washing or colour washing, painting or varnish-
ing, of the factory; and
(c) the prescribed particulars as to every accident
and case of industrial disease occurring in the factory
11 (2)
163
Gencral
registers.
164
Preservation
of registers
and records.
Periodic:
return ©
persons
employed.
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
of which notice is required to be sent to an inspector;
and
(d) all reports and particulars required by any other
provision of this Ordinance or of any regulations or
orders made thereunder to be entered in or attached
to the general register; and
(ec) such other matters with respect to the provisions
of this Ordinance or of any regulations or orders made
thereunder as may be prescribed.
(2) There shall be attached to the general register
a copy of the certificate of the fire authority relating to
means of escape in the case of fire.
(3) The occupier of a factory shall send to an
inspector such extracts from the general register as the
inspector may from time to time require for the purpose
of the execution of his duties under this Ordinance.
55. The general register and every other register or
record kept in) pursuance of this Ordinance shall be
preserved and shall be kept available for inspection by
any inspector or by the examining surgeon for at least
two years, or such other period as may be prescribed for
any class or description of register or record, after the
date of the last entry in the register or record.
56. (1) The occupier of every factory shall, at intervals
of not less than one year, on or before such days as the
Governor may direct, send to the senior inspector a correct
return specifving, with respect to such day or days, or
such period as the Governor may direct, the number of
persons employed in the factory, and giving such particulars
as may be prescribed, as to the hours of employment of
women and young persons employed, as to the age, sex, and
occupation of all persons employed, and as to such other
matters, if any, as the Governor may direct.
(2) The occupier of any place to which any pro-
visions of this Ordinance apply shall, if so required by the
Governor, make a like return to the senior inspector.
(3) The Governor may, for the purpose of facilitating
the rendering of the returns under this section by occupiers,
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
165
arrange for the consolidation of those returns with any
other retums which any Government department is
empowered to call for from occupiers.
57. (1) No person employcd in a factory or in any other
place to which any provisions of this Ordinance apply
shall wilfully interfere with or misuse any means, appliance,
convenience or other thing provided in pursuance of this
Ordinance for securing the health, safety or welfare of the
persons employed in the factory or place, and where any
means or appliance for securing health or safety is provided
for the use of any such person under this Ordinance, he
shall use the means or appliance.
(2) No person employed in a factory or in any other
place to which any provisions of this Ordinance apply
shall wilfully and without reasonable cause do anything
likely to endanger himself or others.
(3) If any person employed in a factory or in any
other place to which any provisions of this Ordinance apply
wilfully and without reasonable cause neglects his duty
to the extent of endangering himself or others, he shall
be guilty of an offence.
58. Save as otherwise expressly provided under this
Ordinance, the occupier of a factory shall not, in respect
of anything to be done or provided by him in pursuance
of this Ordinance, make any deduction from the sum
contracted to be paid by him to any person employed,
or receive, or allow any person in his employment to
receive, any payment from any such person.
59. (1) Every Ordinance, regulation or order for the
time being in force relating to weights and measures or
weighing or measuring instruments shall extend to weights,
measures, and weighing or measuring instruments used in a
factory for the purpose of checking or ascertaining the
wages of any person employed therein, in like manner as
if they were used for trade.
(2) Every inspector or other person authorised
under the Ordinances, regulations or orders relating to
weights and measures or weighing or measuring instruments
Dutics of
persons
employed.
Prohibition
of deductions
from wages.
Weights,
measures
and weighing
and measur-
ing instru-
ments used
in
ascertaining
wages.
166
Penalty for
disclosure
of trade
secrets.
Appoint-
ment and
duties of
inspectors,
clerks and
servants.
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
to inspect or examine weights and measures shall inspect,
stamp, mark, search for, and examine the weights and
measures and weighing and measuring instruments to which
those Ordinances, regulations or orders are extended by or
under this section, and for that purpose shall have the same
powers and duties as he has with respect to weights, measures
and instruments used for trade.
60. If any person who, in pursuance of powers conferred
by this Ordinance or any regulations or orders made there-
under, enters or is admitted into any factory or place
discloses, without the permission of the occupier, to any
person any information obtained by him in a factory or
place with regard to any manufacturing process or trade
secret, he shall, unless such disclosure was made in the
performance of his duty, be guilty of an offence and lable
toa fine of four hundred and cighty dollars or imprisonment
for three months.
PART NI.
ADMINISTRATION.
61. (1) The Governor in Council may appoint such
inspectors, clerks and servants as he thinks necessary for
the execution of this Ordinanee, and may assign to them
their duties, and may appoint a senior inspector with an
office in Port-of-Spain, and may regulate the cases and
manner in which the inspectors, or any of them, are to
execute and perform the powers and duties of inspectors
under this Ordinance. The officers appointed under this
section shall be under the direction and control of the head
of such department of Government, or otherwise, as the
Governor m Council may direct.
2) Notice of the appointment of every inspector
shall be published in the Royal Gazelle.
(3) A person who is the occupier of a factory, or is
directly or indirectly interested therein or in any process
or business carried on therein, or in a patent connected
therewith, or is employed in or about a factory, shall not
act as an inspector.
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
167
(4) An inspector shall not be liable to serve on any
jury.
(5) Such annual report of the proceedings of the
inspectors as the Governor may direct shall be laid before
the Legislative Council.
62. (1) An inspector shall, for the purpose of the
sxecution of this Ordinance, have power to do all or any
of the following things, that is to say—
(a) to enter, inspect, and examine at all reasonable
times, by day and night, a factory, and every part
thereof, when he has reasonable cause to believe that
any person is employed therein, and to enter by day
any place which he has reasonable cause to believe
to be a factory and any part of any building of which a
factory forms part and in which he has reasonable
cause to believe that explosive or highly inflammable
materials are stored or used ,
(0) to enter any building or place in which he has
reasonable cause to believe that a steam boiler, or a
hoist or lift, or an air pressure container is worked or
used, whether such building or place is one to which
this Ordinance applies or not,
(c) to take with him a constable if he has reasonable
cause to apprehend any scrious obstruction in the
execution of his duty;
(d) to require the production of the registers,
certificates, notices, and documents kept in pursuance
of this Ordinance or of any regulations or orders
made thereunder, and to inspect, examine, and copy
any of them;
(ec) to make such examination and inquiry as
may be necessary to ascertain whether the provisions
of this Ordinance and of any regulations or orders
made thereunder and the Ordinances, regulations and
orders for the time being in force relating to public
health are complied with, so far as respects a factory
and any persons employed in a factory and any young
persons to whom any regulations or orders under this
Ordinance apply;
(f) to require any person whom he finds in a factory
Powers of
inspectors.
168
factories.
to give such information as it is in his power to give
as to who is the occupier of the factory;
(g) to examine, either alone or in the presence of
any other person, as he thinks fit, with respect to
matters under this Ordinance, every person whom he
finds in a factory, or whom he has reasonable cause
to believe to be or to have been within the preceding
two months employed in a factory or in any employ-
ment mentioned in any of the said regulations or
orders under this Ordinance, and to require every such
person to be so examined and to sign a declaration of
the truth of the matters respecting which he is so
exunined, so, however, that no one shall be required
under this provision to answer any question or to
give any evidence tending to criminate himself,
(hk) to exercise such other powers as may be necessary
for carrying this Ordinance into effect.
(2) The occupier of every factory, his agents and
serviuits, shall furnish the means required by an inspector
as necessary for an entry, inspection, examination, inquiry,
the taking of ‘amples, or otherwise for the exercise of
his powers under this Ordinance in relation to that factory
(3) If any person wilfully delays an inspector in
the exercise of any power under this section, or fails to
comply with the requisition of an inspector in pursuanc
of this section, or to produce any register, certificate,
notice or document which he is required by or in pursuance
of this Ordinance to produce, or wilfully withholds any
information as to who is the occupier of any factory, or
conceals or prevents, or atlempts to conceal or prevent,
a person from appearing before or being examined by an
Inspector that person shall be deemed to obstruct an
inspector m the execution of lus duties under this Ordinance
(4) Where an inspector is obstructed in the execution
of his powers or duties under this Ordinance, the person
obstructing him shall be guilty of an offence, and lable to
a fine of forty-eight dollars; and where an inspector is
so obstructed ina factory, the occupier of that factory shall
be guilty of an offence.
(5) Any certificate issued by the senior inspector or
an inspector for a district may be issued for a limited
Factores. |Ch. 30. No. 2.
169
period or without limit of period and may be varied or
revoked by that inspector or his successor in office.
63. An inspector, if authorised by the Governor, may,
although he is not of counsel, or a solicitor, prosecute,
conduct, or defend before a court of summary jurisdiction
any information, complaint, or other proceeding arising
under this Ordinance, or in the discharge of his duty as
inspector.
64. I’very inspector shall be furnished with the prescribed
‘ertificate of his appointment, and when visiting a factory
or place to which any of the provisions of this Ordinance
or any regulations or orders made thereunder apply shall,
if so required, produce the said certificate to the occupier
or other person holding a responsible position of manage-
ment at the factory.
65. (1) The Governor may appoint a sufficient number
of duly qualified medical practitioners who are members of
the Medical Board of the Colony to be examining surgeons
for any of the purposes of this Ordinance, and may revoke
any such appointment.
(2) A medical practitioner who is the occupier of a
factory, or is directly or indirectly interested therein,
or in any process or business carried on therein, or in a
patent connected therewith, shall not act as examining
surgeon for that factory: Provided that the Governor may
authorise a medical practitioner who is employed by the
occupier of the factory in connection with the medical
supervision of persons employed in the factory, but is not
otherwise interested in the factory to act as examining
surgeon for that factory for the purpose of examining and
certifying the fitness of young persons.
(3) The examining surgeon for any factory shall
have power at all reasonable times to inspect the general
register of that factory.
(4) The Governor may make rules regulating the
duties of examining surgeons.
Power of
inspectors to
conduet
procecdings
before
magistrate.
Certificate
of appoint-
ment of
inspector.
Appoint-
ment and
duties of
examining
surgeons.
170
Tees of
exanuining
surgeons.
Trovisions
as te local
health
autharitic,
Ch. 30. No. 2.]} Factories.
(5) An examining surgeon shall, if so directed by
the Governor, make such special inquiry and examination
of employed persons as may be directed.
(6) Every examining surgeon shall in each year
make at the prescribed time a report in the prescribed
form to the head of department appointed under section 61
of this Ordinance to be in direction and control of the
inspectorate, and such other officer as the Governor may
direct, as to examinations made and other duties performed
by him in pursuance of this Ordinance.
66. The fees to be paid to examining surgeons for
carrying out their duties under this Ordinance shall,
far as they relate to any examination or certificate with
respect to the fitness of a young person for employmént
ina factory or to any examination or medical supervision
of persons employed in a factory carried out in pursuance
of regulations or an order under this Ordinance, be paid
by the occupier of that factory, and in any other case
shall be defrayed as an expense of carrying this Ordinance
into effect, and the fees shall, subject to any agreement
between the examining surgeon and the occupier of a
factory as respects the fees payable by the occupier, be
of such amount as may be determined by the Governor.
67. (1) The medical officer of health of every local
health authority shall
(a) in his annual report to the authority report
speeHically on the administration of, and furnish the
preseribed particulars with respect to, the matters
under Part IIT and Part IX of this Ordinance which
are administered by the local health authority, and
shall send a copy of his annual report or so much
of it as deals with those matters to the Central Board
of Health and the head of department appointed
under section 61 of this Ordinance to be in direction
and control of the inspectorate; and
(b) give written notice to the inspector for the
district of any factory coming to his knowledge in
which no abstract of this Ordinance is affixed in
accordance with this Ordinance.
Factories, [Ch. 30. No. 2.
171
(2) An officer of any local health authority appointed
for the purpose of inspection of factories shall give a
written notice to the inspector for the district of any factory
coming to his knowledge in which no abstract of this
Ordinance is affixed in accordance with this Ordinance.
(3) For the purpose of their dutics under this
Ordinance, a local health authority and their officers
shall, without prejudice to their other powers, have all
such powers of entry, inspection, taking legal proceedings,
or otherwise, as an inspector has; and accordingly in
relation to their said duties the provisions of this Ordinance
as to furnishing means required by an inspector, and
delaying or obstructing an inspector, shall be construed
as including references to such officers; but no such
powers of entry or inspection shall be exercised except
by officers of the authority authorised by them in writing
in that behalf, cither generally or specially, and any such
officer shall if so required produce his authority to the
occupier or other person holding a responsible position
of management at the factory.
68. (1) The provisions contained in the Schedule to
this Ordinance shall apply to all regulations made by the
Governor in Council under this Ordinance,
(2) Any regulations or orders made by the Governor
in Council under this Ordinance may be made for a limited
period or without limit of period and may be made subject
to such conditions as he thinks fit, and may contain such
supplemental and consequential provisions as he considers
necessary for giving full effect to the regulations or orders.
(3) Any order made by the Governor under this
Ordinance may be made for a limited period or without
limit of period and may be made subject to such conditions
as he thinks fit, and may contain such supplemental and
consequential provisions as he considers necessary for
giving full effect to the order.
Provisions
as to regula.
lions and
orders by
Governor in
Council or
Governor,
Schedule.
172
Fines for
olfences for
which no
express
penalty
provided.
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
PART NII.
SUPPLEMENTARY.
Offence. Penalttes and Legal Proceedings.
69. (1) In the event of a contravention in or in con-
nection with or in relation to a factory of any of the
provisions of this Ordinance or any regulations or orders
made thereunder, the occupier or (if the contravention is
one in respect of which the owner is by or under thus
Ordinance made responsible) the owner of the factory
shall, subject as hereinafter in this Ordinance provided,
be guilty of an offence,
(2) In the event of a contravention by an employed
person of the provisions of Part X of this Ordinance with
respect to duties of persons employed, or of a contravention
by any person of any regulation or order made under this
Ordinance which expressly Impose. any duty upon him,
that person shall be guilty of an offence and the occupier
or owner, the case mi w obe, shall not be guilty of an
offence in respect of that contravention unless it is proved
that he failed to take all reasonable steps to prevent the
contravention.
(3) If any persons are employed in a factory other-
Wise than ino accordance with the provisions of this
Ordinance or of any regulations or orders made thereunder,
there shall be deemed to be a separate contravention in
respect of each person so employed.
(4) Where an offence under this Ordinance committed
by a company is proved to have been committed with the
consent or connivance of, or to have been facilitated by
any Neglect on the part of, zur director, manager, secretary,
or other officer of the company he, as well as the company,
shall be deemed to be guilty of the offence and shall be
liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly.
70. Subject as hereinafter in this Ordinance provided,
any person guilty of an offence under this Ordinance for
which no expre. penalty is provided by this Ordinance
shall be liable to a fine of one hundred and twenty dollars,
Factories. (Ch. 30. No. 2.
and, if the contravention in respect of which he was
convicted is continued after the conviction he shall (subject
to the provisions of section 71 of this Ordinance) be guilty
of a further offence and lable to a fine of twenty-four
dollars for cach day on which the contravention was so
continued.
71. Where the occupier or owner of a factory is convicted
of an offence under this Ordinance, the court may, in
addition to or instead of inflicting a fine, order him, within
the ime specified in the order, to take such steps as may
he so specified for remedying the matters in respect of
which the contravention occurred, and may, on applica-
tion, enlarge the time so specified, and where such an order
is made, the occupier or owner shall not be liable under this
Ordinance in respect of the continuation of the contraven-
tion during the time allowed by the court, but if, after the
expiration of that time as originally specified or enlarged
by subsequent order, the order is not complied with, the
occupier or owner, as the case may be, shall be liable to a
fine of twenty-four dollars for each day on which the non-
compliance continues.
72. If any person is killed, or dies, or suffers any bodily
injury, in consequence of the occupier or owner of a factory
having contravened any provision of this Ordinance or of
any regulations or orders made thereunder, the occupier
or owner of the factory shall, without prejudice to any other
penalty, be liable to a fine of four hundred and eighty
dollars, and the whole or any part of the fine may be
applied for the benefit of the injured person or his family
or otherwise as the Governor determines:
Provided that——
(a) in the case of injury to health, the occupier or
owner shall not be liable to a fine under this section
unless the injury was caused directly by the contra-
vention; and
(b) the occupier or owner shall not be liable to a
fine under this section if an information against him
under this Ordinance in respect of the act or default
Power of
court to
order cause
of contra-
vention to be
remedied.
Fines in case
of death or
injury.
174
Forgery
certificate.
false entric.
and false
decliratiotis
Ch. 30. No. 2.) Factories.
by which the death or injury was caused has been
heard and dismissed before the death or injury
occurred.
73. Wf a child is employed in contravention of the
provisions of Part VIT of this Ordinance or a young person
is cmploved in any factory or place in contravention of the
provisions of this Ordinance or any regulations or orders
made thereunder, the parent of the child or young person,
as the case may be, shall be guilty of an offence and lable
to a fine of twenty-four dollars, unless it appears to the
court that the contravention occurred without the consent,
connivance, or wilful default of the parent.
74. If any person—
(a) forge. or counterfeits any certificate required
by, under, or for the purposes of, this Ordinance or
any regulations or orders made thereunder ;
(b) gives or signs any such certificate knowing
ito be false in any material particular;
(c) knowingly utters or makes use of any such
certificate so forged, counterfeited, or false as afore-
maid;
(7) knowingly utters or makes use of as applying
to any person any such certificate which does not so
apply ;
(¢) personates any person named in any such
certificate ;
(f) falsely pretends to be an inspector;
(g) wilfully connives at any such forging, counter-
feiting, giving, signing, uttering, making use, per-
sonating or pretending as aforesaid;
(k) wilfully makes a false entry in any registcr,
notice, certificate, or document required by, under,
or for the purposes of, this Ordinance or any regulations
or orders made thereunder to be kept or served or
sent ;
(*) wilfully makes or signs a false declaration
required by, under, or for the purposes of, this
Factories. [Ch. 30. No. 2.
Ordinance or any regulations or orders made there-
under ;
(7) knowingly makes use of any such false entry
or declaration as aforesaid,
he shall, without prejudice to any other penalty, be
guilty of an offence under this Ordinance, and liable to a
fine of four hundred and cighty dollars, or to imprisonment
for three months.
75. Where an act or default for which an occupier or
owner is liable under this Ordinance is in fact the act
or default of some agent, servant, worker or other person,
that agent, servant, worker or other person shall be guilty
of an offence and liable to the like fine as if he were the
occupier or owner, as the case may be.
76. (1) Where the occupier or owner of a factory is
charged with an offence under this Ordinance, he shall be
entitled, upon information duly laid by him and on giving
to the prosecution not less than three days notice in writing
of his intention, to have any other person whom he charges
as the actual offender brought before the court at the time
appointed for hearing the charge; and if, after the com-
nussion of the offence has been proved, the occupier or
owner of the factory proves to the satisfaction of the
court—-
(a) that he has used all due diligence to enforce
the execution of this Ordinance and of any relevant
regulations or orders made thereunder, and
(6) that the said other person had committed the
offence in question without his consent, connivance,
or wilful default,
that other person shall be summarily convicted of the
offence, and the occupier or owner shall not be guilty
of the offence, and the person so convicted shall, in the
discretion of the court, be also liable to pay any costs
incidental to the proceedings.
The prosecution shall have the right in any such case
to cross-examine the occupier or owner if he gives evidence
and any witnesses called by him in support of his charge,
and to call rebutting evidence.
175
Penalty on
persons
actually
committing
offence for
which
occupier is
liable.
Power of
occupier or
owner to
exempt him-
self from
liability on
conviction of
the actual
offender
176
Proceedings
against
persons other
than
eccupiers or
owners,
Owner of
machine
liable in
certain cases
Instead of
‘upier.
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
(2) When it is made to appear to the satisfaction
of an inspector at the time of discovering an offence—
(a) that the occupier or owner (as the case may be)
of the factory has used all due diligence to enforce the
execution of this Ordinance; and
(>) by what person the offence has been committed,
and
(c) that it has been committed without the consent,
connivance or wilful default of the occupier or owner
and in contravention of his orders,
the inspector shall proceed against the person whom he
believes to be the actual offender without first proceeding
against the occupier or owner of the factory.
77. Where, under this Ordinance, any person is sub-
stituted for the occupier or owner with respect to any
provisions of this Ordinance or any regulations or orders
made thereunder, any order, summons, notice, or pro-
ceding, which for the purpose of any of those provisions
is by or under this Ordinance required or authorised to
be served on or taken in relation to the occupier or owner,
is hereby required or authorised (as the case may be) to be
served on or taken in relation to that person,
78. Where in a factory the owner or hirer of a machine
or implement moved by mechanical power is some person
other than the occupier of the factory, the owner or hirer
shall, so far as respects any offence under this Ordinance
committed in relation to a person who is employed in or
about or in connection with that machine or implement,
and is in the employment or pay of the owner or hirer, be
deemed to be the occupier of the factory.
79. (1) All offences under this Ordinance shall be
prosecuted and all fines under this Ordinance shall be
recovered summarily
(2) In any proceedings under this Ordinance it
shall be sufficient in the information to allege that the
factory is a factory within the meaning of this Ordinance
and to state the name of the ostensible occupier of the
Factones. (Ch. 30. No. 2.
factory, or, where the occupier is a firm, the title of the
firm.
(3) The court shall, in any proceedings under this
Ordinance, cause minutes of the evidence to be taken and
preserved.
(4) Where, with respect to or in consequence of
any accident in a factory, a report is made by the court
appointed to hold a formal investigation under this
Ordinance, or a coroner’s inquest is held, and it appears
from the report, or from the proceedings at the inquest,
that any of the provisions of this Ordinance or any
regulations or orders made thereunder were not complied
with at or before the time of the accident, summary
proceedings against any person liable to be proceeded
against in respect of such non-compliance may be com-
menced at any time within six months after the making
of the report or the conclusion of the inquest.
(5) Where any offence is committed under this
Ordinance by reason of a failure to make an examination,
enter a report, or do any other thing, at or within a time
specified by this Ordinance or any regulations or orders
made thereunder, the offence shall be deemed to continue
until the examination is made, or the report entered, or
the other thing done, as the case may be.
(6) Subject to the provisions of section 67 of the
Summary Courts Ordinance all fines imposed under this
Ordinance shall, save as otherwise expressly provided
for by this Ordinance, be paid into the Treasury.
(7) Where a proceeding is taken before a court of
summary jurisdiction with respect to an offence under this
Ordinance alleged to be committed in or with reference
to a factory, no Magistrate shall be qualified to hear and
determine the case who is the husband, parent, guardian,
son or brother of the occupier or owner of the factory, or
has an interest in the factory.
80. Any person aggrieved by an order made by a court
of summary jurisdiction on determining a complaint under
this Ordinance may appeal therefrom to the Supreme
Court.
T. -Iv. 12
177
Appeal from
orders made
on com-
plaint.
178
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories,
Special
provisions as
to evidence.
Service and
sending of
documents,
ete.
81. (1) If a person is found in a factory at any time at
which work is going on or the machinery is in motion,
except during the intervals for meals or rest, he shall,
until the contrary is proved, be deemed for the purposes
of this Ordinance to have been then employed in the
factory: Provided that this subsection shall not apply
to a factory in which the only persons employed are members
of the same family dwelling there.
(2) Where in any proceedings under this Ordinance
with respect to a young person it appears to the court that
that young person is apparently of or below the age alleged
by the informant, it shall lie on the defendant to prove that
the young person is not of or below that age.
(3) Where any entry is_ required by this Ordinance
or by any regulations or orders made thereunder to be
made in the general register or m any other register or
record, the entry made by the occupier of a factory or
on his behalf shall, as against him, be admissible as evidence
of the facts therein stated, and the fact that any entrv so
required with respect to the observance of any provision
of this Ordinance or of any regulations or orders made
thereunder has not been made, shall be admissible as
evidence that that provision has not been observed.
82. (1) Any document (including any summons or order)
required or authorised to be served under this Ordinance
may be served
(a) on any person by delivering it to him, or by
leaving it at, or sending it by registered post to, his
residence
(6) on any firm by delivering it to any partner
of the firm, or leaving it at, or sending it by registered
post to, the office of the firm,
(c) on the owner or occupier of a factory (including
any such owner or occupier being a company to which
the Companies Ordinance applies), in any such manner
as aforesaid, or by delivering it, or a true copy thereof,
to any person in a position of responsibility at the
factory
(2) Any such document may be addressed for the
purpose of the service thereof on the occupier of a factory,
lactories, (Ch. 30. No. 2.
to. the occupier at the proper postal address of the
factory, without further name or description.
(3) The foregoing provisions of this section shall
upply with the necessary modifications to documents
required or authorised under this Ordinance to be sent
to any person, firm, owner or occupier, and to the sending,
addressing, and delivery of such documents.
83. Where the age of any person is required to be
ascertained or proved for the purposes of this Ordinance
any person shall, on presenting a written requisition in
such form and containing such particulars as may be
trom time to time prescribed and on payment of a fee
of twelve cents be entitled to obtain a certified extract
under the hand of a registrar or superintendent registrar of
the entry in the register under the Births and Deaths
Registration Ordinance of the birth of that person; and
such form of requisition shall on request be supplied
without charge by every superintendent registrar and
registrar of births, deaths and marriage.
84. If by reason of an agreement between the owner
and the oecupier of premises, the whole or any part of which
has been Iet as a factory, the said owner or occupier is
prevented from carrying out any structural or other altcra-
lions in the premises which are necessary to enable him to
‘comply with the provisions of this Ordinance or any regula-
tions or orders made thereunder, or in order to conform
with any standard or requirement imposed by or under
this Ordinance, he may apply to a court of summary
Jurisdiction, and the court, after hearing the parties and
any witnesses whom they desire to call, may make such an
urder setting aside or modifying the terms of the agreement
as the court considers just and equitable in the circum-
stances of the case.
85. Where in any premises the whole or any part of
which has been let as a factory any structural or other
alterations are required in order to comply with the
provisions of this Ordinance or any regulations or orders
made thereunder, or in order to conform with any standard
12 (2)
179
Certificates
of birth.
Power of
court to
modify
agreements,
Power of
court to
apportion
expenses.
180
General
application
of Ordinance.
Application
to factories
belonging to
the Crown.
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factortes.
or requirement imposed by or under this Ordinance, and
the owner or occupier as the case may be alleges that the
whole or part of the expenses of the alterations ought to
be borne by the occupier or owner, the owner or occupier
may apply to a court of summary jurisdiction, and the court,
after hearing the parties and any witnesses whom they
desire to call, may make such an order concerning the
expenses or their apportionment as the court considers
just and equitable in the circumstances of the case, regard
being had to the terms of any contract between the parties,
or in the alternative the court may at the request of the
owner or occupier determine the lease.
PART NXIII.
APPLICATION OF ORDINANCE.
86. Save as in this Ordinance otherwise expressly
provided, the provisions of this Ordinance shall apply
only to factories, as defined by this Ordinance, but shall,
except where the contrary intention appears, apply to all
such factories.
87. (1) This Ordinance applies to factories belonging
to or in the occupation of the Crown and to building
operations and works of engineering construction under-
taken by or on behalf of the Crown, but in case of any
public emergency the Governor in Council may, by order,
to the extent and during the period named in the order,
exempt from this Ordinance any factory belonging to the
Crown or any building operations or works of engineering
construction undertaken by or on behalf of the Crown,
or any factory in respect of work which is being done on
behalf of the Crown.
(2) The powers conferred by this Ordinance on a
local health authority shall, in the case of a factory
belonging to or m the occupation of the Crown, or building
operations or works of engineering construction under-
taken by or on behalf of the Crown, be exercised by an
inspector under this Ordinance; and any notice required
by this Ordinance to be sent to a local health authority
shall in any such case be sent to the inspector for the
district.
Factories. 'Ch. 30. No. 2.
PART XIV
GENERAL.
88. Where in any premises which are subject to inspection
by or under the authority of any Government department
any manual labour is exercised, otherwise than for the
purposes of instruction, in or incidental to the making,
altering, repairing, ornamenting, finishing, washing, clean-
ing, or adapting for sale, of any article, and the premises
do not constitute a factory, the Governor may, if he thinks
fit, instruct the department that the premises shall, as
respects the matters dealt with by this Ordinance, be
inspected by an inspector appointed under this Ordinance,
and where such an instruction is given, such inspectors
shall have, as respects such matters as aforesaid, the like
right of entry and inspection as is conferred on inspectors
ov other officers of the department concerned.
SCHEDULE.
Procedure for Making Regulations.
(1) Before the Governor in Council makes any regulations, he shall
publish in the Royal Gazette and in such other manner as he may think
best adapted for informing persons affected, notice of the proposal to
make the regulations, and of the place where copies of the draft regula-
tions may be obtained, and of the time (which shall be not less than
twenty-one days) within which any objection made with respect to
the draft regulations by or on behalf of persons affected must be sent to the
Governor in Council.
(2) Every objection must be in writing and state—
(a) the specific grounds of objections; and
(b) the omissions, additions, or modifications asked for.
(3) The Governor in Council shall consider any objection made by
or on behalf of any persons appearing to him to be affected which is sent
to him within the required time, and he may, if he thinks fit, amend the
draft regulations, and, after doing so, he shall, unless an inquiry has been
held under this Schedule, cause the amended draft to be dealt with in like
manner as an original draft.
(4) If after the publication of the notice with respect to any draft
regulations (whether an original or amended draft) any general objection
as hereinafter defined is made within the required time with respect to
the draft and not withdrawn, then, unless a previous inquiry under this
Schedule has been held with respect to the draft or some previous draft
181
Inspection
of certain
premises.
(Section 68.)
182
Ch. 30. No. 2.] Factories.
of the regulations vr the Governor in Council withdraws the draft
regulations, he shall, before making the regulations, direct an inquiry to
be held in the manner hereinafter provided. The Governor in Council
may, if he thinks fit, also direct such an inquiry to be held in regard to
any objection, notwithstanding that no such general objection has been
made or that such a previous inquiry has been held as aforesaid.
(5) Where any such inquiry is to be held as to any draft regulations,
the following provisions shall have effect with respect to the inquiry—
(a) the Governor in Council shall appoint a competent person or
competent persons to hold the inquiry, and to report to him thereon;
(6) the inquiry shall be held in public, and the senior inspector
and any objector and any other person who. in the opinion of the
person holding the inquiry or, if there is more than one such person,
of the person presiding over the inquiry, is affected by the draft
Tegulations, may appear at the inquiry either in person or by counsel,
solicitor, or agent:
(ec) the witnesses may. if the person holding or presiding over the
inquiry thinks fit, be examined on oath,
(¢) subject as aforesaid, the inquiry and all proceedings preliminary
and incidental thereto shall be conducted in accordance with rules
made by the Governor in Council, and the rules may make provision
as to the cost of the inquiry and other proceedings, including the
remuneration of the person or persons holding the inquiry.
(6) lor the purposes of this Schedule the expression “general objectionâ€
Means, as respects any draft regulations, an objection made-
(@) by or on behalf of the majority of the occupiers of the factories
affected by the draft regulations, or by or on behalf of the occupier
or occupiers employing a majority of the persons employed in those
factories, or by any person who satisties the Governor in Council
that he, or an association on behalf of which he acts, represents
a majority of the persons employed in those factories; or
(4) by or on behalf of the majority of the occupiers of any class
or description of factories affected as respects which it appears
to the Governor in Council that, by reason of special conditions
existing in connection therewith, there is reason to believe that
any of the requirements of the draft regulations may be unnecessary
or inappropriate in the case of that class or description, or by or on
behalf of the occupier or occupiers employing a majority of the
persons employed in any such class or description of factories as
aforesaid, or by any person who satisfies the Governor in Council
that he, or an association on behalf of which he acts, represents
a majority of the persons employed in anv such class or description
of factorie, as aforesaid.
Gas Cylinders (Use, Conveyance and Storage). |Ch. 30. No. 3. 183
CHAPTER 30. No. 3.
GAS CYLINDERS (USE, CONVEYANCE AND
STORAGE).
AN ORDINANCE TO SECURE SAFETY IN THE USE, CON-
VEYANCE AND STORAGE OF CYLINDERS CONTAINING
GASES IN A COMPRESSED STATE.
[lst September, 1949. ] Commence-
ment.
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Gas Cylinders Short title.
(Use, Conveyance and Storage) Ordinance.
2. Subject as hereinafter in this Ordinance provided, no Construction
cylinder shall be filled with any of the gases in a compressed anindes.
state specified in the First Schedule to this Ordinance, and st Schedule.
no cylinder containing any of the said gases in a com-
pressed state shall be used, conveyed or stored unless the
conditions and requirements of this Ordinance and of any
regulations made hereunder are complied with.
3. This Ordinance shall not apply to— Exemptions.
(a) any cylinder the capacity of which does not
exceed twelve pounds of water; or
(6) any air cylinder used in connection with the
starting of an internal combustion engine; or
; (c) any air cylinder which forms part of a compressing
pliant.
4. If the Governor in Council is satistied that in respect Fower of |
VeTDOr 10
of any class of cylinders or any mode of conveyance any Council to
of the requirements of this Ordinance or of any regulations pete or
184
requirements
of Ordinance
or
regulations.
Power of
Governor in
Council to
add to
or remove
from list
of gases.
Regulations.
2nd
Schedule.
Posting up
of copy of
Ordinance
and regula-
tions in
factories and
power of
factory
inspector to
enforce
provisions.
Ch. 30. No. 3.] Gas Cylinders (Use, Conveyance and Storage).
made hereunder may be safely suspended or modified he
may, by Order, authorise such suspension or modification
for such period or under such conditions as he thinks fit.
5. The Governor in Council may, by order, add to or
remove from the list of gases specified in the First Schedule
to this Ordinance such gases as he may consider necessary
to include in the list or no longer necessary so to include,
as the case may be; and when any such gas is added to the
list an identifying colour shall be allotted thereto which
shall be specified in the order and the gas and colour shall
be deemed to be included in any list of gases specified in
any regulations made hereunder.
6. The Governor in Counci] may make regulations—
(2) imposing requirements with respect to the
testing, filling, use, conveyance and storage of cylinders
to which this Ordinance applies; and
(2) generally for the better carrying out of the
purposes of this Ordinance:
Provided that, until varied or revoked by any such
regulations, the regulations contained in the Second
Schedule to this Ordinance shall be in force and be deemed
to have been made under the authority of this section.
7. (1) In every factory, and in every other place to
which section 53 of the Factories Ordinance applies in
which any cylinder is filled with any of the gases in a
compressed state specified in the First Schedule to this
Ordinance, or any cylinder containing any of the said
gases in a compressed state is used or stored, a printed
copy of this Ordinance and of any regulations made here-
under shall be kept posted up in accordance with the
provisions of section 53 of the Factories Ordinance.
(2) In every such factory or other place as aforesaid
an inspector appointed under the Factories Ordinance
shall, for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this
Ordinance, have the like powers as he has for enforcing the
provisions of the Factories Ordinance.
Gas Cylinders (Use, Conveyance and Storage). |Ch. 30. No. 3.
8. If any person contravenes any of the provisions of
this Ordinance or any regulations made hereunder he shall
be hable on summary conviction to a fine of one hundred
dollars.
SCHEDULES.
FIRST SCHEDULE.
Air, argon, carbon dioxide, sulphur dioxide, carbon monoxide, coal gas,
hydrogen, methane, propane, butane, neon, nitrogen and oxygen.
SECOND SCHEDULE.
THE GAS CYLINDERS (USE, CONVEYANCE AND STORAGE)
REGULATIONS.
1, These Regulations may be cited as the Gas Cylinders (Use, Convey-
ance and Storage) Regulations.
2. In these Regulations, the Ordinance means the Gas Cylinders
(Use, Conveyance and Storage) Ordiffance.
3. Cylinders shall be maintained in good condition and the valves shall
be securely closed so as to prevent leakage.
4. Cylinders shall be so conveyed as not to project beyond the sides or
ends of the vehicle. Adequate means shall be taken to prevent cylinders
coming into violent contact with each other or falling off a vehicle or other
means of conveyance. This regulation shall not apply to any cylinder
containing any of the gases in a compressed state specified in the First
Schedule of the Ordinance carried exclusively for the purpose of, and
attached to, the vehicle.
5. Cylinders shall be legibly and indelibly marked or labelled with the
name of the gas and the name and address of the person by whom it was
compressed.
6. The working or internal pressure shall not exceed 2,015 lb. to the
square inch in any cylinder manufactured in compliance with the legal or
recognised requirements of the United States of America or Canada, and
shall not exceed 1,800 Ib. to the square inch in any cylinder manufactured
in compliance with the legal or recognised requirements of the United
Kingdom.
7. The valves of cylinders containing carbon monoxide, coal gas,
hydrogen, methane, propane, or butane shall be protected against damage,
either by the design of the cylinder, or by the provision of a stout metal
cap or metal cover securely attached to the body of the cylinder. The
185
Penalty.
(Section 2.)
(Section 6.)
Short title.
Interpre-
tation.
Maintenance.
Conveyance.
Identifying
mark or
label.
Working
pressure.
Protection
of valves,
186
Lett hand
screw
threads for
certain
valves.
Prohibition
of grease
oil, ete.
Periodical
examination
and test.
Identifying
colours.
Ch. 30. No. 3.) Gas Cylinders (Use, Conveyance and Storage).
metal cap or cover shall be so made that it is nowhere in actual contact
with any part of the valve or valve body. Every valve cap or cover
shall be provided with a vent of such size as to prevent any gas pressure
inside the cap or cover.
8. The valves of cylinders containing carbon monoxide, coal gas,
hydrogen, methane, propane or butane shall be provided with left-handed
screw threads for the pipe or other connection.
9, Grease oil and similar lubricant shall not be used in any cylinder or
on any valves or other fittings of any cylinder.
10, At least once in every two years each cylinder shall be subjected
by the person who fills it with compressed gas to the hydraulic test
specified in the Schedule to these Regulations. Prior to any such test
the cylinder shall be thoroughly cleaned and examined externally and,
so far as practicable, internally for surface defects, corrosion and foreign
matter. Where internal rust or foreign matter is observed the cylinder,
prior to the hydraulic test, shall be heated to a temperature not exceeding
300° C. and again cleaned and examined. After each hydraulic test and
before being filled with compressed gas the cylinder shall be thoroughly
cleaned and dried internally, and shall be stamped on the shoulder below
the neck or on a brass tag securely fastened to the neck with marks and
figures indicating the person and the date of the test as specified in clause 3
of the said Schedule. Any cylinder which fails to pass the test shall
not be filled with any compressed gas to which the Ordinance applies.
Provided that in the case of cylinders used solely for liquid carbon dioxide
the hydraulic test aforesaid may be carried out once in every five years
instead of every two years if the cylinder is fitted with a safety disc set
to burst at a pressure not more than 25 per cent. higher than the maximum
working pressure of the cylinder and the cylinder is thoroughly cleaned
and examined as aforesaid at least once in every two years.
11. (1) Cylinders containing gases shall be painted with the following
identification colours :-
Air Grey.
Argon Blue.
Carbon Dioxide Green.
Sulphur Dioxide Yellow.
Carbon Monoxide Red with yellow band.
Coal Gi Red.
Hydrogen Red.
Methane Red.
Prop: Red.
Butane Red.
Neon Medium brown with black band.
Nitrogen Dark grey with black band.
Oxygen Black.
(2) The identifying colour or colours, as the case may be, shall be
painted in the form of a band round the neck of the cylinder close to the
Gas Cylinders (Use, Conveyance and Storage). |Ch. 30. No. 3.
valve fitting. In the case of a cylinder with two identifying colours
the first-mentioned colour shall form the background to the second
and the width of the background on either side of the second colour
shall be at least equal to the width of the latter.
12. (1) The owner of a vehicle used for the conveyance of cylinders
containing any compressed gas to which the Ordinance applies who
employs any person in connection with such conveyance shall take
measures to ensure that any such person is acquainted with and carries
out the provisions of regulation 4 of these Regulations.
(2) No person shall deliver or cause to be delivered to any carrier
for the purpose of conveyance any cylinder containing compressed gas to
which the Ordinance applies unless—
(a) such carrier has had brought to his notice by the person
aforesaid the provisions of regulation 4 of these Regulations; and
(6) any such cylinder is delivered or caused to be delivered, as
the case may be, to the carrier in such a state as to complv with the
requirements of the Ordinance and of these Regulations.
13. The provisions of clauses | and 3 of the Schedule to these Regula-
tions and regulations 7, 8 and 11 of these Regulations shall not apply to
any cylinder received from abroad solely for filling and returning to
the owner, or to any cylinder belonging to the Naval or Military authorities
of the United States of America.
14. The provisions of these Regulations and the Schedule hereto
hereinafter in this regulation mentioned shall not apply to any cylinder
which is in use before the coming into operation of these Regulations,
that is to say:—
(a) Regulation 8:
(6) Clause 1 of the Schedule:
(c) The provisions of clause 3 of the Schedule with respect to
manufacturers’ identification marks.
Schedule.
1, Cylinders shall be made in compliance with the legal or recognised
requirements in force at any time in the United Kingdom, Canada or the
United States of America. In respect of every new cylinder a certificate
shall be obtained from the manufacturer specifying the legal or recognised
Tequirements with which the construction of the cylinder complies.
2. The periodical test required by regulation 10 shall be a hydraulic
stretch test. The proof pressure applied in this test shall be not less than
3,360 Ib. per square inch for cylinders manufactured in compliance with
the legal or recognised requirements of the United States of America or
Canada, and not less than 3,000 Ib. per square inch for cylinders
187
Obligation
on owners of
vehicles
conveying
cylinders and
persons
delivering
cylinders to
carriers.
Exemption
for cylinders
received
from abroad
or belonging
to United
States of
America.
Exemption
for cylindets
in use before
Regulations
in force.
188 Ch. 30. No. 3.] Gas Cylinders (Use, Conveyance and Storage).
manufactured in compliance with the legal or recognised requirements
of the United Kingdom.
Any cylinder which fails under the test shall be rendered incapable of
containing any compressed gas.
3. Each cylinder shall be permanently and visibly marked with—
(a) the manufacturer’s and owner's identification marks and
rotation number;
(6) the date of the last hydraulic test. This may be indicated by
the month and vear or by the year with a symbol to denote the
quarter of the vear;
(c) for evlinders manufactured after the date of the Ordinance,
a mark denoting the country in compliance with whose legal or
recognised requirements the cylinder has been manufactured.
The marks shall be stamped on the shoulder below the neck of the
cylinder or on a brass tag securely fastened to the neck with the exception
of the manufacturer's mark, which may be on the base.
+. Any safety disc fitted to a cylinder containing liquid carbon dioxide
(in accordance with the provisions of regulation 10) shall be so designed
and constructed as to prevent the scattering of fragments if the disc
bursts.
Explosives. [Ch. 30. No. 4.
CHAPTER 30. No. 4.
ENPLOSIVES.
AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO GUNPOWDER AND
OTHER EXPLOSIVE SUBSTANCES.
[8th April, 1907.]
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Explosives
Ordinance.
2.
In this Ordinance-
certificate means a certificate granted under this
Ordinance
constable — includes any member of the Police
Force and of the Rural Police;
dealer in safety cartridges means a_ licensed
dealer in safety cartridges;
explosive ’’ means gunpowder, nitro-glycerine,
dynamite, gun-cotton, blasting powders, fulminate of
mercury or of other metals, coloured fires, and every
other substance, whether similar to those above
mentioned or not, used or manufactured with a view
to produce a practical effect by explosion or a pyro-
technic effect, and includes fog signals, fireworks,
fuses, rockets, percussion caps, detonators, cartridges,
ammunition of all descriptions, and every adaptation
or preparation of an explosive as above defined ;
‘““ Gazetted Police Officer has the same meaning
as defined in the Police Ordinance,
“magazine means a magazine duly appointed
under this Ordinance;
189
Ordinances
Ch.30, No.4—
1940.
No. 39-1942.
Commence-
ment.
Short title.
Interpre-
tation.
190
\ppoint-
ment of
mlagazines,
General rules
for
Magazines.
Ch. 30. No. 4.] Explosives.
permit means a permit granted under this
Ordinance
‘safety cartndge means cartridges for small arms,
of which the case can be extracted from the small arm
after firing, and which are so closed as to prevent any
explosion in one cartridge being communicated to the
other cartridges;
vehicle ’’ includes any wagon, cart, truck, barrow,
tray, or other receptacle used or intended to be used
for conveying goods or passengers by land,
vessel includes any ship, boat, and any other
description of vessel used in navigation, whether
propelled by oars, sails, steam, or by any other method,
‘“wholesale dealer and retail dealer’’ mean,
respectively, a licensed wholesale dealer and a licensed
retail dealer in explosives.
PART 1.
GUNPOWDER.
3. (1) The Governor in Council may appoint any placc
or vessel to be a magazine for the reception of gunpowder,
and notice of such appointment shall be given by proclama-
tion published in the Roval Gazelte.
(2) Such proclamation and appointment shall, unless
the magazine be a floating magazine, define the land
forming the site of such magazine; and the land so defined,
with every building thereon, for whatever purpose used or
intended, shall be deemed to constitute a magazine.
(3) ach such magazine shall be under the charge of
such person as the Governor may appoint for that purpose.
4. (1) In every magazine, the following general rules
shall be observed :—
(a) every building m which gunpowder is kept shall
be used only for the keeping of gunpowder and
receptacles for gunpowder, or tools or implements
for work connected with the keeping of such gun-
powder"
(b) the interior of every such building and all benches,
Explosives. [Ch. 30. No. 4.
shelves, and fittings in such building other than
machinery shall be so constructed or so lined or
covered as to prevent the exposure of any iron or steel
and the detaching of any grit, iron, steel, or similar sub-
stance in such manner as to come into contact with the
gunpowder, and such interior benches, shelves, and
fittings shall be kept free from grit and otherwise
clean;
(c) charcoal, whether ground or otherwise, and viled
cotton, oil rags, and oiled waste, and any articles
whatever liable to spontaneous ignition, shall not be
taken into any such building ,
(@) no repairs shall be done to or in any part of such
building except in accordance with the directions of
the Governor ;
(e) all tools and implements used in any repairs to
or in any such building shall be made only of wood or
copper or brass or some soft metal or material, or
shall be covered with some safe and suitable material ,
(f) every person entering into any such building shall
wear clothes without pockets, and shoes, if any,
without any iron or steel therein, and no person shall
introduce into any such building any lucifer matches
or any artificial light (except luminous surfaces
incapable of producing ignition) or any substance or
article likely to cause explosion or fire, or any iron,
stecl, or grit,
(g) no person shall smoke in any part of a magazine
except in such part, if any, as may be allowed by the
Governor ;
(2) any vehicle in which gunpowder is conveyed to or
from any magazine shall be constructed without any
exposed iron or steel in the interior thereof, and shall
contain only the gunpowder, and shall be closed or
otherwise properly covered over; and the gunpowder
shall be so conveyed with all due diligence, and with
such precautions and in such manner as will sufficiently
guard against any accidental ignition;
(t) no person under the age of sixtcen years shall be
employed in or enter any building containing
191
192
Special rules
for
magazines,
Storage in
magazine,
Ch. 30. No. 4.] Explosives.
gunpowder, except in the presence and under the
supervision of some competent older person.
(2) The Governor may, by regulations, make such
modifications in the foregoing general rules as may appear
to him to be necessary for adapting the same to any floating
magazine, and such modifications shall have efiect as if
they were contained in this section.
(3) In the event of any breach by any act or default
of any of the foregoing general rules or of the regulations,
the person committing such breach shall be liable to a
fine of ninety-six dollars; and moreover, where such breach
was not committed by the person having the charge of the
magazine, such person shall, nevertheless, be liable to a fine
of forty-eight dollars unless he proves to the satisfaction
of the Magistrate by whom the case is heard that such
breach happened without any negligence or failure in duty
on his part.
5. The person having the charge of any magazine
may with the sanction of the Governor, make special
rules for the regulation of the persons employed in or about
such magazine with a view to securing therein the obser-
vance of this Ordinance and any regulations made there-
under, and the safety and proper discipline of the said
persons and the safety of the public. There may be
annexed to any breach of any special rule made in pursuance
of this section such penalty not exceeding twenty-four
dollars for cach offence as may be deemed just.
Storage
6. (1) Any gunpowder lawfully imported into the Colony
shall be taken to a magazine provided by the Government,
and may there remain without payment of rent or other
charge for any period not exceeding eighteen months.
(2) If any gunpowder remains in such magazine
beyond the said period of eighteen months, rent shall be
paid in respect thereof at the prescribed rate, which shall
not exceed four cents per pound per month. Such rent
shall accrue due from day to day, and shall be paid on the
last day of successive periods of six months, the first of
which periods shall commence at the expiration of the
Explosives. [Ch. 30. No. 4.
before-mentioned period of eighteen months, or shall be
paid in case any such gunpowder is removed or sold during
any of the said periods of six months at the time of such
removal or sale, and no gunpowder shall be removed until
all rent and other charges due in respect thereof are paid.
(3) Where six months’ rent in respect of any gun-
powder is in arrear and unpaid, such gunpowder may be
sold by the person in charge of the magazine in such manner
and subject to such conditions as he thinks fit. Out of the
purchase moncy arising from such sale, such person shall,
in the first place, pay the charges and expenses of and
incident to the sale, and, in the next place, all rents due
in respect of the gunpower up to the time of sale, and the
surplus, if any, he shall pay to the owner of the gunpowder
on demand, if such demand is made at any time during the
day of sale, but if demand is not made as aforesaid he
shall pay such surplus to the Accountant-General, who
shall hold the same in trust for the owner, his executors,
administrators, or assigns:
Provided that at the expiration of two years from the
time of sale such surplus, if not applied for by some person
or persons lawfully entitled thereto, shall be forfeited to the
Crown for the use of the Colony, and the rights of all other
persons therein or thereto shall be extinguished.
Importation, etc.
7. (1) No person other than a wholesale dealer shall
import gunpowder into the Colony.
(2) Any person contravening the provisions of this
section shall be liable to a fine of two hundred and forty
dollars.
8. (1) The Governor may make regulations as to the
having or keeping and as to the unloading and conveyance
within the waters of the Colony of gunpowder, and as to
the landing of gunpowder and the subsequent conveyance
thereof to a magazine, and as to the conveyance of gun-
powder for exportation from a magazine to any wharf
or shipping place and the subsequent conveyance and
loading thereof within the waters of the Colony, and as to
the transhipping of gunpowder within such waters; and,
T. -IV. 13
193
Only dealer
may import
Regulations
as to im-
portation,
exportation,
and tran-
shipment.
194 Ch. 30. No. 4.] Explosives.
in particular, regulations declaring or regulating all or any
of the following matters, that is to say—
(a2) the notice or warning to be given by vessels
having on board, or conveying, loading, or unloading
gunpowder ;
(b) the navigation and place of mooring of such
vessels;
(c) subject in cases in which the general miles with
respect to packing in this Ordinance contained are
applicable to such general rules, the mode of stowing
and keeping gunpowder on board any such vessel, and
of giving notice by brands, labels, or otherwise of the
nature of the package containing the gunpowder;
(d) the deseription, construction, fitting up, and
licensing of the vessels or vehicles to be used for the
conveyance of gunpowder, and the licensing and dress
of the persons having charge thereof,
(ce) prohibiting or subjecting to conditions and
restrictions the keeping or conveyance of gunpowder
with any explosive or any other articles or substances,
or in passenger vessels, trains, or vehicles;
(f) the places and times at which gunpowder is to be
loaded or unloaded, and the quantity to be loaded or
unleaded or conveyed at one time, or in one vessel or
vehicle;
(g) the mode of and the precautions to be observed in
conveying any gunpowder, and the loading or unloading
any vessel or vehicle conveying gunpowder, and the
time during which gunpowder may be kept during
such conveyance, loading, or unloading;
(2) the times at which lights or fires are to be allowed
or not allowed on board such vessels as before men-
tioned, or at which a constable or other officer is to be
on board them,
(2) the publication and supply of copies of the
regulations ;
(7) enforcing the observance of this Ordinance; and
(k) generally, for protecting, whether by means
similar to those above mentioned or not, persons and
property from danger.
I: xplosives. [Ch. 30. No. 4.
(2) The penaltics to be annexed to any breach or
attempt to commit any breach of any such regulations
may be all or any of the following penalties, and may be
imposed on such persons and graduated in such manner
as may be deemed just, according to the gravity of the
offence, and according as it may be a first or second or other
subsequent offence; that is to say, penaltics not exceeding
one hundred and twenty dollars for each offence, and
twenty-four dollars for each day during which the offence
continues, and forfeiture of all or any part of the gun-
powder in respect of which, or found in the vessel or
vehicle in respect of which, the breach of regulation has
iaken place.
(3) In the event of any breach of a regulation under
this section in the case of any vessel, vehicle, or gunpowder,
whether there has or has not been any conviction for such
breach, it shall be lawful for any Harbour Master, Assistant
Harbour Master, officer, or person named in the regulations,
or any person acting under the orders of such Harbour
Master, Assistant Harbour Master, officer, or person, to
cause such vessel, vehicle, or gunpowder, at the expense of
the owner thereof, to be removed to such place or otherwise
dealt with in such manner as may be in conformity with the
regulations, and all expenses incurred in such removal may
be recovered in the same manner as a penalty under this
section.
(4) Any person resisting such Harbour Master, Assis-
tant Harbour Master, officer, or person in such removal shall
be liable to the same penalties as a person is liable to for
obstructing a constable in the execution of his duty.
9. (1) Except gunpowder in the course of removal under
and according to a permit, a wholesale dealer shall not have
in his possession or custody for any purpose whatsoever
more than one hundred and eighty pounds of gunpowder.
(2) Except gunpowder in the course of removal under
and according to a permit, a retail deaicr shall not have in
his possession or custody for any purpose whatsoever more
than thirty pounds of gunpowder.
(3) Except gunpowder in the course of removal under
and according to a permit or ccrtificate, no person other
13 (2)
195
Amount in
possession.
196
Dealer only
may sell.
Licence to
sell by
whelesale.
Ord.39-19-42,
s. 2.
Ch. 30. No. 4.] Explosives.
than a wholesale dealer or a retail dealer shall have in his
possession or custody for any purpose whatsoever more
than ten pounds of gunpowder.
(4) This section shall not apply to gunpowder in any
vessel or magazine, or in the course of conveyance according
to regulations made under this Ordinance from or to any
vessel, wharf, Janding place, or shipping place, or to gun-
powder kept or used for mining or quarrying purposes
under a special permit from the Commissioner of Police
or the Director of Works and Hydraulics.
(5) Every person who contravenes the provisions of
this section shall be liable to a fine of two hundred and
forty dollars.
Sale.
10. (1) No person other than a wholesale or retail dealer
shall scll gunpowder, or offer or expose the same for sale.
(2) Every person who contravenes the provisions of
this section shall be lable to a fine of two hundred and
forty dollars.
11. (1) Every person who desires to sell gunpowder by
Wholesale shall take out a licence for that purpose.
(2) No such licence shall be issued unless the officer
of Pelice in charge of the division in which the premises
to be licensed are situate shall have certified in writing
that there is on the premises a sufficient fireproof vault or
therpli ‘whichis capable of safely storing one hundred and
eighty pounds of gunpowder.
(3) Every such fire- proof vault or other place shall
have the word ‘‘ Gunpowder â€â€™ painted or otherwise legibly
marked on the door thereof.
(+) Every wholesale dealer shall keep all gunpowder
en his premises in such vault or other place as aforesaid:
Provided that no more than one hundred and cighty
pounds of gunpowder shall be kept in such vault or other
place.
(5) There shall be paid for every such licence annually
_sum of $9.00.
Explosives. (Ch. 30. No. 4.
(6) Every person who contravenes any of the pro-
visions of this section shall be liable to a fine of two hundred
and forty dollars.
12. (1) Every person who desires to sell gunpowder by
retail shall, unless he is a wholesale dealer, take out a
licence for that purpose.
(2) No such licence shall be issued unless the officer
of Police in charge of the division in which the premises
to be licensed are situate certifies in writing that the
applicant for such licence has provided himsclf with a strong
and suitable metal case lined with wood, which is capable
of containing thirty pounds of gunpowder, is furnished
with a lock and key and with handles for convenience of
removal, and has the word ‘‘ Gunpowder†painted or
otherwise legibly marked thereon.
(3) Every such metal case shall be kept in such place
as the officer of Police aforesaid shall appoint.
(4) It shall not be lawful for a retail dealer to sell
gunpowder at any one time in any greater quantity than
thirty pounds.
(5) Every retail dealer shall affix in some conspicuous
place on the front of his licensecl premises a board whereon
shall be painted or otherwise legibly marked his name and
the words “‘ licensed retailer of explosives.â€â€™
(6) There shall be paid for every such licence annually
the sum of $4.80.
(7) Every person who contravenes any of the pro-
visions of this section shall be liable to a fine of one hundred
and twenty dollars.
13. (1) Every licence issued under this Part of this
Ordinance shall be issued and signed by the Magistrate of
the district within which the premises in respect of which
such licence is applied for are situate. Every such licence
shall be in such form and shall contain such particulars as
the Commissioner of Police shall from time to time think
fit.
(2) Every such licence shall expire on the 31st of
March next after it is granted.
197
Licence to
sell by
retail.
Ord.39-1942,
s. 3.
Form of
licence.
198
Occupier of
unlicensed
premises.
Unlawful
sale.
Books to be
kept.
Schedule.
Form A.
Form B,
Prohibition
of sale to
children.
Ch. 30. No. 4.} Explosives.
14. The occupier of any unlicensed premises on which
gunpowder is sold or offered for sale, or if such ‘premises
are occupied by more than one person every occupier
thereof, shall be hable to a fine of one hundred and forty-four
dollars unless he proves to the satisfaction of the Magistrate
by whom the case is heard that he had no notice of such
sale or offering or exposing for sale, or that, having such
notice, he took all reasonable means to prevent such sale
or offering or exposing for sale, and, as soon as he reasonably
could, gave information thereof to a member of the Police
Force.
15. Every person who-—--
(a) not being a wholesale dealer or a retail dealer,
sells gunpowder, or offers or exposes the same for sale,
or
(6) being a wholesale dealer or a retail dealer, sells
gunpowdcr, or offers or exposes the same for sale, on any
premises other than those mentioned in his licence,
shall be liable to a fine of two hundred and forty dollars.
16. (1) Ievery wholesale dealer or retail dealer shall keep
on his licensed premises a book to be called the Gunpowder
Receipt Book according to the form A in the Schedule
hereto, and another book to be called the Gunpowder
Delivery Book in the form B in the said Schedule, and he
shall, immediately on the receipt or delivery of any gun-
powder, make the proper entries in the said books according
to the said forms.
(2) Every wholesale dealer or retail dealer who shall
omit to make any such entry, or shall make any entry which
shall be false in any particular, shall be liable to a fine of
two hundred and forty dollars.
17. Gunpowder shall not be sold to any child apparently
under the age of sixteen years, whether for his own use or
the use of any other person. Any person who sells gun-
powder contrary to this section shall be liable to a fine of
twenty-four dollars.
Explosives.
[Ch. 30. No. 4.
18. (1) All gunpowder exceeding one pound in weight,
when publicly exposed for sale or sold, shall be in a sub-
stantial case, canister, or other package, made and closed
so as to prevent the gunpowder from escaping, and in every
case the outermost package containing such gunpowder
shall have affixed the word “‘ Gunpowder,â€â€™ in conspicuous
characters, by means of a brand or securely attached label
or other mark.
(2) If any gunpowder is sold or exposed for sale in
contravention of this section, the person selling or exposing
for sale the same shall be liable to a fine of twenty-four
dollars, and all or any part of the gunpowder so exposed for
sale shall be forfeited.
Removal.
19. No gunpowder shall be removed or conveyed except
according to this Ordinance or the regulations made
thereunder
20. No quantity of gunpowder exceeding five pounds
shall be removed or conveyed except under and according
to a permit granted by a Gazetted Police Officer or a certi-
ficate issued by a wholesale dealer or a retail dealer:
Provided that this section shall not apply to gunpowder
in the course of conveyance according to regulations made
under this Ordinance from or to a magazine, or any vessel,
wharf, landing place, or shipping place.
21. Any person removing or conveying any gunpowder
contrary to this Ordinance or to the regulations made
hereunder, or aiding or assisting in such removal or con-
veyance, shall be liable to a fine of two hundred and forty
dollars, and any gunpowder removed or conveyed, or being
removed or conveyed, contrary to this Ordinance shall be
forfeited.
22. A permit for the removal of any gunpowder may be
granted by a Gazetted Police Officer to any person being
apparently above the age of sixteen years upon an applica-
tion in writing. Such application shall state the quantity
of gunpowder intended to be removed, the places to which
199
Package
for sale.
Removal.
Removal af
over five
pounds.
Penalty on
illegal
removal.
Application
for a permit
for removal
200
Granting of
permit.
Certificate
for removal.
Ch. 30. No. 4.] Explosives.
and the persons to whem it is to be distributed, the quantities
to be left at each destination, the hours within which and the
route by which the removal is intended to be effected, and
the place or places, if any, where such gunpowder or any
part thereof is intended to be deposited until the removal
and distribution is completed.
23. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, a Gazetted
Police Officer shall, within twenty-four hours (exclusive
of Sundays and public holidays) after an application for
a permit has been left at his office, grant a permit specifying
the total quantity allowed to be removed, the places to
which and the persons to whom the parcels making up such
‘total quantity are to be distributed, the hours within which
and the route by which the removal may be effected, and
the place or places, if any, where the gunpowder or any
part thereof may be deposited until the removal and dis-
tribution 1s completed:
Provided that—
(a) no permit shall authorise the having on the same
premises or in the same vehicle more than one thousand
pounds of gunpowder; and
(b) a Gazetted Police Officer, if upon application for
a permit he is satisfied that a permit according to the
application cannot consistently with public safety be
granted, may postpone or absolutely refuse the grant
of such permit, or may grant the same with any
variations from the application and subject to any
conditions which he considers proper for the protection
of the public.
24. A certificate for the removal of any quantity of
gunpowder exceeding five pounds and not exceeding twenty
pounds from the licensed premises of any wholesale dealer
or retail dealer may be granted by such wholesale dealer
or retai] dealer to any person apparently above the age of
sixteen years. Such certificate shall state the quantity of
gunpowder intended to be removed the places to which
and the persons to whom it is to be delivered, and the
hours within which and the route by which the removal is
intended to be effected.
Explosives. [Ch. 30. No. 4. 201
25. Every wholesale dealer or retail dealer in gunpowder Certificate
shall, on a request in writing obtain from the officer of Book.
Police in charge of the division in which his licensed Ord “39-1942,
premises are situate a certificate book containing the
prescribed forms of certificate and counterfoils, for which
he shall give a receipt.
26. (1) Every wholesale or retail dealer shall enter in Use and
one of such certificates and in its counterfoil the prescribed tur of
particulars, before sending out, delivering, or permitting the
removal from his premises of any quantities of gunpowder
exceeding five pounds, and shall deliver the certificate with
the gunpowder to the person named in the certificate.
(2) He shall use the certificates in the order in which
they are numbered in the certificate book.
(3) He shall keep the certificate book in his licensed
premiscs open to inspection by any constable, and shall
allow any constable to examine the same and take any
extract therefrom.
(4) He shall return the certificate book when it is Ord.39-1942,
exhausted or on request to the officer of Police in charge **
of the division in which his licensed premises are situate,
who shall give a receipt for it.
27. Any whelesale dealer or retail dealer who sends out Absence of
or delivers or suffers to be removed from his licensed Qimhyhâ„¢
premises any quantity of gunpowder required to be accom-
panied by a certificate, without a certificate or accompanied
by an inaccurate certificate, shall be liable to a fine of
forty-cight dollars.
28. Any wholesale dealer or retail dealer who uses or Iegal use of
suffers to be used any certificate taken from his certificate *rtécate
book except for the removal of gunpowder from his own
licensed premises, or delivers or parts with any form of
certificate without filling it up as required by this Ordinance,
shall be liable to a fine of forty-eight dollars.
29. Any person to whom a certificate for the removal of Non-compli-
ae . : ;
gunpowder is granted who fails to comply with the terms terms of |
202
General
tules as to
tfemoval
within the
Colonv.
Ch. 30. No. 4.] Explosives.
prescribed on such certificate shall be liable to a fine of
forty-eight dollars.
30. (1) When any gunpowder is removed or conveyed
from place to place in the Colony, either wholly by land or
partly by land and partly by water, the following general
rules as to packing and other things shall be observed—
(a) the gunpowder, if not exce :ding thirty pounds in
quantity, shall be contained in a substantial case, bag,
canister, or other package made and closed so as to
prevent the gunpowder from escaping ;
(b) the gunpowder, if exceeding thirty pounds in
quantity, shall be divided into parcels, each of which
shail comprise not more than five pounds, and be con-
tained in a substantial case, bag, canister, or other
package made and closed so as to prevent the gun-
powder from escaping ;
(c) the interior of every package shall be kept free
from grit and otherwise clean,
(7) every package when actually used for the
package of gunpowder shall not be used for any other
purpose
(e) there shall not be any iron or steel in the con-
struction of any package, unless the same is effectively
covered with tin, zinc, or other material,
(f) on the outside of every package there shall be
affixed the word “ Gunpowder â€â€™ in conspicuous charac-
ters by means of a brand or securely attached label or
other mark, and
(g) the gunpowder shall be in the charge and under
the custody of some male person above the age of
sixteen years, who, when the quantity of gunpowder
exceeds five pounds, shall have the permit for its
removal in his possession, and shall produce and show
such permit to anyone who demands to see it.
(2) In the event of any breach, by any act or default,
of any gencral rule in this section, the gunpowder in respect
of which the breach is committed shall be forfeited and the
person committing such breach shall be liable to a fine of
two hundred and forty dollars.
Explosives. [Ch. 30. No. 4.
(3) The Governor may make rules rescinding, altering,
or adding to the general rules contained in this section, and
the rules so made by the Governor shall have the same effect
as if thev were enacted in this section.
PART II.
SAFETY CARTRIDGES.
31. (1) No person other than a wholesale dealer or a retail
dealer shall import safety cartridges into the Colony:
Provided that this enactment shall not apply to a person
importing safety cartridges for his own use.
(2) Every person who contravenes the provisions
of this section shall be liable to a fine of two hundred and
forty dollars.
32. (1) No person other than a wholesale dealer or a
retail dealer shall sell safety cartridges or shall offer or
expose the same for sale.
(2) Every person who contravenes the provisions of
this section shall be liable to a fine of one hundred and twenty
dollars.
33. (1) No dealer in safety cartridges shall keep safety
cartridges in any vault or safe where gunpowder is kept.
(2) Every person who contravenes the provisions of
this section shall be liable to a fine of one hundred and
twenty dollars.
34. (1) Every wholesale dealer or retail dealer who shall
dealin safety cartridges shall keep on his licensed premises a
book to be called the Cartridge Receipt Book according to
the form C in the Schedule hereto, and another book to
be called the Cartridge Delivery Book in the form PD in the
said Schedule, and he shall, immediately on the receipt or
delivery of any safety cartridges, make the proper entries
in the said books according to the said forms.
(2) Every dealer in safety cartridges who shall omit
tomake any such entry,or shall make any entry which shall be
203
Importation.
Sale.
Storage.
Books to be
kept.
Forms C
and D.
204
Importation
and storage
of explosives.
Storage in
Government
magazine or
approved
place.
Regulations.
Prohibition
of
manufacture,
Ch. 30. No. 4.] Explosives,
false in any particular, shall be liable to a fine of one hundred
and twenty dollars.
PART ITI.
EXPLOSIVES GENERALLY
35. (1) No person, other than a licensed wholesale
dealer, shall import into the Colony any explosive unless he
first obtains a licence in that behalf from the Governor
who may in his absolute discretion refuse the same or
grant the same subject to such terms and conditions as
he may think fit: Provided that such licence shall not be
required for the importation of safety cartridges.
(2) Subject to the provisions contained in this Part
the provisions of Part I of this Ordinance as to the importa-
tion, sale and removal of gunpowder shall mutatis mutandis
apply to every other explosive except safety cartridges.
(3) Any person contravening the provisions of this
section or the conditions of a licence issued hereunder shall
be able to a fine of two hundred and forty dollars.
36. (1) It shall be lawful for the Governor to provide a
magazine in which any description of explosive may be
stored, and every person importing or keeping any explosive
under a licence issued under this Part of this Ordinance
shall store such explosive either in the Government magazine
or ina building or place approved by the Governor.
(2) The Governor in Council may make regulations
relating to-
(a) the conditions under which explosives may be
stored in such magazine;
(b) the rent to be paid and the times at, and the
manner in which, such rent shall be payable or
recoverable ;
(c) the sale or disposal of explosives in respect of
which any rent may be in arrears, and the manner in
which the proceeds of any such sale shall be dealt
with.
37. The Governor in Council may, by order to be
importation, Published in the Roval Gazette, prohibit absolutely, or subject
sale, etc.
Explosives. (Ch. 30. No. 4. 205
to conditions or restrictions, the manufacture, keeping,
importation, conveyance, and sale or any of them of any
explosive which is of so dangerous a character that, in the
judgment of the Governor in Council, it is expedient for
the public safety to make such order.
38. lf any explosive is manufactured in contravention Contraven-
of any such order, all or any part or ingredient of such in# order 8
explosive which may be found cither in or about any place, facture.
or in the possession or under the control of any person
convicted under this section, may be forfeited, together
with all machinery, implements, and utensils used in such
manufacture; and the person so manufacturing shall be
guilty of a misdemeanor and liable, on indictment, to a
fine of two thousand four hundred dollars, or te imprison-
ment for ten years.
39. If any explosive is imported, kept, conveyed, or sold Contraven:
in contravention of any such order— to importa-
(a) all or any part of such .xplosive may be "> &e
forfeited; and
(b) every person concerned in importing or bringing
into the Colony or the waters thereof any such explosive
whether the same be unshipped or not, and every person
who unships or conveys or is In any way concerned in
the unshipping or conveying of any such explosive, or
who knowingly harbours, keeps, or conceals, or
knowingly permits or suffers or causes or procures to
be harboured, kept, or concealed, any such explosive,
or to whose possession any such explosive knowingly
comes, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and liable, on
indictment, to a fine of two thousand four hundred
dollars, and to imprisonment for ten years: Provided
that this section shall not extend to any such explosive
imported or unshipped under and according to a
licence granted by the Governor.
PART IV
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.
40. (1) It shall be lawful for any member of the Police Inspection of
Force, at any time when such premises are open for business, books.
206
Power to
eearch for
explosive.
Ch. 30. No. 4.] Explosives.
to enter the premises of any wholesale or retail dealer and to
inspect all explosives in the stock of such dealer and the
receptacles in which the same may be stored, and also to
inspect the books kept by any such dealer under this
Ordinance, and to take a copy of any entries in any of
such books.
(2) Any such dealer who refuses to allow such
inspection to be made or copy to be taken, or obstructs
any member of the Police Force while making such inspec-
tion or taking such copy, shall be liable to a fine of one
hundred and twenty dollars.
(3) Any wholesale or retail dealer whose stock of
explosives does not correspond with the amount as shown
by the entries in the books kept by such dealer under this
Ordinance shall, in the absence of any reasonable explana-
tion by such dealer, be liable to a fine of one hundred and
twenty dollars.
41. (1) Where any officer of Customs or constable has
reasonable cause to believe that any offence has been or is
being committed with respect to an explosive in any place
(whether a building or not, or a vessel or vehicle), or that
any explosive is in any such place in contravention of any
order of the Governor, or that the terms and conditions of
any such order are not duly observed in any such place, such
oflicer or constable may apply to a Magistrate or Justice for
a warrant (which warrant such Magistrate or Justice shall
grant, upon reasonable ground being assigned upon oath)
to search the said place and every part thereof, and on
obtaining such warrant and on producing the same, if
demanded, such officer or constable may enter at any time,
and, if need be, by force, and as well on Sundays as on other
days, the said place and every part thereof, and examine the
same and search for explosives therein, and take samples of
any explosive and ingredient of an explosive therein, and
any substance reasonably supposed to be an ingredient
of an explosive which may be found therein.
(2) Every person who, by himself or by any other
person, fails to admit into any place occupied by or under
the control of such person any officer or constable demanding
to enter in pursuance of this section, or in any way
Explosives. [Ch. 30. No. 4.
obstructs such officer or constable in the execution of his
duty under this section, shalj be liable to a fine of two
hundred and forty dollars, and shall also be liable to
forfeit all explosives and ingredients thereof which are,
at the time of the offence, in his possession or under his
control at the said place.
42. Where any officer or constable as aforesaid has
reasonable cause to believe that any explosive, or ingredient
of an explosive, or substance found by him is liable to be
forfeited under this Ordinance, he may seize and detain
the same until a Magistrate has determined whether the
same is or is not so liable to be forfeited, and with respect
thereto the following provisions shall have effect—
(a) the officer or constable seizing may cither require
the occupier of the place in which it was seized (whether
a building or not, or a vessel or vehicle) to detain the
same in such place or in any place under the control of
such occupier, or may remove it in such manner and to
such place as will, in his opinion, least endanger the
public safety and there detain it, and may, where the
matter is urgent and fraught with serious public danger,
if authorised in writing by the Comptroller of Customs
and Excise, a Justice or an officer of Police, cause the
same to be destroyed or otherwise rendered harmless;
but before destroying or rendering harmless the same,
he shall take and keep a sample thereof, and shall, if
required, give a portion of the sample to the person
owning the explosive or having the same under his
control at the time of the seizure ; andany such occupier
who, by himself or by any other person, fails to keep the
same when he is required in pursuance of this section
to detain it, and any such occupier or other person
who, except with the authority of the officer or
constable seizing the same, or of the Comptroller
of Customs and Excise, or an officer of Police, or, in
case of emergency, for the purpose of preventing
explosion or fire, removes, alters, or in any way
tampers or deals with the same while so detained, shall
be liable to a fine of two hundred and forty dollars,
and shall also be liable to forfeit all explosives and
ingredients thereof which are, at the time of the
207
Seizure and
detention of
_explosive
liable to
forfeiture.
208
Inspection of
wharf,
vehicle, etc.
Ch. 30. No. 4.] Explosives.
offence, in his possession or under his control at the
said place;
(5) the proceedings before the Magistrate for deter-
mining whether the same is or is not liable to forfeiture
shall be commenced as soon as practicable after the
seizure;
(c) the receptacles containing the same may be
seized, detained, and removed in like manner as the
contents thereof;
(d) the officer or constable seizing the same may use,
for the purposes, of the removal and detention thereof,
any vessel or vehicle in which the same was seized, and
any tug, tender, engine, tackle, beasts, and accoutre-
ments belonging to or drawing, or provided for drawing,
such vessel or vehicle, and shall pay to the owner a
reasonable compensation for such use, to be determined
in case of dispute, by a Magistrate, and to be recovered
in like manner as any penalty under this Ordinance;
(e) the same shall, so far as practicable, be kept and
conveyed in accordance with this Ordinance, and with
all due precaution to prevent accidents, but the person
seizing, removing, detaining, keeping, or conveying the
same shall not be liable to any penalty, punishment, or
forfeiture under this or any other Ordinance, or to any
damages for keeping or conveying the same, so that he
uses all such due precautions as aforesaid; and
(f) the officer or constable seizing or dealing with the
same in pursuance of this section shall not be liable to
damages or otherwise in respect of such seizure or
dealing or any act incidental to or consequential
thereon, unless it is proved that he made such seizure
without reasonable cause or that he caused damage to
the article seized by some wilful neglect or default.
43. (1) The Comptroller of Customs and Excise, any
Gazctted Police Officer, and any officer appointed by the
Governor for the purposes of this Ordinance or of any rules
or regulations or order of the Governor made under this
Ordinance, may, for the purpose of ascertaining whether
the provisions of this Ordinance or of such rules or regula-
tions, or the terms and conditions of any such order, with
Explosives. (Ch. 30. No. 4.
respect to the conveyance, loading, unloading, and importa-
tion of an explosive are complied with, enter, inspect,
and examine at any time, and as well on Sundays as on
other days, the wharf, vehicle, or vessel of any carrier
or other person who conveys goods for hire, or of the
occupier of any factory, warehouse, or store, or of the
importer of any explosive, on or in which wharf, vehicle,
or vessel he has reasonable cause to suppose an explosive
to be for the purpose or in course of conveyance, but
so as not unnecessarily to obstruct the work or business
of any such carrier, person, occupier, or importer.
(2) Any such officer, if he finds any offence being
committed against this Ordinance, or against any rules or
regulations or, order of the Governor made under this
Ordinance, on or in any such wharf, vehicle, or vessel, or
on any public wharf, may seize and detain or remove the
said vehicle, or vessel, or the explosive, in such manner
and with such precautions as may appear to him to be
necessary to prevent any danger to the public, and may
seize and detain the said explosive, as if it were liable
to forfeiture.
(3) Any such officer, and any officer of Customs, or
constable, who has reasonable cause to believe that any
offence against this Ordinance, or against any rules or
regulations or order of the Governor made under this
Ordinance, is being committed in respect of any vehicle
or any vessel conveying, loading, or unloading any explosive,
and that the case is one of emergency, and that the delay
in obtaining a warrant will be likely to endanger life, may
stop and enter, inspect, and examine such vehicle or
vessel, and, by detention or removal thereof or otherwise
take such precautions as may be reasonably necessary
for preventing such danger, in like manner as if such
explosive was liable to forfeiture.
(4) Every such officer or constable shall, for all the
purposes of this section, have the same powers and be in
the same position as if he were authorised by a search
warrant granted under this Ordinance, and every person
who fails to admit or obstructs such officer or constable
shall be liable to the same penalty as a person who fails
to admit or obstructs an officer or constable so authorised
as aforesaid.
T.—IVv. 14
209
210
Payment for
sample.
Power to
arrest
offenders,
Ch. 30. No. 4.] Explosives.
44. Where any officer or constable in pursuance of this
Ordinance takes a sample of any explosive, ingredient, or
substance, he shall pay for or tender payment for the same
to such an amount as he considers to be the market value
thereof, and the occupier of the place m which, or the
owner of the bulk from which, the sample was taken may
recover any excess of the real value over the amount so
paid or tendered from the officer or constable taking the
sample, as a debt in the Petty Civil Court within the juris-
diction of which the sample was taken.
45. Any person who is found committing any act for
Which he is hable to a penalty under this Ordinance or under
any regulations made thereunder and which tends to cause
explosion or fire in or about any house, store, railway,
harbour, or wharf, or in or about any sugar, cocoa, or
coffee plantation, or any building thereon, or in or about
any vehicle or vessel, may be apprehended without a warrant
by any constable, or by the occupier, or the agent or servant
of, or other person authorised by, the occupier of such
house, store, plantation, or building, or by any person
employed on the railway, or by any officer of Customs, or
by any Harbour Master, Assistant Harbour Master, or
person authorised) by any Harbour Master or Assistant
Harbour Master, and be removed from the place at which he
was arrested, and conveyed as soon as conveniently may be
before a Magistrate to be dealt with according to law.
46. When a carrier or owner or master of a vessel is
prevented from complying with this Ordinance or any
regulation made thereunder by the wilful act, neglect, or
default of the consignor or consignee of the explosive or
other person, or by the improper refusal of the consignee
or other person to accept delivery of the explosive, such
‘onsignor, consignee, or other person who is guilty of such
wilful act, neglect, default, or refusal shall be liable to the
same penalty to which the carrier, owner, or master is
liable for a breach of this Ordinance, and his conviction
shall exempt the carrier, owner, or master from any
penalty or forfeiture under this Ordinance, or under such
regulation.
Explosives. [Ch. 30. No. 4.
211
47. Every regulation or order made by the Governor
under this Ordinance shall be published in the Royal
Gazette.
48. Every act or default in respect of which a fine not
«xceeding two hundred and forty dollars is imposed by this
Ordinance or by any regulation made thereunder shall be
an offence punishable on summary conviction.
49. Where any person is guilty of an offence under this
Ordinance or any regulations or rules made thereunder
which, in the opinion of the Magistrate who tries the case,
was reasonably calculated to endanger the safety of or
cause serious personal injury to any person or to cause a
dangerous accident, and was committed wilfully by the
personal act, personal default, or personal negligence of the
person accused, such person shall be liable, if the Magistrate
is of opinion that a pecuniary penalty will not mect the
circumstances of the case, to imprisonment for six months.
50. All moneys received under this Ordinance, whether
by way of penalty or otherwise, shall be paid into the
Treasury for the use of the Colony.
51. Nothing contained in this Ordinance shall apply to
any explosive the property of His Majesty, and held for the
purposes of any of His Majesty’s Naval, Military, Air, or
Local Forces, or held for the public service of the Colony.
52. If at any time in the opinion of the Governor in
Council an emergency has arisen in which it is expedient
for the safety of the public peace that His Majesty’s
Government should have control over the possession, sale,
disposal or use of any explosive the Governor in Council
may, during the continuance of such emergency, make such
orders as may appear desirable with respect to such posses-
sion, sale, disposal, or use of any explosive and may order
any explosive to be delivered up on demand to such person
or persons as the Governor may appoint.
[SCHEDULE.
14 (2)
Publication
of regula-
tions.
Recovery of
penallics,
Power in
certain cases
to award
imprison-
ment uncon-
ditionally.
Appropriz
tion of
mnoneys,
[-emption,
Emergency
measures,
212 Ch. 30. No. 4.] Explosives.
SCHEDULE.
Form A.
(Section 16.) Gunpowder Receipt Book.
Date Name of person or firm from whom received; | Number and
of or if imported, name of person or firm from | description | Quantity.
Receipt. whom and of ship by which imported. of packages.
Form B.
(Section 16.) Gunpowder Delivery Book.
Name and address of
Name and
person or firm to . Number and
Date of whom sold or to address of carrier description Quantity.
Pr or person to
whom n delivery is to whom delivered. of packages.
Delivery.
Explosives. [Ch. 30. No. 4. 213
Form C.
Cartridge Receipt Book. (Section 34.)
|
Name and address
Name and Nature,
of person or firm | ,, -_ | Number and : id Number of
Rewigt from whom a of ship description deacription of Cartridges of
eee s imported. of packages. Cartridges. each kind.
Form D.
Cartridge Delivery Book. (Section 34.)
Name and address of
Name and address Nature, Number of
Date of | person or firm to whom of carrier or calibre and Cartridges
sold or to whom person to whom | description of
of each
delivery is to be made. delivered. Cartridges. kind.
214
Ch. 30. No. 5.] Firearms and Ammunition.
Ordinances
CHAPTER 30. No. 5.
FIREARMS AND AMMUNITION.
ch.30. No.5. AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO FIREARMS AND AMMUNITION.
1940.
No. 37 1942,
30-1945.
Commence -
ment.
Interpre-
tation.
Ord.37 19:
[22nd March, 1909.}
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Firearms and
Ammunition Ordinance.
2. In this Ordinance--
ammunition means bullets, shots, cartridges or
any article used in the discharge of a rifle or pistol as
herein defined, but does not include gunpowder,
cartridges, percussion caps, small shot or other articles
used in the discharge of smooth-bored guns: Provided
that the Govemor in Council may by proclamation
extend the definition of ammunition herein contained
to include any description of ammunition used in the
discharge of any firearms,
firearm means any Iecthal barrelled weapon of
any description from which any shot, bullet or other
missile can be discharged, and includes any component
part of any such weapon, and any accessory to any
such weapon designed or adapted to diminish the noise
or flash caused by firing the weapon, but does not
include any air gun, air rifle or air pistol, or the com-
ponent parts thereof or accessories thereto, unless
such air gun, air rifle or air pistol is of a type declared
by order of the Governor in Council to be specially
dangerous ;*
* G.N.183-1949, All types of air guns, air rifles and air pistols, other than
smooth barrel air guns and air pistols of or below .177 calibre, are specially
dangerous.
Firearms and Ammunition. [Ch.30. No. 5.
‘““ gun ’’ means a smooth-bored firearm, not being a
pistol, and includes a fowling piece, air gun, or any
other kind of gun from which any shot, bullet, or other
missile can be discharged;
gunsmith means any person who makes or
repairs firearms;
“pistol means a firearm of which the length of
barrel does not exceed twelve inches, and includes
revolvers;
“rifle means a firearm, not being a pistol, the
inside of the barrel of which is grooved or formed with
spiral chambers.
Firearms.
3. (1) It shall not be lawful for any person, unless he be
licensed in accordance with section 9 of this Ordinance,
to use, carry, or have in his custody or possession any
firearms without having in force a licence to keep firearms
duly granted under the provisions of this Ordinance, for
which licence an annual duty of $4.80 for each pistol or
rifle and $1.20 for each gun shall be payable:
Provided that, without having had granted to him a
licence to keep firearms, any person in the Naval, Military or
Air Forces of His Majesty or in the Local Forces of the
Colony, or any member of any Rifle Association or Club
approved by the Governor, may use, carry, or have in his
custody or possession, any firearms issued to him or forming
part of his ordinary equipment; and any Warden or other
public officer approved by the Governor may use, carry,
or have in his custody or possession any firearms for his
personal protection:
Provided also, that this section shall not apply to any
person acting as a porter or carrier who may have in his
custody firearms entrusted to him solely for the purpose of
being transported direct from one place to another:
Provided also, that any person may use or carry on any
lands, the occupier whereof has in force a licence under this
Ordinance, firearms belonging to such occupier and by the
written order of such occupier, if the person so carrying
firearms, upon the request of a Warden, Ward Officer,
215
Licence to
keep firearms
necessary.
Ord.30-1945.
Exemptions.
216
Duration
and particu-
lars of
licence.
Schedule.
Form A.
Having, ete.,
firearms,
without
licence.
Ch. 30. No. 5.] Firearms and Ammunition.
Justice, or member of the Police Force, gives his true name
and address and also the name and address of the occupier
of such land:
Provided also that any employee may use or carry any
firearm belonging to and duly licensed by his employer
when actually engaged on the business of his employer for
the protection of the employer or his employer’s property.
(2) It shall not be lawful for any such person or
employee as described in the last two provisos of the
foregoing subsection to use or carry any firearm as therein
provided unless the said person or employee shall first
obtain from the Officer of Police in charge of the division
in which the applicant resides a certificate of his fitness to
use a firearm, such certificate shall remain in force until
cancelled but may be cancelled at any time by the Officer
of Police in charge of the division aforesaid if he thinks fit.
(3) Any person aggrieved by a refusal to grant, or the
cancellation of, a certificate may appeal to the Commissioner
of Police whose decision shall be final.
4. (1) Every licence to keep a firearm shall be dated on
the day on which it is granted and shall expire on the
31st of March next following, shall be numbered, and shall
contain the full names and address of the person to whom,
and the description of the firearm in respect of which it is
granted, and shall be in the form A in the Schedule hereto,
and shall not be transferable.
(2) It shall be lawful for the Commissioner of Police
and any gazetted police officer or subordinate police officer to
amend any licence subsequent to the issue thereof by altering
the description of the firearm described in such licence.
5. Every person, not being a person exempted by the
provisions of section 3, who shall use, carry, or have in his
custody or possession any firearm without having in force a
licence to keep firearms, and every person who shall use,
carry, or have in his custody or possession any firearm except
such as is described in his licence to keep firearms, shall be
liable to a fine of two hundred and forty dollars.
Firearms and Ammunition. [Ch.30. No. 5.
6. Where a firearm is carried in parts by two or more
persons in company, each and every one of such persons
shall be deemed to carry a firearm.
7. (1) It shall be lawful for any Warden or Ward Officer
or any member of the Police Force to demand from any
217
Carrying
firearms in
parts,
Power to
demand
production
person carrying or using any firearm (not being a person °f licence.
exempted under section 3) his licence for the same, and if such
person does not forthwith produce such licence, or satis-
factorily account for the non-production thereof, such
Warden, Ward Officer, or member of the Police Force may
seize and detain such firearm until a licence therefor is
produced.
(2) Any person who resists or obstructs the Warden,
Ward Officer, or member of the Police Force in seizing and
detaining any such firearm, shall be liable to a fine of forty-
eight dollars.
8. (1) Except with the special permission of the Governor,
no licence to keep firearms shall be granted to any immi-
grant within the meaning of the Immigration (Indian)
Ordinance, nor to any person who has been convicted before
the Supreme Court of any offence against the person, nor to
any person subject to Police supervision under the Preven-
tion of Crimes Ordinance, nor to any person of weak
intellect, nor to persons under the age of sixteen years.
(2) Except with the special permission of the Governor,
no licence to deal in firearms. or to carry on the trade of a
gunsmith shall be granted to any person who has been
convicted of an offence under sections 13, 15, or 16 of this
Ordinance, or on whose premises or in whose possession
firearms shall have been found which have not been entered
in the Firearms Receipt Book in accordance with the pro-
visions of section 16 hereof.
9. It shall not be lawful for any person to sell or deal in
firearms or to carry on the trade of gunsmith without having
in force a licence to deal in firearms or to trade as a gun-
smith duly granted to him under the provisions of this
Ordinance, for which licence an annual duty of $4.80 shall
be paid:
Persons not
to be
licensed.
Licence for
dealer in
arms or
gunsmith.
218
Ch. 30. No. 5.] Firearms and Ammunition.
Certificate
of fitness to
keep or deal
in fircarms or
tobsa
gunsmith,
Ord.37-1942,
sid.
Particular.
of dealer’
and gun-
smith's
licence.
Form B.
Signba
Provided that it shall be lawful for any person to export
any firearms imported into the Colony and kept in bond
without having a licence to deal in firearms.
10. (1) No licence to keep fireanns, or to sell or deal in
firearms, or to carry on the trade of a gunsmith, shall be
granted to any person unless he has obtained in accordance
with subsection (2), and delivered to the person issuing the
licence, a certificate that he is a fit and proper person to be
granted a licence to keep firearms, or to sell or deal in
firearms, or to carry on the trade of a gunsmith, as the case
may be.
(2) Any such certificate may be granted by the
officer of Police in charge of the division in which the
applicant resides or carries on, or intends to carry on, the
business of a dealer in firearms or the trade of a gunsmith,
as the case may be, and shall remain in force until cancelled,
but may be cancelled at any time by the officer of Police
in charge of the division aforesaid, if he thinks fit.
(3) Notice in writing of the cancellation of the
certificate shall be given by such officer to the holder of
the licence issued im pursuance of such certificate, and to all
persons authorised to grant licences under this Ordinance.
(4) Upon the cancellation of any such certificate the
licence granted to the person to whom such certificate
relates shall become void and of no foree or effect.
(5) Any person aggrieved by a refusal to grant,
or the cancellation of, a certificate may appeal to the
Commissioner of Police whose decision shall be final.
11. Every licence to deal in firearms or to trade as a
gunsmith shall contain the name and description of the
licensee and a description of the premises in respect of
which the licence is granted, and shall be numbered, and
shall be dated on the day of grant and shall expire on the
next following 31st of March, and shall be in the form B
in the Schedule hereto, and shall not be transferable.
12. (1) Every person having a licence to deal in firearms
or to trade as a gunsmith shall cause to be painted, in
letters three inches at least in length in white upon a black
Firearms and Ammunition. [Ch. 30. No. 5.
ground or in black upon a white ground upon a board
placed over the entrance door of the licensed premises, the
name of such licensed person, together with the words
“licensed to deal in firearms,’â€â€™ or ‘‘ licensed gunsmith,â€
as the case may be, and every such person shall keep such
name and words so painted visible and legible during all the
time he continues licensed.
(2) Every person having a licence to deal in firearms
or to trade as a gunsmith who contravenes any of the
provisions of this section shall be liable to a fine of ten
dollars.
13. Every person who sells or deals in firearms or who
trades as a gunsmith without having in force a licence to
deal in firearms or to trade as a gunsmith, or who sells or
deals in firearms or trades as a gunsmith upon any premises
other than those specified in his licence, shall be liable to a
line of ninety-six dollars.
14. (1) It shall be lawful for the Commissioner of Police
from time to time to require in writing any person licensed
to sell or deal in firearms to deliver up to him for safe
keeping any firearms which he may consider to be in excess
of the quantity reasonably required to be kept in stock by
such dealer for the purposes of his business.
(2) Any person refusing, omitting, or neglecting to
comply with such requirement shall be liable to a fine
of two hundred and forty dollars.
15. (1) It shall not be lawful to sell, let on hire or deliver
(otherwise than on sale or letting on hire) to any person any
firearm unless that person, at the time of such sale, letting
on hire or delivery, produces to the vendor, hirer or person
delivering the firearm an appropriate licence: Provided
that this subsection shall not apply where the person to
whom the firearm is sold, let on hire or delivered is entitled,
under the provisions of this Ordinance, to use or carry that
firearm, or to have that firearm in his custody, possession
or keeping, without a licence.
(2) For the purposes of this section, the expression
“an appropriate licence '’ means—
Selling or
dealing with-
out licence,
Delivery of
surplus
stock to
Police,
Restriction
on sale, ete.
of firearms.
Ord.37-1942,
s. 4.
220
Books to
kept by
dealers and
gunsmiths.
Form C.
lorm D
Ch. 30. No. 5.] Firearms and Ammunition.
(a) where the firearm is sold, a licence to keep that
firearm or a licence to sell or deal in firearms;
(b) where the firearm is Iet on hire, a licence to keep
that firearm:
(c) where the firearm is delivered to a gunsmith
for overhaul or repair, a licence to carry on the trade
of gunsmith;
(d) where the firearm is delivered otherwise than to
a gunsmith for overhaul or repair, a licence to keep that
firearm.
(3) If the provisions of this section shall be contra-
vened or not complied with in respect of any firearm, the
vendor, hirer or person delivering the firearm, as the case
may be, shall be liable to a fine of two hundred and forty
dollars.
16. (1) Ivery person licensed to sell or deal in firearms
and every licensed gunsmith shall keep on his licensed
premises a book according to the form C in the Schedule
hereto, to be called the ‘‘ Firearms Receipt Book,†and
shall immediately after receipt of any firearms at his
licensed premises, make or cause to be made entry thercin
of the date of such receipt, the number and full description
of each kind of firearm received, and the name and
address of the person or persons from whom received.
(2) And every such person shall keep on his licensed
premises a book according to the form D in the Schedule
hereto, to be called the “ Firearms Delivery Book,’’ and
shall, immediately after delivery of firearms from his
licensed premises, make or cause to be made entry of the date
of such delivery, the name and address of the person to
whom delivered, the nature and serial number of the licence
produced by him with the name of the office from which
it was issued, or the circumstances exempting such person
from producing such licence, the description of every
firearm delivered, and the cause of such delivery whether on
sale, hire, or otherwise.
(3) Such books shall be produced for inspection on
the request of any member of the Police Force, who shall
have power to verify the same by examination of the
premises.
Firearms and Anmunition. (Ch. 30. No. 5.
(4) Any person who contravenes any of the provisions
of this section, or who in the sale, purchase, hire, or delivery
of any firearm knowingly makes or causes to be made any
false entry or statement as to any matter which he is
required by this section to make, shall be liable to a fine
of twenty-four dollars.
17. It shall be lawful for any Justice, by warrant under
his hand, to direct any member of the Police Force, with
such assistance as may be necessary, to enter and search at
any time of the day or night any house, store, yard, or other
place or any vessel in which there shall be reasonable
cause to suspect that any firearms are concealed or placed
in respect of which no licence to keep firearms under the
provisions of this Ordinance shall be then in force. All
firearms that may be found upon any such search shall be
forfeited to the Crown:
Provided that this section shall not apply to firearms in
the possession of persons exempted under the provisions
of section 3, nor to firearms in the possession of persons
licensed to sell or deal in firearms or in the possession of a
licensed gunsmith, entry whereof shall have been made in
accordance with the provisions of section 16.
18. No firearm imported into the Colony shall be delivered
by the Comptroller of Customs and Excise to any person
unless he shall have first obtained a licence to deal in
firearms or a licence to keep firearms.
19. The provisions of this Ordinance shall not apply
where an antique firearm is sold or kept as a curiosity or
ornament.
20. (1) It shall be lawful for the Governor in Council, by
proclamation, to prohibit the carrying of firearms in any
district or part of the Colony, and any such proclamation
to revoke or alter as he shall think fit.
(2) Any person who carries firearms in contravention
of the provisions of such proclamation shall be liable to a
fine of two hundred and forty dollars, in addition to the
forfeiture to the Crown of such firearms.
221
Search
warrant.
Delivery
from
Customs.
Curiosities.
Power to
prohibit
carrying
of arms.
Netice ol
disposal al
lire ants.
Ord. 37-194.
Ch. 30. No. 5.}) fttrearms and Ammunition.
21. (1) It shall be lawful for the Governor, by pro-
clamation, to prohibit the sale of firearms within the Colony
for such time as may be specified in such proclamation.
(2) Any person who sells firearms in contravention of
any such proclamation shall be liable to a fine of two
hundred and forty dollars.
22. (1) It shall be lawful for the Governor, by proclama-
tion, to order that within any district specified in’ such
proclamation all firearms shall be delivered up on demand
to such person or persons as the Governor may appoint.
(2) Any person who refuses or neglects to comply
with the orders of any such proclamation shall be liable to
a fine of two hundred and forty dollars, in addition to the
forfeiture to the Crown of the firearms in respect of which
the offenee was committed.
23. Licences under this Ordinance may be granted by the
Commisstoner of Police, and by any gazetted police officer
or subordinate police officer duly authorised in) writing
by the Commissioner to do. Every person who grants
licences under this Ordinance shall keep a register in which
he shall enter the particulars contatned in every licence
eranted by him,
24. (1) Any person, other than a licensed dealer, who
sells or otherwise dispose. of any firearm to any other
person in the Colony shall, within fourteen days after such
sale or disposition, notify the same in writing to the officer
of Police in charge of the division in which he is resident,
stating the name and address of the person to whom the
firearm has been sold or otherwise disposed of and the
description of the firearm.
(2) Ievery person contravening the foregoing pro-
visions of this section, or who knowingly sells or disposes of
a firearm to any person precluded by section 8 of this
Ordinance from obtaining a licence, shall be liable to a
fine of twenty-four dollars.
Iirearms and Ammunition. [Ch. 30. No. 5.
223
Ammunition,
25. (1) No ammunition shall be sold by retail to any
person unless at the time of sale such person produces a
licence to keep firearms then in force, or gives reasonable
proof that he is a person entitled to keep firearms without a
licence, and unless he also produces and delivers to the
seller a permit in the form E in the Schedule hereto signed
by a gazetted police officer authorising the purchase of
such ammunition and specifying the quantity and descrip-
tion thercof:
Provided that the production of a licence shall not be
required where the permit to purchase is endorsed by the
officer granting the same authorising the sale without the
production of a licence.
(2) Every person who sells by retail any ammunition
shall, before delivery, make or cause to be made an entry in
a book to be kept for that purpose specifying the quantity
and description of the ammunition sold, the date of such
sale, the name and address of the purchaser, the person by
whom and the place at which the licence produced by the
purchaser was issued, the number and date of such licence,
or the circumstances exempting such purchaser from having
such licence. Such book shall be produced for inspection
on the request of any member of the Police Iorce, and the
permit referred to in subsection (1) of this section shall be
delivered up to such officer.
(3) Any person who contravenes any of the foregoing
provisions of this section, or, on the sale or purchase of any
ammunition, knowingly makes, or causes to be made, any
false entry or statement as to any matter concerning
which he is required by this section to make any entry
or statement, shall be liable to a fine of forty-eight
dollars.
(4) Nothing in this section contained shall make it
an offence to sell and deliver ammunition to anyone
representing himself to be the agent or scrvant of a person
holding a licence, or entitled to keep firearms without a
licence, if at the time such agent or servant produces a
written authority from his employer to purchase such
ammunition on his behalf.
Restrictions
on sale of
ammunition.
Form E,
Entry of
particulars
of sale.
Inspection
of book.
Olfences,
I-xemption.
224 Ch. 30. No.5.] Firearms and Ammunition.
Loan bit wale 26. The powers conferred on the Governor by sections 21
or toorder and 22 by proclamation to prohibit the sale of firearms and
delivery of to order the delivery up of firearms, may in like manner
ammunition, . : : : sys
be exercised from time to time with regard to ammunition.
Recovery of penalties.
Recovery of = 27, All offences under this Ordinance may be prosecuted,
penalties. and all penalties incurred may be imposed or recovered,
before a Magistrate or Justice, in the manner provided by
the Summary Courts Ordinance.
SCHEDULE.
Form A.
(Section 4.) Licence to keep Firearms.
No. of
A.B. [name in full), residing at having paid the sum of is hereby
licensed under the provisions of the Firearms and Ammunition Ordinance to keep the:
following firearm, viz.:—
Dated this day of ,19
(Signed) C.D.
NotTE.—This Licence expires on the 31st of March, 19
Form B.
(Section 11.) Licence to deal in Firearms or to trade as a Gunsmith.
No. of
A.B. of , having paid the sum of $4.80, is hereby licensed to deal in
firearms [or trade as a gunsmith], under the provisions of the Firearms and
Ammunition Ordinance, in the premises in the , known as No.
Dated this day of 19
(Signed) C.D..
Norre.—This Licence expires on the 31st of March,19
Iirearms and Ammunition. [Ch. 30. No. 5. 225
Form C,
Firearms Receipt Book. (Section
_ 16 (1).)
| |
Date Person from | Address of | Description
of whom Pe whom Number. _ of Remarks.
Receipt. received. reevive received. fo Firearm.,*
* Description to be full and accurate—specifying whether rifle, gun, etc., number ‘of
barrels or chambers in case of revolvers, bore, whether magazine or repeating,
maker's name if known, etc.
{¢ Remarks to specify whether for sale, hire, repair, etc.
Form D. (Scetion
16 (2).
Firearms Delivery Book. (2),)
wT atoll Nata oma
Date 1 erson Address of i Number | Nature of Number, Descrip-
‘0 person to! licence of -
of 1 1 of lof Fi tion of | Remarks.t
Delivery! Wom wiom | Licence. | 7° OMe)“ Ire- 1 Bircarm.*
‘{delivered. delivered. ! of issuc. | arms.
* Description to be full and accurate—-specifying whether rifle, gun, etc., number of
barrels or chambers in case of revolvers, bore, whether magazine or repeating, maker's
name if known, etc.
ft Remarks to specify whether for sate, hire, repair, etc.
Form E.
Permit to Purchase Ammunition. (Section 25.)
of is hereby permitted to purchase the ammunition herein
described :
Quantity
Description
This permit is available for one month from the date hereof and no longer.
Dated this day of 19.
Officer of Police.
T.—IV. 15
226 Ch. 30. No. 6.) Food and Fuel Control.
CHAPTER 30. No. 6.
FOOD AND FUEL CONTROL.
Crap AN ORDINANCE TO AUTHORISE THE GOVERNOR TO FIX
1940. MAXIMUM PRICES FOR THE SALE OF FOODSTUFFS AND
FUEL FOR CONSUMPTION IN THE COLONY, AND TO
AUTHORISE THE SEIZURE OF FOODSTUFFS AND FUEL WITH
A VIEW TO THEIR SALE FOR CONSUMPTION IN THE
COLONY.
Conimence- [15th September, 1920. ]
ment.
1. Vhis Ordinance may be cited as the Food and Fuel
Control Ordinance.
Interpres 2. In this Ordinance.--
tation,
foodstulf â€â€™ includes anything capable of being used
as food for man or of being converted into food for man;
fucl includes all mineral and vegetable oils and
their derivatives, firewood, coal, lignite, and charcoal.
Power to fix 3. (1) The Governor may, if he thinks fit, by order
prices of food Published in the Royal Gazette, fix the maximum retail price
and fuel. and also, if he thinks fit, the maximum wholesale price at
which anv foodstuff or fuel, whether imported or produced
or manufactured in the Colony, may be sold or bought for
consumption in the Colony, and may in like manner—
(a) fix different prices for the sale of any foodstuff
or fuel in different localities ;°
(b) fix different prices for the sale of any imported
foodstuff or fuel and for the sale of the same foodstuff
or fuel produced or manufactured in the Colony;
Food and Fuel Control. [Ch. 30. No. 6.
(c) define, for the purposes of this Ordinance, the
meaning of the expression _retail’’ and ~~ wholesale â€â€™
as applied to any foodstuff or fuel;
(d) declare whether a maximum price is or is not to
include the whole or any part of the cost of delivery or
of the container or package; and
(e) prohibit or permit the imposition by the vendor
of any condition on the sale of any foodstuff or fuel.
(2) No person shall, without the licence of the Governor,
sell or buy for consumption in the Colony, or contract or
attempt so to sell or buy, any foodstuff or fuel at a price
higher than that so fixed. But nothing in this section shall
make it unlawful to buy at any price, for importation, goods
which have not yet been imported.
(3) If there shall be any contravention of the provisions
of this section or of any order made under this section, every
person who is a party to such contravention, and also the
owner of the foodstuff or fuel with respect to which a con-
travention takes place, unless he proves that the contraven-
tion took place without his knowledge, instigation, consent,
3 approval, shall, on summary conviction, be liable for
each offence to a fine of two hundred and forty dollars, and,
in addition, to a penalty not exceeding the maximum price
at which the sale or attempted sale with respect to which
the contravention took place could lawfully have been
made.
(4) The burden of proving that a sale or purchase of
any article was not for consumption in the Colony shall lie
on the person alleging the same.
4. (1) If any person carrying on a retail business which
includes the selling for consumption in the Colony of any
foodstuff or fuel of which the maximum price is for the time
being fixed under this Ordinance refuses, without reasonable
excuse, to sell for cash a reasonable quantity of any such
foodstuff or fuel on demand by an intending purchaser, he
shall be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine of forty-
eight dollars.
(2) It shall not be a reasonable excuse within the
meaning of this section that the intending purchaser has
not previously been a customer or is not a regular customer
15 (2)
227
Licence to
sell or buy
at higher
price.
Burden of
proof.
Refusal to
sell
retail.
by
228
Application
of section,
Power to
order seizure
of food
and fuel.
Tayiment for
articles of
food and
fucl seized.
Disclosure
stocks of
foodand fuel.
Ch. 30. No. 6.] Food and I'uel Control.
of the vendor, or that the vendor wishes to reserve a stock
for sale to regular customers.
(3) This section shall apply only to foodstuffs or fucl
to which the Governor, by order published in the Rova/
Gaselle, declares this section to be applicable, and with
respect to which the Governor in like manner declares what
is to he considered a reasonable quantity for the purpose.
of this section.
5. (1) With a view to ensuring a sufficient supply of
foodstuffs and fuel fer consumption in the Colony, the
Governor may, if he thinks fit, order that any foodstull or
fucl Le seized and sold to such persons, and subject to such
conditions, as the Governor shall deem expedient for the
purpo. of ensuring the ultimate retail sale of the food or
fucl so seized for consumption in the Colony.
(2) The seizure may be effected by any member of thie
Police Force, who may use any necessary force, and may, if
necessary, break, enter, and search any buildmg at any
time in the day time.
(3) Any person who resists or obstructs any such
seizure, or secretes or removes any foodstuff er fuel ordered
to ke seized, or attempts to do any of those things, shall be
liabic, on sumumary conviction, to a fine of two hundred
and ferty dollars.
6. All foodstuffs and fuel seized under this Ordinance
shall, as soon as practicable after seizure, be paid for at the
maximum wholcsale price for the time being fixed under this
Ordinance, or, if no such price has been fixed, then at such
price as a Judge of the Supreme Court shall, on application
being made to him in Chambers, decide to be a fair price.
7. The Governor may order any person to make a
statutory declaration, within such time as may be specified
in the order, giving full and accurate particulars of all
stocks of any foodstuff or fuel mentioned in the order
belonging to him or in his possession, power, or control and
the place of storage of the same, and any person who fails
or neglects to comply with such order shall be liable, on
summary conviction, to a fine of two hundred and forty
dollars.
Food and Fuel Control. [Ch. 30. No. 6.
8. No person shall be liable for any breach of contract if
the breach is caused by a seizure effected under this
Ordinance.
9. (1) Without prejudice to any other power of prohibiting
or regulating the exportation of goods from the Colony, the
Governor may, if he thinks fit, by order published in the
Royal Gazette, prohibit the export of any foodstuff or fuel
of which, in the opinion of the Governor, it is expedient
to retain stocks for consumption in the Colony, or permit
the export of any such foodstuff or fuel only on the conditions
specified in the order.
(2) This section shall have effect as if it formed part of
the Customs Ordinance, and every person concerned in the
exportation or attempted exportation of any foodstuif or
fuel in contravention of any order made under this section
shall be Hable, on summary conviction, for each offence, to a
fine of four hundred and eighty dollars, and, in addition,
to a penalty not exceeding the export value of the foodstult
or fuel so exported or attempted to be exported.
229
Effect of
scizure on
contracts,
Power to
prohibit
exportation,
230 Ch. 30. No. 7.] Old Metal and Marine Stores.
CHAPTER 30. No. 7.
OLD METAL AND MARINE STORES.
Ordinances AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO THE SALE OF OLD METAL AND
Ch.30. No.7- > >
L940. MARINE STORES.
No. 41-1942.
Commence- ;
ment. [26th August, 1904.]
Short title, 1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Old Metal and
Marine Stores Ordinance.
Interpre-
tation,
2. In this Ordinance—
‘‘marine stores’’ means second-hand cables, sails,
old junk, or other second-hand marine stores of any
kind;
‘‘old metal means old metal, used or second-hand
metal fittings, scrap metal, broken metal, partly
manufactured metal goods, and defaced or old metal
goods.
Dealerstobe — 3, It shall not be lawful for any person to carry on the
licensed. : . “4
business of a dealer in old metal or marine stores unless he
shall have previously taken out a licence under this
Ordinance.
Licence. . 4. (1) Licences under this Ordinance shall be granted by
and at the discretion of the Magistrate of the district in
which the premises to be licensed are situate.
Ord.41-1942, (2) No such licence shall be granted without the
s 2. previous report of the officer of Police in charge of the
division in which the premises to be licensed are situate,
and before the expiration of twenty-one days at least
Old Metal and Marine Stores. [Ch.30. No. 7.
after application in writing has been made therefor to the
Magistrate.
(3) Such licences shall be in the form in the First
Schedule hereto, and shall be annual licences terminating
on the 31st of December of the year for which they are
granted. A fee of $2.40 shall be paid to the Magistrate
for each such licence.
5. Over one of the principal entrances to the premises
licensed under this Ordinance there shall be placed a board
on which shall be printed, in legible Ietters of at least two
inches in length, the name in full of the person holding
such licence and the words “ Licensed dealer in Old Metal
and Marine Stores.â€
6. (1) Every person licensed under this Ordinance shall
keep a book in the form in the Second Schedule hereto, in
which he shall legibly enter in ink the date and hour of the
day when any old metal or marine stores are purchased or
received, the name in full, and the residence and occupation
of the person from whom any such metal or stores are
purchased and received, and in the case of an agent, the
name and address of the principal, the quantity purchased
and received, and the price paid for the same. Ifvery such
entry as aforesaid shall be made at the time of such sale,
purchase, or dealing, and shall be signed by the licensee
or his agent and by the vendor or his agent.
(2) No person shall purchase or receive any such old
metal or marine stores except between the hours of seven
o’clock in the morning and six o’clock in the evening.
(3) No person shall purchase or receive any old metal
or marine stores from any person apparently under the age
of sixteen years.
(4) No person shall employ any servant or apprentice
or other person under the age of sixteen years to purchase
or receive such metal or stores.
(5) No old metal or marine stores shall be purchased
or received at any one time in any quantity less than twenty-
five pounds.
231
1st Schedule.
Signboard.
Dealer to
kcep book.
2nd
Schedule.
Times for
dealing.
Persons
under 16
years,
Idem.
Minimum
quantity.
232
Power of
entry and
inspection.
Goods
purchased to
be kept for
15 days.
Exemption.
Ord.41-1942,
s. 3.
Failing to
give infor-
mation to
Police.
Penalties,
Ch. 30. No. 7.] Old Metal and Marine Stores.
7. It shall be lawful for any constable, at any time when
the licensed premises are open for business, to inspect any
such book as aforesaid and all old metal and marine stores
in the premises of any licensee under this Ordinance; and
such licensee, or his representative, or the person in charge
of such premises, or the person in whose custody or charge
such book, metal, or stores may be, or the person who shall
have made any entry in such book with respect to which
any such constable may desire to ask any questions, shall
permit such constab!e te inspect such book, metal, and stores,
and shall answer all such questions as shall be asked by
such censtable with reference to such book, metal, or stores
or any of the entries or contents of such book.
8. Old metal and marine stores purchased or received by
a licensed dealer shall be kept in the licensed premises and
shall not in any way be changed in form or shape or dis-
figured for a period of at least fifteen days after such old
metal or marine stores shall have been purchased or
received:
Provided that the officer of Police in charge of the
division in which the licensee carries on his business may,
in his discretion, on the application of any licensee, grant a
permit —-
(a) for the shipment or alteration in form or shape of
‘any such old metal or marine stores without the same
having been kept for such period of fifteen days;
(b) for the shipment of broken machinery direct from
the place where the same is purchased, without com-
pliance with the provisions of this section.
9. Every person licensed under this Ordinance who, after
notice has been given to him by any constable or by adver-
tisement in the Royal Gazette that any old metal or marine
stores have been stolen or fraudulently obtained, fails to
give information to the Police that articles of the like
description were offered to him or were or are in his posses-
sion, shall be guilty of an offence against this Ordinance
10. Every person who shall do or omit to do anything
which is by this Ordinance forbidden or required to be
Old Metal and Marine Stores. [Ch. 30. No. 7. 233
done, or shall assault, resist, oppose, hinder, prevent, or
obstruct any person acting under and by the authority of
this Ordinance, or shall in any way violate or assist in, or
be party to, the violation of any of the provisions of this
Ordinance, or shall be guilty of any offence against this
Ordinance, shall be Hable, on summary conviction, to a fine
of ninety-six dollars.
11. When any person licensed under this Ordinance is Licence may
convicted of any offence against the provisions of this onconvic-
Ordinance, it shall be lawful for the Court, if it sees fit, tion.
to cancel the licence of such person.
12. All moneys received for licences, and all penalties Appropria-
recovered under this Ordinance, shall be paid into the fore
. moneys.
Treasury for the use of the Colony.
SCHEDULES.
FIRST SCHEDULE.
Form of Licence. (Section 4.)
A.B. having this day paid the sum of $2.40 is hereby authorised and licensed to
deal in Old Metal and Marine Stores at in accordance with the provisions of
the Old Metal and Marine Stores Ordinance.
This licence expires on the 31st of December, 19
C.D.
Magistrate.
Dated at this day of ,19
$2.40.
234 Ch. 30. No.7.) Old Metal and Marine Stores.
(Section 6.)
SECOND SCHEDULE.
Form of Book to be kept by Licensee.
Date. | Hour.
Name in full,
residence and
occupation of
seller.
Name and
address of
principal.
Description and
quantity of goods
purchased and
received.
Signatures of
Price. licensee and
seller.
News papers. {Ch. 30. No. 8. 235
CHAPTER 30. No. 8.
NEWSPAPERS.
AN ORDINANCE TO MAKE PROVISION FOR TIE REGISTRATION Ordinance
Ch.30. No.8-
AND CONTROL OF NEWSPAPERS, 1940.
| 2nd Mav, 1935. | Commence-
. ment.
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Newspapers Short title.
Ordinance.
2. In this Ordinance Interpre-
tation.
company â€â€™ means a company formed and registered
under the provisions of the Companies Ordinance ;
newspaper ’’ includes every paper or pamphlet
containing any public news, intelligence or report of
any occurrence or any remarks or observations thereon
or upon any political matter, published for sale,
distribution or other purpose in parts or numbers at
intervals not exceeding one hundred days, but does
not include the Roval Gazette or any paper, report,
matter or thing printed by the Government Printer
or published by Government authority, or programmes,
notices or printed matter containing only or principally
bona fide advertisements ;
“printer ’’ includes any person who conducts the
actual printing of a newspaper;
“proprietor ’’ includes as well the sole proprietor of
any newspaper as also in the case of a divided pro-
prietorship the persons who, as partners or otherwise
represent and are responsible for any share or interest
in the newspaper as between themselves and the
236
Statutory
declaration
required
before
printing or
publication,
Particulars
of statutory
declaration.
New
statutory
declaration
when
required.
Bond by
proprictor,
printer, and
publisher of
newspaper.
Ch. 30. No. 8.] Newspapers.
persons in like manner representing or responsible for
the other shares or interests therein, and no other
person,
process means all) legal) process whatsoever
Whether civil or criminal and includes all notices under
this Ordinance and all summonses, subpoenas, rules
and orders of any court.
3. No person shall print or publish, or cause to be printed
or published, any newspaper unless there has been filed
with and registered at the office of the Registrar General a
statutory declaration, as hereinafter prescribed.
4. The statutory declaration shall be made and signed
by every person named therein as proprietor or printer, or
publisher, of the newspaper to which it relates and shall
set. forth—
(a) the correct title or name of the newspaper ;
(6) the true description of the house or building
Wherein the newspaper is intended to be printed, and
also of the house or building wherein it is intended to
be published; and ,
(c) the true names and places of abode of every
person who is intended to be the proprietor, printer or
publisher of the newspaper.
5. Whenever any proprictor, printet or publisher named
in such statutory declaration shall be changed or shall
change his place of abode, printing house or office, and as
often as the title of the newspaper shall be changed, then
and in every such case a new statutory declaration which
shall contain all the several matters and things required
by section 4 shall be made, filed and registered as herein-
before prescribed.
6. No person shall print or publish or cause to be printed
or published any newspaper published at intervals not
exceeding twenty-six days unless and until the proprietor,
printer and publisher thereof have entered into and delivered
to and registered with the Registrar General, a bond to His
Majesty, His heirs and successors in the sum of one thousand
New'spu pers. [Ch. 30. No. 8.
dollars together with one or more sureties, as may be
required and approved by the Registrar General. The
conditions of such bond shall be that cach proprictor,
printer and publisher shall pay to His Majesty every
penalty which may at any time be imposed upon or
adjudged against him or them upon any conviction for
printing or publishing any blasphemous or seditious or
other libel at any time after the execution of such bond,
and also any damages and costs on every judgment for
the plaintiff in any action for libel against such proprietor,
printer or publisher and all other penalties whatsoever
which may be imposed upon or adjudged by any court
against him or them under the provisions of this Ordinance.
7. A surety shall be released from his bond upon giving
written notice to the proprietor, printer and publisher of the
newspaper to that effect and filing a copy of such notice
with the Registrar General. In such case the surety shall
be released from further liability upon the bond from and
after the expiration of twenty days from the date of the
filing of a copy of the notice as aforesaid.
Provided that notwithstanding any such release such
surety shall continue to be lable in respect of all penalties
incurred by and all damages and costs adjudged against
any such proprictor, printer or publisher in respect of any
proceedings commenced within six months of the date of
such release for any blasphemous or seditious or other libel
printed or published, or for any offence under this Ordinance
committed before the date of such release.
8. The Registrar General may at any time during the
continuance of a bond call wpon the surety or surctics
thereof to satisfy him as to means and for that purpose may
require a statutory declaration justifying such means.
Upon failure of the surety or sureties to satisfy him as
aforesaid, the bond shall become null and void and the
Registrar General shall thereupon notify in writing the
partics to the bund to that effect.
9. Whenever any surety has paid the whole of the sum
for which he has become surety, or dies, or has been declared
237
Release of
surety.
Kegistrar
General may
call on
surety to
justify.
Bond null
and void.
238
New bond.
Statutory
declaration
and bond by
company,
Penalty for
printing,
publishing,
selling. or
distributing
Newspaper
in contravens
tion of the
Ordinance.
Particulars
to be printed
on news-
paper.
Ch. 30. No. 8.] Newspapers.
a bankrupt or has executed any deed of composition with
his creditors, or is released as provided for in section 7, or
upon notification or failure to satisfy the Registrar General
as to means as is hereinbefore provided, the bond in any
such case shall become null and void.
10. No person shall print or publish, or cause to be
printed or published, any newspaper the bond in respect of
Which has become void until a new bond shall have been
executed and registered in manner and in the amount as
hereinbefore provided.
11. When a company is the proprietor, printer or
publisher ofa newspaper, any statutory declaration required
by this Ordinance shall be made and signed by the secretary
or one of the directors of the company, and the bond
required by this Ordinance shall be given and exerted
by such company under its seal and by such surety «
sureties as the Registrar General may require and approve.
12. Every person who—
(a) prints or publishes or causes to be printed or
published any newspaper in contravention of sections 3,
6 or 10, o1
(b) sells or distributes any newspaper which he
knows or has reason to believe has been printed or
published in contravention of any of the aforemen-
tioned sections,
shall be liable to a fine of two hundred and fifty dollars.
13. (1) At the foot of the last page of every newspaper
and of every supplement issued therewith, shall be printed
the christian name and surname, occupation and place of
abode of its proprietor, printer and publisher, and in the
case of a company its corporate name and also a true
description of the house or building whercin it is actually
printed and published respectively, and at some place in
the newspaper the day of the week, month and year on
which it is published.
Newspapers. (Ch. 30. No. 8.
(2) I-very person who knowingly and wilfully prints
or publishes or causes to be printed or published, any
newspaper or supplement thereto, whereon the several
particulars aforesaid are not set forth, or are falsely set
forth, shall be liable to a fine of one hundred dollars.
14. (1) The printer or publisher of every newspaper in the
Colony shall, within six days after cach publication of the
newspaper, deliver, or cause to be delivered, at the office
of the Registrar General one copy of that newspaper free of
cost, with the name and place of abode of the printer or
publisher thereof signed and written thereon by his proper
hand and in his accustomed manner of signing, or by some
person appointed and authorised by him for that purpose,
of whose appointment and authority notice in writing
signed by the printer or publisher has been delivered at the
office of the Registrar General.
(2) Every printer or publisher of a newspaper who
fails or neglects to deliver or cause to be delivered, in
manner hereinbefore directed, a copy signed as aforesaid
shall be liable to a tine of fifty dollars for every such failure
or neglect to deliver.
15. (1) The proprietor and publisher of every newspaper
shall file or cause to be filed in the month of January in every
year with the Registrar General a return of the following
particulars —
(a) the title of the newspaper;
(b) the names of all the proprictors of the newspaper
with their respective occupations, places of business, if
any, places of abode; and
(c) the yearly circulation for the previous calendar
year ending on the 31st of December.
(2) Every proprictor and publisher failing to file
such return as aforesaid shall be Hable to a fine of one
hundred dollars.
16. The Registrar General shall cause to be entered in a
book kept for that purpose in his office, the title of every
newspaper registered at his office and also the names of
the proprietors, printers and publishers thereof, as they
239
lalse par-
ticulars.
Delivery of
signed copies
of news-
papers.
Penalty.
Annual
returns of
particulars
of news-
papers.
Registration
of titles of
newspapcrs
and names of
proprietors,
printers and
publishers.
240
Fee,
Schedule.
Making false
or defective
statutory
declaration,
Recovery of
penaltics,
Ch. 30. No. 8.] Newspapers.
appear in the statutory declaration required by this
Ordinance to be made relating to those newspapers
respectively.
17. There shall be paid to the Registrar General the
fees specified in the Schedule hercto in respect of the several
matters therein specified.
18. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Perjury
Ordinance in that behalf every person who knowingly and
wilfully signs and makes any statutory declaration required
by this Ordinance —-
(a) in which there is inserted or set forth the name of
any person as a proprictor, printer or publisher of any
newspaper to which the statutory declaration relates
who is not the proprietor, printer or publisher thereof,
or
(0) from which there 1s omitted the name or place of
abode of any proprietor, printer or publisher of the
newspaper, contrary to the provisions of this Ordinance,
or
(c) in which any matter or thing by this Ordinance
required to be set forth is falsely set forth, or
(7) from which any matter or thing required by
this Ordinance to be set forth is omitted,
shall be Hable to a fine of two hundred and fifty dollars.
19. In any civil or criminal proceedings against any
proprietor, printer or publisher of any newspaper, service
at the house or building mentioned in any statutory
declaration aforesaid as the house or building at which that
newspaper is printed, or published, of any notice or other
matter required or directed by this Ordinance to be given
or left, or of any process whatsoever, shall be taken to be
good and sufficient service thereof respectively upon and
against every person named in the statutory declaration
as the proprietor, printer or publisher of that newspaper.
20. (1) All penalties under this Ordinance may be
recovered on summary conviction on complaint laid by the
Registrar General.
Newspapers. (Ch. 30. No. 8. 241
(2) All penalties recoverable under any bond given
under this Ordinance shall be recovered by the Attorney
General as Crown debts.
SCHEDULE. (Section 17.)
$
lor filing Statutory Declaration 1.20
For Registratign of Bond 4.80
For every search of Register .60
For inspecting file of documents (other than newspaper files) .60
For filing any document (other th: a newspaper not otherwise
provided for in this Schedule) .60
T.—IV. 16
242
Ordinance
Ch.30. No.-
1940,
Commence-
ment.
Short title.
Application.
Interp ree
tation.
Ch. 30. No. 9.] Theatres and Dance Halls.
CHAPTER 30. No. 9.
THEATRES AND DANCE HALLS.
AN ORDINANCE TO REGULATE THE USE OF THEATRES,
DANCE HALLS AND OTHER PLACES OF ENTERTAINMENT
AND TO PROVIDE FOR THE LICENSING THEREGF.
[ist Januarv, 1935.]
1. (1) This Ordinance may be cited as the Theatres and
Dance Halls Ordinance.
(2) This Ordinance shall apply only to such towns or
other areas as may be specified by the Governor in Council
by proclamation in the Royal Gazette. A proclamation
made under this subsection may be varied or revoked by
proclamation made in like manner.*
2. In this Ordinanece—-
dance liil meas any building, tent or other
erection open to the public gratuitously or otherwise,
where public dancing or singing takes place;
* The following towns and areas have been proclaimed:
(i) The County of St. George.
(ii) The County of Victoria.
(iii) The Police districts (as defined by section 2 of the Police Ordinance )
served by the following Police Stations—
(a) Couva.
(b) Chaguanas.
(c) Siparia. |
(d) Fyzabad.
(e) La Brea. +
(f) Penal. G.N. 10-1946
(g) Point Fortin.
(4) Sangre Grande.
(4) Scarborough.
(j) Roxborough.
(4) Palo Seco. G.N. 104-1949.
Theatres and Dance Halls. (Ch. 30. No. 9. 243
“licence ’’ means a licence granted in the form in the Schedule.
Schedule hereto, and “ licensed’ shall be construed
accordingly ;
“ Licensing Authority ’’ means any person or body of
persons appointed by the Governor by notice in the
Royal Gazette to be a Licensing Authority for any
proclaimed area specified in such notice;*
“proclaimed area means any area to which the
provisions of this Ordinance have been applied in
accordance with subsection (2) of section 1;
stage play Չۉ۪ includes any tragedy, comedy, farce,
opera, burletta, interlude, melodrama, pantomine,
prologue, epilogue, concert or other dramatic or
musical entertainment or any part thereof;
= se apatite eye ge age ial a labial aa ne
hoes hate be eae ce Rie Cherie Said igang oo Daa aa iad tale ies i .
Sfeaandamted ypc eal Stn bel EAM aceite ; .
‘theatre’? means any building, tent or other
erection open to the public, gratuitously or otherwise,
where a stage play is performed, presented or held and
includes a dance hall.
3. (1) After the commencement of this Ordinance a place Gravt and
within a proclaimed area shall not be used as a theatre or of licences.
dance hall without a licence.
(2) A Licensing Authority may grant licences for any
period not exceeding twelve months to such persons as it
thinks fit to use places as theatres or dance halls on such
terms and conditions as may be imposed by regulations
made under this Ordinance or as may be endorsed on the
licence by the Licensing Authority.
(3) A Licensing Authority may transfer any licence to
any person whom it thinks fit.
(4) A Licensing Authority may, in its discretion
refuse to grant a licence or transfer of a licence or may grant
it subject to such terms and conditions as it may think
desirable.
* The undermentioned have been appointed Licensing Authorities :— R.G.
The Police Officer in charge of the division in which each of the several 31.12.42
proclaimed areas is situate, has been appointed the Licensing Authority for
the purpose of regulating the use of Theatres, Dance Halls and other places
of entertainment therein, and to provide for the licensing thereof.
16 (2)
244
Penalties.
Dower o
entry.
Ch. 30. No. 9.] Theatres and Dance Halls.
(5) The following fees shall be payable to the Licensing
Authority granting a licence or transfer of a licence in
respect of a theatre or dance hall:
§
For a licence for one specific occasion 0
For a licence for a period not exceeding 14 days 1.00
For a licence for a period not exceeding 1 month 1.50
For a licence for a period not exceeding 6 months 3.00
For a licence for a period not exceeding 12 months 5.00
(6) Iexcept where the period for which a licence is im
force does not exceed fourteen days, there shall be affixed
and kept affixed in some conspicuous place and so as to be
easily legible on or immediately over and on the outer side
of the main entrance of every licensed place, the words
“ Licensed in pursuance of the Theatres and Dance Halls
Ordinance.â€
4. (1) If any place is used as a theatre or dance hall without
a licence the owner or occupier thereof, unless he proves
to the satisfaction of the court that the place is so used
without his consent or connivance shall be hable, on
summary conviction, to a fine of twenty-four dollars for
every day on which the place is so used.
(2) If the holder of a licence acts in contravention of or
fails to comply with the provisions of this Ordinance or any
regulation made thereunder or with any term, condition
or restriction on or subject to which the licence is granted,
he shall be Hable, on summary conviction, to a fine of
ninety-six dollars, and in the case of a continuing offence
to a fine of twenty-four dollars for each day on which the
contravention continues after conviction therefor, and the
licence of any person so convicted may be revoked by the
Licensing Authority
5. Any constable detailed for the purpose, may at all
reasonable times enter upon any licensed premises with a
view to secing whether the provisions of this Ordinance
or any regulations made thereunder or the conditions of
any licence, are being or have been complied with. Any
person preventing or obstructing such entry shall, on
summary conviction, be hable to a fine of forty-eight
dollars.
Theatres and Dance Halls. (Ch. 30. No. 9. 245
6. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations— Power to
“a: “a: : make regu-
(a) prescribing conditions to be observed in reference lations.
to the erection, alteration and cquipment of any
theatre or dance hall;
(6) prescribing conditions to be observed in reference
to the safety from fire or otherwise of any theatre or
dance hall or for the safety, convenience and control
of persons attending any such theatre or dance hall;
(c) generally for the more effective carrying out of
the provisions of this Ordinance.
(2) Regulations made under this section shall have no
force or effect until they have been approved by the Legis-
lative Council.
7. Nothing in this Ordinance shall exempt any person or Savings and
place from the provisions of any other enactment requiring “*°™P"°"*
the licensing for any purposes of that person or place or shall
apply to any place in the control of any municipal authority
or in any building thereon.
SCHEDULE. (Section 2.)
Form LicENCE.
CoLtony oF TRINIDAD AND Topaco.
The Theatres and Dance Halls Ordinance.
Licence is hereby granted to , of , to use the premises situate at
as a Theatre/Dance Hall for the period of from the day
of , 19 subject to the provisions of the Theatres and Dance Halls
Ordinance and any regulations made thereunder or any conditions endorsed hereon.
Dated this day of 19
Licensing Authority.
Fee paid $
246
Ordinances
Ch.40. No.0
1940.
Xo, 32-1941
31--1948.
22 1944
Commencc-
ment.
Interpre-
tation.
Ord.31-1948.
Ch. 30. No. 10.] Cinematograph.
CHAPTER 30. No. 10.
CINEMATOGRAPH.
AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO CINEMATOGRAPH
EXHIBITIONS.
[17th December, 19306. |
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Cinematograph
Ordinance.
2. In this Ordinance-
“ Board " means the Board of l'ilm Censors appointed
under and for the purposes of this Ordinance, and
“censor "’ means a member of the Board,
British company in reference to a British film
means a company constituted under the laws of any
part of the Commonwealth countries, the majority of
the directors of which are British subjects,
British hlm means
(a) any film depicting scenes intended for
exhibition by a cinematograph apparatus which
has been shown to the satisfaction of the Board
to have been registered as a British film under
the provisions of the Cinematograph Films Acts,
1938 and 1948; and
(b) any news film, or any film depicting natural
scenery, agricultural, industrial or manufacturing
processes, or any scientific or natural history film,
which is not registered in Great Britian under the
Cinematograph Tilms Acts, 1938 and 1948, when
such film is shown to the satisfaction of the Board
Cinematograph, [CGh. 30. No. 10. 247
to have been photographed wholly or mainly
in the Commonwealth countries and made
by a maker who is a British subject or a British
company ;
cinematograph film or film — includes inflam-
mable film, non-inflammable film, silent film and
phono film;
exhibitor ’’ means a person licensed under the
provisions of this Ordinance to exhibit films to the
public;
“feature film means a film other than a news film
of not less than 5,000 fect in length,
“length ’’ means the total length of films as approved
by a censor for projection at public exhibitions
thereof;
“ Licensing Authority ’’ means the persons appointed
as such under and for the purposes of this Ordinance ;
“maker ’’ in relation to any film means the person
by whom the arrangements necessary for the production
of the film are undertaken,
“news film means a film depicting wholly or
mainly news and current events,
oP
“poster ’’ or “‘ film-poster’’ includes any printed Ord.32-1941,
matter, placard, pamphlet, photograph, picture or *%
other device for advertising a film or cinematograph
exhibition, but does not include an article in a news-
paper or periodical descriptive of, or commenting on,
a film;
theatre ’’ means any building or place used or
intended to be used for ‘‘ cinematograph exhibitions,â€â€™
being exhibitions of pictures or other optical effects
by means of a cinematograph or other similar apparatus
for the purposes of which cinematograph films are
used, and ‘‘ place â€â€™ shall refer to premises other than
a building whether or not such place is enclosed or
covered in part or whole.
â€
3. An exhibition of pictures or other optical effects by Provisions
means of a cinematograph or other similar apparatus, for cinemato-
the purposes of which cinematograph films are used, shall graph exhibi-
5 : : tions except
not fe given unless the regulations made by the Governor in ticensed
248
Ch. 30. No. 10.| Cinematograph.
premises and in Couneil for the control of such exhibitions and for
by licensed
persons.
License ne
Authoritics,
Apphe
for thes
licence
securing safety are complied with, or elsewhere than in a
theatre licensed for the purpose under this Ordinance
and no person shall carry on the business of exhibiting
films to the public on payment unless he holds a licence for
the purpose, in accordance with the provisions of this
Ordinance.
4. (1) For the purpose of granting a theatre licence under
this Ordinance the Licensing Authority shall be the Magis-
trate for the district within which the theatre is situate, and
for the purpose of granting an exhibitor’s Heence under this
Ordinance the Licensing Authority shall be the Magistrate
of the district in which the applicant for a licence resides or
has his principal place of business.
(2) The Licensing Authority may grant licences to
such persons as he may think fit to hold cinematograph
exhibitions throughout the Colony or to use the theatre
specified in the licence, on such conditions and under such
restrictions as may be laid down in the licence and in any
regulations made under this Ordinance.
5. (1) Every application for a theatre licence shall state
the applicant’s name, occupation and residence, the sttua-
tion of the theatre to be leensed and any other relevant
lacts in support of the application and shall, in any case
in which the theatre has not been crected or has not been
completed at the date of the application, be accompanied
by a plan of the proposed theatre and a specification of the
proposed fittings and furnishings thereof to the satisfaction
of the Licensing Authority = The application shall not be
heard until after the expiration of twenty-one days from
the date of its filing with the Licensing Authority, who
shall at least fourteen days before the date fixed for the
hearing, cause notice of the application and of the time and
place fixed for the hearing to be published in the Royal
Gazelle and in a daily newspaper circulating in the Colony
and to be served on the Commissioner of Police.
(2) The applicant shall have the right of appearing
before the Licensing Authority at the hearing, personally
or by his counsel or solicitor, and of being heard, and of
adducing evidence, in support of his application.
Cinematograph. |Ch. 30. No. 10.
(3) Any owner or occupier of property situate within
a quarter of a mile of the premises in respect of which a
licence is applied for and any member of the Police Force
in charge of the Police district in which such premises are
situate shall have the right of appearing before the Licensing
Authority at the hearing, personally or by his counsel, or
solicitor, and of objecting to the granting of the licence and
of adducing evidence in support of his objection.
(+) The Licensing Authority may, at the hearing,
approve the grant of a licence and the conclitions and
restrictions to be attached thereto notwithstanding that the
theatre has not been erected or completed at the time of
such approval: Provided that the licence shall not be issued
until the Licensing Authority is satisfied that the theatre
has been completed, fitted and furnished in accordance
with the plans and specification filed in support of the
application for the licence or after such period as the
Licensing Authority shall, in his diseretion, allow for such
completion, fitting and furnishing.
(5) Any person aggrieved by any decision of the
Licensing Authority approving the grant of a licence or
refusing to grant a licence may appeal from such decision
to the Full Court Provided that for the purposes of this
section any person aggrieved" shall mean the applicant
or any person who is entitled under the provisions of this
section to object to such licence and who shall have appeared
before the Licensing Authority and objected to such licence.
(6) The procedure in respect of any application or of
any appeal in respect of such application shall be such as is
laid down in the Summary Courts Ordinance.
6. (1) Without prejudice to the generality of the discre-
tion vested in the Licensing Authority by section 4, the
Licensing Authority shall, before approving the grant of a
licence, take into consideration the arguments adduced and
the evidence led at the hearing and the situation of the
premises in relation to the amenities of the district such as
its location in a residential area or in close proximity to any
hospital, school, religious establishment, or public or private
institution.
249
Restrictions
on the
granting of
a theatre
licence.
250
Exemption
from com-
pliance with
this Ordi-
nance in
certain case.
Revocation
and suspen-
sion of
licence.
Duration ol
licence.
Ch. 30. No. 10.| Cinematograph.
_ (2) A theatre licence shall not be approved unless the
Licensing Authority is satisfied that adequate provisions
have or will be made for ensuring—
(a) that the sound of performances held therein
shall not be a source of undue annoyance to or inter-
ference with the comfort of occupiers of buildings in
the neighbourhood,
(2) that there are sufficient means of access to the
theatre and sufficient car parking facilities in the
vicinity so as to avoid undue congestion of traffic;
(c) that any exhibition or performance in such
theatre shall not in any other manner constitute a
nuisance of a public nature.
(3) The Licensing Authority shall not approve the
grant of a theatre licence unless he is satisfied by a certificate
of a competent engineer or architect or by other sufficient
evidence that adequate measures have or will be taken
and that adequate provisions have or will be made for
ensuring safety against fire and structural defects and for
ensuring the safe and proper accommodation of the members
of the audience.
7. The Licensing Authority may issue a licence, subject
to any conditions laid down therein, to any person to hold
an exhibition of cinematograph films for charitable, educa-
tional or other special purposes for such period as may be
prescribed in the licence and exempting such person from
compliance with the provisions of this Ordinance and the
regulations made thereunder or any of them.
8. If any licensee shall be convicted of any offence under
this Ordinance or any regulations made thereunder, it shall
be lawful for the Court before which the conviction is had
to cancel his licence, or to suspend his licence for such
period as to the Court may seem just.
9. \ licence shall be in force for not longer than one
year, and for such shorter period as the Licensing Authority
on the granting of the licence may determine, unless the
licence has been previously revoked.
Cinematograph. |Gh. 30. No. 10.
10. (1) There shall be appointed from time to time by
the Governor such fit persons, not less than five in number,
as the Governor deems necessary, as censors, who shall
together constitute a Board of Film Censors, for the purpose
of censoring cinematograph films and film-posters. The
censors shall hold office during the Governor’s pleasure,
and the Governor shall nominate one of the censors as
Chairman of the Board. Notice of any such appointment
and of any revocation thereof shall be published in the
Roval Gazette.
(2) The Chairman may, with the approval of the
Governor, appoimt a secretary to the Board at such
remuneration and upon such conditions as he may deter-
mine.
11. (1) It shall not be lawful to exhibit any cinemato-
graph film unless such film has been submitted to and
approved by the Board in the manner hereinafter
provided.
(2) It shall not be lawful to exhibit, display, publish
or distribute any film-poster, unless such poster has either
been submitted to and approved by the Board in the manner
hereinafter provided or been submitted to and approved
by the Chairman of the Board.
12. (1) It shall be the duty of the censor or censors
deputed for the purpose by the Chairman of the Board, to
examine cvery cinematograph film and every film-poster
submitted to the Board for approval, and to report thereon
to the Chairman.
(2) The Board's approval shall not be given in the
case of any film or any poster which in the opinion of the
Board depicts any matter that is against public order and
decency, or the exhibition of which for any other reason is
in the opinion of the Board undesirable in the public
interest.
(3) As regards a film, such approval may be given
generally or on condition that any portion of a film shall
be omitted, or may be given subject to a condition that the
film or portion of the film shall be exhibited only to persons
of a specified age or sex or only at certain times.
251
Appoint-
ment of
Board of
film censors.
Films and
posters to be
censored.
Ord.32-1941,
s. 3.
Duties of
censors.
252
Board s
certificate to
state if film
Britash, and
Jength
appreved lor
sxhibition,
Appe
Records i
returns.
Monthly
return to be
furnished,
Ch. 30. No. 10.] Cinematograph.
(4) Such approval shall be signified by a certificate in
the prescribed form. Such certificate may at any time be
cancelled by notice in writing.
(5) A film to which any matter has been added after
it has heen approved by the Board shall be again submitted
for approval, and until it has been again approved shall be
deemed not to have been approved.
13. The certificate given by the Board under the pre-
ceding section shall state whether the film to which. it
apphes is a British film, and the length thereof approved
for exhibition. Kor the purposes of this section each part
of a film intended to be shown on one occasion as a single
part of a consecutive series shall be deemed to be a complete
film.
14. Any person who is aggrieved by any decision of the
Board shall have a right of appeal to the Governor in
Couneil,
15. There shall be payable for every licence required
under this Ordinance and for every film and poster
submitted for approval under this Ordinance such fees as
are preseribed.
16. (1) Every oxhibitor shall keep in respect of each
licensed) theatre where he carries on the exhibition of
lilms a register in the prescribed form, and shall as soon
as practicable after the conclusion of each exhibition. of
films record therein the title, origin, length, and other
particulars required, of cach film or section of a serial film
as exhibited on the occasion in question.
(2) every exhibitor shall furnish to the Chairman of
the Board of Film Censors not later than the 15th day of
each month a return in the prescribed form showing the
title, length, origin and other particulars required of each
film or section of a serial film exhibited by him at each
licensed theatre under his control during the preceding
calendar month.
Cinematograph. |Ch. 30. No. 10.
(3) Any exhibitor who exhibits films in a tent or other
moveable structure licensed for the purpose shall not be
required to keep more than one register in respect of
such tent or structure.
(4) The Commissioner of Police or any member of
the Police Force appointed by him may at all reasonable
times enter any licensed theatre and call for and examine
the register which an exhibitor is required to keep under
the terms of this section.
(5) Any person who fails to keep a register and record
therein such particulars as are mentioned in subsection (1)
hereof or who fails to make a return in accordance with
subsection (2) hereof, or who makes any false entry in such
register or return, shall be hable to a fine of one hundred
dollars.
17. (1) Every exhibitor who carries on the business of
exhibiting cinematograph films to the public in a theatre
licensed under this Ordinance, shall exhibit in such theatre
such proportion or quota of British films as may be pre-
scribed by regulations made under section 23 and may be
applicable to his theatre.
(2) Any such regulations may prescribe the method
of calculating the proportion or quota of British films
exhibited, and may be made in respect of films gencrally
or in respect of specified classes or descriptions of films,
and may he made in respect of all cinemas throughout the
Colony or in respect of cinemas of specified classes or
descriptions or in respect of cinemas in specified areas,
and may prescribe different proportions or quotas of
British films in the different cases or combinations of cases
above-mentioned.
(3) except as provided in section 7, any exhibitor
who fails to comply with the provisions of this section
shall, unless he proves to the satisfaction of the Court
that the reasons for non-compliance were reasons beyond
his control, and that he had exhibited as much of the
appropriate proportion or quota of British films as was
reasonably available be guilty of an offence and shall be
liable on summary conviction to a fine of four hundred and
eighty dollars.
253
Require-
ments in case
of exhibitors
using
moveable
structures,
Tower to call
for and
examine
records,
Penaltic.
Drovisions
as to British
quotas.
Ord.32-1941,
s. 4.
254
Application
of section 17.
Ord.32-1941,
s. 5.
Exhibiting
unapproved
film or
poster.
©rd.32-1941,
O.
Ord.22-1949,
?
Ch. 30. No. 10.] Cinematograph.
18. The provisions of the preceding section shall not
apply to the following, namely—
(a) films being wholly or mainly commercial adver-
tisements,
(6) films used wholly or mainly for educational
purposes and approved as such by the Chairman of the
Board,
(c) films consisting only of announcements or notices
not accompanied by pictorial illustrations ;
(d) films exhibited at a performance or exhibition
where the total length cf film exhibited dees not
exceed two thousand feet,
(e) any class or description of film specified by the
Governor in Council in @ notification published in the
Roval Gazette.
19. (1) Every person who exhibits any film or any portion
of a film in contravention of the provisions of this Ordinance
shall be liable to a fine of four hundred and eighty dollars for
cach occasion on which such offence takes place, and the
film may be ordered by the court to be forfeited to the
Crown. Any film or any portion of a film so forfeited
shall be dealt with in such manner as the Commissioner
of Police shal] direct.
(2) Every person who exhibits, displays, publishes or
distributes, or causes to be exhibited, displayed, published or
distributed, any film-poster in contravention of sub-
section (2) of section 11, shall be guilty of an offence and
shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of two
hundred and forty dollars.
20. lf the owner of a-cinematograph or other apparatus
uses the apparatus or allows it to be used, or if any person
supplies light for any cinematograph or other apparatus
which he has reasonable grounds for believing is being or
is to be used, or if the licensee or the owner or occupier of
any building or place uses such building or place or
allows such building or place to be used, in contravention of
any of the previsions of this Ordinance, or of the con-
ditions or restrictions upon or subject to which any licence
relating to any such building or place has been granted under
Cinematograph. [Ch. 30. No. 10.
this Ordinance, he shall be guilty of an offence against this
Ordinance and liable to a fine of two hundred and forty
dollars, and, in the case of a continuing offence, to a further
fine of one hundred dollars for each day during which the
offence continues.
21. The Commissioner of Police or any member of the
Police Force appointed by him or the Superintendent of
Fire Brigades or any member of a Fire Brigade appointed
by him or any censor may at all reasonable times enter
any building or place, whether licensed or not, in which he
has reason to believe that such an exhibition as aforesaid is
being or is about to be given, with a view to sceing whether
the provisions of this Ordinance or any regulations made
thereunder, or the conditions of any licence granted under
this Ordinance have been complied with, and if any person
prevents or obstructs the entry of the Commissioner or any
member of the Police Force appvinted as aforesaid or the
Superintendent of Fire Brigades or any member of a Fire
Brigade appointed by him, or any censor, he shall be
liable to a fine of one hundred dollars.
22. All offences under this Ordinance (or under any
regulations made under this Ordinance) may be prosecuted,
ind all penalties incurred may be imposed or recovered, in
the manner provided by the Summary Courts Ordinance.
23. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations
for prescribing anything which under this Ordinance is to
be prescribed, generally for carrying this Ordinance into
clfect, and determining offences against any of the said
regulations and penalties therefor and in particular as to—
(a) the duties of the Licensing Authority;
(b) the duties of the Board of Film Censors;
(c) the safety of persons attending a cinematograph
exhibition ;
(d) the particulars and evidence necessary for
establishing the British nature of a film;
(e) the fees to be paid for licences under this
Ordinance;
255
Power of
entry.
Ord.22-1949,
3. 3.
Recovery of
penalties.
Ord.22-1949,
s. 4.
Regulations.
Ord.22-1949,
s. 5.
256
Schedule,
(Section 23.)
Delinitions,
G.N. 45-
1y5e.
Ch. 30. No. i0.| Cinematograph
(f) the hours during which any cinematograph
exhibition shall not take place;
(g) the form and duration of licences issued under
this Ordinance and the conditions or restrictions
subject to which a licence may be issued;
(h) the form of the returns to be made, and of the
records to be kept under this Ordinance:
Provided that no penalty for an offence against any of
the said regulations shall exceed a fine of five thousand
dollars or imprisonment for twelve months with or without
hard labour: Provided further that in the case of a
continuing offence any such regulations may provide for--
further penalty of one hundred dollars for each day during
which the offence continues.
(2) Regulations made under this Ordinance shall have
no force or effect until they have been approved by the
Legislative Council: Provided that, until varied or revoked
by any such regulations, the regulations and forms contained
in the Schedule hereto shall be in force.
THE SCHEDULE.
Cinematograph Regulations.
1, These regulations may be cited as the Cinematograph Regulations.
In these regulations—
building means any structure used or intended to be used for
the exhibition of films to the public, and includes any yard, external
pe cage-way or open space connected therewith;
enclosure means that part of a building in which cinematograph
apparatus is installed and operated,
‘nit includes emergency exit and any passage-way ;
new building ’’ means any building erected or adapted for use
for the exhibition of films to the public, and put into use after the
commencement of these Regulations ;
re-winding room means a room designed and constructed with
the approval of the Director of Works and Hydraulics and used for
the re-winding of film;
â€
Cinematograph. [Ch. 30. No. 10.
“theatre ’’ means a building or place licensed under the Cinemato-
graph Ordinance;
“ vault â€â€™ means a vault designed and constructed with the approval
oi the Director of Works and Hydraulics.
PART I.
PROVISIONS FOR THE SAFETY OF THE AUDIENCE AND PREVENTION
OF FIRE.
a
3. (1) The design and construction of all new buildings shall be subject
to the approval of the Director of Works and Hydraulics.
(2) All buildings used for the exhibition of films to the public on
the 2nd of March, 1950, shall within a period of eighteen months from
that date conform to the provisions of these Regulations.
4. (1) All exits from a building provided for members of the public or
the staff employed in connection with the building or with cinematograph
exhibitions in the building shall be suitably indicated by notices bearing
the word ‘‘ EXIT â€â€™ in six-inch letters and all such notices shall be tinted
green and illuminated with green lights.
(2) All other doors or openings leading from the auditorium gallery
or any passageway into a dead end or such other places as are unsafe or
unsuitable for the purpose of egress shall be indicated by notices bearing
the words ““ NO THOROUGHFARE †in six-inch letters. Such notices
shall be tinted red and illuminated by red lights. ,
(3) Where doubt may arise as to the direction of exit, or where
persons might unwittingly move into danger, a notice bearing the words
“TO EXIT†in six-inch letters and tinted green or illuminated with
green lights shall be provided.
(4) All notices required by the three foregoing paragraphs shall be
illuminated in such manner as may be specified by the Government Chief
Ilectric Inspector.
(5) Wherever possible such notices shall be placed above the doors
to which they relate, but in any case they shall not be less than 6 feet
9 inches above floor level.
5. No chairs, seats or other obstructions shall be placed or allowed
to remain in gangways or in any place used for the safe and speedy egress
by the public or members of the staff employed in connection with any
building or cinematograph exhibition in a building.
6. No standing of members of the audience shall be permitted in any
theatre during any cinematograph exhibition other than for the purpose
of gaining access to vacant seating or egress from the theatre during or
at the conclusion of an exhibition. Any person who shall continue to
stand when requested not to do so shall be guilty of an offence under
aps regulation and liable on summary conviction to a fine of twenty-five
ollars.
7. Whenever the public is present at any cinematograph exhibition
exits shall be kept free of inflammable tapestries or any other object
T.—IV.
257
Design and
construction
of new
buildings.
Exits.
No chairs,
etc., in gang-
ways.
No standing
permitted.
Provisions
in connection
with cinema
exhibitions.
258
Provisions
in connection
with cinema
exhibitions.
Provisions in
connection
with floor
coverings
and curtains.
Enclosures.
Apparatus
and installa-
tions.
Projectors.
Films ex-
ceeding
100,000 fect
to be stored
in vault,
Cementing
of films.
Ch. 30. No. 10.] Cinematograph.
likely to restrict egress by the public from the building in which such
cinematograph exhibition is being held.
8. All sliding or folding shutters or roller or collapsible gates of a
building shall be left fully open whilst the public is present at any
cinematograph exhibition.
9. (1) Floor coverings of buildings shall be fixed in such a way as to
prevent rucking or obstruction, and shall be sunk to floor level. All
floors shall be maintained in a non-skid condition.
(2) All curtains shall be hung not less than 2 inches clear of floors,
and shall slide freely.
10. (1) Ventilation in enclosures shall be as approved by the Director
of Works and Hydraulics.
(2) Two openings for each projector in an enclosure shall be
provided and the construction thereof shall be subject to the approval
of the Director of Works and Hydraulics.
(3) All furniture and fittings within an enclosure shall be of
non-combustible material.
(4) No film cement shall be kept in an enclosure.
(5) No winding or rewinding of films shall take place in an enclosure
whilst members of the public are present on the premises or the projectors
are in use. In new buildings separate rewinding rooms shall be provided
and shall be subject to the approval of the Director of Works and
Hydraulics.
(6) No smoking shall be permitted in enclosures or rewinding
rooms. Notices to this effect shall be permanently affixed in a prominent
position.
(7) Films other than those being projected, and being prepared
for projection, shall be kept in a non-combustible container.
(8) Barriers and notices shall be provided to prevent members of
the public coming into contact with enclosures.
11. All electrical apparatus and installations shall be of a standard and
specification approved by the Government Chief Electric Inspector.
12. Projectors shall be of a type approved by the Government Chief
Electric Inspector and shall be placed on firm fire-resisting supports.
13. Not more than 500 Ib. (100,000 feet) of film shall be permitted
to be kept in any building unless stored in a vault and in any case not
more than 125 Ib. (25,000 feet) shall be exposed at any one time.
14. (1) No collodion, amy! acetate or other similar flammable substance
for the cementing of film shall be kept other than in rewinding rooms,
or approved fire-resisting cabinets or safes, or in any quantity exceeding
one Imperial pint.
(2) Splices in film shall be made by a cutting and splicing machine
approved by the Superintendent of Fire Brigades.
(3) Motion picture projectors shall be operated by and be in
charge of a projectionist to be licensed by the Government Chief Electric
Inspector.
Cinematograph. [Ch. 30. No. 10.
259
15. The auditorium and the exits therefrom to the outside of a building,
including any external courts, passageways, stairways, or ramps, the
notices indicating position of exists, and all parts of the building to which
the public is admitted shall throughout be adequately illuminated during
the whole time the public is present at a cinematograph exhibition. In
the event of the failure of the main lighting the auditorium shall be at
once illuminated by a secondary lighting service, and remain so illuminated
until the main lighting is repaired, or until all members of the public have
left the premises.
16. No person shall be permitted to reside in any building.
17. All fires occurring in a building during the holding of any
cinematograph exhibition shall be immediately reported by the exhibitor
to the nearest Fire or Police Station.
18. Fire equipment shall be provided and maintained throughout
buildings in accordance with the directions of the Superintendent of Fire
Brigades.
19, (1) In order to secure the safety of the audience the exhibitor or
some responsible person designated by him shall be in attendance
throughout cinematograph exhibitions. He shall be assisted by such
staff as the Commissioner of Police shall deem necessary.
(2) All such persons shall be fully instructed in their duties and all
attendants shall wear a distinctive uniform or arm-band.
(3) During cinematograph exhibitions at which children are present
the number of attendants shall be such as may be required by the
Commissioner of Police.
20. There shall be in the enclosure, re-winding room, pay office and
Manager’s office of every building a prominent notice detailing action in
the event of fire or any other unusual occurrence.
21. The Commissioner of Police or Superintendent of Fire Brigades
may at any time and without prior notice require a cinematograph
exhibition which is being held in a building to be stopped if in his opinion
circumstances exist which would constitute a danger to the public should
a fire or other unusual happening occur.
22. Whenever any person shall withhold his approval of the doing of
or omission to do anything in connection with a building, or the furniture,
fittings, electrical apparatus or installations thereof, which is subject
to his approval under these Regulations, the person aggrieved by his
decision may, within seven days of the date of receipt of notification
that such approval has been withheld, appeal against such decision to
the Governor in Council who may, in his discretion, authorise the doing
of or the omission to do such thing either unconditionally or subject
to such conditions as he may think fit to impose or may confirm such
decision:
Provided that if the person whose approval is withheld is of the opinion
that the doing of or omission to do any such thing would constitute
a danger to persons attending any cinematograph exhibition in such
17 (2)
Auditoriu m,
provisions
as to.
Residence
in building
prohibited.
Fires to be
reported.
Fire equip-
ment to be
provided.
Attendants
at
exhibitions.
Notices to be
affixed in
building for
action in
event of fire.
Exhibition
of film may
be stopped
by police.
Person
aggrieved
may appeal
to Governor
in Council.
260
Unauthori-
sed person
not allowed
in enclosure.
Contraven-
tions by
licensee.
Contraven-
tions by
licensee.
Definition,
The Board’s
records and
accounts,
Ch. 30. No. 10.] Cinematograph.
building he shall so notify the person seeking his approval and forward
a certificate to that effect to the Governor in Council; and thereupon
such building shall cease to be used for the holding of any cinematograph
exhibition until the Governor in Council shall so authorise and, if the
Governor in Council shall so authorise, such building shall only be used
for the holding of cinematograph exhibitions subject to such conditions
as the Governor in Council may impose.
23. No unauthorised person shall be allowed in an enclosure.
24+. If the holder of the theatre licence granted in respect of any
building shall contravene any of the provisions of regulation 3 (1) of
these Regulations, or any exhibitor shall contravene any of the provisions
of regulations 5, 8, 10 (6), 13 or 15 of these Regulations, such holder or
exhibitor, as the case may be, shall be guilty of an offence against these
Regulations and liable on summary conviction to a fine of two thousand
five hundred dollars or imprisonment for twelve months, and, in the case
of a continuing offence, to a further fine of one hundred dollars for each
day during which the offence continues.
25. If the holder of the theatre licence granted in respect of any
building shall contravene any of the provisions of regulations 3 (2), +, 9,
10 (1), 10 (2), 10 (3), 10 (5), 10 (8), 11 or 12 of these Regulations, or any ex-
hibitur shall contravene any of the provisions of regulations 6, 7, 10 (4), 10
(5), 10 (7), 14, 160, 17, 18, 19, 20 or 23 of these Regulations, such holder or
exhibitor, as the case may be, shall be guilty of an offence against these
Regulations and liable on summary conviction to a fine of two hundred
and fifty dollars, and, in the case of a continuing offence, to a further
fine of fifty dollars for each day during which the offence continues.
[Revoked by GN. 45-1950. |
PART II.
CENSORSHIP.
27. In the following regulations the ‘ Board = means the Board of Film
Censors and = Chairman ’’ means the Chairman of such Board.
28. The Chairman shall keep—
(1) a book in which shall be entered particulars of all films submitted
for examination; such particulars to include the names of such films,
the names of the owners, renters and/or exhibitors of such films, the
number of persons advertising such films and the names of the censors
by whom such films were examined and their decision regarding them;
(2) accounts of—
(a) all moneys received in respect of fees payable for films
submitted for examination;
(6) payments made for the use of any theatre for the purpose
of examining films;
(c) any disbursements made in carrying out the duties of the
censors,
Cinematograph. [Ch. 30. No. 10.
29, The undermentioned fees shall be payable in advance to the
Chairman for every film submitted for examination, that is to say :—
Phono films:—
For each reel of a sound length up to and including
1,000 feet 1.50
For every 100 fect or part of 100 feet over 1,000 fect = .15
Silent films:—
For each reel of a length up to and including 1,000 fect 65
For every 100 feet or part of 100 feet over 1,000 fect .08
The Chairman shall in due course deposit all fees received with the
Accountant General.
30. All payments are to be made by the Accountant General on vouchers
certified by the Chairman.
31, (1) For the purpose of censoring films, the Chairman may arrange
with the owner or any representative of the owner of any cinema or
projection room for the usc generally or specially of the cinema or
projection room and of any necessary appliances and for the services
of the necessary staff (to be provided by the owner of the cinema or
projection room or his representative) required for the exhibiting of
films in the cinema or projection room, on payment of fifty cents per reel.
(2) The owner of a cinema or projection room and his representative
and staff shall not be responsible for any loss, damage or injury in respect
of any film arising out of the exhibiting thereof in pursuance of
arrangements made under this Regulation.
32. (a) Distributors shall send to the office of the Board complete lists of
all films and posters to be submitted for examination.
(6) Every list shall contain a column in which shall be entered the
Board's decision, together with any conditions imposed.
(c) In cases where a separate film used for advertising purposes and
conimonly called “a trailer ’’ (whether it is part of the original film or not)
accompanies a film, this fact shall be stated.
(4) The signature of a censor at the end of any list shall be deemed
to be in authentication of every entry in the column showing the Board’s
decision.
(e) The list shall be in the form A hereto, and may be on a loose
sheet or in a book.
(f) In this regulation, ‘‘ distributor '"’ means a person who carries
on the business of importing and distributing films in the Colony.
33. All “‘ trailers,†referred to in the preceding regulation, must be
submitted for examination and shall be subject to the provisions of the
Ordinance.
34. (a) For the purpose of examining films or film posters submitted
for approval, the Chairman shall depute not more than three censors
261
Examination
fees.
R.G. 1944,
p. 2.
Payment by
Accountant
General.
Use of
cinemas and
projection
rooms for
censorship
purposes.
R.G, 1942,
p. 810.
Lists of films
to be sent by
distributor.
Form A.
Trailers.
Examination
of films by
the censors.
262
G.N. 41-
1946,
Attendance
of censors.
Review of
film by the
Board.
Time and
place of
exhibition
for censor-
ship.
R.G. 192,
p. 81a.
Custody of
films.
Censor’s
right of
entry.
Board's
accounts to
be sent to
the Account-
ant General.
Leave to
censors.
Board's
office,
Certificate of
approval.
Ch. 30. No. 10.] Cinematograph.
and if any of the censors deputed have not attended the meeting for
the said purpose he shall accept the report of such censor or censors as
did in fact attend. On occasions when the Board meets for other
purposes five members shall form a quorum.
(b) Unless he has been absent through ill-health or with the leave
or under the direction of the Governor, any censor shall be considered
to have vacated his post as censor who has not on the last day of any
quarter attended at Ieast one-third of the censorship meetings for the
examination of films or film posters which he had been deputed by the
Chairman to attend, or who has not on the last day of any year attended
at least one-third of the censorship meetings of the Board for other
purposes held during the preceding twelve months or during his tenure of
office during such months,
35. When < film has been cxamined by any number of censors
representing less than a majority of the Board and these censors are in
doubt as to approving or rejecting such film or any part thereof, or if so
requested by the exhibitor who is not satisfied with their decision, they
shall call the other censors into consultation and the decision of the
majority of the Board shall prevail, subject to the right of appeal to
the Governor in Council as provided by the Ordinance.
36. (1) The Chairman of the Board may give general or special
directions to any exhibitor as to the day, hour and place when and
where his films are to be exhibited for censorship.
(2) The Governor and the Chairman and members of the Board
and their officers and servants shall not be responsible for any loss,
damage or injury arising out of the exhibition of any film for censorship
purposes.
37. Parts of any film not allowed to be exhibited shall, on request of the
Chairman, be deposited at the office of the Board and shall be returned
when the film is about to be exported.
38. The censors shall have the nght of entry into all cinemas during
performances, free of charge; and it shall be their duty to make such
surprise Visits as they may think fit. Accommodation must in every case
be reserved for a possible visit by the censors.
39. The Chairman shall render monthly accounts to the Accountant
General showing the balance of cash in hand, and shall pay over same
against a receipt in due form.
40. The Governor may grant leave of absence to any censor and may
temporarily fill the vacant place or places during such absence.
41. The office of the Board shall be such room or place as the Governor
may from time to time specify in the Roval Gazette.
42. [Revoked by G.N. 45-1950.]
43. (a) Certificates of approval may at any time be cancelled by the
Board provided that the reasons for such cancelling shall be given to the
exhibitor in writing.
Cinematograph. {Ch. 30. No. 10. 263
(5) A certiticate of approval may, subject to the conditions to be
imposed, be in the form following :—
We certify having examined on the day of , Form.
19 a film entitled submitted to the Board of Film
Censors and have approved of the same being exhibited within the
Colony subject to the following conditions:
for Board of Film Censors.
PART IIT.
BritisH FILMS AND QUOT:
44. The book to be kept by the exhibitor, and the return to be furnished Record of
under section 16 of the Ordinance shall be in form C hereto. Subject to Totas.
the provisions of subsection (3) of section 16 of the Ordinance a separate Form C.
book shall be kept by the exhibitor in respect of cach theatre in which he
exhibits films.
+5. (1) For the purposes of sections 17 and 18 of the Ordinance the Regulations
proportions and quotas of British films to be exhibited in each theatre as to British
shall be in accordance with this regulation. ote 1941
(2) In the case of films other than news films, the proportion of — 3.9 (1).
British films to be exhibited to the public on payment, during each half
year in which any films other than news films are exhibited to the public
on payment in the theatre, shall be at least fifteen per centum, and if
such films so exhibited include feature films (being films, other than news
films, of not less than 5,000 feet in length) there shall, in addition, be
maintained in relation to such feature films the same proportion of
British films.
(3) In the case of news films, the quota of British films to be
exhibited to the public on payment, during each complete month in
which films are exhibited to the public on payment in the theatre, shall
be at least 8,000 feet.
(4) In this regulation—
half-year’ means a period commencing on the Ist of January
and ending on the following 30th of June and a period commencing
on the Ist of July and ending on the following 31st of December;
“month †means any one of the twelve calendar months of the
year.
(5) Paragraph (2) of this regulation shall apply in relation to all
licensed theatres in the City of Port-of-Spain and the Borough of San
Fernando.
(6) Paragraph (3) of this regulation shall apply in relation to all
licensed theatres throughout the Colony.
46. The method of calculating the proportion or quota of British films Method of
»xhibited in any theatre shall be as fotlows:— compliance’
(a) as regards feature films, the number of British feature films with regu-
exhibited shall be compared with the number of all feature films lation 45.
exhibited ;
264
Fees.
Duration.
Forms D
and E.
Ch. 30. No. 10.) Cinematograph.
(o) as regards films, other than feature films and news films, the
aggregate number of feet of British films exhibited shall be compared
with the aggregate number of feet of all films exhibited;
(c) a film exhibited outside the hours approved by the Board as
being the normal hours of the ordinary programme of the theatre
shall be deemed, for the purposes of this regulation, not to have been
exhibited on that occasion;
(d@) a film exhibited more than once at a theatre during a half-year
(which expression shall have the same meaning as in regulation 45)
shall be deemed, for the purposes of this regulation, to have been
exhibited during that half vear only on the first occasion on which
it was exhibited.
PART IV.
LICENCES AND I°E és.
47. (a) The following fees shall be paid annually to the Accountant
General in advance for the following licences, namely:
$
In respect of a theatre in Port-of-Spain 96
do. do. San Fernando 48
do. do. elsewhere 24
In respect of an exhibitor 24
Provided that in respect of any application made on or after the
Ist of July in any year, the fee payable shall be one-half of the aforesaid
annual fee.
(6) All licences shall commence on the lst of January or from the
date of issue if issued subsequent to the Ist of January in any year, and
shall expire on the 31st of December in that year unless previously revoked.
(c) A licence for a theatre shall be in the form “ Dâ€â€™ hereto, and a
licence for an exhibitor shall be in the form “ E "’ hereto, subject to such
modifications or other conditions as may be required in the circumstances
of each particular licence.
[Ch. 30. No. 10. 265
Cinematograph.
“40jngtajsiq fo aanqousts
suonIpuos
siosua, pauruexy pure szosus
yo omnzeUaIS | a3eq jo pivog
i jo worstoaq,
uIzuQ yoog
jo ssaigq 10
Aryanoy S1a}sog
a3e100.7
6r
51922
, JON
pues SyUIIg
Io ov0ug | jo ‘on
‘a7eq
aly Jo AIL
ayeutxoiddr uo 91789}
soyNUIp
aull} Sutuuni
1B ZE UOT[NAay Jepun uoljeulUexa JO} paqyiwqns siajsod pue sully jo LSI]
“Vv
Cinematograph.
Ch. 30. No. 10.]
266
“Papnpoul oq 0} Jou are ‘wd ¢ 0} YEP ai0joq sould SurAey SUOTIIQIYXY— ALON
“4onqiyxg fo aanjousts 61 a7eq
|
|
of
ae
> | ' !
| [22y ! S[90Y
agieyo ut a8e}004 | JOo'ON __ rood _| JO ‘ON
Uoslad Jo s[eiiuy i —_ WZ JO 9UL | UOITIqIYXA JO aye
! ALIIVNOILVN YAHIO HSILING |
ss - fo .
61 JO YyUOUL ay} Sulanp ul a1} vay TL ay) 78 payiqiyxa sully Jo NunLay
2UeUIPIO ay} Jo (z) pue ({) 9]
UONI9g Japun JojIqQIGxg Aq paystuiny 9q 0} UINJeY pus JOJaJIdOIg BWAaUTD Aq 1day aq 03 19}619ey Jo WI04
‘a
Cinematograph. [Ch. 30. No. 10.
Form D.
THE CINEMATOGRAPH ORDINANCE.
Licence for a Theatre.
Under section 5 of the Cinematograph Ordinance (4.B.) of is
hereby licensed to use the theatre situate and known as for the
period for the purposes mentioned in the said Ordinance, subject to the
following conditions and restrictions, that is to say:—
(1) The fee of $ is payable in respect of this licence to the Treasury,
the receipt for which amount must be furnished to the Licensing Authority
before this licence can be used or becomes valid.
(2) No film shall be exhibited unless the provisions of the Cinematograph
Ordinance and Regulations have been complied with.
(3) The theatre shall not be used for exhibiting films befure 3 p.m. on Sundays,
Good Friday, Corpus Christi, and Christmas Day.
*
If any of the above-mentioned terms, conditions or restrictions is not complied
with, or if, without the sanction of the Licensing Authority, any alteration is made in
the said theatre or in the enclosure containing the cinematograph apparatus, or if
at any time the Licensing Authority considers the place for which this licence is
granted no longer suitable, this licence will be revoked.
This Licence expires on the 31st of December, 19 unless sooner revoked.
Dated the of 19
Licensing Authority.
Magistrate District.
* Insert here any other conditions to be imposed.
Form E.
THE CINEMATOGRAPH ORDINANCE.
Licence for an Exhibitor.
Under section 5 of the Cinematograph Ordinance (4.B.) is
hereby licensed to carry on the business of exhibiting films ee the public during the
year 19 _—_, subject to the following conditions and restrictions, that is to say :-—-
(1) The fee of $ is payable in respect of this licence to the Treasury,
the receipt for which amount must be furnished to the Licensing Authority
before this licence can be used or becomes valid.
(2) No film shall be exhibited unless the provisions of the Cinematograph
Ordinance and Regulations have been complied with.
This Licence expires on the day of ,19 — , unless sooner revoked.
Dated this day of ,19
Licensing Authority.
Magistrate District.
* Insert here any other conditions to be imposed.
267
268 Ch. 30. No. 11.] Cinematograph Entertainments (Charges).
CHAPTER 30. No. 11.
CINEMATOGRAPH ENTERTAINMENTS (MAXIMUM
CHARGES).
See AN ORDINANCE TO CONTROL THE CHARGES FOR ADMISSION
TO CINEMATOGRAPH ENTERTAINMENTS.
c -
Commence [5th May, 1949.]
Short title. 1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Cinematograph
Entertainments (Maximum Charges) Ordinance.
interpre- 2. In this Ordinance “ theatre ’’ has the same meaning as
in the Cinematograph Ordinance; and ‘“ admission’,
“admission to a cinematograph entertainmentâ€â€™, “ cinema-
tograph entertainment†“licensed exhibitor’, “‘ payment
for admissionâ€â€™ and ‘‘ proprietor ’’ have the same meanings
as are respectively assigned to those expressions in the
Cinematograph Entertainment Tax Ordinance.
Power to fx 3, (1) The Governor in Council may by Order fix the
charges. maximum charges to be made for admission to cinemato-
graph entertainments.
(2) In any such Order differentiation may be made
between maximum charges payable—
(a) at theatres of different classes;
(b) by persons apparently under the age of twelve
years and by persons apparently over that age;
(c) in respect of separate cinematograph entertain-
ments held at different times on any day;
(2) for admission to cinematograph entertainments
solely and to cinematograph entertainments forming
Cinematograph Entertainments (Charges). (Ch. 30. No. 11.
part only of a programme of theatrical or other stage
performances ;
(e) for seating accommodation in different parts of
the same theatre.
(3) For the purposes of this section the Governor in
Council may classify theatres according to structure,
locality or otherwise as to him may seem fit.
4. If any charge exceeding the appropriate maximum
charge permissible under this Ordinance is made in respect
of admission to a cinematograph entertainment, the
proprietor shall be guilty of an offence against this Ordinance
and liable on summary conviction to a fine of four hundred
and eighty dollars and the amount by which the payment
for admission exceeds the said maximum charge shall be
recoverable by the person making the same in the Petty
Civil Court having jurisdiction in the place where the
cinematograph entertainment was held.
5. (1) The Governor shall appoint a charges-regulation
committee for the effective enforcement of the provisions
of this Ordinance.
(2) It shall be the duty of the charges-regulation
committee to give advice and assistance to the Governor in
Council with regard to the operation of this Ordinance.
(3) The charges-regulation committee shall be con-
stituted in such manner as the Governor may determine.
269
Penalty.
Charges
Tegulation
committee,
270
Ordinance
Ch.30. No.11
-1940.
Commence-
ment.
Short title.
Establish-
ment of
Board of
Control,
Disqualifi-
cation of
members of
the Board.
Ch. 30. No. 12.] Boxing Control.
CHAPTER 30. No. 12.
BOXING CONTROL.
AN ORDINANCE TO REGULATE THE HOLDING OF
BOXING CONTESTS.
[1sé January, 1934.]
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Boxing Control
Ordinance.
2. (1) For the purposes of this Ordinance there shall be
established a Trinidad Boxing Board of Control (in this
Ordinance referred to as the Board ’’) which shall consist
of a Chairman and four other members to be appointed
from time to time by the Governor in Council.
(2) The Chairman shall have a casting as well as a
deliberative vote.
(3) Three members of the Board shall constitute the
quorum necessary to constitute a meeting and mavy exercise
all or any powers conferred upon the Board by this Ordin-
ance or any regulations made thereunder.
3. (1) No member of the Board shall be interested in the
administration or executive of any promoting body of
professional boxing.
(2) No member of the Board shall be interested in any
promoter or receive payment of any kind from such pro-
moter or promoting bodies,
(3) Any member of the Board disregarding the pro-
visions of this section shall 7pso facto cease to be a member
of the Board.
Boxing Control. [Ch. 30. No. 12. 271
4. Subject to any regulations made under this Ordinance Board may
the Board may appoint such officers and employ and pay 2ppomnt
such persons and take such other steps as it thinks necessary employ and
and expedient for properly carrying out its duties. elon
5. (1) No person shall hold, assist in holding, or take any Boxing
part whatsoever in any boxing contest, whether held for forpidden
prizes or otherwise, unless a permit in writing has been except with
first obtained from the Board authorising the holding of sion'ot the.
Board.
such contest.
(2) The Board may refuse to issue such permit at its
discretion and without assigning any reason or may attach
any conditions it thinks fit as to the holding of any boxing
contest or may cancel any permit after issue.
6. The members of the Board and any officer or member Free access.
of the Police Force detailed for the purpose shall at all
times have free access to any place in which any boxing
contest is being or is about to be held.
7. (1) The Board may prescribe the rules for boxing and Power of
may from time to time amend or revoke any such rules, Board
and with the approval of the Governor in Council may make regulations.
regulations as to all or any of the following matters :—
(a) the registration and licensing and the revocation
or suspension of licences of—
(1) promoters of professional boxing contests;
(ii) professional boxers;
(iii) professional seconds ;
(iv) referees, judges and time keepers;
(v) premises in which boxing contests may be
held;
(b) the information to be supplied to the Board in
respect of proposed boxing contests;
(c) the provision of medical certificates by con-
testants;
(d@) the submission of articles of agreement signed by
contestants ;
272
Offences and
penalties.
Saving.
Ch. 30. No. 12.] Boxing Control.
(e) the provision or deposit of prizes or prize money;
(f) the forms of licences, permits, articles of agree-
ment and any other documents to be furnished by or
to the Board;
(g) the fees to be charged for any licence or permit
and the accounts to be kept by the Board; and
(hk) generally for carrying any of the purposes or
provisions of this Ordinance into effect:
Provided that until varied or revoked by any such rules
or regulations the rules and regulations contained in the
Schedule to this Ordinance shall be in force.
(2) All regulations when so approved by the Governor
in Council shall be published in the Royal Gazette and shall
come into operation on the date of such publication. Any
amendment to or revocation of the rules for boxing made by
the Board shall be published in such manner as the Board
may determine.
8. Any person who—
(a) without being duly licensed in accordance with
the provisions of this Ordinance and any regulations
made thereunder, holds, assists in holding, or takes
part in any boxing contest,
(b) holds, assists in holding, or takes any part in, a
boxing contest unless it be held under and in accord-
ance with the provisions of this Ordinance and any
regulations made thereunder,
(c) refuses to grant to any officer or member of the
Police Force free access as hereinbefore provided to any
premises in which any boxing contest is being, or is
about, to be held, or obstructs any officer or member
of the Police Force in the course of his duty under
this Ordinance,
shall be guilty of an offence and liable, on summary con-
viction, to a fine of one hundred and twenty dollars or to
imprisonment for three months or to both such fine and
imprisonment.
9. The Board may by permit in writing either generally or
in respect of any specific contest exempt any scholastic
Boxing Control. [Ch. 30. No. 12.
institution or any amateur athletic or any other organised
association or body from all or any of the provisions of this
Ordinance or any regulations made thereunder and may in
its discretion revoke any such permit.
SCHEDULE
PART I.
1. These regulations may be cited as the Boxing Regulations.
2. In these regulations ‘the Board†means the Trinidad Boxing
Board of Control.
3. (1) The Board shall register and issue licences annually in respect of
all premises approved by the Board for the holding of boxing contests and
to all approved
(a) promoters of professional boxing contests;
(b) professional boxers;
(c) referees, judges and timekeepers.
(2) Every licence so issued shall expire on the 31st of December
following the date of issue unless previously revoked.
(3) The fees payable to the Board in respect of such licences shall be
$2.40 in respect of a promoter’s licence and $1.20 in respect of any other
licence.
4, Applicants for referees’ and judges’ licences may be required to pass
a test or otherwise satisfy the Board as to their qualifications for being so
licensed.
5. No boxer’s licence shall be issued to any applicant who is under
17 years of age.
6. Applicants for licences shall supply such information as may be
required by the Board in respect of their qualifications for being licensed.
7. The Board may in its discretion and without assigning any reason
therefor refuse to issue any licence or revoke or suspend any licence after
its issue.
8. (1) Every application for a permit to hold a boxing contest shall be
made in writing to the Board not less than 14 days prior to the proposed
date for the holding of the contest and shall be accompanied by the
following information :-—
(a) the date and place of the boxing contest;
(5) the contest proposed and the names of the contestants:
(c) the names of the referees and judges for each contest;
T.—IV. 18
273
274
GN 2o-
1946.
Ch. 30. No. 12.] Boxing Control.
(d) details of and the arrangements made as to prize money;
(¢) any other information that the Board may require.
(2) Articles of agreement signed by contestants must be subinitted
to the Board with the application for the permit.
The following fees shall be paid to the Board prior to the issue of
any permit for the holding of a boxing contest:
(a) a fee not exceeding $50.00 for any contest including a
championship ;
(6) a fee not >xceeding $25.00 for any contest not including
a championship:
Provided that the Board may remit any fees payable in respect of
boxing contests held in aid of any charitable objects.
10. The Board may call upon any contestant to be examined in order
to satisfy itself as to the fitness of the contestant.
11. All contestants must be medically examined to the satisfaction of
the Board within three days of the date of the proposed contest.
12. The permit of the Board shall be in writing addressed to the
promoter of the boxing contest and shall be signed by the Chairman of
the Board or in his absence by two members of the Board and such permit
shall specify the conditions under which the contest may take place.
13. The Board at its discretion may require a deposit of a sum of
money or an approved guarantee for payment of such sum sufficient to
cover the estimated amount of the prizes and any other commitments in
connection with the holding of a boxing contest for which a permit is
required,
14. All programmes and advertisements of boxing contests shall include
the words ** By permission of the Trinidad Boxing Board of Control.â€
15. All boxing contests shall be held under the Rules of Boxing
prescribed for the time being by the Board.
16. The Board shall keep proper accounts of all fees and other moneys
received by the Board which accounts shall be audited annually by the
Director of Audit and a summary of the accounts so audited shall be
published in the Reval Gazette.
17. The funds of the Board may be applied as follows:—
(a) in payment of the salaries and wages of the secretary and other
clerks and servants for the time being of the Board ;
(5) in defraying all expenses of or connected with the pmnting,
publication, sale and distribution of the publications of the Board ;
{c) in payment of the current expenses and other disbursements of
the Board in the conduct of the business of the Board or in relation
thereto;
(2) in providing championship cups or medals or other prizes for
boxing contests;
Boxing Control. [Ch. 30. No. 12.
(c) inmaking grants or donations to any amateur boxing association
or in furtherance of professional boxing, or to such charitable objects
as it may deem fit.
18. The Board shall keep a register of all permits and licences issued by
the Board and shall enter or cause to be entered therein such details as may
be determined by the Board.
19. The promoter of any boxing contest shall within 7 days of the
holding of such contest make a return to the Board of the results of
such contest in such form as the Board may determine.
20. If any contestant is disqualified the referee shall report such
disqualification and the reasons therefor to the Board within 24 hours of
the contest taking place.
21. (1) In the event of a contestant being disqualified he shall only be
entitled to receive his bare travelling expenses, and any prize money that
such contestant may be entitled to shall be withheld pending the decision
of the Board.
(2) The Board may, after inquiry, order the forfeiture of such prize
money and may at its discretion award any prize money so forfeited
between the promoter (if his claim is found reasonable and correct), the
manager, the trainer and sparring partner or partners of the contestant
so disqualified, in such shares as the Board shall think fit.
22. (1) The Board may, upon complaint or upon its own initiative,
invite any licence holder to appear before it in reference to any alleged
misconduct on the part of such licence holder or otherwise. Misconduct
in this connection will include amongst other things, conduct detrimental
to the interests of the public.
(2) In the event of any licence holder, either after being heard, or
if he declines to appear, in his absence, being adjudged guilty of misconduct
or in the event of any other licence holder failing to appear before the
Board upon being invited so to do, the Board may revoke or suspend the
licence of any such licence holder for such period and between such dates
as the Board may think fit.
23. No intoxicating liquor of any description shall be sold for consump-
tion on any premises during the progress of any boxing contest which may
be held thereon.
24. No betting shall take place during the progress of any boxing
contest and any member of the Board may request the removal of any
person offending in this manner and his request must be complied with
by the promoter of the contest.
PART II.
THE TRINIDAD Boxinc BoarD OF CONTROL.
Rules of Boxing.
SECTION 1.—-EQUIPMENT.
1. The Ring.—All boxing contests shall be decided in an area termed
“ the ring,†measuring not less than 14 feet nor more than 20 feet square,
18 (2)
wm
2760
Ch. 30. No. 12.] Boxing Control.
inside measurement. The ring floor must not be more than four [cet
above the floor level of the venue and suitable steps giving access to the
ring must be provided. Three ropes, drawn as taut as possible of not
less than one inch in diameter each and covered in soft material shall
surround the ring. The top rope shall be placed 52 inches, the middle
rope 35 inches, and the bottom rope 17 inches above the ring floor. At
each of the four corners of the ring the ring ropes shall be connected by
loops of other rope or other suitable fastenings to a post placed 18 inches
outside the ring ropes. Such corner posts shall be properly secured and
suitably padded throughout. The ring floor, which shall project at least
two feet beyond the ring ropes shall be well covered to within six inches
of its outer edges with canvas, duck or similar material, tightly stretched
and securely fastened and extended beyond the ring ropes for a distance
of 18 inches.
2. Accessorics.—The promoter of any contest shall provide a sufficient
number or quantity of chairs, buckets, bottles, gloves, spittoons, sponges,
small tables, facilities for the announcement of rounds by means of
numbers visible throughout the venue, scoring tablets for the use of
referees and judges, powdered resin, clean water, «a gong or clectric bell
which must be securely adjusted on a level with the ring floor, and some
suitable means for (@) the sounding or signalling by the timekeeper of
seconds of time in case of a contestant being “ Down,†(6) announcements
by the M.C,
3. Gloves and Bandage. —Fach glove shall not be less than six ounce.
in weight. Contestants may use bandages of soft cloth of not more than
14 inches in width and the length of each hand's bandage shall not exceed
six feet. Bandages may be held in position by thin, adhesive tape, not
more than two feet long by one inch wide for each hand. Gloves and
bandages shall be adjusted by the seconds to the satisfaction of the
referee.
SECTION 2,—CONTESTANTS: CosTUME, CONDITION, WHEIGITING.
+. Costume and Iuspection-—Contestants must box in light, heclle.
spikcless boots or shoes or in socks and loose-fitting, dark-trunk-drawers,
secured at the htps and with the bottom hems thereof reaching at least
half-way between the knees and thighs. Tights are prohibited. A
“ Protector Cup or Shield,†may be worn. (The medical officer shall, at
the same time, satisfy himself with regard to the character of any markings
visible in that region.) Shields for the gums may be worn also but not
car-guards or any other protection. The use of grease or other substance
likely to handicap an opponent is prohibited also,
Werghing.—Contestants shall weigh in on the day of the contest at
10 a.m, for an afternoon tournament and at 2 p.m. for an evening
tournament, unless, with the approval of the Board, another time is
mutually agreed upon by the contestants.
Any contestant who fails to be present at the time of weighing or
who neglects to be present at the time agreed upon for a contest, shall
be liable to disqualification or to such other penalty as the Board may
consider fit and adequate.
Boxing Control. [Ch. 30. No. 12.
SECTION 3.—DURATION AND NUMBER OF ROUNDS.
5. In all contests the number of rounds shall be specified anc no contest
shall exceed fifteen rounds and no round shall exceed three minutes in
duration. There shall be an interval of one minute between each round.
All championship contests shall be of fifteen rounds of three minutes each.
Time occupied by stoppages ordered by the referee during the progress of
a round shall not count as part of the time of such round.
The number of rounds of a contest agreed to by the contestants, and
contained in the articles of agreement submitted to the Board with
the application for a permit under regulation 8, shall not be changed
without the approval of the Board.
SECTION 4.—OFFICIALS AND THEIR DUTIES.
6. At any contest the following officials shall act :—
A referee;
Two judges;
A timekeeper;
An M.C. or announcer;
Seconds.
None of whom shall be personally pecuniarily interested in the contest
whether as promoter or otherwise. This proviso shall, however, not debar
any person from officiating at a contest merely because he happens to be
a member of a club promoting the contest, provided that such club is
approved of by the Board as a purely sporting club, nor shall this proviso
apply to seconds.
The duties of these officials shall be as follows:
Referee.
He shall be the chief official during a contest and shall take his position
in or near the ring and shall exercise general supervision over a contest.
He alone shall inform the M.C. what verdict to announce and his decision
shall be final.
Prior to the start of a contest he shall—
(a) ascertain the names of each contestant’s chief second and hold
them responsible for the conduct of their assistants during a contest
and for the proper tying-on of the gloves;
(6) see that the terms of clause 3 of Section 1. and clause 4 of
Section 2, of these rules are observed;
During a contest he shall—
(c) keep an independent score of each round and at the end of
a contest give a decision if the judges disagree;
(d) order whenever necessary, by the command “Stop,†a
cessation of boxing during a round and thereafter order, by the
command “‘ Box-on,’â€â€™ a resumption of boxing. He shall see that
277
R.G. 2.12.43,
278
Ch. 30. No. 12.] Boxing Control.
during such stoppage the contestant or contestants standing in the
ring do so without any support whatsoever;
(c) order, by the command “ Break,†the contestants to separate
when in a “clinch â€â€™ and, at his discretion, to separate them himself
should they fail to obey promptly;
(f) regard as an acknowledgment of defcat a contestant’s inability
to resume boxing at the timekeeper’s signal;
(g) stop a contest and order the retirement of a second for the
remainder of a contest in the event of that sccond's misbehaviour;
(i) stop a contest if he considers it to be one-sided and award the
decision to the better man;
(*) stop a contest if a contestant is accidentally disabled or is
unable to defend himself and award the decision to his opponent;
(7) stop a contest in the event of a contestant being “ Down†and,
immediately start announcing audibly the number of each second of
time as it passes. He shall count up to ten seconds and indicate
the end of the contest by the word ‘ Out and award the decision
to the opponent if by that time the ‘' Down †contestant has not
arisen ;
(4) stop a contest for the commission by a contestant of any one of
the acts hereinunder classed as a “‘ Class B Foul’ and warn such
contestant that further commissions of such foul would result in
disqualification and the decision being given to his opponent;
() stop a contest and disqualify without warning a contestant who
commits any one of the acts hereinunder classed as a ‘‘ Class A Foul,â€
and award the decision to his opponent;
(m) stop a contest if he considers the contestants are not in earnest,
in which case he must disqualify one or both of them;
(n) decide (1) the interpretation of any one of these rules or all of
them, and (2) any questions not provided for in these rules. (The
Board shall, however, decide these matters at all other times.)
After a contest he shall—
(e) send immediately to the Board his own and the judge’s scoring
tablets;
(fp) report in writing to the Board within 48 hours of their
happening all cases of disqualification under clauses (/) and (m)
above as well as any case of a contestant retiring from a contest
without sufficient cause, all three of which acts render contestants
found guilty thercof liable to forfeiture of their prize money.
Judges.
The judges shall be stationed on two sides of the ring opposite each other
apart from the referee or timekeeper. Independently they shall assign
marks to the contestants and be ready at all times to assist when requested
by the referee to decide whether any foul has been committed. They may
Boxing Control. [Ch. 30. No. 12.
also bring any other point to the notice of the referee at the end of any
round. At the end of a contest that lasts the scheduled number of
rounds they shall hand their scoring tablets to the referee.
Timekceper.
He must be seated at the side of the ring close to the gong or electric
bell. He shall provide himsclf with a suitable stop-watch or clock which
shall permit of his making due allowances for stoppages ordered by the
referee. He shall indicate the beginning and end of a round by sounding
the gong or bell. Five seconds before the beginning of a round he shall
“all “ Seconds Out " and the number of the round.
M.C. or Announcer.
IIe shall announce in a satisfactory manner (preferably by microphone)
the names of boxers; their weights; the title at stake, ifany; the number
and duration of the rounds; the names of the referee, judges, timekeeper,
He shall announce the decision when authorised by the referee to do so.
At the request of the promoter and/or the referee he shall make any other
announcements.
Seconds.
Each contestant shall be permitted to have not more than three seconds
in his corner in a contest of 10 rounds or more, nor more than two seconds,
in a contest of less than 10 rounds and all seconds must be suitably attired.
A chief second must be nominated to the referee by each contestant and
such chief second alone of the seconds can declare the retirement of his
principal by throwing a towel into the ring and orally drawing the
referce’s attention to the fact. Seconds shall not coach principals
during the progress of rounds and they must remain seated and silent.
They shall not throw, spout nor spray water or other substance on
a principal nor in any other way assist him during a round. They shall
leave the ring enclosure at the timekeeper’s call and they shall remove
all obstructions such as chairs, buckets, etc., the instant the sound signal
indicates the beginning of a round and none of these articles shall be
placed on the ring floor again until the gong or bell signals the end of
the round.
SECTION 5.—MARKING.
7. At the end of each round of a contest marks to the maximum number
of tive shall be awarded to the better man and a proportionate number of
marks to the other contestant or, when equal, the maximum number to
cach. Halves or other fractions shall not be used in marking. At the
conclusion of a contest if the total marks awarded the contestants by the
referee and/or by a judge or judges are equal such official or officials may
award an additional mark to the contestant who does the most leading,
or if equal also in this respect, to the one who displays the better style.
Marks shall be awarded for—
(a) Attack.—Direct, clean hits with the knuckle part of either
gloved hand on any part of the front or sides of the head or body
279
280 Ch. 30. No. 12.] Boxing Control.
above the “ belt,†and for conspicuous endeavours to sustain action
by leading repeatedly and by general aggressiveness.
(0) Defence.—"“ Guarding, slipping,†ducking, blocking,â€
and in general cleverly evading blows and for ‘ countering.â€â€ Marks
given for defence shall not outw eigh those given for attack.
(ce) Conduct.—Displays of courage; refusing to take a mean
technical advantage; ability to take advantage of every legitimate
opportunity offered, style: generalship.
Marks shall not be i -arded for—
(a) Tapping.
(2) Hits with the knuckle part of the gloved hand at the back of
the head, neck or body.
Marks shall be deducted for—
Lack of initiative and general ineffectiveness, persistent clinching,
fouling though not serious enough to warrant disqualification,
SECTION 6,.—DECISIONS.
At the conclusion of a contest that goes the full scheduled number of
rounds the winner shall be determined by the higher total number of
marks and not by the greater number of rounds won. When judges’
decisions agree in a contest that goes the full number of rounds scheduled
the referee shall authorise the M.C. to announce their verdict. When the
judges’ decisions do not agree the referee shall give his decision and if
two of the three decisions shall then agree the result shall be so announced.
When all three decisions disagree the result shall be announced as a
“draw.†In contests that do not go the full number of rounds scheduled
the referee only shall give a decision.
SEcTION 7,—FovLs.
The following acts are deemed foul and the referee shall have power
to disqualify contestants for committing any one of them:—
Class A. (Without Warning.)
(a) Hitting below the “ belt.
(6) Hitting an opponent who is
having been ** down.â€
“a
down — or who is getting up after
(c) Hitting with the inside of butt of the hand, the wrist or the
elbow.
(d) Butting with the head
“
*) Use of the ‘ kidney-punch.â€
(¢
(f) Use of the knee.
(g) Use of the — pivot-blow.â€
(
h) Use of the — rabbit-punch.â€
Boxing Control. [Ch. 30. No. 12.
(?) Purposely going “ down †without having been hit.
(7) Not trying or not being in carnest.
(A) Retiring from a contest without sufficient cause.
() Committing any unfair physical action which may injure an
opponent.
(m) Refusal to obey the referee in general, or wilfully obstructing
the referee in the execution of his duties.
Class B, (After Warning.)
n) Hitting or “ flicking ’ with the open glove.
(
(ce) Holding an opponent.
(Pp) Holding an opponent with one hand and hitting with the other.
(
g) Holding the ropes with one hand for the purpose of obtaining
gteater power when hitting an opponent.
¢
(r) Boring or lying-on an opponent.
(s) Wrestling or roughing at the ropes.
(f) Not breaking promptly when ordered to do so,
(«) Resting on the ropes during a stoppage.
(v) Resuming or attempting to resume boxing after a stoppage
without being ordered to do so.
(w) Use of profane, obscene or abusive language.
SECTION 8.—DEFINITIONS AND NOTES.
10. (a) ‘Stop’ and Box on.’’—Excepting only when the referee has
given the order “‘ Stop †contestants must protect themselves at all times
whilst in the ring and on their feet, but they shall not resume boxing after
a stoppage (“ breaking "’ excluded) without the order “‘ Box on.â€
(o) ‘‘ Break.â€â€”Contestants when ordered by the referee to
Break ’’ must break contact to the satisfaction of the referee, and be on
the defensive while doing so. Having moved in this manner a contestant
may immediately resume boxing without being told to do so by the
referce.
(c) ‘‘ Clinch.â€â€”A clinch †isa locking-together of the contestants
for which both are responsible.
(d) ‘ Down.’’—A contestant shall be deemed “ down †when—
(i) any part of his body other than his feet is on the ring floor;
(ii) hanging over the ropes in a helpless condition.
Notes.—A contestant hanging over the ropes in a helpless condition is
not officially ‘“‘Downâ€â€™ until so pronounced by the referee, who can
count the boxer out either on the ropes or on the floor.
Should a contestant arise fully but be unable to defend himself the
contest shall be stopped and the decision given to the opponent.
R.G, 2.12.43.
lo
to
Ch. 30. No. 12.] Boxing Control.
Should a contestant who is ‘‘ Down†arise before the count of ten
seconds of time be reached and then at once go “ Down†again without
being struck, the referee shall resume the count where it left off provided
that in his opinion such going down is the aftermath of the original
knock-down blow and that the contestant’s action does not warrant
disqualification,
A contestant sent Down â€â€™ by a blow may remain ‘‘ Down †until nine
seconds of time have been counted without being disqualified but after an
accidental fall he must rise instantly failing which the referee may stop the
contest and award the decision to the opponent.
(ec) Counting Out.’-—The order Stop — shall precede the
beginning of any count. When counting the referee shall move cither
one of his arms in unison with his count. Immediately a contestant is
“Down†the opponent shall retire to the corner farthest from the man
who is “ Down,†and should he fail to do so, or having done so come out
of that corner during the count, the referee shall suspend his count until
the opponent returns to that corner, when the referee shall resume the
count where it left off. A contestant counted ‘‘ Out â€â€™ shall be the loser
of the contest irrespective of the number of marks awarded up to that
time.
(f) Double Knock-out. In the event of a double knock-out the
referee shall declare the contest to be a‘ Draw.â€
(g) Tapping.’ —Direct, light blows are not regarded as “ tapping â€â€™
but a succession of taps, usually employed at close quarters, which have
no effect upon an opponent are to be considered as such.
(hk) Back-hand Blow.â€â€™-—A “ back-hand blow †is not a foul when
it is delivered with the knuckle part of the gloved hand.
(‘) Holding.’’—Holding may be done with one or both hands and
is the act of one of the contestants. Whilst it is not permissible for
a contestant to hold an opponent with one hand and hit with the other,
yet it is permissible for the opponent if he be so held and has one hand
free, to hit with his free hand.
(j) Hitting Below the Belt.’’-— Hitting below the “ belt †is hitting
below an imaginary line drawn across the abdomen at the level of the tops
of the front edges of the hip bones.
Note.—This includes the groins.
(k) Kidney-Punch.â€â€”The — kidney-punch — is a blow delivered
deliberately at that part of the body over the kidneys. The referee will
not protect a contestant who, in his opinion, deliberately exposcs the body
to such blows.
()) “ Pivot-Blow.’’-—A “ pivot-blow â€â€™ is made when a boxer pivots
round on one foot swinging his arm with him and as he completes his
revolution delivers a blow of any kind.
(m) “ Rabbit-Punch.’’—The “ rabbit-punch †is a downward chop
on the back of the neck with the side of the glove or hand.
Boxing Control. (Ch. 30. No. 12.
SECTION 9,—CHAMPIONSHIP CONTESTS.
11. The Board may declare the winner of an approved contest between
contestants for a championship of a particular class to be the champion
of that class.
No contestant shall be permitted to engage in a championship contest
unless he was born in the Colony or has been continuously resident
therein for a period of not less than three years.
The winner of a championship contest shall retain his possession of the
championship title unless he loses the same by being defeated in a
championship contest, or by default, or by his inability to make the
weight: Provided that a championship can only be won in a contest.
The claim of a champion to a championship title may be forfeited on
any of the following grounds :—
(a) if the champion has failed to defend his championship title
within a period of time specified by the Board after a challenge
which has been approved by the Board has been issued to him;
(6) if the champion has ceased, of his own accord, to be licensed
as a professional boxer for three years or more;
(c) if the champion is proved to the satisfaction of the Board to
be guilty of gross misconduct as a boxer;
(d) if the licence of the champion has been revoked or suspended
by the Board, or the Board has refused to issue a licence to him.
Save when a championship title is won in a contest, the Board shall
decide whether, and declare when, a championship title is lost or forfeited
and may sanction a contest between contestants selected by the Board
for any championship which is lost or forfeited.
SECTION 10.—CLASSIFICATION OF CONTESTANTS.
12. Contestants shall be classified as follows :—
Flyweight 112 lb. and under.
Bantamweight 118 ~— do.
Featherweight 126 do.
Lightweight 135 do.
Welterweight 147 — do.
Middleweight 160 — do.
Light Heavyweight 175 = do
Heavy-weight... Le ... Over 175 Ib.
283
284
Purposes for
which street
collections
are pere
mnitted.
Ch. 30. No. 13.) | Street Collections (Control).
CHAPTER 30. No. 13.
STREET COLLECTIONS (CONTROL).
AX ORDINANCE TO REGULATE AND CONTROL THE COLLECTION
OF MONEY OR TIE SALE OF ARTICLES FOR CHARITABLE
OR OTHFR PURPOSES IN STREETS AND OTHER PUBLIC
PLACES,
[21st December, 1939, ]
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Street Collections
(Control) Ordinance.
2. In this Ordinance
Commissioner
“means the Commissioner of Police ;
street includes any highway and any public
bridge, road, lane, footway, square, court, alley or
passage, whether a thoroughfare or not.
3. (1) Subject to the provisions of subsection (2) hereof,
this Ordinance shall apply to the collection of money and to
the sale of articles in any street or other public place for the
benefit of charitable or other purposes, and any person who
acts in contravention of any of the provisions of this
Ordinanee shall be lable on summary conviction to a fine
of ten dollars or in the case of a second or subsequent offence
to a fine of forty-cight dollars.
(2) This Ordinance shall not apply to the selling of
articles in any street or other public place when the articles
are otherwise lawfully sold in the ordinary course of trade
and no representation is made by or on behalf of the seller
that any part of the proceeds of sale will be devoted to any
other purpose.
Street Collections (Control). (Ch. 30. No. 13.
4. (1) No collection of money or sale of any article shall
be made in any street or other public place unless the person,
society, committee or other body of persons responsible
for such collection or sale shall have obtained from the
Commissioner a permit for such collection or sale and any
such permitted collection or sale shall be conducted in
accordance with the conditions contained in the permit.
(2) Any person aggrieved by the refusal of the Com-
nussioner to grant a permit or by any conditions imposed by
the Commissioner when granting a permit may appeal by
way of petition to the Governor in Council.
5. Application for a permit shall be made in writing to the
Commissioner not later than one month before the date on
which it is proposed to make the collection or sale.
6. The Commissioner may, in granting a permit
(a) fix the day on which and the hours during which
the collection or sale shall be made;
(4) limit the collection or sale to such areas or to such
streets or public places or such parts thereof as he thinks
fit,
(c) Impose such conditions as he considers necessary
in order to avoid any interference with traffic or
annoyance to members of the public, and to ensure the
due accounting of the moneys collected for the purposes
for which the collection or sale was made.
7. No person may assist or take part in any collection or
sale without the written authority of the person, society,
committee or other body of persons to whom a permit has
been granted. Such written authority shall indicate the
area allotted to the holder thereof, and every person acting
as a collector or seller shall remain within his allotted area.
Lvery person so authorised shall produce such written
authority forthwith for inspection by any member of the
Police Force on demand.
8. (1) No collection or sale shall be made in any part of
the carriage-way of any street and no person shall, for the
285
Permit to
collect.
Appheation
for permit.
Conditions
of grant of
permit.
Assistant
collectors or
sellers to
be duly
authorised.
Traffic not
to be
obstructed.
286
Pubhe not
to be im-
portuned.
Provisions
with regard
to collecting
boxes.
Accounting
for moneys
collected.
Ch. 30. No. 13.) Street Collections (Control).
purpose of making a collection or effecting a sale, do any
act which may cause the person in charge of a vehicle in
motion to stop such vehicle.
(2) No collection or sale shall be made on the footwav
or in any public place to the obstruction of any person and
no collector or seller shall importune any person to the
annoyance of such person.
9. (1) Every collector or seller shall carry and present to
all contributors or purchasers for the reception of money a
box or other receptacle securely closed and sealed in such a
way as to prevent the same being opened without such seal
being broken, and into this box or other receptacle all
moneys shall be immediately placed. All such boxes or
receptacles shall be numbered consecutively. Every collec-
tor or seller shall deliver his boxes or other receptacles with
the seals unbroken to one of the persons responsible for
the proper application of the money received.
(2) A collector or seller shall not carry or use any
collecting box, receptacle, or tray which does not bear
display: ed prominently thereon the name of the fund for
which the collection or sale is being made, nor any box or
other receptacle which is not duly ‘numbered.
10. No payment or reward shall be made or given either
directly or indirectly to any collector or seller or other
person concerned with the promotion or conduct of «
collection or sale for or in respect of services rendered in
connection therewith.
11. Within one month after the date of any collection or
sale the person, society, committee or other body of persons
responsible therefor shall forward to the Commissioner a
statement in such form as shall be approved by the Com-
missioner certified by the auditor of the society or by some
independent responsible person, with vouchers showing
in detail the amount collected and the expenses incurred in
connection with such collection or sale, and shall if required
by the Commissioner satisfy him as to the due and proper
application of the proceeds of the collection or sale. “The
person, society, committee or other body shall also, within
Street Collections (Control). [Ch. 30. No. 13.
the same period, at his or their own expense and after
audit, publish in such newspaper or newspapers as the
Commissioner may direct a short statement showing the
name of the person, or society or other body responsible
for the collection or sale, the name of the charity or fund
which is to benefit, the date of the collection or sale, the
amount collected, the amount of the expenses and the
amount distributed to the charity or fund.
287
288 Ch. 30. No. 14.] Licensing Dealers (Precious Metals & Stones).
CHAPTER 30. No. 14.
LICENSING OF DEALERS (PRECIOUS
METALS AND STONES).
Ordinance AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO THE LICENSING OF DEALERS
No. 11 1945, . oD . oe . |
AND SALE OF PRECIOUS METALS AND STONES.
[15th June, 1945.)
1. Tins Ordinance may be cited as the Licensing of
Dealers (Precious Metals and Stones) Ordinance.
2. In this Ordinance
precious metals include bullion, platinum, gold
and silver coins, and jewellery made from same;
stone, include diamonds, rubies and precious and
semi-precious stones.
Dealers tobe 3. It shall not be lawful for any person to carry on the
heensel- business of a dealer in precious metals and stones unless he
shall have previously taken out a licence under this
Ordinance.
Licence. 4. (1) Licences under this Ordinance shall be granted by
and at the discretion of the Magistrate of the district in
which the premises to be licensed are situate.
(2) No such licence shall be granted without the
previous report of the officer of Police in charge of the
division in which the premises to be licensed are situate,
and before the expiration of twenty-one days at least
after application in writing has been made therefor to the
Magistrate.
Licensing Dealers (Precious Metals & Stones). [Ch. 30. No. 14. 289
(3) Such licences shall be in the form in the First
Schedule hereto, and shall be annual licences terminating
on the 31st of December of the year for which they are
granted. A fee of $2.40 shall be paid to the Magistrate for
each such licence.
5. Over one of the principal entrances to the premises
licensed under this Ordinance there shall be placed a board
on which shall be printed, in legible letters of at least two
inches in length, the name in full of the person holding such
licence and the words “‘ Licensed dealer in precious metals
and stones.â€
6. (1) Every person licensed under this Ordinance shall
keep his books in the forms in the Second and Third Schedules
hereto, and he shall legibly enter in ink in the appropriate
book, the date and hour of the day when any precious
metals or stones are purchased, received or sold, the name in
full, and the residence and occupation of the person from
whom any such metals or stones are purchased, or received,
and to whom any such metals or stones are sold, and in the
case of an agent, the name and address of the principal,
the quantity purchased, received or sold, and the price
paid or received for the same. LIvery such entry as afore-
said shall be made at the time of such sale, purchase, or
dealing, and shall be signed by the vendor or his agent
and the licensee or his agent.
(2) No such person shall purchase or receive any such
precious metals or stones except between the hours of seven
o’clock in the morning and six o’clock in the evening.
(3) No such person shall purchase or receive any
precious metals or stones from any person apparently under
the age of sixteen years.
(4) No such person shall employ any servant or appren-
tice or other person under the age of sixteen years to purchase
or receive such precious metals or stones.
7. It shall be lawful for any constable at any time when
the licensed premises are open for business to inspect any
such book as aforesaid and all precious metals and stones
T.—IV. 19
1st Schedule.
Signboard.
Dealer to
keep books—
2nd and 3rd
Schedules.
Times for
dealing.
Persons
under 16
years.
Idem.
Power of
entry and
inspection.
290 Ch. 30. No. 14.] Licensing Dealers (Precious Metals & Stones).
Goods
purchased to
be kept for
10 days.
Pen
in the premises of any licensee under this Ordinance; and
such licensee, or his representative, or the person in charge
of such premises, or the person in whose custody or charge
such book, precious metals or stones maybe, or the person
who shall have made any entry in such book with respect
to which any such constable may desire to ask any questions,
shall permit such constable to inspect such book, precious
metals and stones, and shall answer all such questions as
shall be asked by such constable with reference to such
book, precious metals or stones or any of the entries or
contents of such book.
8. All precious metals and stones purchased or received
by a licensed dealer shall be kept in the licensed premises
and shall not in any way be changed in form or shape or
disfigured for a period of at least ten days after such precious
metals and stones shall have been purchased or received:
Provided that the officer of Police in charge of the
division in which the licensee carries on his business may, in
his discretion, on the application of any licensee, grant a
permit for the shipment or alteration in form or shape of
any such precious metals or stones without the same having
been kept for such period of ten days.
9. every person licensed under this Ordinance who,
after notice has been given to him by any constable or by
advertisement in the Royal Gazette that any precious metals
and stones have been stolen or fraudulently obtained, fails
to give information to the Police that articles of the like
description were offered to him or were or are in his posses-
sion, shall be guilty of an offence against this Ordinance.
10. Every person who shall do or omit to do anything
which is by this Ordinance forbidden or required to be done,
or shall assault, resist, oppose, hinder, prevent, or obstruct
any person acting under and by the authority of this
Ordinance, or shall in any way violate or assist in, or be
party to, the violation of any of the provisions of this
Ordinance, or shall be guilty of any offence against this
Ordinance, shall be liable, on summary conviction to a fine
of four hundred and eighty dollars or six months imprison-
ment, or to both such fine and imprisonment.
Licensing Dealers (Precious Metals & Stones). [Ch. 30. No. 14. 291
11. When any person licensed under this Ordinance is Licence may
convicted of any offence against the provisions of this be cancelled
Ordinance, it shall be lawful for the Court, if it sees fit, tion.
to cancel the licence of such person.
12. All moneys received for licences, and all penalties Appropria-
recovered under this Ordinance shall be paid into the moneys.
Treasury for the use of the Colony.
SCHEDULES
FIRST SCHEDULE.
(Section 4.)
Form of Licence.
A.B, having this day paid the sum of $2.40, is hereby authorised and licensed to
deal in precious metals and stones at in accordance with the provisions
of the Licensing of Dealers (Precious Metals and Stones) Ordinance.
This licence expires on the 31st December, 19
C.D,
Magistrate.
Dated at this day of 19
SECOND SCHEDULE.
(Section 6.)
Receipt Book.
| Name and | Description |,; | Signature of
address of | of Article 9| Seller and
Name in full] Residence. A
Principal. | purchased. SE Licensve.
é f Sell
m| of Seller.
oO
Date.
| Occupation.
|
19 (2)
292 Ch. 30. No. 14.} Licensing Dealers (Precious Metals & Stones).
THIRD SCHEDULE.
(Section 6.)
Delivery Book.
|. 8 a| .| Signature of
2/5) Name of Address. |'9 Description |4/§| Licensee or
Aix Purchaser. & of Articles. |‘3 |; Agent.
8 =
8
Electric Installations (Buildings). [Ch. 30. No. 15. 293
CHAPTER 30. No. 15.
ELECTRIC INSTALLATIONS (BUILDINGS).
AN ORDINANCE TO PROVIDE FOR THE LICENSING OF PERSONS Ordinances
WHO CARRY OUT THE ELECTRIC WIRING OF BUILDINGS, N® 32-1943-
THE REGULATION OF SUCH OPERATIONS, AND GENERALLY 11-1949.
THE PREVENTION OR MINIMISING OF DANGER TO PERSONS
OR PROPERTY WHICH MAY ARISE FROM THE ELECTRIC
WIRING OF BUILDINGS.
[5th J uly, 1945.] Commence-
ment.
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Electric Installa- Short title.
tions (Buildings) Ordinance.
2. (1) In this Ordinance— Interpreta-
tion.
“ Board ’’ means the Board of Industrial Training
constituted under the Industrial Training Ordinance;
“licensed wireman’’ means a person who is the
holder of a valid licence as such issued to him under
the provisions of this Ordinance;
“licence ’’ includes duplicate licence.
(2) For the purposes of this Ordinance a person shall
be deemed to act as a wireman who, on any occasion,
installs, fixes, repairs, alters, replaces, connects, dis-
connects or removes the whole or any part of the electric
wiring of any building, not being the wiring of any telephone
or radio-diffusion service or a lightning conductor or the
wiring (including the earthing) of any wireless aerial:
Provided that a person shall not be deemed to act as a
294
Appoint-
ment of
Licensing
Authority.
Powers and
duties of
Licensing
Authority.
Licences.
Ord. 1—
1949, s. 2.
Ch. 30. No. 15.] Electric Installations (Buildings).
wireman by reason only of the fact that he manipulates a
switch, or connects or disconnects a plug, or replaces or
installs a lamp in a socket, or replaces a fuse so long as
such replacement is in conformity with the relevant
provisions of any rules in force by virtue of section 11.
3. The Governor may, by notification published in the
Royal Gazette, appoint one or more persons to be Licensing
Authorities for the purposes of this Ordinance and the
Director of Works and Hydraulics shall be deemed to
have been so appointed.
4. Any of the powers and duties conferred or imposed
on ‘‘ the Licensing Authority †by this Ordinance may be
exercised by any person appointed (so long as the appoint-
ment subsists) or deemed to have been appointed under the
preceding section.
5. (1) It shall be lawful for the Licensing Authority to
grant a licence to act as a wireman to any person who—
(a) makes application therefor in the prescribed
manner to the Licensing Authority; and
(6) satisfies the Licensing Authority that he is
qualified as hereafter provided to receive such licence;
and
(c) is not less than 18 years of age; and
(d) pays the prescribed fee.
(2) Every such licence to act as wireman shall be
in the prescribed form and shall have attached thereto
one of two recent photographs of the holder thereof which
shall be supplied to the Licensing Authority by the
applicant for a licence when making his application; and
every such licence shall be valid for a period of five years
from the date on which it is granted unless sooner cancelled
as hereinafter provided.
(3) If, within fifteen days after the expiry of any such
licence, the holder thereof makes application in the pre-
scribed manner for a new licence, he shall be deemed to
Electric Installations (Buildings). [Ch.30. No. 15.
be still a licensed wireman until he is served with a notice
to the effect that a new licence has been refused by the
Licensing Authority.
6. Any person shall be qualified to receive a licence to
act as a wireman who—
(a) has qualified for a certificate of efficiency as a
wireman under the provisions of the Industrial
Training Ordinance prior to the 1st of January, 1950,
and is in possession of such a certificate; or
(5) has qualified for such a certificate of efficiency
after the Ist of January, 1950, and is in possession of
such a certificate, and, in addition is in possession of a
certificate issued by or on behalf of the Board (for
which certificate the Board may in its discretion
demand the prescribed fee) to the effect that he has
been apprenticed as a wireman under the said
Ordinance with the approval of the Board and has
served such apprenticeship to the satisfaction of the
Board; or
(c) is in possession of a certificate issued by or on
behalf of the Board (for the issue of which the
applicant shall pay to the Board the prescribed fee)
to the effect that he has received outside the Colony
training which, in the opinion of an electrical engineer
recognised by the Board, qualifies him to act as a
Wireman; or
(2) was the holder of a licence issued or deemed to
have been issued under the regulations made either
under the San Fernando Electric Works Ordinance,
published in the Royal Gazette on the 18th of November,
1926, or the Wiremen’s Licences Regulations, 1930*;
or
(e) has previously held a licence to act as a wireman
issued under this Ordinance.
7. The Licensing Authority may, on payment of the
prescribed fee, issue a duplicate of any licence as a wireman
which is proved to his satisfaction to have been lost or
destroyed and which has not been cancelled.
* Both regulations revoked by s. 3 of Ord. 17-1945.
295
Qualifica-
tions for
licences.
Ord.39~1945,
s. 2.
Licensing
Authority
may replace
licences lost
or destroyed.
296
Power of
Licensing
Authority to
Tefuse or
cancel
licence.
Offence.
Ch. 30. No. 15.) Electric Installations (Buildings).
8. (J) It shall be lawful for the Licensing Authority
to refuse to issue a licence under this Ordinance, or to
cancel a licence held by a licensed wireman, if it is estab-
hshed to his satisfaction, after giving the applicant or
licensee an opportunity of being heard, that the applicant
or licensee
(a) is prevented from acting efficiently as a wireman
by infirmity of mind or body; or
(v) has been convicted of an offence involving
dishonesty which he committed in the course of
acting as a wireman; or
(c) has been convicted of any offence against this
Ordinance or the rules thereunder; or
(7) has been guilty of gross negligence or
inefficiency in the course of acting as a wireman; or
(ec) has previously been refused a licence under this
Ordinance, or has previously had his licence cancelled,
on any grounds specified in this subsection.
(2) Whenever the Licensing Authority refuses to
issuc a licence or cancels a licence he shall cause notice
of such refusal or cancellation to be served on the applicant
or licensee, as the case may be, either personally or by
letter addressed to him at his usual or last known place of
abode.
(3) Whenever notice of cancellation of a licence shall
have been served in accordance with subsection (2) of
this section, it shall be the duty of the licensee forthwith
to surrender his licence to the Licensing Authority and, if
any licensee shall fail in this obligation, he shall be liable
on summary conviction to a fine of twenty-five dollars.
(4) A refusal of a Licensing Authority to issue a
licence and the cancellation of a licence by the Licensing
Authority shall be subject to appeal to the Governor in
Council whose decision shall be final.
9. (1) Any person shall be guilty of an offence against
this Ordinance who--—
(a) in any application for a licence under this
Ordinance, makes any statement which is materially
false, or tenders in support of any such application
Electric Installations (Buildings). [Ch. 30. No. 15.
297
any certificate or licence which does not relate to him
or which is false in any material particular; or
(b) not being a licensed wireman or a person working
under the direct and continuous supervision of a
licensed wireman, acts as a wireman or offers directly
or indirectly so to act; or
(c) employs to act as a wireman any person who is
not a licensed wireman and who does not work under
the direct and continuous supervision of a licensed
wireman and whom he either knows not to be a licensed
Wireman or has no reason to believe to be a licensed
Wireman; or
(d) being a licensed wireman, lends his licence, or
makes the use of his licence available, to any other
person; or
(ec) borrows, or uses as his own, a licence not granted
to him under this Ordinance.
(2) Any person guilty of an offence by virtue of this
section shall be liable on summary conviction therefor to
a fine of forty-eight dollars, and on a second or subsequent
conviction to a fine of ninety-six dollars or to imprisonment
for three months or to both such fine and imprisonment.
10. Any person who refuses to produce his licence as a
wireman for inspection on demand by the Licensing
Authority, or by a constable, or by a person to whom he
has offered or is giving his services as a wireman, or by a
person by whom he is employed or is about to be employed
as a wireman, shall be guilty of an’ offence and shall be
liable on summary conviction to a fine of twenty-five
dollars:
Provided that if within forty-eight hours after the
production of his licence was so demanded the holder
himself produces the licence to the person demanding it,
or at the office of the Licensing Authority, where the demand
was made by the Licensing Authority, or at such Police
Station as may be specified by him at the time the pro-
duction of the licence was demanded, where the demand
was made by a constable, he shall not be convicted under
this section.
Duty to
produce
licence.
Ord.39-1945,
s. 3.
298
Power to
make rules.
Exceptions
may be
provided for.
Ch. 30. No. 15.] Electric Installations (Buildings).
11. (1) The Governor in Council may make rules for
carrying out the purposes of this Ordinance and, in par-
ticular and without prejudice to the generality of this
power, such rules may make provision for—
(a) prescribing any matters authorised by this
Ordinance to be prescribed; and
(6) regulating the performance of their duties by
persons acting as wiremen; and
(c) prescribing the measures to be taken to prevent
or minimise danger to persons or property which
may arise from the electric wiring of buildings or the
manner of installing, fixing, wiring, repairing, altering,
replacing, connecting, disconnecting or removing the
same; and
(d) prescribing a penalty not exceeding a fine of
ninety-six dollars and imprisonment for three months
for breaches or contraventions of any such rule.
(2) Rules made under this section shall not have
effect until confirmed by resolution of the Legislative
Council.
(3) The rules in the Schedule hereto shall be deemed
to have been made and confirmed in accordance with this
section.
(+) Rules under paragraphs (0), (c) and (d) of sub-
section (1) of this section may be made to apply throughout
the Colony or to specified areas of the Colony, and shall
have effect notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
any law.
12. This Ordinance shall have effect subject to such
exceptions, whether conditional or otherwise, as may be
provided for by order of the Governor in Council.
THE SCHEDULE.
1. These Rules may be cited as the Electric Installations (Wiremen’s
Licences and Fees) Rules.
2. In these rules the expression ‘‘ the Ordinance ’’ means the Electric
Installations (Buildings) Ordinance.
Electric Installations (Buildings). (Ch. 30. No. 15.
3. Applications for licences under the Ordinance shall be in the
appropnate form in Schedule A hereto and shall be accompanied by
the certificates or previous licence (unless surrendered on cancellation) on
which the applicant bases his claim to be qualified under section 6 of
the Ordinance. Such certificate shall be returned by the Licensing
Authority to the applicant when or before the licence is granted or
refused, as the case may be, and such previous licence shall be so returned
if it has not expired.
4. Licences under the Ordinance shall be in the appropriate form
in Schedule A hereto.
5. The fees to be taken for things done under the Ordinance shall
be in accordance with Schedule B hereto.
SCHEDULE A.
Form 1.
THE ELECTRIC INSTALLATIONS (BUILDINGS) ORDINANCE.
Application for Licence by an Applicant not previously Licensed.
1. I, (a) , of (b) hereby apply to the Licensing Authority for
a licence to act as a wireman.
2. I was born on at (c)
3. I annex hereto my photograph in duplicate and the following certificates
namely (d) :—
4. I have (f)/have not (f) previously applied for and been refused a licence as
wireman under the above mentioned Ordinance.
5. I have (f)/have not (f) held a licence under the above mentioned Ordinance
and/or under any previous regulations providing for the licensing of wiremen.
6. I am not suffering from any physical infirmity which would prevent me from
acting as a wireman.
7. I have (f)/have not (f) been convicted of an offence or offences described in
section 8 (1) (6) and (c) of the Ordinance (e).
The particulars of such previous convictions are as follows:—
Date of
conviction. Court. Offence. Sentence.
Dated Signed
Read these footnotes carefully.
(a) Full name in block capitals.
(b) Full address.
(c) State number of house, name of street, name of town and country as
appropriate.
(d) See section 6 of the Ordinance. Annex certificate of efficiency as a
wireman issued under the Industrial Training Ordinance and, if you passed
the qualifying examination after the 1st day of January, 1950, annex also a
certificate from the Board that you were duly apprenticed as a wireman and
served your apprenticeship to the Board's satisfaction. If you were qualified
abroad, annex the Board’s certificate that you are qualified to act as a wireman.
(e) These offences are:—
(i) an offence involving dishonesty committed while you were acting
as a wireman; or
(ii) an offence against the Ordinance or the rules thereunder.
(f) Delete if inappropriate.
300 Ch. 30. No. 15.] Electric Installations (Buildings).
Form 2.
THE ELECTRIC INSTALLATIONS (BUILDINGS) ORDINANCE.
Application for Licence by an Applicant who has been Previously Licensed.
1. I (a) , of (b) hereby apply to the Licensing Authority for a
licence to act as a wireman.
2. I have previously been licensed as a wireman. My last licence was issued by
,on , and is annexed.
3. No licence previously issued to me has been cancelled (c).
I have had a previous licence cancelled (c).
4. Iam not suffering from any physical infirmity which would prevent me from
acting as a wireman.
5. I have (e)/have not (¢) been convicted of an offence or offences described in
section 8 (1) (b) and (c) of the Ordinance (d).
The particulars of such previous conviction are as follows:
Date of
conviction. Court. Offence. Sentence.
Dated
Signed
Read these footnotes carefully.
(a) Full name in block capitals.
(b) Full address.
(c) Strike out inappropriate sentence.
(d) These offences are :—
(i) an offence involving dishonesty while you were acting as a wireman;
or
(ii) an offence against the Ordinance, or the rules thereunder.
(e) Delete if inappropriate.
Form 3.
THE ELECTRIC INSTALLATIONS (BUILDINGS) ORDINANCE.
Form of Licence.
The Licensing Authority hereby licenses , of , to act as a wireman
from to 19
Dated
Licensing Authority.
SCHEDULE B.
Fees.
$
1. For a licence as a wireman 1.20
2. For a duplicate licence as a wireman 60
3. For a certificate of apprenticeship issued by the Board under para-
graph (b) of section 6 of the Ordinance 1.20
4. For a certificate issued by the Board under paragraph (c) of section 6 of
the Ordinance ves wee see oe ae tee wee o =2.40
AN
Electricity (Inspection). [Ch. 30. No. 16.
CHAPTER 30. No. 16.
ELECTRICITY (INSPECTION).
ORDINANCE TO PROVIDE FOR THE INSPECTION OF
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS, PLANT, APPARATUS AND
WORKS AND FOR OTHER PURPOSES IN CONNECTION
THEREWITH.
[1st January, 1946.]
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Electricity
(Inspection) Ordinance.
2. In this Ordinance unless the context otherwise
requires—
apparatus ’’ means electrical apparatus and includes
all apparatus, machines, consuming devices and fittings
in which conductors are used or of which they form a
part ;
authorised person ’’ means a person appointed by
the licensee, the management or the owner of an
installation, or by a contractor, for the time being,
to a licensee or owner to carry out certain duties
incidental to the generation, transformation, distri-
bution, and use of energy, provided that such person
is competent for the purpose for which he is employed,
the burden of proof of competency being on the
employer;
“Chief Inspector’’ Deputy Chief Inspector†and
“Inspector ’’ mean, respectively, the Chief Electric
Inspector, Deputy Chief Electric Inspector, and an
Electric Inspector appointed under section 3;
301
Ordinances
No. 44-1945.
32-1950.
Commence-
ment.
Short title.
Interpre-
tation.
302
Ch. 30. No. 16.) Electricitv (Inspection).
conductor ’’ means an electrical conductor arranged
to be electrically connected to a system ;
â€
consumer ’’ means a person who is supplied with
energy or whose premises are for the time being
connected for the purposes of a supply of energy with
any system of public supply;
danger means danger to health or to human life
or limb from shock, burn, or other injury resulting
from the generation, transformation, distribution or
use of energy and includes danger to property from fire
resulting as aforesaid ;
clectric supply line� means a wire or conductor or
other means for conveying, transmitting or distri-
buting energy, together with any casing, coating,
covering, tube, pipe or insulator enclosing, surrounding
or supporting the same or any part thereof, or any
apparatus connected therewith for the purpose of
conveying, transmitting or distributing energy ;
energy means electrical energy when generated,
transmitted, supplied or used for any purpose except
the transmission of a message;
generator ’’ means a dynamo of any type for the
generation of energy ;
installation means the whole of any particular
plant, apparatus or works designed for the supply or
use, or both, as the case may be, of electrical energy,
under one ownership and, where management is
prescribed, in charge of the same management,
including prime movers, if any, with all necessary
plant and buildings in connection therewith, electric
supply lines and consuming apparatus, if any;
licence ’? means a licence issued under the Trinidad
and Tobago Electricity Commission Ordinance, per-
mitting the licensee to operate or work an installation ;
“licensee ’? means a person permitted by licence to
work or operate an installation and includes an
authorised agent ;
“management ’’ means the authorised person for the
time being placed in charge of an installation by the
licensee or owner or by a contractor ;
,
Electricity (Inspection). [Ch. 30. No. 16.
“motor ’’ means a motor of any type for the trans-
formation of electrical energy into mechanical energy;
“pressure ’’ means the difference of electrical poten-
tial between any two conductors or between a conductor
and the earth, as read by a standard volt-meter;
“ prime mover †means a machine supplying power
to a generator for the purpose of generating energy;
“ private safety ’’ means the obviation of danger to
individuals or to private property;
“public safety ’’ means the obviation of danger to
the gencral public, to public property and to roads,
streets, railways, canals, docks, wharves, piers, bridges,
waterworks and their appurtenances and telegraphic,
telephonic and other electrical signalling lines;
“system means an electrical system in which all
the conductors and apparatus are electrically con-
nected ;
“transformation includes the transformation of
pressure up or down and the conversion of alternating
to direct current or vice versa by static, rotary or
electro-chemical means.
3. (1) The Governor in Council may, by notification in
the Royal Gazette, appoint so many Electric Inspectors and
at such remuneration as he may think expedient to inspect
installations, and electrical plant, apparatus and works and
to perform such other duties as may be prescribed, and may
in like manner and at such remuneration as he may think
expedient appoint persons to officiate as Chief Inspector and
Deputy Chief Inspector to supervise the methods and
details of such inspection and of such duties as aforesaid
and to perform such other duties as may be prescribed.
(2) The carrying out of the said inspections and the
performance of the said duties shall be under the adminis-
trative control of the Chief Inspector.
(3) The Chief Inspector and the Deputy Chief Inspec-
tor shall have and may exercise all powers vested by this
Ordinance or by any rules made hereunder in an Inspector.
4. On the completion of a new installation, the owner
thereof shall give notice in writing to the Chief Inspector,
303
Appoint-
ment of
Electric
Inspectors.
Inspection
of installa-
tion on
completion.
304
Periodical
Inspec lions
of installa-
tions,
Installations
completed
or begun
before com-
Mmeneement
of
Ordinanee
Precautions
agamst
atmospheric
eleetreity
Restriction
of connec-
tion with
earth.
Ord.. osu,
s.
Ch. 30. No. 16.] Electricity (Inspection).
who shall cause inspection and tests to be made within the
prescribed period and, if the installation satisfies the require-
ments of this Ordinance and the rules made hereunder,
certify or cause to be certified accordingly in the prescribed
form. No installation shall be operated until such certifi-
date has been obtained.
5. In addition to periodical inspections during con-
struction and final inspections on completion, all installa-
tiens while in operation shall be inspected at such intervals
as may be prescribed. The licensee and management and
persons in charge of all installations shall afford full facilities
for inspection within reasonable working hours.
6. Iexcept as may be otherwise provided by any exemp-
tion under section 16, all installations which shall have been
operated or whereof the construction shall have been
completed or begun before the commencement of this
Ordinance shall be subject to this Ordinance and the rules
made hereunder.
7. Any department of the Government or any other
consumer taking or using energy from an installation shall,
if the Chief Inspector so requires, provide such means for
obviating risk of damage to such installation by atmospheric
electricity as may be directed by the Chicf Inspector.
8. (1) No person shall in the generation, transmission,
supply or use of energy permit any part of his electric
supply lines to be connected with earth except as may be
required by rules made under this Ordinance or by any
other law or may be expressly permitted by the Chief
Inspector.
(2) In the event of any breach of the provisions of the
last preceding subsection the Chief Inspector may by
written order require the licensee or owner to break such
connection and may prohibit the use of any electric supply
line or works or of any installation until the order is complied
with, and every such order shall be complied with by the
person concerned.
Electricity (Inspection). [Ch. 30. No. 16.
(3) If the licensee or owner fails to comply with the
aforesaid written order of the Chief Inspector or continues
to use the electric supply line or works or any installation
prohibited to be used while such order remains uncomplied
with, he shall be guilty of an offence against this Ordinance
and liable to a fine of one hundred and twenty dollars and,
if the contravention continues, to a further fine of ten dollars
for every day in respect of which it so continues after the
first day.
9. (1) In the event of an Inspector finding in any installa-
tion or apparatus any defect which in his opinion is likely
to cause danger, he may, by notice in writing posted at the
place where the installation or apparatus to which it relates
is installed or working or served upon the licensee or owner
thereof, suspend the operation and use of such installation
‘or apparatus until such defect is made good or removed,
and in such case the said installation or apparatus shall not
be operated or used so long as the said notice of suspension
remains unrevoked.
(2) If any person operates or uses an installation or
apparatus while any such notice of suspension remains
unrevoked he shall be guilty of an offence against this
Ordinance and liable to a fine of one hundred and twenty
dollars, and if the contravention continues to a further fine
of ten dollars for every day in respect of which it so continues
after the first day.
(3) Every licensee and every management and person
in charge of an installation becoming aware of a defect
therein which is likely to cause danger and every consumer
becoming aware of a defect in any apparatus which is likely
to cause danger shall forthwith make a report thereof to an
Inspector and in default of so doing shall be guilty of an
offence against this Ordinance and liable to a fine of forty-
eight dollars.
(4) If in the opinion of the Chief Inspector anv defect
in an installation in respect whereof a licence is in force is
of such a nature that it cannot be made good or removed,
he shall forward a report of his findings to the Governor
in Council who may cancel the licence.
T.—Iv. 20
305
Procedure
in case of
dangerous
defect in
installation
of apparatus.
Ord.32-1950,
a. 3.
306
Entry on
premises.
Orcl. 32-1050,
4.
Serious
accidents to
be reported,
Investiga-
tion and
inquiry.
Ord.32--1950,
s. 4,
Ch. 30. No. 16.] Electricity (Inspection).
10. (1) The Inspectors are empowered to enter upon any
premises, in or upon which an installation or apparatus may
be, at any time between the hours of 6 a.m. and 6 p.m. and
also at any other time when any installation or apparatus
in or upon such premises may be at work.
(2) Any person who obstructs any Inspector in
the execution of his duty under the last preceding sub-
section shall be guilty of an offence against this Ordinanc
and liable to a fine of forty-eight dollars, and on a second or
subsequent conviction to a fine of ninety-six dollars or
imprisonment for three months or to both such fine and
imprisonment.
11. (1) Where any accident causing or resulting in loss of
life or grievous hurt to any person or serious injury to
property has occurred in connection with any installation
or electrical plant or apparatus, the owner or licensee thereof
and the management thereof shall with the least possible
delay report in writing to an Inspector the facts of the matter
so far as they are known to them respectively, and the
Inspector shall thereupon visit the place where the accident
occurred and make a preliminary investigation of the cir-
cumstances and record in writing his finding upon such
investigation, and if there has been any loss of life or there
is reason to believe that any person has been fatally injured
shall send a copy of his findings to the nearest Magistrate.
(2) In the event of loss of life or grievous hurt to any
person due to any accident in connection with any installa-
tion or electric plant or apparatus no alterations or additions
shall without the consent of an Inspector be made to any
part of such installation, plant or apparatus which may
have contributed to cause such accident nor shall any
alterations be made without such consent to the site of the
accident until an Inspector has completed his investigation:
Provided that nothing herein contained shall operate to
interfere with rescue work or work necessary for the general
safety of life or property.
(3) If any person fails to make any such report as
is required by subsection (1), or effects any alterations or
additions to any part of an installation, plant or apparatus
in contravention of subsection (2) of this section, he shall be
Electricity (Inspection). [Ch. 30. No. 16.
guilty of an offence against this Ordinance and liable to a
fine of one hundred and twenty dollars.
(4) If upon a preliminary investigation it appears to
the officer making such investigation that there is reason
to believe that the accident was due to any failure to
comply with the provisions of this Ordinance or of the rules
made hereunder or to neglect of any lawful order given by
an Inspector, or if the officer making such investigation as
aforesaid is satisfied that the accident might have been
prevented if proper precautions had been taken and observed
in the working of any installation or electrical plant or
apparatus, such persons of electrical or other special skill
and experience as shall be nominated by the Governor in
Council shall hold an inquiry into the nature and cause of
the accident and shall forward to the Governor in Council
a copy of the evidence taken at such inquiry together with
their findings thereon and such further report as may seem
to them necessary, and if they are of opinion that criminal
proceedings ought to be instituted against any person in
connection with the accident they shall forward to the
Attorney Gencral a copy of the said evidence, finding and
report.
(5) The foregoing provisions of this section shall not
apply in respect of any factory or other premises or place
to which the Factories Ordinance, applies.
12. (1) In the event of any difference of opinion between
a licensee and an Inspector or between the management or
owner of any installation or apparatus and an Inspector
regarding any structural question or question of fitting or
adjustment in relation to any installation or apparatus, the
matter shall be referred to and decided by the Chief
Inspector.
(2) From any decision of the Chief Inspector an
appeal shall lie to the Governor in Council: Provided that
no such appeal shall, except by special permission of the
Governor in Council, be admitted after the expiration of
forty-two days from the date when the decision appealed
against was given. In dealing with any such appeal the
Governor in Council shall, after inquiry shall have been
made into the subject matter thereof in the manner provided
20 (2)
307
Questions
for decision
of Chief
Inspector,
subject to
appeal to
Governor in
Council.
Ch. 30. No. 16.] Electrictty (Inspection).
Towers of
Board of
Inquiry
Frosecution
of offences.
Ord,32-1950
s. 8.
Rulcs
Ord.32-1950,
s. 7.
in the next succeeding subsection and after such further
investigation if any, as he thinks fit to make, may set aside
or vary the decision of the Chief Inspector or may uphold
the same, and the decision of the Governor in Council shall
be final and shall be carried into effect.
(3) The subject matter of any such appeal shall be
referred by the Governor in Council to a Board consisting
of such persons of electrical or other special skill and
experience as the Governor in Council shall nominate for
the purposes of inquiry who, at the conclusion of such
inquiry, shall forward the evidence, if anv, recorded by them
together with their opinion and recommendations as to the
decision proper to be given in the matter of the appeal, and
any of such persons who may dissent from the opinion
or recommendations given may forward to the Governor
in Council a statement in writing of the reasons for his
dissent.
(4) Every person who shall sit as a member of the
Board of Inquiry referred to in the last preceding subsection
shall be entitled to receive from public funds such remunera-
tion as the Governor in Council may from time to time fix by
notification in the Roval Gazette.
13. For the purpose of holding inquiries under this
Ordinance a Board of Inquiry shall have power to administer
oaths and affirmations and shall be vested with the powers of
a Magistrate for compelling the attendance of witnesses,
maintaining order and otherwise duly conducting the said
inquiries. Persons summoned to attend at anv such
inquiry shall be legally bound so to attend.
14. All offences against, and all penalties imposed by,
this Ordinance or any rules made hereunder shall be
prosecuted and recovered in the manner provided by the
Summary Courts Ordinance.
15. The Governor in Council may from time to time
make rules prescribing—
(a) the duties under this Ordinance of any officers
appointed under section 3;
(6) the intervals, times and manner in which any
installations or apparatus shall be inspected, the
Electricity (Inspection). [Ch. 30. No. 16.
notice (if any) to be given in relation to inspections
and the preparations to be made by the licensees and
the management for such inspections;
(c) the design, construction, protection and main-
tenance of installations and apparatus, the conditions
under which any installation or apparatus shall be
worked or operated and the prohibition of the use of
dangerous apparatus;
(d@) the means which may be employed (to the
exclusion of other means) for the generation, trans-
mission, transformation, distribution and application
of energy;
(ec) the manner in which energy shall be measured
and in which it is permitted to be, or is prohibited
from being, supplied or used;
(f) the standards to be adopted for measurement of
dimensions of installations and apparatus;
(g) the regulation and variation of the nature,
pressure and periodicity of the energy supplied;
(k) the class or design, or classes or designs, of wires,
fittings and apparatus to be used by consumers and the
manner in which they shall be fixed, arranged, pro-
tected and controlled and providing for the erection,
inspection, testing and maintenance thereof;
(1) the fees to be paid for the inspection of installa-
tions and apparatus, the form and contents of and the
conditions to be implied in licences, the form and
duration of certificates and the suspension, extension
and revocation of licences and certificates;
(7) the measures to be taken and the fittings to be
supplied and used in connection with installations in
order to secure public safety and private safety;
(k) the manner of effecting alterations to installa-
tions in operation;
(/) the precautions to be taken on the relief of persons
in control of apparatus and the manner of notifying
to Inspectors the names and qualifications of persons
placed in charge of installations and in control of the
operation of apparatus ;
309
310
Exemptions
from pro-
visions of
Ordinance,
Ch. 30. No. 16.] Electricity (uspection).
Qt) the manner of calculating the power of generators
and motors,
(v) the manner of holding inquiries under this
Ordinance ;
(0) the forms of notice. and the manner of service
thereof,
(P) the means to be adopted, whether by prohibition
or otherwise, to prevent or abate any nuisance likely
to arise or arising frem the werking of any installation
or apparatus,
(y) the records to be kept in respeet of installations,
licence. , inspections and any other matters to which
this Ordinance relates and the form thereof and the
persons by whem the same are to be kept,
(ry) the time, place and manner for the payment of
moneys payable under this Ordinance or the rules
made hereunder and the mode of collection and
disposal thereof,
(s) offences against any of such rules and penalties
therefor not) execeding one hundred and twenty
dollars: Provided that in the case of a continuing
offence, a further penalty not exceeding ten dollars
for cach day during which such offence continues
may be preseribed ;
(4) any other matters as to which it may appear to
the Governor in Council expedient to make rules for
the better carrying out of the provisions of this
Ordinance.
16. The Governor in Council may by notification in the
Roval Gazette exempt from all or any of the provisions of this
Ordinance
(a) any installation, or part thereof, constructed
before the commencement of this Ordinance;
(b) any other particular class of installation or
apparatus ;
and may by similar notification cancel any exemption so
notified.
Sleeping Accommodation (Control Charges). |Ch, 30. No“17. 311
CHAPTER 30. No. 17.
SLEEPING ACCOMMODATION (CONTROL
OF CHARGES).
AN ORDINANCE TO CONTROL CHARGES MADE FOR SLEEPING Ordinance
ACCOMMODATION, No, 25-1943.
[12th A ugust, 1943. ] Commence-
ment,
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Sleeping Accom- Short title.
modation (Control of Charges) Ordinance.
Interpre-
tation,
2. In this Ordinance
“ Board" means the Rent Assessment Board con-
stituted under the Rent Restriction Ordinance, for
the area in which any sleeping accommodation is
situated ;
charge means a charge for the occupation of
sleeping accommodation, whether inclusive of any
service or facilities provided therewith or not, and
also a separate charge for any such services or facilities ;
sleeping accommodation means accommodation
permitted or intended by one person (in this Ordinance
referred to as ‘‘ the owner’’) to be occupied under
contract or otherwise for reward by another person
(in this Ordinance referred to as ‘‘ the occupier ’’)
mainly for sleeping purposes together with the services
or facilities (if any,) provided therewith; but does not
include premises the rent or charges for the use or
occupation of which are controlled under the Rent
Restriction Ordinance, or under the Rent Restriction
(Serviced Premises) Ordinance.
3. (1) The owner or occupier of any sleeping accommo- Charges to
dation may at any time apply to the Board to approve pe $pprevee
Board.
312
Charges to
conform to
those
approved.
Charge to
be exhibitec
Restriction
on demand
of premiums.
Ch. 30. No. 17.] Sleeping A Accommodation (Control Charges).
the charges relating to that accommodation or to approve
revised charges in place of the charges previously approved.
(2) The Board shall not approve a charge unless in the
opinion of the Board it is reasonable and shall revise a
charge on due application if in the opinion of the Board
it has ceased to be reasonable.
(3) The Board) may permit all or any sleeping
accommodation in any building, or on any premises, being
accommodation of which one person is the owner, to be
dealt with in one application,
(+) Section 6 of the Rent Restriction Ordinance,
shall apply in relation to applications under this section.
4. If any sleeping accommodation shall, after the Ist of
September, 1943, be occupied as such, or continue to be
occupied as such, without the charge therefor having been
approved by the Board or at a charge greater than an
approved charge, the owner thereof shall be guilty of an
offence against this Ordinance: Provided the owner shall
not be guilty of an offence as aforesaid by reason of a
charge not having been approved if an application to
approve the charge has been made and is pending.
5. The owner of any sleeping accommodation shall at all
times cause the charge. approved by the Board to be
exhibited conspicuously at the place where the accommo-
dation is situated, and, if he shall contravene or fail to
comply with this section, he shall be guilty of an offence
against this Ordinance.
6. The owner of any sleeping accommodation shall not,
as a condition of permitting the occupation or continued
occupation thereof after the charges have been approved
by the Board, require the payment of any fine, premium,
or other like sum, or the giving of any consideration in
addition to the charges approved by the Board, and where
any such payment or consideration shall be made or given,
the amount or value thereof shall be recoverable by the
person by whom it was made or given or his personal
representative. The owner of any sleeping accommodation
who shall contravene or fail to comply with the provisions
of this section shall be guilty of an offence against this
Sleeping Accommodation (Control Charges). [Ch. 30. No. 17. 313
Ordinance and the court in which the conviction is obtained
may order him to repay the amount or value of the same to
the person from whom it was received.
7. No charge for sleeping accommodation in excess of Charge in
that approved by the Board shall be recoverable and any tariff to be
excess paid shall be repayable to the person who paid it, itrecover-
8. Any person who shall be guilty of an offence against Penalty.
this Ordinance shall be liable on summary conviction to a
fine of four hundred and eighty dollars or to imprisonment
for six months or to both such fine and imprisonment, or,
if such person is a corporation, shall be liable to a fine of
one thousand two hundred dollars.
9. Notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary, Limitation
summary procecdings for an offence against this Ordinance 0 Prose-
may be commenced at any time within two years from the
date on which the offence was committed.
314
Ordinance
No. 34-1943
Cammence-
ment.
Short tle
and
duration.
Interpre-
tation.
Ch. 30. No. 18.] Services (Charges Control),
CHAPTER 30. No. 18.
SERVICES (CHARGES CONTROL).
AN ORDINANCE TO MAKE PROVISION TO PREVENT, DURING
, THE PRESENT EMERGENCY, EXCESSIVE CHARGES BEING
MADE FOR PERFORMING SERVICES IN RELATION TO
GOODS (INCLUDING HIRING AND SUBJECTING TO A
PROCESS).
[7th October, 1943. ]
1. (1) This Ordinance may be cited as the Services
(Charges Control) Ordinance.
(2) This Ordinance shall continue in force until such
date as the Governor may by proclamation declare to be
the date on which the emergency that was the occasion
of the passing of this Ordinance came to an end, and shall
then expire except as respects things previously done or
omitted to be done.
2. (1) In this Ordinance
“business unless the context otherwise requires,
includes a branch of a business;
performance of a charge-controlled service’? in
relation to any business, means the performance in
relation to goods of any description of a service for the
performance of which, in the course of that business
and in relation to those goods, a maximum charge has
been fixed by an order for the time being in force
under this Ordinance.
(2) References in this Ordinance to the performance
of a service in relation to goods include references to the
hiring of goods and the subjecting of goods to any process.
(3) References in this Ordinance to a business that
includes the performance of a service, or a service of any
Services (Charges Control). (Ch. 30. No. 18.
particular description, in relation to goods, include references
to a business which consists wholly of performing a service
or a service of that description in relation to goods.
(4) In this Ordinance references to an offer to perform
a service or to enter into a transaction shall be construed
as including a reference to a notification of the consideration
proposed for the service or transaction, whether made
before or after the performance of the service or the carrying
out of the transaction.
(5) References in this Ordinance to a person carrying
on a business include references to a person employed to
manage a business by the person carrying it on.
3. (1) The Governor in Council may by order fix the
maximum charge to be made, in the course of a business
of any class set out in the order, for performing, in relation
to goods of any description specified in the order, a service
of any description so specified; and it shall be unlawful
for any person in the course of any such business to perform,
agree to perform, or offer to perform, any such service in
relation to any such goods for a charge which exceeds the
maximum charge fixed by the order in relation to any
such business, and to any such goods.
(2) Any such order may fix different maximum
charges to be made in the course of businesses of different
classes for the same service in relation to the same des-
cription of goods.
(3) Any such order fixing the maximum charge to be
made in the course of a business of any class for performing
a service may require such steps as may be specified in the
order to be taken to bring the said charge to the notice of
persons to whom offers are made to perform the service
in the course of the business.
(4) Any such order may, instead of specifying the
maximum charge to be made in the course of a business of
any class for performing any service, direct that that
charge shall be computed in such manner and by reference
to such matters as may be provided by the order.
(5) Where any such order contains such a direction
as is mentioned in the last foregoing subsection as respects
the performance of any service in the course of any business,
315
Power to fix
maximum
charges for
service in
relation to
goods.
316
Right to
avoid
prohibited
transaction
or to recover
excess price.
Ch. 30. No. 18.] Services (Charges Control).
the provisions set out in the next following section hereto
shall have effect as respects the rights of a person for whom
that service is performed, or with whom an agreement
is made to perform the service, in the course of that business
in contravention of subsection (1) of this section.
(6) If any person performs, agrees to perform, or
offers to perform, any service in contravention of sub-
section (1) of this section, he shall be guilty of an offence
against this Ordinance:
Provided that
(a) where it is proved that an offer made in contra-
vention of the said) subsection has been followed
by an agreement so made in pursuance of that offer,
or that an agreement so made has been performed in
contravention of the said subsection, those trans-
actions together shall be taken to constitute a single
offence, and
(b) it shall be a defence for a person charged with a
contravention of the said subsection to prove that, in
relation to the matter in respect of which he is charged,
he acted in the course of his employment as a servant
or agent of another person on the instructions of his
employer or of some other specified person.
(7) If any of the provisions of any order made by
virtue of subsection (3) of this section are not complied
with as respects any busine. the person carrying on the
business shall be guilty of an offence under this Ordinance.
4. (1) The following provisions of this section shall
have effect where an order is made under the last foregoing
section of this Ordinance directing that the maximum
charge to be made in the course of a business of any class
for the performance of a service of any description in relation
to goods of any description shall be computed in such
manner, and by reference to such matters as may be
provided by the order.
(2) Where a prosecution has been instituted in
respect of the performance of, or an agreement or offer to
perform, any service of a description to which any such
direction relates in the course of a business to which any
Services (Charges Control). [Ch. 30. No. 18.
such direction relates for a particular sum, and the person
charged has been found guilty, then-
(a) if the prosecution was in respect of the per-
formance of, or an agreement to perform, a service,
the person for whom the service was performed or
with whom the agreement was made; and
(b) whether the prosecution was in respect of the
performance of a service or an agreement or offer
to perform a service, any person for whom a similar
service was performed, or any person with whom an
agreement was made to perform a similar service, for
the same or a higher charge in the course of that
business in contravention of subsection (1) of the last
foregoing section of this Ordinance before the date of
the finding;
shall have the following rights, exercisable, subject as
hereinafter provided at his option.
(3) In the case of an agreement to perform a service
no part of which has been performed, he shall have the
right to treat the agreement as avoided, and to recover
from the person who agreed to perform the service, as
money received by that person for his use, any amount
paid by him as consideration therefor: Provided that he
shall not be entitled to exercise the right conferred by this
subsection if any rights acquired by a third party would
be prejudiced by his so doing, or after the lapse of an
unreasonable time from the date of the agreement.
(4) He shall in any case have the right to affirm the
performance of the service or the agreement to perform
it, but to recover as aforesaid to the extent of any loss
sustained by him by reason of the contravention.
(5) Any sum recoverable by virtue of this section
shall be recoverable with interest thereon at the rate of
six per cent. per annum from the date when it was paid.
(6) The rights conferred by this section shall not
be exercisable by a person who is himself liable to punish-
ment by reason of his having aided, abetted, counselled or
procured the contravention in question.
5. The illegality by virtue of this Ordinance of any
transaction shall not prejudice any rights acquired by
any person other than a person who is guilty of a contra-
317
Saving for
rights of
innocent
parties.
318
Charges-
regulation
committee,
Inspectors.
Ch. 30. No. 18.] Services (Charges Control).
vention of this Ordinance in respect of the transaction,
or Who is Hable to punishment by reason of his having
aided, abetted, counselled or procured, sucha contravention.
6. (1) The Governor shall appoint a charges-regulation
committee for the effective enforcement of the provisions
of this Ordinance.
(2) It shall be the duty of the charges-regulation
committee to give advice and. assistance to the Governor
in Couneil with regard to the operation of this Ordinance,
(3) The charges-regulation committee shall be con-
stituted in such manner as the Governor may determine.
(4) The Governor may appoint a secretary to the
charges-regulation committee, and such committee may
employ such officers and servants as the Governor may
determine.
(5) Any notice or request issued or made under the
provisions of this Ordinance, 1f purporting to be under the
hand of the secretary of the committee, shall, unless the
contrary be shown, be deemed to be signed by the said
secretary on behalf of the committee and may be proved
by the production of a copy thereof purporting to have
been so signed.
7. (1) For the purposes of enforcing the provisions of
this Ordinance, the Governor may appoint such number of
inspectors, who may be paid such remuneration and
expenses as the Governor may determine.
(2) An inspector appointed under this section shall,
for the purposes aforesaid, have power at all reasonable
time. on production of a certificate of lis appointment-—
(a) to enter any premises occupied for the purpose
of a business which he has reason to believe to include
the performance in relation to any goods of any
service
(b) to inspect any goods found on any such
premises ;
(c) to require any person carrying on or employed
in connection with any such business—
(1) to produce to, and allow to be examined
Services (Charges Control), (Ch. 30. No. 18.
by him any accounts, books or other documents
in the custody or under the control of the person
so required, being documents relating to that
business the examination of which he may
reasonably require for the purposes of — this
Ordinance; and
(ii) to furnish to him any information as respects
that business which he may reasonably require
for the said purposes.
(3) If any person obstructs an inspector in the
exercise of the powers conferred upon him by this section,
he shall be guilty of an offence under this Ordinance and
liable on summary conviction to a fine of two hundred and
forty dollars.
8. (1) The Governor may
(a) by notice in writing require any person carrying
on a business which includes the performance of any
charge-controlled service; or
(6) by order require all persons carrying on busi-
nesses which include the performance of any charge-
controlled service of a description specified in the
order;
to keep such books, accounts and other records in relation
to the business, and in such form, and containing such
particulars with respect to such matters, as may be
specified in the notice or order.
(2) The Governor, or the charges-regulation committee,
may by notice in writing require any person carrying on a
business which includes the performance in relation to any
goods of any service (whether a charge-controlled service
or not)—
(a) to produce to, and allow to be examined by,
a person specified in the notice such books, accounts
or other documents in the custody or under the control
of the person so required as may be specified or des-
cribed in the notice, being documents relating to that
business the examination of which may reasonably be
required for the purposes of this Ordinance; and
(b) to furnish to a person so specified such informa-
tion as respects that business as may reasonably be
required for the purposes of this Ordinance.
319
Accounts
and infor-
mation.
320 Ch. 30. No. 18.] Services (Charges Control).
(3) If any person makes default
(a) in complying with a notice or order given or
made under subsection (1) of this section, or
(6) in producing or furnishing any book, account
or other document or any information which he is
required under this Ordinance to produce or furnish,
he shall be guilty of an offence under this Ordinance and
shall be Hable on summary conviction to a fine of two
hundred and forty dollars, and if after being so convicted
he continues te make the like default, he shall be hable
on summary conviction to a fine of two hundred and forty
dollars for ‘ach day on which the default continues after
the first-mentioned conviction, or to imprisonment for
six months, or to both such fine and such tunprisonment.
(4) If any person
(a) being required under this Ordinance to produce
any book, account or other: document, produces with
intent to deceive, any book, account or other document
which he knows to be false ina material particular, or
(o) being required under this Ordinance to furnish
wn information, or in reply to any inquiry made by
or on behalf of the Governor or a charges-regulation
committee with respect to any matter w hich may affect
the oxereise of their powers under this Ordinance,
makes any statement which he knows to be false in
a material particular, or recklessly makes any statement
which is false ina material particular,
he shall be guilty of an offence under this Ordinance.
9. Where a person convicted of a contravention of any
of the provisions of this Ordinance is a body corporate,
every person who, at the time of the contravention, was
a director or ollicer of the body corporate shall be deemed
to be guilty of that contravention, unless he proves that
the contravention was committed without his consent or
connivance and that he exercised all such diligence to
prevent the contravention as he ought to have exercised
having regard to the nature of his functions as a director
or officer of that body and to all the circumstances.
Compo, 10. (1) Where a person (hereafter in this subsection
offers, - » - :
referred to as ‘‘ the offerer '’) offers in the course of any
Services (Charges Control). (Ch. 30. No. 18.
business to enter into a transaction for a consideration
to be given as a whole both in respect of a matter to which
this section applies and in respect of any other matter,
any person to whom the offer is made may require the
offerer to state to him in writing
(a) what part of the consideration the offerer
assigns to the matter to which this section applies,
or
(6) if the matters in respect of which the considera-
tion is to be given are or include two or more matters
to which this section applies, the several parts of the
consideration which the offerer assigns to any one or
more of those matters.
The matter to which this section applies is the perfor-
mance of any charge-controlled service.
(2) The charge-control committce may, at any time
within twenty-one days beginning with the day on which
any person has offered to enter into such a transaction as
aforesaid, by notice in writing require him to make to the
committee such a statement as aforesaid.
(3) Where, in pursuance of a requirement made under
this section, a person making an offer states what part
of the consideration he assigns to the performance of any
charge-controlled service, he shall be deemed for all the
purposes of this Ordinance, to have offered to perform
that service for the part of the consideration so stated.
11. (1) Any person guilty of any offence under this
Ordinance for which no other penalty is expressly provided
shall be lable
(a4) on summary conviction, to imprisonment for
three months, or to a fine of four hundred and eighty
dollars, or to both such imprisonment and such fine;
or
(6) on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment
for two years, or to a fine of two thousand four hundred
dollars, or to both such imprisonment and such fine.
(2) Where a person, not being a body corporate, is
charged with an offence under any provision of this
Ordinance which expressly provides that the person
carrying on a business shall be guilty of an offence under
T.—IVv. 21
321
General
provisions as
to offences.
Ip
Ch. 30. No. 18.] Servtces (Charges Control).
this Ordinance, it shall be a defence for him to prove that
the act or default in respect of which he is charged was
committed by some other person without his consent. or
connivance, and that he exercised all such diligence to
prevent the commission of the act or default as he ought
to have oxercised having regard to all the circumstances.
(3) On the third or any subsequent occasion on which
a person is found guilty of an offence under this Ordinance,
the court may, on the application of the Attorney General
or on the application of the prosecutor made with the
consent of the Attorney General, make such order having
effect durmg such period as the court) thinks fit, for
preventing the offender from) carrying on, or being con-
cerned. directly or indirectly in the carrying on of, the
business im the course of which the transaction constituting
the offence was effected, or any branch of that business, or
any business or branch of a business of a similar character ;
and any person contravening an order made under this
subsection shall Le guilty of an offence and shall be liable
(a) on summary conviction, to imprisonment for
six months, or
(6) on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment
for five Vears,
(4) Where a person convicted on indictment of any
offence under this Ordinance is a body corporate, no
provision in this Ordinance limiting the amount of the fine
which may be imposed shall apply to the body corporate
and the body corporate shall be liable to such fine as the
court thinks just.
12. (1) No anformation with respect to any particular
business which has been obtained under this Ordinance shall
without the consent of the person carrying on that business,
be disclosed otherwise than in commection with the execution
of this Ordinance’ Provided that nothing in this section
shall apply to a disclosure of information made for the
purposes of any criminal proceedings which may be taken
whether by virtue of this Ordinance or otherwise, or for
the purposes of a report of any such proceedings.
(2) If any person discloses any information in con-
travention of this section, he shall be liable on summary
Services (Charges Control). |Ch. 30. No. 18.
conviction to imprisonment for three months or to a fine
of two hundred and forty dollars or to both such imprison-
ment and such fine, or on conviction on indictment. to
imprisonment for two years or to a fine of four hundred and
eighty dollars, or to both such imprisonment and such fine.
13. A prosecution for any offence against this Ordinance
shall not be instituted without the written consent of one
of the Law Officers specified in Part T of the Schedule to
the Law Officers Ordinance.
323
Sanction for
prosecution.
324 Ch. 30. No. 19.] — Limeoil (Control of Manufacture).
CHAPTER 30. No. 19.
LIMEOIL (CONTROL OF MANUFACTURE).
ae AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO THE MANUFACTURE OF
aN, ee,
LIMEOIL.
[21st April, 1949. ]
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Limeotl (Control of
Manufacture) Ordinance.
2. In this Ordinance
manufacturer means any person superintending
or directing the manufacture of limeoil,
manufactory means any distillery for the dis-
tillation of limeoil and includes any place where
himeoil is extracted by manual or other process,
3. Subject to the provisions hereinafter contained, every
person who intends to operate a manufactory which before
the commencement of this Ordinance was not in operation
shall apply to the Governor for a licence to operate the same,
and it shall be lawful for the Governor to issue any such
licence subject to such conditions as he may impose, or to
refuse to grant any such licence without assigning any
reason for such refusal or to cancel any such licence issued
by him Provided that nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to apply to any grower of limes in respect of manu-
facture of limeoil therefrom on the estate on which the same
are grown.
Penalty for 4. Ifa manufactory is operated contrary to any provision
vperating of this Ordinance, the manufacturer shall be liable on
contrary to
provisions of SUMMary conviction to a fine of four hundred and eighty
Ordinance. .
Limeotl (Control of Manufacture). (Ch. 30. No. 19. 325
dollars and all machinery, implements, utensils, materials,
and any limes and limeoil found upon the premises where
such manufacture has been carried on shall be forfeited.
5. Any manufacturer who contravenes the conditions Contraven-
under which any licence is issued under this Ordinance {net con
shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine of two licence.
hundred and forty dollars, and it shall be lawful for the
Governor to suspend or cancel the licence of any such
manufacturer.
326 Ch. 30. No. 20.] VJotion Picture Films (Carriage & Storage).
Ordinance
No. 10.1950,
Commence-
ment.
Power
to make
Regulations.
CHAPTER 30. No. 20.
MOTION PICTURE FILMS (CARRIAGE
AND STORAGE).
AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO THE CARRIAGE AND STORAGE
OF Motion Picture FILMs.
[4th March, 1950.]
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Motion Picture
Films (Carriage and Storage) Ordinance.
2. In this Ordinance, film or motion picture film â€â€™
means picture or sound recording film having a nitro
cellulose base whether in the form of unexposed film,
positives, negatives, scrap or used film.
3. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) to make provision for the protection of persons
and property from danger arising from fire or explosion
caused by or incident to the presence of films in any
place;
(6) prescribing the conditions under and the places in
which films may be stored,
(c¢) preseribing the conditions under and the vehicles
and receptacles in which films may be transported
from one place to another ;
(7) determining the restrictions to be imposed upon
persons when in close proximity to films stored in any
place;
(ce) prescribing offences against any of the said
regulations and penalties therefor: Provided that no
such penalty shall exceed a fine of five thousand
dollars or imprisonment for twelve months with or
Motion Picture Films (Carriage & Storage). [Ch. 30. No. 20. 327
without hard labour: Provided further that in the case
of a continuing offence, any such regulations may
provide for a further penalty not exceeding one
hundred dollars for each day during which the offence
continues.
(2) Regulations made under this Ordinance shall have
no force or effect until they have been approved by the
Legislative Council: Provided that until varied or revoked
by any such regulations, the regulations contained in the
Schedule hereto shall be in force.
SCHEDULE.
1. These Regulations may be cited as the Motion Picture Films
(Carriage and Storage) Regulations.
2. In these Regulations—-
cabinet ’’ means a non-combustible container of a type approved
by the Superintendent of lire Brigades;
high fire risk area = means an area designated as such by the
Superintendent of Fire Brigades which has been approved by
the Governor in Council and notified in the Royal Gazette;
motion picture film means picture or sound recording film
having a nitro cellulose base whether in the form of unexposed film,
positives, negatives, scrap or used film;
“shipping and rewinding room means a room designed and
constructed with the approval of the Director of Works and Hydraulics
and used for the inspection repair or rewinding of film and in which
films are kept pending shipment;
“standard roll means a roll of film 35 mm. wide and 1,000 feet
long weighing approximately 5 lb. used as a measurement of unit;
“ vault ’’ means a vault designed and constructed with the approval
of the Director of Works and Hydraulics.
3. (1) All motion picture film shall, subject to the provisions of
regulation 13 of the Cinematograph Regulations which are contained in
the Schedule to the Cinematograph Ordinance, be stored within a vault.
(2) No building containing a vault shall be erected or maintained
within 50 feet of any other building not containing a vault.
(3) No motion picture film shall be transported other than in the
manner specified herein.
(4) No motion picture film shall be stored on any premises without
a licence from the Superintendent of Fire Brigades.
(5) Every licence issued under the preceding sub-regulation shall
expire on the 31st December next following the date of issue, and notice
of the issue of every such licence shall be published in the Roval Gazette.
328 Ch. 30. No. 20.] Motion Picture Films (Carriage & Stcrage).
4. No motion picture film other than motion picture film provided for
in the ‘aid regulation 13 shall be stored within any high fire risk area of
the Colony.
5. Racks shall be of incombustible material and arranged for storage of
single reel containers or in storage of 1.¢.C containers. Incombustible
partitions of { inch in hard asbestos or its equivalent in fire resisting value,
and extending from the floor to the top of the rack shall be provided to
divide racks into vertical sections not over 3 feet wide and so placed as
not to obstruct distribution from) sprinkler heads. Racks shall not
obstruct vent openings.
6. Vaults and other buildings attached thereto used in connection with
film storage shall be protected by a system of sprinklers to specification 175
of the National Board of Fire Underwriters.
All electrical apparatus and installations in vaults shall be of
standard approved by the Government Chief Electric Inspector.
8. No combustible materials other than film shall be stored or placed in
a vault.
9. All film shall be kept in closed containers, except during the actual
time it is being worked on or examined.
10. (1) No more than 20 double rolls or 40 single rolls of film per
operator shall be removed from a vault at any time for inspection or
shipping purposes; and not more than 2 double rolls or 4 single rolls per
operator shall be exposed at any one time.
(2) No reel shall be exposed in a vault at any time.
11. (1) Serap film shall be kept separate from all other material, and
under water in stecl drums with close fitting covers.
(2) All film for disposal shall be deposited with the Superintendent
of Fire Brigades. No film serap shall be buried or burnt.
12. (1) No film shall be inspected, repaired or rewound other than in
a rewinding room.
(2) No non-essential combustible material shall be kept in rewinding
rooms other than in cabinets.
13. (1) All shipping and rewinding rooms shall be fitted with a sprinkler
system to conform to specification 175 of the National Board of Fire
Underwriters.
(2) Collodion, amyl acetate or other similar flammable substance
stored in a rewinding room shall be kept in a metal container, and the
total quantity exposed at any one time shall not exceed one Imperial
pint.
14. (1) Allintransit films at a film exchange shall as soon as practicable
be placed in a vault.
(2) Film shall only be transported in a vehicle in respect of which
a permit in writing authorising the carriage of film in such vehicle has
been issued by the Superintendent of Fire Brigades.
Motion Picture Films (Carriage & Storage). [Ch. 30. No. 20. 329
(3) No motion picture film shall be transported other than in
containers approved by the Superintendent of Fire Brigades.
15. No person shall smoke in any premises where motion picture film is
stored or handled. Warning notices to this effect shall be posted over
entrances in red letters 6 inches high on a white background.
16. Means of escape to freedom for employees on premises where motion
picture film is stored or handled shall be prominently indicated by means
of notices in green letters 6 inches high on a white background, at all
points of exit.
17, (1) Fire equipment of a standard type and number approved by the
Superintendent of Fire Brigades shall be kept and maintained in all
premises where motion picture film is stored or handled.
(2) All sprinkler systems installed in accordance with these
regulations may be inspected and tested at any time by the Superintendent
of lire Brigades or a person appointed by him in writing for such purpose
and shall be so inspected and tested before a licence to store film is issued
or renewed.
18. Whenever any person shall withhold his approval of the doing of or
omission to do anything in connection with any film which is subject to
his approval under these Regulations, the person aggrieved by his
decision may, within seven days of the date of receipt of notification that
such approval has been withheld, appeal against such decision to the
Governor in Council who may, in his discretion, authorise the doing of
or the omission to do such thing cither unconditionally or subject to
such conditions as he may think fit to impose, or may confirm such
decision: Provided that such decision shall be binding upon such person
until varied or revoked by the Governor in Council.
19. No person shall leave or cause to be left any motion picture film
unattended unless the same is secured in a vault, rewinding room or
shipping room.
20. If any person shall contravene any of the provisions of regulations
3, 4, 15 or 16, he shall be guilty of an offence against these Regulations
and liable on summary conviction to a fine of two thousand five hundred
dollars or imprisonment with or without hard labour for twelve months,
and, in the case of a continuing offence, to a further fine of one hundred
dollars for each day during which the offence continues.
21. If any person shall contravene any of the provisions of regulations
8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 17 or 19 he shall be guilty of an offence against
these Regulations and liable on summary conviction to a fine of two
hundred and fifty dollars, and, in the case of a continuing offence, to
a further fine of fifty dollars for each day during which the offence
continues.
22. The Commissioner of Police, the Superintendent of Fire Brigades,
and any member of the Police Force authorised in writing by the
Commissioner of Police or member of the Fire Brigade Department
authorised in writing by the Superintendent of Fire Brigades may at any
330 Ch. 30. No. 20.] Motion Picture Films (Carriage & Storage).
time without notice enter any vault or building attached thereto used in
connection with film storage or any shipping and rewinding room and
inspect the same, and any person who assaults or impedes or obstructs
the Commissioner of Police or Superintendent of Fire Brigades or any
such member of the Police Force or of the Fire Brigade Department in
the execution of his duty under this regulation shall be liable on summary
conviction to a fine of forty-eight dollars.
G.N. 298- 23. These Regulations shall come into force on the Ist of December,
1950. 1950.
Pool Betting. [Ch. 30. No. 21.
CHAPTER 30. No. 21.
POOL BETTING.
AN ORDINANCE TO CONTROL Poo. BETTING AND TO
PROVIDE FOR THE PAYMENT OF DUTY ON BETS MADE
BY WAY OF Poor BETTING.
{1st June, 1951.]
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Pool Betting
Ordinance.
2. No person shall, except in accordance with the pro-
visions of this Ordinance, carry on any business the carrying
on of which involves the receipt of money or money’s worth
paid as bets, or the promise of the payment of money or
money’s worth as bets, by more than one person, on the
terms that the winnings of such of those persons paying
or promising to pay as are winners shall be, or be a share of,
the stake-money paid or agreed to be paid by those persons,
or shall be, or shall include, an amount which is divisible
in any proportions among such of the persons as are winners
(whether such amount is determined by reference to the
stake money paid or agreed to be paid by those persons or
not), where the bets are made by filling up and returning
coupons or other printed or written forms, or otherwise
howsoever.
3. Every person intending to carry on any such business
shall—
(ay notify the Commissioner of Inland Revenue (in
this Ordinance referred to as “ the Commissioner ’’)
of his intention;
(b) make entry with the Commissioner, in such
manner as the Commissioner may require, of all
331
Ordinance
No. 33-1950.
Commence-
ment.
Short title.
Restriction
on Pool
Betting.
Duties of
applicant
for licence.
332
Licence to
conduct
Pool
Retting.
Period
cavered
by licence.
Licence fee.
Duty and
tax on Pool
Betting.
Ch. 30. No. 21.] Pool Betting.
premises intended to be used by him for the purposes
of the business ;
(c) give to the Commissioner the full name and
address and occupation of every person who has
agreed to carry on the business in association with him,
with such evidence in support of such agreement as
the Commissioner may require.
4. On the receipt by the Commissioner of such notifica-
tion and upon such entry being made, the Commissioner may
refuse to grant such licence, or, in his discretion, and subject
to such conditions as he may deem expedient, grant to the
applicant a licence to carry on such business.
5. (1) Every such licence shall continue in force from the
day on which it is granted until the last day of December then
next ensuing. In the event of the breach of any condition
imposed by the Commissioner under section 4 the Commis-
sioner may suspend the licence for any period not exceeding
six weeks:
Provided that in any such case the licensee may appeal
from the decision of the Commissioner to the Governor in
Council and the Governor in Council may vary or confirm
such decision.
(2) The Governor in Council may revoke any licence
issued under section 4 for any breach of any conditions
thereof and every decision of the Governor in Council under
this or the last preceding subsection shall be final and without
appeal to any court.
(3) Notice of the suspension or revocation of a licence
shall be given to the licensee by writing signed by or on
behalf of the Commissioner or the Governor in Council, as
the case may be, and delivered at the principal premises
specified in such licence to the person for the time being
in charge of the business carried on at such premises or
posted up in a conspicuous position on such premises.
6. The amount payable to the Commissioner °for every
such licence shall be twenty-four dollars.
7. (1) There shall be raised, levied and collected on the
total sum received on all bets made by way of pool betting
Pool Betting. [Ch. 30. No. 21.
a duty to be known as the pool betting duty, equal to ten
per centum of the total sum so received and on the balance
remaining after deduction from such total sum of the pool
betting duty a tax equal to five per centum of such balance
to be known as the pool betting tax.
(2) Such duty and such tax shall be collected, at the
discretion of the Commissioner, by payment to the Commis-
sioner at such intervals and in accordance with returns to be
rendered to him in such form, and upon giving such security
in an amount and in a manner to be approved by the
Commissioner.
(3) The proceeds of such duty shall be credited to
general revenue and the proceeds of such tax shall be
distributed among such charities and in such amounts as
the Governor in Council may determine.
8. All coupons and other printed or written forms to be
issued to persons in respect of money or money’s worth paid
or promised to be paid as bets shall be in such form as may
be approved by the Commissioner.
9. All licensed persons shall—
(a) keep such books, records and accounts in relation
to the business as the Commissioner may direct, and,
for at least six months or such longer or shorter period
as the Commissioner may in any particular case direct,
preserve on premises of which entry has been made as
aforesaid, any books, records and accounts directed
to be kept by him under this section, and any other
books, records, accounts or documents relative to the
business, and all coupons and other printed or written
forms issued as aforesaid;
(b) permit any person authorised in that behalf by
the Commissioner to enter upon any premises used
for the purposes of the business, and to inspect and take
copies of any books, records, accounts or other docu-
ments in his possession or power on any premises
used for the purposes of the business, being books,
records, accounts or documents which relate or appear
to relate to the business;
and any such person, and any other person employed, or
having functions in connection with, any such business shall,
333
Form of
coupons.
Control of
business,
Inspection
of records.
33+
Ch. 30. No. 21.] Pool Betting.
if required so to do by the Commissioner or any person so
authorised as aforesaid, produce at the office of the Commis-
sioner, at the time appointed by him, or the person so
authorised any such books, records, accounts and documents,
and all coupons, and other printed or written forms issued
as aforesaid relating to the business, make to the Commis
sioner at the times specified, such returns relating to the
busine. and give such other information relating to the
busine. as may be required.
10. (1) Hf any person
(a) shall carry on or be knowingly associated with
any business to which the Ordinance applies and in
respect of which no valid licence subsists; or
(0) fails to pay any pool betting duty or pool betting
tax payable by him, or
(c) contravenes or fails to comply with any of the
provisions of the last preceding section, or
(@) obstructs the Commissioner or anyone authorised
by him in the exercise of his functions im relation
to the pool betting duty or pool betting tax, or
(e) in connection with the pool betting duty or pool
betting tax, makes any statement which he knows
to be false in a material particular, or recklessly
makes any statement which is false in a material
particular, or, with intent to deceive, produces or
makes use of any book, account, record, return,
coupon. or other document which is false in a material
particular; or
(f) is knowingly concerned in, or in the taking of
steps with a view to, the fraudulent evasion, by him or
any other person of the pool betting duty or pool
betting tax,
he shall be lable on summary conviction to a fine of four
hundred and eighty dollars.
(2) Where a person is convicted of failing to pay any
pool betting duty or pool betting tax under paragraph (5) of
subsection (1) of this section, the Magistrate shall, in
addition to any penalty he may impose under the said
subsection, order the person so convicted to pay the duty or
tax, and the sum so ordered to be paid shall be deemed a
Pool Betting. [Ch. 30. No. 21.
sum adjudged to be paid within the meaning of section 05
of the Summary Courts Ordinance.
11. (1) Summary proceedings in respect of an offence
under this Ordinance may be taken at any time within six
months from the date on which evidence comes to the
knowledge of the Commissioner which is in his opinion
sufficient to justify the making of a complaint:
Provided that proceedings shall not be taken more than
two years after the commission of the offence.
(2) lor the purposes of this section, a certificate of the
Commissioner as to the date on which such evidence as
aforesaid came to his knowledge shall be conclusive evidence
thereof.
12. This Ordinance shall apply in relation to all bets
wherever made, where the person to whom the persons
making the bets look for the payment of their winnings
resides in the Colony’ but nothing contained in_ this
Ordinance shall apply to any lottery or sweepstake referred
to in subsection (2) of section 16 of the Gambling Ordinance.
13. Nothing contained in this Ordinance shall render
lawful any lottery which is declared by the Gambling
Ordinance to be unlawful.
335
Time timit
for procecd-
ings in
Summary
court,
Applic:
of
Ordinance
Mlegality of
lotteries.
TRINIDAD ann TOBAGO.
Revised Ordinances, 1950.
CHAPTER 31.
TRADE AND COMMERCE.
1. -COMPANIES.,
2. -PARTNERSIIP.
3. REGISTRATION OF BUSINESS NAMES.
4.—MERCANTILE Laws.
5. BILLS OF EXCHANGE.
6. -BILLS OF LADING.
7.—CARRIAGE OF GOODS BY SEA.
8.—IBILLS OF SALE,
9.—SALE OF Goons.
. 10. -AUCTIONEERS.
. 11. -MONEYLENDERS.
. 12. -PAWNBROKERS.
. 13.--RURAL PEDLARS.
. 14. -SHops (HouRS OF OPENING AND Em-
PLOYMENT).
. 15.—WEIGHTS AND MEASURES.
. 16.—CopyRIGHT.
. 17.—MERCHANDISE MARKS.
. 18.—PATENTS, DESIGNS AND TRADE MARKS.
. 19.— ASSURANCE COMPANIES.
22
CHAPTER 31. No. 1.
COMPANIES.
Crdinance. AN ORDINANCE TO) PROVIDE FOR) THE INCORPORATION,
LIE. No,
1040, REGULATION, AND WINDING UP OF TRADING COMPANIES
No.7 1950, AND OTHER ASSOCIATIONS.
| ts¢ Mav, 1939, ]
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Companies
Ordinance.
Interpretation,
2. (1) In this Ordinance-
annual return means the return required to be
made, in the case of a company having a share capital,
under section 106, and, in the case of a company not
having a share capital, under section 107
articles means the articles of association of a
company, as originally framed or as altered by special
resolution, imeluding, so far as they apply to the
company, the regulations contained in Table A in the
First Schedule to this Ordinance;
book and paper’ and “ book or paper â€â€™ include
accounts, deeds, writings, and documents;
“ company â€â€™ means a company formed and registered
under this Ordinance or an existing company ;
existing company ’’ means a company formed and
registered under any previous Ordinance providing for
the incorporation regulation and winding up of trading
companies and other associations ;
“Court used in relation to a company means the
Supreme Court;
Com pante. {Ch. 31. No. 1.
debenture — includes debenture stock, bonds and
any other securities of a company whether constituting
a charge on the assets of the company or not;
director includes any person occupying the
position of director by whatever name called;
document —inchides summons, notice, order, and
other legal process, and registers ;
memorandum â€â€™ means the memorandum of associa-
tion of a company, as originally framed or as altered in
pursuance of this Ordinance;
prospectus â€â€™ means any prospectus, notice, circular,
advertisement, or other invitation, offering to the
public for subscription or purchase any shares or
debentures of a company ;
Registrar’? means the Registrar General appointed
under the Registrar General Ordinance;
rules = means rules made under this Ordinance,
and includes forms;
“share ’’ means share in the share capital of a com-
pany, and includes stock except where a distinction
between stock and shares is expressed or implied ;
“Table A means Table A in the First Schedule to
this Ordinance.
(2) A person shall not be deemed to be within the
meaning of any provision in this Ordinance a person in
accordance with whose directions or instructions the
directors of a company are accustomed to act, by reason
only that the directors of the company act on advice given
by him in a professional capacity.
(3) Wherever in this Ordinance or in any rules made
hereunder a copy of an order of the Court is required to be
served on or delivered to the Registrar the copy so to be
served or delivered shall be an office copy within the meaning
of Order LXII. rule 4 of the Rules of the Supreme Court.
339
340
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compante,
PART I.
INCORPORATION OF COMPANIES AND MATTERS PXNCIDENTAL
THERETO,
Memorandiunt of assoctatton,
3. (1) Any seven or more persons, or, where the company
to be formed will be a private company, any two or more
persons, associated for any luwful purpose may, by sub-
seribing their names to a memorandum of association and
otherwise complying with the requirements of this Ordinance
In respect of registration, form an incorporated company,
with or without limited lability
(2) Such a company muy be either
(a) a company having the lability of its members
limited by the memorandum to the amount, if any,
unpaid on the shares respectively held by them (in
this Ordinance termed — a company limited by shares’)
or
(6) a company having the liability of its members
hmuted by the Memorandum to such amount as the
members may respectively thereby undertake to con-
tribute to the assets of the company in the event of its
being wound up (in this Ordinance termed a company
linnted by guarantee") | or
(ce) a company not having any linit on the Hability
ofits members (in this Ordinance termed an unlimited
company ""),
4. (1) The memorandum of every company must state
(a) the name of the company, with ‘ Limited — as
the last word of the name in the case of a company
lunited by shares or by guarantee ;
(}) whether the registered office ef the company is
to be situate in Trinidad or in Tobago;
(c) the objects of the company.
(2) The memorandum of a company limited by shares
or by guarantee must also state that the liability of its
members is limited.
Companies [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(3) The memorandum of a company limited by guaran-
{ee must also state that each member undertakes to
contribute to the assets of the company in the event of
its being wound up while he is a member, or within one
vear after he ceases to be a member, for payment of the
debts and liabilities of the company contracted before he
suses to be a member, and of the costs, charges, and
‘xpenses of winding up, and for adjustment of the rights
of the contributories among themselves, such amount as
may be required, not exceeding a specified amount.
(#1) In the case of a company having a share capital
(a) the memorandum must also, unless the company
an unlimited company, state the amount of share
capital with which the company proposes to be
registered and the division thereof into shares of a
fixed amount ;
(6) no subseriber of the memorandum may take less
than one share;
(c) each subseriber must write opposite to his name
the number of shares he takes.
5. The memorandum must bear the same stamp as if it
were a deed, and must be signed by each subseriber in the
presence of at Teast one witness who must attest the
signature
6. A company may not alter the conditions contained in
its memorandum except in the cases, in the mode and to
the extent for which express provision is made in this
Ordinance.
7. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, a com-
pany may, by special resolution, alter the provisions of its
memorandum with respect to the objects of the company,
so far as may be required to enable it
(#) to carry on its business more economically or
more efficiently; or
(b) to attain its main purpose by new or improved
means; or
(c) to enlarge or change the local area of its opera-
tions; or
34]
Stamp and
signature of
memoran-
dum.
Restriction
on alteration
of memo-
randum.
Mode in
which and
extent to
which
objects of
company
may be
altered,
34.
4
a“
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
(7) to carry on some business which under existing
circumstances may conveniently or advantageously be
combined with the business of the company; or
(ce) to restrict or abandon any of the objects specified
in the memorandum; or
(f) to sell or dispose of the whole or any part of the
undertaking of the company; or
(g) to amalgamate with any other company or body
of persons.
(2) The alteration shall not take effect until, and
except in so far as, it is confirmed on petition by the Court.
(3) Before confirming the alteration the Court must be
satisfied
(a) that sufficient notice has been given to every
holder of debentures of the company, and to any
person or class of persons whose interests will, in the
opinion of the Court, be affected by the alteration;
and
(0) that, with respect to every creditor who in the
opinion of the Court is entitled to object and who
signifies his objection in manner directed by the Court,
cither his consent to the alteration has been obtained
or his debt or claim has been discharged or has deter-
mined, or has been secured to the satisfaction of the
Court
Provided that the Court may, in the case of any person
or class, for special reasons, dispense with the notice
required by this seetion.
(4) The Court may make an order confirming the
alteration either wholly or in part, and on such terms and
conditions as it thinks fit.
(5) The Court, shall in exercising its discretion under
this section, have regard to the rights and interests of the
members of the company or of any class of them, as well as
to the rights and interests of the creditors, and may, if it
thinks fit, adjourn the proceedings in order that an arrange-
ment may be made to the satisfaction of the Court for the
purchase of the interests of dissentient members, and may
give such directions and make such orders as it may think
expedient for facilitating or carrying into effect any such
arrangement :
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
Provided that no part of the capital of the company shall
be expended in any such purchase.
(0) A copy of the order confirming the alteration,
together with a printed copy of the memorandum as altered,
shall, within fifteen days from the date of the order, be
delivered by the company to the Registrar, and he shall
register the copy so delivered and shall certify the registra-
tion under his hand, and the certificate shall be conclusive
evidence that all the requirements of this Ordinance with
respect to the alteration and the confirmation thereof have
heen complied with, and thenceforth the memorandum as so
altered shall be the memorandum of the company.
The Court may by order at any time extend the time for
the delivery of documents to the Registrar under this
section for such period as the Court may think proper.
(7) If a company makes default in delivering to the
Kegistrar any document required by this section to be
delivered to him, the company shall be liable to a fine of
fifty dollars for every day during which the default continues.
Articles of association.
8. There may in the case of a company limited by shares,
and there shall m the case of a company limited by guaran-
tee, unlimited or not for gain, be registered with the
memorandum articles of association signed by the sub-
seribers to the memorandum and prescribing regulations
for the company.
9. (1) In the case of an unlimited company the articles,
if the company has a share capital, must state the amount
of share capital with which the company proposes to be
registered.
(2) In the case of an unlimited company or a company
limited by guarantee, the articles, if the company has not a
share capital, must state the number of members with which
the company proposes to be registered.
(3) Where a company not having a share capital has
increased the number of its members beyond the registered
number, it shall, within fifteen days after the increase was
resolved on or took place, give to the Registrar notice of the
increase, and the Registrar shall record the increase.
343
Articles pre-
scribing
regulations
for com-
panies.
Regulations
required in
case of
unlimited
company or
company
limited by
guarantec.
344
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
If default is made in complying with this subsection, the
company and every officer of the company who is in default
shall be Hable to a default fine,
10. (1) Articles of association may adopt all or any of the
regulations contained in Table A.
(2) In the case of a company limited by shares and
registered after the commencement of this Ordinance, if
articles are not registered, or, if articles are registered, in so
far as the articles do not exclude or modify the regulations
contained in Table A, those regulations shall, so far as
applicable, be the regulations of the company in the same
manner and to the same extent as if they were contained
in duly registered articles.
11. Articles must
(1) be printed,
(2) be divided into paragraphs numbered con-
secutively ;
(3) bear the ‘ame stamp as if they were contained in
a deed,
(4) be signed by each subseriber of the memorandum
of association in the presence of at least one witness
who must attest the signature.
12. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance and to
the conditions contained in its memorandum, a company
may by special resolution alter or add to its articles.
(2) Any alteration or addition so made in the articles
shall, subject to the proyisions of this Ordinance, be as valid
as if originally contained therein, and be subject in like
manner to alteration by special resolution.
Form of memorandum and articles.
13. The form of
(1) the memorandum of association of a company
limited by shares;
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(2) the memorandum and articles of association of a
company limited by guarantee and not having a share
capital ;
(3) the memorandum and articles of association of a
company limited by guarantee and having a share
capital ;
(4) the memorandum and articles of association of an
unlimited company having a share capital;
shall be respectively in accordance + with the forms set out in
Tables B, C, D and E in the First Schedule to this Ordinance,
or as near thereto as circumstances admit.
Registration.
14. The memorandum and the articles, if any, shall be
delivered to the Registrar, and he shall retain and register
them.
15. (1) On the registration of the memorandum of a
company the Registrar shall certify under his hand that the
‘ompany is incorporated and, in the case of a limited
company, that the company is limited.
(2) Irom the date of incorporation mentioned in the
certificate of incorporation, the subscribers of the memor-
andum, together with such other persons as may from time
to time become members of the company, shall be a body
corporate by the name contained in the memorandum,
capable forthwith of exercising all the functions of an
meorporated company, and having perpetual succession
and a common seal, but with such liability on the part of
the members to contribute to the assets of the company in
the event of its being wound up as is mentioned in this
Ordinance.
16. (1) A company incorporated under this Ordinance
shall have power to hold lands in any part of the Colony:
Provided that a company formed for the purpose of
promoting art, science, religion, charity or any other like
object not involving the acquisition of gain by the company
or by its individual members, shall not, without the licence
of the Governor, hold more than two acres of land, but the
345
Registration
of memo-
randum i
articles,
Iffect of
repistration.
Power of
company to
hold lands.
346
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
Governor may by licence empower any such company to
hold lands in such quantity, and subject to such conditions,
as the Governor thinks fit.
2) A licence given by the Governor under this
section shall be in accordance with the form set out in the
second Schedule to this Ordinance, or as near thereto as
circumstances admit.
17. (1) A certificate of incorporation given by the
Registrar in respeet of any association shall be conclusive
evidence that all the requirements of this Ordinance in
respect of registration and of matters precedent and
incidental thereto have been complied with, and that the
association is a company authorised to be registered and
duly registered under this Ordinance.
(2) A statutory declaration by a solicitor engaged in
the formation of the company, or by a person named in the
articles as a director or secretary of the company, of com-
phance with all or any of the said requirements shall be
produced to the Registrar, and the Registrar may accept
such a declaration as sufficient evidence ‘of compliance.
18. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, a
company registered as unlimited may register under this
Ordinance as limited, or a company already registered as
limited company may re-register under this Ordinance,
but the registration of an unlimited company as a limited
company shall not affect the rights or liabilities of the
company in respect of any debt or obligation incurred, or
any contract entered into, by, to, with, or on behalf of the
company before the registration, and those rights or
liabilities may be enforced in manner provided by this
Ordinance in the same manner in all respects as if no such
change of registration had taken place.
(2) On registration in pursuance of this section the
Registrar shall close the former registration of the company,
and may dispense with the delivery to him of copies of any
documents with copies of which he was furnished on the
oceasion of the original registration of the company, but,
save as aforesaid, the registration shall take place in the
same manner and shall have effect as if it were the first
registration of the company under this Ordinance.
Companies. {Ch. 31. No. 1.
Prowsions with respect to names of compantes.
19. (1) No company shall be registered by a name which
in the opinion of the Registrar is undesirable.
(2) If, through inadvertence or otherwise, a company
on its first registration or on its registration by a new name
is registered by a name which in the opinion of the Registrar
too closely resembles the name by which a company in
existence is previously registered, the first mentioned
company may, with the sanction of the Registrar, change
its name, and shall, if the Registrar so directs within six
months of its being registered by that name, change its
name within six weeks of the date of such direction or
within such longer period as the Registrar may think fit to
allow,
(3) If a company makes default in complying with a
direction under the last preceding subsection it shall be
liable to a fine of twenty-five dollars for every day during
which the default continues.
20. (1) Where it is proved to the satisfaction of the
Governor that an association about to be formed as a limited
company is to be formed for promoting commerce, art,
science, religion, charity, or any other useful object, and
intends to apply its profits, if any, or other income in
promoting its objects, and to prohibit the payment of any
dividend to its members, the Governor may by licence
direct that the association may be registered as a company
with limited lability, without the addition of the word
“ Limited â€â€™ to its name, and the association may be regis-
tered accordingly.
(2) A licence by the Governor under this section may
be granted on such conditions and subject to such regula-
tions as the Govemor thinks fit, and those conditions and
regulations shall be binding on the association, and shall, if
the Governor so directs, be inserted in the memorandum and
articles, or in one of those documents.
(3). The association shall on registration enjoy all the
privileges of limited companies, and be subject to all their
obligations, except those of using the word ‘‘ Limited†as
any part of its name, and of publishing its name, and of
sending lists of members to the Registrar.
347
Prohibition
of registra-
tion of
companies
by undesir-
able names.
Ord. 5. 1950.
Power to
dispense
with
* Limitedâ€
in name of
charitable
and other
companies,
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compante,
(+) A licence under this section may at any time be
revoked by the Governor, and upon revocation the Registrar
shall enter the word — Limited’ at the end of the name of
the association upon the register, and the association shall
‘ase fo enjoy the exemptions and privileges granted by this
section,
Provided) that, before a licenee is so revoked, the
Governor shall give to the association notice in writing of
his intention, and shall afford the association an opportunity
of being heard in opposition to the revocation.
(5) Where the name of the association contains the
words “ Chamber of Commerce,†the notice to be given as
aforesaid shall include a statement of the effect of the
provisions of subsection (3) of the next following section of
this Ordinance.
21. (1) A company may, by special resolution and with
the approval of the Registrar signified in writing, change its
name.
(2) Ifacompany through inadvertence or otherwise,
is, Without such consent as is mentioned in subse :tion (2)
of seetion 19, registered by a name which is identical
with that by which a company in oxistence is pre-
viously registered, or which so nearly resembles — that
name as to be ealeulated to deceive, the first-mentioned
company may change its name with the sanction of the
Kegistrar.
(3) Where a licence granted in pursuance of the last
foregoing ction of this Ordinance to a company the name
of which contains the words — Chamber of Commerce â€â€ is
revoked, the company shall, within a period of six weeks
trom the date of the revocation or such longer period as the
Registrar may think fit to allow, change its name to a name
Which does not contain those words.
If company make. default in) complying with the
requirements of this subsection, it shall be liable to a fine of
two hundred and fifty dollars for every day during which the
default continues,
(4) Where a company changes its name, the Registrar
shall enter the new name on the register in place of the
Compante. [Ch. 31. No.1.
former name, and shall issue a certificate of incorporation
altered to meet the circumstances of the case.
(5) The change of name shall not affeet any rights or
obligations of the company, or render defective any legal
proceedings by or against the company, and any legal
proceedings that might have been continued or commenced
against it by its former name may be continued or com-
menced against it by its new name.
General provistons with respect to memorandum and article.
22. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the
memorandum and articles shall, when registered, bind the
company and the members thereof to the same extent as if
they respectively had been signed by each member, and
contained covenants on the part of each member to observe
all the provisions of the memorandum and of the articles.
(2) All money payable by any member to the com-
pany under the memorandum or articles shall be a debt due
trom him to the company, and in the Colony be of the nature
of a specialty debt.
23. (1) In the case of a company limited by guarantee
and not having a share capital, and registered on or after the
Ist of January, 1914, every provision in the memorandum
or articles or in any resolution of the company purporting
to give any person a right to participate in the divisible
profits of the company otherwise than as a member shall
be void.
(2) For the purpose of the provisions of this Ordinance
relating to the memorandum of a company limited by
guarantee and of this section, every provision in the
memorandum or articles, or in any resolution, of a company
limited by guarantee and registered on or after the date
aforesaid, purporting to divide the undertaking of the
company into shares or interests shall be treated as a pro-
vision for a share capital, notwithstanding that the nominal
amount or number of the shares or interests is not specified
thereby.
24. Notwithstanding anything in the memorandum or
articles of a company, no member of the company shall be
Leteet of
memoran-
dum and
articles,
Provision
as to memo-
randum and
articles of
companies
limited by
guarantee.
Alterations
in memo-
randum or
Ch. 31. No. 1.) Compante,
bound by an alteration made in the memorandum or articles
after the date on which he became a member, if and so far
as the alteration requires him to take or subscribe for more
shares than the number held by him at the date on which
the alteration is made, or many way increases his lability
as at that date to contribute to the share capital of, or
otherwise to pay money to, the company:
Provided that this section shall not apply in any case where
the member agrees m writing, either before or after the
alteration is made, to be bound thereby.
25. (1) A company shall, on being so required by any
member, send to him a copy of the memorandum and of the
article. if any, subject to payment of twenty-four cents or
such less sum as the company may prescribe.
(2) If a company makes default in complying with
this section, the company and every officer of the company
who is in default shall be lable for each offence to a fine of
live dollars
26. (1) Where an alteration is made in the memorandum
of a company, every copy of the memorandum. issued after
the date of the alteration shall be in accordance with the
alteration,
(2) If, where any such alteration has been made, the
company at any time after the date of the alteration issues
any copies of the memorandum which are not in accordance
with the alteration, it shall be liable to a fine of five dollars
for each copy so issued, and every officer of the company
who is in default shall be liable to the like penalty.
Membership of company.
27. (1) The subscribers of the memorandum of a company
shall be deemed to have agreed to become members of the
‘company, and on its registration shall be entered as members
in its register of members.
(2) Every other person who agrees to become a
member of a company, and whose name is entered in its
register of members, shall be a member of the company.
Companies. {Ch. 31. No. 1.
Private compantes,
28. (1) lor the purposes of this Ordinance, the expression
private company†means a company which by its
articles
(a) restricts the right to transfer its shares; and
(6) limits the number of its members to fifty, not
including persons who are in the employment of the
company and persons who, having been formerly in
the employment of the company, were while in that
employment, and have continued after the determina-
tion of that employment to be, members of the com-
pany; and
(c) prohibits any invitation to the public to subscribe
for any shares or debentures of the company.
(2) Where two or more persons hold one or more
shares Ina company jointly, they shall, for the purposes of
this section, be treated as a single member.
29. (1) Ifa company, being a private company, alters its
articles in such manner that they no longer include the
provisions which, under the last foregoing section of this
Ordinance, are required to be included in the articles of a
company in order to constitute it a private company, the
company shall, as on the date of the alteration, cease to bea
private company and shall, within a period of fourteen days
alter the said date, deliver to the Registrar for registration
i. prospectus or a statement in licu of prospectus in the form
and containing the particulars set out in the Third Schedule
to this Ordinance.
(2) If default is made in complying with subsection (1)
of this section, the company and every officer of the com-
pany who is in default shall be liable to a default fine of
two hundred and fifty dollars.
(3) Where the articles of a company include the
provisions aforesaid but default is made in complying with
any of those provisions, the company shall cease to be
entitled to the privileges and exemptions conferred on
private companies under the provisions contained in section
30, subsection (3) of section 108, subsection (1) of section 128
and paragraph (4) of section 161, and thereupon the said
provisions shall apply to the company as if it were not a
private company:
351
Meaning of
* private
company.â€
Cireum-
stances in
which a
company
ceases to be,
or to enjoy
privileges of,
a private
company.
Prolubiiion
of careviny
on busitiess
with tewer
than seven
or, an the
case ofa
private
company
two mtem-
bers,
Form of
contracts,
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compante,
Provided that the Court, on being satisfied that) the
failure to comply with the conditions was accidental or
due to inadvertence or to some other sufficient cause, or that
on other grounds it is just and equitable to grant relief,
may, on the application of the company or any other
person interested and on such terms and conditions as
seem to the Court just and expedient, order that the com-
pany be relieved from such consequences as aforesaid.
Reduction of number of members below legal minunum.
30. If at any time the number of members of a company
is reduced, in the case of a private company, below two, or,
in the case of any other company, below seven, and it
carrie, on business for more than six months while the
number is so reduced, every person who is a member of the
company during the time that it so carries on business after
those six months and is cognisant of the fact that it is
carrying on business with fewer than two members, or
severh members, as the case may be, shall be severally
liable for the payment of the whole debts of the company
contracted during that time, and may be severally sued
therefor.
Contracts, etc.
31. (1) Contracts on behalf of a company may be made as
follows.
(a) contract which if made between private
persons would be by law required to be in writing, and
if made according to the law of the Colony to be under
seal, may be made on behalf of the company in writing
under the common seal of the company ;
(0) a contract which if made between private
persons would be by law required to be in writing,
signed by the parties to be charged therewith, may be
made on behalf of the company in writing signed by
any person acting under its authority, express or
unplied,
(c) a contract which if made between private
persons would by law be valid although made by
parol only, and not reduced into writing, may be made
Compante. |Ch. 31. No. 1.
by parol on behalf of the company by any person
acting under its authority, express or implied.
(2) A contract made according to this section shall
be effectual in law, and shall bind the company and its
successors and all other parties thereto.
(3) A contract made according to this section may
be varied or discharged in the same manner in which it is
authorised by this section to be made.
32. A bill of exchange or promissory note shall be deemed
to have been made, accepted or indorsed on behalf of a
company if made, accepted or indorsed in the name of, or
by or on behalf or on account of, the company by any
person acting under its authority.
33. (1) A company may, by writing under its common
‘aul, empower any person, cither generally or in respect of
any specified matters, as its attorney, to execute deeds on
its behalf in any place not situate in the Colony.
(2) A deed signed by such an attorney on behalf of
the company shall bind the company and have the same
eflect as if it were under its common seal.
34. (1) A company whose objects require or comprise the
transaction of business out of the Colony may, if authorised
by its articles, have for use in any territory, district, or
place not situate in the Colony, an official seal, which shall
be a facsimile of the common seal of the company, with the
addition on its face of the name of every territory, district,
place where it is to be used.
(2) A deed or other document to which an official
‘al is duly affixed shall bind the company as if it had been
‘aled with the common seal of the company.
(3) A company having an official seal for use in any
such territory, district or place may, by writing under its
common seal, authorise any person appointed for the
purpose in that territory, district or place, to affix the official
seal to any deed or other document to which the company
is party in that territory, district or place.
T.—IV. 23
353
Bills of
exchange
and promis-
sory notes.
[execution
of deeds out
of the
Colony,
*ower for
company to
have official
seal for use
out of the
Colony,
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
(4) The authority of any such agent shall, as between
the company and any person dealing with the agent,
continue during the period, if any, mentioned in the instru
ment conferring the authority, or if no period is) there
mentioned, then until notice of the revocation or deter
mination of the agent’s authority ho been given te the
person dealing with him.
(5) The person allining any such official seal shall, by
writing under tis hand, certify on the deed or other instru-
ment to which the seal is afhxed, the date on which and the
place at whieh wt aflined
eludnentication of documents,
35. A document or proceeding requiring wuthentication
by mpany nay be stgned by director, seeretary or
other authorised offieer of the company and need not be
under its cenmmeon seal,
PARE W
SHARE CAPITAL AND DEBEN PURE,
Pros pes
36. (1) A prospectus issued by or on behalf of a company
or in relation to an intended company shall b dated, and
that date shall, unless the contrary is proved, be taken as the
date of pubheation of the prospectus.
(2) Vecopy of every such prospectus, signed by every
person who is named (herein as oa director or proposed
director of the company oor by lus agent authorised in
writing, shall be delivered to the Registrar for registration
on or before the date of its publication, and no such pros-
peetus shall boo issued until a copy thereof has been
delivered for registration,
(3) The Registrar shall not register any prospectus
unless it is dated, and the copy thereof signed, In manner
required by this section,
(4) Every prospectus shall state on the face of it
that a copy has been delivered for registration as required
by this section,
Companies. |Gh. 31. No. 4.
(5) If a prospectus is issued without a copy thereof
being so delivered, the company, and every person who is
knowingly a party to the issue of the prospectus, shall be
liable to a fine of twenty-five dollars for every day from the
date of the issue of the prospectus until a copy thereof is so
delivered,
37. (1) Every prospectus issued by or on behalf of:
company, or by or on behalf of any person who is or has
been engaged or interested in the formation of the company,
must state the matters specified in Part [of the Fourth
Schedule to this Ordinance and set out the reports specified
in Part Tl. of that Schedule, and the caid) Parts To and F.
shall have effect subject: to the provisions contained: in
Part TEL. of the said Schedule.
(2) A condition requiring or binding an applicant for
shares in-or debentures of a company to waive compliance
with any requirement of this section, or purporting to affect
him with notice of any contract, docume nt, or matter not
specifically referred to in the prospe :tus, shall be void.
(3) It shall not be lawful to issue any form of appli-
cation for shares in or debentures of a company unless the
form is issued with a prospectus which complies with the
requirements of this section:
Provided that this subse:tion shall not apply if it is
shown that the form of application was issued cither
(a) in connection with a bona fide invitation to a
person to enter into an underwriting agreement with
Tespect to the shares or debentures; or
(6) in relation to shares or debentures which were
not offered to the public
If any person acts in contravention of the provisions of
this subsection, he shall be liable to a fine of two thousand
five hundred dollars,
(4) In the event of non-compliance with or contra-
vention of any of the requirements of this section, a director
or other person responsible for the prospectus shall not incur
any liability by reason of the non-compliance or contra-
vention, if
(a) as regards any matter not disclosed, he proves
that he was not cognisant thereof,
23 (2)
, Specific re-
quirements
as to par-
ticulars in
prospectus.
350
Restriction
on alteration
of terms
menttoned in
prospectus
or statement
wn hei oF
prespecty.
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Companies.
(b) he proves that the non-compliance or contra-
vention arose from an honest mistake of fact on his
part, or
(c) the non-comphance or contravention was in
respect of matters which in the opinion of the Court
dealing with the case were immaterial or was otherwise
such as ought. in the opinion of that Court, having
regard to all the circumstances of the case, reasonably
to be excused:
Provided that, in the event of failure to include in a
prospectus a statement with respect to the matters specified
in paragraph 15 of Part T. of the Fourth Schedule to this
Ordinance, no director or other person shall incur any
liability in respect of the failure unless it be proved that he
had knowledge of the matters not disclosed.
(5) This section shall not apply to the issue to existing
members or debenture holders of a company of a prospectus
er form of application relating to shares in or debentures of
the company, whether an applicant tor shares or debentures
will or will not have the right to renounce in favour of other
persons, but subject as aforesaid, this section shall apply
to prospectus or a form of application whether issued
on or with reference to the formation of a company or
subsequently
(6) Nothing in this section shall limit or diminish
any lability whic ‘h any person may incur under the general
law or this Ordinance apart from this section,
38. (1) .\ company limited by share. or a company
limited by guarantee and having a share capital shall not
previously to the statutory mecting vary the terms of a
contract referred to in the prospectus, or statement in lieu
of prospectus, ‘xcept subject to the approval of the
statutory meeting.
(2) This section shall not apply to a private company
39. (1) Where a prospectus invites persons to subscribe
for shares in or debentures of a company—
(a) every person who is a director of the company at
the tine of the issue of the prospectus, and
Conmipante. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(b) every person who has authorised himself to be
named and is named in the prospectus as a director
or as having agreed to become a director either
immediately or after an interval of time, and
(c) every person being a promoter of the company,
and
(2) every person who has authorised the issue of the
prospectus,
shall be Hable to pay compensation to all persons who
subseribe for any shares or debentures on the faith of the
prospectus for the loss or damage they may have sustained
by reason of any untrue statement therein, or in any report
or memorandum appearing on the face thereof, or by
reference incorporated therein or issued therewith, unless it
iy proved
(i) that having consented to become a director of
the company he withdrew his consent before the issue
of the prospectus, and that it was issued without his
authority or consent, or
(it) that the prospectus was issued without his
knowledge or consent, and that on becoming aware of
its issue he forthwith gave reasonable public notice
that it was issued without his knowledge or consent;
or
(iu) that after the issue of the prospectus and before
allotment thereunder, he, on becoming aware of any
untrue statement there, withdrew his consent thereto,
and gave reasonable public notice of the withdrawal,
and of the reason therefor; or
(iv) that—
(a) as regards every untrue statement not pur-
porting to be made on the authority of an expert
or of a public official document or statement,
he had reasonable ground to believe, and did up
to the time of the allotment of the shares or
debentures, as the case may be, believe, that the
statement was true; and
(b) as regards every untrue statement purporting
to be a statement by an expert or contained in
what purports to be a copy of or extract from a
On
358
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Compante.
report or valuation of an expert, it fairly repre-
sented the statement, or was a correct and fair
copy of or extract from the report or valuation;
and
(c) as regards every untrue statement purporting
to be a statement made by an official person or
contained in what purports to be a copy of or
‘xtract from a public official document, it was a
correct: and: fair representation of the statement
or copy of or extract from the document :
Provided that a person shall be hable to pay compen-
‘ation as aforesaid if it is proved that he had no reasonable
ground to believe that the person mi iking any such statement,
report or valuation as is mentioned in paragraph (iv) (2) of
this subsection was competent to make it.
(2) Where the prospectus contains the name of
person as a director of the company, or as having agreed to
become director thereof, and he has not consented to
become a director, or has withdrawn his consent before the
issue of the prospectus, and has not authorised or consented
to the issue thereof, the directors of the company, except
any without whose knowledge or consent the prospectus
was issued, and any other person who authorised the issue
thereof, shall be liable to indemnify the person named as
aforesaid against all damage. costs, and expenses to which
he may he made liable by reason of lus name having been
inserted in the prospectus, or in defending himself against
any action or legal proceedings brought against him in
respect thereof,
(3) Every person who, by reason of lis being a
director or named as a director or as having ag reed. to
become a director, or of Jus having authorised the Issue
of the prospectus, becomes Hable to make any payment
under this section may recover contribution, as in cases of
contract, from any other person who, if sued separately,
would have been liable to make the same payment, unless
the person who has become so lable was, and that other
person was not, guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation.
(4) Vor the purposes of this section
promoter means a promoter who was a party to
the preparation of the prospectus, or of the portion
Companies. |Ch. 31. No. 1.
thereof containing the untrue statement, but does not
include any person by reason of his acting in a profes-
sional capacity for persons engaged in procuring the
formation of the company;
‘xpert includes engineer, valuer, accountant, and
any other person whose profession gives authority to a
statement made by him.
40. (1) Where a company allots or agrees to allot any
shares in or debentures of the company | with a view to all
or any of those shares or debentures being offered for sale
to the public, any document by which the offer for sale to
the public is made shall for all purposes be deemed to be a
prospectus issued by the company, and all enactments and
rules of law as to the contents of prospectuses and to liability
in respect of statements in and omissions from prospectuses,
or otherwise relating to prospectuses, shall apply and have
effect accordingly, as if the shares or debentures had been
offered to the public for subscription and as if persons
accepting the offer in respect of any shares or debentures
were subscribers for those shares or debentures, but without
prejudic > to the liability, if any, of the persons by whom the
olfer is made, in respect of mis-statements contained in the
document or otherwise in respect thereof,
(2) lor the purposes of this Ordinance, it shall, unless
the contrary is proved, be evidence that an allotment of, or
an agreement to allot, shares or debentures was made with a
view to the shares or debentures being offered for sale to the
public if it is shown
(a) that an offer of the shares or debentures or of any
of them for sale to the public was made within six
months after the allotment or agreement to allot; or
(b) that at the date when the offer was made the
whole consideration to be received by the company in
respect of the shares or debentures had not been so
received.
(3) Section 36 as applied by this section shall have
effect as though the persons making the offer were persons
named in a prospectus as directors of a company, and
section 37 as applied by this section shall have effect as if it
Document
containiny
olter of
shares or
debenture
for sale to
be deemed
prospectus.
360
‘yoldlation
ot allotment
unless
minimum
subseripti
received,
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Com pantie.
required a prospectus to state in addition to the matters.
required by that section to be stated in a prospectus
(a) the net amount of the consideration receiy ed or to
Le received by the company jn respect of the shares or
debentures to which the offer relates, and
(6) the place and time at which the contract under
Which the said shares or debentures have been or are to
L allotted may be inspected.
(4) Where person making an offer to whieh this
section relates is a cempany or a firm, it shall be sufficient
if the document aforesaid is signed on behalf of the com
pany or firm by two directors of the company or not less
than half of the partners, as the case may be, and any such
director or partner may sign by hi agent authorised in
writing,
Adlotite nt,
41. (1) No allotment shail Le made ofany share capital of
a company oliered to the pubhic for subscription unless the
amount stated in the prespectus as the minimum amount
Which, in the opinien of the dircetors, must braised by the
issu of share capil in order to provide for the matters
specified wn paragraph Sam Part i. of the fourth Schedule
to this Ordinance has Peen subsenked, and the sum payable
ol appheation for the amount se stated has been paid te and
recewed by the company
Por the purpo. oof this subsection, a sum shall be
deemed to have been paid to and received by the company
Wachegt for that sum has been received in good faith by
the company and the directors of the company have no
reasen for suspecting that the cheque will not be paid.
(2) The amount so stated in the prospectus shall be
reckoned exciusively of any amount payable otherwise than
in cash and is in this Ordinance referred to as | the minimum
subscriptien,
(3) The amount payable on application on each share
shall not be less than five per cent. of the nominal amount
of the share
(4) Uf the conditions aforesaid have not been complied
with on the expiration of forty days after the first issue of
the prospectus, all money received from applicants for
shares shall be forthwith repaid to them without interest,
Companies. |Ch. 31. No. 1.
and, if any such money is not so repaid within forty-eight
days after the issue of the prospectus, the directors of the
company shall be jointly and severally liable to repay that
money with interest at the rate of six per cent. per annum
from the expiration of the forty-eighth day:
Provided that a director shall not be liable if he proves
that the default in the repayment of the money was not due
(o any misconduct or negligence on his part.
(5) Any condition requiring or binding any applicant
for shares to waive compliance with any requirement of this
section shall be void.
(0) This section, except subsection (3) thereof, shall
not apply to any allotment of shares subsequent to the first
allotment of shares offered to the public for subscription.
42. (1) A company having a share capital which does not
issue a prospectus on or with reference to its formation, or
which has issued such a prospectus but has not proceeded
to allot any of the shares offered to the public for subserip-
tion, shall not allot any of its shares or debentures unless at
least three days before the first allotment of cither shares or
debentures there has been delivered to the Registrar for
revistration a statement in licu of prospectus, signed by
every person who is named therein as a director or a proposed
director of the company or by his agent authorised in
writing, in the form and containing the particulars set out
in the lifth Schedule to this Ordinance.
(2) This section shall not apply to a private company.
(3) Ifa company acts in contravention of this section
the company and every director of the company who
knowingly authorises or permits the contravention shall be
lable to a fine of five hundred dollars.
43. (1) An allotment made by a company to an applicant
in contravention of the provisions of the two last foregoing
sections of this Ordinance, shall be voidable at the instance
of the applicant within one month after the holding of the
statutory meeting of the company and not later, or, in any
case where the company is not required to hold a statutory
meeting, or where the allotment is made after the holding
of the statutory meeting, within one month after the date of
361
Prohibition
of allotment
in certain
cases unle.
statement in
lieu of
prospecltts
delivered to
Repistrar.
Ettect o1
irregular
allotment.
362
kKetarn as to
adlotments
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
the allotment, and not later, and shall be so voidable not-
withstanding that the company is in course of being wound
up.
(2) If any director of a company knowingly contra-
venes, or permits or authorises the contravention of any of
the provisions of the said sections with respect to allotment,
he shall be liable to compensate the company and the allottee
respectively for any loss, damages, or costs which the
company or the allottee may have sustained or incurred
thereby:
Provided that proceedings to recover any such loss,
damages, or costs shall not be commenced after the expira-
tion of two vears from the date of the allotment.
44. (1) Whenever a company limited by shares or a
company limited by guarantee and having a share capital
makes any allotment of its shares, the company shall
within one month thereafter deliver to the Registrar for
registration—
(a) areturn of the allotments, stating the number and
nominal amount of the shares comprised in the allot-
ment, the name., addresses, and descriptions of the
alottee. and the amount, if anv paid or due and
pavable on each share; and
(b) in the case of shares allotted as fully or partly
paid up otherwise than m cash, a contract in writing
constituting the title of the allottee to the allotment
together with any contract of sale, or for services or
other consideration in respect of which that allotment
was made, such contracts being duly stamped, and a
return stating the number and nominal amount of
shares so allotted, the extent to which they are to be
treated as paid up, and the consideration for which
they have been allotted.
(2) Where such a contract as above mentioned is not
reduced to writing, the company shall within one month
after the allotment deliver to the Registrar for registration
the prescribed particulars of the contract stamped with the
same stamp duty as would have been payable if the contract
had been reduced to w riting, and those particulars shall be
deemed to be an instrument within the meaning of the Stamp
Companies. [|Ch. 31. No. 1.
Duty Ordinance, and the Registrar may, as a condition
of filing the particulars, require that the duty payable
thereon be adjudicated under section 27 of that Ordinance.
(3) If default is made in complying with this section,
every director, manager, secretary, or other officer of the
company, who is knowingly a party to the default, shall be
liable to a fine of two hundred and fifty dollars for every
day during which the default continues:
Provided that, in case of default in delivering to the
Registrar within one month after the allotment any docu-
ment required to be delivered by this section, the company
or any person liable for the default, may apply to the Court
for relicf, and the Court, if satisfied that the omission to
deliver the document was accidental or duc to inadvertence
or that it is just and equitable to grant relief, may make an
order extending the time for the delivery of the document
for such period as the Court may think proper.
Commissions and discounts.
45. (1) It shall be lawful for a company to pay a com-
mission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or
agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally,
for any shares in the company, or procuring or agrecing to
procure subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional, for
any shares in the company if —
(a) the payment of the commission is authorised by
the articles; and
(b) the commission paid or agreed to be paid does
not exceed ten per cent. of the price at which the shares
are issued or the amount or rate authorised by the
articles, whichever is the less; and
(c) the amount or rate per cent. of the commission
paid or agrecd to be paid is —
(i) in the case of shares offered to the public for
subscription, disclosed in the prospectus; or
(ii) in the case of shares not offered to the
public for subscription, disclosed in the statement
in lieu of prospectus, or in a statement in the
prescribed form signed in like manner as a state-
ment in lieu of prospectus and delivered before the
payment of the commission to the Registrar for
363
Power to
pay certain
commissions,
and prohibi-
tion of
payment of
all other
commissions,
cliscounts,
etc.
304
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Companies.
Statement in
balance sheet
as to com-
missions aud
discounts,
registration, and, where a circular or notice, not
being a prospectus, inviting subscription for the
shares is issued, also disclosed in that circular
or notice; and
(@) the number of shares which persons have agreed
for a commission to subscribe absolutely is disclosed
mo manner aforesaid.
(2) S aforesaid, no company shall apply any
of its shares or capital money either directly or indirectly
In payment of any commission, discount, or allowance, to
any person in consideration of his subseribing or agreeing
to subseribe, whether absolutely or conditionally, for any
shares in the co Mpany, er procuring or agreeing to procure
sulseriptions, whether absolute or conditional, for any
shares in the company whether the shares or money be so
applied by being added to the purchase money of any
property acquired by the company or to the contract price
of anv work to be executed for the company, or the money
be paid out of the nominal pureh = money or contract
price or otherwise.
(3) Nothing im this section shall affeet the power of
any company to pay such brokerage as it has heretofore
been dawtul for a company to pay.
(4) A vendor te, promoter of, or other person who
receives payment money or sharcs from, a company shall
have and shall be deemed always to have had power to
apply any part of the money or shares so received in payment
of any ccnunission, the payment of which, if made directly
by the company, would have been legal under this section.
(5) HW default is made in complying with the pro-
visions of this section relating to the delivery to the Registrar
of the statement in the prescribed form, the company and
every officer of the company who is in default shall be liable
to a fine of one hundred and twenty dollars.
46. (1) Where a company has paid any sums by way of
commission in respect of anv shares or debentures, or
allowed any sums by way of discount in respect of any
debenture. the total amount paid or allowed, or so
much thereof as has not been written off, shall be stated
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
in every balance sheet of the company until the whole
amount thereof has been written off.
(2) If default is made in complying with this section,
the company and every officer of the company who is in
default shall be liable to a default fine.
47. (1) Subject as provided in this section, it shall not be
lawful for a company to give, whether directly or indirectly
and whether by means of a loan, guarantee, the provision
of security or otherwise, any financial assistance for the
purpose of or in connection with a purchase made or to be
made by any person of any shares in the company:
Provided that nothing in this section shall be taken to
prohibit
(a) where the lending of money is part of the ordinary
business of a company, the lending of money by the
company in the ordinary course of its business;
(b) the provision by a company, in accordance with
any scheme for the time being in force, of money for
the purchase by trustees of fully paid shares in the
company to be held by or for the benefit of employce.
of the company, including any director holding
salaried employment or office in the company ;
(c) the making by a company of loans to persons,
other than directors, bona tide in the employment of
the company with a view to enabling those persons to
purchase fully-paid shares in the company to be held
by themselves by way of beneficial ownership.
(2) The aggregate amount of any outstanding loans
made under the authority of provisos (6) and (c) to sub-
section (1) of this section shall be shown as a separate item
in every balance sheet of the company
(3) Ifa company acts in contravention of this section,
the company and every officer of the company who is in
default shall be lable to a fine of five hundred dollars.
Issue of redeemable preference shares and shares
at discount.
48. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, a com-
pany limited by shares may, if so authorised by its articles
365
Prohibition
of provision
> of financial
assistance
by company
for purchase
of its own
shares,
Power to
issue re-
deemable
preference
» shares.
366 Ch. 31. No. 1.| Compante.
issue preference shares which are, or at the option of the
company are to be hable, to be redeemed
Provided that
(a) no such shares shall be redeemed except out of
profits of the company which would otherwise be
available for dividend or out of the proceeds of a fresh
issue of shares made for the purposes of the redemption;
(6) no such shares shall be redeemed unless they are
fully paid,
(c) where any such shares are redeemed otherwise
than out of the proceeds of a fresh issue, there shall out
of profits which would otherwise have been available
for dividend be transferred to a reserve fund, to be
called “the capital redemption reserve fund,â€â€ a sum
equal to the amount applied in redeeming the shares,
and the provisions of this Ordinance relating to the
reduction of the share capital of a company shall,
except as provided in this section, apply as if the capital
redemption reserve fund) were paid-up share capital
of the company
(4) where any such shares are redeemed out of the
proceeds of a fresh issue, the premium, if any, payable
on redemption, must have been provicled for out of the
profits of the company before the shares are redeemed.
(2) There shall be included in every balance sheet of a
company which has issued redeemable preference shares a
statement specifying what part of the issued capital of the
company consists of such shares and the date on or before
which those shares are, or are to be Hable, to be redeemed.
If a company fails to comply with the provisions of
this subseetion, the company and every officer of the com-
pany who ts in default shall be liable to a fine of five hundred
dollars.
(3) Subject to the provisions of this section, the
redemption of preference shares thereunder may be effected
on such terms and in such manner as may be provided by the
articles of the company
(4) Where in pursuance of this section a company has
redeemed or is about to redeem any preference shares, it
shall have power to issue shares up to the nominal amount
of the shares redeemed or to be redeemed as if those shares
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. ft.
had never been issued, and accordingly the share capital of
the company shall not for the purposes of any enactments
relating to stamp duty be deemed to be increased by the
issue of shares in pursuance of this subsection:
Provided that, where new shares are issued before the
redemption of the old shares, the new shares shall not, so far
as relates to stamp duty, be deemed to have been issued in
pursuance of this subsection unless the old shares are
redeemed within one month after the issue of the new shares.
(5) Where new shares have been issued in pursuance
of the last foregoing subsection, the capital redemption
reserve fund may, notwithstanding anything in this section,
be apphed by the c company, up to an amount equal to the
nominal amount of the shares so issued, in paying up unissued
shares of the company to be issued to members of the
company as fully paid bonus shares.
49. (1) Subject as provided in this section, it shall be
lawful for a company to issue at a discount shares in the
company of a class already issued:
Provided that
(a) the issue of the shares at a discount must be
uithorised by resolution passed in general meeting of
the company and must be ‘anctioned by the Court ;
(6) the resolution must specify the maximum rate of
discount at which the shares are to be issued,
(c) not less than one year must at the date of the
issue have elapsed since the date on which the company
was entitled to commence business:
(d) the shares to be issued at a discount must be
issued within one month after the date on which the
issue ts sanctioned by the Court or within such extended
time as the Court may allow.
(2) Where a company has passed a resolution autho-
rising the issue of shares at a discount, it may apply to the
Court for an order sanctioning the issue, and on any such
application the Court, if, having regard to all the circum-
stanc:s of the case, it thinks proper so to do, may make an
order sanctioning the issue on such terms and conditions
as it thinks fit.
367
Power to
issuc shares
atadisconnt
368
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Companies.
(3) Every prospectus relating to the issue of the shares
and every balance sheet issued by the company subsequently
to the issue of the shares must contain particulars of the
discount allowed on the issue of the shares or of so much
of that discount as has not been written off at the date of
the issue of the document in question.
If default is made in complying with this subsection,
the company and every officer of the company who is in
default shall be hable to a default fine.
Miscellaneous provisions as lo share capital.
50. \ company if so authorised by its articles, may do
any one or more of the following things >
(1) make arrangements on the issue of shares for a
difference between the shareholders in the amounts and
times of payment of calls on their shares ;
(2) accept from any member the whole or a part of
the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by
him, although no part of that amount has been called
up;
(3) pay dividend in proportion to the amount paid
up on each share where a larger amount is paid up on
some shares than on others.
51. A limited company may by special resolution ceter-
mine that any portion of its share capital which has not
been already called up shall not be capable of being called
up, *xcept in the event and for the purposes of the company
being wound up, and thereupon that portion of its share
capital shall not be capable of being called up except in the
event and for the purposes aforesaid,
52. (1) A company limited by shares or a company
limited by guarantee and having a share capital, if so
authorised by its article., may alter the conditions of its
memorandum as follow. that is to say, it may—
(a4) increase ity share capital by new shares of such
wmMnount as it thinks expedient;
(b) consolidate and divide all er any of its share
capital into shares of larger amount than its existing
share.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(c) convert all or any of its paid-up shares into stock,
and reconvert that stock into paid-up shares of any
(d) subdivide its shares, or any of them, into shares
of smaller amount than is fixed by the memorandum,
so, however, that in the subdivision the proportion
between the amount paid and the amount, if any,
unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it
was in the case of the share from which the reduced
share is derived;
(e) cancel shares which, at the date of the passing of
the resolution in that behalf, have not been taken or
agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the
amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares
so cancelled.
(2) The powers conferred by this section must be
exercised by the company in general meeting.
(3) A cancellation of shares in pursuance of this
section shall not be deemed to be a reduction of share
capital within the meaning of this Ordinance.
53. (1) If a company having a share capital has—
(a) consolidated and divided its share capital into
shares of larger amount than its existing shares, or
(6) converted any shares into stock, or
(c) re-converted stock into shares, or
(2) subdivided its shares or any of them, or
(ec) redeemed any redeemable preference shares, or
(f) cancelled any shares, otherwise than in connec-
tion with a reduction of share capital under section 57
of this Ordinance,
it shall within one month after so doing give notice thereof
to the Registrar specifying, as the case may be, the shares
consolidated, divided, converted, subdivided, redeemed or
cancelled, or the stock re-converted.
(2) If default is made in complying with this section,
the company and every officer of the company who is in
default shall be liable to a default fine.
54. (1) Where a company having a share capital, whether
its shares have or have not been converted into stock, has
T.—IV. 24
369
Notice to
Registrar of
consolida-
tion of share
capital, con-
version of
shares into
stock, etc.
Notice of
increase of
share capital.
370 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
increased its share capital beyond the registered capital, it
shall within fifteen days after the passing of the resolution
authorising the increase, give to the Registrar notice of the
increase, and the Registrar shall record the increase.
(2) The notice to be given as aforesaid shall include
such particulars as may be prescribed with respect to the
classes of shares affected and the conditions subject to which
the new shares have been or are to be issued, and there shall
be forwarded to the Registrar together with the notice a
printed copy of the resolution authorising the increase.
(3) If default is made in complying with this section,
the company and every officer of the company who is in
default shall be liable to a default fine.
Power of 55. An unlimited company having a share capital may,
conte to by its resolution for registration as a limited company in
provide for pursuance of this Ordinance, do either or both of the
captaton re. 40lowing things, namely—
registauion. (1) increase the nominal amount of its share capital
by increasing the nominal amount of each of its shares,
but subject to the condition that no part of the increased
capital shall be capable of being called up except in
the event and for the purposes of the company being
wound up;
(2) provide that a specified portion of its uncalled
share capital shall not be capable of being called up
except in the event and for the purposes of the company
being wound up.
Power of 56. (1) Where any shares of a company are issued for the
pay interest’. Purpose of raising money to defray the expenses of the
put ofcapital Construction of any works or buildings or the provision of
cas. any plant which cannot be made profitable for a lengthened
period, the company may pay interest on so much of that
share capital as is for the time being paid up for the period
and subject to the conditions and restrictions in this
section mentioned, and may charge the sum so paid by
way of interest to capital as part of the cost of construction
of the work or building, or the provision of plant:
Provided that—
(a) no such payment shall be made unless it is
authorised by the articles or by special] resolution ;
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
371
(b) no such payment, whether authorised by the
articles or by special resolution, shall be made without
the previous sanction of the Court obtained on petition;
(c) before sanctioning any such payment the Court
may, at the expense of the company, appoint a person
to inquire and report to it as to the circumstances of
the case, and may, before making the appointment,
require the company to give security for the payment
of the costs of the inquiry;
(d) the payment shall be made only for such period as
may be determined by the Court, and that period shall
in no case extend beyond the close of the half year next
after the half year during which the works or buildings
have been actually completed or the plant provided;
(e) the rate of interest shall in no case exceed six
per cent. per annum or such other rate as may for the
time being be ordered by the Court;
Y) the payment of the interest shall not operate as a
reduction of the amount paid up on the shares in respect
of which it is paid;
(g) the accounts of the company shall show the share
capital on which, and the rate at which, interest has
been paid out of capital during the period to which the
accounts relate.
(2) If default is made in complying with proviso (g)
to subsection (1) of this section, the company and every
officer of the company who is in default shall be hable to a
fine of two hundred and fifty dollars.
Reduction of share capital.
57. (1) Subject to confirmation by the Court, a company
limited by shares or a company limited by guarantee and
having a share capital may, if so authorised by its articles,
by special resolution reduce its share capital in any way,
and in particular, without prejudice to the generality of the
foregoing power, may—
(a) extinguish or reduce the liability on any of its
shares in respect of share capital not paid up; or
(5) either with or without extinguishing or reducing
liability on any of its shares, cancel any paid-up share
24 (2)
Special
resolution
for reduction
of share
capital.
372 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
capital which is lost or unrepresented by available
assets; or
(c) either with or without extinguishing or reducing
hability on any of its shares, pay off any paid-up share
capital which is in excess of the wants of the company;
and may, if and so far as is necessary, alter its memorandum
by reducing the amount of its share capital and of its shares
accordingly.
(2) A special resolution under this section is in this
Ordinance referred to as “‘a resolution for reducing share
capital.â€
Application 58. (1) Where a company has passed a resolution for
conirming Teducing share capital, it may apply by petition to the Court
order, for an order confirming the reduction.
objections by
cree (2) Where the proposed reduction of share capital
ment of list INVOlves cither diminution of liability in respect of unpaid
oreniectng share capital or the payment to any sharcholder of any
paid-up share capital, and in any other case if the Court
so directs, the following provisions shall have effect, subject
nevertheless to the next following subsection-—~
(a) every creditor of the company who at the date
fixed by the Court is entitled to any debt or claim
which, if that date were the commencement of the
winding up of the company, would be admissible in
proof against the company, shall be entitled to object
to the reduction,
(4) the Court shall settle a list of creditors so entitled
to object, and for that purpose shall ascertain, as far as
possible without requiring an application from any
creditor, the names of those creditors and the nature
and amount of their debts or claims, and may publish
notices fixing a day or days within which creditors
not entered on the list are to claim to be so entered
or are to be excluded from the nght of objecting to
the reduction,
(c) where a creditor entered on the list whose debt
or claim is not discharged or has not determined does
not consent to the reduction, the Court may, if it thinks
fit, dispense with the consent of that creditor, on the
company securing payment of his debt or claim by
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
appropriating, as the Court may direct, the following
amount-—
(i) if the company admits the full amount of
the debt or claim, or, though not admitting it, is
willing to provide for it, then the full amount of
the debt or claim;
(ii) if the company does not admit and is not
willing to provide for the full amount of the debt
or claim, or if the amount is contingent or not
ascertained, then an amount fixed by the Court
after the like inquiry and adjudication as if the
company were being wound up by the Court.
(3) Where a proposed reduction of share capital
involves either the diminution of any liability in respect
of unpaid share capital or the payment to any shareholder
of any paid-up share capital, the Court may, if having
regard to any special circumstances of the case it thinks
proper so to do, direct that subsection (2) of this section
shall not apply as regards any class or any classes of creditors.
59. (1) The Court, if satisfied, with respect to every
creditor of the company who under the last foregoing
section is entitled to object to the reduction, that either his
consent to the reduction has been obtained or his debt or
claim has been discharged or has determined, or has been
secured, may make an order confirming the reduction on
such terms and conditions as it thinks fit.
(2) Where the Court makes any such order, it may—
(a) if for any special reason it thinks proper so to do,
make an order directing that the company shall, during
such period, commencing on or at any time after the
date of the order, as is specified in the order, add to its
name as the last words thereof the words ‘and
reduced ’’; and
(6) make an order requiring the company to publish
as the Court directs the reasons for reduction or such
other information in regard thereto as the Court may
think expedient with a view to giving proper informa-
tion to the public, and, if the Court thinks fit, the causes
which led to the reduction.
(3) Where a company is ordered to add to its name
the words ‘‘ and reduced,†those words shall, until the
373
Order
confirming
reduction
and powers
of Court on
making such
order.
w
“I
4.
Registration
of order and
minute of
reduction,
Liability of
members in
Tespect of
reduced
shares.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
expiration of the period specified in the order, be deemed
to be part of the name of the company.
60. (1) The Registrar, on delivery to him of a copy of an
order of the Court confirming the reduction of the share
capital of a company, and of a minute approved by the
Court, showing with respect to the share capital of the
company, as altered by the order, the amount of the share
capital, the number of shares into which it is to be divided,
and the amount of cach share, and the amount, if any, at
the date of the registration deemed to be paid up on each
share, shall register the order and minute.
(2) On the registration of the order and minute, and
not before, the resolution for reducing share capital
confirmed by the order so registered shall take effect.
(3) Notice of the registration shall be published in
such manner as the Court may direct.
(4) The Registrar shall certify under his hand the
registration of the order and minute, and his certificate shall
be conclusive evidence that all the requirements of this
Ordinance with respect to reduction of share capital have
been complied with, and that the share capital of the
company is such as is stated in the minute.
(5) The minute when registered shall be deemed to be
substituted for the corresponding part of the memorandum,
and shall be valid and alterable as if it had been originally
contained therein,
(6) The substitution of any such minute as aforesaid
for part of the memorandum of the company shall be
deemed to be an alteration of the memorandum within the
meaning of section 26.
61. (1) In the case of a reduction of share capital,
member of the company, past or present, shall not be liable
in respect of any share to any call or contribution exceeding
in amount the difference, if any, between the amount of the
share as fixed by the minute and the amount paid, or the
reduced amount, if any, which is to be deemed to have been
paid, on the share, as the case may be:
Provided that, if any creditor, entitled in respect of any
debt or claim to ‘object to the reduction of share capital, is,
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
by reason of his ignorance of the proceedings for reduction,
or of their nature and effect with respect to his claim, not
entered on the list of creditors, and, after the reduction, the
company is unable, within the meaning of the provisions of
this Ordinance with respect to winding up by the Court,
to pay the amount of his debt or claim, then—
(a) every person who was a member of the company
at the date of the registration of the order for reduction
and minute, shall be liable to contribute for the pay-
ment of that debt or claim an amount not exceeding
the amount which he would have been liable to contri-
bute if the company had commenced to be wound up
on the day before the said date; and
(b) if the company is wound up, the Court, on the
application of any such creditor and proof of his
ignorance as aforesaid, may, if it thinks fit, settle
accordingly a list of persons so liable to contribute,
and make and enforce calls and orders on the contri-
butories settled on the list, as if they were ordinary
contributories 1n a winding up.
(2) Nothing in this section shall affect the rights of the
contributories among themselves.
62. If any director, manager, secretary or other officer of
the company
(1) wilfully conceals the name of any creditor
entitled to object to the reduction, or
(2) wilfully misrepresents the nature or amount of
the debt or claim of any creditor, or
(3) aids, abets or is privy to any such concealment or
misrepresentation as aforesaid,
he shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.
Variation of shareholders’ rights.
63. (1) If in the case of a company, the share capital of
which is divided into different classes of shares, provision is
made by the memorandum or articles for authorising the
variation of the rights attached to any class of shares in the
company, subject to the consent of any specified proportion
of the holders of the issued shares of that class or the sanc-
tion of aresolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders
375
Penalty on
concealment
of name of
creditor.
Rights of
holders of
special
classes of
shares.
376
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
Nature of
shares.
of those shares, and in pursuance of the said provision the
rights attached to any such class of shares are at any time
varied, the holders of not less in the aggregate than fifteen
per cent. of the issued shares of that class, being persons
who did not consent to or vote in favour of the resolution
for the variation, may apply to the Court to have the
variation cancelled, and, where any such application is
made, the variation shall not have effect unless and until
it is confirmed by the Court.
(2) An application under this section must be made
within seven days after the date on which the consent was
given or the resolution was passed, as the case may be, and
may be made on behalf of the shareholders entitled to make
the application by such one or more of their number as they
may appoint in writing for the purpose.
(3) On any such application the Court, after hearing
the applicant and any other persons who apply to the Court
to be heard and appear to the Court to be interested in the
application, may, if it is satisfied, having regard to all the
circumstances of the case, that the variation would unfairly
prejudice the shareholders of the class represented by the
applicant, disallow the variation and shall, if not so satisfied,
confirm the variation.
(4) The decision of the Court on any such application
shall be final.
(5) The company shall within fifteen days after the
making of an order by the Court on any such application
forward a copy of the order to the Registrar, and if default
is made in complying with this provision, the company and
every officer of the company who is in default shall be liable
to a default fine.
(6) The expression “variation in this section
includes abrogation and the expression “ varied ’’ shall be
construed accordingly.
Transfer of shares and debentures, evidence of title, etc.
64. (1) The shares or other interest of any member in a
company shall be personal estate, transferable in manner
provided by the articles of the company, and shall not be
of the nature of real estate.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(2) Each share in a company having a share capital
shall be distinguished by its appropriate number.
65. Notwithstanding anything in the articles of a com-
pany, it shall not be lawful for the company to register a
transfer of shares in or debentures of the company unless a
proper instrument of transfer has been delivered to the
company:
Provided that nothing in this section shall prejudice any
power of the company to register as shareholder or deben-
ture holder any person to whom the right to any shares in or
debentures of the company has been transmitted by
operation of law.
66. A transfer of the share or other interest of a deceased
member of a company made by his personal representative
shall, although the personal representative is not himself a
member of the company, be as valid as if he had been such
a member at the time of the execution of the instrument of
transfer.
67. On the application of the transferor of any share or
interest in a company, the company shall enter in its
register of members the name of the transferee in the same
manner and subject to the same conditions as if the appli-
cation for the entry were made by the transferee.
68. (1) If a company refuses to register a transfer of any
shares or debentures, the company shall, within three
months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with
the company, send to the transferee notice of the refusal.
(2) If default is made in complying with this section,
the company and every director, manager, secretary or
other officer of the company who is knowingly a party to
the default shall be liable to a fine of twenty-five dollars
for every day during which the default continues.
69. (1) Every company shall, within two months after
the allotment of any of its shares, debentures, or debenture
stock, and within three months after the date on which a
transfer of any such shares, debentures, or debenture
stock, is lodged with the company, complete and have ready
377
Transfer not
to be regis-
tered except
on produc-
tion of
instrument
of transfer.
Transfer by
personal
represen-
tative.
Registration
of transfer
at request of
transferor.
Notice of
refusal to
register
transfer.
Duties of
company
with respect
to issue of
certificates.
n~
~l
2D
Certifics
to be
evidence of
title.
Evidence of
grant of
probate.
Issue and
ettect of
share war-
rants to
bearer.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
for delivery the certificates of all shares, the debentures,
and the certificates of all debenture stock allotted or
transferred, unless the conditions of issue of the shares,
debentures, or debenture stock otherwise provide.
The expression transfer — for the purpose of this
subsection means a transfer duly stamped and otherwise
valid, and does not include such a transfer as the company
is for any reason entitled to refuse to register and does not
register.
(2) If default is made in complying with this section,
the company and every director, manager, secretary or
other officer of the company who is knowingly a party to the
default shall be liable to a fine of twenty-five dollars for
every day during which the default continues.
(3) If any company on whom a notice has been
served requirmg the company to make good any default
in complying with the provisions of subsection (1) of this
section fails to make good the default within ten days after
the service of the notice, the Court may, on the application
of the person entitled to have the certificates or the deben-
tures delivered to him, make an order directing the company
and any officer of the company to make good the default
within such time as may be specified in the order, and any
such order may provide that all costs of and incidental
to the application shall be borne by the company or by any
officer of the company responsible for the default.
70. A certificate, under the common seal of the company,
specifying any shares held by any member, shall be priméd
facie evidence of the title of the member to the shares.
71. The production to a company of any document which
is by law sufficient evidence of probate of the will, or letters
of administration of the estate, or confirmation as executor,
of a deceased person having been granted to some person
shall be accepted by the company, notwithstanding any-
thing in its articles, as sufficient evidence of the grant.
72. (1) A company limited by shares, if so authorised by
its articles, may, with respect to any fully paid-up shares,
issue under its common seal a warrant stating that the
bearer of the warrant is entitled to the shares therein
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
specified, and may provide, by coupons or otherwise, for
the payment of the future dividends on the shares included
in the warrant.
(2) Such a warrant as aforesaid is in this Ordinance
termed a “ share warrant.â€
(3) A share warrant shall entitle the bearer thereof to
the shares therein specified, and the shares may be trans-
ferred by delivery of the warrant.
73. If any person falsely and deccitfully personates any
owner of any share or interest in any company, or of any
share warrant or coupon, issued in pursuance of this
Ordinance, and thereby obtains or endeavours to obtain
any such share or interest or share warrant or coupon, or
receives or endeavours to receive any money duc to any
such owner, as if the offender were the true and lawful
owner, he shall be guilty of felony, and shall, on conviction
on indictment, be liable to be imprisoned for fourteen years.
Special provisions as to debentures.
74. (1) Every register of holders of debentures of a com-
pany shall, except when duly closed, be open to the inspection
of the registered holder of any such debentures, and of any
holder of shares in the company, but subject to such
reasonable restrictions as the company may in gencral
meeting impose, so that not less than two hours in each day
shall be allowed for inspection.
Yor the purposes of this subsection, a register shall be
deemed to be duly closed if closed in accordance with
provisions contained in the articles or in the debentures or,
in the case of debenture stock, in the stock certificates, or
in the trust deed or other document securing the debentures
or debenture stock, during such period or periods, not
exceeding in the whole thirty days in any year, as may
be therein specified.
(2) Every registered holder of debentures and every
holder of shares in a company may require a copy of the
register of the holders of debentures of the company or any
part thereof on payment of twelve cents for every hundred
words required to be copied.
379
Penalty for
personation
of share-
holder.
Right of
debenture
holders and
shareholders
to inspect
register of
debenture
holders and
to have
copies of
trust deed.
380
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
Perpetual
debentures.
Power to
re-issue
redeemed
debentures
in certain
cases.
(3) A copy of any trust deed for securing any issue of
debentures shall be forwarded to every holder of any such
debentures at his request on payment of twelve cents for
every hundred words required to be copied.
(4) If inspection is refused, or a copy is refused or not
forwarded, the company and every officer of the company
who is in default shall be liable to a fine of twenty-five
dollars, and further shall be liable to a default fine of ten
dollars.
(5) Where a company is in default as aforesaid, the
Court may by order compel an immediate inspection of the
register or direct that the copies required shall be sent to the
person requiring them.
75. A condition contained in any debentures or in any
deed for securing any debentures, whether issued or exe-
cuted before or after the commencement of this Ordinance,
shall not be invalid by reason only that the debentures are
thereby made irredeemable or redeemable only on the
happening of a contingency, however remote, or on the
expiration of a period, however long, any rule of equity
to the contrary notwithstanding.
76. (1) Where either before or after the commencement
of this Ordinance a company has redeemed any debentures
previously issued, then—
(a) unless any provision to the contrary, whether
express or implied, is contained in the articles or in any
contract entered into by the company, or
(6) unless the company has, by passing a resolution
to that effect or by some other act, manifested its
intention that the debentures shall be cancelled,
the company shall have, and shall be deemed always to have
had, power to re-issue the debentures, either by re-issuing
the same debentures or by issuing other debentures in their
place.
(2) On a re-issue of redeemed debentures the person
entitled to the debentures shall have, and shall be deemed
always to have had, the same priorities as if the debentures
had never been redeemed.
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(3) Where a company has power to re-issue deben-
tures which have been redeemed, particulars with respect
to the debentures which can be so re-issued shall be included
in every balance sheet of the company.
(4) Where a company has either before or after the
passing of this Ordinance deposited any of its debentures to
secure advances from time to time on current account or
otherwise, the debentures shall not be deemed to have been
redeemed by reason only of the account of the company
having ceased to be in debit whilst the debentures. remained
so deposited.
(5) The re-issue of a debenture or the issue of another
debenture in its place under the power by this section given
to, or deemed to have been possessed by, a company,
whether the re-issue or issue was made before or after the
passing of this Ordinance, shall be treated as the issue of a
new debenture for the purposes of stamp duty, but it shall
not be so treated for the purposes of any provision limiting
the amount or number of debentures to be issued:
Provided that any person lending money on the security
of a debenture re-issued under this section which appears to
be duly stamped may give the debenture in evidence in any
proceedings for enforcing his security without payment of
the stamp duty or any penalty in respect thereof, unless he
had notice or, but for his negligence, might have discovered
that the debenture was not duly stamped, but in any such
case the company shall be liable to pay the proper stamp
duty and penalty.
(6) Where any debentures which have been redeemed
before the date of the commencement of this Ordinance are
re-issued subsequently to that date, the re-issue of the
debentures shall not prejudice any right or priority which
any person would have had under or by virtue of any
mortgage or charge created before the date of the commence-
ment of this Ordinance, if section 104 of the Companies
Ordinance (Cap. 180—1925 Revised Laws) as originally
enacted, had been enacted in this Ordinance instead of this
section.
77. A contract with a company to take up and pay for
any debentures of the company may be enforced by an order
for specific performance.
381
Specific
performance
of contracts
to subscribe
for deben-
tures.
WN
H
fo
Payment of
certain debts
out of assets
subject to
floating
charge in
priority to
claims under
the charge.
Registration
of charges
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
78. (1) Where either a receiver is appointed on behalf of
the holders of any debentures of the company secured by a
floating charge, or possession is taken by or on behalf of
those debenture holders of any property comprised in or
subject to the charge, then, if the company is not at the
time in course of being wound up, the debts which in every
winding up are under the provisions of Part V_ of this
Ordinance relating to preferential payments to be paid in
priority to all other debts, shall be paid out of any assets
coming to the hands of the receiver or other person taking
possession as aforesaid in priority to any claim for principal
or interest in respect of the debentures.
(2) The periods of time mentioned in the said
provisions of Part V of this Ordinance shall be reckoned
from the date of the appointment of the receiver or of
possession bemg taken as aforesaid, as the case may be.
(3) Any payments made under this section shall be
recouped as far as may be out of the assets of the company
avallable for payment of general creditors.
PART III.
REGISTRATION OF CHARGES.
Registration of charges with Registrar.
79. (1) levery charge created after the commencement of
this Ordinance by a company registered in the Colony and
bemg a charge to which this section applies shall, so far as
any security on the company’s property or undertaking is
conferred thereby, be void against the liquidator and any
creditor of the company, unless the prescribed particulars of
the charge, together with the instrument, if any, by which
the charge is. created or evidenced, are delivered to or
received by the Registrar for registration in manner required
by this Ordinance within twenty-one days after the date of
its creation, but without prejudice to any contract or
obligation for repayment of the money thereby secured,
and when a charge becomes void under this section the
money secured thereby shall immediately become payable.
(2) This section applies to the following charges—
(a) a charge for the purpose of securing any issue of
debentures ;
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(b) a charge on uncalled share capital of the com-
pany ,
(c) a charge created or evidenced by an instrument
which, if executed by an individual, would require
registration as a bill of sale;
(d@) acharge on land, wherever situate, or any interest
therein;
(e) a charge on book debts of the company;
(f) a floating charge on the undertaking or property
of the company ;
(g) a charge on calls made but not paid;
(k) a charge on a ship or any share in a ship;
(2) a charge on goodwill, on a patent or a licence
under a patent, on a trademark or on a copyright or a
licence under a copyright.
(3) In the case of a charge created out of the Colony
comprising solely property situate outside the Colony, the
delivery to and the receipt by the Registrar of a copy of the
instrument by which the charge is created or evidenced,
certified in the prescribed manner, shall have the same effect
for the purposes of this section as the delivery and receipt of
the instrument itself, and twenty-one days after the date on
which the instrument or copy could, in due course of post,
and if despatched with due diligence, have been received in
the Colony, shall be substituted for twenty-one days after
the date of the creation of the charge, as the time within
which the particulars and instrument or copy are to be
delivered to the Registrar.
(4) Where a charge is created in the Colony but
comprises property outside the Colony, the instrument
creating or purporting to create the charge may be sent for
registration under this section notwithstanding that further
proceedings may be necessary to make the charge valid or
effectual according to the law of the country in which the
property is situate.
(5) Where a negotiable instrument has been given to
secure the payment of any book debts of a company the
deposit of the instrument for the purpose of securing an
advance to the company shall not for the purposes of this
section be treated as a charge on those book debts.
383
384
Ch. 31. No. 1.) Compantes.
(6) The holding of debentures entitling the holder to a
charge on land shall not for the purposes of this section be
deemed to be an interest in land.
(7) Where a series of debentures containing, or giving
by reference to any other instrument, any charge to the
benefit of which the debenture holders of that series are
entitled part passu is created by a company, it shall for the
purposes of this section be sufficient if there are delivered
to or received by the Registrar within twenty-one days
after the execution of the deed containing the charge or,
if there is no such deed, after the execution of any deben-
tures of the series, the following particulars—
(a) the total amount secured by the whole series;
and
(b) the dates of the resolutions authorising the issue
of the series and the date of the covering deed, if any,
by which the security is created or defined; and
(c) a general description of the property charged;
and
(d) the names of the trustees, 1f any, for the deben-
ture holders;
together with a copy of the deed containing the charge,
certified to be a true copy by a solicitor or an officer of the
company, or, if there is no such deed, one of the debentures
of the series:
Provided that, where more than one issue is made of
debentures in the series, there shall be sent to the Registrar
for entry in the register particulars of the date and amount
of each issue, but an omission to do this shall not affect the
validity of the debentures issued.
(8) Where any commission, allowance, or discount has
been paid or made either directly or indirectly by a company
to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing
to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally, for any
debentures of the company, or procuring or agrecing to
procure subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional, for
any such debentures, the particulars required to be sent for
Tegistration under this section shall include particulars as
to the amount or rate per cent of the commission, discount,
or allowance so paid or made, but omission to do this shall
not affect the validity of the debentures issued:
Compantie. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
Provided that the deposit of any debentures as security
for any debt of the company shall not for the purposes of
this subsection be treated as the issue of the debentures at
a discount.
(9) In this Part of this Ordinance the expression
charge â€â€™ includes mortgage.
80. (1) It shall be the duty of a company to send to the
Registrar for registration the particulars of every charge
created by the company and of the issues of debentures of a
series, requiring registration under the last foregoing
section, but registration of any such charge may be effected
on the application of any person interested therein.
(2) Where registration is effected on the application
of some person other than the company, that person shall
be entitled to recover from the company the amount of any
{ees properly paid by him to the Registrar on the registra-
tion.
(3) If any company makes default in sending to the
Kegistrar for registration the particulars of any charge
created by the company, or of the issues of debentures of a
series, requiring registration as aforesaid, then, unless the
registration has been effected on the application of some
other person, the company and every cirector, manager,
secretary or other person, who is knowingly a party to the
default shall be liable to a fine of two hundred and fifty
dollars for every day during which the default continues.
81. (1) Where after the commencement of this Ordinance
a company registered in the Colony acquires any property
which is subject to a charge of any such kind as would, if it
had been created by the company after the acquisition of
the property, have been required to be registered under this
Part of this Ordinance, the company shall cause the pres-
cribed particulars of the charge, together with a copy
(certified in the prescribed manner to be a correct copy)
of the instrument, if any, by which the charge was created
or is evidenced, to be delivered to the Registrar for regis-
tration in manner required by this Ordinance within
twenty-one days after the date on which the acquisition
is completed:
T.—IV. 25
33
Duty of
company to
register
charges
created by
company.
Duty of
company to
tegister
charges
existing on
property
acquired,
386
Register of
charges to
be kept by
Registrar.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
Provided that, if the property is situate and the charge
was created outside the Colony, twenty-one days after the
date on which the copy of the instrument could in due
course of post, and if despatched with due diligence, have
been received in the Colony shall be substituted for twenty-
one days after the completion of the acquisition as the time
within which the particulars and the copy of the instrument
are to be delivered to the Registrar.
(2) Hf default is made in complying with this section,
the company and every officer of the company who is in
default shall be liable to a default fine of two hundred and
fifty dollars,
82. (1) The Registrar shall keep, with respect to cach
company a register in the prescribed form of all the charges
requiring registration under this Part of this Ordinance, and
shall, on payment of the preseribed fee, enter in the register
with respect to such charges the following particulars:
(a) in the case of a charge to the benefit of which the
holders of a series of debentures are entitled, such
particulars as are specified in’ subsection (7) of
section 79,
(6) in the case of any other charge
(i) if the charge is a charge created by the
company, the date of its creation, and if the charge
was a charge existing on property acquired by
the company, the date of the acquisition of the
property; and
(ii) the amount secured by the charge; and
(i) short particulars of the property charged ;
and
(iv) the persons entitled to the charge.
(2) The Registrar shall give a certificate under his
hand of the registration of any charge registered in pur-
suance of this Part of this Ordinance, stating the amount
thereby secured, and the certificate shall be conclusive
evidence that the requirements of this Part of this Ordinance
as to registration have been complied with.
(3) The register kept in pursuance of this section shall
be open to inspection by any person on payment of the
prescribed fee, not exceeding twenty-four cents for each
inspection.
(+) The Registrar shall keep a chronological index,
in the prescribed form and with the prescribed particulars,
of the charges entered in the register.
83. (1) The company shall cause a copy of every certifi-
cate of registration given under the last foregoing section to
be endorsed on every debenture or certificate of debenture
stock which is issued by the company, and the payment
of which is secured by the charge so registered:
Provided that nothing in this subsection shall be con-
strued as requiring a company to cause a certificate of
registration of any charge so given to be endorsed on any
debenture or certificate of debenture stock issued by the
company before the charge was created.
(2) If any person knowingly and wilfully authorises
or permits the delivery of any debenture or certificate of
debenture stock which under the provisions of this section
is required to have endorsed on it a copy of a certificate of
registration without the copy being so endorsed upon it,
he shall, without prejudice to any other liability, be liable
to a fine of five hundred dollars.
84. The Registrar may, on evidence being given to his
satisfaction that the debt for which any registered charge
was given has been paid or satisfied, order that a memoran-
dum of satisfaction be entered on the register, and shall, if
required, furnish the company with a copy thereof.
85. The Court on being satisfied that the omission to
register a charge within the time required by this Ordinance,
or that the omission or mis-statement of any particular
with respect to any such charge or in a memorandum of
satisfaction, was accidental, or due to inadvertence or to
some other sufficient cause, or is not of a nature to prejudice
the position of creditors or shareholders of the company,
or that on other grounds ii is just and equitable to grant
relief, may, on the application of the company or any
person interested, and on such terms and conditions as
seem to the Court just and expedient, order that the time
for registration shall be extended, or, as the case may be,
that the omission or mis-statement shall be rectified.
25 (2)
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
387
Endorse-
ment of
certificate
of registra-
tion on
debentures.
Entry of
satisfaction.
Rectification
of register
of charges.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
Registration
of enforce-
ment of
security.
Copies of
Mstruments
creating
charges to
be kept by
company.
Company's
register of
charges.
86. (1) If any person obtains an order for the appoint-
ment of a receiver or manager of the property of a company,
or appoints such a receiver or manager under any powers
contained in any instrument, he shall, within seven days
from the date of the order or of the appointment under the
said powers, give notice of the fact to the Registrar, and
the Registrar shall, on payment of the prescribed fee, enter
the fact in the register of charges.
(2) Where any person appointed receiver or manager
of the property of a company under the powers contained
In any instrument ceases to act as such receiver or manager,
he shall, on so ceasing, give the Registrar notice to that
efiect, and the Registrar shall enter the notice in the register
of charge.
(3) If any person makes default in complying with
the requirements of this section, he shall be liable to a fine
of twenty-five dollars for every day during which the
default continues.
Provistons as to company’s register of charges and as to
copies of instrianents creating charges.
87. Every company shall cause a copy of every instru-
ment ereating any charge requiring registration under this
Part of this Ordinance to be kept at the registered office
of the company:
Provided that, in the case of a series of uniform deben-
tures, a copy of one debenture of the series shall be sufficient.
88. (1) Every limited company shall keep at the registered
office of the company a register of charges and enter
therein all charges specifically afiecting property of the
company and all floating charges on the undertaking or any
property of the company, giving in each case a short
description of the property charged, the amount of the
charge, and, except in the case of securities to bearer, the
names of the persons entitled thereto.
(2) If any director, manager, or other officer of the
company knowingly and wilfully authorises or permits
the omission of any entry required to be made in pursuance
of this section, he shall be liable to a fine of two hundred and
fifty dollars.
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
89. (1) The copies of instruments creating any charge
Tequiring registration under this Part of this Ordinance
with the Registrar, and the register of charges kept in
pursuance of the last foregoing section, shall be open during
business hours (but subject to such reasonable restrictions
as the company in general meeting may impose, so that not
less than two hours in each day shall be allowed for inspec-
tion) to the inspection of any creditor or member of the
company without fee, and the register of charges shall also
be open to the inspection of any other person on payment
of such fee, not exceeding twenty-four cents for each
inspection, as the company may prescribe.
(2) If inspection of the said copies or register is
refused, any officer of the company refusing inspection, and
every director and manager of the company authorising
or knowingly and wilfully permitting the refusal, shall be
liable to a fine of twenty-five dollars, and a further fine of
ten dollars for every day during which the refusal continues.
(3) If any such refusal occurs in relation to a company
registered in the Colony, the Court may by order compel
an immediate inspection of the copies or register.
Application of Part III. to companies incorporated outside
the Colony.
90. The provisions of this Part of this Ordinance shall
extend to charges on property in the Colony which are to
created, and to charges on property in the Colony which is
acquired, after the commencement of this Ordinance by a
company (whether a company within the meaning of this
Ordinance or not) incorporated outside the Colony which has
an established place of business in the Colony.
Transitional provision as to matters required to be registered
under thts Ordinance, but not under the former Ordinance.
91. (1) It shall be the duty of a company within six
months after the commencement of this Ordinance to send
to the Registrar for registration the prescribed particulars
of—
(a) any charge created by the company before the
date of the commencement of this Ordinance and
389
Right to
inspect
copies of
instruments
creating
charges and
company’s
register of
charges.
Application
rt IIT.
to Charges
created, and
property
subject to
charge
acquired by
company iD-
corporated
outside the
Colony.
Provision as
to charges
created, and
charges on
property
acquired, by
company
before com-
mencement
of Ordinance.
Vin en dan om pre cacaantang FENG me
7 Ae ll tn tae EUR
390
Ch. 31. No. 1.} Companies.
Registered
office of
company.
Temaining unsatisfied at that date, which would have
been required to be registered under the provisions of
paragraphs (g), (/) and (¢) of subsection (2) of section 79
or under the provisions au section 90, if the charge had
been created after the commencement of this Ordinance ;
and
(o) any charge to which any property acquired by
the company before the commencement of this
Ordinance is subject and which would have been
required to be registered under the provisions of
section 81 or under the provisions of section 90, if the
property had been acquired after the commencement
of this Ordinance.
(2) The Registrar, on payment of the prescribed ice,
shall enter the said particulars on the register kept by him
in pursuance of this Part of this Ordinance.
(3) If a company fails to comply with this section,
the company and every director, manager, secretary or
other officer of the company, or other person who is know-
ingly a party to the default shall be liable to a fine of two
hundred and fiftv dollars for every day during which the
default continues.
Provided that the failure of the company shall not
prejudice any nights which any person in whose favour
the charge was made may have thereunder.
(+) For the purposes of this section, the expression
company ’’ includes a company (whether a company
within the meaning of this Ordinance or not) incorporated
outside the Colonv which has an established place of business
in the Colony
PART IV
MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION.
Registered office and name.
92. (1) A company shall, as from the day on which it
begins to carry on business or as from the twenty-eighth
day after the date of its incorporation, whichever is the
earlier, have a registered office to which all communications
and notices may be addressed.
Companies. |Ch. 31. No. 1.
(2) Notice of the situation of the registered office, and
of any change therein, shall be given within twenty-eight
days after the date of the incorporation of the company or
of the change, as the case may be, to the Registrar who shall
record the same.
The inclusion in the annual return of a company of a
statement as to the address of its registered office shall not
be taken to satisfy the obligation imposed by this sub-
section,
(3) If default is made in complying with this section,
the company and every officer of the company who is in
default shall be lable to a default fine.
93. (1) Every company—
(a) shall paint or affix, and keep painted or affixed,
its name on the outside of every office or place in which
its business is carried on, in a conspicuous position, in
letters easily legible ;
(6) shall have its name engraven in legible characters
on its seal;
(c) shall have its name mentioned in legible charac-
ters in all notices, advertisements, and other official
publications of the company, and in all bills of exchange,
promissory notes, endorsements, cheques, and orders
for money or goods purporting to be signed by or on
behalf of the company, and in all bills of parcels,
invoices, receipts, and letters of credit of the company.
(2) If a company does not paint or affix its name in
manner directed by this Ordinance, the company and every
officer of the company who is in default shall be liable to a
fine of twenty-five dollars, and if a company does not keep
its name painted or affixed in manner so directed, the
company and every officer of the company who is in default
shall he liable to a default fine.
(3) If a company fails to comply with paragraph (0d)
or paragraph (c) of subsection (1) of this section, the company
shall be liable to a fine of two hundred and fifty dollars.
(4) If a director, manager, or officer of a company, or
any person on its behalf—
(a) uses or authorises the use of any seal purporting
391
Publication
of name by
company.
392
Restrictions
ou com-
mencement
of business.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
to be a seal of the company whereon its name is not so
engraven as aforesaid, or
(b) issues or authorises the issue of any notice,
advertisement, or other official publication of the
company, or signs or authorises to be signed on behalf
of the company any bill of exchange, promissory note,
endorsement, cheque, or order for money or goods,
wherein its name is not mentioned in manner aforesaid ;
or
(c) issues or authorises the issue of any bill of parcels,
invoice, receipt, or letter of credit of the company,
wherein its name is not mentioned in manner
aforesaid,
he shall be liable to a fine of two hundred and fifty dollars,
and shall further be personally liable to the holder of the
bill of exchange, promissory note, cheque, or order for
money or goods, for the amount thereof, unless it is duly
paid by the company.
Restrictions on commencement of business.
94. (1) Where a company having a share capital has
issued a prospectus inviting the public to subscribe for its
shares, the company shall not commence any business or
exercise any borrowing powers unless—
(a) shares held subject to the payment of the whole
amount thereof in cash have been allotted to an
amount not less in the whole than the minimum
subscription, and
(6) every director of the company has paid to the
company, on each of the shares taken or contracted to
be taken by him and for which he is liable to pay in
cash, a proportion equal to the proportion payable on
application and allotment on the shares offered for
public subscription, and
(c) there has been delivered to the Registrar for
registration a statutory declaration by the secretary
or one of the directors, in the prescribed form, that the
aforesaid conditions have been complied with.
(2) Where a company having a share capital has not
issued a prospectus inviting the public to subscribe for its
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
shares, the company shall not commence any business or
exercise any borrowing powers, unless —
(a) there has been delivered to the Registrar for
registration a statement in lieu of prospectus; and
(6) every director of the company has paid to the
company, on each of the shares taken or contracted to
be taken by him and for which he is liable to pay in
cash, a proportion equal to the proportion payable on
application and allotment on the shares payable in
cash; and
(c) there has been delivered to the Registrar for
registration a statutory declaration by the secretary or
one of the directors in the prescribed form that para-
graph (0) of this subsection has been complied with.
(3) The Registrar shall, on the delivery to him of the
said statutory declaration, and, in the case of a company
which is required by this section to deliver a statement in
lieu of prospectus, of such a statement, certify that the
company is entitled to commence business, and that certifi-
cate shall be conclusive evidence that the company is so
entitled.
(4) Any contract made by a company before the date
at which it is entitled to commence business shall be
provisional only, and shall not be binding on the company
until that date, and on that date it shall become binding.
(5) Nothing in this section shall prevent the simul-
taneous offer for subscription or allotment of any shares
and debentures or the receipt of any money payable on
application for debentures.
(6) If any company commences business or exercises
borrowing powers in contravention of this section, every
person who is responsible for the contravention shall, with-
out prejudice to any other liability, be liable to a fine of
two hundred and fifty dollars for every day during which the
contravention continues.
(7) Nothing in this section shall apply to—
(a) a private company; or
(6) a company registered before the 1st of January,
914.
393
394
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
Register o
members,
Index of
members of
company
Provisions
as to entries
in register
in relation
to share
warrants.
Register of members.
95. (1) Every company shall keep in one or more books
a register of its members, and enter therein the following
particulars
(a) the names and addresses, and the occupations, if
any, of the members, and in the case of a company
having a share capital a statement of the shares held
by each member, distinguishing each share by its
number, and of the amount paid or agreed to be
considered as paid on the shares of each member;
(>) the date at which each person was entered in the
register as a member;
(c) the date at which any person ceased to be a
member:
Provided that, where the company has converted any of
its shares into stock and given notice of the conversion to
the Registrar, the register shall show the amount of stock
held by each member instead of the amount of shares and
the particulars relating to shares specified in paragraph (a)
of this subsection.
(2) If default is made in complying with this section,
the company and every officer of the company who is in
default shall be liable to a default fine.
96. (1) Every company having more than fifty members
shall, unless the register of members is in such a form as to
constitute in itself an index, keep an index of the names of
the members of the company and shall, within fourteen days
after the date on which any alteration is made in the register
of members make any necessary alteration in the index.
(2) The index, which may be in the form of a card
index, shall in respect of each member contain a sufficient
indication to enable the account of that member in the
register to be readily found.
(3) If default is made in complying with this section,
the company and every officer of the company who is in
default shall be lable to a default fine.
97. (1) On the issue of a share warrant the company shall
strike out of its register of members the name of the member
then entered therein as holding the shares specified in the
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
warrant as if he had ceased to be a member, and shall enter
in the register the following particulars, namely—
(a) the fact of the issue of the warrant;
(b) astatement of the shares included in the warrant,
distinguishing each share by its number; and
(c) the date of the issue of the warrant.
(2) The bearer of a share warrant shall, subject to the
articles of the company, be entitled, on surrendering it for
cancellation, to have his name entered as a member in the
register of members.
(3) The company shall be responsible for any loss
incurred by any person by reason of the company entering
in the register the name of a bearer of a share warrant in
respect of the shares therein specified without the warrant
being surrendered and cancelled.
(4) Until the warrant is surrendered, the particulars
specified in subsection (1) of this section shall be deemed to
be the particulars required by this Ordinance to be entered
in the register of members, and, on the surrender, the clate
of the surrender must be entered.
(5) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the
bearer of a share warrant may, if the articles of the company
so provide, be deemed to be a member of the company
within the meaning of this Ordinance, either to the full
extent or for any purposes defined in the articles.
98. (1) The register of members, commencing from the
date of the registration of the company, and the index of
the names of members, shall be kept at the registered office
of the company, and, except when the register is closed
under the provisions of this Ordinance, shall during business
hours (subject to such reasonable restrictions as the company
in general meeting may impose, so that not less than two
hours in each day be allowed for inspection) be open to
the inspection of any member without charge and of any
other person on payment of twenty-four cents, or such
less sum as the company may prescribe, for each inspection.
(2) Any member or other person may require a copy
of the register, or of any part thereof, on payment of twelve
cents, or such less sum as the company may prescribe, for
395
Inspection
of register
of members.
396
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
Power to
clc ze
register.
Power of
Court to
rectify
register.
every hundred words or fractional part thereof required to
be copied.
The company shall cause any copy so required by any
person to be sent to that person within a period of ten days
commencing on the day next after the day on which the
requirement is received by the company.
(3) If any inspection required under this section is
refused or if any copy required under this section is not sent
within the proper period, the company and every officer of
the company who is in default shall be lable in respect
of each offence to a fine of ten dollars, and further to a
default fine of ten dollars.
(4) In the case of any such refusal or default, the
Court may by order compel an immediate inspection of the
register and index or direct that the copies required shall
be sent to the persons requiring them.
99. A company may, on giving notice by advertisement
in a daily newspaper circulating in the Colony, close the
register of members for any time or times not exceeding
in the whole thirty days in each year.
100. (1) lfi—
(a) the name of any person is, without sufficient
cause, entered in or omitted from the register of
members of a company; or
(b) default is made or unnecessary delay takes place
in entering on the register the fact of any person
having ceased to be a member;
the person aggrieved, or any member of the company, or the
company, may apply to the Court for rectification of the
register.
(2) Where an application is made under this section,
the Court may either refuse the application or may order
rectification of the register and payment by the company of
any damages sustained by any party aggrieved.
(3) On an application under this section the Court
may decide any question relating to the title of any person
who is a party to the application to have his name entered
in or omitted from the register, whether the question arises
between members or alleged members, or between members
Companies. (Ch. 31. No. 1.
or alleged members on the one hand and the company on
the other hand, and generally may decide any question
necessary or expedient to be decided for rectification of the
register.
(4) In the case of a company required by this
Ordinance to send a list of its members to the Registrar,
the Court, when making an order for rectification of the
register, shall by its order direct notice of the rectification
to be given to the Registrar.
101. No notice of any trust, expressed, implied, or con-
structive, shall be entered on the register, or be receivable
by the Registrar.
102. The register of members shall be prima facie
evidence of any matters by this Ordinance directed or
authorised to be inserted therein.
Branch register.
103. (1) A company having a share capital whose objects
comprise the transaction of business in the United Kingdom
or in any Commonwealth country may cause to be kept in that
part of the United Kingdom or in any such Commonwealth
country in which it transacts business a branch register
of members resident in such part (in this Ordinance called a
“branch register ’’).
(2) The company shall give to the Registrar notice
of the situation of the office where any branch register is
kept and of any change in its situation, and if it is discon-
tinued of its discontinuance, and any such notice shall be
given within fourteen days of the opening of the office or
of the change or discontinuance, as the case may be.
(3) If default is made in complying with sub-
section (2) of this section, the company and every officer
of the company who is in default shall be liable to a default
fine.
(4) For the purposes of the provisions of this
Ordinance relating to branch registers, the term ‘‘ Common-
wealth country †includes such territories as may from time
to time be vested in His Majesty and any plantation,
397
Trusts not
to be entcred
on register.
Register to
be evidence.
Power for
company to
keep branch
register.
398
Regulations
as to branch
register.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
territory, or settlement situate therein, or in respect of
which a mandate under the League of Nations has been
accepted by His Majesty, and also includes British
Protectorates and Protected States.
104. (1) (a) A branch register shall be deemed to be part
of the company’s register of members (in this section
called ‘‘ the principal register ’’).
(6) It shall be kept in the same manner in which
the principal register is by this Ordinance required to be
kept, except that the advertisement before closing the
register shall be inserted in a newspaper circulating in the
district where the branch register is kept, and that anv
competent court in the United Kingdom, or Commonwealth
country where the register is kept may exercise the same
jurisdiction of rectifying the register as is under this
Ordinance exercisable by the Court.
(c) The company shall transmit to its registered
office a copy of every entry in its branch register as soon as
may be after the entry is made, and shall cause to be kept
at its registered office, duly entered up from time to time, a
duplicate of its branch register.
Every such duplicate shall, for all the purposes of this
Ordinance, be deemed to be part of the principal register.
(2) Subject to the provisions of this section
with respect to the duplicate register, the shares registered
in a branch register shall be distinguished from the shares
registered in the principal register, and no transaction with
respect to any shares registered in a branch register shall,
during the continuance of that registration, be registered in
any other register.
(ec) A company may discontinue to keep a
branch register, and thereupon all entries in that register
shall be transferred to some other branch register kept by
the company in the United Kingdom, or Commonwealth
country or to the principal register.
(f) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance,
any company may, by its articles, make such provisions
as it may think fit respecting the keeping of branch registers.
(g) If default is made in complying with para-
graph (c) of this subsection, the company and every officer
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
399
of the company who is in default shall be liable to a default
fine.
(2) An instrument of transfer of a share registered in
a branch register shall be deemed to be a transfer of property
situate out of the Colony, and, unless executed in this
Colony, shall be exempt from stamp duty chargeable in
the Colony.
105. If by virtue of the law in force in the United King-
dom, or any Commonwealth country companies incorporated
under that law have power to keep in the Colony branch
registers of their members resident in the Colony, the
Governor in Council may by order direct that sections 98
and 100 shall, subject to any modifications and adaptations
specified in the order, apply to and in relation to any such
branch registers kept in the Colony as they apply to and in
relation to the registers of companies within the meaning
of this Ordinance
Annual returns.
106. (1) Every company having a share capital shall once
at least in every year make a return containing a list of all
persons who, on the fourteenth day after the first or only
ordinary general meeting in the year, are members of the
company, and of all persons who have ceased to be members
since the date of the last return or, in the case of the first
return, of the incorporation of the company.
(2) The list must state the names, addresses, and
occupations of all the past and present members therein
mentioned, and the number of shares held by each of the
existing members at the date of the return, specifying
shares transferred since the date of the last return or, in
the case of the first return, of the incorporation of the com-
pany by persons who are still members and have ceased to
be members respectively and the dates of registration of
the transfers, and, if the names therein are not arranged in
alphabetical order, must have annexed to it an index
sufficient to enable the name of any person in the list to be
readily found:
Provided that, where the company has converted any of
its shares into stock and given notice of the conversion to
the Registrar, the list must state the amount of stock held
Stamp duties
in case of
shares
registered in
branch
registers.
Provisions
as to branch
registers of
British
companies
kept in the
Colony.
Annual
return to be
made by
company
having a
share capital.
400
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
by each of the existing members instead of the amount
of shares and the particulars relating to shares hereinbefore
required.
(3) The return must also state the address of the
registered office of the company and must contain a sum-
mary distinguishing between shares issued for cash and
shares issued as fully or partly paid up otherwise than in
cash, and specifying the following particulars—
(a) the amount of the share capital of the company,
wand the number of the shares into which it is divided;
(2) the number of shares taken from the commence-
ment of the company up to the date of the return;
(¢) the amount called up on each share;
(d) the total amount of calls received,
(e) the total amount of calls unpaid,
(f) the total amount of the sums, if any, paid by
way of commission in respect of any shares or deben-
tures ;
(g) particulars of the discount allowed on the issue of
any shares issued at a discount, or of so much of that
discount as has not been written off at the date on
which the return is made;
(#) the total amount of the sums, if any, allowed by
way of discount in respect of any debentures, since the
date of the last return,
(7) the total number of shares forfeited ;
(k) the total amount of shares for which share
warrants are outstanding at the date of the return;
() the total amount of share warrants issued and
surrendered respectively since the date of the last
retum,
(at) the number of shares comprised in each share
warrant ,
(#7) all such particulars with respect to the persons
who at the date of the return are the directors of the
company as are by this Ordinance required to be
contained with respect to directors in the register of the
directors of a company ;
(0) the total amount of the indebtedness of the com-
pany in respect of all mortgages and charges which are:
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
required to be registered with the Registrar under this
Ordinance.
(4) The return shall be in accordance with the form
set out in the Sixth Schedule to this Ordinance, or as near
thereto as circumstances admit.
(5) In the case of a company keeping a branch
register, the particulars of the entries in that register shall,
so far as they relate to matters which are required to be
stated in the return, be included in the return made next
after copies of those entries are received at the registered
office of the company.
107. (1) Every company not having a share capital shall
once at least in every calendar year make a return stating —
(a) the address of the registered office of the company ;
(0) all such particulars with respect to the persons
who at the date of the return are the directors of the
company as are by this Ordinance required to be
contained with respect to directors in the register of
directors of a company.
(2) There shall be annexed to the return a statement
containing particulars of the total amount of the indebted-
ness of the company in respect of all mortgages and charges
which are required to be registered with the Registrar under
this Ordinance.
108. (1) The annual return must be contained in a
separate part of the register of members, and must be
completed within twenty-eight days after the first or only
general meeting in the year, and the company must forth-
with forward to the Registrar a copy signed by a director
or by the manager or by the secretary of the company.
(2) Section 98 shall apply to the annual return as
it applies to the register of members.
(3) Except where the company is a private company,
the annual return shall include a written copy, certified by a
director or the manager or secretary of the company to be
a true copy, of the last balance sheet which has been audited
by the company’s auditors, including every document
required by law to be annexed thereto, together with a copy
of the report of the auditors thereon certified as aforesaid,
T.—IV, 26
401
Annual
return to
be made by
company
not having
share capital.
General
provisions
as to annual
returns,
402
Certificate,
to be sent
by private
company
with annual
return,
Annual
general
mecting.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
and if any such balance shect is in a foreign language there
shall also be annexed to it a translation thereof in English,
certified in the prescribed manner to be a correct transla-
tion:
Provided that, if the said balance sheet did not comply
with the requirements of the law as in force at the date of
the audit with respect to the form of balance sheets there
shall be made such additions to and corrections in the said
copy as would have been required to be made in the said
balance sheet in order to make it comply with the said
requirements, and the fact that the said copy has been so
amended shall be stated thereon.
(4) If a company fails to comply with this section
or either of the two last foregoing sections of this Ordinance,
the company and every officer of the company who is in
default shall be liable to a default fine.
(5) For the purposes of subsection (4) of this section,
the expression ‘ officer,†and for the purposes of the last
two foregoing sections of this Ordinance the expression
director,†shall melude any person in accordance with
whose directions or instructions the directors of the company
are accustomed to act.
109. A private company shall send with the annual
return required by section 106 a certificate signed by a
director or the secretary of the company that the company
has not, since the date of the last return, or, in the case of a
first return, since the date of the incorporation of the com-
pany, issued any invitation to the public to subscribe for
any shares or debentures of the company, and, where the
annual return discloses the fact that the number of members
of the company ‘xcceds fifty, also a certificate so signed
that the excess consists wholly of persons who under
paragraph (b) of subsection (1) of section 28, are not to
be included in reckoning the number of fifty.
Meetings and proceedings.
110. (1) A general meeting of every company shall be
held once at the least in every calendar year, and not more
than fifteen months after the holding of the last preceding
general meeting.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(2) If default is made in holding a meeting of the
company in accordance with the provisions of this section,
the company, and every director or manager of the company
who is knowingly a party to the default shall be liable to a
fine of two hundred and fifty dollars.
(3) If default is made as aforesaid, the Court may,
on the application of any member of the company, call,
or direct the calling of, a general meeting of the company.
111. (1) Every company limited by shares and every
company limited by guarantee and having a share capital
shall, within a period of not less than one month nor more
than three months from the date at which the company
is entitled to commence business, hold a general mecting
of the members of the company, which shall be called
“ the statutory meeting.â€
(2) The directors shall, at least seven days before
the day on which the mecting is held, forward a report (in
this Ordinance referred to as “ the statutory report ’’) to
every member of the company.
(3) The statutory report shall be certified by not
less than two directors of the company, or, where there are
less than two directors, by the sole director and manager,
and shall state —
(a) the total number of shares allotted, distinguishing
shares allotted as fully or partly paid up otherwise than
in cash, and stating in the case of shares partly paid up
the extent to which they are so paid up, and in either
case the consideration for which they have been
alotted ;
(b) the total amount of cash received by the company
in respect of all the shares allotted, distinguished as
aforesaid;
(c) an abstract of the receipts of the company and
of the payments made thereout, up to a date within
seven days of the date of the report, exhibiting under
distinctive headings the receipts of the company from
shares and debentures and other sources, the payments
made thereout, and particulars concerning the balance
remaining in hand, and an account or estimate of. the
preliminary expenses of the company ;
26 (2)
403
Statutory
meeting and
statutory
report.
404
Ch. 31. No. 1.]
Compante..
(7) the names, addresses, and descriptions of the
directors, auditors, if any, managers, if any, and
secretary of the company’ and
(e) the particulars of any contract, the modification
of which is to be submitted to the meeting for its
approval, together with the particulars of the modifi-
cation or proposed modification.
(4) The statutory report shall, so far as it relates to
the shares allotted by the company, and to the cash received
in respect of such shares, and to the receipts and payments
of the company on capital account, be certified as correct
by the auditors, if any, of the company.
(5) The directors shall cause a copy of the statutory
report, certified as required by this section, to be delivered to
the Registrar for registration forthwith after the sending
thereof to the members of the company.
(0) The directors shall cause a list showing the names,
descriptions, and addresses of the members of the company,
and the number of shares held by them respectively, to be
produced at the commencement of the meeting, and to
remain open and accessible to any member of the company
during the continuance of the meeting.
(7) The members of the company present at the
meeting shall be at liberty to discuss any matter relating to
the formation of the company, or arising out of the statutory
report, whether previous notice has been given or not, but
no resolution of which notice has not been given in
accordance with the articles may be passed.
(8) The meeting may adjourn from time to time, and
at any adjourned mecting any resolution of which notice
has been given in accordance with the articles, either before
or subsequently to the former meeting, may be passed, and
the adjourned meeting shall have the same powers as an
original meeting.
(9) In the event of any default in complying with
the provisions of this section every director of the company
who is guilty of or who knowingly and wilfully authorises
or permits the default shall be able to a fine of two hundred
and fifty dollars.
(10) This section shall not apply to a private com-
pany
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
112. (1) The directors of a company, notwithstanding
anything in its articles, shall, on the requisition of members
of the company holding at the date of the deposit of the
requisition not less than one-tenth of such of the paid-up
capital of the company as at the date of the deposit carries
the right of voting at general meetings of the company, or,
in the case of a company not having a share capital, members
of the company representing not less than one-tenth of the
total voting rights of all the members having at the said date
aright to vote at gencral meetings of the company, forthwith
proceed duly to convene an extraordinary general meeting
of the company.
(2) The requisition must state the objects of the
meeting, and must be signed by the requisitionists and
deposited at the registered office of the company, and may
consist of several documents in like form, cach signed by one
or more requisitionists.
(3) If the directors do not within twenty-one days
from the date of the deposit of the requisition proceed duly
to convene a meeting, the requisitionists, or any of them
representing more than one half of the total voting rights
of all of them, may themselves convene a meeting, but any
mecting so convened shall not be held after the expiration
of three months from the said date.
(4) A meeting convened under this section by the
requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner, as
nearly as possible, as that in which meetings are to be
convened by directors.
(5) Any reasonable expenses incurred by the requisi-
tionists by reason of the failure of the directors duly to
convene a meeting shall be repaid to the requisitionists
by the company, and any sum so repaid shall be retained
by the company out of any sums due or to become due
{rom the company by way of fees or other remuneration
in respect of their services to such of the directors as were
in default.
(6) For the purposes of this section, the directors
shall, in the case of a meeting at which a resolution is to be
proposed as a special resolution, be deemed not to have
duly convened the meeting if they do not give such notice
thereof as is required by section 115.
405
Convening
of extra-
ordinary
gencral
inceting on
requisition.
406 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
Provisions 113. (1) The following provisions shall have effect in so
meetings far as the articles of the company do not make other
B 5
and votes. == provision in that behalf—
(a) a mecting of a company, other than a meeting for
the passing of a special resolution, may be called by
seven day.’ notice in writing;
(b) notice of the meeting of a company shall be
served on every member of the company in the manner
in which notices are required to be served by Table A,
and for the purpose of this paragraph the expression
“Table A’ means that Table as for the time being
in foree,
(c) two or more members holding not Jess than
one-tenth of the issued share capital or, if the company
has not a share capital, not less than five per cent. in
number of the members of the company may call a
meeting;
(7) in the case of a private company two members,
and in the case of any other company three members
personally present shall be a quorum;
(ce) any member elected by the members present at a
meeting may be chairman thercof;
(f) in the case of a company originally having
share capital, every member shall have one vote in
respect of each share or each fifty dollars of stock held
by him, and in any other case every member shall have:
one vote.
(2) Jf for any reason it is impracticable to call a
mecting of a company in any manner in which mectings of
that company may be called, or to conduct the meeting of
the company in manner prescribed by the articles or this.
Ordinance, the Court may, either of its own motion or on
the application of any director of the company or of any
member of the company who would be entitled to vote at
the meeting, order a meeting of the company to be called,
held and conducted in such manner as the Court thinks fit,
and where any such order is made may give such ancillary
or consequential directions as it thinks expedient, and any
meeting called, held and conducted in accordance with any
such order shall for all purposes be deemed to be a meeting
of the company duly called, held and conducted.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
114. (1) A corporation, whether a company within the
meaning of this Ordinance or not, may—
(a) if it is a member of another corporation, being a
company within the meaning of this Ordinance, by
resolution of its directors or other governing body
authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its
representative at any meeting of the company or at
any meeting of any class of members of the company;
(b) if it is a creditor (including a holder of deben-
tures) of another corporation, being a company within
the meaning of this Ordinance, by resolution of its
directors or other governing body authorise such
person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any
meeting of any creditors of the company held in
pursuance of this Ordinance or of any rules made
thereunder, or in pursuance of the provisions contained
in any debenture or trust deed, as the case may be.
(2) A person authorised as aforesaid shall be
entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the
corporation which he represents as that corporation could
exercise if it were an individual shareholder, creditor, or
holder of debentures, of that other company.
115. (1) A resolution shall be an extraordinary resolution
when it has been passed by a majority of not less than
three-fourths of such members as, being entitled so to do,
vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxv, at a
gencral meeting of which notice specifying the intention to
propose the resolution as an extraordinary resolution has
been duly given.
(2) A resolution shall be a special resolution when it
has been passed by such a majority as is required for the
passing of an extraordinary resolution and at a general
meeting of which not less than twenty-one days’ notice,
specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special
resolution, has been duly given:
Provided that, if all the members entitled to attend and
vote at any such meeting so agrce, a resolution may be
proposed and passed as a special resolution at a mecting of
which less than twenty-one days’ notice has been given.
(3) At any meeting at which an extraordinary
resolution or a special resolution is submitted to be passed, a
407
Represen-
tation of
companies
at meetings
of other
companies
and of
creditors.
Drovisions
as to extra-
ordinary and
special
resolutions.
408
Registration
and copics
of certain
resolutions
and agree-
ments.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
declaration of the chairman that the resolution is carried
shall, unless a poll is demanded, be conclusive evidence of
the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the
votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.
(1) At any meeting at which an extraordinary
resolution or a special resolution is submitted to be passed
a poll shall be taken to be effectively demanded, if
demanded
(a) by such number of members for the time being
entitled under the article. to vote at the meeting as
may be specified in the articles, so, however, that it
shall not im any case be necessary for more than five
members to make the demand, or
(>) if no provision is made by the article. with
respect to the right to demand the poll, by three mem-
bers so entitled or by one member or two members so
entitled, if that member holds or those two members
together hold not less than fifteen per cent. of the
paid up share capital of the company.
(5) When a poll is demanded in accordance with
this section, in computing the majority on the poll reference
shall be had to the number of votes to which each member
is entitled by virtue of this Ordinance or of the articles of
the company
(0) For the purposes of this section, notice of a
meeting shall be deemed to be duly given and the mecting
to be duly held when the notice is given and the meeting
held in manner provided by this Ordinance or the articles.
116. (1) A printed copy of every resolution or agreement
to which this section applies shall, within fifteen days after
the passing or making thereof, be forwarded to the Regis-
trar and recorded by him.
(2) Where articles have been registered, a copy of
every such resolution or agreement for the time being in
force shall be embodied in or annexed to every copy of the
article. issued after the passing of the resolution or the
making of the agreement.
(3) Where articles have not been registered, a
printed copy of every such resolution or agreement shall be
forwarded to any member at his request, on payment of
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
twenty-four cents or such less sum as the company may
direct.
(4) This section shall apply to
(a) special resolutions;
(0) extraordinary resolutions ;
(c) resolutions which have been agreed to by all the
members of a company, but which, if not so agreed to,
would not have been effective for their purpose unless,
as the case may be, they had been passed as special
resolutions or as extraordinary resolutions ;
(2) resolutions or agreements which have been
agreed to by all the members of some class of share-
holders, but which, if not so agreed to, would not have
been effective for their purpose unless they had been
passed by some particular majority or otherwise in
some particular manner, and all resolutions or agree-
ments which effectively bind all the members of any
class of shareholders though not agreed to by all those
members;
(¢) resolutions requiring a company to be wound up
voluntarily, passed under paragraph (a) of subsection (1)
of section 213.
(5) If a company fails to comply with subsection (1)
of this section, the company and every officer of the company
who is in default shall be liable to a default fine of ten
dollars.
(6) Ifa company fails to comply with subsection (2)
or subsection (3) of this section, the company and every
officer of the company who is in default shall be liable to a
fine of five dollars for cach copy in respect of which default
is made.
(7) For the purposes of the last two foregoing
subsections, a liquidator of the company shall be deemed to
be an officer of the company.
117. Where after the commencement of this Ordinance
a resolution is passed at an adjourned meeting of —
(a) a company;
(b) the holders of any class of shares in a company ;
(c) the directors of a company;
409
Resolutions
passed at
adjourned
mectings.
410
Minutes of
proceedings
of meetings
and
directors.
Inspection
of minute
books.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
the resolution shall for all purposes be treated as having
been passed on the date on which it was in fact passed, and
shall not be deemed to have been passed on any earlier date.
118. (1) Every company shall cause minutes of all pro-
ceedings of general meetings, and where there are directors
or managers, of all proceedings at meetings of its directors
or of its managers, to be entered in books kept for that
purpose.
(2) Any such minute if purporting to be signed by
the chairman of the mecting at which the proceedings were
had, or by the chairman of the next succeeding meeting,
shall be evidence of the proceedings.
(3) Where minutes have been made in accordance
with the provisions of this section of the proceedings at
any general meeting of the company or mecting of directors
or managers, then, until the contrary is proved, the meeting
shall be deemed to have been duly held and convened, and
all proceedings had thereat to have been duly had, and all
appointments of directors, managers, or liquidators, shall
be deemed to be valid.
119. (1) The books containing the minutes of proceedings
of any general meeting of a company held after the com-
mencement of this Ordinance shall be kept at the registered
office of the company, and shall during business hours
(subject to such reasonable restrictions as the conrpany may
by its articles or in general mecting impose, so that not less
than two hours in each day be allowed for inspection) be
open to the inspection of any member without charge.
(2) Any member shall be entitled to be furnished
within seven days after he has made a request in that
behalf to the company with a copy of anv such minutes
as aforesaid at a charge not exceeding twelve cents for every
hundred words.
(3) If any inspection required under this section is
refused or if any copy required under this section is not sent
within the proper time, the company and every officer of the
company who is in default shall be liable in respect of each
offence to a fine of ten dollars and further to a default fine
of ten dollars.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(4) In the case of any such refusal or default, the
Court may by order compel an immediate inspection of the
books in respect of all proceedings of general meetings or
direct that the copies required shall be sent to the persons
requiring them.
Accounts and audit.
120. (1) Every company shall cause to be kept proper
books of account with respect to
(a) all sums of money received and expended by the
company and the matters in respect of which the
receipt and expenditure takes place;
(b) all sales and purchases of goods by the company ;
(c) the assets and liabilities of the company.
(2) The books of account shall be kept at the regis-
tered office of the company or at such other place as the
directors think fit, and shall at all times be open to inspection
by the directors.
(3) If any person being a director of a company fails
to take all reasonable steps to secure compliance by the
company with the requirements of this section, or has b
his own wilful act been the cause of any default by the
company thereunder, he shall, in respect of each offence, be
liable on summary conviction to imprisonment for six months
or to a fine of one thousand dollars:
Provided that a person shall not be sentenced to im-
prisonment for an offence under this section unless, in the
opinion of the Court dealing with the case, the offence was
committed wilfully.
121. (1) The directors of every company shall at some
date not later than cightcen months after the incorporation
of the company and subsequently once at least in every
calendar year lay before the company in general meeting
a profit and loss account or, in the case of a company not
trading for profit, an income and expenditure account for
the period, in the case of the first account, since the incor-
poration of the company, and, in any other case, since the
preceding account, made up to a date not earlier than the
date of the meeting by more than nine months, or, in the
411
Keeping of
books of
account.
Profit and
loss account
and balance
sheet.
412
Contents of
balance
sheet.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
case of a company carrying on business or having interests
abroad, by more than twelve months:
Provided that the Registrar, if for any special reason
he thinks fit so to do, may, in the case of any company,
‘xtend the period of eighteen months aforesaid, and in the
case of any company and with respect to any vear extend
the periods of nine and twelve months aforesaid.
(2) The directors shall cause to be made out in every
calendar vear, and to be laid before the company in general
meeting, a balance sheet as at the date to which the profit
and loss account, or the income and expenditure account,
as the case may be, is made up, and there shall be attached
to every such balance sheet a report, by the directors with
respect to the state of the company’s aflairs, the amount,
if any which they recommend should be paid by way of
dividend, and the amount, if any, which they propose to
carry to the reserve fund, general reserve or reserve account
shown specifically on the balance sheet, or to a reserve
fund, general reserve or reserve account to be shown
specifically on a subsequent balance sheet.
(3) If any person being a director of a company fails
to take all reasonable steps to comply with the provisions of
this section, he shall, in respect of each offence, be liable on
summary conviction to imprisonment for six months or toa
fine of one thousand dollars:
Provided that a person shall not be sentenced to im-
prisonment for an offence under this section unless in the
opinion of the Court dealing with the case, the offence was
committed wilfully.
122. (1) Every balance sheet of a company shall contain
a summary of the authorised share capital and of the issued
share capital of the company, its liabilities and its assets,
together with such particulars as are necessary to disclose
the general nature of the liabilities and the assets of the
company and to distinguish between the amounts respec-
tively of the fixed assets and of the floating assets, and shall
state how the values of the fixed assets have been arrived at.
(2) There shall be stated under separate headings
in the balance sheet, so far as they are not written off—
(a) the preliminary expenses of the company; and
interests
ul reason
company,
ad in the
r extend
in every
1 general
he profit
account,
attached
ors with
amount,
way of
opose to
‘account
. reserve
> shown
any fails
‘isions of
liable on
sortoa
{ to im-
is In the
nee was
contain
ie issued
S assets,
disclose
s of the
, Tespec-
nd shall
‘ived at.
leadings
f—
ty; and
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(b) any expenses incurred in connection with any
issue of share capital or debentures; and
(c) if it is shown as a separate item in or is otherwise
ascertainable from the books of the company, or from
any contract for the sale or purchase of any property
to be acquired by the company, or from any documents
in the possession of the company relating to the stamp
duty payable in respect of any such contract or the
conveyance of any such property, the amount of the
goodwill and of any patents and trademarks as so
shown or ascertained.
(3) Where any liability of the company is secured
otherwise than by operation of law on any assets of the
company, the balance shect shall include a statement that
that liability is so secured, but it shall not be necessary to
specify in the balance sheet the assets on which the liability
is secured.
(4) The provisions of this section are in addition to
other provisions of this Ordinance requiring other matters to
be stated in balance sheets.
123. Where any of the assets of a company consist of
shares in, or amounts owing (whether on account of a loan
or otherwise) from a subsidiary company or subsidiary
companies, the aggregate amount of those assets, distin-
guishing shares and indebtedness, shall be set out in the
balance sheet of the first-mentioned company separately
from all its other assets, and where a company is indebted,
whether on account of a loan or otherwise, to a subsidiary
company or subsidiary companies, the aggregate amount
of that indebtedness shall be set out in the balance sheet
of that company separately from all its other liabilities.
124. (1) Where a company (in this section referred to as
“the holding company ’’) holds shares either directly or
through a nominee in a subsidiary company or in two or
more subsidiary companies, there shall be annexed to the
balance sheet of the holding company a statement, signed
by the persons by whom in pursuance of section 127 the
balance sheet is signed, stating how the profits and losses of
the subsidiary company, or, where there are two or morc
subsidiary companies, the aggregate profits and losses of
413
Assets con-
sisting of
shares in
subsidiary
companies
to be set out
separately
in balance
sheet.
Balance
sheet to
include
particulars
as to sub-
sidiary com-
panies.
414
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
those companies, have, so far as they concern the holding
company, Leen dealt with in, or for the purposes of, the
accounts of the holding company, and in particular how,
and to what extent—
(a) provision has been made for the losses of a
subsidiary company either in the accounts of that
company or of the holding company, or of both; and
(b) losses of a subsidiary company have been taken
into account by the directors of the holding company
in arriving at the profits and losses of the holding
company as disclosed in its accounts:
Provided that it shall not be necessary to specify in any
such statement the actual amount of the profits or losses of
any subsidiary company, or the actual amount of any part
of any such profits or losses which has been dealt with in
any particular manner.
(2) Hf in the case of a subsidiary company the
auditors’ report on the balance sheet of the company does
not state without qualification that the auditors have
obtained all the information and explanations they have
required and that the balance sheet 1s properly drawn up
so as to exhibit a true and correct view of the state of the
company’ affairs according to the Lest of their information
and the explanations given to them and as shown by the
books of the company, the statement which is to be annexed
as aforesaid to the balance sheet of the holding company
shall contain particulars of the manner in which the report
is qualified.
(3) For the purposes of this section, the profits or
losses of a subsidiary company mean the profits or losses
shown in any accounts of the subsidiary company made up
to a date within the period to which the accounts of the
holding company relate, or, 1f there are no such accounts
of the subsidiary company available at the time when the
accounts of the holding company are made up, the profits
or losses shown in the last previous accounts of the subsidiary
company which became available within that period.
(+) If for any reason the directors of the holding
company are unable to obtain such information as is
necessary for the preparation of the statement aforesaid, the
directors who sign the balance sheet shall so report in writing
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
415
and their report shall be annexed to the balance sheet in
lieu of the statement.
125. (1) Where the assets of a company consist in whole
ear in part of shares in another company, whether held
directly or through a nominee and whether that other
company is a company within the meaning of this Ordinance
or not, and—
(a) the amount of the shares so held is at the time
when the accounts of the holding company are made up
more than fifty per cent. of the issued share capital
of that other company or such as to entitle the company
to more than fifty per cent. of the voting power in that
other company; or
(b) the company has power (not being power vested
in it by virtue only of the provisions of a debenture
trust deed or by virtue of shares issued to it for the
purpose in pursuance of those provisions) directly or
indirectly to appoint the majority of the directors of
that other company,
that other company shall be deemed to be a subsidiary
company within the meaning of this Ordinance, and the
expression “‘ subsidiary company â€â€™ in this Ordinance means
a company in the case of which the conditions of this section
are satisfied.
(2) Where a company the ordinary business of which
includes the lending of money holds shares in another
company as security only, no account shall for the purpose
of determining under this section whether that other
company is a subsidiary company be taken of the shares so
held.
126. (1) The accounts which in pursuance of this Ordi-
nance are to be laid before every company in general
meeting shall, subject to the provisions of this section,
.contain particulars showing—
(a) the amount of any loans which during the period
to which the accounts relate have been made either by
the company or by any other person under a guarantee
from or on a security provided by the company to any
Meaning of
subsidiary
company.
Accounts
to contain
particulars
as to loans
to, and
remunera-
tion of,
directors,
etc.
416
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
director or officer of the company, including any such
Joans which were repaid during the said period; and
(6) the amount of any loans made in manner afore-
“ud to any director or officer at any time before the
period aforesaid and outstanding at the expiration
thereof; and
(c) the total of the amount paid to the directors as
remuneration for their services, inclusive of all fees,
percentages, or other emeluments, paid to or receivable
by them by or from the company ot by or from any
subsidiary company.
(2) The provisions of subsection (1) of this section
with respeet to loans shall not apply:
(a) in the case of a company the ordinary business of
Which includes the Jending of money, to a loan made
by the company in the ordinary course of its business ;
or
(6) toa loan made by the company to any employee
of the company if the loan does not exceed ten thousand
dollars and is certified by the directors of the company
to have been made in accordance with any practice
adopted or about to be adopted by the company with
respect to loans to its emplovee.
(3) The provisions of subsection (1) of this section
with respect to the remuneration paid to directors shall not
apply in relation to a managing director of the company,
and in the case of any other director who holds any salaried
employment or office in the company there shall not be
required to be ineluded in the said total amount any sums
paid to him except sums paid by way of directors’ fees.
(+) If in the case of any such accounts as aforesaid
the requirements of this section are not complied with, it
shall be the duty of the auditors of the company by whom
the accounts are examined to include in their report on the
balance sheet of the company, so far as they are reasonably
able to do so, a statement giving the required particulars.
(5) In this section the expression emoluments
includes fee., percentages and other payments made or
consideration given, directly or indirectly, to a director as
such, and the money value of any allowances or perquisites
belonging to his office.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
127. (1) Every balance sheet of a company shall be
signed on behalf of the board by two of the directors of the
company, or, if there is only one director, by that director,
and the auditors’ report shall be attached to the balance
sheet, and the report shall be read before the company in
general meeting, and shall be open to inspection by any
member.
(2) In the case of a banking company registered
after the Ist of January, 1914, the balance sheet must be
signed by the secretary or manager, if any, and where there
are more than three directors of the company by at least
three of those directors, and where there are not more than
three directors by all the directors.
(3) If any copy of a balance shect which has not
been signed as required by this section is issued, circulated,
or published, or if any copy of a balance sheet is issued,
circulated, or published without having a copy of the
auditors’ report attached thereto, the company, and every
director, manager, secretary, or other officer of the company
who is knowingly a party to the default, shall on conviction
be liable to a fine of two hundred and fifty dollars.
128. (1) In the case of a company not being a private
company—
(a) a copy of every balance sheet, including every
document required by law to be annexed thereto
which is to be laid before the company in general
meeting, together with a copy of the auditors’ report,
shall, not less than seven days before the date of the
meeting, be sent to all persons entitled to receive
notices of general meetings of the company;
(b) any member of the company, whether he is or is
not entitled to have sent to him copies of the company’s
balance sheets, and any holder of debentures of the
company, shall be entitled to be furnished on demand
without charge with a copy of the last balance sheet
of the company, including every document required
by law to be annexed thereto, together with a copy
of the auditors’ report on the balance sheet.
If default is made in complying with paragraph (a) of this
subsection, the company and every officer of the company
T.—IVv.
417
pigning of
balance
sheet.
Right to
receive
copies of
balance
sheets and
» auditors’
report.
418
Banking and
certain other
companies to
publish
periodical
statement,
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
who is in default shall be liable to a fine of one hundred
dollars, and if, where any person makes a demand for a
document with which he is by virtue of paragraph (6) of
this subsection entitled to be furnished, default is made in
complying with the demand within seven days after the
making thereof, the company and every director, manager,
secretary or other officer of the company who is knowingly
a party to the default shall be liable to a fine of twenty-five
dollars for every day during which the default continues
unless it is proved that that person has already made a
demand for and been furnished with a copy of the document.
(2) In the case of a company being a private com-
pany, any member shall be entitled to be furnished, within
seven days after he has made a request in that behalf to the
company, with a copy of the balance sheet and auditors’
report at a charge not exceeding twelve cents for every
hundred words.
If default is made in furnishing such a copy to any
member who demands it and tenders to the company the
amount of the proper charge therefor, the company and
every officer of the company who is in default shall be liable
to a default fine. .
129. (1) Every company, being a limited banking com-
pany or an insurance company or a deposit, provident, or
benefit society, shall, before it commences business, and also
on the first Monday in February and the first Tuesday in
August in every year during which it carries on business,
make a statement in the form set out in the Seventh
Schedule to this Ordinance, or as near thereto as circum-
stances admit.
(2) A copy of the statement shall be put up in a
conspicuous place in the registered office of the company,
and in every branch office or place where the business of the
company is carried on.
(3) Every member and every creditor of the
company shall be entitled to a copy of the statement, on
payment of a sum not exceeding twelve cents.
(4) If default is made in complying with this
section the company and every director and manager of the
company who knowingly and wilfully authorises or permits
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
the default shall be liable to a fine of twenty-five dollars
for every day during which the default continues.
(5) For the purposes of this Ordinance a company
which carries on the business of insurance in common with
any other business or businesses shall be deemed to be an
insurance company.
130. (1) Every company shall at each annual gencral
meeting appoint an auditor or auditors to hold office until
the next annual general meeting.
(2) If an appointment of auditors is not made at an
annual general meeting, the Registrar may, on the applica-
tion of any member of the company, appoint an auditor
of the company for the current year.
(3) A person, other than a retiring auditor, shall not
be capable of being appointed auditor at an annual general
mecting unless notice of an intention to nominate that
person to the office of auditor has been given by a member
to the company not less than fourtecn days before the
annual general meeting, and the company shall send a copy
of any such notice to the retiring auditor, and shall give
notice thereof to the members, either by advertisement or
in any other mode allowed by the articles, not less than
seven days before the annual general meeting:
Provided that if, after notice of the intention to nominate
an auditor has been so given, an annual general meeting
is called for a date fourteen days or less after the notice
has been given, the notice, though not given within the
time required by this subsection, shall be deemed to have
been properly given for the purposes thereof, and the
notice to be sent or given by the company may, instead of
being sent or given within the time required by this sub-
section, be sent or given at the same time as the notice of
the annual general meeting.
(4) Subject as hereinafter provided, the first auditors
of the company may be appointed by the directors at any
time before the first annual general meeting, and auditors so
appointed shall hold office until that meeting:
Provided that—
(a) the company may at a general meeting of which
notice has been served on the auditors in the same
27 (2)
419
Appoint-
ment and
remunera-
tion of
auditors.
420
Disqualifica
tion for ap-
pointment
as auditor.
Auditors’
Teport and
auditors’
right of
access to
books and
right to
attend
general
meetings.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
manner as on members of the company remove any
such auditors and appoint in their place any other
persons being persons who have been nominated for
appointment by any member of the company and of
whose nomination notice has been given to the members
of the company not less than seven days before the
date of the meeting; and
(b) if the directors fail to exercise their powers under
this subsection, the company in general meeting may
appoint the first auditors, and thereupon the said
powers of the directors shall cease.
(5) The directors may fill any casual vacancy in the
office of auditor, but while any such vacancy continues the
surviving or continuing auditor or auditors, if any, may act.
(6) The remuneration of the auditors of a company
shall be fixed by the company in general meeting, except
that the remuneration of an auditor appointed before the
first annual general mecting, or of an auditor appointed to
fill a casual vacancy, may be fixed by the directors, and
that the remuneration of an auditor appointed by the
Registrar may be fixed by the Registrar.
131. None of the following persons shall be qualified for
appointment as auditor of a company—
(a) a director or officer of the company;
(b) except where the company is a private company,
a person who is a partner of or in the employment of an
officer of the company ;
(c) a body corporate.
132. (1) The auditors shall make a report to the members
on the accounts examined by them, and on every balance
sheet laid before the company in general meeting during
their tenure of office, and the report shall state—
(a2) whether or not they have obtained all the
information and explanations they have required;
and
(6) whether, in their opinion, the balance sheet
referred to in the report is properly drawn up so as to
exhibit a true and correct view of the state of the
Companies. (Ch. 31. No. 1.
company’s affairs according to the best of their infor-
mation and the explanations given to them, and as
shown by the books of the company.
(2) Every auditor of a company shall have a right of
access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers
of the company, and shall be entitled to require from the
directors and officers of the company such information and
explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the
duties of the auditors.
(3) The auditors of a company shall be entitled to
attend any general meeting of the company at which any
accounts which have been examined or reported on by them
are to be laid before the company and to make any state-
ment or explanation they desire with respect to the accounts.
Inspection.
133. (1) The Governor in Council may appoint one or
more competent inspectors to investigate the affairs of a
company and to report thereon in such manner as the
Governor in Council direct —
(2) in the case of a banking company having a share
capital, on the application of members holding not less
than one-third of the shares issued;
(5) in the case of any other company having a share
capital, on the application of members holding not less
than one-tenth of the shares issued;
(c) in the case of a company not having a share
capital, on the application of not less than one-fifth in
number of the persons on the company’s register of
members.
(2) The application shall be supported by such
evidence as the Governor in Council may require for the
purpose of showing that the applicants have good reason
for, and are not actuated by malicious motives in, requiring
the investigation, and the Governor in Council may, before
appointing an inspector, require the applicants to give
security, to an amount not exceeding five hundred dollars,
for payment of the costs of the inquiry.
(3) It shall be the duty of all officers and agents of
421
Investiga-
tion of
affairs of
company.
422
Proceedings
on report by
inspectors.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
the company to produce to the inspectors all books and
documents in their custody or power,
(+) An inspector may examine on oath the officers
and agents of the company in relation to its business, and
may administer an oath accordingly.
(5) Tf any officer or agent of the company refuses to
produce to the inspectors any book or document which it
is lus duty under this section so to produce, or refuses to
answer any question which is put to him by the inspectors
with respect to the affairs of the company, the inspectors
may certify the refusal under their hand to the Court, and
the Court may thereupon enquire into the case, and after
hearing any witnesses who may be produced against or on
behalf of the alleged offender and after hearing any state-
ment which may be offered in defence, punish the offender
in like manner as if he had been guilty of contempt of the
Court.
(6) On the conclusion of the investigation the
inspectors shall report their opinion to the Governor in
Council, and a copy of the report shall be forwarded by the
Governor in Council to the registered office of the company,
and a further copy shall, at the request of the applicants for
the investigation, be delivered to them.
The report shall be written or printed, as the Governor
in Council direct.
134. If from any report made under the last foregoing
section it appears to the Governor in Council that any person
has been guilty of any offence in relation to the company
for which he is criminally liable the matter may be referred
to the Attorney General and if he considers that the case is
one in which a prosecution ought to be instituted and,
further, that it is desirable in the public interest that the
proceedings in the prosecution should be conducted by him,
he shall institute proceedings accordingly, and it shall be
the duty of all officers and agents of the company, past and
present (other than the defendant in the proceedings), to
give to him all assistance in connection with the prosecution
which they are reasonably able to give.
lor the purposes of this section, the expression “‘ agents â€â€™
in relation to a company shall be deemed to include the
Companies. [Ch. 31. No.1.
bankers and solicitors of the company and any persons
employed by the company as auditors, whether those
persons are or are not officers of the company.
135. (1) A company may by special resolution appoint
inspectors to investigate its affairs.
(2) Inspectors so appointed shall have the same
powers and duties as inspectors appointed by the Governor
in Council except that, instead of reporting to the Governor
in Council, they shall report in such manner and to such
persons as the company in general meeting may direct.
(3) If any officer or agent of the company refuses to
produce to the inspectors any book or document which it is
his duty under this section so to produce, or refuses to
answer any question which is put to him by the inspectors
with respect to the affairs of the company, he shall be liable
to be proceeded against in the same manner as if the
inspectors had been inspectors appointed by the Governor
in Council.
136. A copy of the report of any inspectors appointed
under this Ordinance, authenticated by the seal of the
company whose affairs they have investigated, shall be
admissible in any legal proceeding as evidence of the opinion
of the inspectors in relation to any matter contained in the
report.
Directors and managers.
137. (1) Every company registered after the commence-
ment of this Ordinance shall have at least two directors.
(2) Thissection shall not apply toa private company.
138. (1) A person shall not be capable of being appointed
director of a company by the articles, and shall not be
named as a director or proposed director of a company in a
prospectus issued by or on behalf of the company, or as
proposed director of an intended company in a prospectus
issued in relation to that intended company, or in a state-
ment in lieu of prospectus delivered to the Registrar by or
on behalf of a company, unless, before the registration of the
articles or the publication of the prospectus, or the delivery
423
Power of
company to
appoint
inspectors.
Report of
inspectors to
be evidence.
Number of
directors.
Restrictions
on appoint-
ment or
advertise-
ment of
director.
424 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
of the statement in lieu of prospectus, as the case may be,
he has by himself or by his agent authorised in writing—
(a) signed and delivered to the Registrar for regis-
{ration a consent in writing to act as such director;
and
(b) cither—
(1) signed the memorandum for a number of
shares not less than his qualification, if any; or
(11) taken from the company and paid or agreed
to pay for his qualification shares, if any; or
(ii) signed and delivered to the Registrar for
registration an undertaking in writing to take from
the company and pay for his qualification shares,
if any; or
(iv) made and delivered’ to the Registrar for
registration a statutory declaration to the effect
that a number of shares, not less than his qualifi-
cation, if any, are registered in his name.
(2) Where a person has signed and delivered as
aforesaid an undertaking to take and pay for his qualification
shares, he shall, as regards those shares, be in the same posi-
tion as if he had signed the memorandum for that number
of share-
(3) On the application for registration of the memo-
randum and articles of a company the applicant shall
deliver to the Registrar a list of the persons who have
consented to be directors of the company, and, if this list
contains the name of any person who has not so consented,
the applicant shall be liable to a fine of two hundred and
fifty dollars.
(4) This section shall not apply to—
(a2) a company not having a share capital; or
(4): a private company; or
(c) a company which was a private company before
becoming a public company; or
(d) a prospectus issued by or on behalf of a company
after the expiration of one year from the date on which
the company was entitled to commence business.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
139. (1) Without prejudice to the restrictions imposed by
the last foregoing section, it shall be the duty of every
director who is by the articles of the company required to
hold a specified share qualification, and who is not already
qualified, to obtain his qualification within two months
after his appointment, or such shorter time as may be fixed
by the articles.
(2) For the purpose of any provision in the articles
requiring a director or manager to hold a specified share
qualification, the bearer of a share warrant shall not be
deemed to be the holder of the shares specified in the warrant.
(3) The office of director of a company shall be
vacated if the director does not within two months from the
date of his appointment, or within such shorter time as may
be fixed by the articles, obtain his qualification, or if after
the expiration of the said period or shorter time he ceases
at any time to hold his qualification.
(4) A person vacating office under this section shall
be incapable of being re-appointed director of the company
until he has obtained his qualification.
(5) If after the expiration of the said period or
shorter time any unqualified person acts as a director of the
company, he shall be liable to a fine of twenty-five dollars
for every day between the expiration of the said period or
shorter time or the day on which he ceased to be qualified,
as the case may be, and the last day on which it is proved
that he acted as a director.
140. (1) If any person being an undischarged bankrupt
acts as director of, or directly or indirectly takes part in or
is concerned in the management of, any company except
with the leave of the Court, he shall be liable on conviction
on indictment to imprisonment for two years, or on summary
conviction to imprisonment for six months or to a fine of
two thousand five hundred dollars, or to both such imprison-
ment and fine:
Provided that a person shall not be guilty of an offence
under this section by reason that he, being an undischarged
bankrupt, has acted as director of, or taken part or been
concerned in the management of a company, if he was at the
commencement of this Ordinance acting as director of, or-
425
Qualification
of director
or manager.
Provisions
as to un-
discharged
bankrupts
acting as
directors.
426
Validity of
acts of
directors.
Register of
directors.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
taking part or being concerned in the management of, that
company and has continuously so acted, taken part, or been
concerned since that date and the bankruptcy was prior to
that date.
(2) Leave of the Court for the purposes of this sec-
tion shall not be given unless notice of intention to apply
therefor has been served on the Official Receiver and it shall
be the duty of the Official Receiver, if he is of opinion that
it is contrary to the public interest that any such application
should be granted, to attend on the hearing of and oppose
the granting of the application.
(3) In this section the expression ‘ company â€â€™
includes an unregistered company and a company incor-
porated outside the Colony which has an established place
of business within the Colony, and the expression “‘ Official
Receiver "’ means the Official Receiver in bankruptcy.
141. The acts of a director or manager shall be valid
notwithstanding any defect that may afterwards be dis-
covered in his appointment or qualification.
142. (1) Every company shall keep at its registered
office a register of its directors or managers containing with
respect to each of them the following particulars, that is to
say—
(a) in the case of an individual, his present christian
name and surname, any former christian name or
surname, his usual residential address, his nationality,
and, if that nationality is not the nationality of origin,
his nationality of origin, and his business occupation,
if any, or, if he has no business occupation but holds
any other directorship or directorships, particulars of
that directorship or of some one of those directorships;
and
(b) in the case of a corporation, its corporate name
and registered or principal office.
(2) The company shall, within the periods res-
pectively mentioned in this subsection, send to the Registrar,
a return in the prescribed form containing the particulars
specified in the said register and a notification in the
prescribed form of any change among its directors or in any
of the particulars contained in the register.
Companies. (Ch. 31. No. 1.
The period within which the said return is to be sent
shall be a period of fourteen days from the appointment of
the first directors of the company, and the period within
which the said notification of a change is to be sent shall be
fourteen days from the happening thereof.
(3) The register to be kept under this section shall
during business hours (subject to such reasonable restrictions
as the company may by its articles or in general meeting
impose, so that not less than two hours in each day be
allowed for inspection) be open to the inspection of any
member of the company without charge and of any other
person on payment of twenty-four cents, or such less sum
as the company may prescribe, for each inspection.
(4) If any inspection required under this section is
refused or if default is made in complying with subsection (1)
or subsection (2) of this section, the company and every
officer of the company who is in default shall be liable to a
default fine.
(5) In the case of any such refusal, the Court may by
order compel an immediate inspection of the register.
(6) For the purposes of this section, a person in
accordance with whose directions or instructions the
directors of a company are accustomed to act shall be
deemed to be a director and officer of the company.
143. (1) Every company to which this section applies
shall, in all trade catalogues, trade circulars, showcards,
and business letters on or in which the company’s name
appears and which are issued or sent by the company to
any person in any Commonwealth country, state in
Iegible characters with respect to every director being a
corporation, the corporate name, and with respect to every
director being an individual, the following particulars—
(a) his present christian name, or the initials thereof,
and present surname;
(6) any former christian names and surnames;
(c) his nationality, if not British;
(d) his nationality of origin, if his nationality is not
the nationality of origin:
Provided that, if special circumstances exist which
427
Particulars
with respect
to directors
in trade
catalogues,
circulars,
etc.
428
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
render it in the opinion of the Registrar expedient that such
an exemption should be granted, the Registrar may by
writing under his hand grant, subject to such conditions as
may be specified therein, exemption from the obligations
imposed by this subsection.
(2) This section shall apply to—
(a) every company registered under this Ordinance
or any previous Ordinance; and
(b) every company incorporated outside the Colony
which has an established place of business within the
Colony; and
(c) every company licensed under the Moneylenders
Ordinance whenever it was registered or whenever it
established a place of business.
(3) If a company makcs default in complying with
this section, every director of the company shall be hable
for each offence to a fine of twenty-five dollars, and, in the
case of a director being a corporation, every director,
secretary and officer of the corporation, who is knowingly
a party to the default, shall be liable to a like penalty:
Provided that no proceedings shall be instituted under
this section except by, or with the consent of, the Attorney
General.
(4) For the purposes of this section—
(a) directorՉۉ۪ includes any person in accordance
with whose directions or instructions the directors of
the company are accustomed to act;
(b) christian name †includes a forename;
(c) initials includes a recognised abbreviation of
a christian name;
(d) in. the case of a peer or person usually known
by a title different from his surname, the expression
‘surname â€â€™ means that title;
(e) references to a former christian name or surname
do not include—
(i) in the case of a peer or a person usually known
by a British title different from his surname, the
name by which he was known previous to the
adoption of or succession to the title; or
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(ii) in the case of natural born British subjects,
a former christian name or surname where that
name or surname was changed or disused before
the person bearing the name attained the age of
eighteen years; or
(111) in the case of a married woman, the name
or surname by which she was known previous to
the marriage;
(f) “ showcards ’’’ means cards containing or exhi-
biting articles dealt with, or samples or representations
thereof.
144. (1) Ina limited company the liability of the directors
or managers, or of the managing director may, if so pro-
vided by the memorandum, be unlimited.
(2) In a limited company in which the liability of a
director or manager is unlimited, the directors or managers
of the company, if any, and the member who proposes a
person for election or appointment to the office of director
or manager, shall add to that proposal a statement that the
liability of the person holding that office will be unlimited,
and the promoters, directors, managers, and secretary, if
any, of the company, or one of them, shall, before the person
accepts the office or acts therein, give him notice in writing
that his liability will be unlimited.
(3) If any director, manager or proposer makes
default in adding such a statement, or if any promoter,
director, manager, or secretary makes default in giving such
a notice, he shall be liable to a fine of five hundred dollars,
and shall also be liable for any damage which the person so
elected or appointed may sustain from the default, but the
liability of the person elected or appointed shall not be
affected by the default.
145. (1) A limited company, if so authorised by its
articles, may, by special resolution, alter its memorandum
so as to render unlimited the liability of its directors, or
managers, or of any managing director.
(2) Upon the passing of any such special resolution
the provisions thereof shall be as valid as if they had been
originally contained in the memorandum.
429
Limited
company
may have
directors
with un-
limited
liability.
Special
resolution of
limited
company
making
liability of
directors
unlimited.
430
Statement
as to re-
muneration
of directors
to be
furnished to
shareholders,
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
146. (1) Subject as hereinafter provided, the directors of
a company shall, on a demand in that behalf made to them
in writing by members of the company entitled to not less
than one-fourth of the aggregate number of votes to which
all the members of the company are together entitled,
furnish to all the members of the company within a period of
one month from the receipt of the demand a statement,
certified as correct, or with such qualifications as may be
necessary, by the auditors of the company, showing as
respects each of the last three preceding years in respect
of which the accounts of the company have been made up
the aggregate amount received in that year by way of
remuneration or other emoluments by persons being directors
of the company, whether as such directors or otherwise
in connection with the management of the affairs of the
company, and there shall, in respect of any such director
who is—
(a) a director of any other company which is in
relation to the first-mentioned company a subsidiary
company; or
(b) by virtue of the nomination, whether direct or
indirect, of the company a director of any other
company ;
be included in the said aggregate amount any remuneration
or other emoluments received by him for his own use
whether as a director of, or otherwise in connection with the
management of the affairs of, that other company:
Provided that—
(i) a demand for a statement under this section shall
be of no effect if the company within one month after
the date on which the demand is made resolve that the
statement shall not be furnished; and
(ii) it shall be sufficient to state the total aggregate
of all sums paid to or other emoluments received by all
the directors in each year without specifying the amount
received by any individual.
(2) In computing for the purpose of this section the
amount of any remuneration or emoluments received by
any director, the amount actually received by him shall, if
the company has paid on his behalf any sum by way of
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
income tax in respect of the remuneration or emoluments,
be increased by the amount of the sum so paid.
(3) If any director fails to comply with the require-
ments of this section, he shall be liable to a fine of two
hundred and fifty dollars.
(4) In this section the expression ‘‘ emoluments â€
includes fees, percentages and other payments made or
consideration given, directly or indirectly, to a director as
such, and the money value of any allowances or perquisites
belonging to his office.
147. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, it shall
be the duty of a director of a company who is in any way,
whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or
proposed contract with the company to declare the nature
of his interest at a meeting of the directors of the company.
(2) In the case of a proposed contract the declaration
required by this section to be made by a director shall be
made at the meeting of the directors at which the question
of entering into the contract is first taken into consideration,
or if the director was not at the date of that meeting
interested in the proposed contract, at the next meeting of
the directors held after he became so interested, and in a
case where the director becomes interested in a contract
after it is made, the said declaration shall be made at the
first meeting of the directors held after the director becomes
so interested.
(3) For the purpose of this section, a general notice
given to the directors of a company by a director to the effect
that he is a member of a specified company or firm and is to
be regarded as interested in any contract which may, after
the date of the notice, be made with that company or firm
shall be deemed to be a sufficient declaration of interest in
relation to any contract so made.
(4) Any director who fails to comply with the
provisions of this section shall be liable to a fine of five
hundred dollars.
(5) Nothing in this section shall be taken to prejudice
the operation of any rule of law restricting directors of a
company from having any interest in contracts with the
company.
431
Disclosure
by directors
of interest in
contracts.
432
Provision as
to payments
Teceived by
directors for
loss of office
or on retire-
ment.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
148. (1) It is hereby declared that it is not lawful in
connection with the transfer of the whole or any part of the
undertaking or property of a company for any payment to be
made to any director of the company by way of compensa-
tion for loss of office, or as consideration for or in connec-
tion with his retirement from office unless particulars with
respect to the proposed payment, including the amount
thereof, have been disclosed to the members of the company
and the proposal approved by the company.
(2) Where a payment which is hereby declared to be
illegal is made to a director of the company, the amount
received shall be deemed to have been received by him in
trust for the company.
(3) Where a payment is to be made as aforesaid to a
director of a company in connection with the transfer to
any persons, as a result of an offer made to the general body
of shareholders, of all or any of the shares in the company,
it shall be the duty of that director to take all reasonable
steps to secure that particulars with respect to the proposed
payment, including the amount thereof, shall be included
in or sent with any notice of the offer made for their shares
which is given to any shareholders.
(4) If any such director fails to take reasonable
steps as aforesaid, or if any person who has been properly
required by any such director to include the said particulars
in or send them with any such notice fails so to do, he shall
be liable to a fine of one hundred and twenty dollars, and if
the requirements of the last foregoing subsection are not
complied with in relation to any such payment as is men-
tioned in the said subsection, any sum received by the
director on account of the payment shall be deemed to have
been received by him in trust for any persons who have
sold their shares as a result of the offer made.
(5) If in connection with any such transfer as
aforesaid the price to be paid to a director of the company
whose office is to be abolished or who is to retire from office
for any shares in the company held by him is in excess of the
price which could at the time have been obtained by other
holders of the like shares or any valuable consideration is
given to any such director, the excess or the money value
of the consideration, as the case may be, shall, for the
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
433
purposes of this section, be deemed to have been a payment
made to him by way of compensation for loss of office or as
consideration for or in connection with his retirement from
office.
(6) Nothing in this section shall be taken to prejudice
the operation of any rule of law requiring disclosure to be
made with respect to any such payments as are mentioned
in this section or with respect to any other like payments
made or to be made to the directors of a company.
149. If in the case of any company provision is made by
the articles or by any agreement entered into between any
person and the company for empowering a director or
manager of the company to assign his office as such to another
person, any assignment of office made in pursuance of the
said provision shall, notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in the said provision, be of no effect
unless and until it is approved by a special resolution of
the company.
Avoidance of provisions in articles or contracts relieving
officers from liability.
150. Subject as hereinafter provided, any provision,
whether contained in the articles of a company or in any
contract with a company or otherwise, for exempting any
director, manager or officer of the company, or any person
(whether an officer of the company or not) employed by the
company as auditor from, or indemnifying him against,
any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would
otherwise attach to him in respect of any negligence,
default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which he may be
guilty in relation to the company shall be void:
Provided that—
(a) in relation to any such provision which is in
force at the date of the commencement of this Ordi-
nance, this section shall have effect only on the expira-
tion of a period of six months from that date; and
(5) nothing in this section shall operate to deprive
any person of any exemption or right to be indemnified
in respect of anything done or omitted to be done by
him while any such provision was in force; and
(c) notwithstanding anything in this section, a
T.—IVv. 28
Provisions as
to assign-
ment of
office by
directors.
Provisions
as to liability
of officers
and auditors.
434
Power to
compromise
with
creditors
and
member,
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
company may, in pursuance of any such provision as
aforesaid, indemnify any such director, manager,
officer or auditor against any hability incurred by him
in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal,
in Which judgment is given in his favour or in which he
is acquitted or in connection with any application
under section 319 in which relief is granted to him by
the Court.
Arrangements and reconstructions.
151. (1) Where a compromise or arrangement is proposed
between a company and its creditors or any class of them,
or between the company and its members or any class of
them, the Court may, on the application in a summary
way of the company or of any creditor or member of the
company, or, in the case of a company being wound up, of
the liquidator, order a meeting of the creditors or class of
creditors, or of the members of the company or class of
members, as the case may be, to be summoned in such
manner as the Court direets.
(2) If a majority in number representing three-
fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, or
members or class of members, as the case may be, present
and voting cithcr in person or by proxy at the meeting,
agree to any compromise or arrangement, the compromise
or arrangement shall, if sanctioned by the Court, be binding
on all the creditors or the class of creditors, or on the mem-
bers or class of members, as the case may be, and also on
the company or, in the case of a company in the course of
being wound up, on the liquidator and contributories of
the company.
3) An order made under subsection (2) of this
section shall have no effect until a copy of the order has been
dclivered to the Registrar for registration, and a copy of
every such order shall be annexed to every copy of the
mcmecrandum of the company issued after the order has
been made, or, in the case of a company not having a
mcmcrandum, of every copy so issued of the instrument
constituting or defining the constitution of the company.
(4) If a company makes default in complying with
subsection (3) of this section, the company and every officer
of the company who is in default shall be liable to a fine of
five dollars for each copy in respect of which default is made.
Compante, [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(5) In this section the expression company
means any company lable to be wound up under this
Ordinance, and the expression “arrangement — includes a
re-organisation of the share capital of the company by the
consolidation of shares of different classes or by the division
of shares into shares of different classes or by both those
methods.
152. (1) Where an application is made to the Court under
the last foregoing section of this Ordinance for the sanction-
ing of a compromise or arrangement proposed between a
company and any such persons as are mentioned in that
section, and it is shown to the Court that the compromise
or arrangement has been proposed for the purposes of or in
connection wilh a scheme for the reconstruction of any
company or companies or the amalgamation of any two or
more companic. and that under the scheme the whole or
any part of the undertaking or the property of any company
concerned in the scheme (in this section referred to as “a
transferor company â€â€™) is to be transferred to another com-
pany (in this section referred to as “the transferee
company ’’), the Court may, cither by the order sanctioning
the compromise or arrangement or by any subsequent
order, make provision for all or any of the following
matters-—
(a) the transfer to the transferee company of the
whole or any part of the undertaking and of the property
or liabilities of any transferor company;
(6) the allotting or appropriation by the transferee
company of any shares, debentures, policies, or other
like interests in that company which under the com-
promise or arrangement are to be allotted or appro-
priated by that company to or for any person;
(c) the continuation by or against the transferee
company of any legal proceedings pending by or against
any transferor company;
(d) the dissolution, without winding up, of any
transferor company;
(e) the provision to be made for any persons, who
within such time and in such manner as the Court
direct, dissent from the compromise or arrangement ;
28 (2)
435
Provisions
for facilita-
ting recon-
struction and
amalgamia-
tion of
companies.
436
Ch. 31. No. 1.) Companies.
Power to
acquire
shares of
shareholders
dissenting
from scheme
or contract
approved by
majority.
(f) such incidental, consequential and supplemental
matters as are necessary to secure that the recon-
struction or amalgamation shall be fully and effectively
carried out.
(2) Where an order under this section provides for
the transfer of property or liabilities, that property shall,
by virtue of the order, be transferred to and vest in, and those
abilities shall, by virtue of the order, be transferred to and
become the liabilities of, the transferee company, and in the
case of any property, if the order so directs, freed from any
charge which is by virtue of the compromise or arrangement
to cease to have effect.
(3) Where an order is made under this section,
every company in relation to which the order is made shall
cause a copy thereof to be delivered to the Registrar for
registration within seven days after the making of the order,
and if default is made in complying with this subsection,
the company and every officer of the company who is in
default shall be liable to a default fine.
(+) In this section the expression ‘ property â€â€™
includes property, rights and powers of every description,
and the expression “‘ habilities ’’ includes duties.
(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (5)
of the last foregoing section, the expression “‘ company â€â€™
in this section does not include any company other than a
company within the meaning of this Ordinance.
153. (1) Where a scheme or contract involving the trans-
{cr of shares or any class of shares in a company (in this
section referred to as “the transferor company ’â€â€™) to
another company, whether a company within the meaning
of this Ordinance or not (in this section referred to as ‘‘ the
transferee company ’’), has within four months after the
making of the offer in that behalf by the transferee company
been approved by the holders of not less than nine-tenths
in value of the shares affected, the transferee company may,
at any time within two months after the expiration of the
said four months, give notice in the prescribed manner to
any dissenting shareholder that it desires to acquire his
shares, and where such a notice is given the transferee
company shall, unless on an application made by the
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
dissenting shareholder within one month from the date
on which the notice was given the Court thinks fit to order
otherwise, be entitled and bound to acquire those shares
on the terms on which under the scheme or contract the
shares of the approving shareholders are to be transferred
to the transferce company.
(2) Where a notice has been given by the transferee
company under this section and the Court has not, on an
application made by the dissenting shareholder, ordered to
the contrary, the transferee company shall, on the expiration
of one month from the date on which the notice has been
given, or, if an application to the Court by the dissenting
shareholder is then pending, after that application has been
disposed of, transmit a copy of the notice to the transferor
company and pay or transfer to the transferor company
the amount or other consideration representing the price
payable by the transferee company for the shares which
by virtue of this section that company is entitled to acquire,
and the transferor company shall thereupon register the
transferee company as the holder of those shares.
(3) Any sums received by the transferor company
under this section shall be paid into a separate bank account,
and any such sums and any other consideration so received
shall be held by that company on trust for the several
persons entitled to the shares in respect of which the said
sums or other consideration were respectively received.
(4) In this section the expression “ dissenting
shareholder ’’ includes a shareholder who has not assented
to the scheme or contract and any shareholder who has
failed or refused to transfer his shares to the transferee
company in accordance with the scheme or contract.
PART V.
WINDING UP.
(i) PRELIMINARY.
Modes of winding up.
154. (1) The winding up of a company may be either—
(a) by the Court; or
(b) voluntary; or
(c) subject to the supervision of the Court.
437
Modes of
winding up.
Liability .
contribu-
tories of
present and
past
members.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Com panties.
(2) The provisions of this Ordinance with respect to
winding up apply, unle. the contrary appears, to the
winding up of a company in any of those modes.
Contributories.
155. (1) In the event of a company being wound up,
every present and past member shall be liable to contribute
to the assets of the company to an amount sufficient for
payment of its debts and liabilitie. and the costs, charges,
and expenses of the winding up, and for the adjustment of
the rights of the contributories among themselve. subject
to the provisions of subsection (2) of this section and the
following qualifications-—
(a) a past member shall not be lable to contribute
if he has ceased to be a member for one year or
upwards before the commencement of the winding up;
(6) a past member shall not be liable to contribute
in respect of any debt or liability of the company
contracted after he ceased to be a member;
(c) a past member shall not be Hable to contribute
unless It appears to the Court that the existing members
are unable to satisfy the contributions required to be
made by them in pursuance of this Ordinance ;
(¢7) in the case of —§ company limited by shares no
contribution shall be required from) any member
exceeding the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares in
Tespect of which he is lable as a present or past
member ;
(c) in the case of a company limited by guarantee, no
contribution shall, subject to the provisions of sub-
section (3) of this section, be required from any member
exceeding the amount undertaken to be contributed by
him to the assets of the c company in the event of its
being wound up;
(f) nothing in this Ordinance shall invalidate any
provision contained in any policy of insurance or other
contract whereby the liability of individual members on
the policy or contract is restricted, or whereby the
funds of the cenipany are alone made liable in respect
of the policy or contract ;
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
439
(g) a sum due to any member of a company, in his
character of a member, by way of dividends, profits or
otherwise, shall not be deemed to be a debt of the
company, payable to that member in a case of compe-
tition between himself and any other creditor not a
member of the company, but any such sum may be
taken into account for the purpose of the final adjust-
ment of the rights of the contributories among
themselves.
(2) In the winding up of a limited company, any
director or manager, whether past or present, whose
liability is, under the provisions of this Ordinance, unlimited,
shall, in addition to his liability (if any) to contribute as an
ordinary member, be liable to make a further contribution
as if he were at the commencement of the winding up a
member of an unlimited company:
Provided that—
(a) a past director or manager shall not be liable to
make such further contribution if he has ceased to hold
office for a year or upwards before the commencement
of the winding up;
(b) a past director or manager shall not be liable to
make such further contribution in respect of any debt
or liability of the company contracted after he ceased
to hold office;
(c) subject to the articles of the company, a director
or manager shall not be liable to make such further
contribution unless the Court deems it necessary to
require that contribution in order to satisfy the debts
and liabilities of the company, and the costs, charges,
and expenses of the winding up.
(3) In the winding up of a company limited by
guarantee which has a share capital, every member of the
company shall be liable, in addition to the amount under-
taken to be contributed by him to the assets of the company
in the event ofits being wound up, to contribute to the extent
of any sums unpaid on any shares held by him.
156. The term “ contributory â€â€™ means every person liable
to contribute to the assets of a company in the event of its
being wound up, and for the purposes of all proceedings for
Definition of
contributory
440
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
Nature of
liability of
contributory.
Contribu-
tories in case
of death of
member.
Contribu-
tories in case
of bank-
ruptcy of
member.
Provision as
to married
women.
determining, and all proceedings prior to the final deter-
mination of, the persons who are to be deemed contribu-
tories, includes any person alleged to be a contributory.
157. The liability of a contributory shall create a debt
of the nature of a specialty accruing due from him at the
time when his liability commenced, but payable at the times
when calls are made for enforcing the liability.
158. (1) If a contributory dies either before or after he
has been placed on the list of contributories, his personal
representatives shall be liable in a due course of adminis-
tration to contribute to the assets of the company in dis-
charge of his liability and shall be contributories accordingly.
(2) Where the personal representatives are placed
on the list of contributories, the next of kin or devisees need
not be added, but they may be added as and when the
Court thinks fit.
(3) If the personal representatives make default in
paving any money ordered to be paid by them, proceedings
may be taken for administering the estate of the deceased
contributory, and for compelling payment thereout of the
money due.
159. If a contributory becomes bankrupt, either before
or after he has been placed on the list of contributories—
(1) his trustee in bankruptcy shall represent him for
all the purposes of the winding up, and shall be a con-
tributory accordingly, and may be called on to admit
to proof against the estate of the bankrupt, or otherwise
to allow to be paid out of his assets in due course of
law, anv money due from the bankrupt in respect of
his hability to contribute to the assets of the company;
and
(2) there may be proved against the estate of the
bankrupt the estimated value of his liability to future
calls as well as calls already made.
160. The husband of a female contributory married before
the date of the commencement of the Married Women’s
Property Ordinance (namely, the Ist of January, 1885),
shall, during the continuance of the marriage, be liable, as
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No.1. 441
respects any liability attaching to any shares acquired by
her before that date, to contribute to the assets of the
company the same sum as she would have been liable to
contribute if she had not married, and he shall be a con-
tributory accordingly, and not otherwise.
(11) WINDING UP BY THE COURT.
Cases in which company may be wound up by Court.
161. A company may be wound up by the Court if— Circum-
(1) the company has by special resolution resolved which com-
that the company be wound up by the Court; fe wound up
(2) default is made in delivering the statutory >Y @uâ„¢
report to the Registrar or in holding the statutory
meeting ;
(3) the company does not commence its business
within a year from its incorporation, or suspends its
business for a whole year;
(4) the number of members is reduced, in the case of
a private company, below two, or, in the case of any
other company, below seven;
(5) the company is unable to pay its debts;
(6) the Court is of opinion that it is just and equitable
that the company should be wound up.
162. A company shall be deemed to be unable to pay its Definition of
debts— pay debts.
(1} if a creditor, by assignment or otherwise, to
whom the company is indebted in a sum exceeding
two hundred and forty dollars then due, has served
on the company, by leaving it at the registered office
of the company, a demand under his hand requiring
the company to pay the sum so due, and the company
has for three weeks thereafter neglected to pay the
sum, or to secure or compound for it to the reasonable
satisfaction of the creditor: or
(2) if execution or other process issued on a judg-
ment, decree or order of the Court in favour of a
creditor of the company is returned unsatisfied in
whole or in part; or
442
Provisions
as to
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
(3) if it is proved to the satisfaction of the Court
that the company is unable to pay its debts, and, in
determining whether a company is unable to pay its
debts, the Court shall take into account the contingent
and prospective liabilities of the company.
Petition for winding up and effects thereof.
163. (1) An application to the Court for the winding up
applications Of a company shall be by petition, presented subject to the
up.
Provided that
for winding = provisions of this section either by the company, or by any
creditor or creditors (including any contingent or prospective
creditor or creditors), contributory or contributories, or
by all or any of those partie. together or separately:
(a) a contributory shall not be entitled to present a
winding up petition unless—
(i) either the number of members is reduced, in
the case of a private company, below two, or, in
the case of any other company, below seven; or
(ii) the shares in respect of which he is a con-
tributory, or some of them, either were originally
allotted to him or have been held by him, and
registered in his name, for at Icast six months
during the eighteen months before the com-
mencement of the winding up, or have devolved
on him through the death of a former holder;
and
(6) a winding up petition shall not, if the ground of
the petition is default in delivering the statutory
report to the Registrar or in holding the statutory
meeting, be presented by any person except a share-
holder, nor before the expiration of fourteen days after
the last dav on which the meeting ought to have been
held; and
(c) the Court shall not give a hearing to a winding up
petition presented by a contingent or prospective
creditor until such security for costs has been given as
the Court think: reasonable and until a prima facie
case for winding up has been established to the satis-
faction of the Court.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(2) Where a company is being wound up voluntarily
or subject to supervision, a winding up petition may be
presented by the Official Receiver as well as by any other
person authorised in that behalf under the other provisions
of this section, but the Court shall not make a winding up
order on the petition unless it is satisfied that the voluntary
winding up or winding up subject to supervision cannot be
continued with due regard to the interests of the creditors
or contributories.
(3) Where under the provisions of this Part of this
Ordinance any person as being the husband of a female
contributory is himself a contributory, and a share has
during the whole or any part of the six months mentioned in
proviso (a) (ii) to subsection (1) of this section been held by
or registered in the name of the wife, or by or in the name of
a trustee for the wife or for the husband, the share shall, for
the purposes of this section, be deemed to have been held
bv and registered in the name of the husband.
164. (1) On hearing a winding up petition the Court may
dismiss it, or adjourn the hearing conditionally or uncon-
ditionally or make any interim order, or any other order
that it thinks fit, but the Court shall not refuse to make a
winding up order on the ground only that the assets of the
company have been mortgaged to an amount equal to or
in excess of those assets, or that the company has no assets,
(2) Where the petition is presented on the ground of
default in delivering the statutory report to the Registrar
or in holding the statutory meeting, the Court may—
(a) instead of making a winding up order, direct that
the statutory report shall be delivered or that a meeting
shall be held; and
(b) order the costs to be paid by any persons who,
in the opinion of the Court, are responsible for the
default.
165. At any time after the presentation of a winding up
petition, and before a winding up order has been made, the
company, or any creditor or contributory, may, where any
action or proceeding is pending against the company, apply
to the Court to restrain further proceedings in the action or
443
Powers of
Court on
hearing
petition.
Power to
stay or
restrain
proceedings
against
company.
444
Avoidance
of disposi-
tions of
property,
etc., after
commencc-
ment of
winding up.
Avoidance
of attach-
ments, etc.
Commence-
ment of
winding up
by the
Court.
Copy of
order to be
forwarded
to Registrar.
Actions
stayed on
winding up
order.
Ch. 31. No. 1.) Companies.
proceeding, and the Court may stay or restrain the pro-
ceedings accordingly on such terms as it thinks fit.
166. In a winding up by the Court, any disposition of the
property of the company, including things in action, and
any transfer of shares, or alteration in the status of the
members of the company, made after the commencement
of the winding up, shall, unless the Court otherwise orders,
be void.
167. Where any company is being wound up by the
Court, any attachment, sequestration, distress, or execution
put in force against the estate or effects of the company after
the commencement of the winding up shall be void to all
intents.
Commencement of winding up.
168. (1) Where before the presentation of a petition for
the winding up of a company by the Court a resolution has
been passed by the company for voluntary winding up, the
winding up of the company shall be deemed to have
commenced at the time of the passing of the resolution, and
unless the Court, on proof of fraud or mistake, thinks fit
otherwise to direct, all proceedings taken in the voluntary
winding up shall be deemed to have been validly taken.
(2) In any other case, the winding up of a company
by the Court shall be deemed to commence at the time of the
presentation of the petition for the winding up.
Consequences of winding up order.
169. On the making of a winding up order, a copy of the
order must forthwith be forwarded by the company, or
otherwise as may be prescribed, to the Registrar, who shall
make a minute thereof in his books relating to the company.
170. When a winding up order has been made, or a
provisional liquidator has been appointed, no action or
proceeding shall be proceeded with or commenced against
the company except by leave of the Court, and subject to
such terms as the Court may impose.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
171. An order for winding up a company shall operate
in favour of all the creditors and of all the contributories
of the company as if made on the joint petition of a creditor
and of a contributory.
Official Receiver.
172. For the purposes of this Ordinance, the term
Official Receiver ’’ means the Official Receiver attached
to the Court for bankruptcy purposes, and includes any
Assistant Official Receiver.
173. (1) Where the Court has made a winding up order
or appointed a provisional liquidator, there shall, unless
the Court thinks fit to order otherwise and so orders, be
made out and submitted to the Official Receiver a statement
as to the affairs of the company in the prescribed form,
verified by affidavit, and showing the particulars of its
assets, debts, and liabilities, the names, residences, and
occupations of its creditors, the securities held by them
respectively, the dates when the securities were respectively
given, and such further or other information as may be
prescribed or as the Official Receiver may require.
(2) The statement shall be submitted and verified
by one or more of the persons who are at the relevant date
the directors and by the person who is at that date the
secretary or other chief officer of the company, or by such
of the persons hereinafter in this subsection mentioned as
the Official Receiver, subject to the direction of the Court,
may require to submit and verify the statement, that is to
say, persons—
(a) who are or have been directors or officers of the
company ;
(6) who have taken part in the formation of the
company at any time within one year before the
relevant date;
(c) who are in the employment of the company, or
have been in the employment of the company within the
said year, and are in the opinion of the Official Receiver
capable of giving the information required;
(d) who are or have been within the said year
officers of or in the employment of a company, which is,
445
Effect of
winding up
order.
Official
Receiver in
bankruptcy
to be Official
Receiver for
winding up
purposes.
Statement of
company’s
affairs to be
submitted to
Official
Receiver.
446
Report by
Official
Receiver.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
or within the said year was, an officer of the company
to which the statement relates.
(3) The statement shall be submitted within fourteen
days from the relevant date, or within such extended time
as the Official Receiver or the Court may for special reasons
appoint.
(4) Any person making or concurring in making the
statement and affidavit required by this section shall be
allowed, and shall be paid by the Official Receiver or
provisional liquidator, as the case may be, out of the assets
of the company, such costs and expenses incurred in and
about the preparation and making of the statement and
afidavit as the Official Receiver may consider reasonable,
subject to an appeal to the Court.
(5) If any person, without reasonable excuse, makes
default in complying with the requirements of this section,
he shall be Hable to a fine of fifty dollars for every day
during which the default continue.
(6) Any person stating himself in writing to be a
creditor or contributory of the company shall be entitled
by himself or by his agent at all reasonable time., on
payment of the prescribed fee, to inspect the statement
submitted in pursuance of this section, and to a copy thereof
or extract therefrom.
(7) Any person untruthfully so stating himself to be
a creditor or contributory shall be guilty of a contempt of
Court and shall, on the application of the liquidator or of the
Official Receiver, be punishable accordingly.
(8) In this section the expression “ the relevant
date means in a case where a provisional liquidator is
appointed, the date of his appointment, and, in a case where
no such appointment is made, the date of the winding up
order.
174. (1) Ina case where a winding up order is made, the
Official Receiver shall, as soon as practicable after receipt of
the statement to be submitted under the last foregoing
section, or, in a case where the Court orders that no state-
ment shall be submitted, as soon as practicable after the
date of the order, submit a preliminary report to the Court —
(a) as to the amount of capital issued, subscribed,
Compantes.
[Ch. 31. No. 1.
and paid up, and the estimated amount of assets and
liabilities; and
(b) if the company has failed, as to the causes of the
failure; and
(c) whether in his opinion further inquiry is desirable
as to any matter relating to the promotion, formation,
or failure of the company, or the conduct of the
business thereof.
(2) The Official Receiver may also, if he thinks fit,
make a further report, or further reports, stating the manner
in which the company was formed and whether in his
opinion any fraud has been committed by any person in its
promotion or formation, or by any director or other officer
of the company in relation to the company since the forma-
tion thereof, and any other matters which in his opinion it
is desirable to bring to the notice of the Court.
(3) If the Official Receiver states in any such further
report as aforesaid that in his opinion a fraud has been
committed as aforesaid, the Court shall have the further
powers provided in sections 205 and 206.
Liquidators.
175. I'or the purpose of conducting the proceedings in
winding up a company and performing such duties in
reference thereto as the Court may impose, the Court may
appoint a liquidator or liquidators.
176. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, the
Court may appoint a liquidator provisionally at any time
after the presentation of a winding up petition, and either
the Official Receiver or any other fit person may be
appointed.
(2) Where a liquidator is provisionally appointed
by the Court, the Court may limit and restrict his powers
by the order appointing him.
177. The following provisions with respect to liquidators
shall have effect on a winding up order being made—
(1) the Official Receiver shall by virtue of his office
become the provisional liquidator and shall continue
447
Power of
Court to
appoint
liquidators.
Appoint-
ment and
powers of
provisional
liquidator.
Appoint-
ment, style,
etc., of
liquidators.
448 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
to act as such until he or another person becomes
liquidator and is capable of acting as such:
(2) the Official Receiver shall summon separate
mectings of the creditors and contributories of the
company for the purpose of determining whether or
not an application is to be made to the Court for
appointing a liquidator in the place of the Official
Receiver ;
(3) the Court may make any appointment and order
required to give effect to any such determination, and,
if there is a difference between the determinations of the
meetings of the creditors and contributories in respect
of the matter aforesaid, the Court shall decide the
difference and make such order thereon as the Court
may think fit;
(+) in a case where a liquidator is not appointed by
the Court, the Official Receiver shall be the liquidator
of the company;
(5) the Official Receiver shall by virtue of his office
be the liquidator during any vacancy;
(6) a liquidator shall be described, where a person
other than the Official Receiver is liquidator, by the
style of “the liquidator,†and, where the Official
Receiver is liquidator, by the style of “the Official
Receiver and liquidator,†of the particular company
in respect of which he is appointed, and not by his
individual name.
Provisions 178. Where in the winding up of a company by the
where Person Court a person other than the Official Receiver is appointed
Official liquidator, that person—
Receiver is . oo. .
appointed (1) shall not be capable of acting as liquidator until
liquidator.
he has notified his appointment to the Registrar and
given security in the prescribed manner to the satis-
faction of the Registrar of the Supreme Court ;
(2) shall give the Official Receiver such information
and such access to and facilities for inspecting the
books and documents of the company, and generally
such aid as may be requisite for enabling that officer
to perform his duties under this Ordinance,
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
179. (1) A liquidator appointed by the Court may resign
or, on cause shown, be removed by the Court.
(2) Where a person other than the Official Receiver
is appointed liquidator, he shall receive such salary or
remuneration by way of percentage or otherwise as the
Court may direct, and, if more such persons than one are
appointed liquidators, their remuneration shall be distri-
buted among them in such proportions as the Court directs.
(3) A vacancy in the office of a liquidator appointed
by the Court shall be filled by the Court.
(4) If more than one liquidator is appointed by the
Court, the Court shall declare whether any act by this
Ordinance required or authorised to be done by the liquidator
is to be done by all or any one or more of the persons
appointed.
(5) Subject to the provisions of section 263, the acts
of a liquidator shall be valid notwithstanding any defects
that may afterwards be discovered in his appointment or
qualification.
180. Where a winding up order has been made or where a
provisional liquidator has been appointed, the liquidator, or
the provisional liquidator, as the case may be, shall tak2 into
his custody, or under his control, all the property and things
in action to which the company is or appears to be entitled.
181. Whcre a company is being wound up by the Court,
the Court may on the application of the liquidator by order
direct that all or any part of the property of whatsoever
description belonging to the company or held by trustees
on its behalf shall vest in the liquidator by his official name,
and thereupon the property to which the order relates shall
vest accordingly, and the liquidator may, after giving such
indemnity, if any, as the Court may direct, bring or defend
in his official name any action or other Iegal proceeding
which relates to that property or which it is necessary to
bring or defend for the purpose of effectually winding up
the company and recovering its property.
182. (1) The liquidator in a winding up by the Court
shall have power with the sanction cither of the Court or
of the committee of inspection—
(a2) to bring or defend any action or other legal
T.—Iv. 29
449
General
provisions
as to
liquidators.
Custody ol
company’s
property.
Vesting of
property of
company in
liquidator.
Powers of
liquidator.
450
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
proceeding in the name and on behalf of the
company ;
(b) to carry on the business of the company, so far as
may be necessary for the beneficial winding up thereof,
(c) to appoint a solicitor or other agent to assist him
in the performance of his duties;
(d) to pay any classes of creditors in full;
(ec) to make any compromise or arrangement with
creditors or persons claiming to be creditors, or having
or alleging themselves to have any claim, present or
future, certain or contingent, ascertained or sounding
only in damages against the company, or whereby the
company may be rendered liable;
(f) to compromise all calls and liabilities to calls,
debts, and liabilities capable of resulting in debts, and
all claims, present or future, certain or contingent,
axcertained or sounding only in damages, subsisting
r supposed to subsist between the company and a
contributory, or alleged contributory, or other debtor
or person apprehending liability to the company, and
all questions in any way relating to or affecting the
assets or the winding up of the company, on such
terms as may be agreed, and take any security for the
discharge of any such call, debt, liability or claim, and
give a complete discharge in respect thereof.
(2) The liquidator in a winding up by the Court shall
have power—
(a) to scll the real and personal property and things
in action of the company by public auction or private
contract, with power to transfer the whole thereof to
any person or company, or to sell the same in parcels;
(6) to do all acts and to execute, in the name and on
behalf of the company, all deeds, receipts, and other
documents, and for that purpose to use, when neces-
sary, the company’s seal;
(c) to prove, rank, and claim in the bankruptcy,
insolvency, or sequestration of any contributory, for
any balance against his estate, and to receive dividends
in the bankruptcy, insolvency, or sequestration in
respect of that balance, as a separate debt due from the
Compantes. [|Gh. 31. No. 1.
bankrupt or insolvent, and ratcably with the other
separate creditors;
(d) to draw, accept, make, and indorse any bill of
exchange or promissory note in the name and on behalf
of the company, with the same effect with respect to the
lability of the company as if the bill or note had been
drawn, accepted, made, or indorsed by or on behalf of
the company in the course of its business;
(e) to raise on the security of the assets of the com-
pany any money requisite;
(f) to take out in his official name letters of adminis-
tration to any deceased contributory, and to do in his
official name any other act necessary for obtaining
payment of any money due from a contributory or his
estate which cannot be conveniently done in the name
of the company, and in all such cases the money due
shall, for the purpose of enabling the liquidator to take
out the letters of administration or recover the money,
be deemed to be due to the liquidator himself;
(g) to appoint an agent to do any business which the
liquidator is unable to do himself;
(2) to do all such other things as may be necessary for
winding up the affairs of the company and distributing
its assets.
(3) The exercise by the liquidator in a winding up
by the Court of the powers conferred by this section shall be
subject to the control of the Court, and any creditor or
contributory may apply to the Court with respect to any
exercise or proposed exercise of any of those powers.
183. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the
liquidator of a company which is being wound up by the
Court shall, in the administration of the assets of the com-
pany and in the distribution thereof among its creditors,
have regard to any directions that may be given by resolu-
tion of the creditors or contributories at any general meeting,
or by the committee of inspection, and any directions given
by the creditors or contributories at any general meeting
shall in case of conflict be deemed to override any directions
given by the committee of inspection.
(2) The liquidator may summon general meetings of
29 (2)
451
Exercise
and contr:
of liquida-
tor’s powers.
452
Books to
be kept by
liquidator
Payments of
liquidator
into bank
Ch. 31. No. 1.| C ompante,
the creditors or contributories for the purpose of ascer-
taining their wishes, and it shall be his duty to summon
meetings at such times as the creditors or contributories,
by resolution, either at the meeting appointing the liquidator
or otherwise, may direct, or whenever requested in writing
to do so by one-tenth in value of the creditors or contti-
butories as the case mav be.
(3) The liquidator may apply to the Court in manner
prescribed for directions in relation to any particular
matter arising under the winding up.
(+) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the
liquidator shall use his own discretion in the management of
the estate and its distribution among the creditors.
(5) If any person is aggrieved by any act or decision
of the hquidator, that person may apply to the Court, and
the Court may confirm, reverse, or modify the act or decision
complained of, and make such order in the premises as it
thinks just.
184. Every liquidator of a company which is being wound
up by the Court shall keep, in manner prescribed, proper
books in which he shall cause to be made entries or minutes
of proceedings at meetings, and of such other matters as
may be prescribed, and any creditor or contributory may,
subject to the control of the Court, personally or by his
agent inspect any such books,
185. (1) Every liquidator ot a company which is being
wound up by the Court shall pay the money received by him
into such bank as the Court may direct.
(2) If any such liquidator at any time retains for
more than ten days 2 sum exceeding two hundred and fifty
dollars, or such other amount as the Court in any particular
case authorises him to retain, then, unless he explains the
retention to the satisfaction of the Court, he shall pay interest
on the amount so retained in excess at the rate of twenty
per cent. per annum, and shall be liable to disallowance of
all or such part of his remuneration as the Court may think
just, and to be removed from his office by the Court, and
shall be liable to pay any expenses occasioned by reason of
his default.
Companies. {Ch. 31. No. 1.
(3) A liquidator of a company which is being wound
up by the Court shall not pay any sums received by him as
liquidator into his private banking account.
186. (1) Every liquidator of a company which is being
wound up by the Court shall, at such times as may be
prescribed but not Icss than twice in cach year during his
tenure of office, send to the Official Receiver an account of
his receipts and payments as liquidator.
(2) The account shall be in a prescribed form, shall
be made in duplicate, and shall be veritied by an affidavit
or a statutory declaration in the prescribed form.
(3) The Official Receiver shall cause the account to be
audited and for the purpose of the audit the liquidator shall
furnish the Official Receiver with such vouchers and
information as the Official Receiver may require, and the
Official Receiver may at any time require the production
of and inspect any books or accounts kept by the liquidator,
(4) When the account has been audited, one copy
thereof shall be filed and kept by the Official Receiver, and
the other copy shall be delivered to the Court for filing, and
each copy shall be open to the inspection of any creditor
or of any person interested.
(5) The Official Receiver shall cause the account
when audited or a summary thereof to be printed, and shall
send a printed copy of the account or summary by post
to every creditor and contributory.
187. (1) The Official Receiver shall take cognisance of
the conduct of liquidators of companies which are being
wound up by the Court, and, if a liquidator does not
faithfully perform his duties and duly observe all the
requirements imposed on him by statute, rules, or otherwise
with respect to the performance of his duties, or if any
complaint is made to the Official Receiver by any creditor or
contributory in regard thereto, the Official Receiver shall
inquire into the matter, and take such action thereon as
he may think expedient.
(2) The Official Receiver may at any time require
any liquidator of a company which is being wound up by the
453
—_— +
Audit of
lquidator's
accounts,
Control of
Official
Receiver
over
liquidators.
454
Reloase
haidaters,
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Compante,
Court to answer any inquiry in relation to any winding up
in Which he is engaged, and may, if the Official Receiver
thinks fit, apply to the Court to examine him or any other
person on oath concerning the winding up.
(3) The Official Receiver may also direct an investi-
gatien to be made of the books and vouchers of the
liquidater,
188. (1) When the liquidator of a company which is being
wound up by the Court has realised all the property of the
company er so much thereof as can, in his opinion, be
realised without needlessly protracting the liquidation, and
has distributed a final dividend, if any, to the creditors, and
adjusted the rights of the contributories among themselves,
and made a final return, if any, to the contributories, oar
has resigned, or has been removed from his office, the
Official Receiver shall, on Ins application, cause a report of
his accounts to be prepared, and, on his complying with all
the requirements of the Official Receiver, shall take into
consideration the report, and any objection which may be
urged by any creditor or contributory, or person interested
against the release of the liquidator, and shall either grant
or withheld the release accordingly, subject nevertheless
to an appeal to the Court.
(2) Where the release of a bquidator is withheld, the
Court may on the application of any creditor or contri-
butory, or person interested, make such order as it thinks
just, charging the liquidator with the consequences of any
act er default which he may have done or made contrary
to his duty
(3) An order of the Official Receiver releasing the
liquidator shall discharge him from all ability in respect of
anv act done or default made by him in the administration
of the affairs of the company, or otherwise in relation to his
conduct as liquidator, but any such order may be revoked
on preot that it was obtained by fraud or by suppression or
concealment of anv material fact.
(4) Where the liquidator has not previously resigned
or been removed, his release shall operate as a removal of
him from his office.
Compante, [Ck. 3t. No. 1.
Committees of (ns pection,
189. (1) When a winding up order has been made by the
Court, it shall be the business of the separate meetings of
creditors and contributories summoned for the purpose of
determining whether or not an application should be made
to the Court for appointing a liquidator in place of the
Official Receiver, to determine further whether or not an
application is to be made to the Court for the appointment
of a committee of inspection to act with the liquidator and
who are to be members of the committee if appointed,
(2) The Court may make any appointment and order
required to give effect to any such determination, and if
there is a difference between the determinations of the
meetings of the creditors and contributories in respect of
the matters aforesaid the Court shall decide the difference
and make such order thereon as the Court may think fit.
190. (1) A committee of inspection appointed in- pur-
suance of this Ordinance shall consist of creditors and
contributories of the company or persons holding general
powers of attorney from = creditors or contributories in
such proportions as may be agreed on by the meetings of
creditors and contributories, or as, in case of difference, may
be determined by the Court.
(2) The committee shall meet at such times as they
irom time to time appoint, and, failing such appointment,
at least once a month, and the liquidator or any member
of the committee may also call a meeting of the committee
as and when he thinks necessary
(3) The committee may act by a majority of their
members present at a meeting, but shall not act unless a
majority of the committee are present.
(4) A member of the committee may resign by
notice in writing signed by him and delivered to. the
liquidator.
(5) Ifa member of the committee becomes bankrupt,
or compounds or arranges with his creditors, or is absent
(rom five consecutive meetings of the committee without
the leave of those members who together with himself
represent the creditors or contributories, as the case may
be. his office shall thereupon become vacant.
455
Meetings ot
creditors and
contribu
tories to
determine
whether
committer
of inspection
shall be
appointed
Constituties
and pro-
ceedings ot
committee of
Inspection
456
Powers o
Court where
no comnut
tee of
INSpection
Power ta
stav winding
up.
settlement
of list of
contribn-
torie. and
application
of assets.
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Com pante.
(6) A member of the committee may be removed by
an ordinary resolution at a meeting of creditors, if he
represents creditors, or of contributories, if he represents
contributorie. , of which seven days’ notice has been given,
stating the object of the meeting.
(7) On a vacancy occurring in the committee the
liquidator shall forthwith summon a meeting of creditors
or of contributorie. as the case may require, to fill the
vacancy and the meeting may, by resolution, re-appoint the
same or appoint another creditor or contributory to fill the
acaney
(8) The continuing members of the committee, i
not less than two, may act notwithstanding any vacancy in
the committee
191. Where in the case ef a winding up there is ne
committee of inspection, the Court may, on the appheation
of the liquidator, do any act or thing or give any direction
or permission which is by this Ordinance authorised or
required to be done or given by the committee.
General powers of Court in case of winding up by Cowt.
192. (1) The Court may at any time after an order for
winding up, on the application either of the liquidator, or
the Official Receiver, or any creditor or contributory, and
on proof to the satisfaction of the Court that all proceedings
in relation to the winding up ought to be stayed, make an
order staying the proceedings, either altogether or for a
limited time, on such terms and conditions as the Court
thinks hit.
(2) On any application under this section the Court
may, before making an order, require the Official Receiver
to furnish to the Court a report with respect to any facts
or matters which are in his opinion relevant to the appli-
cation.
193. (1) As soon as may be after making a winding up
order, the Court shall settle a list of contributories, with
power to rectify the register of members in all cases where
rectification is required in pursuance of this Ordinance, and
Companies. |Ch. 31. No. 1.
shall cause the assets of the company to be collected, and
applied in discharge of its liabilities:
Provided that, where it appears to the Court that it will
not be necessary to make calls on or adjust the rights of
contributorie. , the Court mi i dispense with the settlement
of a list of contributoric.
(2) In settling the list of contributories, the Court
shall distinguish between persons who are contributories
m their own right and persons who are contributories as
being representatives of or liable for the debts of others.
194. The Court may, at any time after making a winding
up order, require any contributory for the time being on the
hist of contributorics, and any trustee, receiver, banker,
agent or officer of the company to pay, de liver, convey,
surrender, or transfer forthwith, or within such time as the
Court directs, to the liquidator any moncy, property, or
books and papers in his hands to which the company 1s
prima facie entitled.
195. (1) The Court may, at any time after making a
winding up order, make an order on any contributory for
the time being on the list of contributories to pay, in manner
directed by the order, any money due from him or from the
estate of the person whom he represents to the company, ¢
exclusive of any money payable by him or the estate by
virtue of any callin pursuance of this Ordinance.
(2) The Court in making such an order may—
(a) in the case of an unlimited company, allow to the
contributory by way of set-off any money due to him
or to the estate which he represents from the company
on any independent dealing or contract with the
company, but not any money duc to him as a member
of the company in respect of any dividend or profit;
and
(o) in the case of a limited company, make to any
director or manager whose liability is unlimited or to
his estate the like allowance.
(3) In the case of any company, whether limited or
unlimited, when all the creditors are paid in full, any money
due on any account whatever to a contributory from the
Delivery of
property to
liquidator.
layment of
debts due by
contributory
to company
and extent
to which set -
off allowed.
458
Masiien
into bank of
moneys due
to cempany,
Order on
contributory
conclusive
evidence
Appuint-
ment of
special
manager,
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
company may be allowed to him by ay of set-off against
any subsequent call.
196. (1) The Court may, at any time after making a
winding up order, and cither before or after it has ascertained
the sufficiency of the assets of the company, make calls on
all or any of the contributorics for the time being settled on
the list of the contributories to the extent of their liability,
for payment of any money which the Court considers
necessary to satisfy the debts and labilities of the company,
and the costs, charge. and expenses of winding up, and for
the adjustment of the rights of the contributories among
themselve and make an order for payment, of any calls so
made.
(2) In making a call the Court may take into con-
sideration the probability that some of the contributories
may partly or wholly fail to pay the call.
197. (1) The Court may order any contributory, pur-
chaser or other person from whom money is duc to the
company to pay the amount due into a bank to the account
of the liquidator instead of to the liquidator, and any such
order may be enforced in the same manner as if it had
directed payment to the liquidator.
(2) All moneys and securities paid or delivered into.
such bank in the event of a winding up by the Court shall
be subject in all respects to the orders of the Court.
198. (1) An order made by the Court on a contributory
shall, subject to any right of appeal, be conclusive evidence
that the money, if any, thereby appearing to be due or
ordered to be paid is due.
(2) All other pertinent matters stated in the order
shall be taken to be truly stated as against all persons and
in all proceedings, except proceedings against the real
estate of a deceased contributory, in which case the order
shall be only prima facie evidence for the purpose of charging
his real estate, unless his next of kin or devisees were on the
list of contributories at the time of the order being made.
199. (1) Where in proceedings the Official Receiver
becomes the liqudiator of a company, whether provisionally
or otherwise, he may, if satisfied that the nature of the
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
estate or business of the company, or the interest of the
creditors or contributories generally, require the appoint-
ment of a special manager of the estate or business of the
company other than himself, apply to the Court, and the
Court may on such application, appoint a special manager
of the said estate or business to act during such time as the
Court may direct, with such powers, including any of the
powers of a receiver or manager, as may be entrusted to
him by the Court.
(2) The special manager shall give such security and
account in such manner as the Court directs.
(3) The special manager shall receive such remunera-
lion as may be fixed by the Court.
200. The Court may fix a time or times within which
creditors are to prove their debts or claims, or to be excluded
from the benefit of any distribution made before those
debts are proved.
201. The Court shall adjust the rights of the contribu-
tories among themselves, and distribute any surplus among
the persons entitled thereto.
202. The Court may, at any time after making a winding
up order, make such order for inspection of the books and
papers of the company by creditors and contributories as the
Court thinks just, and any books and papers in the possession
of the company may be inspected by creditors or contri-
butories accordingly, but not further or otherwise.
203. The Court may, in the event of the assets being
insufficient to satisfy the liabilities, make an order as to the
pavment out of the assets of the costs, charges, and expenses
incurred in the winding up in such order of priority as the
Court thinks just.
204, (1) The Court may, at any time after the appoint-
ment of a provisional liquidator or the making of a winding
up order, summon before it any officer of the company or
person known or suspected to have in his possession any
property of the company or supposed to be indebted to the
company, or any person whom the Court deems capable
459
Power to
exclude
creditors not
proving in
time
Adjustment
of rights of
contribu-
tories.
Inspection
of books by
creditors
and contribu -
tories.
Power to
order cust»
of winding
up to be paid
out of assets.
Power to
summon-
persons
suspected ot
having
property of
company.
460
Power to
order public
cRMInation
of pro-
moters,
directors,
ete
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Compante.
of giving information concerning the promotion, formation,
trade, dealings, affairs, or property of the company.
(2) The Court may examine him on oath concerning
the matters aforesaid, either by word of mouth or on wntten
Interrogatorie, and may reduce his answers to writing and
require him to sign them,
(3) The Court may require him to produce any
books and papers in his custody or power relating to the
company, but, where he claims any lien on books or papers
produced by him, the production shall be without prejudice
to that lien, and the Court shall have jurisdiction in the
winding up to determine all questions relating to that lien.
(4) [fany person so summoned, after being tendered
a reasonable sum for his expenses, refuses to come before
the Court at the time appointed, not having a lawful
impediment (made known to the Court at the time of its
sitting, and allowed by it), the Court may cause him to be
apprehended and brought before the Court for examination.
205. (1) Where an order has been made for winding up :
company by the Court, and the Official Receiver has made a
lurther report under this Ordinance stating that in his
opinion a fraud has been committed by any person in the
promotion or formation of the company, or by any director
or other officer of the company in relation to the company
ince its formation, the Court may, after consideration of the
report, direct that that person, director or officer shall
attend before the Court on a day appointed by the Court
lor that purpose, and be publicly examined as to the pro-
motion or formation or the conduct of the business of the
company or as to his conduct and dealings as director or
officer thereol,
(2) The Official Receiver shall take part in the
cxamination, and for that purpose may, if specially
authorised by the Court in that behalf, employ a solicitor
with or without counsel.
(3) The liquidator, where the Official Receiver is
not the liquidator, and any creditor or contributory, may
lso take part in the examination either personally or by
solicitor or counsel.
Companies. {Ch. 31. No. 1.
(4) The Court may put such questions to the person
examined as the Court thinks fit.
(5) The person examined shall be examined on oath,
and shall answer all such questions as the Court may put or
allow to be put to him.
(6) A person ordered to be examined under this
section shall at his own cost, before his examination, be
furnished with a copy of the Official Receiver’s report, and
may at his own cost employ a solicitor with or without
counsel, who shall be at liberty to put to him such questions
as the Court may deem just for the purpose of enabling
him to explain or qualify any answers given by him:
Provided that, if any such person applies to the Court
to be exculpated from any charges made or suggested
against him, it shall be the duty of the Official Recciver to
appear on the hearing of the application and call the
attention of the Court to any matters which appear to the
Official Receiver to be relevant, and if the Court, after
hearing any evidence given or witnesses callzd by the
Official Receiver, grants the application, the Court may
allow the applicant such costs as in its discretion it may
think fit.
(7) Notes of the examination shall be taken down in
writing, and shall be read over to or by, and signed by the
person examined, and may thereafter be used in evidence
against him, and shall be open to the inspection of any
‘reditor or contributory at all reasonable times.
(8) The Court may, if it thinks fit, adjourn the
‘xamination from time to time.
206. (1) Where an order has been made for winding up a
company by the Court, and the Official Receiver has made
a further report under this Ordinance stating that, in his
opinion, a fraud has been committed by a person in the
promotion or formation of the company, or by any director
ot other officer of the company in relation to the company
since its formation, the Court may, on the application of
the Official Receiver, order that that person, director or
officer shall not, without the leave of the Court, bea director
of or in any way, whether directly or indirectly, be con-
cerned in or take part in the management of a company for
dol
Power tu
restrain
fraudulent
persons from
managing
companics
462
Vower to
arrest
absconding
contributory.
Powers of
Court
cumulative.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
such period, not exceeding five years, from the date of the
report as may be specified in the order,
(2) The Offieial Receiver shall, where he intends to
make an application under the hist foregoing subsection
give not less than ten days’ nolice of his intention to the
person charged with the fraud, and on the hearing of the
application that) person may appear and himself give
evidence or call witne.
(3) Ht shall be the duty of the Official Receiver to
appear on the hearing of an application by him for an
order under this seclion and on an apphtcavion for leave
under this section and to call the attention of the Court
to any matters which appear to him to be relevant, and on
any such application the Official Receiver may himself
give evidence or call witnesses,
(4) If any person acts in contravention of an order
made under this section, he shall, in respect of each offence,
be able on conviction on indictment to imprisonment for
two years, or on summary conviclion to imprisonment for
six months or to a fine of two thousand five hundred dollars,
or to both such imprisonment and fine.
(5) The provisions of this section shall have effect
notwithstanding that the person concerned may be crimin-
ally liable in respect of the matters on the ground of which
the order is to be made.
207. The Court, at any time either before or after making
a winding up order, on proof of probable cause for believing
that a contributory is about to quit the Colony, or other-
wise to abscond, or to remove or conceal any of his property
for the purpose of evading payment of calls, or of avoiding
‘xaMination respecting the affairs of the company, may
cause the contributory to be arrested, and his books and
papers and moveable personal property to be seized, and
him and them to be safely kept until such time as the
Court may order.
208. Any powers by this Ordinance conferred on the
Court shall be in addition to and not in restriction of any
existing powers of instituting proceedings against any
contributory or debtor of the company, or the estate of any
Compantes. |Ch. 31. No. 1.
contributory or debtor, for the recovery of any call or other
sums.
209. Provision may be made by rules for enabling or
requiring all or any of the powers and duties conferred and
imposed on the Court by this Ordinance in respect of the
following mattcrs
(1) the holding and conducting of meetings to
ascertain the wishes of creditors and contributories ;
(2) the settling of lists of contributories and the
rectifying of the register of members where required,
and the collecting and applying of the assets;
(3) the paying, delivery, conveyance, surrender or
(ransfir of money, property, books or papers to the
liquidator ;
(4) the making of calls;
(5) the fixing of a time within which debts and
claims must be proved ;
to be exercised or performed by the liquidator as an officer
of the Court, and subject to the control of the Court :
Provided that the liquidator shall not, without the
special lvave of the Court, rectify the register of members,
and shall not make any call without either the special
Ieave of the Court or the sanction of the committee of
inspection.
210. (1) When the affairs of a company have been com-
pletcly wound up, the Court shall make an order that the
company be dissolved from the date of the order, and the
company shall be dissolved accordingly.
(2) The order shall within fourteen days from the
date thereof be reported by the liquidator to the Registrar
who shall make in his books a minute of the dissolution of
the company.
(3) If the liquidator makes default in complying
with the requirements of this section, he shall be liable toa
fine of twenty-five dollars for every day during which he is
in default.
-+O3
Delegation
to liquidator
ol certain
powers ol
Court
Jussolution
of company.
‘Od
Cirenimstan-
ces in which
company
may be
wound up
voluntarily
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compante,
Eenforcement of and appeal from orders,
211. Orders made by the Court under this Ordinance may
be enforced in the came manner as orders made in any
action pending therein,
212. Subject to rules of court, an appeal from any order
or decision made or given in the winding up of a company
by the Court under this Ordinance shall lie in the same
manner and subject to the came conditions as an appeal
from any order or decision of the Court,
(1M) VOLUNTARY WINDING UP.
Resolutions for, and commencement of voluntary winding up.
213. (1) A company may be wound up voluntarily—
(a) when the period, if any, fixed for the duration of
the company by the articles expire., or the event, if
any, occurs, on the occurrence of which the articles
provide that the company is to be dissolved, and the
company ino general meeting ho passed a resolution
requiring the company to be wound up voluntarily;
(0) if the company resolves by special resolution that
the company be wound up voluntarily ;
(c) if the company resolves by extraordinary resolu-
tion to the effect that it cannot by reason of its
liabilities continue ts busine. and that i is advisable
to wind up.
(2) In this Ordinance the expression — a resolution
for voluntary winding up†means a resolution passed under
any of the provisions of subsection (1) of this section,
214. (1) When a company has passed a resolution for
voluntary winding up, i shall, within seven days after the
passing of the resolution, give notice of the resolution by
adverlisement in the Royal Gazette.
(2) If default is made in complying with this section,
the company and every officer of the company who is in
default shall be liable to a default fine, and for the purposes
of this subsection the liquidator of the company shall be
deemed to be an officer of the company.
Compante. |Ch. 31. No. 1
215. A voluntary winding up shall be deemed to com-
mence at the time of the passing of the resolution for
voluntary winding up.
Consequences of voluntary winding up.
216. In case of a voluntary winding up, the company
shall, from the commencement of the winding up, cease to
carry on its business, except so farias may be required for
the beneficial winding up thercot:
Provided that the corporate state and corporate powers
of the company shall, notwithstanding anything to the
contrary intls articles, continue until it is dissolved.
217. Any transfer of shares, not being a transfer made to
or with the canetion of the liquidator, and any alteration
In Che status of the members of the company, made after
the commencement of a voluntary winding up, shall be
void.
Declaration of solvency.
218. (1) Where it is proposed to wind up a company
voluntarily, the directors of the company or, in the case of
wcompany having more than two directors, the majority of
(he directors may, at aimeeting of the directors held before
the date on which the notices of the meeting at which the
resolution for the winding up of the company is to be pro-
posed are sent out, make a statutory declaration to the
effect that they have made a full inquiry into the affairs
of the company, and that, having so done, they have formed
the opinion that the company will be able to pay its debts
in full within a period, not exceeding twelve months, from
the commencement of the winding up.
(2) A declaration made as aforesaid shall have no
effect for the purposes of this Ordinance unless it is delivered
to the Registrar for registration before the date mentioned
In subsection (1) of this section.
(3) A winding up in the case of which a declaration
has been made and delivered in accordance with this
section is in this Ordinance referred to as a members’
voluntary winding up,†and a winding up in the case of
T.—IV. 30
465
Commence:
nent of
voluntary
winding up.
Eftect of
voluntary
winding up
on businens
and status
of company.
Avoidance
of (ransfers,
ete, after
CONTMMOTNICE-
ment of
voluntary
winding up.
Statutory
declaration
of solvency
in case of
proposal to
wind up
voluntarily.
466
Provisions
applicable to
a members’
winding up.
Power of
company to
appoint and
fix remu-
neration of
liquidators.
Power to fill
vacaney in
office of
liquidator.
Power of
liquidator
to accept
shares. etc,
as considera-
tion tor sale
of property
of company.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
which declaration has not been made and. delivered
as aforesaid is in this Ordinance referred to as “a creditors’
voluntary winding up.â€
Provisions applicable to a members’ voluntary
winding up.
219. The provisions contained in the five sections of this
Ordinance next following shall apply in relation to a
members’ voluntary winding up.
220. (1) The company in gencral meeting shall appoint
one or more liquidators for the purpose of winding up the
affairs and distributing the assets of the company, and may
fix the remuneration to be paid to him or them.
(2) On the appointment of a liquidator all the powers
of the directors shall cease, except so far as the company in
gencral mecting, or the liquidator, sanctions the continuance
thereof,
221. (1) If a vacancy occurs by death, resignation or
otherwise in the office of liquidator appointed by the
company, the company in general meeting may, subject
to any arrangement with its creditors, fill the vacancy.
(2) For that purpose a general mecting may be
convened by any contributory or, if there were more
liquidators than one, by the continuing liquidators.
(3) The meeting shall be held in manner provided by
this Ordinance or by the articles, or in such manner as may,
on application by any contributory or by the continuing
liquidators, be determined by the Court.
222. (1) Where a company is proposed to be, or is in
course of being, wound up altogether voluntarily, and the
whole or part of its business or property is proposed to be
transferred or sold to another company, whether a company
within the meaning of this Ordinance or not (in this section
called ‘“‘ the transferee company ’’) the liquidator of the
first-mentioned company (in this section called “ the
transferor company ’’) may, with the sanction of a special
resolution of that company, conferring either a general
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
authority on the liquidator or an authority in respect of any
particular arrangement, receive in compensation or part
compensation for the transfer or sale, shares, policies,
or other like interests in the transferee company, for
distribution among the members of the transferor company,
or may enter into any other arrangement whereby the
members of the transferor company may, in lieu of receiving
cash, shares, policies, or other like interests, or in addition
thereto, participate in the profits of or receive any other
benefit from the transferee company.
(2) Any sale or arrangement in pursuance of this
section shall be binding on the members of the transferor
company.
(3) If any member of the transferor company who
did not vote in favour of the special resolution expresses his
dissent therefrom, in writing addressed to the liquidator,
and left at the registered office of the company within seven
days after the passing of the resolution, he may require
the liquidator either to abstain from carrying the resolution
into effect, or to purchase his interest at a price to be
determined by agreement, or by arbitration under the
provisions of the Arbitration Ordinance
(4) If the liquidator elects to purchase the member’s
interest, the purchase money must be paid before the
company is dissolved, and be raised by the liquidator in
such manner as may be determined by special resolution.
(5) A special resolution shall not be invalid for the
purposes of this section by reason that it is passed before or
concurrently with a resolution for voluntary winding up or
for appointing liquidators, but, if an order is made within a
year for winding up the company by or subject to the super-
vision of the Court, the special resolution shall not be valid
unless sanctioned by the Court.
223. (1) In the event of the winding up continuing for
more than one year, the liquidator shall summon a general
meeting of the company at the end of the first year from the
commencement of the winding up, and of each succeeding
year, or as soon thereafter as may be convenient, and shall
lay before the meeting an account of his acts and dealings
and of the conduct of the winding up during the preceding
year.
30 (2)
467
Duty of
liquidator to
call general
meeting at
end of each
year.
Final
mecting and
dissolution.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
(2) If the liquidator fails to comply with this section
he shall be liable to a fine of fifty dollars.
224. (1) As soon as the affairs of the company are fully
wound up, the liquidator shall make up an account of the
winding up, showing how the winding up has been conducted
and the property of the company has been disposed of, and
thereupon shall call a general meeting of the company for
the purpose of laying before it the account, and giving
any explanation thereof.
(2) The meeting shall be called by advertisement in
the Royal Gazette and in one local daily newspaper, specifying
the time, place, and object thereof, and published one month
at least before the meeting.
(3) Within one week after the meeting, the liquidator
shall send to the Registrar a copy of the account, and shall
make a return to him of the holding of the meeting and of
its date, and if the copy is not sent or the return is not made
in accordance with this subsection the liquidator shall be
liable to a fine of twenty-five dollars for every day during
which the default continues:
Provided that, if a quorum is not present at the mecting,
the liquidator shall, in heu of the return hereinbefore
mentioned, make a return that the meeting was duly
summoned and that no quorum was present thereat, and
upon such a return being made the provisions of this
subsection as to the making of the return shall be deemed
to have been complied with.
(4) The Registrar on receiving the account and
either of the returns hereinbefore mentioned shall forth-
with register them, and on the expiration of three months
from the registration of the return the company shall be
deemed to be dissolved:
Provided that the Court may, on the application of the
liquidator or of any other person who appears to the Court
to be interested, make an order deferring the date at which
the dissolution of the company is to take effect for such time
as the Court thinks fit.
(5) It shall be the duty of the person on whose
application an order of the Court under this section is made,
within seven days after the making of the order, to deliver
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. t.
to the Registrar a copy of the order for registration, and if
that person fails so to do he shall be liable to a fine of
twenty-five dollars for every day during which the default
continue.
Provisions applicable to a creditors’ voluntary winding up.
225. The provisions contained in the eight sections of this
Ordinance next following shall apply in relation to a
creditors’ voluntary winding up.
226. (1) The company shall cause a meeting of the
creditors of the company to be summoned for the day, or
the day next following the day, on which there is to be held
the meeting at which the resolution for voluntary winding
up is to be proposed, and shall cause the notices of the said
meeting of creditors to be sent by post to the creditors
simultaneously with the sending of the notices of the said
meeting of the company.
(2) The company shall cause notice of the meeting of
the creditors to be advertised once in the Royal Gazette
and once at least in one local daily newspaper.
(3) The directors of the company shall—
(a) cause a full statement of the position of the
company’s affairs together with a list of the creditors of
the company and the estimated amount of their claims
to be laid before the meeting of creditors to be held as
aforesaid; and
(b) appoint one of their number to preside at the said
mecting.
(4) It shall be the duty of the director appointed to
preside at the meeting of creditors to attend the meeting
and preside thereat.
(5) If the meeting of the company at which the
resolution for voluntary winding up is to be proposed is
adjourned and the resolution is passed at an adjourned
meeting, any resolution passed at the meeting of the creditors
held in pursuance of subsection (1) of this section shall have
effect as if it had been passed immediately after the passing
of the resolution for winding up the company.
469
Provisions
applicable
toa
creditors’
winding up.
Meeting of
creditors.
470
Appoint-
ment of
liquidator.
Appoint-
ment of com-
mittee of
inspection.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
(6) If default is made
(a) by the company in complying with subsections (1)
and (2) of this section;
(6) by the directors of the company in complying
with subsection (3) of this section;
(c) by any director of the company in complying
with subsection (4) of this section;
the company, directors or director, as the case may be, shall
be Hable to a fine of five hundred dollars, and, in the case of
default by the company, every officer of the company who
is in default shall be liable to the like penalty.
227. The creditors and the company at their respective
meetings mentioned in the last foregoing section of this
Ordinance may nominate a person to be liquidator for the
purpose of winding up the affairs and distributing the assets
of the company, and if the creditors and the company
nominate different persons, the person nominated by the
creditors shall be liquidator, and if no person is nominated
by the creditors the person, if any, nominated by the
company shall be hquidator:
Provided that in the case of different persons being nom-
inated any director, member, or creditor of the company
may, within seven days after the date on which the
nomination was made by the creditors, apply to the Court
for an order cither directing that the person nominated as
liquidator by the company shall be liquidator instead of
or jointly with the person nominated by the creditors,
or appointing some other person to be liquidator instead of
the person appointed by the creditors.
228. (1) The creditors at the meeting to be held in
pursuance of section 226 or at any subsequent meeting,
may, if they think fit, appoint a committee of inspection
consisting of not more than five persons, and if such a
committee is appointed the company may, either at the
meeting at which the resolution for voluntary winding up
is passed or at any time subsequently in general meeting,
appoint such number of persons as they think fit to act as
members of the committee not exceeding five in number:
Provided that the creditors may, if they think fit, resolve
that all or any of the persons so appointed by the company
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
ought not to be members of the committee of inspection,
and, if the creditors so resolve, the persons mentioned in the
resolution shall not, unless the Court otherwise directs, be
qualified to act as members of the committee, and on any
application to the Court under this provision the Court
may, if it thinks fit, appoint other persons to act as such
members in place of the persons mentioned in the resolution.
(2) Subject to the provisions of this section and to
rules, the provisions of section 190 (except subsection (1))
shall apply with respect to a committee of inspection
appointed under this section as they apply with respect to
a committee of inspection appointed in a winding up by
the Court.
229. (1) The committee of inspection, or if there is no
such committee, the creditors, may fix the remuncration to
be paid to the hquidator or liquidators.
(2) On the appointment of a liquidator, all the
powers of the directors shall ceasc, except so far as the
committee of inspection, or if there is no such committee,
the creditors, sanction the continuance thereof.
230. If a vacancy occurs, by death, resignation or
otherwise, in the office of a liquidator, other than a liquidator
appointed by, or by the direction of, the Court, the creditors
may fill the vacancy.
231. The provisions of section 222 shall apply in the case
of a creditors’ voluntary winding up as in the case of a
members’ voluntary winding up, with the modification that
the powers of the liquidator under the said section shall not
be exercised except with the sanction either of the Court
or of the committee of inspection.
232. (1) In the event of the winding up continuing for
more than one year, the liquidator shall summon a general
meeting of the company and a meeting of creditors at the
end of the first year from the commencement of the winding
up, and of each succeeding year, or as soon thereafter as
may be convenient, and shall lay before the meetings an
account of his acts and dealings and of the conduct of the
winding up during the preceding year.
47]
Fixing of
liquidators’
remunera-
tion and
cesser of
directors’
powers.
Power to fill
vacancy in
office of
liquidator.
Application
of s. 222 to
a creditors’
winding up.
Duty of
liquidator to
call meetings
of company
and of
creditors at
end of each
year.
472 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
(2) 1f the liquidator fails to comply with this
section, he shall be Hable to a fine of fifty dollars.
mnt ant 293: (1) As soon as the affairs of the company are fully
dissolution, Wound up, the liquidator shall make up an account of the
winding up, showing how the winding up has been conducted
and the property of the company has been disposed of, and
thereupon shall call a general meeting of the company and
a meeting of the creditors, for the purpose of laying the
account before the meetings, and giving any explanation
thereof.
(2) Each such meeting shall be called by advertise-
ment in the Roval Gazette and in one local daily newspaper,
specifying the time, place, and object thereof, and published
one month at Jeast before the meeting.
(3) Within one week after the date of the mcetings,
or, if the meetings are not held on the same date, after the
date of the later meeting, the liquidator shall send to the
Registrar a copy of the account, and shall make a return
to him of the holding of the meetings and of their dates,
and if the copy is not sent or the return is not made in
accordance with this subsection the liquidator shall be liable
to a fine of twenty-five dollars for every day during which
the default continue.
Provided that, if a quorum is not present at either such
mecting, the liquidator shall, in licu of the return herein-
before mentioned, make a return that the meeting was duly
summoned and that no quorum was present thereat, and
upon such a return being made the provisions of this
subsection as to the making of the return shall, in respect
of that meeting, be deemed to have been complied with.
(4) The Registrar on receiving the account and in
respect of cach such meeting either of the returns herein-
before mentioned shall forthwith register them, and on the
expiration of three months from the registration thereof
the company shall be deemed to be dissolved:
Provided that the Court may, on the application of the
liquidator or of any other person who appears to the Court
to be interested, make an order deferring the date at which
the dissolution of the company is to take effect for such time
as the Court thinks fit.
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(5) It shall be the duty of the person on whose
application an order of the Court under this section is made,
within seven days after the making of the order, to deliver
to the Registrar a copy of the order for registration, and if
that person fails so to do he shall be liable to a fine of
twenty-five dollars for every day during which the default
continues.
Provisions applicable to every voluntary winding up.
234. The provisions contained in the eight sections of this
Ordinance next following shall apply to every voluntary
winding up whether a members’ or a creditors’ winding up.
235. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance as to
preferential payments, the property of a company shall, on
its ‘winding up, be applied in satisfaction of its liabilities
pari passu, and, subject to such application, shall, unless the
articles otherwise provide, be distributed among the
members according to their rights and interests in the
company.
236. (1) The liquidator may—
(a) in the case of a members’ voluntary winding up,
with the sanction of an extraordinary resolution of the
company, and, in the case of a creditors’ voluntary
winding up, with the sanction of either the Court or the
committee of inspection, exercise any of the powers
given by paragraphs (d), (e) and (f) of subsection (1)
of section 182 to a liquidator in a winding up by the
Court ;
(5) without sanction, exercise any of the other
powers by this Ordinance given to the liquidator in a
winding up by the Court;
(c) exercise the power of the Court under this
Ordinance of settling a list of contributories, and the
list of contributories shall be prima facie evidence
of the liability of the persons named therein to be
contributories;
(d) exercise the power of the Court of making calls;
(ec) summon general meetings of the company for the
purpose of obtaining the sanction of the company by
Provisions
applicable
to every
voluntary
winding up.
Distribution
of property
of company.
Powers and
duties of
liquidator
in voluntary
winding up.
474
Tower of
Court to
appoint and
remove
liquidator in
voluntary
winding up.
Notice by
liquidator of
his appvint-
ment.
Arrange-
ment when
binding on
ereditors,
Power to
apply to
Court to
have
questions
determined
or powers
exercised.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compante,
special or extraordinary resolution or for any other
purpose he may think fit.
(2) The liquidator shall pay the debts of the com-
pany and shall adjust the rights of the contributories
among themselve,
(3) When several liquidators are appointed, any
power given by this Ordinance may be exercised by such one
or more of them as may be determined at the time of their
Appointment, or, in default of such determination, by any
number not loss than two.
237. (1) If from any cause whatever there is no liquidator
acting, the Court may appoint a liquidator.
(2) The Court may, on cause shown, remove a
hquidator and appoint another Hquidator.
238. (1) The liquidator shall, within twenty-one days
after his appointment, deliver to the Registrar for registra-
tion a notice of his appointment in the preseribed form.
(2) If the liquidator fails to comply with the
requirements of this section he shall be liable to a fine of
twenty-five dollars for every day during which the default
continues.
239. (1) Any arrangement entered into between a com-
pany about to be, or in the course of being, wound up and
its creditors shall, subject to the right of appeal under this
section, be binding on the company if sanctioned by an
extraordinary resolution, and on the creditors if acceded
to by three-fourths in number and value of the creditors.
(2) Anv creditor or contributory may, within three
weeks from the completion of the arrangement, appeal to the
Court against it, and the Court may thereupon, as it thinks
just, amend, vary, or confirm the arrangement.
240. (1) The liquidator or any contributory or creditor
may apply to the Court to determine any question arising
in the winding up of a company, or to exercise, as respects
the enforcing ‘of calls, or any other matter, all or any of the
powers which the Court might exercise if the company were
being wound up by the Court.
Compantes, [Ch. 31. No. 1.
475
(2) The Court, if satisfied that the determination of
the question or the required exercise of power will be just
and beneficial, may accede wholly or partially to the applica-
tion on such terms and conditions as it thinks fit, or may
make such other order on the application as it thinks just.
241. All costs, charges, and expenses properly incurred in
the winding up, including the remuneration of the liquidator,
shall be payable out of the assets of the company in priority
to all other claims.
242. The winding up of a company shall not bar the right
of any creditor or contributory to have it wound up by the
Court, but in the case of an application by a contributory,
the Court must be satisfied that the rights of the contri-
butories will be prejudiced by a voluntary winding up.
(iv) WINDING UP SUBJECT TO SUPERVISION OF COURT.
243. When a company has passed a resolution for
voluntary winding up, the Court may make an order that
the voluntary winding up shall continue but subject to such
supervision of the Court, and with such liberty for creditors,
contributories, or others to apply to the Court, and generally
on such terms and conditions, as the Court thinks just.
244. A petition for the continuance of a voluntary
winding up subject to the supervision of the Court shall,
for the purpose of giving jurisdiction to the Court over
actions, be deemed to be a petition for winding up by the
Court.
245. A winding up subject to the supervision of the Court
shall, for the purposes of sections 166 and 167, be deemed to
be a winding up by the Court.
246. (1) Where an order is made for a winding up subject
to supervision, the Court may by that or any subsequent
order appoint an additional liquidator.
(2) A liquidator appointed by the Court under this
section shall have the same powers, be subject to the same
obligations, and in all respects stand in the same position,
Costs of
voluntary
winding up.
Saving for
Tights of
creditors and
contribu-
tories.
Power to
order
winding up
subject to
supervision.
Effect of
petition for
winding up
subject to
supervision.
Application
of ss. 166
and 167 to
winding up
subject to
supervision.
Power of
Court to
appoint or
remove
liquidators.
476
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
Effect of
supervision
order.
Debts of all
descriptions
to be
proved.
as if he had been duly appointed in accordance with the
provisions of this Ordinance with respect to the appointment
of liquidators in a voluntary winding up.
(3) The Court may remove any liquidator so
appointed by the Court or any liquidator continued under
the supervision order and fill any vacancy occasioned by the
removal, or by death or resignation.
247. (1) Where an order is made for a winding up subject
to supervision, the liquidator may, subject to any restric-
tions imposed by the Court, exercise all his powers, without
the sanction or intervention of the Court, in the same
manner as if the company were being wound up altogether
voluntarily:
Provided that the powers specified in paragraphs (d), (e)
and (f) of subsection (1) of section 182 shall not be exercised
by the liquidator except with the sanction of the Court or,
in a case where before the order the winding up was a
creditors’ voluntary winding up, with the sanction of either
the Court or the committee of inspection.
(2) A winding up subject to the supervision of the
Court is not a winding up by the Court for the purpose of the
provisions of this Ordinance which are set out in the
Fighth Schedule to this Ordinance, but, subject as afore-
said, an order for a winding up subject to supervision
shall for all purposes be deemed to be an order for winding
up by the Court:
Provided that where the order for winding up subject
to supervision was made in relation to a creditors’ voluntary
winding up in which a committee of inspection had been
appointed, the order shall be deemed to be an order for
winding up by the Court for the purpose of section 190,
except in so far as the operation of that section is excluded
in a voluntary winding up by rules.
(v) PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO EVERY MODE OF WINDING
UP.
Proof and ranking of claims.
248. In every winding up (subject in the case of insolvent
companies to the application in accordance with the pro-
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
477
visions of this Ordinance of the law of bankruptcy) all
debts payable on a contingency, and all claims against the
company, present or future, certain or contingent, ascer-
tained or sounding only in damages, shall be admissible to
proof against the company, a just estimate being made, so
far as possible, of the value of such debts or claims as may
be subject to any contingency or sound only in damages,
or for some other reason do not bear a certain value.
249. In the winding up of an insolvent company the same
rules shall prevail and be observed with regard to the
respective rights of secured and unsecured creditors and to
debts provable and to the valuation of annuities and future
and contingent liabilities as are in force for the time being
under the law of bankruptcy with respect to the estates of
persons adjudged bankrupt, and all persons who in any such
case would be entitled to prove for and receive dividends
out of the assets of the company may come in under the
winding up, and make such claims against the company
as they respectively are entitled to by virtue of this section.
250. (1) In a winding up there shall be paid in priority
to all other debts—
(a) all rates, charges, taxes, assessments, or imposi-
tions, whether imposed or made by the Government or
by any public authority under the provisions of any
Ordinance, and having become due and payable within
twelve months next before the relevant date;
() all wages or salary (whether or not earned wholly
or in part by way of commission) of any clerk or
servant in respect of services rendered to the company
during four months next before the relevant date, not
exceeding two hundred and forty dollars;
(c) all wages of any workman or labourer not
exceeding one hundred and twenty dollars, whether
payable for time or for piece work, in respect of services
rendered to the company during two months next
before the relevant date;
(d) unless the company is being wound up volun-
tarily merely for the purposes of reconstruction or of
amalgamation with’ another company, or unless the
company has at the commencement of the winding up
Application
of bank-
ruptcy rules
in winding
up of
insolvent
companies.
Preferential
payments.
478
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
under such a contract with insurers as is mentioned
in section 16 of the Workmen’s Compensation Ordi-
nance, Tights capable of being transferred to and
vested in the workman, all amounts due in respect
of any compensation or liability for compensation
under the said Ordinance accrued before the relevant
date.
(2) Where any compensation under the Workmen’s
Compensation Ordinance, is a weekly payment, the amount
due in respect thereof shall, for the purposes of para-
graph (d) of subsection (1) of this section, be taken to be the
amount of the lump sum for which the weekly payment
could, if redeemable, be redeemed if the employer made an
application for that purpose under the said Ordinance.
(3) Where any payment on account of wages or
salary has been made to any clerk, servant, workman or
labourer in the employment of a company out of money
advanced by some person for that purpose, that person shall
ina winding up have a right of priority in respect of the
money so advanced and paid up to the amount by which
the sum in respect of which that clerk, servant, workman
or labourer would have been entitled to priority in the
winding up has been diminished by reason of the payment
having been made.
(4) The foregoing debts shall—
(a) rank equally among themselves and be paid in
full, unless the assets are insufficient to meet them,
in which case they shall abate in equal proportions;
and
(6) in the case of a company registered in the Colony,
so far as the assets of the company available for pay-
ment of general creditors are insufficient to meet them,
have priority over the claims of holders of debentures
under any floating charge created by the company,
and be paid accordingly out of any property comprised
in or subject to that charge.
(5) Subject to the retention of such sums as may be
necessary for the costs and expenses of the winding up, the
foregoing debts shall be discharged forthwith so far as the
assets are sufficient to meet them.
(6) In the event of a landlord or other person
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
distraining or having distrained on any goods or effects
of the company within three months next before the date
of a winding up order, the debts to which priority is given
by this section shall be a first charge on the goods or effects
so distrained on, or the procecds of the sale thereof:
Provided that, in respect of any money paid under any
such charge, the landlord or other person shall have the
same rights of priority as the person to whom the payment is
made.
(7) In this section the expression ‘‘ the relevant
date '’ means—
(a) in the case of a company ordered to be wound up
compulsorily which had not previously commenced to
be wound up voluntarily, the date of the winding up
order; and
(0) in any other case, the date of the commencement
of the winding up.
Effect of winding up on antecedent and other transactions.
251. (1) Any conveyance, mortgage, delivery of goods,
payment, execution, or other act relating to property which
would, if made or done by or against an individual, be
deemed in his bankruptcy a fraudulent preference, shall, if
made or done by or against a company, be deemed, in the
event of its being wound up, a fraudulent preference of its
creditors, and be invalid accordingly.
(2) Tor the purposes of this section, the commence-
ment of the winding up shall be deemed to correspond with
the presentation of the bankruptcy petition in the case of an
individual.
(3) Any conveyance or assignment by a company of
all its property to trustees for the benefit of all its creditors
shall be void to all intents.
252. Where a company is being wound up, a floating
charge on the undertaking or property of the company
created within six months of the commencement of the
winding up shall, unless it is proved that the company
immediately after the creation of the charge was solvent,
be invalid, except to the amount of any cash paid to the
479
Fraudulent
preference.
Effect of
floating
charge.
480
Disclaimer
of onerous
property.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
company at the time of or subsequently to the creation of,
and in consideration for, the charge, together with interest
on that amount at the rate of six per cent. per annum.
253. (1) Where any part of the property of a company
Which is being wound up consists of land of any tenure
burdened with onerous covenants, of shares or stock in
companie., of unprofitable contracts, or of any other
property that is unsaleable, or not readily saleable, by reason
of its binding the possessor thereof to the performance of
any onerous act, or to the payment of any sum of money,
the hquidater of the company, notwithstanding that he
has endeavoured to sell or has taken possession of the
property, or exercised any act of ownership in relation
thereto, may with the leave of the Court and subject to
the provisions of this section, by writing signed by him, at
any time within twelve months after the commencement
of the winding up or such extended period as may be allowed
by the Court, disclaim the property:
Provided that where any such property has not come to
the knowledge of the liquidator within one month after the
commencement of the winding up, the power under this
section of disclaiming the property may be exercised at any
time within twelve months after he has become aware
thereof or such extended period as may be allowed by the
Court.
(2) The disclaimer shall operate to determine, as
from the date of disclaimer, the rights, interest, and
liabilities of the company, and the property of the company,
in or in respect of the property disclaimed, but shall not,
except so far as is necessary for the purpose of releasing
the company and the property of the company from
hability, affect the rights or abilities of any other person.
(3) The Court, before or on granting leave to dis-
claim, may require such notices to be given to persons
interested, and impose such terms as a condition of granting
leave, and make such other order in the matter as the Court
thinks just.
(4) The liquidator shall not be entitled to disclaim
any property under this section in any case where an
application in writing has been made to him by any persons
interested in the property requiring him to decide whether
Compante. [Gh. 31. No. 1.
he will or will not disclaim, and the liquidator has not,
within a period of twent v- eight days after the receipt of the
application or such further period as may be allowed by the
Court, given notice to the applicant that he intends to apply
to the Court for leave to disclaim, and, in the case of a
contract, if the liquidator, after such an application as
aforesaid, does not within the said period or further period
disclaim the contract, the company shall be deemed to have
adopted it.
(5) qT he Court may, on the application of any person
who is, as against the liquidator, entitled to the benefit
or subject to the burden of a contract made with the
company, make an order rescinding the contract on such
terms as fo payment by or to either party of damages for
the non-performance of the contract, or otherwise as the
Court thinks just, and any damages pavable under the
order to any such person may be proved by hink a debt
in the winding up.
(6) The Court may, on an application by any person
who either claims any interest in any disclaimed property or
is under any liability not discharged by this Ordinance in
respect of any diselaimed property and on hearing any such
persons as it thinks fit, make an order for the vesting of the
property in or the delive ry of the property to any persons
entitled thereto, or to whom it may seem just that the
property should be delivered by way of compensation for
such liability as aforesaid, or a trustee for him, and on such
terms as the Court thinks just, and on any such vesting
order being made, the property comprised therein shall vest
‘cordingly in the person therein named in that) behalf
without any conveyance or assignment for the purpose :
Provided that, where the property disclaimed is of a
leaschold nature, the Court shall not make a vesting order
in favour of any person claiming under the company,
whether as under-lessee or as mortgagee by demise, except
upon the terms of making that person—
(a) subject to the same liabilities and obligations as
those to which the company was subject under the
lease in respect of the property at the commencement
of the winding up; or
(b) if the Court thinks fit, subject onlv to the same
T. IV. 31
48]
482
Restrictiou
of rights ol
creditor as
to excention
or altach-
ment.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
liabilities and obligations as if the lease had been
assigned to that person at that date;
and in either event (if the case so requires) as if the lease had
comprised only the property comprised in the vesting order,
and any mortgagee or under-lessee declining to accept a
vesting order upon such terms shall be excluded from all
interest in and security upon the property, and, if there is no
person claiming under the company who is willing to accept
an order upon such terms, the Court shall have power to
vest the -state and interest of the company in the property
in any person liable cither personally or in a representative
character, and cither alone or jointly with the company to
perform the lessee’s covenants in the lease, freed and
discharged from all >states, encumbrances and _ interests
created therein by the company.
(7) Any person injured by the operation of a
disclaimer under this section shall be deemed to be a creditor
of the company to the amount of the injury, and may
accordingly prove the amount as a debt in the winding up.
254. (1) Where a creditor has issued execution against
the goods or lands of a company or has attached any debt
due to the company, and the company is subsequently
wound up, he shall not be entitled to retain the benefit
of the -xceution or attachment against the liquidator in the
winding up of the company unless he has completed the
“xecution or attachment before the commencement of the
winding up’
Provided that—-
(a) where any creditor has had notice of a meeting
having been called at which a resolution for voluntary
winding up is to be proposed, the date on which the
creditor so had notice shall for the purposes of the
foregoing provision be substituted for the date of the
conunencement of the winding up; and
(b) a person who purchases in good faith under a sale
by the Marshal any goods of a company on which an
execution has been levied shall in all cases acquire a
good title to then: against the liquidator.
(2) lor the purposes of this section, an execution
against gcods shall be taken to be completed by seizure and
Companies. (Ch. 31. No. 1.
sale, and an attachment of a debt shall be deemed to be
completed by receipt of the debt, and an execution against
land shall be deemed to be completed from the date of the
order for sale or by seizure as the case may be, and, in the
case of an equitable interest, by the appointment of a
receiver,
(3) In this section the expression goods includes
all chattels personal, and the expression ‘‘ Marsha] â€â€™ includes
any officer charged with the execution of a writ or other
process.
255. (1) Where any goods of a company are taken in
execution, and, before the sale thereof or the completion of
the execution by the receipt or recovery of the full amount of
the levy, notice is served on the Marshal that a provisional
liquidator has been appointed or that a winding up order
has been made or that a resolution for voluntary winding up
has been passed, the Marshal shall, on being so required,
deliver the goods and any money scized or received in part
satisfaction of the exccution to the liquidator, but the costs
of the execution shall be a first charge on the goods or money
so delivered, and the liquidator may scll the goods, or a
sufficient part thereof, for the purpose of satisfying that
charge.
(2) Where under an execution in respect of a judg-
ment for a sum exceeding nincty-six dollars the goods of a
company are sold or money is paid in order to avoid sale,
the Marshal shall deduct the costs of the execution from the
proceeds of the sale or the moncy paid and retain the balance
for fourteen days, and if within that time notice is served
on him of a petition for the winding up of the company
having been presented or of a mecting having been called
at which there is to be proposed a resolution for the voluntary
winding up of the company and an order is made or a
resolution is passed, as the case may be, for the winding up
of the company, the Marshal shall pay the balance to the
liquidator, who shall be entitled to retain it as against the
*xecution creditor,
(3) In this section the expression ‘‘ goods â€â€™ includes
all chattels personal, and the expression ‘ Marshal â€â€™
includes any officer charged with the execution of a writ
or other process.
31 (2)
483
Duties of
Marshal as
to goods
taken in
execution,
484
Offences by
officers of
companics
in Hquida
tion.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
Offences antecedent to or in course of winding up.
256. (1) Hf any person, being a past or present director,
manager or other officer of a company which at the time of
the commission of the alleged offence is being wound up,
whether by or under the supervision of the Court) or
voluntarily or subsequently ordered to be wound up
by the Court) or subsequently passe. resolution for
voluntary winding up
(a) does not to the best of his knowledge and belief
fully. and truly discover to the liquidator all the
property, real and personal, of the company, and how
and to whom and for what consideration and when the
company disposed of any part thereof, except: such
part as has been disposed of in the ordinary way of the
business of the company; or
(6) dees not deliver up to the liquidator, or as he
directs, all such part of the real and personal property
of the company as ts in his custody or under his control,
and which he is required by law to deliver up; or
(c) does not deliver up to the liquidator, or as he
direets, all books and papers in his custody or under his
control belonging to the company and which he is
required by law to deliver up; or
(d@) within twelve months next before the commence-
ment of the winding up or at any time thereafter
conceals any part of the property of the company to
the value of forty-eight dollars or upwards, or conceals
any debt due to or from the company; or
(ce) within twelve months next before the commence-
ment of the winding up or at any time thereafter fraudu-
lently removes any part of the property of the com-
pany to the value of forty-cight dollars or upwards; or
(f) makes any material omission in any statement
relating to the affairs of the company; or
{g) knowing or believing that a false debt has been
proved by any person under the winding up, fails for
the period of a month to inform the liquidator thereof ;
or
(4) atter the commencement of the winding up pre-
vents the production of any book or paper affecting or
relating to the property or affairs of the company; or
Compants. {Ch. 31. No. 1.
(2) within twelve months next before the commence-
ment of the winding up or at any time thereafter,
conceals, destroys, mutilates, or falsifics, or is privy
to the concealment, destruction, mutilation, or falsi-
fication of, any book or paper affecting or relating to
the property or affairs of the company; or
(7) within twelve months next before the commence-
ment of the winding up or at any time thereafter makes
or is privy to the making of any false entry in any book
or paper affecting or relating to the property or affairs
of the company; or
(k) within twelve months next before the com-
mencement of the winding up or at any time thereafter
fraudulently parts with, alters, or makes any omission
in, or is privy to the fraudulent parting with, altering,
or making any omission in, any document affecting
or relating to the property or affairs of the company; or
(/) after the commencement of the winding up or at
any meeting of the creditors of the company within
twelve months next before the commencement of the
winding up attempts to account for any part of the
property of the companv by fictitious losses or expenses;
or
(#2) has within twelve months next before the com-
mencement of the winding up or at any time there-
after, by any false representation or other fraud,
obtained any property for or on behalf of the company
on credit which the company docs not subsequently
pay for; or
(2) within twelve months next before the com-
mencement of the winding up or at any time thereafter,
under the false pretence that the company is carrying
on its busine. obtains on credit, for or on behalf of
the company, any property which the company does
not subsequently pay for; or
(0) within twelve months next before the com-
mencement of the winding up or at any time thereafter
pawns, pledges, or disposes of any property of the
company which has been obtained on credit and has
not been paid for, unless such pawning, pledging, or
disposing is in the ordinary way of the business of the
company; or
485
486
Penalty for
falsification
Of books.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
(p) is guilty of any false representation or other
fraud for the purpose of obtaining the consent of the
creditors of the company or any of them to an agree-
ment with reference to the affairs of the company
or to the winding up;
he shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall, in the case of
the offences mentioned respectively in paragraphs (m), (n)
and (0) of this subsection, be liable on conviction on indict-
ment to imprisonment for five years, or on summary
conviction to imprisonment for twelve months, and in the
case of any other offence shall be liable on conviction on
indictment to imprisonment tor two years, or on summarv
conviction to imprisonment for twelve months:
Provided that it shall be a po “a. to a charge
under any of paragraphs (a), (0), ( ), (f). (7) and (0),
if the accused proves that he had no an to defraud, and
to a charge under any of paragraphs (/), (z) and (4), if he
proves that he had no intent to conceal the state of affairs
of the company or to defeat the law.
(2) Where any person pawns, pledges or disposes of
any property in circumstances w hich amount to a misde-
meanor under paragraph (0) of subsection (1) of this section,
every person who takes in pawn or pledge or otherwise
receives the property knowing it to be pawned, pledged,
or disposed of in such circumstances as aforesaid shall be
guilty of a misdemeanor, and on conviction thereof liable
to be punished in the same way as if he had received the
property knowing it to have been obtained in circumstances
amounting to a misdemeanor.
(3) For the purposes of this section, the eapression
director†shall include any person in accordance with
whose directions or instructions the directors of a company
have been accustomed to act,
257. If any director, manager or other officer, or contri-
butory of any company being wound up destroys, mutilates,
alters, or falsifies any books, papers, or securities, or makes
or is privy to the making of any false or fraudulent entry
in anv register, book of account, or document belonging
to the company with intent to defraud or deceive any
person, he shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and be liable
to imprisonment for two vears.
Compantes. |Ch. 31. No. 1.
258. If any person, being at the time of the commission
of the alleged offence a director, manager or other officer of
a company which is subsequently ordered to be wound up
by the Court or subsequently passes resolution for
voluntary winding up -
(a) has by false pretences or by means of any other
fraud induced any person to give credit to the
company;
(6) with intent to defraud creditors of the company,
has made or caused to be made any gift or transfer of
or charge on, or has caused or connived at the levying
of any execution against, the property of the company;
(c) with intent to defraud creditors of the company,
has concealed or removed any part of the property of
the company since, or within two months before, the
date of any unsatisfied judgment or order for payment
of money obtained against the company;
he shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be liable on
conviction on indictment to imprisonment for two years, or
on summary conviction to imprisonment for twelve months.
259. (1) If wherc a company is wound up it is shown that
proper books of account were not kept by the company
throughout the period of two years immediately preceding
the commencement of the winding up, every director,
manager or other officer of the company who was knowingly
a party to or connived at the default of the company shall,
unless he shows that he acted honestly or that in the
circumstances in which the business of the company was
carried on the default was excusable, be liable on conviction
on indictment to imprisonment for one year, or on summary
conviction to imprisonment for six months.
(2) For the purposes of this section, proper books of
account shall be deemed not to have been kept in the case
of any company if there have not been kept such books or
accounts as are necessary to exhibit and explain the trans-
actions and financial position of the trade or business of the
company, including books containing entries from day to
day in sufficient detail of all cash received and cash paid,
and, where the trade or business has involved dealings in
goods, statements of the annual stocktakings and (except
487
Frauds by
officers of
companies
which have
gone into
liquidation.
Liability
where
proper
accounts not
kept.
4838
Kesponsi-
tility of
direetors ter
fraudulent
tracing.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
in the case of goods sold by way of ordinary retail trade)
of all goods sold and purchased, showing the goods and the
buyers and sellers thereof in sufficient detail to enable those
goods and those buyers and sellers to be identified.
260. (1) Hf in the course of the winding up of a company
it appears that any busine. ef the company has been
‘arried on with intent to defraud creditors of the company
or creditors of any other person or for any fraudulent
purpose, the Court, on the application of the Official
Receiver, or the liquidator or any creditor or contributory
of the company, may, if it thinks proper so to do, declare
that any of the directors, whether past or present, of the
company who were knowingly parties to the carrying on of
the busine. in) manner atoresaid shall be personally;
responsible, without any limitation of Hability for all or
any of the debts or other liabilities of the company as the
Court may direct.
(2) Where the Court makes any such declaration, it
may give such further directions as it thinks ptoper for the
purpose of giving effect to that declaration, and in particular
may make provision for making the hability of any such
director under the declaration a charge on any debt or
obligation due from the company to him, or on any mort
gage or charge or any interest in any mortgage or charge on
any assets of the company held by or vested in him, or any
company or person on his behalf, or any person claiming
as assignee from or through the director, company or person,
and may from time to time make such further order as may
be necessary for the purpose of enforcing any charge imposed
under this subsection,
For the purpose of this subsection, the expression
assignee Includes any person to whom or in whose
favour, by the directions of the director, the debt, obliga-
tion, mortgage or charge was created, issued or transferred
or the interest created, but does not include an assignee
for valuable consideration (not including consideration by
way of marriage) given in good faith and without notice of
any of the matters on the ground of which the declaration
is made
(3) Where any business of a company is carried on
with such intent or for such purpose as is mentioned in
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
subsection (1) of this section, every director of the company
who was knowingly a party to the carrying on of the business
in manner aforesaid, shall be liable on conviction on indict-
ment to imprisonment for one year.
(+) The Court may, in the case of any person in
‘spect of whom a declaration has been made under sub-
section (1) of this section, or who has been convicted of an
offence under subsection (3) of this section, order that that
person shall not, without the leave of the Court, be a
director of or in any way, whether directly or indirectly,
be concerned in or take part in the management of a company
for such period, not exceeding five years, from the date of
the declaration or of the conviction, as the case may be,
as may be specified in the order, and if any person acts
in contravention of an order made under this subsection
he shall, in respect of cach offence, be liable on conviction
indictment to imprisonmeni for two years, or on
summary conviction to imprisonment for six months or to
a fine of two thousand five hundred dollars, or to both such
imprisonment and fine.
In this subsection the expression the Court — in relation
to the making of an order, means the Court by which the
declaration was made or the Court before which the person
‘as convicted, as the case may be.
(5) For the purposes of this section, the expression
director â€â€™ shall include any person in accordance with
whose directions or instructions the directors of a company
have been accustomed to act.
(6) The provisions of this section shall have effect
notwithstanding that the person concerned may be criminally
liable in respect of the matters on the ground of which the
declaration is to be made, and where the declaration under
subsection (1) of this section is made in the case of a winding
up, the declaration shall be deemed to be a final judgment
within the meaning of paragraph (g) of subsection (1) of
section 3 of the Bankruptcy Ordinance.
(7) It shall be the duty of the Official Receiver or
of the liquidator to appear on the hearing of an application
for leave under subsection (4) of this section, and on the
hearing of an application under that subsection or under
subsection (1) of this section the Official Receiver or the
489
490
Powe:
Court to
assess
damages
against
delinqucr:
directors
ete.
BProsccutied:
of dclinquen
officers anc
members ot
company
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
liquidator, as the case may be, may himself give evidence
or call witne..
261. (1) If in the course of winding up a company it
appears that any person who has taken part in the formation
or promotion of the company, or any past or present
director, manager, or liquidator, or any officer of the
company, has misapplied or retained or become liable or
accountable for any money or property of the company, or
been guilty of any misfeasance or breach of trust in relation
to the company, the Court may, on the application of the
Official Receiver, or of the liquidator, or of any creditor or
contributery) examine into the conduct of the promoter,
director, manager, liquidator, or officer, and compel him to
repay or restore the money or property or any part thereof
respectively with interest at such rate as the Court thinks
just, or to contribute such sum to the assets of the company
by way of compensation in respect of the misapplication,
retainer misfeasanece, breach of trust as the Court thinks
just.
(2) The provisions of this section shall have effect
notwithstanding that the offence is one for which the
offender may be criminally liable.
(3) Where in the ease of a winding up an order for
payment of money is made under this section, the order
shall be decnied to be a final judgment within the meaning
of paragraph (g) ef subsection (1) of section 3 of the Bank-
ruptey Ordinance
262. (1) Ji it appears to the Court in the course of «
winding up by or subject to the supervision of, the Court
that any pest or present director, manager or other officer,
or any member, of the company has been guilty of any
offence in relation to the company for which he is criminally
liable the Court may, either on the application of any
person interested in the winding up or of its own motion,
direct th liquidater to prosecute the offender.
(2) Tf it appears to the liquidator in the course of a
voluntary winding up that any past or present director,
manager or other officer, or any member, of the company
has been guilty of anv offence in relation to the companv
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
for which he is criminally liable, he may with the consent
in writing of the Attorney General prosecute the offender
(3) It shall be the duty of every officer and agent of
the company, past and present (other than the defendant
in the proceedings), to give all assistance in connection with
the prosecution which he is reasonably able to give.
For the purposes of this subsection, the expression
agent ’’ in relation to a company shall be deemed to
include any banker or solicitor of the company, and any
person employed by the company as auditor, whether that
person is or is not an officer of the company.
(4) If any person fails or neglects to give assistance
in manner required by subsection (3) of this section, the
Court may direct that person to comply with the require-
ments of the said subsection and make such other order as
it thinks just.
(5) All costs and expenses properly incurred by the
liquidator in the prosecution of offenders under sub-
sections (1) and (2) of this section shall be payable out of the
assets of the company in priority to all other liabilities.
Supplementary provisions as to winding up.
263. A body corporate shall not be qualified for appoint -
ment as liquidator of a company, whether in a winding up
by or under the supervision of the Court or in a voluntary
winding up, and any appointment made in contravention
of this provision shall be void.
264. (1) If any liquidator, who has made any default in
filing, delivering or making any return, account or other
document, or in giving any notice which he is by law required
to file, de liver, make or give, fails to make good the default
within fourteen days after the service on him of a notice
requiring him to do so, the Court may, on an application
made to the Court by any contributory or creditor of the
company or by the Registrar, make an order directing the
liquidator to make good the default within such time as
may be specified in the order.
(2) Any such order may provide that all costs of and
incidental to the application shall be borne by the liquidator.
49]
Disqualiti-
cation for
appointment
as liquidator
Enforcement
of duty of
liquidator tu
make
returns, etc.
402
Notiheation
that a com.
pany is in
hawihation
Books ot
company to
be evidence.
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Compantes,
(3) Nothing in this section shall be taken to prejudice
the operation of any enactment imposing penalties on a
hquidator in respect of any such default as aforesaid.
265. (1) Where a company is being wound up, whether
by or under the supervision of the Court or voluntarily,
veTY Invoice, order for goods or business letter issued by
oron behalbof the company or a liquidator of the company,
or receiver or manager of the property of the company,
being a document on or in which the name of the company
appears, shall contain a statement that the company is
being wound up.
(2) Hf default is made in complying with this
section, the company and every director, manager, secretary
or other officer of the company and every liquidator of the
company and every receiver or manager, who knowingly
and wilfully authorises or permits the default, shall be liable
toa fine of hundred dollars.
266. (1) In the case of | winding up by the Court of
company, or of a creditors voluntary winding up of such a
company
(a) every assurance relating solely to) freehold) or
leasehold property or to any morigage, charge or other
encumbrance on, or any estate, right) or interest in,
any real or personal property, which forms part of the
assets of the company and which, after the execution
of the assurance, either at law or in equity, 1s or remains
part of the assets of the eampany: and
(0) every power of attorney, proxy paper, writ,
order, certificate, affidavit, bond or other instrument
or writing relating solely to the property of any
company which is being so wound up, or to any pro-
ceeding under any such winding up,
shall be exempt from duties chargeable under the enact -
ments relating to stamp dutie,
(2) In subsection (1) of this section the expression
assurance†include deed, conveyance, assignment and
surrender.
267. Where company is being wound up, all books and
papers of the company and of the liquidators: shall,
Companies. [Ch. 31. No.1.
between the contributories of the company, be primd facic
evidence of the truth of all matters purporting to be therein
recorded.
268. (1) When company has been wound up and is
About to be dissolved, the books and papers of the company
and of the liquidators may be disposed of as follows, that
Is fo say:
(@) in the case of a winding up by, or subject to the
supervision of, the Court in such way as the Court
directs;
(®) in the case of a members voluntary winding up,
insuch way as the company by extraordinary resolution
directs, and, in the case of a creditors’ voluntary
winding up, in such way as the committee of inspection
or, if there is no sueh committee, the creditors of
the company, may direct,
(2) After five years from) the cissolution of the
company no responsibility shall rest on the company, the
liquidators, or any person to whom the custody of the books
and papers has been committed, by reason of any book o1
paper not being forthcoming to any person claiming to be
Interested therein,
(3) Provision may be made by rules for enabling (he
Court to prevent, for such period (not exceeding five years
from the dissolution of the company) as the Court thinks
proper, the destruction of the books and papers of a company
Which has been wound up, and for enabling any creditor or
contributory of the company to make representations to the
Court.
(4) Hany person acts in contravention of any rule.
made for the purposes of this section or of any direction
of the Court thereunder, he shall be liable to a fine of five
hundred dollars.
269. (1) Hf where a company is being wound up the
winding up is not concluded within one year after its
commencement, the liquidator shall, at such intervals as
may be prescribed, until the winding up is concluded, send
to the Registrar a statement in the prescribed form and
containing the prescribed particulars with respect to the
proceedings in and position of the liquidation.
493
Information
as to
pending
Iiquidations.
404
Unclaimed
assets.
Resolutions
passed at
adjourned
meetings of
ereditors and
contribu-
tories,
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
(2) Any person stating himself in writing to be a
creditor or contributory of the company shall be entitled,
by himself or by his agent, at all reasonable times, on
payment of the prescribed fee, to inspect the statement,
and to receive a copy thereof or extract therefrom.
(3) If a liquidator fails to comply with this section,
he shall be liable to a fine of two hundred and fifty dollars
for each day during which the default continues, and any
person untruthfully stating himself as aforesaid to be a
creditor or contnbutory shall be guilty of a contempt of
Court, and shall, on the application of the liquidator or of
the Official Receiver, be punishable accordingly.
270. (1) If it appears either from any statement sent to
the Registrar under the last foregoing section or otherwise
that a liquidator has in his hands or under his control any
money representing unclaimed or undistributed assets of
the company which have remained unclaimed or undis-
tributed for six months after the date of their receipt, the
liquidator shall forthwith pay the said money into Court,
and shall be entitled to the prescribed certificate of receipt
ior the money so paid, and that certificate shall be an
cffectual discharge to him in respect thereof.
(2) For the purpose of ascertaining and getting in
any Money payable into Court in pursuance of this section,
the like powers may be exercised, and by the like authority,
as are exercisable under section 135 of the Bankruptcy
Ordinance for the purpose of ascertaining and getting in the
sums, funds, and dividends referred to in that section.
(3) Any person claiming to be entitled to any money
paid into Court in pursuance of this section may apply to
the Court for payment thereof, and the Court may, on a
certificate by the liquidator that the person claiming is
entitled, make an order for the payment to that person of
the sum due.
271. Where alter the commencement of this Ordinance
resolution is passed at an adjourned mecting of any
creditors or contributories of a company, the resolution shall,
for all purposes, be treated as having been passed on the
date on which it was in fact passed, and shall not be deemed
to have been passed on any earlier date.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
Supplementary powers of Court.
272. (1) The Court may, as to all matters relating to the
winding up of a company, have regard to the wishes of the
creditors or contributories of the company, as proved to
it by any sufficient evidence, and may, if it thinks fit, for
the purpose of ascertaining those wishes, direct meetings
of the creditors or contributories to be called, held, and
conducted in such manner as the Court directs, and may
appoint a person to act as chairman of any such meeting
and to report the result thereof to the Court.
(2) In the case of creditors, regard shall be had to
the value of each creditor’s debt.
(3) In the case of contributories, regard shall be
had to the number of votes conferred on each contributory
by this Ordinance or the articles.
273. (1) Any affidavit required to be sworn under the
provisions or for the purposes of this Part of this Ordinance
may be sworn in the Colony, or elsewhere within the
Commonwealth countries, before any Court, Judge, or
person lawfully authorised to take and reccive affidavits
or before any of His Majesty’s Consuls or Vice-Consuls in
any place outside the Commonwealth countries.
(2) All Courts, Judges, Justices, Commissioners,
and persons acting judicially shall take judicial notice of the
seal or stamp or signature, as the case may be, of any such
Court, Judge, person, Consul, or Vice-Consul attached,
appended, or subscribed to any such affidavit, or to any
other document to be used for the purposes of this Part
of this Ordinance.
Provisions as to dissolution.
274. (1) Where a company has been dissolved, the
Court may at any time within two years of the date of the
dissolution, on an application being made for the purpose
by the liquidator of the company or by any other person
who appears to the Court to be interested, make an order,
upon such terms as the Court thinks fit, declaring the
dissolution to have been void, and thereupon such pro-
ceedings may be taken as might have been taken if the
company had not been dissolved.
495
Meetings to
ascertain
wishes of
creditors or
contribu -
tories.
Affidavita,
etc.
Power of
Court to
declare
dissolution
of company
void,
496
Registrar
nay strike
defunet
COMPU
Pegister
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Compantes.
(2) It shall be the duty of the person on whose
Appheation the order was made, within seven days after the
making of the order, or such further time as the Court may
low, to deliver to the Registrar for registration a copy of
the order and aif'that person fails so to do he shall be liable
toa fine of twenty-five dollars for every dav during which the
default continue.
275. (1) Where the Registrar has reasonable cause te
believe that a company is not carrying on business or in
operation, he may send to the company by post a letter
inquiring whether the company is carrying on busine.
In operation.
(2) If the Registrar does not within one month of
sending the letter receive any answer thereto, he shall
within fourteen day alter the expiration of the month
send to the company by post a registered letter referring
to the first letter, and stating that no answer thereto has
been recetved, and that if an answer is not received to the
second letter within one month from the date thereof,
notice will be published in the Royal Gazette with a view
to striking (he name of the company off the register.
(3) TP the Registrar cither receive. an answer to the
ffect that the company is not carrying on business or in
operation, or does net within one month after sending the
second letter receive any answer, he may publish in the
Roval Gazelle, and send to the company by post, a notice
that at the oxpiration of three months from the date of that
notice the name of the company mentioned therein will.
ule cause is shown to the contrary, be struck off the
register and the company will be dissolved.
(4) If, in any case where a company ts being wound
up, the Registrar has reasonable cause to believe either that
no liquidator is acting, or that the affairs of the company
wre fully wound up, and the returns required to be made by
the liquidator have not been made for a period of six
consecutive months, the Registrar shall publish in’ the
Royal Gazelle and send to the company or the liquidator,
if any, a like notice as is provided in the last preceding
subsection.
(5) At the expiration of the time mentioned in the
Companies. |Ch. 31. No. t.
notice the Registrar may, unless cause to the contrary is
previously shown by the company, strike its name off the
register, and shall publish notice thereof in the Royal
Gazette, and on the publication in the Royal Gazelte of this
notice the company shall be dissolved:
Provided that—
(a) the liability, if any, of every director, managing
officer, and member of the company shall continue and
may be enforced as if the company had not been
dissolved; and
(6) nothing in this subsection shall affect the power
of the Court to wind up a company the name of which
has been struck off the register.
(6) Ifa company or any member or creditor thereot
feels aggrieved by the company having been struck off the
register, the Court on an application made by the company
or member or creditor before the expiration of twenty years
from the publication in the Royal Gazette of the notice
aforesaid may, if satisfied that the company was at the time
of the striking off carrying on business or in operation,
or otherwise that it is just that the company be restored
to the register, order the name of the company to be
restored to the register, and upon a copy of the order being
delivered to the Registrar for registration the company
shall be deemed to have continued in existence as if its
name had not been struck off; and the Court may by the
order give such directions and make such provisions as
seem just for placing the company and all other persons in
the same position as nearly as may be as if the name of the
company had not been struck off.
(7) A notice to be sent under this section to a liquida-
tor may be addressed to the liquidator at his last known
place of business, and a letter or notice to be sent under this
section to a company may be addressed to the company
at its registered office, or, if no office has been registered,
to the care of some director or officer of the company, or,
if there is no director or officer of the company whose name
and address are known to the Registrar, may be sent
to each of the persons who subscribed the mernoran-
dum, addressed to him at the address mentioned in the
memorandum.
T.—IV. 32
497
498
Property ot
dissolved
company to
be bona
sacanita.
Rules.
Rules in
11th, 12th
and 13th
Schedules
in force
Disquatlitica-
tion for
appointment
as receiver
Power to
appoint
Official
Receiver as
receiver for
debenture
holders or
erediters.
Notification
that receiver
or manager
appointed.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
276. Where a company is dissolved, all property and
rights whatsoever vested in or held on trust for the company
immediately before its dissolution (including leasehold
property but not including property held by the company
on trust for any other person) shall, subject and without
prejudice to any order which may at any time be made by
the Court under the two last foregoing sections of this
Ordinance be deemed to be bona vacantia and shall accord-
ingly belong to the Crown, and shall vest and may be
dealt with in the same manner as other bona vacantia
accruing to the Crown.
Rules and fees.
277. Rules for carrying this Ordinance into effect as far
as relates to procedure, winding up, and costs and fees in
connection therewith, may be made in like manner as rules
may be made under and for the purposes of the Judicature
Ordinance.
278. Until varied or revoked by any rules made under
the preceding section the rules contained in the Eleventh,
Twelfth and Thirteenth Schedules to this Ordinance shall
be in foree.
PART VI.
RECEIVERS AND MANAGERS.
279. .\ body corporate shall not be qualified for appoint -
ment as receiver of the property of a company
280. Where an application is made to the Court to appoint
receiver on behalf of the debenture holders or other
creditors of a company which is being wound up by the
Court, the Official Receiver may be so appointed.
281. (1) Where a receiver or manager of the property of a
company has been appointed, every invoice, order for goods
or business letter issued by or on behalf of the company
or the receiver or manager or the liquidator of the company,
being a document on or in which the name of the company
appears, shail contain a statement that a receiver or manager
has been appointed.
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(2) If default is made in complying with the require-
ments of this section, the company and every director,
manager, secretary or other officer of the company, and
every liquidator of the company, and every receiver or
manager, who knowingly and wilfully authorises or permits
the default, shall be liable to a fine of one hundred dollars.
282. The Court may, on an application made to the
Court by the liquidator of a company, by order fix the
amount to be paid by way of remuneration to any person
who, under the powers contained in any instrument, has
been appointed as receiver or manager of the property of
the company, and may from time to time, on an application
made either by the liquidator or by the receiver or manager
vary or amend any order so mace.
283. (1) Every receiver or manager of the property of
company who has been appointed under the powers con-
tained in any instrument shall, within one month, or such
longer period as the Registrar may allow, after the expira-
tion of the period of six months from the date of his
appointment and of every subsequent period of six months,
and within one month alter he ceases to act as receiver or
manager, deliver to the Registrar for registration an
abstract in the prescribed form showing his receipts and
his payments during that period of six months, or, where
he ceases to act as aforesaid, during the period from the
end of the period to which the last preceding abstract
related up to the date of his so ceasing, and the aggregate
amount of his receipts and of his payments during all
preceding periods since his appointment.
(2) Every receiver or manager who makes default
in complying with the provisions of this section shall be
liable to a fine of twenty-five dollars for every day during
which the default continues.
284. (1) If
(a) any receiver of the property of a company, who
has made default in filing, delivering or making any
return, account or other document or in giving any
notice, which a receiver is by law required to file,
deliver, make or give, fails to make good the default
32 (2)
499
Power of
Court to
fix remu-
Nneration on
application
of liquidator.
Delivery to
Registrar of
accounts of
receivers and
managers.
Enforce-
ment of duty
of receiver to
make
returns, etc.
500
Registration
ollice.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
within fourteen days after the service on him of a notice
requiring him to do so; er
(b) any receiver or manager of the property of a
company who has been appeinted under the powers
contained in any instrument, has, after being required
at any time by the liquidator of the company so to do,
failed to render proper accounts of his receipts and
payments and to pay ever to the liquidator the amount
properly payable to him;
the Court may, on an application made for the purpose,
make an order directing the receiver or manager, as the
case may be, to make good the default within such time as
may be specified in the order.
(2) In the case of any such default as is mentioned
in paragraph (a) of the fast preceding subsection an appli-
‘ation for the purposes of this section mi iW be made by any
member er creditcr of the company or by the Registrar,
and the erder may provide that all costs of and incidental
to the apy leation shall be borne by the receiver, and in the
ease of any such default as is mentioned in paragraph (0)
of that subsection the application shall be made by the
liquidate r,
(3) Nothing in this seetion shall be taken to prejudice
the opera tion of any enactments imposing peneltics on
Teceivers ino respeet of such default as is mentioned in
paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of this section.
PART VII.
REGISTRATION OFFICE AND FEES.
285. ler the purpose of the registration of companies
under th Ordinance, the Registrar General shall be ex
efficro Registrar of Companie. , and the office of the Registrar
General shall be the registration oflice of companicy.
286. Tlicre.shall be paid to—
(a) the Registrar in respect of the several matters
mentioned in the Ninth Schedule to this Ordinance
the several fees therein specified; and
(/) the Registrar of the Supreme Court and the
Companies. |Ch. 31. No. 1.
Official Receiver, as the case may be, in respect of the
several matters mentioned in the Fifteenth Schedule
to this Ordinance the several fe therein specified,
or such other fees as the Governor in Council may from time
to time direct.
287. All fecs payable to the Regist rar under this Ordinance
shall be paid by means of stamps which may be denoted by
any postage or revenue stamps of the proper value for the
time being in use in the Colony: Provided that no document
shall bear upon it in respect of one fee, more than six stamps
of lower value than four dollars and cighty cents.
288. (1) Any person may inspect the documents kept by
the Registrar on payment of the prescribed fees, and any
person may require a certificate of the incorporation of any
company, or a copy or extract of any other document or
any part of any other document, to be certified by the
Registrar, on payment of the prescribed fees.
(2) No process for compelling the production of any
document kept by the Registrar shall issue from any Court
except with the leave of that Court, and any such process
if issued shall bear thereon a statement that it is issued
with the leave of the Court.
(3) A copy of or extract from any document kept
and registered at the office for the registration of companies,
certified to be a true copy under the hand of the Registrar
(whose official position it shall not be necessary to prove),
shall in all legal proceedings be admissible in evidence
as of equal validity with the original document.
289. (1) lf a company having made default in complying
with any provision of this Ordinance which requires it to
file with, dchver or send to the Registrar any return,
account or other document, or to give notice to him of any
matter, fails to make good the default within fourteen days
after the service of a notice on the company requiring it
to do so, a Judge in Chambers may, on an application
made to him by any member or creditor of the company
or by the Registrar, make an order directing the company
and any officer thereof to make good the default within
such time as may be specified in the order: Provided
501
Payment of
fees by
stamps.
Inspection,
production
and evidence
of documents
kept by
Registrar.
Enforcement
of duty of
company to
make
returns to
Registrar.
502 Ch. 31. No. 1.| Compantes.
that the Judge may refer the application for hearing in
open Court.
(2) Any such order may provide that all costs of
and incidental to the application shall be borne by the
company or by any officers of the company responsible
for the default.
(3) Nothing in this section shall be taken to preju-
dice the operation of any enactment imposing penalties on a
company or its officers in respect of any such default
aforesaid.
PART VIII
APPLICATION OF ORDINANCE TO COMPANIES FORME) OR
REGISTERED UNDER FORMER ORDINANCES.
Application 290. In the application of this Ordinance to -xisting
of Ordinance ,. nite it «ly . ; te : . TT .
to companies COMpanic, it shall apply in the same manner
formed (1) in the case of a limited company, other than a
former _ cempany limited by guarantee, as if the company had
Companies been fermed and registered under this Ordinance as a
Ordinance oe
company limited by share.
(2) in the case of a company limited by guarantee,
as if the company had been formed and registered
under this Ordinance as a ccmpany limited by
guarantee and
(3) in the case of a company other than a limited
company, as if the company had been formed and
registered under this Ordinance as an unlimited
company
Provided that reference, xpress or umphied, to the date of
registration shall be construed as a reference to the date at
Which the company was registered under the Companies
Ordinance. any of them repealed by this Ordinance.
PART IX.
Meaning, WINDING UP OF UNRFGISTERED COMPANIES.
and winding
up, of 291. For the purposes of this Part of this Ordinance, the
unregistered |. Leeda «s —tosvetora . mh 1 ‘
company. xpression “ unregistered company â€â€™ shall not include a
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
friendly society established under the Friendly Societies
Ordinance, or a society established under the Building
Societies Ordinance, but shall include any partnership,
whether limited or not, association or company consisting
of more than seven members and not registered under this
Ordinance, and all the provisions of this Ordinance with
respect to winding up shall apply to such a company, with
the following exceptions and additions, that is to say—
(i) no unregistered company shall be wound up
under this Ordinance voluntarily or subject to super-
vision;
(ii) the circumstances in which an_ unregistered
company may be wound up are as follows, that is to
say:
(a) if the company is dissolved, or has ceased
to carry on business, or is carrying on business
only for the purpose of winding up its affairs;
(5) if the company is unable to pay its debts;
(c) if the Court is of opinion that it is just and
equitable that the company should be wound up;
(iii) an unregistered company shall, for the purposes
of this Ordinance, be deemed to be unable to pay its
debts
(a) ifa creditor, by assignment or otherwise, to
whom the company is indebted in a sum exceeding
two hundred and forty dollars then due, has
served on the company, by leaving at its pnncipal
place of business, or by delivering to the secretary
or some director, manager or principal officer of the
company, or by otherwise serving in such manner
as the Court may approve or direct, a demand
under his hand requiring the company to pay the
sum so due, and the company has, for three weeks
after the service of the demand, neglected to pay
the sum or to secure or compound for it to the
satisfaction of the creditor;
(b) if any action or other proceeding has been
instituted against any member for any debt or
demand due or claimed to be due from the com-
pany, or from him in his character of member,
and notice in writing of the institution of the action
503
504
Contribu-
tories in
winding gy
of UNTegis-
tered
company.
Power of
Court to
stay or
restrain pro-
coedings.
Ch. 31. No. 1.} Compantes.
or proceeding having been served on the company
by leaving the same at its principal place of
business, or by delivering it to the secretary or
some director, manager, or principal officer of the
company, or by otherwise serving the same in
such manner as the Court may approve or direct,
the company has not, within ten days after
service of the notice, paid, secured, or compounded
for the debt or demand, or procured the action
or proceeding to be stayed, or indemnified the
defendant to his reasonable satisfaction against
the action or proceeding, and against all costs,
damage., and expenses to be incurred by him
by reason of the same;
(c) if execution or other process issued on a
judgement, decree, or order obtained in the Court
in favour of a creditor against the company, or any
member thereof as such, or any person authorised
to be sued as nominal defendant on behalf of the
company, is returned unsatisfied ;
(d) if it is otherwise proved to the satisfaction of
the Court that the company is unable to pay its
debts.
292. (1) In the event of an unregistered company being
wound up, every person shall be deemed to be a contri-
butory who is Hable to pay or contribute to the payment of
any debt or lability of the company, or to pay or contribute
to the payment of any sum for the adjustment of the rights
of the members among themselves, or to pay or contribute
to the payment of the costs and expenses of winding up
the company, and every contributory shall be lable to
contribute to the assets of the company all sums due from
him in respect of any such liability as aforesaid.
(2) In the event of the death or bankruptcy of any
contributory, the provisions of this Ordinance with respect
to the personal representative, next of kin, and devisces of
deceased contributories, to the trustees of bankrupt con-
tributories, shall apply.
293. The provisions of this Ordinance with respect to
staying and restraining actions and proceedings against a
Com pante. |Ch. 31. No. 1.
company at any time after the presentation of a petition
for winding up and before the making of a winding up order,
shall, in the case of an unregistered company, where the
application to stay or restrain is by a creditor, extend to
actions and proceedings against any contributory of the
company.
294. Where an order has been made for winding up an
unregistered company, no action or proceeding shall be
proceeded with or commenced against any contributory
of the company in respect of any debt of the company,
except by leave of the Court, and subject to such terms
as the Court may impose.
295. Where a company incorporated outside the Colony
which has been carrying on business in the Colony ceases to
carry on business in the Colony, it may be wound up as an
unregistered company under this Part of this Ordinance,
notwithstanding that it has been dissolved or otherwise
ceased to exist as a company under or by virtue of the laws
of the country under which it was incorporated.
296. The provisions of this Part of this Ordinance with
respect to unregistered companies shall be in addition to
and not in restriction of any provisions hereinbefore in this
Ordinance contained with respect to winding up companies
by the Court, and the Court or liquidator may exercise any
powcrs or do any act in the case of unregistered companies
which might be exercised or done by it or him in winding
up companies formed and registered under this Ordinance;
but an unregistered company shall not, except in the event
of its being wound up, be deemed to be a company under this
Ordinance, and then only to the extent provided by this
Part of this Ordinance.
PART X.
CoMPANIES INCORPORATED OUTSIDE THE COLONY CARRYING
ON BUSINESS WITHIN THE COLONY.
297. This Part of this Ordinance shall apply to all
companics incorporated outside the Colony which, after the
commencement of this Ordinance, establish a place of
505
Actions
stayed on
winding up
order.
Winding up
company
incorporated
outside
the Colony.
Provisions
of Part IX.
of Ordinance
cumulative.
Companies
which
Part K
applies.
506
Documents,
etc., to be
delivered to
Registrar by
companies
carrying on
business in
the Colony
Power ol
companies
incorporated
outside the
Colony to
hold kinds.
Return to
be delivered
to Registrar
where docu-
ments, ete
allerec
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
business within the Colony, and to all companies incor-
porated outside the Colony which have, before the com-
mencement of this Ordinance, established a place of
business within the Colony and continue to have an
established place of business within the Colony at the
commencement of this Ordinance.
298. Companies incorporated outside the Colony which,
alter the commencement of this Ordinance establish a place
of business within the Colony, shall within one month from
the ostablishment of the pk ice of business, deliver to the
Registrar for registration—
(a) a certified copy of the charter, statutes or memo-
randum and articles of the company, or other instru-
ment constituting or defining the constitution of the
company, and, if the instrument is not written in the
English languag ee, a certified translation thereof;
(6) a list of the directors of the company, containing
such particulars with respect to the directors as are
by this Ordinance required to be contained with
respect to directors in the register of the directors
ofa company;
(c) the names and addresses of some one or more
persons resident in the Colony authorised to accept
on behalf of the company service of process and any
notices required to be served on the company.
299. A company incorporated outside the Colony which
has delivered to the Registrar the documents and particulars
specified in paragraphs (a), (0) and (c) of section 298 shall
subject. to the provisions of the Aliens (Landholding)
Ordinance have the same power to hold lands in the Colony
as if it were a company incorporated under Us Ordinance.
300. If in the case of any company to which this Part of
(his Ordinance applies any alteration is made in-
(1) the charter, statute. or memorandum = and
arlicle. of the company or any such instrument as
aforesaid; or
(2) the directors of the company or the particulars
contained in the list of the directors; or
(3) the names or addresses of the persons authorised
to accept service on behalf of the company;
|Ch. 31. No. 1.
Compantes.
the company shall, within twenty-one days after the date on
which particulars of the alterations could, in due course of
post and if despatched with due diligence, have been
received in this Colony from the place where the company ts
incorporated, deliver to the Registrar for registration a
return containing the prescribed particulars of the alteration.
301. (1) Every company to which this Part) of this
Ordinance applies shall in every calendar year make out a
balance sheet in such form, and containing such particulars
and including such documents, as under the provisions of
this Ordinance it would, if it had been a company within the
meaning of this Ordinance, have been required to make out
and lay before the company in general meeting, and deliver
a copy of that balance shect to the Registrar for registration.
(2) If any such balance sheet is not written in the
English language, there shall be annexed to it a certified
translation thereof.
302. Every company to which this Part of this Ordi-
nance applies shall
(1) in every prospectus inviting subscriptions for its
shares or debentures in the Colony state the country
in which the company is incorporated; and
(2) conspicuously exhibit on very place where tt
carrie. on business in the Colony the name of the
company and the country in which the company is
incorporated, and
(3) cause the name of the company and of the
country in which the company is incorporated to be
stated in legible characters in all bill-heads and letter
paper, and in all notice. advertisements, and other
official publications of the company; and
(4) if the lability of the members of the company is
limited, cause notice of that fact to be stated in legible
characters in every such prospectus as aforesaid and in
all bill-heads, letter paper, notices, advertisements and
other official publications of the company in the Colony,
and to be affixed on every place where it carries on its
business.
Balance
sheet of
company
carrying on
. business in
the Colony.
Obligations
to state
name of
company,
whether
limited, and
country
where in-
corporated.
508
Service on
company to
which Part
X. applies.
Deeds
exceuted
out of the
Colony
Decds
executed in
the Colony.
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Compantes.
303. Any process or notice required to be served on a
company to which this Part of this Ordinance applies shall
be sufficiently served ifaddressed to any person whose name
has been delivered to the Registrar under this Part of this
Ordinance and Jeft at or sent by post to the address which
has been so delivered
Provided that—
(1) where any such company make. default in
delivering to the Registrar the name and address of a
person resident in the Colony who is authorised to
accept on behalf of the company service of process or
notice. or
(2) if at any time all the persons whose names and
addresse. have been so delivered are dead or have
ceased so to reside, or refuse to accept service on behalf
of the company or for any reason cannot be served;
a document may be served on the company by leaving it at
or sending it by post to any place of business established by
the company in the Colony.
304. (1) Any deed of any company registered under this
Part of this Ordinanes which may be executed out of the
Colony may be registered in the Colony if executed under the
common seal of such company in the presence of one witness
at least; and the execution of such deed, and that the seal
thereto affixed is the common seal of the company, and that
the same was affixed thereto by the authority of the board of
directors or managers of such company and in conformity
with the articles of association of such company, and the
signatures of the directors or managers to any such deed
(where such signature. are required by the articles of
association of such company) and the signature to such
deed of the secretary or other officer by whom such seal
may have been affixed, may be proved by the affidavit
or solemn declaration of one of such witnesses or of the
secretary or other officer affixing such seal, to be sworn or
made before a Notary Public or before the Mayor or other
Chief Magistrate of any city, town, or borough in the
United Kingdom or in any British Possession, and elsewhere
before a Notary Public.
(2) Every deed made in the Colony on behalf of any
such company and executed under the hand of any person
Compantes. |Ch. 31. No. 1.
empowered, by instrument in writing under the common
seal of such company cither generally or in respect of any
specified matters, as its attorney to execute deeds on its
behalf in the Colony, shall be binding on such company and
have the same effect as if. it were under the common seal
of the company.
305. If any company to which this Part of this Ordinance
applies ceases to have a place of business in the Colony it
shall forthwith give notice of the fact to the Registrar, and
as from the date on which notice is so given the obligation
of the company to deliver any document to the Registrar
shall cease: Provided that in case the Registrar is satisfied
by any other means that the company has ceased to have a
place of business in the Colony it shall be lawful for him to
close the file of the company and thereupon the obligation
of the company to deliver any document to the Registrar
shall cease.
306. If any company to which this Part of this Ordinance
applies fails to comply with any of the foregoing provisions
of this Part of this Ordinance the company, and every
officer or agent of the company, shall be liable to a fine of
two hundred and fifty dollars, or, in the case of a continuing
offence, twenty-five dollars for every day during which the
default continues.
307. lor the purposes of this Part of this Ordinance--
certified ’’ means certified in the prescribed manner
to be a true copy or a correct translation;
“ director â€â€™ in relation to a company includes any
person in accordance with whose directions or instruc-
tions the directors of the company are accustomed
to act;
“place of business includes a share transfer or
share registration office;
“ prospectus ’’ has the same meaning as when used
in rejation to a company incorporated under this
Ordinance.
509
Removin
company's
name from
register.
Penalties.
Interpre-
tation of
Part X.
510
Provisions
with respect
to prospec
tuses of
foreign
companic.
inviting
subseriptious
for shares or
offering
shares for
vale.
Ch. 31. No. 1.| ( ompantes.
PART Nl
RESTRICTIONS ON SALL OF SHARES AND OFFERS OF SHARES
FOR SALE.
308. (1) It shall not be lawful for any person—
(a) to issue, circulate or distribute in the Colony any
prospectus offering for subscription shares in- or
debentures of a company incorporated or to be incor-
porated outside the Colony, whether the company has
or has not established, or when formed will or will not
stablish, a place of business in the Colony, unless—
(i) before the issue, circulation or distribution of
the prospectus in the Colony a copy thereof,
certified by the chairman and two other directors
of the company as having been approved by
resolution of the managing body, has been de-
livered for registration to the Registrar ;
(i) the prospectus states on the face of it that
the copy has been so delivered ;
(ii) the prospectus is dated;
(iv) the prospectus otherwise complies with this
Part of this Ordinance; or
(6) to issue to any person in the Colony a form of
application for shares in or debentures of such a com-
pany or intended company as aforesaid, unless the
form is issued with a prospectus which complies with
this Part of this Ordinance:
Provided that this provision shall not apply if it is
shown that the form of application was issued in
connection with a bond fide invitation to a person to
enter into an underwriting agreement with respect
to the shares or debenture.
(2) This section shall not apply to the issue to
existing members or debenture holders of a company of a
prospectus or form of application relating to shares in or
debentures of the company, whether an applicant for shares
or debenture. will or will not have the right to renounce
in favour of other persons, but, subject as aforesaid, this
section shall apply to a prospectus or form of application
whether issued on or with reference to the formation of a
company or subsequently.
Companies. |Ch. 31. No. 1.
a1]
(3) Where any document by which any shares in or
debentures of a company incorporated outside the Colony
are offered for sale to the public would, if the company
concerned had been a company within the meaning of this
Ordinance, have been deemed by virtue of section 40 to be a
prospectus issued by the company, that document shall be
deemed to be, for the purposes of this section, a prospectus
issued by the company.
(4) An offer of shares or debentures for subscription
or sale to any person whose ordinary business or part of
whose ordinary business it is to buy or sell shares or
debentures, whether as principal or agent, shall not be
deemed an offer to the public for the purpose of this
section.
(5) Section 39 shall extend to every prospectus to
which this section applies.
(6) Any person who ts knowingly responsible for
the issue, circulation or distribution of any prospectus, or for
the issue of a form of application for shares or debentures,
in contravention of the provisions of this section shall be
liable to a fine of two thousand five hundred dollars.
(7) In this and the next following section the
expressions “ prospectus,†“share.†and “ debenture
have the same meanings as when used in relation to
company incorporated under this Ordinance.
309. (1) In order to comply with this Part of this Ordi-
nance a prospectus in addition to complying with the
provisions of sub-paragraphs (i) and (iii) of paragraph (a)
of subsection (1) of the last foregoing section must--
(a) contain particulars with respect to the following
mit tcTs
(i) the objects of the company;
(ii) the instrument constituting or defining the
constitution of the company;
(iii) the enactments, or provisions having the
lorce of an enactment, by or under which the
incorporation of the company was effccted;
(iv) an address in the Colony where the said
instrument, enactments or provisions, or copies
thereof, and if the same are in a forcign language
Kequire-
ments as to
prospectus.
512
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
a translation thereof certified in the prescribed
manner, can be inspected;
(v) the date on which and the country in which
the company was incorporated ;
(vi) whether the company has established a
place of busine. in the Colony, and, if so, the
address of its office in the Colony:
Provided that the provisions of sub-paragraphs (i),
(ii), (iii) and (iv) of this paragraph shall not apply in
the case of a prospectus issued more than two years
after the date at which the company is entitled to
commence busine,
(b) subject to the provisions of this section, state the
mutters specified in Part T. of the Fourth Schedule to
(lis Ordinanee (other than those specified im para-
eraph 1 oof the said Part [.) and set out the reports
specified in Part TH. of that Schedule subject always
to the provisions contained in Part TIT. of the said
Schedule:
Provided that—
(i) where any prospectus is published as a
newspaper advertisement, if shall be a sufficient
compliance with the requirement that the pros-
peetus must specify the objects of the company
if the advertisement specifies the primary object
with which the company was formed; and
(i) in paragraph 3 of Part LT. of the said Fourth
Schedule a reference to the constitution of the
company shall be substituted for the reference to
the article. and
(ii) paragraph 1 of Part IIT. of that Schedule
shall have effect as if the reference to the memo-
randum were omitted therefrom.
(2) Any condition requiring or binding any applicant
for shares or debenture. to waive compliance with any
requirement of this section, or purporting to affect him with
notice of any contract, document, or matter not specifically
referred to in the prospectus, shall be void.
(3) In the event of non-compliance with or contra-
vention of any of the requirements of this section, a director
Com pante. (Ch. 31. No. 1.
or other person responsible for the prospectus shall not
incur any liability by reason of the non-compliance or
contravention, if
(a) as regards any matter not disclosed, he prove
that he was not cognisant thereof; or
(6) he proves that the non-compliance or contra-
vention arose from an honest mistake of fact on his
part oor
(c) the non-compliance or contravention was in
respect of matters which, in the opinion of the Court
dealing with the ease, were immaterial or were other-
wise such as ought, in the opinion of that Court, having
regard to all the circumstances of the case, reasonably
to be excused: "
Provided that, in the event of failure to include in
prospectus a statement with respect to the matters con-
tained in paragraph 15 of Part T. of the Fourth Schedule
to this Ordinance, no director or other person shall incur
any Hability in respect of the failure unless it be proved
that he had knowledge of the matters not disclosed.
(+) Nothing in this section shall limit or diminish
any lability which any person may incur under the general
law or this Ordinance, apart from this section.
310. (1) It shall not be lawful for any person to go from
house to house offering shares for subscription or purchase
to the public or any member of the public.
In this subsection the expression ‘ house ’â€â€™ shajl_ not
include an office used for business purposes.
(2) Subject as hereinafter provided in this subsec-
tion, it shaJl not be lawful to make an offer in writing to
any member of the public (not being a person whose
ordinary business or part of whose ordinary business it is
to buy or sell shares, whether as principal or agent) of any
shares for purchase, unless the offer is accompanied by a
statement in writing (which must be signed by the person
making the offer and dated) containing such particulars
as are required by this section to be included therein
and otherwise complying with the requirements of this
section, or, in the case of shares in a company incorporated
outside the Colony, either by such a statement as aforesaid,
T.—IV. 33
513
Restrictions
on offering
of shares for
subscription
or sale.
514
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
or by such a prospectus as complies with this Part of this
Ordinance:
Provided that the provisions of this subsection shall
not apply—
(a) where the shares to which the offer relates are
shares which are quoted on, or in respect of which
permission to deal has been granted by, any recog-
nised stock exchange in Great Britain and the offer so
states and specifies the stock exchange; or
(b) where the shares to which the offer relates are
shares which a company has allotted or agreed to allot
with a view to their being offered for sale to the public;
or
(c) where the offer was made only to persons with
whom the person making the offer has been in the
habit of doing regular business in the purchase or sale
of shares.
(3) The written statement aforesaid shall not contain
any matter other than the particulars required by this
section to be included therein, and shall not be in characters
less large or less legibJe than any characters used in the offer
or in any document sent therewith.
(4) The said statement shall contain particulars
with respect to the following matters—
(a) whether the person making the offer is acting as
principal or agent, and if as agent the name of his
principal and an address in the Colony where that
principal can be served with process;
(b) the date on which and the country in which the
company was incorporated and the address of its office
in the Colony;
(c) the authorised share capital of the company and
the amount thereof which has been issued, the classes
into which it 1s divided and the rights of each class of
shareholders in respect of capital, dividends and
voting ;
(d) the dividends, if any, paid by the company on
each class of shares during each of the three financial
years immediately preceding the offer, and if no
dividend has been paid in respect of shares of any
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
particular class during any of those years, a statement
to that effect;
(ec) the total amount of any debentures issued by the
company and outstanding at the date of the statement,
together with the rate of interest payable thereon;
(f) the names and addresses of the directors of the
company;
(g) whether or not the shares offered are fully paid
up, and, if not, to what extent they are paid up;
(z) whether or not the shares are quoted on, or
permission to deal therein has been granted by, any
recognised stock exchange in Great Britain or else-
where, and, if so, which, and, if not, a statement that
they are not so quoted or that no such permission has
been granted;
(z) where the offer relates to units, particulars of the
names and addresses of the persons in whom the shares
represented by the units are vested, the date of and the
parties to any document defining the terms on which
those shares are held, and an address in the Colony
where that document or a copy thereof can be
inspected.
In this subsection the expression company Չۉ۪ means
the company by which the shares to which the statement
relates were or are to be issued.
(5) If any person acts, or incites, causes or procures
any person to act, in contravention of this section, he shall
be liable, on summary conviction, to imprisonment for six
months or to a fine of one thousand dollars or to both such
imprisonment and fine, and in the case of a second or
subsequent offence to imprisonment for twelve months or
to a fine of two thousand five hundred dollars, or to both
such imprisonment and fine.
(6) Where a person convicted of an offence under
this section is a company (whether a company within the
meaning of this Ordinance or not), every director and every
officer concerned in the management of the company shall
be guilty of the like offence unless he proves that the act
constituting the offence took place without his knowledge
or consent.
33 (2)
515
5160
Prohibition
of partner-
ships with
more than
twenty
members,
Prohibition
of banking
partnerships
with more
than ten
mnetnbers,
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Compante.
(7) In this section, unle. the context otherwise
require. the expression share. means the shares of a
company, whether a company within the meaning of this
Ordinance or not, and includes debentures and units, and
the expression unit means any right or interest) (by
Whatever name called) in a share, and for the purposes of
this section a person shall not in relation to a company
be regarded as not being a member of the public by reason
only that he is a holder of share. in the company or a
purchaser of goods from the company
(8) Where any person is convicted in the Colony of
having made an offer in contravention of the provisions of
this section, the Court before which he is convicted may
order that any contract made as a result of the offer shall
be void, and, where it makes any such order, may give such
consequential directions as it thinks proper for the repay
ment of any money or the retransfer of any share.
Where the Court make. an order under this subsection
(whether with or without consequential directions) an appeal
against the order and the consequential directions, if any,
shall lie to the Full Court.
PART NUIT.
MIsScCELLANEQUS.,
Prohibition of partnershtps with more than twenty
member,
311. No company association, or partnership consisting
of more than twenty persons shall be formed for the purpose
of carrying on any busine. (other than the business of
banking) that has for its object the acquisition of gain bv
the comp: ny, association, or partnership, or by the indiv idual
members thereof, unless it is registered as a company under
this Ordinance, or is formed in pursuance of some other
Ordinance, or of letters patent.
Provistons relating to banks,
312. No company association, or partnership consisting
of more than ten persons shall be formed for the purpose ol
Companies. |Ch. 31. No. 1.
carrying on the business of banking, unless it is registered
as a company under this Ordinance, or is formed in pur-
suance of some other Ordinance, or of letters patent.
Miscellancous offences
313. If any person in any return, report, certificate,
balance sheet, or other document, required by or for the
purposes of any of the provisions of this Ordinance specified
in the Tenth Schedule hereto, wilfully makes a statement
false tn-any material particular, knowing it to be false, he
shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be liable on
convicuion on indictment to imprisonment for two years
and be hable on summary conviction to imprisonment. for
four months, and in cither case to a fine in lieu of or in
addition to such imprisonment as aforesaid
Provided that
(a) the fine imposed on summary conviction shall not
exceed five hundred dollars;
(b) nothing in this section shall affect the provisions
of the Perjury Ordinance.
314. If any person or persons trade or carry on. business
under any name or title of which ‘ Limited,†or any
contraction or imitation of that word, is the last word,
that person or those persons shall, unless duly incorporated
with limited lability, be liable to a fine of twenty-five
dollars for every day upon which that name or title has been
used.
General provisions as to offences.
315. (1) Where by any enactment in this Ordinance it is
provided that a company and every officer of the company
who is in default shall be liable to a default fine, the com-
pany and every such officer shall, for every day during «.
which the default, refusal or contravention continues, be
liable to a fine not exceeding such amount as is specified
in the said enactment, or, if the amount of the fine is not
so specified, to a fine not exceeding twenty-five dollars.
(2) For the purpose of any cnactment in_ this
Ordinance which provides that an officer of a company
517
Penalty for
false
statement,
Penalty for
improper u.
of word
Limited.
Provision
with respect
to default
fines and
meaning of
officer in
default.â€â€™
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantee
who is in default shall be liable to a fine or penalty, the
‘xpression officer who is in default" means any director,
Manager, secretary or other officer of the company, who
knowingly and wilfully authorises or permits the default,
refusal or contravention mentioned in the enactment.
316. All offences under this Ordinance made punishable
by fine may be prosecuted, and such fine may be recovered,
in the manner provided by the Summary Courts Ordinance.
Service of documents and legal proceedings.
317. \ doeeument may be served on a company by leaving
it at or sending it by post to the registered office of the
company
318. Where a limited company is plaintitt In any action
or other legal proceeding, any Judge having » jurisdiction i in
the matter may aif it appears by credible testimony that
there reason to believe that the company will be unable
to pay the costs of the defendant if successtul in his defence,
require sufficient security to be given for these costs, and
may stay all proceedings until the SCCUTILV Is given,
319. (1) If any proceeding for negligence, default,
breach of duty or breach of trust aginst a person to whom
this section applies it appears to the Court hearing the case
that that person ts or may be hi uble i in respect of the negh-
venee, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, but that
he has acted honestly and reasonably and that, having
regard to all the circumstances of the case, including those
connected with lis appointment, he ought fairly to be
excused for the negligence, default, breach of duty or
breach of trust, that Court may relieve him, either wholly
tr partly, from his lability on such terms as the Court
may think tit.
(2) Where any person to whom this section applic.
has reason to apprehend that any claim will or might) be
made against him in respect of any negligence, default,
breach of duty or breach of trust, he may apply to the
Court for relief, and the Court on any such application shall
have the same power to reheve him as under this section
it would have had if it had been a Court before which
proceedings against that person for negligence, default,
breach of duty or breach of trust had been brought.
(3) Where any case to which subsection (1) of this
section apples is being tried by a Judge with a jury, the
Judge, after hearing the evidence, may, if he is satisfied
that the defendant ought in pursuance of that subsection
to be relieved either in whole or in part from the liability
sought to be enforeed against him, withdraw the case in
whole or in part from the jury and forthwith direct: judg-
ment to be entered for the defendant on such terms as to
costs or otherwise as the Judge may think proper.
(+) The persons to whom this section applic. are the
following
(a) directors of a company;
(6) managers of a company ;
(c) officers of a company ;
(¢d) persons emploved by a company audilors,
whether (hey are or are not officers of the company.
320. Where proceeding, are instituted under this Ordi-
hance against any person, nothing in this Ordinance shall
be taken to require any person who has acted as solicitor
for the defendant to disclose any privileged communication
made to him in that capacity
321. Nothing in this Ordinance shall afleet the ineorpora-
tion of any company registered under any repealed enact-
ment, and the provisions of this Ordinance with respect
to winding up shall not apply to any company of which the
winding up has commenced before the commencement. of
this Ordinance, but every such company shall be wound
up in the ‘ame manner and with the same incidents as if
this Ordinance had not passed, and, for the purposes of the
winding up, the Ordinance under which the winding up
commenced shall be deemed to remain in full force.
[SCHEDULES.
Compantes, [Ch. 31. No. 1.
519
Saving for
privileged
comnunica-
tions,
Sections
10, 113,
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
FIRST SCHEDULE.
TABLE A,
Regulations for Management of a Company Limited by Shares.
Preliminary,
In these regulations :—
The Ordini sans the Comp: +s Ordinance.
When any provision of the Ordinance is referred to, the reference is
to that provision as modified by any Ordinance for the time being in
force,
Unless the context: otherwise require. expressions defined in the
Ordinance or any statutory modification thereof in force at the date
at which the. regulations become binding on the company, shall
hi the meanings so defined,
Shares.
Subject to the provisions, if any, in that behalf of the memorandum
of associition, and without prejudice to any special rights previously
conferred on the holders of existing share. any share may be issued with
such) preferred, deferred, or other special rights, or such restrictions,
Whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of share ¢ ‘apital, or otherwise,
as (he company may from time to dime by special resolution determine
and any preference share may, with the sanction of a special resolution,
be issued on the terms that it is, or at the option of the company
liable, to be redeemed.
3. fat any time the share capital is divided into different classes of
share. the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the
terms of issue of the shares of that class) mi WW be varied with the consent
in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class,
or with the canetion of an extraordinary resolution passed at a separate
general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class. To every such
separate general meeting the provisions of these regulations relating to
general meetings shall mutatis mutandis apply, but so that the necessary
quorum shall be two persons at least holding or representing by proxy
one-third of the issued shares of the class and that any holder of shares
of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll,
Every person whose name is entered as a member in the register of
members shall, without payment, be entitled to a certificate under the
‘aloof the company specifying the share or shares held by him and the
amount paid up thereon, provided that in respect of a share or shares
held jointly by several persons the company shall not be bound to issue
more than one certificate, and delivery of a certificate for a share to
one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all.
5. Ifa share certificate is defaced, lost, or destroyed, it may be renewed
on payment of such fee, if any, not exceeding twenty-four cents, and on
such terms, ifany, as to evidence and indemnity, as the directors think fit.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
521
6. No part of the funds of the company shall directly or indirectly be
employed in the purchase of, or in loans upon the security of, the company’s
shares, but nothing in this regulation shall prohibit transactions mentioned
in the proviso to section 47 (1) of the Ordinance.
Lien.
7. The company shall have a lien on every share (not being a fully paid
share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable
ata fixed time in respect of that share, and the company shall also have
«tien on all shares (other than fully paid shares) standing registered in the
name of a single person for all moneys presently payable by him or his
estate to the company; but the directors may at any time declare any
share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this regulation.
The Company’s lien, if any, on a share shall extend to all dividends
payable thereon.
8. The company may sell, in such manner as the directors think fit, any
shares on which the company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless
some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until
the expiration of fourteen days after a notice in writing, stating and
demanding payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the
lien exists as is presently payable, has been given to the registered holder
for the time being of the share, or the person entitled thereto by reason of
his death or bankruptcy.
For giving effect to any such sale the directors may authorise some
person to transler the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser
shall be registered as the holder of the shares comprised in any such
transfer and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase
money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or
invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.
10, The proceeds of the sale shall be received by the company and
applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien
¢xists as is presently payable, and the residue shall (subject to a like lien
for sums not presently payable as existed upon the shares prior to the
‘ale) be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale.
Calls on share-.
11. The directors may from time to time make calls upon the members
in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares provided that no call shall
exceed one-fourth of the nominal amount of the share, or be payable at
less than one month from the last call; and each member shall (subject
to receiving at least fourteen days’ notice specifying the time or times of
payment) pay to the company at the time or times so specified the
amount called on his shares.
12. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to
pay all calls in respect thereof.
13. If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day
appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall
522
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
pay interest upon the sum at the rate of six per centum per annum from
the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of the actual
payment, but the directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of that
interest wholly or in part.
The provisions of these regulations as to the liability of joint holders
and as to payment of interest shall apply in the case of non-payment of
any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a
fixed time, whether on account of the amount of the share, or by way of
premium, as ifthe ame had become payable by virtue of a call duly
made and notified,
The direetors may make arrangements on the issue of shares for
a Hilorene e between the holders in the amount of calls to be paid and
in the times of payment,
10, The directors may, if they think ft, receive from any member willing
to advance the Jame all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid
upon any shares held by him, and upen all or any of the moneys so
advanced may (until the came would, but for such advance, become
presently pavable) pay interest at such rate (not exceeding without the
canetion of the company in general meeting, six per cent.) as may be
agreed upen between the member paying the sumtin adv and the
directors.
Transfer and transmission of shares
The instrument of transter of any share shall be sxeeuted by er on
be I ‘lt of the transferor and transferee, and the transferor shall be deemed
torem. a holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered
in the register of menibers in respect thereof,
TS. Shoocs shall be transferred in the following form, al or
common form which the directors shall approve :
LAB. of in consideration of the sum of § paid
tome by C2). of (hereinafter called the said transferee")
do hereby transfer (o the said) transferee the share fer share.
numbered in the undertaking called) the Company
Limited, to hold unto the caid: transferee, subject to the several
conditions on which PE betd the came: and T, the said transferee, do
hereby agree to take the aid share fer share. subject to the conditions
aforecatd. As owithe. our hands the day of
19
Witness to the signatures of, ete.
19, The directors may decline to register any transfer of share. not
being fully paid share., toa person of whom they do not approve, and
may also decline to register any transfer of shares on which the company
hi adien. The directors may also suspend the registration of transfers
during the fourteen days immediately preceding the ordinary general
meeting in each year. The directors may decline to recognise any
instrument of transfer une.
(a) a fee not exceeding sixty cents is paid to the cempany in
respect thereof, and
Compantes, [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(6) the instrument of transfer is accompanied by the certificate of
the shares to which it relate, and such other evidence as the directors
may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make
the transfer,
If the directors refuse to register a transfer of any shares, they shall
within two mouths alter the date on which the transfer was lodged with
the company send to the transferee notice of the refusal.
20, The legal personal representatives of a deceased sole holder of
acshare shall be the only persons recognised by the company as having
any title to the share. In the case of a share registered in the names of
two or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the legal: personal
representutives of the deceased survivor, shall be the only persons
mens by the company as having any title to the share.
Any person becoming entitled te a share in consequence of the
de ath or bankrupte yofa member shall upon such evidence being produced
as may from time to time be properly required by the directors, have the
right, cither to be registered as a member in respect of the share or,
instead of being registered himself, to make such transfer of the share
as the deceased or bankrupt person could have made; but the directors
shall, in etther case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration
as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by the
deceased or bankrupt person before the death or bankruptey.
A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or
hankruptey of the holder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other
addvantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder
of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as a meniber
respeet of Che share, be entitled in respect of tt to exercise any right
conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the company,
Forfetture of share.
Tfa member fails to pay any call or instalment of a call on the day
apgainted for payment thereof, the directors may, at any time thereafter
during such dime as any part of such call or instalment remains unpaid,
serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or instal-
Ment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have acerued.
The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration
of fourteen days from the date of the notice) on or before which the
payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in
the -vent of non-payment at or before the time appointed the shares in
respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.
25. If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied
with, any share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any
time thereafter, before the payment required by the notice has been made,
he forfeited by a resolution of the directors to that effect.
26. A forfeited share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms
and in such manner as the directors think fit, and at any time before a sale
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compante,
or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the directors
think fit.
27. A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member
in respect of the forfeited share. but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable
to pay fo the company all moneys which, at the date of forfeiture, were
presently payable by him to the company in respect of the shares, but lis
hability shallees ifand when the company receive payment in full of
the nominal amount of the sh.
28. A statutory declination in writing that the declarant is a direetor
of the company, and that ashare ia the company has been duly forfeited
ontdate stated in the declaration, shall be conclusive evidence of the
lacts there stated as against all persons claiming (o be entitled to the
share, Phe company may reecive the consideration, fanny, given for the
share on cany cale or disposition thereof and may execute a trauster
ef the share tu favour of the person to whom the share is sold or disposed
of and he sali thereupon be registered as the holder of the share, and
shall not be bound to sce to the appheation of the purchase money, if
any nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or
Wvalidity in the proceedings | in reference to the forfeiture, cate or disposal
of (he share,
The provistons of the, regulations as to forfeiture shall apply in
the ofhon payment obany sum which, by the terms of issue of a share
becomes payable ata tived dime, whether on acconnt af the amount of the
share ar by way of premium, as tithe came lid been payable by virtue of
call duly made and notilied,
The company nia by odin: ‘solution convert any paid-up
share info stock, and teconvert ock into paid-up shares of any
denomination,
31. he helders of stock may transfer Che aime, or any part thereof, in
the samme manner, and subject to the same regubitions, as ind subject to
which, the sh. os from which the stock arose might previously to conver-
sion have been transterred, or as near Chereto as cireumstanee. admit:
but the directors may from time fo time fix the minimum amount: of
stock transferable, and restiet or forbid the transfer of fractions of that
minimum, but the minimums shall not cxceed the nominal amount of
the shates from which the stock arose.
32. Phe holders of steck shall, according to the amount of the stack
held by them, have the same cights, privilege. and advantage. as regards
dividends, voting at meetings of the company and other matters as if they
held the share. from which the stock arose, but no such privilege or
advantage (except parteipation ino the dividends and) profits of the
company) shall be conferred by any such aliquot: part of stock as would
not, if existing in share, have conferred that privilege or advant:
Such of the regulations of (he comparry as are applic able to paid up
shares shall apply to stock, and the words “share "and ‘shareholder ’
therein shall include stock " and stock-holder.â€
Compante. |Ch. 31. No. 1.
Alteration of capital,
The company may from time to time by ordinary resohition inerease
the the ire capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of sueh amount,
as the resolution shall preseribe,
35, Subject to any direction to the contrary that may be given by the
company in general meeting, all new shares shall, before issue, be offered
fo such persons as at the date of the offer are entitled to receive notices
fram the company of gencral mechngs in, proportion, as nearly as the
ciremmstances admit, to the amount of the existing shares to which they
are entitled, The offer shall be made by notice specifying the number
of shares offered, and limiting a Gime Within which the offer, if not
accepted, will be deemed to be dechned, and after (he expiration of that
time, oron the receipt ofan intimation from the person to whons the offer
is made that he declines to accept the shares offered, the directors may
dispose of those shares in such manner as they Chink most beneficial to
the company. The directors may likewise so dispose of any new shares
which (by reason of the ratio which the new shares bear lo shares held
by persons entitled to an offer of new shares) cannot, inthe opinion of
the directors, be convenic nily offered under this article,
46, The new share. shall be subject to the came provisions with
reference fo the payment of calls, lien, Cransfer, Cransntission, forfeiture,
and otherwise as the shares in the original share capital.
The company may by ordinary resolution
(@) consolidate and divide allor any ofits shi capital into share.
of larger amount than its existing share
(4) sub-divide its existing share., or any of them into shares of
stnaller amount than is fixed by the memorandum of association,
subject: nevertheless, (othe provisions of section 52 (1) (ad) of the
Ordinance.
(c) cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the
solution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person,
The company may by special resolution reduce its share capital and
any epi U redemption reserve fund in any manner and with, and subject
to, any incident authorised, and consent required, by law.
General mectings.
39, A general meeting shall be held once in every calendar year at such
time (not being more than fifteen months after the holding of the last
preceding general meeting) and place as may be prescribed by the company
in general meeting, or, in default, at such time in the third month following
that in which the anniversary of the company’s incorporation occurs, and
at such place, as the directors shall appoint. In default of a general
meeting being so held, a general meeting shall be held in the month next
following, and may be convened by any two members in the same manner
ats nearly as possible as that in which meetings are to be convened by
the directors.
The above-mentioned general meetings shall be called ordinary
526
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
general meetings; all other general meetings shall be called extraordinary
reneral meetings.
The directors may, whenever they think fit, convene an extra-
ordinary general meeting, and extraordinary general meetings shall also
be convened on such requisition, or, in default, may be convened by such
requisitionists, as provided by section 112 of the Ordinance. If at any
time there are not in the Colony sufficient directors capable of acting to
form a quorum, any director or any two members of the company may
convene an extraordinary general meeting in the same manner as nearly
as possible as that in which meetings may be convened by the directors.
Notice of general meeting,
42. Subject to the provisions of section 115 (2) of the Ordinance
relating to special resolutions, seven days’ notice at the least (exclusive
of the day on which the notice is served or deemed to be served, but
inclusive of the day for which notice is given) specifying the plac the
day, and the hour of mee ting and, in case of special business, the general
ature of that business shall be given in manner hereinafter mentioned,
or in such other manner, i any, as may be preseribed by the company
in general meeting, to such persons as are, under the regulations of the
company, entitled to receive such notices from the company; but with
the consent of all (he members entitled to receive notice of some particular
iceting, that meeting may be convened by such shorter notice and in
uch manner as those members may think tit.
The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the
noaeyoeeit of a notice of a meeting by, any member shall not invalidate
the proceedings at any meeting.
Proceedings at general mectings.
‘Ad. AM business shall be deemed special that is transacted ato an
Ntraordinary meeting, and all that is transacted at an ordinary meeting,
with the exception of sanctioning a dividend, the consideration of the
accounts, balance sheets, and the ordinary report of the directors and
auditors, the election of directors and other officers in the place of those
retiring by rotation, and the fixing of the remuneration of the auditors.
45. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless
® quorum of members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds
to business; save as herein otherwise provided, three members personally
present shall be a quorum.
46. Tf within half an hour trom the time appointed for the meeting
a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition
of members, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned
to the ‘ame day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if
at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour
from the time appointed for the meeting the members present shall be
a quorum,
47. The chainman, if any, of the board of directors shall preside as
chairman at every general mecting of the company.
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
48. If there is no such chairman, or if at any meeting he is not present
within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the mecting or
is unwilling to act as chairman, the members present shall choose some one
of their number to be chairman.
49. The chairman may, with the consent of any mecting at which
a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn
the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business
shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left
unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When
a meeting is adjourned for ten days or more, notice of the adjourned
meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Save as
aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment
or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned mecting.
50. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the mecting
shall be decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is (before or on the
declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by at least three
members present in person or by proxy entitled to vote or by one member
or two members so present and entitled, if that member or those two
members together hold not less than 15 per cent., of the paid up capital
of the company, and, unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the
chairman that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried, or
carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry
to that effect in the book of the proceedings of the company, shall be
conclusive evidence of the fact, without proof of the number or proportion
of the votes recorded in favour of, or against, that resolution.
SI. Ifa poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the
chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be
the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.
52. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on
a poll, the chairman of the mecting at which the show of hands takes place
or at which the poll is demanded, shall be entitled to a second or casting
vote.
53. A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of
adjournment, shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other
question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the meeting
directs.
Votes of members.
5+. On a show of hands every member present in person shall have one
vote. On a poll every member shall have one vote for each share of
which he is the holder.
55. In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders
a vote whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion
of the votes of the other joint holders; and for this purpose seniority
shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the register
of members.
56. A member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has
been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether
527
528
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, or other person in
the nature of a committee appointed by that court, and any such
committee or other person, may on a poll, vote by proxy.
57, No member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless
all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the
company have been paid.
58. Ona poll vote. ay be given either personally or by proxy.
59, The instrament appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the
hand of the appointor or of lis attorney duly authorised in writing or, if
the appointor is a corporation, cither under seal, or under the hand of an
officer or attorney duly authorised. A proxy need not be a member
of the company.
60. The instrument appointing a proxy and the power of attorney or
other authority, if any, under which it is signed or a notarially certified
copy of that power or authority shall be deposited at the registered
oltice of the company not less than forty-cight hours before the time for
holding the meeting or adjourned meeting, at which the person named
in the instrument proposes to vote, and in default the instrument of
proxy shall not be treated as valid,
61. An instrument appointing a proxy may be in the following form or
any other form which the directors shall approve:
Company, Limited.
I, , of , being a member of the Company,
Limited, hereby appoint of , as my proxy, to vote
for me and on my behalf at the [ordinary or extraordinary, as the case
may be] general meeting of the company to be held on the day
of 19 , and at any adjournment thereof.â€
Signed this day of 19
62. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer
authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.
Corporations acting by representatives at meetings.
63. Any corporation which is a member of the company may by
resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such person
as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the company
or of any class of members of the company, and the person so authorised
shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation
which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an
individual member of the company.
Directors.
64. The number of the directors and the names of the first directors
shall be determined in writing by a majority of the subscribers of the
memorandum of association,
65. The remuneration of the directors shall from time to time be
determined by the company in general meeting.
( ompante. {Ch. 31. No. 1.
ob. The qualification of a director shall be the holding of at le:
share in the company
Powers and duties of directors.
67. The business of the company shall be managed by the directors, who
may pay all expenses incurred in getting up and registering the company,
and may exercise all such powers of the company, as are not, by the
Ordinance, or by the. article. required to be exercised by the company
in general meeting, subject, nevertheless, to any regulation of the
article, to the provisions of the Ordinance, and to such regulations,
being not inconsistent with the aforesaid: regulations or provisions, as
may be prescribed by the company in general meeting, but no regulation
made by the company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act
of the dircetors whieh would have been valid if that reentation had not
been made.
6s, Phe directors may from time to time appoint one or more of their
body to the office of managing dircetor or manager for such term and at
such remuneration (whether by way of salary, or commission, or participa-
tion in profits, or partly in one way and partly in another) as they may
think fit, and a director so appointed shall not, while holding that oflice,
be subject to retirement by rotation, or Gaken into account in determining
the rotation or retirement of directors; but his appointment: shall be
subject to determination tpse facto if he ceases from any cise to be
a director, or if the company in general meeting resolve that his tenure
of the office of managing director or manager be determined.
69. The amount for the time being remaining undischarged of moneys
borrowed or raised by the directors for the purposes of the company
(otherwise than by the issue of share capital) shall not at any time exceed
the issued) share capital of the company without the sanction of the
company in general meeting.
70. The direetors shall ci minutes to be made in books provided for
the purpose
(a) of all appointments of officers made by the directors,
(6) of the names of the directors present at each meeting of the
directors and of any comunittee of the directors ;
(c) of all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the
company, and of the directors and of committees of directors,
and every director present at any mecting of directors or committee of
directors shall sign his name in a book to be kept for that purpose.
The seal.
71. The seal of the company shall not be affixed to any instrument
except by the authority of a resolution of the board of directors, and in
the presence of a director and of the secretary or such other person as
the directors may appoint for the purpose; and that director and the
secretary or other person as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which
the seal of the company is so affixed in their presence.
T.--1V, 34
529
530
Ch. 3t. No. 1.| Compante
Disqualification of director
Phe of director shall be cated. if Che direetor—
(a) ceases to be a director by virtue of section 139 of the Ordin:
(2 without the consent of the company in general meeting holds
any other office of profit under the company except that of managing
thtector of manager; or
c) becomes bankrupt, or
VA becomes prohibited from: being a director by reason of any
order made under sections 206 or 260 of the Ordinance: or
(¢) is found to be or becomes of unsound mind;
(/) resigns his ofttce by notice in writing to the company ;
(g) is) directly or indirectly interested ino any contract with
the company or participates in the profits of any contract with the
company :
Provided however, that a director shall not vacate his office by reason
of fis being a member of any corporation which has entered into contracts
with = done any work for the company if he shall have declared the
nature of his interest in manner requite dl by section 147 of the Ordinance,
but the director shall not vete tm respect of any such contract or work
or any matter arising thereout, and if he does so vote his vete shall not
be counted.
Rotativc::
-.
73. Ai the first ordinary general meeting of the company the whole of
the direetors shall retire from offices, and at the ordinary general meeting
in every subsequent year one-third of the direetors for the time being, or,
it their number is not three or multiple of three then the number
nearest one-third, shall retire trom oflice
740 The divectors to retire ievery | oar shall be those whe have been
longest in-office stuee their last election but as between persons who
became directors on the ame day those to retire shall Qinles they
otherwise wineng themselves) be determined by lot
75. Acetiring director shall be eligible for re-election.
76. The company at the general meeting at which a director retires in
manner aforesaid may Gl up the vacated ollie ¢ by electing a person thereto
and in default the retiring director shall be deemed to have been re-elected
unle.. at such meeting if ts resolved not to fill up such vacated ofice.
the company may from time te (ime in general meeting increase
or reduce the number of directors, and may also determine im what
rotation the inereased or reduced number is to go out of ollice.
TS. Any castial vacaney occurring in the board of directors may be
filled up by the directors, but the person so chosen shall be subject to
retirement at the same time as if he had become a director on the day
on which the director in whose place he is appointed was last elected
a director.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 531
Phe directors shall have power at any time, and from time to time,
to appoint a person as an additional director who shall retire from office
at the next following ordinary general meeting, but shall be eligible for
election by the company at that meeting as an additional director.
80. The company may by extraurdinary resolution remove any director
before the expiration of his period of office, and may by an ordinary
resolution appoint another person in his stead. “The person so appointed
shall be subject to retirement at the same time as if he had become
adirector on the day on which the director in whose place he is appointed
was list elected a director.
Proceedings of directors,
SL. Che directors may meet together for the despatch of busine
adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings, as they think fit. Questions
arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In case
of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vole.
A director may, and the secretary on the requisition of a director shall,
at any time summon a meeting of the directors.
The quorunt necessary for the transaction of the business of the
directors may be fixed by the direetors, and unless so tixed shall when the
number of directors exceeds three be three, and when the number of
directors does not exceed three, be two.
~ The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in
their body, but, if} and so long as their number is reduced) below the
number fixed by or pursuant to the regulations of the company as the
necessary quorum of directors, the continuing directors may act for the
purpose of increasing the number of directors to that number, or of
summoning a general meeting of the company, but fur no other purpose,
M4. The directors may elect a chairman of their meetings and determine
the period for which he is to hold oflice, but if no such chairman is
elected, or ifat any meeting the chairman is not present within five
mite. after the time appointed for holding the same, the directors
present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.
85. The directors may delegate any of their powers to committees
consisting of such member or members of their body as they think fit;
any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated
comfort te any regulations that may be imposed on it by the directors.
so. A conmnittee may elect a chairman of its meetings; if no such
chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present
within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the
members present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the
meeting,
87) A committee may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Questions
arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the
tucmbers present and in case of an equality of votes the chairman shall
have a second or casting vote.
88. Allacts done by any meeting of the directors or of a committee of
directors, or by any person acting as a dire-tor, shall, notwithstanding that
34 (2)
532
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compante.
it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment
of any such director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of
them were disqualified, be as valid as if every suc h person had been duly
appointed and was qualified to be a director
Dividends and re,
The company in ‘al meeting may declare dividends, but
dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the directors.
90. The directors may from time time pay to the members such
interim dividends as appear to the directors to be justified by the profits
of the company
OI. No dividend shatl be paid otherwise than out of protits.
Subject to the rights of persons, if anv, entitled to shares with
special rights to dividends, all dividends shall be declared and paid
according fo the amounts paid on the share. bat if and so long as nothing
is pad upon any of the shares in the company dividends may be declared
and paid: according to the amounts of the share. | No amount paid on
ashare in advance of calls shall, while carrying interest, be treated for
the purposes of this article as paid on the share.
03. The directors may, before recommending any dividend, set aside
out of the profits ef the company such sums as they think proper as a
reserve. or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the directors, be
applicable for meeting contingencie. for equalising dividends, or for
any other purpose to which the profits of the company may be properly
applied, and pending such application may, at the like discretion, either
be employed) in the business of the company ot be invested tw such
investinents (other than shooos of the company) the directors may
from time te time think fit.
94, Th several persons are registered as joint holders of any share, any
of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend or other moneys
nv In respeet of the share
Any dividend may be patd by cheque or warrant sent through the
post to the registered address of the member or person entitled thereto or
in the case of joint holders to any one of such joint holders at his registered
address or fo such person and such address as the member or person
entitled or such joint holders as the case may be may direct. Every such
cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to
whom it is sent or to the order of such other person as the member or
person entiMled or such joint holders as the case may be may direct.
96. No dividend shall bear interest against the comp:
Accounts,
97) The directors shall ci proper books of account to be kept with
‘spect to
all sums of money received and expended by the company and the
atters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure takes place;
all sales and purchases of goods by the company; and
the assets and liabilities of the company.
Compante, {|Ch. 31. No. 1.
Os. The books of ccount shall be kept at the registered office of the
company, or at such other place or places as the directors think fit, and
shall always be open to the inspection of the dire stors.
99, The directors shall from time to time determine whether and to
what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or
regulations the accounts and books of the company or any of them shall
be open to the inspection of members not being directors, and no member
(not being a director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or
book or document of the company except as conferred by Ordinance or
authorised by the directors or by the company in general meeting.
100. The directors shall from time to time in accordance with section 121
of the Ordinance, cause to be prepared and to be laid before the company
in general meeting such profit and loss accounts, balance sheets and
reports are referred to in that section,
OL) A copy of every balance sheet (including every document required
by law to be annexed thereto) which is to be laid before the company in
general meeting together with a copy of the auditors’ report shall not less
than seven days before the date of the meeting be sent to all persons
entitled to receive notices of general meetings of the company.
cLadit,
102. Auditors shall be appointed and their dutie. regulated
accordance with sections 130, 131 and 132 of the Ordinanee.
Notice,
103. A notice may be given by the company to any member either
personally or by sending it by post to him to his registered address, or (if
he has no registered address in the Colony) to the address, ifany, in the
Colony supplied by him to the company for the giving of notices to him.
Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to
be elfected by properly addressing, prepaying, and) posting a letter
containing the notice, and to have been effected in the case of a notice
of a meeting at the expiration of 24+ hours after the letter containing the
same is posted, and in any other case at the time at which the letter
would be delivered in the ordinary course of post.
104. [fa member has no registered address in the Colony and has not
supplicd to the company an address in the Colony for the giving of notices
to him, a notice addressed to him and advertised in a daily newspaper
circulating in the Colony, shall be deemed to be duly given to him at noon
on the dav on which the advertisement appears.
105. A notice may be given by the company to the joint holders of
share by giving the notice to the joint holder named first in the registe
of members in respect of the share.
106. A notice may be given by the company to the persons entitled to
a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member by sending
it through the post in a prepaid letter addressed to them by name, or by
the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustec of the bankrupt, or
by any like description, at the address, if any, within the Colony supplied
for the purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or (until such an
533
534
(Section 14)
Ch. 31. No.1. Com pante,
address has been so supplied) by giving the notice im any manner in which
the same might have been given if the death or bankruptey had not
occurred,
107. Notice of every general meeting: shall be given in some manner
herembefore authorised to (a) every member except those members who
(having no registered address in the Colony) have not supplied to the
company an address in the Colony for the giving of notices to them, and
also to (6) every person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or
bankruptey of a member, who, but for his death or bankruptcy, would be
entitled to receive notice of the meeting. No other persons shall be
entitled to receive notices of general meetings.
Tanrr B,
Form of Memorandum of Association of a Company Limited by
Shares.
Ist. The name of the comp: The Eastern Steam Packet Com-
pany, Limited.â€
2nd. The registered office of the company will be situate in Trinidad.
! pan)
3rd. The objects for which the company is’ established are, the
conveyance of passengers and goods in ships or boats between such places
as the company may from time to time determine, and the doing all such
other things as are incidental or conducive to the attainment of the above
object.
4th. The liability of the members is limited.
Sth. The share capital of the company is two hundred thousand
dollars divided into one thousand shares of two hundred dollars each.
WE, the several persons whose names and addresse. are subseribed,
are desirous of being formed inte a company, in pursuance of this
memorandum of association, and we respectively agree to take the
number of shares in the capital of the company set opposite our
Tespective names,
Number of shares
Names, Addresses and Descriptions taken by each
of Subscribers. Subscriber.
L. John Jones of Merchant 200
2. John Smith of 25
3. Thomas Green of 30
4. John Thompson of 40
5. Caleb White of 15
o. Andrew Brown of 5
7 Caesar White of 10
Votal shi os taken 325
Dated the day of 19
Witness to the above signatures,
A.B. No. 513, Frederick Street, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad.
( ompante. [|Ch. 3. No. 1.
Form of Memorandum and Articles of Association of a Company
Limited by Guarantee, and not having, a Share Capital.
Memorandim of Association,
Ist. Phe name of the comps The Port-of-Spi \ssocia-
tion, Limited.â€
2nd. The registered office of the company will be situate Prinidad.
3rd. The objects for which the company is established are the carrying
en at school for boys in the City of Port-ol-Spain and the doing all such
other (hings as incidental or conducive to the attainment of the
wbove object.
4th. The hability of the members is limited.
Sth. Every member of the company undertakes to contribute to the
assets of the company in the event of its being wound up while he is
a member, or within one year afterwards, for payment of the debts and
liabilities of the company contracted before he ceases to be a member,
and the costs charges and expenses of winding up and for the adjustment
of the rights of the contributories among themselves, such amount as may
be required not exceeding fifty dollars.
We, the several persons whose names and addresses are subscribed,
sue desirous of being formed into a company, in pursui of this
memorandum of association.
Names, Addresses and Descriptions of Subscribers.
1 John Jones of Schoolmaster.
2. John Smith of
3. Thomas Green of
4. John Thompson of
5. Caleb White of
6. Andrew Brown of
7. Caesar White of
Dated the day of 19
Witness to the above signatures,
A.B. No. 513, Frederick Street, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad.
Articles of Association to Accompany Preceding Memorandum of
Association.
Preliminary.
1. In these regulations:
The Ordin cans the Comp: +s Ordinance.
When any provision of the Ordinauce is referred to the reference is
fo such provision as modified by any Ordinance for the time being in
force.
Unless the context otherwise requires, expressions defined in the
Ordinance or any statutory modification thereof in force at the
date at which these regulations become binding on the company,
shall have the meanings so defined.
535
‘ection 13.)
530
Ch. 31. No. 1.] ( ompunte.
Memthers,
The number of members with which the company proposes to be
registered is 500, but the directors may from tite to time register an
increase Of Members,
The subseribers to the memorandum of association and such other
persons as the directors shall admit te membership shall he menibers of the
compi
General meetings.
The tirst general meeting shall be held at such Gime, not beme Te
than one month nor more than three months alter (he incorperadion of the
company and at such place, as the directors may determine.
4. A general meeting shall be held once tn every calendar year at such
tine (not being more than fifteen months after the holding of the last
preceding general mee etn andl place as may be preseribed by the company
Ingenerabmecting, or de detvult, at such time in the third month followme
that in which the anniversary of the company’s tneorporation occurs, and
af such place as the directors shalbappoint. Ladefault ofa general meeting
being se held, a general meeting shall be held in the mouth nest following,
wnd may be convened by any two members in the ame miner as neatly
as possible as that in which meeting. are to be convened by the directors.
6, The above mentioned general meetings shall be called) ordinary
general meeting. all other general meetings shall be called extraordinary
al meeting,
Che divectors may whenever they think ft, convene an extraordinary
UWoomeetmg, and oxtraordinary general meeting. shall alsa be
convened on such requisition, or, th default, may be convened by such
requisilionists, as provided by section 112 of the Ordinance. Hf at any
fame there hot in the Colony sufficient directors capable of acting to
form quorum, anv director or any (wo members of the company oi
convene ame tiavordinary general meeting in the came manner as nearly
as possible as that in which mee tings may be convened by the directors.
\ tle’ Mevting.
subject to the provisions of section 115 (2) of the Ordinance reiting
to special resolutions, sever days notice wt the least (exclusive of the dav
on Wintel the notiee is served or deemed to be served, but inclusive of the
day for whieh notice given) specifving the place, the day, and the hour
of meeting ud, in of special busine. che generab nature of that
business shall be given in manner hereinatter mentioned, in such other
manner thny as may be prescribed: by the company in general meeting,
to such persons are, under the regulations of the company, entitled to
receive such notices trom: the company but with the consent of all the
members entitled to receive notice of some particulier meeting, that
meeting aay be convened by such shorter notice and in such manner
those menmibe av think tit
The sectdental omission to give womeeling to, or the nen
receipt of notice ob meeting by shall net) calidate
proceediu: at any meeting.
Proceedings al General Mectine.
AI business shall be deemed) specitlh that as transaeted at
Compante. [Gh. 31. No. 1.
‘xtraordinary meeting, and all that is transacted at an ordinary meeting,
with the exception of the consideration of the accounts, balance sheets,
and the ordinary report of the directors and auditors, the election of
directors and other officers in the place of those retiring by rotation, and
the tixing of the remuneration of the auditors.
It No business shall be Cransacted at any general meeting unless.
quorum of members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to
business, save as herein otherwise provided, three menibers: personally
present shall be a quorum,
12. Tf within halfian hot from the time appotited for the me sting
a querti is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition
ofinembers, shall be dissolved, inany other case it shall stand adjourned
to the came day in the next week, at the came time and place, and if
bo the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present: within half an hour
from the fime appointed for the meeting Che menibers present shall be
quorum,
13. The chairman, if any, of the board of directors: shall preside
chairman at every general meeting of the company
HoT there is no such chairman, bat any meeting le is net present
within tiftecn minute. after the dime appointed for holding the meeting or
is unwilling to aet as chairman, the members present: shall choose some
of their number to be chairman,
15. Phe chairman may, with the consent of any meeting at which
quorum is present (and shall if so direeted by the meeting), adjourn
the meeting from time to time and from pkice to place, but no business
shall be Cransacted at any adjounred meeting other than the business left
unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.
When a meeting is adjourned for ten diays or more, notice of the adjourned
meeling shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Save as
aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment
or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.
lo. Atany general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting
shall be decided on it show of hands, unless a poll ts (before or on the
declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded: by at least two
members present in-person or by proxy entitled to vote and unless a poll
isso demanded, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has, on
a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular
majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the book of the proceediness
of the company shall be conclusive evidence of the fact, without prool of
the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of, or against
that resolution.
1 Tha poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the
chairman directs, and the result ef the poll shall be deemed to be the
resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.
IS. Inthe case ofan equality of votes, whether ona show of hands or
a poll, the chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes
place or at which the poll is demanded, shall be entitled to a seeond ot
casting vote,
537
Gh. 31. No. t.} Compante.
10. A poll demanded on the election of a ehaitmian. er on a question at
adjournment, shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other
question shall be taken at such time the chairman of the meeting
directs.
I otes of member.
Byer. member shall he
210 Amentber of unsound mind, or in tespeet of whom aieorder lias been
ade Dy any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on
aweshow of liinds or pall, by his committee or other person in the
nature of a committee appomted by that court, and any such committee
or other person may ona poll, vote by proxy,
22. No mentber shall be entided to vote at any general meeting uule.
all moneys presently payable by him to the company have been paid
Ona poll vote. ay be given either personally or by proxy
The instrument appointing proxy shall be in writing under the
hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing, or il
the appointor © a corporation, either under the seal, or under the hand
ofanooMicer attorney authorised. A proxy need not be a mentber
of the comp:
25, Vhe instrument appointing a proxy and the power of attorney or
other authority, if any under whieh it is signed or a notarially certitied
copy of that) power ov authority: shall be deposited at the registered
office of the company not le than forty-eight hours before the time
tor holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named
the instrument propose. te vote, and in default the instrument ol
proxy shall not be treated as valtcl.
26. An instrument appotiting a proxy mity be in the following form,
anyother forum which the directors shall approve:
Company Linuted.
I ot being a member of the Company,
Limited, hereby appoint al as my proxy to vote for
me and on my behalf at the jordinary or extraordinary, as the case
may bel general meeting of the company to be held on the
day of 19 and at any adjournment thereof.â€
Signed this dav at 19
27, The instrument appointing a proxy) shall be deemed confer
authority to demand or join in demanding a poll,
orporations acting by representatives at mectings.
28. Any corporation whieh is member of the company may by
resolution of its directors or ofher governing body authorise such person
as it thinks fit to act as ifs representative at any meeting of the company
ancl the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers
on behalf of the corporation which he represents that corporation
could exercise if it were an individual member of the company
Directors.
20. The aumber of directors and the mames of the first directors shall be
determined inwriting by a majority of the subscribers (o the memorandum,
Compante, | Ch. 31. No. 1.
Phe remuneration of the direetors shall from) time to be
determined by the company in general meeting.
Powers and duties of directors,
400 The business of the company shall be managed by the directors, who
may pay all expenses incurred in getting up and registering the company,
and may exercise aii such powers of the company as are not, by the
Ordinance, or by these article, required to be exercised by the company
mw general meeting, subject neverthele. to any regulation of these
articles, Co the provisions of the Ordinanee, and to such regulations, being
not tieonsistent with the aforesaid regulations or provisions, as may be
prescribed by the company in general imecting, but no regulation made
by the company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the
directors which would have been valid if that regulation had uot been
made
The directors shall c: sto be made in books provides
the purpose--
(a) of all appointments of oficers made by the directors,
(6) of the names of the directors present at each meeting of the
clirectors and of any committee of the directors,
(c) of all resolutions and = proceedings at) all) meetings of the
company, and of the directors, and of conunittees of directors;
and every director present at any meeting of directors or committee of
directors shall sign his name ina book to be kept for that purpose.
The seal,
The seal of the company shall not be atlixed: to any instrument
exe cept by the authority of a resolution of the board of directors, and in
the presence of a director and of the secretary or such other person as
the directors may appoint for the purpose; and that director and the
secretary or other person as aforesaid: shall sign every instrument) to
which the cabof the company is so affixed in their presence.
Disqualifications of directors,
44. The oflice of director shall be cated, if the director
(a) without the consent of the company in general meeting holds
any other office of profit under the company — or
(6) becomes bankrupt;
(c) becomes prohibited from being a director by reason of any order
ade under sections 206 or 260 of the Ordinance, or
(¢) is found to be or becomes of unsound mind,
(c) resigns his office by notice in writing to the company ; 0
(f) is directly or indirectly interested in any contract with the
company and fails to declare the nature of his interest in manner
required by section 147 of the Ordinance.
A director shall not vote in respect of any contract in which he is
interested or any matter arising thereout. and if he does so vote hts
vote shall not be counted.
539
540
Gh. 31. No. 1.| Compante,
Rotation of direc
45. At the trst ordinary general meeting of the company the whole ot
the directors shall retire from office, and at the ordinary general meeting
in every subsequent year one-third of the directors for the time being, or,
if their number is nol three or a multiple of three, then the number
nearest one-third, shall retire from office
36. The directors to retire in every year shall be those who have been
longest, in offee since their last election but as between persons who
became directors on the same day those to retire shall (unless they other
agree among themselves) be determined by lot
\ retiring director shall be eligible for re-election,
38. Phe company at the general meeting at which a director retires m
manner aforesatd may flap the vacated office by electing a person thereta
andin defantt the retiring diteetor shall be deemed to have heen re-elected
unle. at such meeting it is resolved not to fll up such vacated office.
390 Phe company may from time to Cine in general meeting merease 01
reduce the number of directors, and may also determine in what rotation
the increased or reduced number is to go out of office
400 Any costal vacaney occurring in the board of directors may be filled
up by the directors but the person so chosen shall be subject to retirement
af the came time as if he had become a director on the day on which the
director in whose place he appointed was last elected a director.
41 Phe chreetors shall have power at any time, and from time to time
to appoint a person an additional director who shall retire from office
at the next following ordinary general meeting, but shall be eligible for
election by the company at that meeting as an additional direetor
42. The company may by extraordinary resolution remove any director
before the expiration of his period: of offee, and may by an ordinary
resolution appotnt another person in his ste ad. The person so appointed
shall be subject to retirement at the same time as if le had) become
adireeter on the day on whieh the director in whose place he appointed
was List elected a director
Proceedings of director
130 Vhe ditectors cet logether tor the despatel of business,
adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings, as they think ft. Questions
arising af any meeting shall be decided by a majority of vote. Tn case
ofan equality of vetes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote
A director ay, and the secretary on the requisition of a director shall,
at any (ime summon a meeting of (he directors.
440 Phe quorum nece. ary fer the transaction of the business of the
directors may be fixed by the directors, and unless so fixed shall, when
the number of directors exteed three, be three and shall, when the number
of directors docs not exceed three be two.
The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacaney im
hein 1 body, but, if and so tong as their number is reduced below: the
Compante, |Gh. 31. No.1,
number tived by oor pursuant to the regulations of the company as
the neee ary quorum of direetors, the continuing directors may act
for the purpose of increasing the mumber of directors to that number,
oroof summoning general meeting of the company, but for no other
Put pase
46. Phe directors may cleet a chairman of their meetings and determine
the period for which he is te hold office but, if no such chairman. is
elected, or That any meeting the chairman is net present within five
minute alter the time appointed for holding the same, the directors
present may choose one of thet number to be ch an of the meeting
Veo Vhe directors may delegate any of thei powers to committee
consisting of suche rie mber or members of thei body as they think (i
“ny committee so formed shall, me the sxereise of the powers so delegated,
conform Coin regubations (iat aie be intiposed on them by dhe direetors,
AS. A committee cleet chair: oof iis meeting. al such
chaitian is elected, or af at moceting the chairman is not present
within five minute. alter the appointed: tor holding the ame, the
members present ay choose of thei number to be chairman. of
the meeting.
AQ. A committee may meet suid adjourn as i thinks proper. Questions
atising: at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the
THembers present, and incase af equality of votes the chairman shall
have a second or casting vote.
50. Albacts done by any meeting of the diteetors or of a committee of
directors, or by any person aeding as a direetor, shall, notwithstanding
that it be afterwards discovered that: there was some defect ine the
appommtinent of any snele direetors or persons acting aforesaid, or
that they on any of them were disqualified, be as valid as ihevery such
person had been duly appointed anal was qualified to be a direeter
tecounts
a1 the directors shall: proper books of acedunt to be kept with
‘spect to
ll sums of money received and expended by the company and the
atler in respect of which the receipt and expenditure takes place,
all sale. and purchases of goods by the company; and
the assets and liabilities of the company.
22. The books of account shall be kept at the registered oflice of the
company, or at such other place or places as the directors think fit, and
shall always be open to the inspection of the directors.
The directors shall from time to time determine whether and to
what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or
regulations the accounts and books of the company or any of them shall
be open to the inspection of members not being directors, and no member
(not being a director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or
book or document of the company except as conferred by Ordinance or
authorised by the directors or by the company in general meeting.
S41
S42
Gh. 31. No. 1.] Com pante,
54. The directors shall trom time to time in accordance with section 121
of the Ordinance, cause to be prepared and to be Laid before the company
i general meeting such profit, and loss accounts, balance sheets and
ee as are referred to tn that seetion.
A copy of every balance sheet (including every document required
by "Tee to be annexed thereto) which is to be laid before the company in
general meeting together with a copy of the auditor's report shall not less
than seven days before the date of the meeting be sent to all persons
entitled fo receive notices of general meetings of the conpany
eludit.
Auditors shall be appemted and their duties regulated in accordance
with sections 130, 130 and 132 of the Ordinance
Notice,
A cnotice may be given by the company ay member cither
personally or by sending it by post fo him to his registered address, or
(if he has no registered address in the Colony) to the addre. if any, in
the Colony supplied by him te the company tor the giving of notices to
him.
Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to
be effected by properly addressing, prepaying, and posting a letler
contanmng the notice, and te have beeu effected at the expiration of
24 hours after the letter contatming the ame was posted.
Ss. [ia member has no registered address in the Colony and lias not
supplied to Che company an address in the € olony for the giving of notices
to him, a notice addressed to him and advertised in a daily NewspRpet
cireukiuing in the Colony shall be deemed to be duly given to bin on the
day on which the advertisement appears,
Notice of every general meeting shall be given in) some manner
hereinbefore authorised to every member except those members who
(having no registered address in the Colony) have not supplied to the
company an address in the Colouy for the giving of notices to them, No
other persons shall be entitled (a receive notices of general meetings.
Ni elddre. cs and Desert ptions of Subscribers.
John Jones ol Schoolinaster,
2. John Smith of
4. Thomas Green of
1 Tehn Thotapsen ot
Caleb White of
Andrew Brown ot
ar White of
Dated the day ol 19
Witness to the above signature.
ALB No, 513, Frederick Street, Port-of-spain, Trinidad.
Compante, [Gh. 31. Now.
r DD
Memorandum and Articles of Assoclation of a Company Limited
by Guarantee, and Having a Share Capital.
Memorandum of clssoce
Ist, The of the comp: The Highland Hotel Company,
Limited.â€
2nd. The registered office of the company will be Vrinidad.
ard. Che objects) fer which the company is cstablished are the
facilitating travelling in the Colony of Trinidad, by providing hotels and
conveyances by sea and by land for the accommodation of travellers,
and the doing all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the
attainment of the above object
4th. The lability of the members is limited.
Sth. Every member of the company undertakes to contribute to the
assets of the company in the event of its being wound up while he is a
member, or within one year aftewards, for payment of the debts and
habilities of the company, contracted before he ceases to be a member,
and the costs, charges and expenses of winding up the same and for the
adjustment of the rights of the contribuforie. amongst themselves, such
ammount as may be required, not exceeding one handred dollars,
Oth. Phe share capital of the company shall consist of five hundred
thousand dollars, divided into five thousand shares of one hundred dollars
each,
We, the several persons whose name and addre, are subserthed,
are desirous of being formed into a company, tn pursuance of this
memorandum of association, and we respectively agree to tike te
number of shares in the capital of the company set opposite cr
respective name,
Nuanber of share
Name. clddresses and Descriptions faken by euc
of Subscribers. Suhserther
1. John Jones of Merchant 200
2. John Smith of 25
3. Thomas Green of 30
4. John Thompson of 40
5. Caleb White of 15
6. Andrew Brown of 5
7. Caesar White of 10
Total shares laken 325
Dated the day of 19
Witness to the above signatures,
-1.B., No. 513, Frederick Street, Port-of-Spi), Trinidad.
(Section 13)
S44 Ch. 31. No. 1.| ( ompunte,
Articles of Association to Accompany Preceding Memorandum
of Association.
othe Articles of Vable A set out in the lirst Schedule to the Companie,
Ordinance, shall be the articles of association of the company and apply to
the company
Names, clddre sand Descriptions of Subscribers.
bo Jolin Jones of Merchant.
2. John Smith of
3. Phomias Green ol
+ John Thompson ot
Caleb White of
Andrew Brown o
White of
Dated the dav of 19
Witne. above sipm
LBoONo Piederick Street, Port-of-Sp% Lromntelad,
Vag hk.
Memorandum and Articles of Association of an Unlimited
Company having a Share Capital.
Memorandion of Assvctation,
Ist. Phe of the company is Phe Patent Stereotype Company.
2nd. The registered office of the company will be situate in Trinidad.
3rd. Vhe objects for whieh the company is established are the working
of a patent method of founding and casting stereotype plates, of which
method John Smith, of Port-of-Spain, is the sole patentee, and the doing
of all such things are incidental or conducive to the attainment of the
atbove objects.
Wer, the several persons whose mune. are subseribed, are desirous of
being forined into a company, in pursuance of this memorandum
of associttion, and we respectively agree to take the number of
sho csin the capital of the company set opposite our respective name.
Nuonber of share
Name. clddresses and Deseri ptions taken by each
of Subseribers. Subscriber
L. John Jones of Merchant 3
2. John Smith of 2
3. Thomas Green of 1
4. John Thompson of 2
5. Caleb White of 2
6, Andrew Brown of I
7. Abel Brown of 1
Total shares taken 12
Dated the day of 19
Witness to the above signature. ,
A.B., No. 513, Frederick Street, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad.
Companies. |Ch. 31. No. t. 545
Articles of Association to Accompany the Preceding Memorandum
of Association.
t. The share capital of the company is two thousand dollars divided
into twenty shares of one hundred dollars each.
The company may by special resolution—
(a) increase the share capital by such sum to be divided into
shares of such amount as the resolution may prescribe;
(6) consolidate its shares into shares of a larger amount than its
existing shares; ,
(ce) sub-divide its shares into shares of a smaller amount than its
existing shares;
(d) cancel any shares which at the date of the passing of the
resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person:
(e) reduce its share capital in any way.
The Articles of Table A set out in the First Schedule to the Com-
panies Ordinance (other than Articles 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 37 and 38) shall
be deemed to be incorporated with these articles and shall apply to the
company.
Names, Addresses, and Descriptions of Subscribers.
John Jones, of Merchant.
John Smith, of
Thomas Green, of
John Thompson, of
Caleb White, of
Andrew Brown, of
. Abel Brown, of
Dated the lay of 1o
NDP wh
Witness to the above signatures,
ALR., No. 513, Frederick Street, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad,
SECOND SCHEDULE. (Section 16.)
Form of Licence to hold Lands,
The Governor hereby licenses the to hold the lands hereunder described
iensert description of lands] [or to hold lands not exceeding in the whole
stcres),
The conditions of this licence are [insert conditions, tf any).
T.—IV. 35
546
(Section 29.)
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Companies.
THIRD SCHEDULE.
Form of Statement in licu of Prospectus to be delivered to Registrar by
ua Private Company on becoming a Public Company.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE,
ATKMENT UN OF PROSPECTUS DELIVERK «KOK RKGISTRATION BY
Unsert the name of the Company.|
Pursuant to section 29 of the Companies Ordinance.
Delivered for reg stration by
The nominal share capital Company §
Divided into Shares of § each.
Amount (it any) of above capital which con- Shares of § each.
sists of redeemable preference shares.
The date on or before which these share,
are, or are liable, to be redeemed.
Name., descriptions and
tors or proposed directors.
Amount ot shi Shares
Amount of comnoussions pat im connection
therewith.
Amount of discount, if any, allowed on the |
issue of any shares, or so much thereof as
has not been written off at the date of the
statement
Unless more than one veur has elapsed since
the date on which the Company was |
entitled to commence business:
Amount of preliminary expenses $ °
Amount paid to any promoter Name of promoter
Amount §
Consideration for the payment consideration :
lf the share capital of the Company is
divided into different classes of shares, the
Tight of voting at mectings of the Company
conferred by, and the rights in respect of
capital and dividends attached to, the
several classes of shares respectively.
Number and amount of shares and deben- | shares ot § fully
tures issued within the two years preceding | paid.
the date of this statement as fully or partly | 2 shares upon which $
paid up otherwise than for cash or agreed per share credited as paid
to be so issued at the date of this state-
ment.
. . . . . i
Consideration for the issue of those shares or | 3. debenture §
debentures. 4. Consideration:
Names and addresses of Vendors of Property
(1) purchased or acquired by the Company
within the two years preceding the date of
this statement or (2) agreed or proposed to
be purchased or acquired by the Company
Compantes. |Ch. 31. No. 1. 547
Amount (in cash, shares or debentures) paid
or payable to cach separate vendor.
Amount paid or payable in cash, shares or | Total purchase price $
debentures for any such property, specify-
ing the amount paid or payable for good- | Cash $
will, i Shares 3
Debenture. $
Goodwill $
Dates of, and parties to, every material
contract (other than contracts entered
into in the ordinary course of business or
entered into more than two years before
the delivery of this statement).
lime and place at which the contracts or
copies thereof may be inspected.
Names and addresses of the auditors of the
Company.
Full particulars of the nature and extent of
the interest of every director in any
property purchased or acquired by the
Company within the two years preceding
the date of this statement or proposed to
be purchased or acquired by the Company
or, where the interest of such a director
consists in being a partner in a firm, the
nature and extent of the interest of the firm,
with a statement of all sums paid or agreed
to be paid to him or to the firm in cash or
shares, or otherwise, by any person cither
to induce him to become or to qualify him
as, a director, or otherwise for services
rendered or to be rendered to the Company
by him or by the firm.
Rates of the dividends (if any) paid by the
Company in respect of each class of shares
in the Company in each of the three
nancial years immediately preceding the
date of this statement or since the incor-
poration of the Company whichever period
ts the shorter.
farticulars of the cases in which no dividends
have been paid in respect of any class of
shares in any of these years.
Mf any of the unissued shares or debenture.
are to be applied in the purchase of any
business the amount, as certified by the
persons by whom the accounts of the busi-
ness have been audited, of the net protits |
of the business in respect of each of the |
three financial years immediately preceding |
the date of this statement, provided that in |
the case of a business which has been |
carried on for less than three years and the |
accounts of which have only been made up
35 (2)
54n
(Section 37
and,309.)
(Section
41 (1))
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
MD respeet of two vears or one year the
above requirement shall have eflect as if
references to two years or one year, as the
case may be, were substituted for refer-
ences to three years, and in any such case
the statement shall sav how long the
business to be acquired has been carried
on,
(Signatures of the persons above-named as
directors or proposed directors or of their
agents authorised in weiting.)
Date
Note.— In this Form the expression vendor includes a vender as detuned: in
Part I of the Fourth Schedule to this Ordinance, and the expression ‘ financial
year has the meaning assigned to it in that Part of the said Schedule.
FOURTH SCHEDULE.
PART I.
MALTERS KEQUIRED TO BE | ATED IN) PROSPECTU.L.
1. Except where the prospectus is published as a newspaper advertise-
ment, the contents of the memorandum, with the names, descriptions
and addresses of the signatories, and the number of shares subscribed for
by them respectively.
2. The number of founders or management or deferred shares, if any,
and the nature and extent of the interest of the holders in the property and
profits of the company.
3. The number of shares, if any, fixed by the articles as the qualification
ofa director, and any prevision in the articles as to the remuneration of
the directors.
4+. The ni descriptions, and addresses of the directors or proposed
directors.
5. Where shares are offered to the public for subscription particulars
as to—
(i) the minimum amount which, in the opinion of the directors,
must be raised by the issue of those shares in order to provide the
sums, or, if any part thereof is to be defrayed in any other manner,
the balance of the sums, required to be provided in respect of each
of the following matters—
(a) the purchase price of any property purchased or to be
purchased which is to be defrayed in whole or in part out of the
proceeds of the issue;
(b) any preliminary expenses payable by the company, and
any commission so payable to any person in consideration of
his agreeing to subscribe fot, or of his procuring or agreeing
to procure subscriptions for, any shares in the company;
Compamtes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(c) the repayment of any moneys borrowed by the company in
“spect of any of the foregoing matters;
(d) working capital; and
(i) the amounts to be provided in respect of the matters aforesaid
otherwise than out of the proceeds of the issue and the sources out of
which those amounts are to be provided.
6, The amount payable on application and allotment on each share,
and, in the case of a second or subsequent offer of shares, the amount
offered for subscription on each previous allotment made within the two
preceding years, the amount actually allotted, and the amount, if any,
pind on the shares so allotted.
7. The number and amount of shares and debentures which within the
iwo preceding years have been issued, or agreed to be issued, as fully or
partly paid up otherwise than in cash, and in the latter case the extent to
which they are so paid up, and in cither case the consideration for which
those shares or debentures have been issued or are proposed or intended to
be issued.
8. The names and addresses of the vendors of any property purchased
or acquired by the company, or proposed so to be purchased or acquired,
which is to be paid for wholly or partly out of the proceeds of the issue
olfered for subscription by the prospectus, or the purchase or acquisition
of which has not been completed at the date of issue of the prospectus,
and the amount payable in cash, shares, or debentures, to the vendor,
and where there is more than one separate vendor, or the company is
a sub-purchaser, the amount so payable to each vendor.
% The amount, if any, paid or payable as purchase money in cash,
shares, or debentures, for any such property as aforesaid, specifying the
amount, any, payable for goodwill.
10. The amount, ifany, paid within the two preceding years or payable,
as commission (but not including commission to sub-underwriters) for
subseribing or agreeing to subscribe, or procuring or agreeing to procure
subscriptions, for any shares in, or debentures.of the company, or the rate
of any such commission.
11. The amount or estimated amount of preliminary expenses.
12. The amount paid within the two preceding years or intended to be
paid to any promoter, and the consideration for any such payment.
13. The dates of and parties to every material contract, not being
a contract entered into in the ordinary course of the business carried on
or intended to be carried on by the company or a contract entered into
more than two years before the date of issue of the prospectus, and
a reasonable time and place at which any such material contract or a copy
thereof may be inspected.
14. The names and addresses of the auditors, if any, of the company.
15. Full particulars of the nature and extent of the interest, if any, of
every director in the promotion of, or in the property proposed to be
acquired by, the company, or, where the interest of such a director
549
tae he
a-~
590
(Section 37.)
(Section 37 )
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
consists in being a partner in a tirm, the nature and extent of the interest
of the firm, with a statement of all sums paid or agreed to be paid to him
or to the firm in cash or shares or otherwise by any person either to
induce him te become, or to qualify him as a director, or, otherwise for
services rendered by him or by the firm in connection with the promotion
or formation of the company.
16, If the prospectus invites the public to subseribe for shares in the
company and the share capital of the company is divided into different
classes of shares, the right of voting at meetings of the company conferred
by, and the rights in respect of capital and dividends attached to, the
several classes of shares respectively.
17. In the case of a company which has been carrying on business, or of
a business which has been carried on for less than three years, the length
of time during which the business of the company or the business to be
acquired, as the vase may be, has been carried on,
PART IL.
REPORTS TO BE SET OUT IN) PROSPECTUS.
lL. A report by the auditors of the company with respect to the profits
of the company in respect of each of the three financial years immediatelv
preceding the issue of the prospectus, and with respect to the rates of the
dividends, if any, paid by the company in respect of cach class of shares in
the company in respect of each of the said three years, giving particulars of
each such class of shares on which such dividends have been paid and
particulars of the cases in which no dividends have been paid in respect of
any class of shares in respect of any of those years, and, if no accounts have
been made up in respect of any part of the period of three years ending on
a date three months before the issue of the prospectus, containing a
statement of that fact.
2. Hf the proceeds, or any part of the proceeds, of the issue of the shares
or debenture: are or is to be applied directly or indirectly in the purchase
of any business, a report made by accountants who shall be named in the
prospectus upon the profits of the business in respect of each of the three
financial years immediately preceding the issue of the prospectus.
PART III.
PROVISIONS APPLYING TO Parts I. AND IT. oF SCHEDULE.
1, The provisions of this Schedule with respect to the memorandum and
the qualification, remuneration and interest of directors, the names,
descriptions and addresses of directors or proposed directors, and the
in the case of a prospectus issued more than two years after the date
at which the company is entitled to commence business.
2. Every person shall for the purposes of this Schedule be deemed to be
a vendor who has entered into any contract, absolute or conditional, for
Companies. |Ch. 31. No. 1.
the sale or purchase, or for any option of purchase, of any property to be
acquired by the company, in any case where—
(a) the purchase money is not fully paid at the date of the issue of
the prospectus;
(8) the purchase money is to be paid or satisfied wholly or in part
out of the proceeds of the issue offered for subscription by the
prospectus ;
(c) the contract depends for its validity or fulfilment on the result
of that issue.
3. Where any property to be acquired by the company is to be taken
on lease, this Schedule shall have effect as if the expression “‘ vendor "
included the lessor, and the expression ‘* purchase moncy "’ included the
consideration for the lease, and the expression “ sub-purchaser " included
a sub-lessee.
+. For the purposes of paragraph 8 of Part L. of this Schedule where the
vendors or any of them are a firm, the members of the firm shall not be
treated as separate vendors,
5. If in the case of a company which has been carrying on business, or
of a business which has been carried on for less than three years, the
accounts of the company or business have only been made up in respect of
two years or one year, Part IT. of this Schedule shall have cffect as if
references to two years of one year, as the case may be, were substituted
for references to three years.
6. The expression “ financial year â€â€™ in Part IL. of this Schedule means
the year in respect of which the accounts of the company or of the business,
as the case may be, are made up, and where by reasons of any alteration
of the date on which the financial year of the company or business
terminates the accounts of the company or business have been made up
for a period greater or less than a year, that greater or less period shall
for the purpose of the said Part of this Schedule he deemed to be a financial
year.
351
352
(Section 42.)
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Compantes.
FIFTH SCHEDULE.
Form of Statement in lieu of Prospectus to be delivered to Registrar by a
Company which does not issue a Prospectus or which does not g0 to
Allotment on a Prospectus issued.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
STATEMENT PROSPECTUS DELIVERED FOR REGISTRATION BY
[Insert the name of the company.|
Pursuant to section 42 of the Companies Ordinance.
Delivered for registration by
The nominal share capital of the Company $
Divided into Shares of $ each,
Amount (if any) of above capital which con- Shares of $ cach.
sists of redeemable preference shares.
The date on or before which these share.
or are liable, to be redeemed.
Names, descriptions and addresses of direc-
tors or proposed directors.
{f the share capital of the Company is divided
into different classes of shares, the right of
voting at meetings of the Company
conferred by, and the rights in respect of
capital and dividends attached to, the
several classes of shares respectively.
Number and amount of shares and deben- shares of $ fully paid.
tures agreed to be issued as fully or partly shares upon which §
paid up otherwise than in cash. per share credited as paid.
The consideration for the intended 3. debenture
those shares and debentures. .
4. Consideration :-
Names and addresses of vendors of property
purchased or acquired, or proposed to be
purchased or acquired by the Company.
Amount (in cash, share., or debentures)
payable to each separate vendor.
Amount (if any) paid or payable (in cash or ‘Yotal purchase price $
shares or debentures) for any such property, Cash s
specifying amount (if anv) paid or payable Shares -
for goodwill. Debentures
Goodwill >
Amount (if any) paid or payable as commis- | Amount paid.
sion for subscribing or agreeing to subscribe | payable.
or procuring or agreeing to procure sub-
scnptions for any shares or debentures in
the Company; or |
Rate of the commission Rate per cent.
The number of shares, if any, which persons
have agreed for a commission to subscribe
absolutely.
Estimated amount of preliminary expenses
Amount paid or intended to be paid to any | Name of promoter.
promoter. ' Amount $
Consideration for the payment _ Consideration :-
Companies.
Dates of, and parties to, every matcrial
contract (other than contracts entered into
in the ordinary course of the business
intended to be carried on by the Company
or entered into more than two years before
the delivery of this statement).
Yime and place at which the contracts
copies thereof may be inspected.
Names and addresses of the auditors of the
Company (if any).
Vull particulars of the nature and extent of
the interest of every director in the pro-
motion of or in the property proposed to
be acquired by the Company, or, where the
interest of such a director consists in being
a partner in a firm, the nature and extent
of the interest of the firm, with a statement
of all sums paid or agreed to be paid to him
or to the firm in cash or shares, or other-
wise, by any person cither to induce him to
become, or to qualify him as, a director, or
otherwise for services rendered by him or —
by the firm in connection with the pro-
motion or formation of the Company.
If it is proposed to acquire any business, the
amount, as certified by the persons by
whom the accounts of the business have
been audited, of the net profits. of the
business in respect of each of the three
financial years immediately preceding the
date of this statement provided that in the
case of a business which has been carried on
tor less than three years and the accounts
of which have only been made up in
respect of two years or onc year the above
requirement shall have effect as_ if
references to two years or one year, as the
case may be, were substituted for refer-
ences to three years, and in any such case
the statement shall say how long the
business to be acquired has been carried on.
(Signatures of the persons above-named as
directors or proposed directors, or of
their agents authorised in writing.)
Date
Note.—-In this Schedule the expression ‘‘ vendor
Part III. of the Fourth Schedule to this Ordinance, and the expression “ financial
year ’’ has the meaning assigned to it in that Part of the said Schedule.
{Ch. 31. No. 1.
includes a vendor as defined in
553
554 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
eo SIXTH SCHEDULE.
Form of Annual Return of a Company having a Share Capital.
al Retarn of the Company, Limited made up to the dav
al » 19) (being the fourteenth dav after the date of the titst or only
ordinary general meeting uv bo)
Vhe addre.. ottice of the Company is as follows:
Sowmary of Share Capital and Shaves.
Nomi Share “apital § divided into* \ shares of cach,
f shares of § cach,
Total uumber of shares taken upt to the hay ol
, to bemy the date of the retamn (wiich sumber
must agree with the total shown in the Ust as held by
‘xisting members).
Number of shi cs issued subject to payment wholly im cash.
Number of sh: as fully paid up otherwise th:
cash
Number of shares issued as partly paid up to the
per share otherwise than in cash.
tNumber of shares (if any) issned ata discount.
Votal amount of discount on the issue of shares which has not
been written off at the date of this Return.
tlhere has been called up on each of
PVhere has been called upon cach of
pThere has been called upon each of
sTotal amount of calls received, including payments
application and allotment.
Total amount (if any) agreed to be considered as patd ou
shares which have been issued as fully paid up
otherwise than in cash.
Total amount (if any) agreed to be considered as paid on
shares which have been issued as partly paid up
to the extent of per share otherwise than in cash.
VYotal amount of calls unpaid
* Where there are shares of ditterent: kinds or amounts (e.g... Preference and
Ordinary or $5 and 25c.) state the number and nominal values separately.
+t If the of different kinds, state them separately.
t Where various amounts have been called, or there are shares of different kinds
state them separately.
§ Include what has been received on forfeited as well as on existing shares.
Companies, |Ch. 31. No. 1.
otal amount of the sums (ifany) paid by way of commission
iw respect of any shares or debentures or allowed by way of
discount in respect of any debentures since the date of the
last Return,
Cotal number of shares forfeited
Votal amount paid (if any) on share.
Votal amount of shares for which share
are outstanding.
Total amount of share warrants to bearer issued and sur- Issued §
tendered respectively since the date of the last Retarn, Surrendered §
Number of shares comprised in each share wi ant to bei
Total amount of the indebtedness of the Company in respect §
of all) mortgages and charges of the kind which are
required to be registered with the Registrar under (he
Companies Ordinance,
‘copy of last audited Balance Sheet of the Company.
Notk, Except where the Company is ai Privale Company — within the
meaning of Section 28 of the Companies Ordinance, this Return must include a
written copy, certified by a Director or by the Manager or Secretary of the Company
to be a true copy, of the last balance sheet which has been audited by the Company's
auditors (including every document required by law to be annexed thereto) together
with a copy of the report of the auditors thereon (certified ay aforesaid), and if any
such balance sheet is in a foreign language there must also be annexed to it a trans-
lation Chereo( in English certified in the prescribed manner to be a correct translation.
Uf the said last balance sheet did not comply with the requirements of the law as in
force at the date of the audit with respect to the form of balance sheets there must
be made such additions to and corrections in the said copy as would have been
required to be made in the said balance sheet in order to make it comply with the
said requirements, and the fact that the said copy has been so amended must be
stated thereon,
Company.
Certificates to be given by a Private Company.
A. [certify that the Company has not since the date of the “last Annual Return
issued any invitation fo the public lo subseribe for any shares or debentures of the
Company.â€
(Signature)
State whether Director or Secretary.
B. Should the number of members of the Company exceed fifty the following
certificate ig also required :-
“LT certify that the excess of members of the Company above fifty consists
“wholly of persons who are in the employment of the Company and/or of
“* persons who, having been formerly in the employment of the Company were
while in such employment, and have continued after the determination of
such employment to be, members of the Company.â€
(Signature)
| State whether Divector or Secretary. |
Notk.—Hanking companics must add a list of all their places of business.
*In the case of the first Annual Return strike out the words “last Annual
Return ’ and substitute therefor the words ‘‘ Incorporation of the Company.â€
555
556 Ch. 31. No. 1.| Compantes.
The Return must be signe:
of the Company
Delivered for filing by
Varticulars of the *Directors of the
Annual Return
{The present
Christian
Name or
Names and
Surname
Any former
Christian
Name or 'N;
Names or
Surname.
Nationahts
of origin (if
other than
the present
nationality).
6 Direelor
a Director or by the Manager or Sec
‘Company, Linited, at the date of the
TOther
Usual. Dusiness
residential | occupation (if
address, | any). Tf none
state so.
includes any person who occupies Che position of a@ Director by
whatever name called and any person in accordance with
whose directions or
instructions the Directors ofa Company are accustomed to act.
f In the cage of a Corporation its corporate name and registered
office should he shown,
principal
ft In the case of an maivulual whe bas no business occupation but holds any other
directorship or directorships particulars of (hat directorship or of some one of those
directorships must be entered,
(Ch. 31. No. 1. 557
Compantes.
aq Aum salajstrexy 9ty JO aweT at 3ng * gala]
‘a]Ep ova vO paijajsueLy sareys
srETDInIed 3
. qsnm ssquam yIee 1g pjay FOS joy
TMOTS 3Q
Sem ‘pausysren 10 ‘pjay seej> Goes JO Jequinu
‘cyl ewmay
aul
‘JapsTe] JO U0}
-eqsBay 50 37°C
‘“‘sreqmayK 34 |
0} pasesd aaey OTM suosiad
Aq Awedmoy qj jo uontiod
-1000T at] Jo (afniay ISI 903
JO a8e9 VI WI) Jo ‘uM yey IST]
aya }O sep 30} FOUTS paris}
SUBIT SaTeYS JO sIEDIIe $
juaqmny
“yaySTeL] Dea jo srEpBITed amp susoddo Ajayerpauray TUMjOS ,, SATEUIRY ,, OUI Ui peLissut
aqi aem
SULIT amy 30 1eq3 a1soddo you puY ‘JOla}sTeI] 27 JO suTeD Sy aysoddo passed
JO JaquInu aly Se [Jam Se Wertz aq pynoys JaysueI], Qe JO ToneNs2sy jo ep aq ft
MNOWE 371 YIOIS OIUI payaruG) useq arty Sareqs Awe aq Ay
OS PapLaTpAns aq AeUI saMN[OD aseq2 SIsSE]D IWaIIBTP JO are sareys aq? waa, ft
aq plnoys
-
‘dn uaye} U99q aAey 0} AremTUUNS aq OT pazeIs Iey. TIM 3a13e% 0} [810] 9UO JAEUI 02 SE OS
qnoysnomy dn pappe aq 3snW UmN}Od st pue “pareis ag Ishui ‘EIIQUNN aanounsiq et 300 pre ‘play seregs yo Jaqum NX 91eSa133e OL +
‘[happea92G 40 a250uryy £0 s0p2eaicy aoytey7 770) iS
(amjensic)
‘zajswedy jo uel, | -raqminy
-eISBay JO 31" “amex
“sraqUMuayy []136 az OW. SuOSIad
iq ‘Avedwo7 am jo uonviod
-10901 9m jo (UMIaYy 3859 9TI
JO 9589 aq2 U1) JO ‘UmMzy Se]
aq jO sep aq2 2001s paLlay
4URIL sereys jo srepnonsegt
‘sareys jo wey
+ UmMW~wy
yO aep iz
s19quia}¢
Aq pig
BareyS 30
wquUnts
‘con “STURN “SIV LIHIEY
-edno0Q ‘SSaIpp¥ URNELTG) “eUIEUINS ZyruTe}WOO
‘2208po]
Jaqs1B2YT
ur onog
‘suonedns29 pure ‘sassezppy ‘SeWeN
-4S7] STA 0} PaxauUE aq ysnW pono} A[pear aq 07
ast] ou Ul Uosred Aue jo sueU ay a]qQeUe O3 JUSHIgNS Xepoy Te ‘sapio peoaqeudye wi pasuesse tow are 3st] SY} WT SouTeU yy JI—"“AN
‘fuedmoy 3q3 jo woneIodio2n1 3y3 30 (minIsy IasIg 3yI JO
play savy oum suotieg JO PUe ' 4
41
“play os Salzus sui Jo JOMOIY
9sed S42 WT) I ‘WINIay Ise] ayy JO
agi ue ‘paruny ‘Auedmey
10 AeD
Ue pue ‘s2ssesppe pure soured 11943 FuLMoys
azEp aq} sous aur] ive ye Wialeq) sareys
ayy WI g9IeUS SUTPOY SuOBIag JO IST]
558 Ch. 31. No. 1.| Companie,
(Section SEVENTH SCHEDULE
129.)
Form of Statement to be published by Banking and Insurance Companies
and Deposit, Provident, or Benefit Socicties.
* The shire capital of Che company divided into shires of
each.
The number of shares issued is
Calls to the amount of dollars pec share have been made, under whic
the sum of dollars has been received.
The habilities of the company on the Ist of January (or July} were
Debts owing to sundry persons by the company
On judgment, §
On specialty, $
On notes or bills, §
On simple contracts, $
On estimated habilities, $
The assets of the company on that day were
Government securities [stating them].
Bills of exchange and promissory notes, §
Cash at the bankers, §
Other securities, $
i the company has no share capital the portion of the statement relating to
capital and shares must be omitted,
(Section EIGHTH SCHEDULE
247 (2).) Provisions which do not apply in the case of a Winding Up subject
to Supervision of the Court.
«
Statement of companies affairs to be submitted to OMicial Receiver.
Report by Oficial Receiver.
Power of Court te appoint Liquidator.
Appointment and powers of provisional Liquidator.
Appointment, stvle, ete., of Liquidators.
Provisions where person other than Ofttctal Receiver appointed
17s. Liquidator.
179, General provisions as to Liquidators.
sxcept
sub-s. (5).
IS. Exercise and control of Liquidators powers,
1s Books to be kept by Liquidator in winding up.
IS> Payments of Liquidator into bank.
180, Audit of Liquidators’ accounts.
sy Control of Otlicial Receiver over Liquidators.
ISS Release of Liquidators.
Meeting of creditors and contributories to determine whether committee
Ise, of inspection shall be appointed.
190, Constitution and proceedings of committee of inspection.
tot Powers of Court where no committee of inspection.
199 Appointment of special manager.
205, Power to order public examination of promoters, directors, etc.
206 Power to restrain fraudulent persons from managing companie.
209, Delegation to Liquidator of certain powers of Court.
Power to appoint Official Receiver as receiver for debenture holder
_ 280, creditors.
Companies. {Ch. 31.
NINTH SCHEDULE.
Table of Fees to be paid to the Registrar.
1. By A COMPANY HAVING A SHARE CAPITAL.
For registration of a company whose nominal share capital does
nol exceed $10,000
For registration of a company whose nominal share capital
xceeds $10,000, the following fees, regulated according to the
amount of nominal share capital (that is to say):
For every $5,000 of nominal shi + capital, or part of x
$5,000 up to $25,000 4.80
For every $5,000 of nominal share capital, or part of
$5,000 after the tirst $25,000 up to $500,000... {
For every $5,000 of nominal share capital, or part of
$5,000 after the first $500,000 24
For registration of any increase of share capital made after the
urst registration of the company, the same fees per $5,000 or part
of a $5,000 as would have been payable if the increased share
capital had formed part of the original share capital at the time of
registration :
Provided that no company shall be liable to pay in respect of
nominal share capital, on registration or afterwards, any greater
amount of fees than $250 taking into account in the case of
fees payable on an increase of share capital after registration the
fees paid on registration.
For registration of any existing company, except such com-
panies as are by this Ordinance exempted from payment of fees in
respect of registration under this Ordinance, the same fee as is
charged for registering a new company.
For registering under Part ID. of this Ordinanee any charge
created by a company or particulars of a series of debentures-
where the amount of the charge or the amount secured by the
whole series does not exceed 8960
Where it exceeds $900
Kor registering any document by this Ordinance required or
wuthorised to be registered or required to be delivered sent or
lorwarded to the Registrar other than the memorandum or the
abstract required to be delivered to the Registrar by a receiver or
manager or the statement required to be sent to the Registrar by
the liquidator
For making a record of any fact by this Ordinance required or
authorised to be recorded by the Registrar
II. By a COMPANY NOT HAVING A SHARE CAPITAL.
For registration of a company whose number of members as
stated in the articles does not exceed 25
For registration of a company whose number of members as
stated in the articles exceeds 25, but does not exceed 100, the
above fee of $9.60 with an additional $4.80 for every additional
25 members or less after the first 25.
No. 1.
9.00
240
‘RD
9,60
559
500
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes,
Kor registration of a company whose number of members as
stated in the articles exceeds 100 but is not stated to be unlimited,
a fee of $24.00 with an additional $1.20 for every additional 50
members or less after the first 100,
For registration of a company in which the number of members
is stated in the articles to be unlimited
For registration of any increase on the number of members
tuade after the registration of (he company in respect of every 50
members, or Jess than 50 members, of that increase
Provided that no company shall be liable to pay on the whole a
greater fee than $96.00 in respect ofits number of members, taking
into account the fee paid on the first registration of the company.
For registration of any existing company, except such com
panies as are by this Ordinance exempted from payment of fees in
respect of registration under this Ordinance, the same fee as is
charged for registering a new company,
For registering under Part U1. of this Ordinance any charge
created by a company or particulars of a series of debentures
where the amount of the charge or the amount secured by the
whole series does not exceed $960
Where it exceeds $900
For registering any document by this Ordinance required or
authorised to be registered or required to be delivered, sent or
forwarded to the Registrar, other than the memorandum or the
abstract required to be delivered to the Registrar by a receiver or
manager or the statement required to be sent to the Registrar by
the liquidator
For making a record of any tact by this Ordinance requited er
authorised to be recorded by the Registrar
HL. By a Company ro wintcu Parr XN. THIS ORDINANCE
APVLIFS,
Vor registering a certified copy of a charter, statutes or memo-
randum and article. required to be delivered to the Registrar
under Part X. of this Ordinance
For registering any other document required to be delivered to
the Registrar under Part NX. of this Ordinance
1V. Gr
For inspecting the tle of documents kept by the Registrar in
respect of each company
Copy of any document or part thereof per folio of 72 words
Anv certificate by the Registrar...
96.00
240
1.80
24.00
Compantes, |Ch. 31. No. 1. 561
TENTH SCHEDULE.
Provisions referred to in section 313 of the Ordinance. (Section
Provisions relating to 313.)
Conelusiveness of certificate of incorporation, 17.
Specific requirements as to particulars in prospectus; s. 37,
Prohibition of allotment in certain cases unless statement in lieu of 9. 42.
prospectus delivered to Registrar:
Return as to allotments , s. 44.
Registration of charge. sated by company registered the s. 79.
Colony
Duty of company to register charges created by company; a. BU (1).
Duty oof company to register charge. sxisting en property s. 3h.
dequired,
Application of Part TEL. to companies incorporated outside thes. 90.
olony
Restrictions on commencement of business , 8. 94.
The particulars as to directors and indebtedness of the company; —s. 106 (3) (n),
(0).
Statutory meeting and statutory report, a. ALL.
Auditors’ report and right to information and explanations; * aye (1),
Restrictions on appointment or advertisement of director; 8. 138.
Notice by liquidator of his appointment ; a. 238,
Delivery to Registrar of accounts of receivers and managers ; 4. 283.
Documents, ete, to be delivered to Registrar by companies * +98.
sarrying on business in the Colony:
Return to be delivered) to) Registrar where documents, ete., 5. $00.
altered;
Balanee sheet of company carrying on business in the Colony ; 401,
Obligation to state name of company, ete. a. 302.
ELEVENTH SCHEDULE.
Rules of Procedure on Applications under the Ordinance.
t. In these rule. (Section
the Ordinance — means the Companies Ordinance ; 278.)
the petition,’ the motion,†“the summons — mean the interpre.
petition, motion or summons presented, made or taken out pursuant ation,
to the. rule.
the inquiry means the inquiry made as to the debts claims or
liabilities of or affecting the company or as to any such debts claims
or liabilities ordered by the Court under these rules;
“the company" means the company to which any application
under the. + rules relates;
* the Registrar" means the Registrar General appointed under the
Registrar General Ordinance,
Unle. the context otherwise requires, expre.. detined in’ the
Ordinance shall have the meanings so defined.
2. Every petition, notice of motion, or summons to which these rules
relate shall be brought to and issued out of the office of the Registrar of
the Supreme Court.
T. IV. 36
562
Application
of rules of
Supreme
Court.
Title ot
Petition.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] ( ompantes.
3. The rules of the Supreme Court for the time being in force and the
general practice of the Court including the course of procedure and
practice in Chambers shall apply as regards all proceedings in relation to
applications to which these rules relate so far as may be practicable,
xcept if and so far as the Ordinance or these rules otherwise provide.
4. (1) Every petition, notice of motion and summons and all notices,
affidavits and other proceedings under any petition, notice of motion or
summons shalt be intituled in the matter of the company, and in the
matter of the Companies Ordinance.
(2) An application for leave under subsection (4) of section 260 of
the Ordinance shall be intituled in the matter of the company whose
busine. was carried on with such intent or for such purpose as_ is
mentioned in subsection (1) of that section and in the matter of the
Companies Ordinance.
5. The following applications shall be made by petition—
(a) applications to confirm. alteration of objects under section 7
of the Ordinance,
(6) applications to contirm a reduction of capital under section 57
of the Ordinance,
(c) applications to confirm the reduction of any capital redemption
‘serve fund under section §8 (1) (c) of the Ordinance;
(d) applications to cancel, disallow or confirm any variation or
abrogation of the rights of holders of special classes of shares under
section 63 of the Ordinance
(c) applications to sanction the issue of share. at a discount under
section $9 of the Ordinanee,
(f) applications to sanction a compromise or arrangement under
section 1I5t of the Ordinance;
(2) applications to restore a company’s name to the register under
section 275 of the Ordinance;
(4) applications for relief by directors, managers or officers of a
company or by persons employed as auditors by a company under
section 319 (2) of the Ordinance;
(7) appheations by a transferee company for the purpose of
acquiring shares under section 153 of the Ordinance.
The following applications shall be made by motion or summons-—
(a) applications to rectify the register of members under section 100
of the Ordinance;
(2) applications to extend the time for registration of a charge or to
rectify any omission or mis-statement in any particular with respect
to any charge or in a memorandum of satisfaction under section 85 of
the Ordinance.
The following applications shall be made by motion—
(a) apphcations for relief in case of default in delivering documents
to the Registrar under section 44 of the Ordinance;
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(6) applications for relief in case of default by a private company in
complying with the provisions of its articles under section 29 (3) of
the Ordinance;
(c) applications to enquire into the case of officers or agents of
a company who have refused to produce any document or answer any
question under section 133 (5) or section 135 (3) of the Ordinance and
for orders under the said subsections,
» The following applications shall be made by summons.
(4) applications to inspect the register of members or the index of
the members of a company or the annual return or to obtain copics
of such register or annual return under section 98 or section 108 (2) of
the Ordinance;
(6) applications to inspect the minutes of proceedings at general
meetings of a company or to be furnished with copies thereof under
section 119 (4) of the Ordinance
(c) appheations to inspect the register of directors under
section 142 (5) of the Ordinance;
(d) applications to inspect copies of instruments creating a charge
and to inspect the register of charges to be kept at the registered
office of a company under section 89 (3) of the Ordinance ;
(¢) applications to inspect any register of holders of debentures of
a company or for orders that copies of any such register or of any
trust deed for securing any issue of debentures shall be sent to the
persons requiring the same under section 7-4 (5) of the Ordinance;
(f) applications for and in regard to me +tings of a company under
section 110 or section 113 of the Ordinance:
(g) applications for mectings under section [51 of the Ordinance;
(A) applications for facilitating reconstructions or amalgamations
of companies under seetion 152 of the Ordinance where the matters
to which such applications relate have not been dealt with, or fully
dealt with, on the hearing of the petition to sanction the compromise
or arrangement to which they relate;
(¢) applications in regard to certificates of shares debentures or
debenture stock certificates and for costs under section 69 of the
Ordinance;
(j) applications for enforcing the duty of a company or any other
person to make any return and for costs under sections 284 or 289 of
the Ordinance ;
(4) applications for lec under subsection (4) of section 260 of the
Ordinance:
(4) applications to extend the time for registering documents under
section 7 (6) of the Ordinance or under rule 12 of these rules;
(m) applications to extend the time for the issue of shares at
a discount under section 49 (1) (d) of the Ordinance;
(n) applications by a dissenting sharcholder for the purpose of
preventing the acquisition of his shares under section 153 of the
Ordinance.
36 (2)
563
564
Summons
tor direc-
tions.
Affidavit as
to creditors,
Form of
athdavit,
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Com paitte,
A respondent to an originating summons issued pursuant to rule 6
or rule 8 of these rules shall not be required to enter an appearance except
where such summons is issued pursuant to paragraph (A) or paragraph (7)
of rule 8
10. (1) Where the petition has been presented pursuant to para-
graphs (2), (0), (¢), (@), (4) or (7) of rule 5 of these rules, or where an Weer
is souglit uncer section 152 of the Ordinance, an application shall,
every case, be made, by summons in Chambers, to the Judge, for dire ctions
as to the proceedings to be taken.
(2) Upon the hearing of the summons, or upon any adjourned
hearing or hearings thereof or any subsequent application, the Judge may
make such order or orders and give such directions as he may think fit
as to all the proceedings to be take n, and more particularly with respect
to the following matters, that is to say-
(a) the publication of notices;
(/) in cases where the Court orders an inquiry as to the debts,
claims or labitty of or affecting a company or as to any of such
debts, claims or liabilitie,, the proceedings io be taken for settling
the list of creditors entitled to object, including the dispensing with
the observance of section 58 (2) of the Ordinance as regards any
class or chisses of creditors, fixing the date with reference to which
the list of such creditors is to be made out, and generally fixing
a time for and giving directions as to all other necessary or proper
steps in the matter whether expressly mentioned in any of these
rules or not,
In such cases the first order upon the summons for directions may
be in the form No. Uoin the Appendix with such variations as_ the
circumstances may require,
11. Tncases where the Court has ordered ; such inquiry aforesaid,
the following provisions shall apply:
(a) The company shall, within seven days after such order or such
further or other time as the Judge may allow, file in the office of the
Registrar of the Supreme Court an allidavit made by some officer or
officers of the company competent to make the same, verifying a list
containing so far as possible the names and addresses of the creditors
of the company to whom such inquiry extends. The said list shall
also contain the amounts due to the creditors therein named
Tespectively in respect of debts, claims or liabilities to which the
inquiry extends, or in the case of any such debt payable on a
contingency or not ascertained or any such claim admissible to proof
in winding up of the company the -alue, so far as can be justly
‘stimated, of such debt or claim,
(6) The person making any such affidavit shall state therein his
belief that the list verified by such affidavit is correct, and that there
was hot at the date so fixed as aforesaid any debt, claim or liability
which, if that date were the commencement of the winding up of the
company would be admissible in proof against the company, except
the debts, claims and liabilities set forth in such list and any debts
claims or Hablities to which the inquiry does not extend, and shall
C omtpante, |Ch. 31. No. 1.
state his means of knowledge of the matters deposed to in such
affidavit. Such affidavit may be in the form No, 2 set out in the
Appendix, with such variations as the circumstances of the case may
require,
(c) Copies of such list containing the names and addresses of such
creditors, and the total amount so due to them (including the value of
any debts or claims estimated as aforesaid), but omitting the amounts
due to them respectively, or (as the Judge shall think fit) complete
copies of such list, shall be kept at the registered office of the company
and at the offices of the solicitors to the company and any person
desirous of inspecting the same may at any time during the ordinary
hours of business inspect and take -Xtracts from the same on payment
of the sum of twenty-four cents.
(¢) The company shall, within seven days after the filing of such
afidavit, or such further or other time as the Judge may allow, send
to each creditor Whose name is entered in the said list a notice stating
the amount of the proposed reduction of capital, the effect of the
order directing the inquiry and the amount or estimated value of the
debt or the contingent debt or claim or both for which such creditor
is entered in the said list, and the time (such time to be fixed by the
Judge) within which, if he claims to be entitled to be entered on such
list as a ereditor for a larger amount, he must send in his name and
addre. and the particulars of his debt or claim, and the name and
address of his solicitor (if any) to the solicitor of the company;
and such notice shall be sent through the post in a prepaid letter
addressed to each such creditor at his last known address or place
of abode, and may be in the form or to the effeet of the form No. 3
set out in the Appendix, with such variations as the circumstance,
of the case may require.
(ce) Notice of the presentation of the petition, of the effect of
the order directing the inquiry and of the list of creditors shall,
after the tiling of the affidavit mentioned in paragraph (a) of this
Tule, be published at such times, and in such newspapers as the Judge
shall direct. Every such notice shall state the amount of the
proposed reduction of capital, and the places where the aforesaid
list of creditors may be inspected, and the time within) which
creditors of the company who are not but are entitled to be entered
on the said list, and are desirous of being entered therein, must send
in their names and addresses, and the particulars of their debts or
claims, and the names and addresses of their solicitors (if any) to
the solicitor of the company. Such notice may be in the form No. 4
set out in the Appendix, with such variations as the circumstances
of the case may require.
(f) The company shall within such time as the Judge shall direct,
lile in the office of the Registrar of the Supreme Court, an affidavit
made by the person to whom the particulars of debts or claims are, by
such notices as are mentioned in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this rule
required to be sent in, stating the result of such notices respectively
and verifying a list containing the names and addresses of the persons
(if any) who shalt have sent in the particulars of their debts or claims
565
Inspection
of list of
creditors.
Notice to
creditors.
Advertise-
ment of
petition and
of list of
creditors.
Affidavit as
to result of
aragrapbs
d) and (e)
of this rule.
566
Proceedings
where claim
not
adnitted,
Casts of
proof.
Certine:
as to
creditors,
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compante.
in pursuance of such notices respectively, and the amounts of such
debts or claims, and some competent officer or officers of the company
shall join in such affidavit, and shall in such list distinguish which (if
any) of such debts and claims are wholly, or as to any and what part
thereof, admitted by the company, and which (if any) of such debts
and claims are wholly, or as to any and what part thereof, disputed by
the company, and which (ifany) of such debts and claims are alleged
by the company to be wholly, or as to any and what part thereof, not
meluded in the inquiry. Such affidavit shall also state which of the
persons who are entered in the list as creditors and which of the
persons who have sent tn particulars of their debts or claims in
pursuance of such notice. as aforesaid have been paid or have
consented to the proposed reduction. Such affidavit may be in the
form No. 5 set out in the Appendix with such variations as the
circumstances of the case may require.
(g) Tf the company contends that a person is not entitled to be
entered in the list of creditors in respect of any debt or claim whether
admitted or not or ifany debt or claim, the particulars of which ate
so sent in, shall not be admitted by the company at its full amount,
then and in every such case, unless the company is willing to
appropriate in such manner as the Judge shall direct the full amount
of such debt or claim, the company shall, if the Judge think {it so
to direet, send to the creditor a notice that he is required to come in
and establish lis title toe be entered on the list or as the case may
be te come in and prove such debt or claim or such part thereof as
is not admitted by the company, by a day to be therein named,
being net less than four clear days after such notice, and being the
time appointed by the Judge for adjudicating upon such titles, debts
and claims and such notice shall be sent in the manner mentioned in
paragraph (@) of this rule, and may be in the form No. 6 set out in
the Appendix with such variations as the circumstances of the case
AV Tequire.
(2) Such creditors as come in to prove their titles, debts or claims
iN pursuance of any such notice as is mentioned in paragraph (g) of this
tule shall be allowed their costs of proof against the company and be
answerable for costs, in the same manner as in the case of persons
coming in te prove debts under an administration judgment.
(?) The result of the settlement of the list of creditors shall be
stated in a certificate by the Registrar of the Supreme Court, and
such certificate shall state what debts or claims (if any) have been
disallowed, and shall distinguish the debts or claims the full amount
of which the company is willing to appropriate, and the debts or
claims (if anv) the amount of which has been fixed by inquiry and
adjudication in manner provided by section 58 (2) of the Ordinance,
and these rules, and the debts or claims (if any) the full amount
of which the company does not admit or is not willing to appropnate
or the amount of which has not been fixed by inquiry and adjudication
as aforesaid; and shall show which of the creditors have consented
io the proposed reduction, and the total amount of the debts due
to them, and the total amount of the debts or claims the payment
w amounts of such
cers of the company
listinguish which (if
hany and what part
any) of such debts
thereof, disputed by
d claims are alleged
lat part thereof, not
» state which of the
sand which of the
debts or claims in
been paid or have
lavit may be in the
v Variations as the
not entitled to be
‘bt or claim whether
iculars of which are
at its full amount,
ipany is willing to
rect the full amount
Judge think fit so
Tequired to come in
or as the case may
such part thereof as
be therein named,
atice, and being the
on such titles, debts
Lunner mentioned im
Tm No. 6 set out in
Nstances of the case
tles, debts or claims
paragraph (g) of this
the company and be
the case of persons
n judgment.
ff creditors shall be
supreme Court, and
s (if any) have been
ims the full amount
and the debts or
‘xed by inquiry and
2) of the Ordinance,
iy) the full amount
illing to appropriate
iry and adjudication
tors have consented
it of the debts due
claims the payment
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 567
of which has been secured in manner provided by section 58 (2) of
the Ordinance and the persons to or by whom the same are due or
claimed. The said certificate shall also state what creditors have
under paragraph (g) of this rule come in and sought to establish their
title to be entered on the list and whether such claims have been
allowed or not, but it shall not be necessary to make in such certificate
any further or other reference to any creditors who are not entitled
to be entered in the list or to any debts or claims to which the inquiry
does not extend or to show therein the sevcral amounts of the debts
or claims of any persons who have consented to the proposed
reduction or the payment of whose debts or claims has been secured
as aforesaid.
(j) The consent of any creditor, whether in respect of a debt due or lvidence of
presently due or a debt payable on a contingency or not ascertained coiiter of
or a claim admissible to proof in a winding up of the company ‘
may be evidenced in any manner which the Judge shall think
reasonably sufficient having regard to the amount of his debt or
clam and all the circumstances of the case.
(A) The petition shall not be heard until the expiration of at least Certilicate
eight clear days from the filing of such certificate as is mentioned in rearieg of
paragraph (2) of this rule. petition.
() Before the hearing of the petition, notices stating the day on Advertise-
which the same is appointed to be heard shall be published at such ment of
times and in such newspapers as the Judge shall direct. Such notices >etins-
may be in the form No. 7 set out in the Appendix, with such variations
as the circumstances of the case may require,
12. Unless in any particular case the Court shall otherwise direct every Delivery of
order sanctioning the issue of shares at a discount shall contain a direction cory OF der
that a copy of such order shall be delivered to the Registrar for registration oection 49 of
within seven days from the date thereof or within such further or other the Ordi-
time as the Court may allow and that the order shall not take effect till nance to
such copy has been so delivered. Registrar.
13. Where an application is made under section 152 of the Ordinance Form of
the order may be in the form No. 8 set out in the Appendix, with such order under
variations as the circumstances of the case may require. tthe.
Ordinance.
APPENDIX. (XI. Sche-
dule.)
No. 1.
Form of Order
(rule 10 (2)).
IN THE SUPREME CouRT OF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
No. of .
In the Matter of the Company, Limited;
and
In the Matter of ‘‘ The Companies Ordinance.â€
Upon the application of the petitioners by summons dated and upon hearing
the solicitor for the petitioners, and on reading the petition presented to the Court,
the affidavit of [in support of petition], the affidavit of (service of
notices convening meetings] and the exhibits therein respectively referred to. And it
568
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
appearing that the special resolution for the reduction of the capital of the said
company referred to in the said petition has been duly passed. [It is ordered that
section 58 (2) of the Ordinance shall not apply to [here set out class of creditors to whom
section 58 (2) of the Ordinance is not to apply] and] it is ordered, that an inquiry
be made what are the debts, claims and liabilities of or aflecting the said company on
the day of ,19 (other than debts, claims or liabilities in respect
[here set out any debts, claims or liabilities which have been excluded from the provisions
of section 58 (2) of the Ordinance by the earlier part of the order}) and that notice of
the presentation of the said petition and that a list of creditors to whom such inquiry
extends is to be made out as of the said day of ,19 , be inserted
in [the newspapers] on the day of 19 and [other times of
insertion).
And it is ordered that the said list and copy of the affidavit verifying the same be
delivered to the office of the Registrar within days of the date hereof.
No. 2.
Affidavit verifying List of Creditors
(rule 11 (8)).
(Title as in Form 1.)
1, A.H., of make oath, and say as follows:
1. The paper writing now produced and shown to me, and marked with the letter
A, contains a list of creditors of and persons having claims upon the said company
on the day of 19 (the date fixed by the order in this matter
dated , 19 +), together with their respective addresses, and the nature
and amount of their respective debts or claims, and such list is, to the best of my
knowledge, information and belief, a true and accurate list ef such creditors and
persons having claims on the day aforesaid.
2. To the best of my knowledge and belief there was not, at the date aforesaid,
any debt, claim or liability which, if such date were the commencement of the
winding up of the said company, would be admissible in proof against the said
company other than and except the debts, claims and liabilities set forth in the
said list and debts, claims and liabilities to which the inquiry directed by the order
made herein and dated the day of ,» 19, dues not extend. I
am enabled to make this statement from the facts within my knowledge as the
of the said company, and from information derived upon investigation of
the affairs and the books, documents and papers of the said company.
Sworn, etc.
List of Cree s referred to in the last Form.
In the Matter of the Company Limited;
and
In the Matter of | The Companies Ordinance.â€
This iist of creditors marked A was produced and shown to 4./., and is the samc
list of creditors as is referred to in his affidavit sworn before me this day
19
X.Y,, etc.
Names, Addresses, and Nature of Amount of estimated value
Descriptions of the Creditors.
Debt or Claim. of Debt or Claim.
Compantes, |Gh. 31. No. 1.
No. 3.
Notice to Creditors
(rule 11 (d)).
In the Matter of the Company, Limited;
and
In the Matter of The Companies Ordinance.â€
To Mr.
You are requested to take notice that a petition has been presented to the Court
for confirming the reduction of the capital of the above company, from $
to $ , and that by an order dated ,19 _ , an inquiry was directed
as to the debts, claims and liabilities of the said company as on the ,19
(other than the debts, claims or liabilities to which the inquiry does not extend).
In the list of persons admitted by the company to have been on the day of
, 19, creditors of the company for debts, claims and liabilities to which
such inquiry cxtends, your name is entered as a creditor [here state the amount of the
debt or nature of the claim].
If you claim in respect of such debt, claim or liability to have been on the last-
mentioned day a creditor to a larger amount that is stated above, you must, on or
before the day of , 19, send your name and address, the
particulars of your claim and the name and address of your solicitor (if any) to the
undersigned at - In default of your so doing the above entry in the list
of creditors will in all the procecdings under the above application to reduce the
capital of the company be treated as correct.
Dated this day of 19
A.B.,
Solicitor for the said Company.
No. 4.
Advertisement of Petition and List of Creditors
(rule U1. (e)).
In the Matter of the Company, Limited;
and
In the Matter of The Companies Ordinance.â€
Notice is hereby given that a petition for confirming the reduction of the capital
of the above company from § to § was on the day of
, 19 presented to the Court and is now pending. And that by an
order dated , 19 — , an inquiry was directed as to debts, liabilities or claims
of the said company as on the ,19 (other than debts, claims or liabilities
in respect of [here set out the nature of the debts, claims and liabilities to which the
inquiry does not extend|). A list of the persons admitted to have been creditors
of the company for debts, claims and liabilities to which the said inquiry extends
on the said day of ,19 (the date fixed by the order in this matter
dated ), may be inspected at the offices of the company at , OF
at the office of at any time during usual business hours, on payment of the
charge of twenty-four cents.
Any person who claims to have been on the last-mentioned day and still to be a
creditor of the company in respect of any such debt, claim or liability, and who is not
entered on the said list and claims to be so entered, must on or before the day
of ,19 _ , send in his name and address, and the particulars of his claim, and
the name and address of his solicitor (if any) to the undersigned at , or in
default thereof he will be precluded from objecting to the proposed reduction of
capital.
Dated this day of ,19 7,
AwB.,
Solicitor for the said Company.
569
570
If notice is
issued under
r. 11 ().
lf notice is
issued under
rod (ey.
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Compante.
No. 5.
Affidavit as to Claims
(rule 11 (f)).
Title as im Form 1.)
We, C.D., ete (the secretary of the said company], E.F., of, etc. [the solicstor of the
said company], and A.B, of, ete. [the managing director of the said company), severally
mike oath and say as follows:
I, the said C.D. for myself, say as follows:
1. I did on the day of 19 in the manner hercinalter men-
tioned, serve a true copy of the notice now produced and shown to me, and marked
BR, upon cach of the respective persons whose names, addresses, and descriptions
appear in the first column of the list of creditors, marked A, referred to in the affidavit
of tiled on the day of 19 .
2.1 served the said respective copies of the said notice by putting such copies
respectively duly addressed) to such persons respectively, according to their
Tespeetive names and addresses appearing in the said list (being the last known
addresses or places of abode of such persons respectively) and with the proper
postage stamps aflixed thereto as prepaid letters, into the post office at
Street between the hours of and of the clock, in the noon
of the said day of 19
And 1, for myself, say as follows:
3. A true copy now produced and shown to me, and marked C, has
Appeared in the day of 19 the of the
day ol
4. L have, in the paper writing now produced and shown to me, and marked D,
set forth a list of all claims, the particulars of which have been sent in to me pursuant
to the said notice B, now produced and shown to me by persons claiming to be
creditors of the stid company for larger amounts than are stated in the list of creditors,
marked A, referred to ut the afhdavit of filed on the day of
19
:09, No person has sent in to me pursuant to the said Notice B, a claim to be
entered on the sud list for a larger sum than that in respect of which he is entered
in the said Itst A.;
5. 1 have, in the paper writing now produced and shown to me, marked E, set
forth a list of all claims, the particulars of which have been sent in to me pursuant
to the notice referred to in the third paragraph of this affidavit by persons claiming
to be creditors of the said) company on the day of 9,
Not appearing on the said list of creditors, marked A, and who claimed to be entered
thereon,
Or, No claims have been sent in to me pursuant to the notice referred to in
paragraph 3 hereof by persons not entered on the said list A, and claiming to be so
entered. |
And we, for ourselves, sy as follows:
6, We have, in the first part of the said paper writing, marked D (now produced
and shown to us) and also in the first part of the said paper writing marked E (also
produced and shown to us), respectively set forth such of the said debts and claims
as are admitted by the said company to be due wholly or in part, and how much is
adnutted to be due in respect of such of the same debts and claims respectively
as are not wholly admitted, and such of the same debts and claims as the company
contends are wholly or as to any and what part thereof not included in the inquiry
in this matter.
7. We have, in the second part of each of the said paper writings, marked D and E,
set forth such of the said) debts and claims as are wholly disputed by the said
company, and such of the same debts and claims as the company contends would
even Uf admitted be wholly or as to any and what part thereof not included in the
inguiry in this matter.
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 571
8. In the said Exhibits D and E are distinguished such of the debts the full amounts * Invoices
whereof are proposed to be appropriated in such manner as the Judge shall direct. to the
And I, the said C.D., further say:— amount of
ays . . the receipt
The exhibits now produced and shown to me marked F, contains the (*invoices should be
and) receipts and the written consents of such of the sons named in the said list A attached
(and in the said exhibits D and E) as have been paid by the said company or have when the
consented to the proposed reduction of capital. receipt is for
The said company is willing to set apart and appropriate the full amount of a larger sum
the debts, claims and liabilities specified in the said list A (and in the said exhibits than that
D and E) in respect of which consents have not been obtained or which the said stated in
company has not paid and discharged. list A (and
All rent rates taxcs salaries wages and other incidental expenses current on the exhibits D
said , 19 , and since become due have been paid and discharged by the and F).
said company.
Sworn, etc.
Exhibit D, referred to in the last-mentioned Affidavit.
D.
In the Matter, etc.
List of debts and claims of which the particulars have been sent in to by
persons claiming to be creditors of the said company for larger amounts than are
stated in list of creditors made out by the company.
This paper writing, marked D, was produced and shown to C.D., £.F., and
A.B, respectively, and is the same as is referred to in their affidavit sworn
before me this day of
X.Y., ete.
First Part.
Debts and Claims wholly or partly admitted by the Company.
_ 7 4
|
Names, Amount Debts Amounts
Addresses, | Particulars admitted proposed admitted by the
and | of Debt Amount by the to be company to be
Descriptions or claimed, Company appropriated owing but which
of Claim. to be in full it is contended
Creditors. owing to although are not within
Creditor. disputed. the inquiry.
SECOND Part.
Debts and Claims wholly disputed by the Company.
Names, Debts proposed Amounts which,
Addresses, and
Descriptions of | of Claim. claimed. in full, although is contended would
Claimants. | disputed. not be within the
inquiry.
| Particulars | Amount tobe appropriated even if admitted, it
|
To
572 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
Lahibit i, referred to in the last Afidavtt.
Os
In the Matter, etc.
List of debts and claims of which the particulars have been sent in to Mr.
by persons claiming to be creditors of the company, and to be entered on the list of
the creditors made out by the company.
This paper writing marked E was produced and shown to C.D., E.F., and
ALB, respectively, and is the same as is referred to in their affidavit sworn before
me this day of >
N.Y., etc.
First Part.
[Same as in Exhibit D.|
SEconp Part.
{Sane as tu Exhibit D.}
Notr. The name. to be inserted alphabetically.
No. 6,
Notice to Creditor to Come in and Prove
(rule 11 (g)).
Matter of the Company, Limited;
In the Matter of * The Companies Ordinance.â€
‘bo Mr. :
You are hereby required to come in and prove lor, establish your title to be
entered in the list of creditors in this matter in respect of] the debt claimed by you
apainst the above company, by filing yeur aflidavit and giving notice thereof to
Mr. , the solicitor of the company, on or before the day of
next; and you are to attend by your solicitor the Judge in Chambers at the Supreme
Court on the day of 19) at o'clock in the noon,
being the time appointed for hearing and adjudicating upon the claim, and produce
any securities or documents relating to your claim.
In default of your complying with the above directions, you will be precluded
from objecting to the proposed reduction of the capital of the company [or, in all
proceedings relative to the proposed reduction of the capital of the company be
treated as a creditor for such amount only as is set against your name in the list of
creditors].
Dated this 19
ALB.
Solicitor for the said Company.
No. 7
Advertisement of Hearing of Petition
(rule 11 (2).
In the Matter of the Company, Limited ;
and
In the Matter of '' The Companies Ordinance.â€
Notice is hereby given that a petition presented to the Court on the day of
1 , for confirming the reduction of the capital of the above company
from § to § , is directed to be heard on the day of
19
Dated this day of » 19
Solicitor for the said Company.
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
No 8.
Form of Order under section 152 of the Companies Ordinance
(rule 13).
[Title.]
OrDER that all Che property rights and powers of the transferor company specified
in the first second and third parts of the Schedule hereto and all other the property
rights and powers of the transferor company be transferred without further act or
deed to the transferee company and accordingly the same shall pursuant to
sechion 152 (2) of the Companies Ordinance be transferred to and vest in the trans~
leree company for all the estate and interest of the transferor company therein but
subject nevertheless to all charges now allecting the same (other than [here set out
uny charges which by virtue of the compromise or arrangement are to cease to have
effect|) And itis Ordered that all the liabilities and duties of the transferor company
be transferred without further act or deed to the transferee company and accordingly
the same shall pursuant to section 152 (2) of the Companies Ordinance be transferred
to and become the liabilities of and dutivs of the transferee company And it is
Ordered that all proceedings now pending by or against the transferor company be
continued by or against the transferee company And it is Ordered that the
transferee company do without further application allot to such members of the
transferor company as have not given such notice of dissent as is required by
clause of the scheme of compromise or arrangement herein the shares in the
transferee company to which they are entitled under the said scheme. And it is
ordered that the transferor company do within 7 days after the date of this order
cause a copy of this order to be delivered to the Registrar for registration and on such
copy being so delivered the transferor company shall be dissolved and the Registrar
shall place all documents relating to the transferor company and registered with
him on the file kept by him in relation to the transferee company and the files
relating to the said two companies shall be consolidated accordingly.
Liberty to apply.
The Schedule,
Part I,
jfusert a short description of the freehold property of the transferor company.)
Part II.
id nsevt a@ short description of the leasehold property of the transferor company.]
Part IIL.
(fusert a short description of all stocks share. *s and other things in action of
the transferor company. |
ADDITIONAL FORMS.
with reference to the Reduction of the Capital of Companies. These forms must
be used with caution until the practice under the Companies Ordinance is settled.
A.
Summons for Directions as to settling List of Creditor.
[Title as in Form No, 1.)
(Formal parts.)
Application on the part of the petitioners, the above-named company, for
directions as to the proceedings to be taken for settling the list of the company’s
creditors entitled to object to the proposed reduction of the capital of the company
as in the petition presented in this matter on the day of ,W,
mentioned, and for fixing the date with reference to which the list of creditors is to
be made out.
Or, [if the proposed reduction does not involve cithey diminution of liability or
payment of any shave capital.)
that the inquiry mentioned in rule 10 (2) (6), of the Rules of Procedure may be
573
574
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compamtes.
dispensed with, jor, for an order under section 58 (3) that subsection (2) of section 58
of the Companies Ordinance, should not apply as regards (class of creditors, e.g., the
holders of the debentures, etc.)]}.
That a day may be fixed for hearing the said petition and that directions may be
given as to the advertisement of notice of the presentation of the said petition and of
the day appointed for the hearing thereof.
B.
Order on Summons for Directions dispensing with List of
Creditors.
(Iitle as in Form No. 1.)
Upon the application, etc. [as in Form A] [and it appearing that the special
resolution referred to in the said petition for the reduction of the capital of the said
company has been duly passed}. And it appearing that the proposed reduction
of the capital of the company does not involve either the diminution of any liability
in respect of unpaid capital or the payment to any shareholder of any paid-up capital
of the said company.
It is ordered that the inquiry mentioned in rule 10 (2) (6) of the Rules of Procedure
be dispensed with.
And it is ordered that the said petition be fixed for hearing in Court on
day the day of , 19 = [usally about fourteen days].
And it is ordered that notice of the presentation of the said petition and of the day
appointed fer the hearing thereof be inserted in the Royal Gazette on or before the
dav of 19, and twice each [or as may be) on or before the
day of 19 in the following newspapers, namely:
Registrar of the Supreme Court.
Cc.
Advertisement of hearing of Petition where List of Creditors
dispensed with.
Title as in Form No. 1.)
Notice is hereby given that a petition presented to the Court on the day of
, 19 , for confirming the reduction of the capital of the above-named
company from $ to § iby cancelling capital which has been lost
or is unrepresented by available assets! is directed to be heard in Court on
day, the day of , 19
{Any creditor desiring to oppose the making of an order for the reduction of the
capital of the said company under the above Ordinance may appear at the time of
hearing by himself or his counsel for that purpose. Such person is required to
give two clear days’ notice in writing of his intention to appear with the grounds
of his objections to the undersigned, the solicitor for the company.
A copy of the petition will be furnished to any person requiring the same by the
undersigned on payment of the regulated charge for the same.]
Dated the day of , 19
A.B.,
Solicitor for the said Company.}
N.B.—It is apprehended that the words in brackets will not be used where an
order has been made that subsection (2) of section 58 is not to apply.
D.
Additional Paragraph to Form 4.
And take further notice that by an Order dated the day of
19 the Court gave leave that the notice required by r. 11 (d) of the Rules of
Procedure to be served on creditors of the above-named company should be served
on the holders of the debentures of the said company [whose names and addresses
Companies. (Ch. 31. No. 1.
are unknown to the company) [on the creditors named in the [first part of the]
Schedule hereto (whose addresses are unknown to the company)] snd on the Creditors
named in the [second part of the) Schedule hereto (who are believed to be dead),
{or us may be) by the insertion of this advertisement in the following newspapers
namely:
[The Schedule above referred to.)
E.
Additional Paragraph to Form 5.
\After paragraph 2) In each copy of the notice when served the blank space
appearing in the said Exhibit B was filled up by inserting therein the nature of the
debt, claim, or liability and the amount or estimated value thereof as set out in the
said List of Creditors marked A so far as the same is applicable to the person on whom
such copy notice was served.
F.
Consent of Creditor to proposed Reduction
(rule 11 (7)).
{Title as in Form 1.}
1/We of in the of [description] who was/were on
the , 19 , [date as in order for inquiry] and still am/are [a] creditor(s] cf
the above-named company for the sum of $ for [particulars of
debi] hereby consent to the proposed reduction of the capital of the above-named
company from $ to $
Dated this day of 19 °
(Signature)
Witness to the signature of iname of creditor signing consent}.
Signature
Address
Description
G.
Note of the Registrar of the Supreme Court that Certificate has become
binding.
[Title as in Form 1.]
Upon the further hearing of the summons for directions on the within petition
and the certificate filed on the day of , 19 _, of the result of the
inquiry as to debts, claims and liabilities directed by the order dated having
become binding, direct that the said petition be fixed for hearing in Court, on the
day of 19, and that the notice thereof be published on or before
the day of , 19 in the following newspapers, namely:
Dated the day of 19
Registrar of the Supreme Court.
575
576 Ch. 31. No. 1.| Compantes.
H.
Notice by Creditor of Intention to Oppose.
[Title as in Form 1.]
To Mr. A.B., the solicitor of the above-named company
Take notice that it is my intention (or, the intention of my client E.F., of
(residence and description)] to appear on the hearing of the petition presented by the
above-nained company for confirming the proposed reduction of their capital and
to oppose the application made thereby on the ground that [give grounds of objection)
Dated this day of 19
ELF of ifesidence and description
A ere ‘aid company
G.H. ol (place of business)
Solicitor for the said BE. a creditor of the
J.
Form of Minute in Cases where the Reduction is followed by Consolidation
or other Alterations of the Share Capital.
The capital of the Co., Limited [and Reduced), was by virtue of a special
resolution and with the sanction of an order of the Court dated the day of
19 reduced from the former capital of § , divided into
shares of § cach, to § . divided into shares of $
each and shares of $ each, of which at the date of the registration
of this minute (a) shares of §$ each had been issued and the full
amount of § had been and was to be deemed to be paid up thereon;
(o) shares of $ had been issued and the amount of $ a share
had been and was to be deemed to be paid up thereon; and (c) none of the said
shares of $ each had been issued.
A special resolution of the company has been passed to the effect that on such
reduction taking effect the capital of the company as so reduced be subdivided into
shares of § each, of which shares numbered to
iclusive are fully paid; shares numbered to
inclusive are paid up to the extent of $ a share and shares are
unissued.
NoTK. and reduced added only * order so directs.
K
Form of Minute in Simple Cases of Reduction of Capital.
The capital of the Co. Limited, henceforth is § divided itu
shares of § ‘ach instead of the former capital of § divided
into shares of $ each,
At the time of the registration of this minute shares Nos. to
have been issued on each of which the sum of $ has been and ts
to be deemed to be paid up and the remaining share. are unissued.
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
L.
Notice of Registration.
[Title as in Form 1.
Notice is hereby given that the order of the Court dated the day of :
19 confirming the reduction of the capital of the above-named company from
$ to $ and the minute approved by the Court showing with respect
to the share capital of the company as altered the several particulars required by the
above Ordinance, were registered by the Registrar on the day of
1y The said minute is in the words and figures following :--
[Set out minute verbatint.|
Dated this day of 19
(Name)
(Address)
Soltettor for the saudi Company.
TWELFTH SCHEDULE.
The Companies Winding Up Rules.
Preliminary.
1. These rules may be cited as the Companies Winding up Rules and
shall apply to the proceedings in every winding up under the Ordinance
of a company which shall commence on and after the date on which
the Ordinance comes into operation. Rules which from their nature
and subject matter are, or which by the head lines above the group in
which they are contained or by their terms are made applicable only to
the proceedings in a winding up by the Court, or only to such proceedings
and proceedings in a creditors’ voluntary winding up shall not apply to
the proceedings in a voluntary winding up, or as the case may be in
a members’ voluntary winding up whether any such voluntary winding
up is or is not being continued under the supervision of the Court.
2. In these rule., unless the context or subject-matter otherwise
requires—
the Ordinance means the Companies Ordinance ;
the company ’’ means a company which is being wound up or
against which proceedings to have it wound up have been commenccd;
‘* Judge †means a Judge of the Supreme Court;
proceedings "’ means the proceedings in the winding up of
company under the Ordinance;
“the Registrar †means the Registrar General appointed under the
Registrar General Ordinance;
*“‘ sealed ’’ means sealed with the seal of the Court.
3. The forms in the Appendix, where applicable, and where they are not
applicable forms of the like character, with such variation as circumstances
may require, shall be used. Where such forms are applicable any costs
occasioned by the use of any other or more prolix forms shall be borne by
or disallowed to the party using the same unless the Court shall otherwise
direct.
T.—IV. 37
Application
of rules.
Interpre-
(ation of
terms,
Use of forms
in Appendix.
578
Matters to
be heard in
Court and
Chambers.
Apph
in Chi
Motions and
summonses.
Form 1,
Ch. 31. No. 1.) Compantes.
Court and Chambers.
4. (1) The following matters and applications shall be heard and
determined in open Court :—
(a) Petitions.
(6) Appeals from the Official Receiver and the Liquidator.
(c) Public Examinations.
(d) Applications under subsections (1) and (2) of section 260 of the
Ordinance and such applications under subsection (4) of the said
section as can be made to the Court.
{e) Proceedings under section 201 of the Ordinance.
(f) Applications under subsection (1) of section 262 of the
Ordinance.
(g) Applications under section 206 of the Ordinance.
(4) Applications under section 274 of the Ordinance.
(t) Applications under subsection (2) of section 319 of the
Ordinance.
(j) Applications for the committal of any person to prison for
contempt.
(&) Applications to rectify the Register.
(!) Applications relating to the admission or rejection of proofs.
Qt) Such matters and applications as the Judge may from time to
time by any general or special orders direct to be heard in open
Court.
(2) Examinations of persons summoned before the Court under
section 204 of the Ordinance, shall be held in Court or in Chambers as the
Court shall direct.
(3) Every other matter or application in the Court under the
Ordinance to which these rules apply may be heard and determined in
Chambers.
5. Subject to the provisions of the Ordinance and these rules :—
(1) All matters which under the Ordinance or these rules may be
heard and determined in Chambers shall be heard and determined by
a Judge, provided however that any such matter which the Registrar
of the Supreme Court at present has jurisdiction to hear and
determine under the Judicature Ordinance or any rules made
thereunder, may be heard and determined by him.
(2) Any matter or application before the Registrar of the Supreme
Court may at any time be adjourned by him to be heard before the
Judge either in Chambers or in Court.
(3) Any matter or application may, if the Judge or as the case may
be, the Registrar of the Supreme Court, thinks fit, be adjourned from
Chambers to Court, or from Court to Chambers.
6. (1) Every application in Court other than a petition shall be made
by motion, notice of which shall be served on every person against whom
an order is sought, not less than two clear days before the day named in
the notice for hearing the motion, which day must be one of the days
appointed for the sittings of the Court.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(2) Every application in Chambers shall be made by summons
which, unless otherwise ordered, shall be served on every person against
whom an order is sought, and shall require the person or persons to whom
the summons is addressed to attend at the time and place named in the
summons.
Proceedings.
7. (1) Every proceeding in a winding up matter shall be dated, and
shall with any necessary additions, be intituled in the matter of the
company to which it relates and in the matter of the Companies Ordinance,
and otherwise as in form 2. Numbers and dates may be denoted by
fipures.
(2) The first proceeding in every winding up matter shall have
a distinctive number assigned to it in the office of the Registrar of the
Supreme Court and all proceedings in any matter subsequent to the first
proceeding shall bear the same number as the first proceeding.
8. All proceedings shall be written or printed, or partly written and
partly printed on paper of the size of thirteen inches in length and eight
inches in breadth, and must have a stitching margin; but no objection
shall be allowed to any proof or affidavit on account only of its being
written or printed on paper of other size.
9, All orders, summonses, petitions, warrants, process of any kind
(including notices when issued by the Court) and office copies in any
winding up matter shall be sealed.
10. Every summons in a winding up matter in the Court shall be
prepared by the applicant or his solicitor, and issued from the office of
the Registrar of the Supreme Court. A summons, when sealed, shall be
deemed to be issued. The person obtaining the summons shall leave in
the office of the Registrar of the Supreme Court a duplicate which shall
be stamped with the prescribed stamp and filed.
11. Every order, whether made in Court or in Chambers in the winding
up of a company shall be drawn up by the Registrar of the Supreme
Court unless in any proceeding, or classes of proceedings, the Judge or
the said Registrar who makes the order shall direct that no order need
be drawn up. Where a direction is given that no order need be drawn
up, the note or memorandum of the order, signed or initialled by the
Judge or the said Registrar making the order, shall be sufficient evidence
of the order having been made.
12. All petitions, affidavits, summonses, orders, proofs, notices,
depositions, bills of costs and other proceedings in the Court in a winding
up matter shall be kept and remain on record in the office of the Registrar
of the Supreme Court and, subject to the directions of the Court, shall be
placed in one continuous file.
13. All office copies of petitions, affidavits, depositions, papers and
writings, or any part thereof, required by the Official Receiver or any
liquidator, contributory, creditor, officer of a company, or other person
entitled thereto, shall be provided by the Registrar of the Supreme
37 (2)
579
Title of
proceedings.
Form 2.
Written or
printed
proceedings.
Process to
be scaled.
Issues of
summonses.
File of
proceedings
in office of
Registrar of
the Supreme
Court.
Office
copies.
580
Use of file by
Official
Receiver,
Vrforcement
of orders,
Form of
Petron,
Forms 3
and 4.
Presentation
of petition,
Advertise-
ment of
petition,
Form 5.
Ch. 31. No. 1.) Companies.
Court, and shall, except as to figures, be fairly written out at length, and
be sealed and delivered out without any unnecessary delay, and in the
order in which they shall have been bespoken.
14. Every person who has been a director or officer of a company which
is being wound up, shall be entitled, free of charge, and every contributory
and every creditor whose claim or proof has been admitted, shall be
entitled on payment of a fee of twenty-four cents for cach hour or part
of an hour occupied, at all reasonable times, to inspect the file of
proceedings and to take copies or extracts from any documents therein,
or be furnished with such copies or extracts at a rate not exceeding eight
cents per folio of seventy-two words.
15. Where, in the exercise of his functions under the Ordinance or rules,
the Official Receiver requires to inspect or use the file of proceedings the
Registrar of the Supreme Court shall (unless the file is at the time required
for use in Court or by him) on request, transmit the file of proceedings
to the Official Receiver.
Service and execution of process and enforcement of orders.
lo, (1) All notices, summonses, and other documents other than those
of which personal service is required, may be sent by prepaid post letter
to the last known address of the person to be served therewith; and the
notice, summons, or document shall be considered as served at the time
that the same ought to be delivered in the duc course of post by the
post office, and notwithstanding the same may be returned by the post
office.
(2) No service shall be deemed invalid by reason that the name, or
any of the names other than the surname of the person to be served, has
been omitted from the document containing the person’s name, provided
that the Court is satisfied that in other respects the service of the document
has been sufficient.
17. Every order of the Court made in the exercise of the powers
conferred by the Ordinance and rules, may be enforced as if it were
a judgment or order of the Court made in the exercise of its ordinary
jurisdiction.
Petition.
18. Every petition for the winding up of a company by the Court, or
subject to the supervision of the Court, shall be in the forms Nos. 3 and 4
in the Appendix with such variations as circumstances may require.
19. A petition shall be presented at the office of the Registrar of the
Supreme Court, who shall appoint the time and place at which the petition
is to be heard. Notice of the time and place appointed for hearing the
petition shall be written on the petition and sealed copies thereof, and
the said Registrar may at any time before the petition has been advertised,
alter the time appointed, and fix another time.
20. (1) Every petition shall be advertised seven clear days before the
hearing once in the Roval Gazette, and once at least in one local daily
newspaper, or in such other newspaper as the Court directs.
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(2) The advertisement shall state the day on which the petition
was presented, and the name and address of the petitioner, and of his
solicitor, and shall contain a note at the foot thereof, stating that any
person who intends to appear on the hearing of the petition, either to
Oppose or support, must send notice of his intention to the petitioner,
or to his solicitors within the time and manner prescribed by rule 26,
and an advertisement of a petition for the winding up of a company by
the Court which does not contain such a note shall be deemed irregular.
And if the petitioner or.his solicitor does not within the time hereby
prescribed or within such extended time as the Registrar of the Supreme
Court may allow duly advertise the petition in the manner prescribed by
this rule the appointment of the time and place at which the petition is to
be heard shall be cancelled by the said Registrar and the petition shall be
removed from the file in his office unless the Judge or the said Registrar
shall otherwise direct.
21. Every petition shall, unless presented by the company, be served
upon the company at the registered office, if any, of the company, and if
there is no registered office, then at the principal or last known principal
place of business of the company, if any such can be found, by leaving
a copy with any member, officer, or servant of the company there, or in
case no such member, officer, or servant can be found there, then by
leaving a copy at such registered office or principal place of business,
or by serving it on such member, officer or servant of the company as the
Court may direct; and where the company is being wound up voluntarily,
the petition shall also be served upon the Liquidator (if any), appointed
for the purpose of winding up the affairs of the company.
22. Every petition for the winding up of a company by the Court, or
subject to the supervision of the Court, shall be verified by an affidavit
teferring thereto. Such affidavit shall be made by the petitioner, or by
one of the petitioners, if more than one, or, in case the petition is presented
by a corporation, by some director, secretary, or other principal officer
thereof, and shall be swom after and filed within four days after the
petition is presented, and such affidavit shall be sufficient primd facte
evidence of the statements in the petition.
23. Every contributory or creditor of the company shall be entitled to
be furnished, by the solicitor of the petitioner with a copy of the petition,
within twenty-four hours after requiring same, on paying the rate of eight
cents per folio of seventy-two words for such copy.
Provisional Liquidator.
24. (1) After the presentation of a petition, upon the application of
a creditor, or of a contributory, or of the company, and upon proof by
affidavit of sufficient ground for the appointment of a Provisional
Liquidator, the Court, if it thinks fit and upon such terms as in the opinion
of the Court shall be just and necessary, may make the appointment.
(2) The order appointing the Provisional Liquidator, shall bear the
number of the petition, and shall state the nature and a short description
581
Service of
petition,
Forms 6
and 7
Verification
of petition.
Forms 8
and 9,
Copy of
petition to
be furnished
to creditor
or con-
tributory.
Appoint-
ment of
Provisional
Liquidator.
Form 10.
582
Form 1]
List of
names and
addresses of
persons who
appear on
the petition,
Form 12.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
of the property of which the Provisional Liquidator is ordered to take
possession, and the duties to be performed by the Provisional Liquidator.
(3) Subject to any order of the Court, if no order for the winding
up of the company is made upon the petition, or if an order for the
winding up of the company on the petition is rescinded, or if all
proceedings on the petition are stayed, or if an order is made continuing
the voluntary winding up of the company subject to the supervision
of the Court, the Provisional Liquidator shall be entitled to be paid
out of the property of the company, all the costs, charges, and expenses
properly incurred by him as Provisional Liquidator, including such sum
as is or would be payable under the scale of fees for the time being in
force where the Official Receiver is appointed Provisional Liquidator,
and may retain out of such property the amounts of such costs, charges,
and expense. .
(4) Where any person other than the Official Receiver has been
appointed Provisional Liquidator and the Oficial Receiver has taken any
steps for the purpose of obtaining a statement of affairs or has performed
any other duty preseribed by these rules the Provisional Liquidator shall
pay the Official Receiver such sum, if any, as the Court directs.
Hearing of petitions and orders made thereon,
25. After a petition has been presented, the petitioner, or his solicitor
shall, on a day to be appointed by the Registrar of the Supreme Court,
attend before the said Registrar and satisfy him that the petition has been
duly advertised, that the prescribed affidavit verifving the statements
therein and the affidavit of service (ifany) have been duly filed, and that
the provisions of the rules as to petitions for winding up companies have
been duly complied with by the petitioner. No order for the winding up
of a company shall be made on the petition of any petitioner who has
not, prior to the hearing of the petition, attended before the said Registrar
at the time appointed, and satistied him in manner required by this rule.
26. Every person who intends to appear on the hearing of a petition
shall serve on, or send by post to, the petitioner, or his solicitor, at the
address stated in the advertisement of the petition, notice of his intention.
The notice shall contain the address of such person, and shall be signed by
him or by his solicitor, and shall be served, or if sent by post shall be
posted in such time as in ordinary course of post to reach the address
not later than six o'clock in the afternoon of the day previous to the day
appointed for the hearing of the petition, or if such day be a Monday,
not later than one o'clock in the afternoon of the Saturday previous to
such day. The notice shall be in form 11 with such variations as
circumstances may require. A person who has failed to comply with
this rule shall not, without the special leave of the Court, be allowed to
appear on the hearing of the petition.
27. The petitioner, or his solicitor, shall prepare a list of the names and
addresses of the persons who have given notice of their intention to appear
on the hearing of the petition, and of their respective solicitors, which shall
be in form 12. On the day appointed for hearing the petition a fair copy
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
of the list (or if no notice of intention to appear has been given a statement
in writing to that effect) shall be handed by the petitioner, or his solicitor,
to the Court prior to the hearing of the petition.
28. (1) Affidavits in opposition to a petition that a company may be
wound up by or subject to the supervision of the Court shall be filed within
seven days of the date on which the affidavit verifying the petition is filed,
and notice of the filing of every affidavit in opposition to such a petition
shall be given to the petitioner or the solicitor of the petitioner, on the
day on which the affidavit is filed.
(2) An affidavit in reply to an affidavit: filed in opposition to a
petition shall be filed within three days of the date on which notice of
such aflidavit is received by the petitioner or the solicitor of the petitioner,
29, When a petitioner is not entitled to present a petition, or whether so
entitled or not, where he (1) fails to advertise his petition within the time
by these rules prescribed or such extended time as the Registrar of the
Supreme Court may allow or (2) consents to withdraw his petition, or to
allow it to be dismissed, or the hearing adjourned, or fails to appear in
support of his petition when it is called on in Court on the day originally
lixed for the hearing thereof, or on any day to which the hearing has
been adjourned, or (3) if appearing, does not apply for an order in the
terms of the prayer of his petition, the Court may, upon such terms as it
may think just, substitute as petitioner any creditor or contributory who
in the opinion of the Court would have a right to present a petition, and
who is desirous of prosecuting the petition, An order to substitute
av petitioner may, where a petitioner fails to advertise his petition within
the time prescribed by these rules or consents to withdraw his petition,
be made in Chambers at any time.
Order to wind up a company.
30. When an order for the winding up of a company, or for the
appointment of a Provisional Liquidator prior to the making of an
order for the winding up of the company, has been made, the Registrar
of the Supreme Court shall, on the same day, send to the Official Receiver
a notice informing him that the order has been pronounced.
The notice shall be in forms 13 and 14 respectively, with such variations
as circumstances may require.
31. It shall be the duty of the petitioner, or his solicitor, and of all other
persons who have appeared on the hearing of the petition, at latest on the
day following the day on which an order for the winding up of a company
is pronounced in Court to leave at the office of the Registrar of the
Supreme Court all the documents required for the purpose of enabling
the said Registrar to complete the order forthwith.
32. It shall not be necessary for the Registrar of the Supreme Court to
make an appointment to settle the order, unless in any particular case the
special circumstances make an appointment necessary.
33. An order to wind up a company or for the appointment of a
Provisional Liquidator shall contain at the foot thereof a notice stating
583
Affidavits in
opposition
and reply.
Substitution
of creditor
or contri-
butory for
withdrawing
petitioner,
Notice that
winding up
order has
been pro-
nounced to
be given
to Official
Receiver,
Forms 13
and 14.
Documents
for drawing
up order to
be left with
Keyistrar of
the Supreme
Court.
No appoint-
ment for
settling
order.
Contents of
winding up
order.
584
Forms 10
and 15.
Transmis-
sion, and
advertise-
ment of
winding up
order
Forms 95 (1)
and 16.
Appoint-
ment of
special
manager
Accounting
by special
Mawiger.
Form 18.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
that it will be the duty of such of the persons who are liable to make out
or concur in making out the company’s statement of affairs as the Official
Receiver may require, to attend on the Official Receiver at such time
and place as he may appoint and to give him all information he may
require.
34. (1) When an order that a company be wound up, or for the
appointment of a Provisional Liquidator has been made—
(a) three copies of the order sealed with the seal of the Court shall
forthwith be sent by post or otherwise by the Registrar of the
Supreme Court to the Official Receiver:
(6) the Official Receiver shall cause a sealed copy of the order to be
served upon the company by prepaid letter addressed to it at its
registered office (if any) or if there is no registered office at its principal
or last known principal place of business or upon such other person
or persons, or in such other manner as the Court may direct, and if
the order is that the company be wound up by the Court, shall
forward to the Registrar the copy of the order which by section 169
of the Ordinance is directed to be so forwarded by the company or
otherwise as may be prescribed;
(c) the Official Receiver shall forthwith cause notice of the order
to be inserted in the Royal Gazette and in one of the local daily
newspapers.
(2) An order for the winding up of a company subject to the
supervision of the Court, shall before the expiration of twelve days from
the date thereof be advertised by the petitioner, once in the Royal Gazette,
and shall be served on such persons (if any) and in such manner as the
Court shall direct.
Special manager.
35. (1) An application by the Official Receiver for the appointment of
a special manager shall be supported by a report of the Official Receiver,
which shall be placed on the file of proceedings, and such report shall
either state the amount of remuneration which, in the opinion of the
Official Receiver, ought to be allowed to the special manager, or that it
is, in the opinion of the Official Receiver, desirable that the fixing of
such remuneration should be deferred. No affidavit by the Official
Receiver in support of the application shall be required.
(2) The remuneration of the special manager shall, unless the Court
otherwise in any case directs, be stated in the order appointing him, but
the Court may at any subsequent time for good cause shown make an
order for payment to the special manager of further remuneration.
36. Every special manager shall account to the Official Reciever, and
the special manager’s accounts shall be verified by affidavit, and when
approved by the Official Receiver, the totals of the receipts and payments
shall be added by the Official Receiver to his accounts.
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
Statement of affairs.
37. (1) A person who under section 173 of the Ordinance has been
required by the Official Receiver to submit and verify a statement of
affairs of a company, shall be furnished by the Official Receiver with
such forms and instructions as the Official Receiver in his discretion
shall consider necessary. The statement shall be made out in duplicate,
one copy of which shall be verified by affidavit. The Official Receiver
shall cause to be filed with the Registrar of the Supreme Court the verified
statement of affairs.
(2) The Official Receiver may from time to time hold personal
interviews with any such person as is mentioned in paragraphs (a), (8), (c)
or (d) of subsection (2) of section 173 of the Ordinance for the purpose
of investigating the company’s affairs and it shall be the duty of every
such person to attend on the Official Receiver at such time and place
as the Official Receiver may appoint and give the Official Receiver all
information that he may require.
38. When any person requires any extension of time for submitting the
statement of affairs, he shall apply to the Official Receiver, who may, if he
thinks fit, give a written certificate extending the time, which certificate
shall be filed with the proceedings in the winding up and shall render an
application to the Court unnecessary.
39. After the statement of affairs of a company has been submitted to
the Official Receiver it shall be the duty of each person who has made or
concurred in making it, if and when required, to attend on the Official
Receiver and answer all such questions as may be put to him, and give all
such further information as may be required of him by the Official
Receiver in relation to the statement of affairs.
40. Any default in complying with the requirements of section 173 of
the Ordinance may be reported by the Official Receiver to the Court.
41. A person who is required to make or concur in making any statement
of affairs of a company shall, before incurring any costs or expenses in and
about the preparation and making of the statement, apply to the Official
Receiver for his sanction and submit a statement of the estimated costs
and expenses which it is intended to incur; and, except by order of the
Court, no person shall be allowed out of the assets of the company any
costs or expenses which have not before being incurred been sanctioned
by the Official Receiver.
42. (1) Any application to dispense with the requirements of section 173
of the Ordinance shall be supported by a report of the Official Receiver
showing the special circumstances which in his opinion render such
a course desirable.
(2) When the Court has made an order dispensing with the
requirements of the said section, it may give such consequential directions
as it may see fit and in particular it may give directions as to the sending
of any notices which are by these rules required to be sent to any person
mentioned in the statement of affairs.
585
Preparation
of statement
of affairs.
Form 19,
Extension
of time for
submitting
statement of
affairs.
Information
subsequent
to statement
of affairs.
Default.
Expenses of
statement of
affairs.
Dispensing
with state-
ment of
affairs.
586
Appoint-
ment of
Liquidator
on report
of
meetings of
creditors and
centribu-
tories.
Form 20,
Forms 21
and 95 (7
Form 22.
Form 95
Security.
).
Ch. 31. No. 1.) Companies.
Appointment of Liquidator in a winding up by the Court.
43. (1) As soon as possible after the first meeting of creditors and
contributories have been held the Official Receiver, or the Chairman of
the mecting, as the case may be, shall report the result of each meeting
to the Court.
(2) Upon the result of the meetings of creditors and contributories
being reported to the Court, if there is a difference between the
determinations of the mectings of the creditors and contributores, the
Court shall, on the application of the Official Receiver, fix a time and
place for considering the resolutions and determinations (if any) of the
mectings, deciding differences, and making such order as shall be necessary.
In any other case the Court may upon the application of the Official
Receiver forthwith make any appointment necessary for giving effect to
any such resolutions or determinations.
(3) When a time and place have been fixed for the consideration of
the resolutions and determinations of the mectings, such time and
place shall be advertised by the Official Receiver in such manner as
the Court shall direct, but so that the first or only advertisement shall
be published not less than seven davs before the time so fixed.
(4) Upon the consideration of the resolutions and determinations of
the mectings the Court shall hear the Official Receiver and any creditor
or contributory.
(5) If a Liquidator is appointed, a copy of the order appointing him
shall be transmitted to the Registrar by the Official Receiver, and as soon
as the Liquidator has given security, he shall cause notice of his
appointment to be inserted in the Royal Gazette. The expense of gazetting
the notice of the appointment shall be paid by the Liquidator, but may
be charged by him on the assets of the company.
(6) Every appointment of a Liquidator or Committee of Inspection
shall be advertised by the Liquidator in such manner as the Court directs
immediately after the appointment has been made, and the Liquidator has
given the required security.
(7) If a Liquidator in a winding up by the Court shall die, or resign,
or be removed, another Liquidator may be appointed in his place in the
same manner as in the case of a first appointment, and the Official Receiver
shall, on the request of not less than one-tenth in value of the creditors
or contnbutories summon meetings for the purpose of determining
whether or not the vacancy shall be filled; but none of the provisions
of this rule shall apply where the Liquidator is released under section 188
of the Ordinance in which case the Official Receiver shall remain
Liquidator.
Security by Liquidator or special manager in a winding up by the Court.
44, In the case of a special manager or a Liquidator other than the
Official Receiver, the following provisions as'to security shall have effect,
namely :—
(1) The security shall be given in such manner as the Court may
direct.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
(2) The Court shall fix the amount and nature of such security, and
may from time to time, as it thinks fit, either increase or diminish
the amount of the security which any person has given.
(3) The certificate of the Registrar of the Supreme Court that
a Liquidator or special manager has given the security ordered to
be given shall be filed with the Registrar.
(4) The cost of furnishing the required security by a Liquidator or
special manager, including any premiums which he may pay to
a guarantee society, shall be borne by him personally, and shall not
be charged against the assets of the company as an expense incurred
in the winding up.
45. (1) If a Liquidator or special manager fails to give the required
security within the time stated for that purpose in the order appointing
him, or any extension thereof, the Official Receiver shall report such
failure to the Court, who may thereupon rescind the order appointing the
Liquidator or special manager.
(2) If a Liquidator or special manager fails to keep up his security
the Official Receiver shall report such failure to the Court, who may
thereupon remove the Liquidator or special manager, and make such
order as to costs as the Court shall think fit.
(3) Where an order is made under this rule rescinding an order for
the appointment of or removing a Liquidator, the Court may direct that
meetings shall be held for the purpose of determining whether an
application shall be made to the Court for another Liquidator to be
appointed and thereupon the same meetings shall be summoned and the
same proceedings may be taken as in the case of a first appointment
of a Liquidator.
Public examination.
46. The consideration of a report made by the Official Receiver
pursuant to subsection (2) of section 174 of the Ordinance shall be before
a Judge of the Court personally in Chambers, and the Official Receiver
shall personally, or by counsel or solicitor, attend the consideration of
the report, and give the Court any further information or explanation
with reference to the matters stated in the report which the Court may
require.
47, Where a Judge makes an order under section 205 of the Ordinance,
directing any person or persons to attend for public examination—
(a) the examination shall be held in open Court;
(b) the Judge may, if he thinks fit, either in the order for
examination, or by any subsequent order, give directions as to the
special matters on which any such person is to be examined.
48. Upon an order directing a person to attend for public examination
being made, the Official Receiver shall, unless the Judge shall otherwise
direct, without further order take an appointment for the public
examination to be held.
587
Form 23.
Failure to
give or keep
up security.
Considera-
tion of
report.
Procedure
consequent
on order
for public
examination.
Form 24.
Application
for day for
holding
examination.
5388
Appoint-
ment of time
and place
for public
examination.
Form 25.
Notic>
public
examination
to creditors
and contri-
butories.
Form 95 (3).
Default in
attending.
Form 26,
Warrant of
arrest.
Notes of
examination
to be filed.
Forms 27
and 28.
Application
by or against
delinquent
directors,
officers and
promoters.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
49. A day and place shall be appointed for holding the public
examination, and notice of the day and place so appointed shall be given
by the Official Receiver to the person who is to be examined by sending
such notice in a registered letter addressed to his usual or last known
address.
50. (1) The Official Receiver shall give notice of the time and place
appointed for holding a public examination to the creditors and
contributories by advertisement in such local daily newspaper as he
thinks fit, and shall also forward notice of the appointment to the Roval
Gazette to be inserted therein.
(2) Where an adjournment of the public examination has been
directed, notice of the adjournment shall not, unless otherwise directed
by the Court, be advertised in any newspaper, but it shall be sufficient to
publish in the Royal Gazette a notice of the time and place fixed for the
adjourned examination.
51. (1) If any person who has been directed by the Court to attend for
public examination fails to attend at the time and place appointed
for holding or proceeding with the same, and no good cause is shown by
him for such failure, or if before the day appointed for the examination
the Official Receiver satisfies the Court that such person has absconded,
or that there is reason for believing that he is about to abscond with
the view of avoiding examination, it shall be lawful for the Court, upon
it being proved to the satisfaction of the Court that notice of the order
and of the time and place appointed for attendance at the public
examination was duly served, without any further notice, to issue a
warrant for the arrest of the person required to attend, or to make such
other order as the Court shall think just.
(2) A warrant of arrest issued by the Court under this rule shall be
issucd in the office of the Registrar of the Supreme Court pursuant to an
order of the Court directing such issue.
52. The notes of every public examination shall, after being signed as
required by subsection (7) of section 205 of the Ordinance, be filed with
the Registrar of the Supreme Court.
Proceedings by or against directors, promoters, and officers.
53. (1) An application made to the Court under any of the following
provisions of the Ordinance:
(a) section 261,
() subsection (1), (2) or (4) of section 260,
(c) section 206,
(d) subsection (2) of section 319,
shall be made by a summons returnable in the first instance in Chambers.
The summons shall state the nature of the declaration or order for which
application is made, and the grounds of the application, and, unless
otherwise ordered, shall be served in the manner in which an originating
summons is required by the rules of the Supreme Court to be served, on
every person against whom an order is sought, not less than eight days
before the day named in the summons for hearing the application.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. t.
Where any such application is made by summons no affidavit or report
shall be filed before the return of the summons.
(2) On the return of the summons the Court may give such
directions as it shall think fit as to whether points of claim and defence
are to be delivered as to the taking of evidence wholly or in part by
affidavit or orally, and the cross examination either before the Judge on
the hearing in Court or in Chambers of any deponents to affidavits in
support of or in opposition to, the application and as to any report it
may require the Official Receiver or Liquidator to make and generally as
to the procedure on the summons and for the hearing thereof.
(3) Where any such order as is mentioned in paragraph (2) of this
tule has directed that points of claim and defence shall be delivered then
if subsequently to such order and before the summons has been sect down
for trial or adjourned to the Judge cither party wishes to apply for any
further direction as to any interlocutory matter or thing he shall restore
the summons to the list and shall give two clear days’ notice in writing
to the other party stating the grounds of the application. A copy of
such notice shall be filed with the Registrar of the Supreme Court two
clear days before the day for which the summons is restored.
54. Where in the course of the proceedings in a winding up by the
Court an order has been made for the public examination of persons
named in the order pursuant to section 205 of the Ordinance, then in
any proceedings subsequently instituted under any of the provisions
of the Ordinance mentioned in paragraph (1) of rule 53, the verified
notes of the examination of each person who was cxamined under the
order shall, subject as hereinafter mentioned, and to any order or
directions of the Court as to the manner and extent in and to which
the notes shall be used, and subject to all just exceptions to the
admissibility in evidence against any particular person or persons of
any of the statements contained in the notes of the examinations, be
admissible in evidence against any of the persons against whom the
application is made, who, under section 205 of the Ordinance, and the
order for the public examination, was or had the opportunity of being
present at and taking part in the examination: Provided that before any
such notes of a public examination shall be used on any such application,
the person intending to use the same shall, not less than fifteen days
before the day appointed for hearing the application, give notice of such
intention to each person against whom it is intended to use such notes,
or any of them, specifying the notes or parts of the notes which it is
intended to read against him, and furnish him with copies of such notes,
or parts of notes (except notes of the person’s own depositions), and
provided also that every person against whom the application is made
shall be at liberty to cross-examine or re-examine (as the case may be)
any person the notes of whose examination are read, in all respects as if
such person had made an affidavit on the application.
Witnesses and depositions.
589
Use of
depositions
taken at
public ex-
aminations.
55. If the Court shall in any case, and at any stage of the proceedings, Shorthand
be of opinion that it would be desirable that a person should be appointed notes.
to take down the evidence of any person examined in’ shorthand or Forms 29
and 30.
590
Deposivions
at private
examuina-
tions.
Disclaimer.
Forms 31
and 32.
Ch. 31. No. 1.) Compantes.
otherwise, it shall be competent for the Court to make such appointment.
The person at whose instance the examination is taken shall nominate
a person for the purpose, and the person so nominated shall be appointed,
unless the Court shall otherwise order. Every person so appointed shall
be paid a sum not exceeding five dollars a day, and a sum not exceeding
sixteen cents per folio of ninety words for any transcript of the evidence
that may be required, and such sums shall be paid by the party at whose
instance the appointment was made, or out of the assets of the company
as may be directed by the Court.
56. (1) The Official Receiver may attend in person, or by any assistant
Official Receiver, or by counsel or by solicitors employed for the purpose,
any examination of a witness under section 204 of the Ordinance, on
whosesoever application the same has been ordered, and may take notes
of the examination for his own use, and put such questions to the persons
examined as the Court may allow.
(2) The notes of the depositions of a person examined under
section 204 of the Ordinance, or under any order of the Court before
the Court (other than the notes of the depositions of a person examined
at a public examination under section 205 of the Ordinance) shall be
forthwith lodged in the office of the Registrar of the Supreme Court but
shall not be filed, or be open to the inspection of any creditor, contributory,
or other person, except the Official Receiver or Liquidator, or any
Provisional Liquidator other than the Official Receiver, while he is acting
as Provisional Liquidator, unless and until the Court shall so direct, and
the Court may from time to time give such general or special directions
as it shall think expedient as to the custody and inspection of such
notes and the furnishing of copies of or extracts therefrom.
Disclaimer.
57. (1) Any application for leave to disclaim any part of the property
of a company pursuant to subsection (1) of section 253 of the Ordinance
shall be by ex parte summons. Such summons shall be supported by an
affidavit showing who are the partics interested and what their interests
are. On the hearing of the summons the Court shall give such directions
as it sees fit and in particular directions as to the notices to be given to
the partics interested or any of them and the Court may adjourn the
application to enable any such party to attend.
(2) Where a liquidator disclaims a leasehold interest he shall
forthwith file the disclaimer in the office of the Registrar of the Supreme
Court. The disclaimer shall contain particulars of the interest disclaimed
and a statement of the persons to whom notice of the disclaimer has been
given. Until the disclaimer is filed by the Liquidator the disclaimer
shall be inoperative. A disclaimer shall be in the form 31 and a notice
of disclaimer in the form 32 in the Appendix with such variations as
circumstances may require.
(3) Where any person claims to be interested in any part of the
property of a company which the liquidator wishes to disclaim he shall
at the request of the Liquidator furnish a statement of the interest so
claimed by him.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
Vesting of disclaimed property.
58. (1) Any application under subsection (6) of section 253 of the
Ordinance for an order for the vesting of any disclaimed property in or
the delivery of any such property to any persons shall be supported by
the affidavit fited on the application for leave to disclaim such property.
(2) Where such an application as aforesaid relates to disclaimed
property of a leasehold nature and it appears that there is any mortgagec
by demise, or under-lessee of such property the Court may direct that
notice shall be given to such mortgagee or under-lessee that if he does
not elect to accept and apply for such a vesting order as aforesaid upon
the terms required by the above-mentioned subsection and imposed by
the Court within a time to be fixed by the Court and stated in the notice
he will be excluded from all interest in and security upon the property
and the Court may adjourn the application for such notice to be given
and for such mortgagee or under-lessee to be added as a party to and
served with the application and if he sees fit to make such clection and
application as is mentioned in the notice. If at the expiration of the time
so fixed by the Court such mortgagee or under-lcssee fails to make such
election and application the Court may make an order vesting the
property in the applicant and excluding such mortgagee or under-lessce
from all interest in or security upon the property.
Arrangements with creditors and contributorics in a winding up by the Court.
59. In a winding up by the Court if application is made to the Court to
sanction any compromise or arrangement the Court may, before giving
its sanction thereto, hear a report by the Official Receiver as to the terms
of the scheme, and as to the conduct of the directors and other officers of
the company, and as to any other matters which, in the opinion of the
Official Receiver, ought to be brought to the attention of the Court. The
Teport shall not be placed upon the file, unless and until the Court shall
direct it to be filed.
Collection and distribution of assets in a winding up by the Court.
60. (1) The duties imposed on the Court by subsection (1) of section 193
of the Ordinance, in a winding up by the Court with regard to the
collection of the assets of the company and the application of the assets
in discharge of the company’s liabilities shall be discharged by the
Liquidator as an officer of the Court subject to the control of the Court.
(2) For the purpose of the discharge by the Liquidator of the duties
imposed by subsection (1) of section 193 of the Ordinance, and para-
graph (1) of this rule, the Liquidator in a winding up by the Court shall
for the purpose of acquiring or retaining possession of the property of the
company, be in the same position as if he were a receiver of the property
appointed by the Court, and the Court may, on his application enforce
such acquisition or retention accordingly.
61. The powers conferred on the Court by section 194 of the Ordinance
shall be exercised by the Liquidator. Any contributory for the time being
on the list of contributories, trustee, receiver, banker or agent or officer of
a company which is being wound up under order of the Court shall, on
591
Vesting of
disclaimed
property.
Report by
Official
Receiver on
arrange-
ments and
compromises.
Collection
and distri-
bution of
company’s
assets by
Liquidator.
Power of
Liquidator
to require
delivery of
property.
Form 33.
592
Liquidator
to settle list
of con
tnbutories.
Form 34.
Appomt
ment of time
and place
for settle-
ment ol list.
Forms 35
and 36,
Settlement
of list of
contribu
tories,
Form 37
Notice to
contribu-
tories.
Forms
and 39,
Application
to the Court
to vary the
list.
Form 40.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
notice from the Liquidator and within such time as he shall by notice in
writing require, pay, deliver, convey, surrender or transfer to or into
the hands of the Liquidator any money, property, books or papers,
which happen to be in his hands for the time being and to which the
company is primd facie entitled.
List of contributories 1n a winding up by the Court.
62. Unless the Court shall dispense with the settlement of a list of
contributories the Liquidator shall with all convenient speed after his
appointment settle a list of contributorics of the company, and shall
appoint a time and place for that purpose. The list of contributories
shall contain a statement of the address of, and the number of shares or
extent of interest to be attributed to each contributory, and the amount
“alled up and the amount paid up in respect of such shares or interest
and shall distinguish the several classes of contributories. As regards
representative contributories the Liquidator shall, so far as practicable,
observe the requirements of subsection (2) of section 193 of the Ordinance.
63. The Liquidator shall give notice in writing of the time and place
appointed for the settlement of the list of contributories to every person
whom he proposes to include in the list, and shall state in the notice to
each person in what character and for what number of shares or interest
he proposes to include such person in the list and what amount has
been called up and what amount paid up in respect of such shares or
interest.
o¢. On the day appointed for settlement of the list of contributories
the Liquidator shall hear any person who objects to being settled as
a contributory and after such hearing shall finally settle the list, which
when so settled shall be the list of contributories of the company.
65. The Liquidator shall forthwith give notice to every person whom he
has finally placed on the list of contributories stating in what character
and for what number of shares or interest he has been placed on the list and
what amount has been called up and what amount paid up in respect of
such shares or interest and in the notice he shall inform such person that
any application for the removal of his name from the list, or for a variation
of the list, must be made to the Court by summons within twenty-one
days from the date of the service on the contributory or alleged contri-
butory of notice of the fact that his name is settled on the list of
contributories.
66. (1) Subject to the power of the Court to extend the time or to allow
an application to be made notwithstanding the expiration of the time
limited for that purpose, no application to the Court by any person who
objects to the list of contributories as finally settled by the Liquidator
shall be entertained after the expiration of twenty-one days from the
date of the service on such person of notice of the settlement of the list.
(2) The Official Receiver shall not in any case be personally liable
to pay any costs of or in relation to an application to set aside or vary his
act or decision settling the name of a person on the list of contributories
of a company.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
67. The Liquidator may from time to time vary or add to the list of
contributories, but any such variation or addition shall be made in the
same manner in all respects as the settlement of the original list.
Calls.
68. The powers and duties of the Court in relation to making calls upon
contributories conferred by section 196 of the Ordinance, shall and may be
exercised, in a winding up by the Court, by the Liquidator as an officer of
the Court subject to the proviso to section 209 of the Ordinance, and to
the following regulations :—
(1) Where the Liquidator desires to make any call on the
contributorie:, or any of them for any purpose authorised by the
Ordinance, if there is a Committee of Inspection he may summon
a meeting of such Committee for the purpose of obtaining their
sanction to the intended call.
(2) The notice of the meeting shall be sent to each member of the
Committee of Inspection in sufficient time to reach him not less than
seven days before the day appointed for holding the meeting, and
shall contain a statement of the proposed amount of the call, and
the purpose for which it is intended. Notice of the intended call and
the intended meeting of the Committee of Inspection shall also be
advertised once at least in a local daily newspaper. The advertise-
ment shall state the time and place of the intended meeting of the
Committee of Inspection, and that each contributory may either
attend the said meeting and be heard, or make any communication
in writing to the Liquidator or members of the Committee of
Inspection to be laid before the meeting in reference to the said
intended call.
(3) At the meeting of the Committee of Inspection any statements
or representations made either to the meeting personally or addressed
in writing to the Liquidator or members of the Committee by any
contributory shall be considered before the intended call is sanctioned.
(4) The sanction of the Committee shall be given by resolution,
which shall be passed by a majority of the members present.
(5) Where there is no Committee of Inspection, the Liquidator
shall not make a call without obtaining the leave of the Court.
69. In a winding up by the Court an application to the Court for leave
to make any call on the contributories of a company, or any of them, for
any purpose authorised by the Ordinance, shall be made by summons
stating the proposed amount of such call, which summons shall be served
four clear days at the least before the day appointed for making the call
on every contributory proposed to be included in such call; or if the
Court so directs, notice of such intended call may be given by advertise-
ment, without a separate notice to each contributory.
70. When the Liquidator is authorised by resolution or order to make
a call on the contributories he shall file with the Registrar of the Supreme
Court a document in the form 49 with such variations as such circumstances
may require making the call.
T.—IV. 38
593
Variation of
or addition
to list of con-
tributories.
Form 41.
Calls by
Liquidator.
Form 42.
Form 43.
Form 44.
Application
to the Court
for leave to
make a call.
Forms 45
to 48.
Document
making the
call.
Form 49.
594
Service of
notice of a
call.
Forms 44, 48,
50 and 51
Enforcement
of call
Ferms 52, 53,
and 54,
Proof o
debt.
Verification
of prool.
Centents of
preof,
Ferm 54.
Statement
of security,
TPreof before
whom sworn.
Costs of
proof,
iscount,
Periodical
payments.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
71. When a call has been made by the Liquidator in a winding up by
the Court, a copy of the resolution of the Committee of Inspection or order
of the Court (if any), as the case may be, shall forthwith after the call has
been made be served upon each of the contributories included in such
call, together with a notice from the Liquidator specifying the amount
or balance due from such contributory in respect of such call, but such
resolution or order need not be advertised unless for any special reason
the Court so directs.
72. The payment of the amount due from each contnbutory on a call
may be enforced by order of the Court, to be made in Chambers on
summons by the Liquidator.
Proofs.
73. In a winding up by the Court every creditor shall subject as
hereinafter provided prove his debt, unless the Judge in any particular
winding up shall give directions that any creditors or class of creditors
shall be admitted without proof.
74. A debt may be proved in any winding up by delivering or sending
through the post an affidavit verifying the debt. In a winding up by the
Court the affidavit shall be so sent to the Official Receiver or if a Liquidator
has been appointed, to the Liquidator; and in any other winding up the
affidavit may be so sent to the Liquidator.
75. An affidavit proving a debt may be made by the creditor himself
or by some person authorised by or on behalf of the creditor. If made
by a person so authorised, it shall state his authority and means of
knowledge.
76. An affidavit proving a debt shall contain or refer to a statement of
account showing the particulars of the debt, and shall specify the vouchers,
if any, by which the same can be substantiated. The Official Receiver or
Liquidator to whom the proof is sent may at any time call for the
production of the vouchers.
77, An affidavit proving a debt shall state whether the creditor is or is
not a secured creditor.
78. An affidavit proving a debt may in a winding up by the Court be
sworn before the Official Receiver, or Assistant Official Receiver.
79. A creditor shall bear the cost of proving his debt unless the Court
otherwise orders.
80. A creditor proving his debt shall deduct therefrom (a) any discount
which he may have agreed to allow for payment in cash in excess of
five per centum on the net amount of his claim and (8) all trade discounts.
81. When any rent or other payment falls due at stated periods, and
the order or resolution to wind up is made at any time other than one
of those periods, the persons entitled to the rent or payment may prove
for a proportionate part thereof up to the date of the winding up order
or resolution as if the rent or payment grew due from day to day:
Provided that where the Liquidator remains in occupation of premises
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
demised to a company which is being wound up, nothing herein contained
shall prejudice or affect the right of the landlord of such premises to
claim payment by the company, or the Liquidator, of rent during the
period of the company’s or the Liquidator’s occupation.
82. On any debt or sum certain, payable at a certain time or otherwise
whereon interest is not reserved or agreed for, and which is overdue at the
date of the commencement of the winding up, the creditor may prove for
interest at a rate not exceeding six per centum per annum to that date
from the time when the debt or sum was payable, if the debt or sum
is payable by virtue of a written instrument at a certain time, and if
payable otherwise, then from the time when a demand in writing has
been made, giving notice that interest will be claimed from the date of
the demand until the time of payment.
83. A creditor may prove for a debt not payable at the date of the
winding up order or resolution, as if it were payable presently, and may
receive dividends equally with the other creditors, deducting only
thereout a rebate of interest at the rate of six per centum per annum
computed from the declaration of a dividend to the time when the debt
would have become payable according to the terms on which it was
contracted.
84. In any case in which it appears that there are numerous claims for
wages by workmen and others employed by the company, it shall be
suthcient if one proof for all such claims is made either by a foreman or
by some other person on behalf of all such creditors. Such proof shall
have annexed thereto as forming part thereof, a schedule setting forth
the names of the workmen and others, and the amounts severally due
to them. Any proof made in compliance with this rule shall have the
same effect as if separate proofs had been made by each of the said
workmen and others.
85. Where a creditor seeks to prove in respect of a bill of exchange,
promissory note, or other negotiable instrument or security on which the
company is liable, such bill of exchange, note, instrument, or security
must, subject to any special order of the Court made to the contrary, be
produced to the Official Receiver, Chairman of a meeting or Liquidator,
as the case may be, and be marked by him before the proof can be
admitted either for voting or for any purpose.
86. Where a Liquidator is appointed in a winding up by the Court, all
proofs of debts that have been received by the Official Receiver shall be
handed over to the Liquidator, but the Official Receiver shall first make
a list of such proofs, and take a receipt thereon from the Liquidator
for such proofs. °
Admission and rejection of proofs and preferential claims and appeal to the
Court.
87. (1) Subject to the provisions of the Ordinance, and unless otherwise
ordered by the Court, the Liquidator in any winding up may from time to
time fix a certain day, which shall be not less than fourteen days from the
date of the notice, on or before which the creditors of the company are
38 (2)
595
Interest.
Proof for
debt payable
at a future
time.
Workmen's
wages,
Form 56.
Production
of bills of
exchange
and
promissory
notes.
Transmission
of proofs to
Liquidator.
Notice to
creditors to
prove.
596
Ch. 31. No. 1.) Companies.
Examination
of prook
‘orm 57.
Expuneing
at instance
of
Liquidator,
Expunging
at mstance
of creditor,
Oaths,
Official
Recerver’s
powers,
Filing proofs
by Official
Receiver.
to prove their debts or claims, and to establish any title they may have to
priority under section 250 of the Ordinance or to be excluded from the
benefit of any distribution made before such debts are proved, or as the
case may be from objecting to such distribution.
(2) The Liquidator shall give notice in writing of the day so fixed by
advertisement in such newspaper as he shall consider convenient, and in
a winding up by the Court to every person mentioned in the statement of
affairs as a creditor, and who has not proved his debt, and to every person
mentioned in the statement of affairs as a preferential creditor whose
claim to be a preferential creditor has not been established and is not
admitted, and in any other winding up to the last known address or place
of abode of cach person who, to the knowledge of the Liquidator, claims
to be a creditor or preferential creditor of the company and whose claim
has not been admitted.
(3) All the rules hereinafter set out as to admission and rejection of
proofs shall apply with the necessary variations to any such claim to
priority as aforesaid.
88. The Liquidator shall examine every proof of debt lodged with him,
and the grounds of debt, and in writing admit or reject it, in whole or in
part, or require further evidence in support of it. If he rejects a proof he
shall state in writing to the creditor the grounds of the rejection.
89. If a creditor or contributory is dissatisfied with the decision of
the Liquidator in respect of a proof, the Court may, on the application
of the creditor or contributory, reverse or vary the decision; but, subject
to the power of the Court to extend the time, no application to reverse
or vary the decision of the Liquidator in a winding up by the Court
Tejecting a proof sent to him by a creditor, or person claiming to be
a creditor, shall be entertained, unless notice of the application is given
before the expiration of twenty-one days from the date of the service
of the notice of rejection.
90. If the Liquidator thinks that a proof has been improperly admitted,
the Court may, on the application of the Liquidator, after notice to the
creditor who made the proof, expunge the proof or reduce its amount.
91. The Court may also expunge or reduce a proof upon the application
of a creditor or contributory if the Liquidator declines to interfere in the
matter.
92. Yor the purpose of any of his duties in relation to proofs, the
Liquidator, in a winding up by the Court, may administer oaths and
take affidavits.
93. In a winding up by the Court the Official" Receiver, before the
appointment of a Liquidator, shall have all the powers of a Liquidator
with respect to the examination, admission, and rejection of proofs, and
any act or decision of his in relation thereto shall be subject to the like
appeal.
94. In a winding up by the Court the Official Receiver, where no other
Liquidator is appointed, shall, before payment of a dividend, file all
proofs tendered in the winding up, with a list thereof, distinguishing in
Companies. (Ch. 31. No. 1.
such list the proofs which were wholly or partly admitted, and the proofs
which were wholly or partly rejected.
95. Every Liquidator in a winding up by the Court other than the
Official Receiver shall on the first day of every month, file with the
Registrar of the Supreme Court a certified list of all proofs, if any, received
by him, during the month next preceding, distinguishing in such lists the
proofs admitted, those rejected, and such as stand over for further
consideration; and in the case of proofs admitted or rejected, he shall
cause the proofs to be filed with the said Registrar.
96. The Liquidator in a winding up by the Court, including the Official
Receiver when he is Liquidator, shall, within three days after receiving
notice from a creditor of his intention to appeal against a decision rejecting
a proof, file such proof with the Registrar of the Supreme Court, with
a memorandum thereon of his disallowance thereof.
97. Subject to the power of the Court to extend the time in a winding up
by the Court, the Official Receiver as Liquidator, not later than fourteen
days from the latest date specified in the notice of his intention to declare
a dividend as the time within which such proofs must be lodged, shall in
writing either admit or reject wholly, or in part, every proof lodged with
him, or require further evidence in support of it.
98. Subject to the power of the Court to extend the time, the Liquidator
in a winding up by the Court, other than the Official Receiver, within
twenty-eight days after receiving a proof, which has not previously been
dealt with shall in writing either admit or reject it wholly or in part, or
require further evidence in support of it: Provided that where the
Liquidator has given notice of his intention to declare a dividend, he
shall within fourteen days after the date mentioned in the notice as the
latest date up to which proofs must be lodged, examine, and in writing
admit or reject, or require further evidence in support of, every proof
which has not been already dealt with, and shall give notice of his
decision, rejecting a proof wholly or in part, to the creditors affected
thereby. Where a creditor’s proof has been admitted the notice of
dividend shall be a sufficient notification of the admission.
99. The Official Receiver shall in no case be personally liable for costs in
relation to an appeal from his decision rejecting any proof wholly or in
part.
Dividends in a winding up by the Court.
100. (1) Not more than two months before declaring a dividend the
Liquidator in a winding up by the Court, shall cause notice of his intention
to do so to be inserted in the Royal Gazette, and at the same time give
notice to such of the creditors mentioned in the statement of affairs as
have not proved their debts. Such notice shall specify the latest date
up to which proofs must be lodged, which shall not be less than fourteen
days from the date of such notice.
(2) Where any creditor, after the date mentioned in the notice of
intention to declare a dividend as the latest date up to which proofs may
be lodged, appeals against the decision of the Liquidator rejecting a
597
Proofs to be
filed.
Form 58.
Procedure
where
creditor
appeals.
Time for
dealing with
proofs by
Official
Receiver.
Time for
dealing with
proofs by
Liquidator.
Costs of
appeals from
decisions as
to proofs.
Dividends
to creditors.
Forms 59, 60
and 95 (4)
598
Forms 61
and 95 (4)
Form 62,
Return o
capital te
contribu.
tories,
Forms 624, 64
and O8§ (6),
First mect-
ings of
ereditars ane
contribu-
torie.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
proof, notice of appeal shall, subject to the power of the Court to extend
the time in special cases, be given within seven days from the date of
the notice of the decision against which the appeal is made, and the
Liquidator may in such case make provision for the dividend upon such
proof, and the probable cost of such appeal in the event of the proof
being admitted. Where no notice of appeal has been given within the
time specified in this rule, the Liquidator shall exclude all proofs which
have been rejected from participation in the dividend.
(3) Immediately after the expiration of the time fixed by this
tule for appealing against the decision of the Liquidator he shall proceed
to declare a dividend, and shall cause notice thereof to be inserted in
the Roval Gazette, and shall also send a notice of dividend to each creditor
whose proof has been admitted.
(4) If it becomes necessary, in the opinion of the Liquidator and
the Committee of Inspection, to postpone the declaration of the dividend
beyond the limit of two months, the Liquidator shall cause a fresh notice
of his intention to declare a dividend to be inserted in the Royal Gazette,
but it shall not be necessary for the Liquidator to give a fresh notice to
such of the creditors mentioned in the statement of affairs as have not
proved their debts. In all other respects the same procedure shall
follow the fresh notice as would have followed the original notice.
(5) Dividends may at the request and risk of the person to whom
they are payable be transmitted to him by post.
(6) If a person to whom dividends are payable desires that they
shall be paid to some other person he may lodge with the Liquidator
a document in the form 62 which shall be a sufficient authority for
payvinent of the dividend to the person therein named.
101. Every order by which the Liquidator in a winding up by the Court
is authorised to make a return to contributories of the company shall,
unless the Court shall otherwise direct, contain or have appended thereto
a Schedule or List (which the Liquidator shall prepare) setting out in
a tabular form the full names and addresses of the persons to whom the
return is to be paid, and the amount of money payable to each person,
and particulars of the transfers of shares (if any) which have been made
ov the variations in the list of contributories which have arisen since
the date of the settlement of the list of contributorics and such other
information as may be requisite to enable the return to be made. The
Schedule or List shall be in the form 64 with such variations as cireum-
stances shall require, and the Liquidator shall send a notice of return to
each contributory,
General mectings of creditors and contributories in relation to a winding up
by the Court,
102. Unless the Court otherwise directs, the meetings of creditors and
contributories wider section 177 of the Ordinance (hereinafter referred to
as the first meetings of creditors and contributories) shall be held within
one month or if a special manager has been appointed then within six
weeks after the date of the winding up order. The dates of such meetings
shall be fixed and they shall be summoned by the Official Receiver.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
103. The Official Receiver shall forthwith cause notice of the dates
fixed by him for the first meetings of creditors and contributories to be
inserted in the Royal Gazette.
104. The first meetings of creditors and contributories shall be
summoned as hereinafter provided.
105. The notices of first mectings of creditors and contributories may be
in forms 65 and 66 appended thereto, and the notices to creditors shall
state a time within which the creditors must lodge their proofs in order
to entitle them to vote at the first meeting.
106. The Official Receiver shall also give to each of the directors and
other officers of the company who in his opinion ought to attend the first
mectings of creditors and contributories seven days’ notice of the time
and place appointed for each meeting. The notice may either be delivered
personally or sent by prepaid post letter, as may be convenient. It
shall be the duty of every director or officer who receives notice of such
meeting to attend if so required by the Official Receiver, and if any
such director or officer fails to attend the Official Receiver shall report
such failure to the Court.
107. (1) The Official Receiver shall also, as soon as practicable, send to
each creditor mentioned in the company’s statement of affairs, and to each
person appearing from the company’s books or otherwise to be a
contributory of the company a summary of the company’s statement
of affairs, including the causes of its failure, and any observations thereon
which the Official Receiver may think fit to make. The proceedings at
a meeting shall not be invalidated by reason of any summary or notice
required by these rules not having been sent or received before the
meeting.
(2) Where prior to the winding up order the company has
commenced to be wound up voluntarily the Official Receiver may if in
his absolute discretion he sees fit so to do send to the persons aforesaid
or any of them an account of such voluntary winding up, showing how
such winding up has been conducted and how the property of the company
has been disposed of and any observations which the Official Receiver
may think fit to make on such account or on the voluntary winding up.
General meetings of creditors and contributortes in relation to winding up by
the Court and of creditors in relation to a credstor's voluntary winding up.
108. (1) In addition to the first meetings of creditors and contributories
and in addition also to mectings of creditors and contributories directed to
be held by the Court under section 272 of the Ordinance (hercinafter
referred to as Court meetings of creditors and contributores) the
Liquidator in any winding up by the Court may himself from time to
time subject to the provisions of the Ordinance and the control of the
Court summon, hold and conduct meetings of the creditors or con-
tributories (hereinafter referred to as Liquidator's meetings of creditors
and contributories) for the purpose of ascertaining their wishes in all
matters relating to the winding up.
599
Notice of
first mect-
ings to be
gazcttcd.
Form 95 (2).
Summoning
of first
meetings.
Form of
notices of
first
meetings.
Forms 05
and 66,
Notice of
first: mecting
to officers of
company.
Form 67,
Sumrary of
statement of
affairs.
Liquidator's
meetings of
creditors and
contribu-
tories.
600
Summoning
of meetings
Form 60
Proof io
notice.
Forms 70
and 71
Vlace of
meetine.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
(2) In any creditors voluntary winding up the Liquidator may
himself from time to time summon, hold and conduct meetings of
creditors for the purpose of ascertaining their wishes in all matters
relating to the winding up (such meetings and all meetings of creditors
which a Liquidator or a company is by the Ordinance required to convene
in or immediately before such a voluntary winding up and all meetings
convened by a creditor in a voluntary winding up under these rules are
hereinafter called voluntary liquidation mectings).
109. Except where and so far as the nature of the subject matter or
the context may otherwise require the rules as to meetings hereinafter
set out shall apply to first meetings, Court meetings, Liquidator’s mectings
of creditors and contributories, and voluntary liquidation meetings, but
so nevertheless that the said rules shall take effect as to first meetings
subject and without prejudice to any express provisions of the Ordinance
and as to Court mectings subject and without prejudice to anv express
directions of the Court.
110. (1) The Official Receiver or Liquidator shall summon all meetings
of creditors and contributories by giving not less than seven days’ notice
of the time and place thereof in the Royal Gazetle and in a local daily
newspaper; and shall not less than seven days before the day appointed
for the meeting send by post to every person appearing by the company’
books to be a creditor of the company notice of the meeting of creditors,
and to every person appearing by the company’s books or otherwise to
be a contributory of the company notice of the mecting of contributories.
(2) The notice to each creditor shall be sent to the address given
in his proof, or if he has not proved to the address given in the statement
of affairs of the company, if anv, or to such other address as may be
known to the person summoning the meeting. The notice to each
contributory shall be sent to the address mentioned in the company’
books as the address of such contributory, or to such other address as
may be known to the person summoning the meeting.
(3) In the case of meetings under section 230 of the Ordinance
the continuing Liquidator or if there is no continuing Liquidator any
creditor may summon the mecting.
(4) This rule shall not apply to mectings under section 226 or
section 233 of the Ordinance.
111. A certificate by the Official Receiver or other officer of the Court,
or by the clerk of any such person, or an affidavit by the Liquidator, or
creditor, or his solicitor, or the clerk of either of such persons, or as the
case may be by some officer of the company or its solicitor or the clerk
of such company or solicitor, that the notice of any mecting has been
duly posted, shall be sufficient evidence of such notice having been duly
sent to the person to whom the same is addressed.
112. Every meeting shall be held at such place as is in the opinion
of the person convening the same most convenient for the majonty of
the creditors or contnibutories or both. Different times or places or both
may if thought expedient be named for the meetings of creditors and
for the mectings of contributories.
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
601
113. The costs of summoning a meeting of creditors or contributories
at the instance of any person other than the Official Receiver or
Liquidator shall be paid by the person at whose instance it is summoned
who shall before the meeting is summoned deposit with the Official
Receiver or Liquidator (as the case may be) such sum as may be required
by the Official Receiver or Liquidator as security for the payment of such
costs. The costs of summoning such meeting of creditors or contributories,
including all disbursements for printing, stationery, postage and the hire
of room, shall be calculated at the following rate for each creditor or
contributory to whom notice is required to be sent, namely forty-eight
cents per creditor or contributory for the first twenty creditors or
contributories, twenty-four cents per creditor or contributory for the
next thirty creditors or contributories, twelve cents per creditor or
contributory for any number of creditors or contributories after the first
fifty. The said costs shall be repaid out of the assets of the company
if the Court shall by order or if the creditors or contributories (as the
case may be) shall by resolution so direct. This rule shall not apply to
meetings under sections 226 or 230 of the Ordinance.
114. Where a meeting is summoned by the Official Receiver or the
Liquidator, he or somcone nominated by him shall be Chairman of the
mecting. At every other meeting of creditors or contributories the
Chairman shall be such person as the mecting by resolution shall appoint.
This rule shall not apply to meetings under section 226 of the Ordinance,
115. At a meeting of creditors a resolution shall be deemed to be
passed when a majority in number and value of the creditors present
personally or by proxy and voting on the resolution have voted in favour
of the resolution, and at a meeting of the contributories a resolution shall
be deemed to be passed when a majority in number and value of the
contributories present personally or by proxy, and voting on the
resolution, have voted in. favour of the resolution, the value of the
contributories being determined according to the number of votes
conferred on each contributory by the regulations of the company.
116. The Official Receiver or as the case may be the Liquidator shall
file with the Registrar of the Supreme Court a copy certified by him of
every resolution of a meeting of creditors or contributories in a winding up
by the Court.
117. Where a meeting of creditors or contributories is summoned by
notice the proceedings and resolutions at the meeting shall unless the
Court otherwise orders be valid notwithstanding that some creditors or
contributories may not have received the notice sent to them.
118. The Chairman may with the consent of the meeting adjourn it
from time to time and from place to place, but the adjourned meeting
shall be held at the same place as the original meeting unless in the
tesolution for adjournment another place is specified or unless the Court
otherwise orders.
119. (1) A meeting may not act for any purpose except the election of
a chairman, the proving of debts and the adjournment of the meeting
unless there are present or represented thereat at least three creditors
Costs of
calling
meetings.
Chairman of
Meeting.
Form 72.
Ordinary
resolution of
creditors
and con-
tributories.
Copy of
resolution
to be filed.
Non-recep-
tion of notice
by a creditor.
Adjourn-
ments,
Form 73.
Quorum.
602
Creditors
entitled ta
vote.
Votes of
secured
creditors,
Creditor
required to
give up
security,
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
entitled to vote or three contributories or all the creditors entitled to
vote or all the contributories if the number of creditors entitled to vote
or the contributorics as the case may be shall not exceed three.
(2) If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting
a quorum of creditors or contributories is not present or represented the
meeting shall be adjourned to the same day in the following week at the
same time and phice or to such other day or time or place as the chairman
may appoint but so that the dav appointed shall be not less than seven
or more than twenty-one days from the day from which the meeting
was adjourned.
120. In the case of a first meeting of creditors or of an adjournment
thereof a person shall not be entitled to vote as a creditor unless he has
duly lodged with the Official Receiver not later than the time mentioned
for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting or adjourned meeting
a proof of the debt which he claims to be due to him from the company.
In the case of a Court meeting or Liquidator’s mecting of creditors a
person shall not be entitled to vote as a creditor unless he has lodged
with the Official Receiver or Liquidator a proof of the debt which he
claims to be due to him from the company and such proof has been
admitted wholly or in part before the date on which the meeting is held:
Provided that this and the next four following rules shall not apply to a
Court meeting of creditors held prior to the first meeting of creditors.
This rule shall not apply to any creditors or class of creditors who by
virtue of the rules or any directions given thereunder are not required
to prove their debts or to any voluntary liquidation meeting.
121. A creditor shall not vote in respect of any unliquidated or
contingent debt, or any debt the value of which is not ascertained, nor
shall a creditor vote in respect of any debt on or secured by a current
bill of exchange or promissory note held by him unless he is willing to
treat the liability to him thereon of every person who is liable thercon
antecedently to the company, and against whom a receiving order in
bankruptcy has not been made, as a security in his hands, and to estimate
the value thereof, and for the purposes of voting, but not for the purposes
of dividend, to deduct it from his proof.
122. For the purpose of voting, a secured creditor shall, unless he
surrenders his security, state in his proof or in a voluntary liquidation in
such a statement as is hereinafter mentioned the particulars of his
security, the date when it was given, and the value at which he assesses
it, and shall be entitled to vote only in respect of the balance (if any)
due to him after deducting the value of his security. If he votes in
respect of his whole debt he shall be deemed to have surrendered his
security, unless the Court on application is satisfied that the omission
to value the security has arisen from inadvertence.
123. The Official Receiver or Liquidator may within twenty-eight days
after a proof or in a voluntary liquidation a statement estimating the
value of a security as aforesaid has been used in voting at a meeting
require the creditor to give up the security for the benefit of the creditors
fenerally on payment of the value so estimated with an addition thereto
of twenty per cent.: Provided that where a creditor has valued his
security he may at any time before being required to give it up correct
the valuation by a new proof and deduct the new value from his debt,
but in that case the said addition of twenty per cent. shall not be made
if the security is required to be given up.
124. The Chairman shall have power to admit or reject a proof for the
purpose of voting, but his decision shall be subject to appeal to the
Court. If he is in doubt whether a proof shall be admitted or rejected
he shall mark it as objected to and allow the creditor to vote subject
to the vote being declared invalid in the event of the objection being
sustained.
125. For the purpose of voting at any voluntary liquidation meetings
a secured creditor shall unless he surrender his security lodge with the
Liquidator or where there is no Liquidator at the registered office of the
company before the mecting a statement giving the particulars of his
security, the date when it was given and the value at which he assesses it.
126. (1) The Chairman shall cause minutes of the proceedings at the
mecting to be drawn up and fairly entered in a book kept for that purpose
and the minutes shall be signed by him or by the Chairman of the next
ensuing meeting.
(2) A list of creditors and contributories present at every meeting
shall be made and kept as in form 68.
Proxtes in relation to a winding up by the Court and to meetings of creditors
tn a creditors’ voluntary winding up.
127. A creditor or a contributory may vote either in person or by
proxy. Where a person is authorised in manner provided by section 114
of the Ordinance to represent a corporation at any meeting of creditors
or contributories such person shall produce to the Official Receiver or
Liquidator or other the Chairman of the meeting a copy of the resolution
so authorising him. Such copy must either be under the seal of the
corporation or must be certified to be a true copy by the secretary or a
director of the corporation. The succeeding rules as to proxies shall not
(unless otherwise directed by the Court) apply to a Court meeting of
creditors or contributories prior to the first meeting.
128. Every instrument of proxy shall be in accordance with the form
in the Appendix and every written part thereof shall be in the handwriting
of the person giving the proxy or of any manager or clerk or other person
in his regular employment or of a Commissioner of Affidavits.
129. General and special forms of proxy shall be sent to the creditors
and contributories with the notice summoning the meeting, and neither
the name nor description of the Official Receiver or Liquidator or any
other person shall be printed or inserted in the body of any instrument
of proxy before it is so sent.
130. A creditor or a contributory may give a general proxy to any
person.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
603
Admission
and rejec-
tion of proofs
for purpose
of voting.
Statement
of security,
Minutes of
meeting,
Form 68.
Proxies.
Form of
proxies.
Forms 74
and 75.
Forms of
proxy to be
sent with
notices.
General
proxies.
604
Special
proxies.
Solicitation
by Liquida-
tor to obtain
proxic.
Proxies to
Otter
Reeciver o
Liquidator
older of
proxv not
to vote on
matter in
which he is
financially
interested,
DProxie.
Forms 74
and 75.
Use of
proxies by
deputy.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companues.
131. A creditor or a contributory may give a special proxy to any
person to vote at any specified meeting or adjournment thereof:—
(a) for or against the appointment or continuance in office of any
specified person as Liquidator or Member of the Committee of
Inspection; and
(b) on all questions relating to any matter other than those above
referred to and arising at the meeting or an adjournment thereof.
132. Where it appears to the satisfaction of the Court that any
solicitation has been used by or on behalf of a Liquidator in obtaining
proxies or in procuring his appointment as Liquidator except by the
direction of a meeting of creditors or contributories, the Court if it thinks
fit may order that no remuneration be allowed to the person by whom
or on whose behalf the solicitation was exercised notwithstanding any
resolution of the Committee of Inspection or of the ereditors or
contributories to the contrary.
133. A creditor or a contributory in a winding up by the Court may
appoint the Official Receiver or Liquidator and in a voluntary winding up
the Liquidator or if there is no Liquidator the Chairman of a meeting to
act as his general or special proxy.
134. No person acting either under a general or a special proxy shall
vote in favour of any resolution which would directly or indirectly place
himself, his partner or employer in a position to receive any remuneration
out of the estate of the company otherwise than as a creditor rateably
with the other creditors of the company: Provided that where any
person holds special proxies to vote for an application to the Court in
favour of the appointment of himself as Liquidator he may use the said
proxies and vote accordingly.
135. (1) A proxy intended to be used at the first mecting of creditors
or contributories, or an adjournment thercof, shall be lodged with the
Official Receiver not later than the time mentioned for that purpose in
the notice convening the meeting or the adjourned meeting, which time
shall be not earlicr than twelve o'clock at noon of the day but one before,
nor later than twelve o'clock at noon of the day before the day appointed
for such meeting, unless the Court otherwise directs.
(2) In every other case a proxy shall be lodged with the Official
Receiver or Liquidator in a winding up by the Court, with the company
at its registered office for a mecting under section 226 of the Ordinance,
and with the Liquidator or if there is no Liquidator with the person named
in the notice convening the meeting to reccive the same in a voluntary
winding up not later than four o'clock in the afternoon of the day before
the meeting or adjourned meeting at which it is to be used.
(3) No person shall be appointed a gencral or special proxy who
is a minor.
136. Where the Official Receiver who holds any proxies cannot attend
the meeting for which they are given, he may, in writing, depute some
person under his official control to use the proxies on his behalf and in
such manner as he may direct.
Companies.
(Ch. 31. No. 1.
137. The proxy of a creditor blind or incapable of writing may be
accepted, if such creditor has attached his signature or mark thereto in
the presence of a witness, who shall add to his signature his description
and residence: Provided that all insertions in the proxy are in the
handwriting of the witness, and such witness shall have certified at the
foot of the proxy that all such insertions have been made by him at the
request and in the presence of the creditor before he attached his signature
or mark.
Attendance and appearance of parties.
138. (1) Every person for ‘the time being on the list of contributories
of the company, and every person whose proof has been admitted shall
be at liberty, at his own expense, to attend proceedings, and shall be
entitled, upon payment of the costs occasioned thereby, to have notice
of all such proceedings as he shall by written request desire to have
notice of; but if the Court shall be of opinion that the attendance of any
such person upon any proceedings has occasioned any additional costs
which ought not to be borne by the funds of the company, it may direct
such costs, or a gross sum in lieu thereof, to be paid by such person;
and such person shall not be entitled to attend any further proceedings
until he has paid the same.
(2) The Court may from time to time appoint any one or more of
the creditors or contributories to represent before the Court, at the
expense of the company, all or any class of the creditors or contributories
upon any question or in relation to any proceedings before the Court,
and may remove the person so appointed. If more than one person is
appointed under this rule to represent one class, the person appointed
shall employ the same solicitor to represent them.
(3) No creditor or contributory shall be entitled to attend any
proceedings in Chambers unless and until he has entered in a book, to be
kept by the Registrar of the Supreme Court for that purpose, his name
ind address, and the name and address of his solicitor (if any) and upon
any change of his address, or of his solicitor, his new address, and the
name and address of his new solicitor.
139, Where the attendance of the Liquidator’s solicitor is required on
any proceeding in Court or Chambers, the Liquidator need not attend in
yrerson, except in cases where his presence is necessary in addition to
that of his solicitor, or the Court directs him to attend.
Liquidator and Committee of Inspection.
140, (1) The remuneration of a Liquidator, unless the Court shall
otherwise order, shall be fixed by the Committce of Inspection and shall
be in the nature of a commission or percentage of which one part shall be
payable on the amount realised, after deducting the sums (if any) paid
to secured creditors (other than debenture holders) out of the proceeds
of their securities, and the other part on the amount distributed in
dividend.
605
Filling in
where
creditor
blind or
incapable.
Attendance
at proceed-
ings.
Attendance
of
Liquidator's
solicitor.
Remunera-
tion of
Liquidator.
606
Limit of
remunera-
tion.
Dealing.
with ass
Connnittee
of Inspection
not to make
profit.
Costs of
obtaining
sanction of
Court.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
(2) If there is no Committee of Inspection the remuneration of the
Liquidator shall, unless the Court shall otherwise order, be fixed by the
scale of fees and percentages for the time being payable on realisations
and distributions by the Official Receiver as Liquidator.
(3) This rule shall only apply to a Liquidator appointed in a
winding up by the Court.
141. Except as provided by the Ordinance or the rules, a Liquidator
shall not under any circumstances, whatever, make any arrangement for,
or accept from any solicitor, auctioneer, or any other person connected
with the company of which he is Liquidator, or who is employed in or
in connection with the winding up of the company, any gift, remuneration,
or pecuniary or other consideration or benefit whatever beyond the
remuneration to which under the Ordinance and the rules he is entitled
as Liquidator, nor shall he make any arrangement for giving up, or give
up any part of such remuneration to any such solicitot, auctioneer, or
other person.
142. Neither the Liquidator, nor any member of the Committee of
Inspection of a company shall, while acting as Liquidator or member of
such committee, except by leave of the Court, either directly or indirectly,
by himself or any employer, partner, clerk, agent, or servant, become
purchaser of any part of the company’s assets. Any such purchase made
contrary to the provisions of this rule may be set aside by the Court on
the application of the Official Receiver in a winding up by the Court or
of any creditor or contributory in any winding up, and the Court may
make such order as to costs as the Court shall think fit.
143. Where the Liquidator carries on the business of the company, he
shall not, without the express sanction of the Court, purchase goods for
the carrying on of such business from any person whose connection with
him is of such a nature as would result in his obtaining any portion of
the profit (if any) arising out of the transaction.
144, No member of a Committee of Inspection shall, except under and
with the sanction of the Court, directly or indirectly, by himself, or any
employer, partner, clerk, agent, or servant, be entitled to derive any
profit from any transaction arising out of the winding up or to receive
out of the assets any payment for services rendered by him in connection
with the administration of the assets, or for any goods supplied by him
to the Liquidator for or on account of the company. In a winding up
by the Court if it appears to the Official Receiver or in a voluntary winding
up if it appears to the Committee of Inspection or to any meeting of
creditors or contributories that any profit or payment has been made
contrary to the provisions of this rule, they may disallow such payment
or recover such profit as the case may be, on the audit of the Liquidator’s
accounts or otherwise.
145. In any case in which the sanction of the Court is obtained under
the two last preceding rules, the cost of obtaining such sanction shall be
borne by the person in whose interest such sanction is obtained, and
shall not be payable out of the company’s assets.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
146. Where the sanction of the Court to a payment to a member of a
Committee of Inspection for services rendered by him in connection with
the administration of the company’s assets is obtained, the order of the
Court shall specify the nature of the services, and such sanction shall
only be given where the service performed is of a special nature. Except
by the express sanction of the Court no remuneration shall, under any
circumstances, be paid to a member of a Committee for services rendered
by him in the discharge of the duties attaching to his office as a member
of such Committee.
147, (1) Where a Liquidator is appointed by the Court, and has notified
his appointment to the Registrar and given security as required, the
Official Receiver shall forthwith put the Liquidator into possession of all
property of the company of which the Official Receivewrmay have custody :
Provided that such Liquidator shall have, before the assets are handed
over to him by the Official Receiver, discharged any balance due to the
Official Receiver on account of fees, costs, and charges properly incurred
by him, and on account of any advances properly made by him in respect
of the company, together with interest on such advances at the rate of
six per centum per annum; and the Liquidator shall pay all fees, costs,
and charges of the Official Receiver which may not have been discharged
by the Liquidator before being put into possession of the property of
the company, and whether incurred before or after he has been put into
such possession.
(2) The Official Receiver shall be deemed to have a lien upon the
company’s assets until such balance shall have been paid and the other
liabilities shall have been discharged.
(3) It shall be the duty of the Official Receiver, if so requested by
the Liquidator, to communicate to the Liquidator all such information
respecting the estate and affairs of the company as may be necessary or
conducive to the due discharge of the duties of the Liquidator.
(4) This and the next following rule shall only apply in a winding
up by the Court.
148. A Liquidator who desires to resign his office shall summon separate
meetings of the creditors and contributories of the company to decide
whether or not the resignation shall be accepted. If the creditors and
contributories by ordinary resolutions both agree to accept the resignation
of the Liquidator, he shall file with the Registrar and the Registrar of
the Supreme Court a memorandum of his resignation; and shall send
notice thereof to the Official Receiver, and the resignation shall thereupon
take effect. In any other case the Liquidator shall report to the Court
the result of the meetings and shall send a report to the Official Receiver
and thereupon the Court may, upon the application of the Liquidator
or the Official Receiver, determine whether or not the resignation of the
Liquidator shall be accepted, and may give such directions and make
such orders as in the opinion of the Court shall be necessary.
149. If a receiving order in bankruptcy is made against a Liquidator,
he shall thereby vacate his office, and for the purpose of the application
of the Ordinance and rules shall be deemed to have been removed.
607
Sanction of
payments to
Committee.
Discharge of
costs before
assets
handed to
Liquidator.
Resignation
of
Liquidator.
Office of
Liquidator
vacated
by his
insolvency.
608
Bank
account
Forms 70
and 77
Record
Book.
ash Hook,
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
Payments into and out of a bank.
150. (1) A Liquidator in a winding up by the Court shall forthwith
pay all moneys received by him into such bank as the Court may direct
to an account to the credit of such Liquidator of the company. All
payments out shall be made by cheque payable to order, and every cheque
shall have marked or written on the face of it the name of the company,
and shall be signed by the Liquidator, and shall be countersigned by at
least one member of the Committee of Inspection, and by such other
person, if any, as the Committee of Inspection may appoint.
(2) Where application is made to the Court to authorise the
Liquidator in a winding up by the Court to make his payments into and
out of a bank account, the Court may grant such authorisation for such
time and on such terms as it may think fit, and may at any time order
the account to be closed if it is of opinion that the account is no longer
required for the purposes mentioned in the application.
Books.
151. In| winding up by the Court the Official Receiver, until
Liquidator is appointed by the Court; and thereafter the Liquidator,
shall keep a book to be called the “‘ Record Book †in which he shall
record all minutes, all proceedings had and resolutions passed at any
meeting of creditors or contributories, or of the Committee of Inspection,
and all such matters as may be necessary to give a correct view of his
administration of the company’s affairs; but he shall not be bound to
insert in the “ Record Book †any document of a confidential nature
(such as the opinion of counsel on any matter affecting the interest of
the creditors or contributories), nor need he exhibit such document to
any person other than a member of the Committee of Inspection or the
Official Receiver.
152. (1) In a winding up by the Court the Official Receiver, until a
Liquidator is appointed by the Court, and thereafter the Liquidator,
shall keep a book to be called the “ Cash Book †in which he shall (subject
to the provisions of the rules as to trading accounts) enter from day to
day the receipts and payments made by him.
2) In a winding up by the Court a Liquidator other than the
Official Receiver shall submit the Record Book and Cash Book, together
with any other requisite books and vouchers, to the Committee of
Inspection (if any) when required, and not less than once every three
months.
(3) In a creditors voluntary winding up the Liquidator shall keep
such books as the Committee of Inspection or if there is no such Committee
as the creditors direct and all books kept by the Liquidator shall be
submitted to the Committee of Inspection or if there is no such Committee
to the creditors with any other books documents papers and accounts
in his possession relating to his office as Liquidator or to the company
as and when the Committee of Inspection or if there is no such Committee
the creditors direct.
Compante, [Ch. 31. No. 1.
‘Accounts and audit in a winding up by the Court.
153. The Committee of Inspection shall not less than once every three
months audit the Liquidator’s Cash Book and certify therein under their
hands the day on which the said book was audited.
15+. (1) The Liquidator shall, at the expiration of six months from
the date of the winding up order, and at the expiration of every succeeding
six months thereafter until his release, transmit to the Official Receiver
a copy of the Cash Book for such period in duplicate, together with the
necessary vouchers and copies of the certiticates of audit by the Committee
of Inspection. He shall also forward with the first accounts, a summary
of the company’s statement of affairs, showing thereon the amounts
realised, and explaining the cause of the non-realisation of such assets
as may be unrealised. The Liquidator shall also at the end of every
six months forward to the Official Receiver, with his accounts, a report
upon the position of the liquidation of the company in such form as the
Olicial Receiver may direct.
(2) When the assets of the company have been fully realised and
distributed, the Liquidator shall forthwith send in his accounts to the
Otel Receiver, although the six months may not have expired.
(3) The accounts sent in by the Liquidator shall be verified by
hin by aflidavit.
155. (1) Where the Liquidator carries on the business of the company,
he shall keep a distinct account of the trading, and shall incorporate in
the Cash Book the total weekly amounts of the regeipts and payments
on such trading account.
(2) The trading account shall from time to time, and not less than
once in every month, be verified by affidavit, and the Liquidator shall
thereupon submit such account to the Committee of Inspection (if any),
or such member thereof as may be appointed by the Committee for that
purpose, who shall examine and certify the same.
150. When the Liquidator’s account has been audited, the Official
Receiver shall certify the fact upon the account, and thereupon the
duplicate copy, bearing a like certificate, shall be filed with the Registrar
of the Supreme Court.
157. (1) The Liquidator shall transmit to the Official Receiver with
his accounts a summary of such accounts in such form as the Official
Receiver may from time to time direct, and on the approval of such
summary by the Official Receiver shall forthwith obtain, prepare, and
transmit to the Official Receiver so many printed copies thereof, duly
stamped for transmission by post, and addressed to the creditors and
contributorie., as may be required for transmitting such summary to
each creditor and contributory.
(2) The cost of printing and posting such copies shall be a charge
upon the assets of the company.
158. Where a Liquidator has not since the date of his appointment
or since the last audit of his accounts, as the case may be, received or
T.—IV. 39
609
Audit of
Cash Took.
orm 78,
One al
Receiver’s
audit of
Liquidator’s
accounts,
Form 79,
Liquidator
carrying on
business,
Forms 80
and 8&1.
Copy of
accounts to
he filed.
Summary of
accounts,
Affidavit of
no receipts.
610
Procecdings
on resigna-
tion, ctc., of
Liquidator,
Tusposal of
hooks.
Vaxation o
costs pay -
able by or
to Otheral
Reeeiver or
Liquidator
ar by
company.
Form &2.
Notice of
appointment,
Lodgment
of bill.
Ch. 31. No. f.| Compante.
paid any sum of money on account of the assets of the company, he shall,
at the time when he is required to transmit his accounts to the Official
Receiver, forward to the Official Receiver an affidavit of no receipts or
payments.
159. (1) Upon a Liquidator resigning or being released or removed
from his office, he shall deliver over to the Official Receiver, or as the case
may be, to the new Liquidator, all books kept by him, and all other
books, documents, papers, and accounts in his possession relating to the
office of Liquidator. The release of a Liquidator shall not take effect
unless and until he has delivered over to the Official Receiver, or as the
case may be to the new Liquidator, all the books, papers, documents and
accounts which he is by this rule required to deliver on his release.
(2) The Court may, at any time during the progress of the
liquidation, on the application of the Liquidator, or the Official Receiver,
direct that such of the books, papers, and documents of the company or
of the Liquidator as are no longer required for the purpose of the liquida-
tion, may be sold, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of.
160, Where property forming part of a company’s assets is sold by the
Liquidator through an auctioneer or other agent, the gross proceeds of the
sale shall be paid over by such auctioneer or agent, and the charges and
expenses connected with the sale shall afterwards be paid to such
auctioneer or agent, on the production of the necessary certificate of the
taxing officer. [very Liquidator by whom such auctioneer or agent is
employed, shall, unless the Court otherwise orders, be accountable for
the proceeds of every such sale.
Taxation of costs.
lol, [every solicitor, manager, accountant, auctioneer, broker or other
person employed by the Official Receiver or Liquidator in a winding up
by the Court shall on request by the Official Receiver or Liquidator (to
be made a sufficient time before the declaration of a dividend) deliver his
bill of costs or charges to the Official Receiver or Liquidator for the
purpose of taxation, and if he fails to do so within the time stated in the
request, or such extended time as the Court may allow, the Liquidator
shall declare and distribute the dividend without regard to such person’s
claim, and subject to any order of the Court the claim shall be forfeited.
The request by the Official Receiver or Liquidator shall be in form No, 82.
lo2. Where a bill of costs or charges in any winding up has been lodged
with the Registrar of the Supreme Court, he shall give notice of an
appointment to tax the same, in a winding up by the Court to the Official
Receiver, and in every winding up to the Liquidator, and to the person to
or by whom the bill or charges is or are to be paid (as the case may be).
163. The bill or charges, if incurred in a winding up by the Court prior
to the appointment of a Liquidator, shall be lodged with the Official
Receiver, and if incurred after the appointment of a Liquidator, shall be
lodged with the Liquidator. The OMicial Receiver or the Liquidator, as
the case may be, shall lodge the bili or charges with the Registrar of the
Supreme Court.
Compante.
[Ch. 31. No. 1.
lo4. [Every person whose bill or charges in a winding up by the Court
is or are to be taxed shall, on application either of the Oficial Receiver or
the Liquidator, furnish a copy of his bill or charges so to be taxed, on
payment at the rate of eight cents per folio, which payment shall be
charged on the assets of the company. The Official Receiver shall call
the attention of the Liquidator to any items which, in his opinion, ought
to be disallowed or reduced, and may attend or be represented on the
taxation.
165. Where any party to, or person affected by, any proceeding desires
to make an application for an order that he be allowed his costs, or any
part of them, incident to such proceeding, and such application is not
made at the time of the proceeding:
(1) such party or person shall serve notice of his intended
application on the Official Receiver or on the Liquidator as the
‘ase may be;
(2) the Official Receiver or Liquidator may appear on = such
application and object thereto;
(3) no costs of or incident to such application shall be allowed to
the applicant, unless the Court is satistied that the application could
not have been made at the time of the proceeding.
166. Upon the taxation of any bill of costs, charges, or expenses being
completed, the Registrar of the Supreme Court shall issue to the person
presenting such bill for taxation his allowance or certificate of taxation.
The bill of costs, charges, and expenses, together with the allowance or
certificate, shall be filed with the said Registrar.
167, Where the bill or charges of any solicitor, inanager, accountant,
auctioneer, broker, or other person employed by the Official Receiver or
Liquidator, is or are payable out of the assets of the company, a certificate
in writing, signed by the Official Receiver or Liquidator, as the case may
be, shall on the taxation be produced to the Registrar of the Supreme
Court setting forth whether any, and if so what, special terms of re-
muneration have been agreed to, and in the case of the bill of costs of a
solicitor, a copy of the resolution or other authority sanctioning the
appointment of a solicitor to assist the Liquidator in the performance
of his duties and the instructions given to such solicitor by the Liquidator.
Costs and expenses payable out of the assets of the company.
168. (1) Where a Liquidator or special manager in a winding up by
the Court receives remuneration for his services as such, no payment shall
be allowed on his accounts in respect of the performance by any other
person of the ordinary duties which are required by statute or rules to
be performed by himself.
(2) Where a Liquidator is a solicitor he may contract that the
remuneration for his services as Liquidator shall include all professional
services.
39 (2)
611
Copv of the
bill to be
furnished.
Applications
for costs.
Certificate of
taxation.
Form 83.
Certificate
of employ-
ment.
Liquidator’s
charges.
612
Costs pav-
able out of
the assets,
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compante,
1609, (1) The assets of a company in a winding up by the Court,
remaining after payment of the fees and expenses ‘properly incurred in
preserving realising or getting in the assets, including where the company
has previously commenced to be wound up voluntarily such remuneration,
costs, and expenses as the Court may allow to a Liquidator appointed in
such voluntary winding up shall, subject to any order of the Court, be
liable to the iollowing | payments, which shall be made in the following
order of priority, namely:
First, Vhe taxed costs of the petition, including the taxed costs
of any person appearing en the petition whose costs are allowed by
the Court,
Ne The “ution of the special manager (if any).
Neat. The costs and expense. of any person who make:
coucurs in making, the company’s statement of affairs.
Neat. The taxed charges of any shorthand writer appointed to
take an examination: Provided that where the shorthand writer 1s
appointed at the instance of the Official Receiver the cost of the
shorthand notes shall be deemed to be an expense incurred by the
Ofheial Receiver in getting in and realising the assets of the company.
Newt. The nece. ary disbursements of any Liquidator appointed
in the winding up by the Court, other than expenses properly incurred
in preserving, realising or getting in the assets heretofore provided for.
Newt. The costs of any person properly employed by any such
Laquidator,
Ne The remuneration of any such Liquidator.
Nev. The actual out-of-pocket expenses nece..arily incurred by
the Committee of Inspection, subject to the approval of the Oficial
Reeviver.
(2) No payments in respect of bills or charges of solicitors, managers,
accountants, auetioneers, brokers, or other persons other than payments
for costs and expenses incurred and sanctioned under rule 4t. and
pavinents of bills which have been taxed and allowed under erders made
for the taxation thereof, shall be allowed out of the assets of the company
without proof that the Jame have been considered and alowed by the
Registrar of the Supreme Court. The said Registrar shall before passing
the bills or charges of a solicitor satisfy himself that the appointment of
w soliciter to assist the Liquidator in the performance of bis duties has
been duly sanctioned. Provided that the Official Receiver when acting
as Liquidater mi WW without taxation pay and allow the costs and charge.
of any person other than a solicitor employ ed by him where such costs
and charge. are within the seale usu: Uly allowed by the Court and do not
*xceed the sum of nine dollars and sixty cents.
(3) Nothing contained in this rule shall apply to or atlect costs
which in the course of legal proceedings by er against a company which
is being wound up by the Court, are ordered by the Court in which such
proceedings are pending or a Judge thereof te be paid by the company
or the Liquidator, or the rights of the person to whom such costs are
payable.
Statements by Liquidator to the Registrar.
170, The winding up of a company shall, for the purposes of section 269
of the Ordinance, be deemed to be concluded :—
(a) in the case of a company wound up by order of the Court, at
the date on which the order dissolving the company has been reported
by the Liquidator to the Registrar, or at the date of the order of the
Otheial Receiver releasing the Liquidator pursuant to section 188
of the Ordinance;
(4) in the case of a company wound up voluntarily, or under the
supervision of the Court, at the date of the dissolution of the company,
unle.. at such date any funds or assets of the company remain
unclaimed or undistributed in the hands or under the control of the
Liquidator, or any person who has acted as Liquidator, in which case
the winding up shall not be deemed to be concluded until such funds
or assets have either been distributed or paid into Court.
171. Ina voluntary winding up or a winding up under the supervision
of the Court the statements with respect to the proceedings in and
position of a liquidation of a company, the winding up of which is not
concluded within a year after its commencement, shall be sent to the
Registrar twice in every year as follows:—
(1) the first statement commencing at the date when a Liquidator
Was tirst appointed and brought down to the end of twelve months
from the commencement of the winding up, shall be sent within
thirty days from the expiration of such twelve months, or within
such extended period as the Official Receiver may sanction, and the
subsequent statements shall be sent at intervals of half a year, each
statement being brought down to the end of the half year for which
it is sent. In cases in which the assets of the company have been
fully realised and distributed before the expiration of a half-yearly
interval a final statement shall be sent forthwith;
(2) subject to the next succeeding rule, form 84, and where
applicable forms 86, 87 and 88, with such variations as circumstances
may require, shall be used, and the directions specified in the form
(unless the Official Receiver otherwise direct) be observed in reference
to every statement;
(3) every statement shall be sent in duplicate, and shall be verified
by an affidavit in the form 85 with such variations as circumstances
Thay require.
172. Where in a voluntary winding up or a winding up under the
supervision of the Court a Liquidator has not during any period for which
a statement has to be sent, received or paid any money on account of the
company, he shall at the period when he is required to transmit his
statement, send to the Registrar the prescribed statement in the form 84,
in duplicate, containing the particulars therein required with respect to
the proceedings in and position of the liquidation, and with such state-
ment shall also send an affidavit of no receipts or payments in the form 85.
Compantes, [Ch. 31. No. 1.
613
Conclusion
of winding
up.
Times for
sending
Liquidator’s
statements,
and regu-
lations
applicable
thereto,
Forms 84, So,
87 and 8&8.
Form 85,
Affidavit of
no receipts
or payments.
Forms 84
and 85,
614
Pavinent of
undistri-
buted anc
unelaim
THON
Court
Appheation
to the court
for afore
an acconnt
and getting
in monev.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
Unclaimed funds and undistributed assets in the hands of a Liquidator.
173. (1) All money in the hands or under the control of a Liquidator
of a company representing unclaimed dividends, which for six months
from the date when the dividend became payable have remained in the
hands or under the control of the Liquidator, shall forthwith, on the
expiration of the six months, be paid into Court.
(2) Ina voluntary winding up or a winding up under the supervision
of the Court all other money in the hands or under the control of a
Liquidator of a company, representing unclaimed or undistributed assets,
which under subsection (1) of section 270 of the Ordinance, the Liquidator
is to pay into Court shall be ascertained as on the date to which the
statement of receipts and payments sent in to the Registrar is brought
down, and the amount to be paid into Court shall be the minimum balance
of such money which the Liquidator has had in his hands or under his
control during the six months immediately preceding the date to which
the statement is brought down, less such part (if any) thercof as the Official
Receiver may authorise him to retain for the immediate purposes of the
liquidation. Such amount shall be paid into Court within fourteen days
from the date to which the statement of account is brought down.
(3) Notwithstanding anything in this rule, any moneys represent-
ing unclaimed or undistributed assets or dividends in the hands of the
Liquidator at the date of the dissolution of the company shall forthwith
be paid by him into Court.
174. Ina voluntary winding up or a winding up under the supervision
of the Court every person who has acted as Liquidator of any company,
whether the liquidation has been concluded or not, shall furnish to the
Oficial Receiver particulars of any money in his hands or under his
control representing unclaimed ot undistributed assets of the company
and such other particulars as the Official Receiver may require for the
purpose of ascertaining or getting in any money payable into Court.
The Official Receiver may require such particulars to be verified by
affidavit,
175. (1) Ina voluntary winding up or a winding up under the super-
vision of the Court the Official Receiver may at any time order any such
person to submit to him an account verified by affidavit of the sums
received and paid by him as Liquidator of the company and may direct
and enforce an audit of the account.
(2) For the purposes of section 270 of the Ordinance, and the
rules, the Court has and may exercise all the powers conferred by the
Bankruptcy Ordinance with respect to the discovery and realisation of
the property of a debtor, and the provisions of Part I. of that Ordinance
with respect thereto shall, with any necessary modification, apply to
proceedings under section 270 of the Ordinance.
176. An application by the Official Receiver for the purpose of
ascertaining and getting in money payable into Court pursuant to
section 270 of the Ordinance, shall be made by motion, and where the
winding up is voluntary or is by or under the supervision of the Court
shall be made to and dealt with by a Judge.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
615
177. An application by a person claiming to be entitled to any money
paid into Court in pursuance of section 270 of the Ordinance shall be
made in such form and manner as the Official Receiver may from time
to time direct, and shall, unless the Official Receiver otherwise directs,
be accompanied by the certificate of the Liquidator that the person
claiming is entitled and such further evidence as the Official Receiver
may direct.
178. A Liquidator who requires to make payments out of money paid
into Court in pursuance of section 270 of the Ordinance, either by way of
distribution or in respect of the cost and expenses of the proceedings,
shall apply in such form and manner as the Official Receiver may direct,
and the Official Receiver may thereupon make an order for payment to
the Liquidator of the sum required by him for the purposes aforesaid.
Release of Liquidator in a winding up by the Court.
179. (1) A Liquidator in a winding up by the Court before making
application to the Official Receiver for his release, shall give notice of his
intention so to do to all the creditors who have proved their debts, and to
all the contributories, and shall send with the notice a summary of all
receipts and payments in the winding up.
(2) When the Official Receiver has granted to a Liquidator his
release, a notice of the order granting the release shall be gazetted. The
Liquidator shall provide the requisite fee for the Royal Gazette, which he
may charge against the company’s assets.
180. (1) The Official Receiver may order that the books and papers
of a company which has been wound up shall not be destroyed for such
period (not excceding five years from the dissolution of the company) as
the Official Receiver thinks proper.
(2) Any creditor or contributory may make representations to
the Official Receiver with regard to the destruction of such books and
papers and may appeal to the Court from any order made by the Official
Receiver under this rule.
(3) Subject to any order of the Court, the Official Receiver may
by a further order vary or rescind any order made by him under this rule,
(4) A resolution for the destruction of the books and papers of
such a company within the said period of five years or any shorter period
fixed by an order of the Official Receiver in force at the date of such
resolution shall not take effect until the expiration of such period of
five years or of such shorter period unless the Official Recciver shall
otherwise direct.
(5) At least one weck’s notice shall be given to the Official Receiver
of any application to the Court for an order for the destruction of the
books and papers of a company before the expiration of such period of
five years or shorter period.
Official Receiver.
181. The term “ Official Receiver ’’ means the Official Receiver attached
to the Court for bankruptcy purposes, and includes any Assistant Official
Receiver.
Application
for payment
out by per-
son entitled.
Application
by Liquida-
tor for pay-
ment out.
Proceedings
for release
of Liquida-
tor.
Forms 90, 91
and 92.
Form 95 (9).
Disposal of
books and
papers.
Official
Receiver,
O10
Duties where
no assets.
Accounting
by Ofherl
Receiver
Appeal from
OMticral
Receiver
lorms 94
and Ob,
ihn memo-
randum
ot Royal
Garett:
notice,
{orm
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
182. Where a company against which a winding up order has been made
has no available assets, the Official Receiver shall not be required to
incur any expense in relation to the winding up without the express
directions of the Court.
183. Where a Liquidator is appointed by the Court in a winding up by
the Court, the Official Receiver shall account to the Liquidator.
184. An appeal to the Court from an act or decision of the Official
Receiver acting otherwise than as Liquidator of a company, shall be
brought within twenty-one days from the time when the decision or act
appealed against is done, pronounced, or made.
185. (1) Anapplication by the Official Receiver to the Court to examine
on oath the Liquidator or any other person pursuant to section 187 of the
Ordinance shall be made ex parte, and shall be supported by a report to
the Court filed with the Registrar of the Supreme Court, stating the
circumstances in which the application is made.
(2) The report shall for the purposes of such application be primd
facie evidence of the statements therein contained.
Books to be kept bv Registrar of the Supreme Court.
186. The Registrar of the Supreme Court shall keep books according
to the forms 93 and 94 in the Appendix, and the particulars given under
the different heads in such books shall be entered forthwith after each
proceeding has been concluded,
Gazetling ina winding up by the Court.
187, (1) All notices subsequent to the making by the Court of a
winding up order in pursuance of the Ordinance or the rules requiring
publication in the Royal Gazette shall be gazetted by the Official Receiver
or the Liquidator as the case may be.
(2) Where any winding up order is amended, and also in any case
in which any matter which has been gazetted has been amended or
altered, or in which a matter has been wrongly or inaccurately gazetted,
the Official Receiver or Liquidator shall re-gazette such order or matter
with the necessary amendments and alterations in the prescribed form, at
the expense of the company’ assets, or otherwise as the Official Receiver
may direct.
188. (1) Whenever the Roval Gazette contains any advertisement
Telating to any winding up proceedings the Official Receiver or Liquidator
as the case may be shall file with the proceedings a memorandum referring
to and giving the date of the advertisement.
(2) In the case of an advertisement in a local paper, the Official
Receiver or Liquidator as the case may be shall keep a copy of the paper,
and a memorandum referring to and giving the date of the advertisement
shall be placed on the file.
(3) For this purpose one copy of each local paper in which any
advertisement relating to any winding up proceeding in the Court is
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
inserted, shall be left with the Official Receiver or Liquidator as the case
may be by the person who inserts the advertisement.
(4) A memorandum under this rule shall be prima facie evidence
that the advertisement to which it refers was duly inserted in the issue of
the Royal Gazette or newspaper mentioned in it.
Arrests and commitments.
189. A warrant of arrest or any other warrant issued under the
provisions of the Ordinance and rules, shall be addressed to the Marshal
of the Court.
190, Where the Court issues a warrant for the arrest of a person under
any of the provisions of the Ordinance or rules, the prison (to be named
in the warrant of arrest) to which the person shall be committed shall,
unless the Court shall otherwise order, be the prison used by the Court in
cases of orders of commitment made in the exercise by the Court of its
ordinary jurisdiction, and kept therein for the time mentioned in the
warrant of commitment, unless sooner discharged by the order of the
Court which issued the warrant of commitment, or otherwise by law.
Miscellaneous matters.
191, The Court may, in any case in which it shall see fit, extend or
abridge the time appointed by the rules or fixed by any order of the
Court for doing any act or taking any procecding.
192. (1) No proceedings under the Ordinance or the rules shall be
invalidated by any formal defect or by any irregularity, unless the Court
before which an objection is made to the proceeding is of opinion that
substantial injustice has been caused by the defect or irregularity, and
that the injustice cannot be remedied by any order of that Court.
(2) No defect or irregularity in the appointment or election of the
Official Receiver, Liquidator, or member of a Committce of Inspection
shall vitiate any act done by him in good faith.
193. In all proceedings in or before the Court, or any Judge, Registrar
or Officer thercof, or over which the Court has jurisdiction under the
Ordinance and rules, where no other provision is made by the Ordinance
or rules, the practice, procedure and regulations shall unless the Court
otherwise in any special case directs, in the Court be in accordance with
the rules and procedure of the Supreme Court, as far as practicable, with
the existing rules and practice of the Court in proceedings for the
administration of assets by the Court.
617
To whom
warrants
may be
addressed.
Prison to
which person
arrested on
warrant is
to be taken.
Enlargement
or abridg-
nent of
time.
Formal
defect not to
invalidate
procecdings.
Application
of existing
procedure.
O18
(XDD Sche
clule.)
ane ot
sspondent.
(2) Name and
deseniption
of appheant,
wi) State
obyect of
Appheation,
(2) Tusert full
hate, fille,
etooe
preabrenet
(«State the
full whine.
al the rey
fered athee
soos: silt
aintly to
show the
distort in
whieh at as
situate.
(d) Add
words in
brackets (
if super
Vision order
Is shed for.
(A) thas note
will be un
Necessary uf
the Company
ts petitioner,
Ch. 31.
Let (a)
cut
To
Norw.
No. 1.| Compante.
APPENDIX.
Forms for use in Winding Up.
No.1. (Rule 6.)
Form of Summons (General).
| Lulle.*}
attend at on the
day of , ia
v’elock in the Noon on the hearing of a appheation of (4)
for an ordar that. (c)
Dated the day of 19
This summons was taken out by
Solicitors for
Hf you do not attend, either in person or by your Soliciter, at the time and
place above-meationed, such order will be made, and proceedings taken, as the Judge
may think just and expedient.
No. (Rule 7.)
General Tithe.
Ju the Supreme Court of Trinidad and Tobago.
No.
In the Matter of (a) Lanuted
and
In the Matter of the Companies Ordinance.
No. (Rule 18.)
Petition.
[ Uséle.]
To Ths Honour the Chief Justice and their Honours the Puisne Judges,
The humble petition of (6)
1 The
month of
of $
$
showeth as follows :-—
Company, Limited (hereinafter called the company), was un the
. incorporated under the Companics Ordinance.
2. The registered office of the company is at (¢)
3. The nominal capitalat the company is §
each, The amount of the capital part up or credited as paid up ix
, divided into share,
4. The objects for which the company was established are as followa:——
and other objects set forth in the memorandum of association
To
thereof
[Here set out in parageaphs the facts on which the petitioner relies, and conclude as
follotes :-—~]
Your petitioner therefore humbly prays as follows:
() That the Company, Limited, may be wound up by the Court under the
provisions
of the Compames Orduuuice.
(Z) (Vhat the voluntary winding up of the
continued but subject to the supervision of the Court.)
Company, Limited, may be
(2) Or that such other order may be made in the premises ap shall be just.
Nor,
(f) It is intended to serve this petition on
Compantes. |Ch. 31. No. 1. 619
No. 4. (Rule 18.)
Petition by unpald Creditor on Simple Contract.
(Title.
Paragraphs 1, 2, 3, and 4 us in No, 3.
5. The company is indebted to your petitioner in (he sui of $ for (a) (a) State con-
o, Your petitioner has made application to the company for payment of hia debt, “eration for
but the company has failed and neglected to pay the sume or any part thereol, wath insti
7. The company is [insolvent and] unable to pay its debts. cular ao as
8. In the circumstances it is just and equitable that the company should be (yo establish
wound up. that the debt
chanced in
Your petitioner, therefore, ete. fas in No. 3], ;
lite,
No. 3. (Kule 20.)
(a) We the
Advertisement of Petition. winthng up
LVitle.| info he sub.
Notice is hereby given that a petition for the winding up of the above-named Jeet ba super:
company by (4) the Court, was, on the day of £19, presented Yon, insert
to the sud Court by (6). And that the said petition ia directed to be heard before tea i
the Court) sitting at on the day of » 1 and any v i ie
creditor or contributory of the said company desirous to support or oppose the wenn ue
7 ee a c
making of an order on the said petition may appear at the time of hearing in person terveaun
or by his counsel for that purpose; and a copy of the petition will be furnished rin
lo any creditor or contributory of the said company requiring the aame by the O-
undersigned on payment of the regulated charge for the same, (P) taser
e
(Signed) (¢) address of
[Name] Petitioner,
[ Address) (e) To he
. . a signed by the
Novi. Any person who intends lo appear on the hearing of the said petition must soiicitar to
serve on or ene by post to the above-named, notice in writing of lus intention soto (py. peti-
do. “The notice must state the name and address of the person, or, fabri, the qianer or by
name and address of the tim, and must be signed by the person oc tira, or his or (4, peti
therr solicitor (tf any), and must be served, or if posted, must be seat by post it onerit he
sufheient time to reach the above-named not later than (4) o'clock an the jas po
afternoon of the of 1o solicitor,
(d) Ifthe day
appointed
for the henr-
mye of the
No. oO. (Rule 21.) petition isa
Affld : . > ‘ . Monday then
davit of Service of Petition on Members, Officers, or Servanta. I p.m, on the
| Peale. | Saturday,
In the Matter of a petition dated 1a previous to
I, of » Make outh and say: auch Mon-
. . . og - , day, if the
1. [In the case of service of petition on a company by leaving it with a member, officer, day uppoint-
or servant af the registered office, or sf no registered office at the principal or last known ed for the
Principal place of business of the company. | hearing is on
That T didi on day, the day of » 19 » serve the above: any other
named company with the above-mentioned petition by delivering to and leaving uy then
with [name and description) a member (or ofhcer) (or servant) of the snid company (, pam, on (he
a copy of the above-mentioned petition, duly sealed with the Seal of the Court, at day imme-
loffice ov place of business as aforesaid}, before the hour of in tho liately pre-
noon, ceding the
2. [In the case of no member, officer, or servant of the company being found at the day so
registered office or place of business. ] appointed.
(«
“
b
if
620
(a) TL the
petition is by
ahem insert
* the vets
aun deeds of
my saul
firm."
Ch. 31.
That 1 did on
find any member, officer, or servant of the above- named company at |Aere siate
registered office ov place of business), leave there a copy of the above-mentioned
pelition, doly sealed with the seal of the Court, before the hour of in the
noon [add with thom such sealed copy twas left, or where, e.g.: affixed to
door of offices, ov placed in Ietter box, or otherwise).
3. [dn the case of directions by the Court as to the member, officer, or servant of the
Company to be served.)
That 1
did on
No. 1.| Compante.
day, the day of
day, the day
19, having failed to
of 19°, «serve [mame
or names and description) with a copy of the above- mentioned petition, duly sealed
with the seal of the Court, by delivering the same together with u true copy of the
order tor substituted service dated 19
at [place] before the hour of in the
The said petition is now produced and shown to me, marked A,
Sworn at, ete.
In the matter of a petition, dated
No. 7. (Rule 21
personally to the satd
noon,
)
Affidavit of Service of Petition on Liquidator.
[Vitle.]
19, for winding up the above
company [by] or [under the supervision off the Court [as the case may be}.
of
Vhat ol dad, on
description] the liquidator of the above-named company, with a copy of the above-
mentioned petition, duly sealed) with the seal of the Court, by delivering the same
personally to the said
hoon,
» make oath and say:
day, the day of
, 19, serve [name and
at [place], before the hour of in the
The suid) petition is now produced and shown to me, marked A.
Sworn at, ete.
1, ALB,
No. 8. (Rule 22.
Affidavit Verifying Petition.
[Vite.]
of, ele., make oath and say that such of the statements in the petition
now produced and shown to me and marked with the letter A, as relates to (a) my
own acts and deeds are true, and such of the said statements as relate to the acts
and deeds of any other person or persons - believe to be true.
Sworn,
1, LB,
ete.
No, (Rule 22.
Affidavit Verifying Petition of a Limited Company.
of, ele
[Vitle.|
make vath and say as follows:
Lo lam ja director} (the secretary] of
inthe above matter, and am duly authorised by the sail petitioner to make this
alhdasat on its behall.
2. Such of the statements in the petition now produced and shown to me marked
with the letter Aas relate to the acts and deeds of the said petitioner are true and
such of the statements as relate to the acts and deeds of any other person or persons
1 believe to be true.
Sworn,
ete.
Company, Limited, the petitioner
Companies, |Ch. 31. No. 1. 621
No. 10. (Rules 24 and 33.)
Order appointing a Provisional Liquidator after Presentation of Petition,
and before Order to Wind up.
the dlay of 19
{Urlle.)
Upon the application, etc., and upon reading, etc., the Court doth hereby appoint
the Olbcial Receiver to be Provisional Liquidator of the above-named Company
Aud the Court doth hereby limit and restrict the powers of the said Provisional
Liquidator to the following acts, that is to say (describe the acts which the Provistonal
Liquidator is to be authorised to do and the property of which he iy to take possession].
Norn. Lt willbe the duty of such of the persons as are liable to make out or to
concur in making out a Statemeat of Affairs as the Otficial Receiver may require to
attend on the Ollicial Receiver at such time and place as he may appoint and to give
lum all information he may require.
No. 11. (Rule 26.)
Notice of Intention to appear on Petition.
[Tatle.]
Take notice that ALB, of (a) a creditor for § of (or contributory (a) State full
holdings (0) shares in) the above company intends to appear on the hearing name, or if a
of the petition advertised to be heard on the day of 19 aud) firm, the
to support (or oppose) such petition. name of the
(Signed) (¢) firm and
| Address. address,
(6) State
number and
class of
No. 12.) (Rule 27.) shares held.
List of Partice attending the Hearing of a Petition. 1 a hy the
{Dutle.| person or his
‘The following are the names of those who have given notice of their intention to solicitor,
attend the hearing of the petition herein, on the day of 19
Name and
Address of Creditors, | Contributories, Sup-
N. Address.) Solicitor of Amount Number of =| Opposing. | ~ ron
party who las | of debt. Shares, po B.
Biven notice.
622 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
No. 13. (Rule 30.)
Notification to Official Receiver of Winding up Order.
[Title.]
To the Official Reeciver.
Order pronounced this day by Mr. Justice for winding up the under-
Mentioned company under the Companies Ordinance.
1 1 |
Name of Registered Ottice Petitioner's Date of Fresentation
Company. of Company. Solicitor. of Fetition.
No. 14. (Rule 30.)
Nottfication to Official Receiver of Order pronounced for appointment of
Provisional Liquidator prior to Winding up Order being made.
(Title.]
To the Official Receiver.
(a) Tisert Order pronounced this day by Mr. Justice for the appowmtment of (a)
the Ome! as Provisional Liquidator prior to any Winding up Order being made.
Receiver .
Wesome other
person has’ Name of Registered Office Vetitioner’s Date of resentation
heen ap. Company. of Company. Solicitor. of Petition.
pointed the
name,
address and
deseriptien
of such
person,
No. 15. (Rule 33.)
Order for Winding up by the Court.
day of 19
[Tstie.|
Upon the petition of the above-named company [or A.B., of etc., a creditor (or
contributory) of the above-named company}, on the day of 19
preferred unto the Court, and upon hearing for the petitioner, and
for , and upon reading the said petition, an affidavit of (the said petitioner),
filed, etc. verifving the said petition, an afhdavit of L.AL, tiled the day of
19 , the Noval Gazette of the day of ,19 , the
Newspaper of the day of 19, each containing an advertisement
of the said petition [enter any other evidence], this Court doth order that the said
Company be wound up by this Court under the provisions of the Companies Ordinance,
and that the Oflicial Receiver be constituted Provisional Liquidator of the aflairs
of the Company.
And it is ordered that the costs of of the said petition be taxed and paid
out of the assets of the said Company.
Notr.— It will be the duty of such of the persons as are liable to make out or to
concur in making out a statement of Atlairs as the Official Recciver may require
to attend on the Official Receiver at such time and place as the Official Receiver
may appoint and to give him all information he may require.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
No. lo. (Rule 34 (1) (c).)
Notice of Order to Wind up (for Newspaper).
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
In the Matter of , Limited.
Winding up Order made 19
Date and place of first meetings:
Creditors 19 ,al
Contributories 19†, at
Official Receiver and
Provistonal Liquadator,
No. 17. (Rule 34 (2),)
Order for Winding up, subject to Supervision.
day, the day of 19
[Téle.]
Upon the petition, etc., this Court doth order that the voluntary winding up of the
said Company, Limited, be continued, but subject to the supervision of this
Court; and any of the proceedings under the said voluntary winding up may be
adopted as the Court shall think fit; and it is ordered that the liquidator appointed
in the voluntary winding up of the said Company, or other the liquidator for the time
being, do on the day of next, and thenceforth every three months
ile with the Registrar a report in writing as to the position of, and the progress
made with, the winding up of the said Company, and with the realisation of the
assets thereof, and as to any other matters connected with the winding up as the
Court may from time to time direct. And it is ordered that no bills of costs, charges,
or expenses, or special remuneration of any solicitor, employed by the liquidator
of the said Company, or any remuneration, charges, or expenses of such liquidator,
or of any manager, accountant, auctioneer, broker, or other person, be paid out
of the assets of the said Company, unless such costs, charges, expenses, or remuncra-
tion, shall have been taxed or allowed by the Registrar. And it is ordered that
all such costs, charges, expenses, and remuneration, be taxed and ascertained
accordingly. And it is ordered that the costs of the petitioner and of [Aere insert
any directions as to allowance of costs of petitioners and of persons appearing]. And
the creditors, contributories, and liquidator of the said Company, and all other
persons interested, are tu be at liberty to apply generally as there may be occasion.
No. 18. (Rule 36.)
Affidavit by Special Manager verifying Account.
[Title.]
1, of » make oath and say as [ollows:-—
1. The account hereunto annexed, marked with the Ietler A, produced and shown
lu me at the time of swearing this my aflidavit, and purporting to be my account as
special manager of the estate or business of the above-named company, contains a
{tue account of all and every sums and sum of money received by me or by any
other person or persons by my order or to my knowledge or belief for my use on
account or in respecl of the said estate or busincss,
The several sums of moncy mentioned in the said account hereby verified to
have been paid or allowed have been actually and truly so paid and allowed for the
several purposes in the said account mentioned.
3. The said account is just and (ruc in all and every the items and particulars
thercin contained, according to the best of my knowledge and belicf.
Sworn, ‘te.
6
)
~
3
Companies.
Ch. 31. No. 1.]
62+
aonpoid 07 payewiasq puaplaip Joy Hue 0} pazewysy
S91QUNIISJOaN[A pazeUllysassay
peg - «Dy SIT Jad se
[npqnog ‘painsas Ajyied si0jzIpary (7)
$ a’
(p) e13009 03 ad0eleEg
pood so Oa, WET 03 poltrey
ZA ‘1 ,, WIT $ snidins pajyewnsy
Jed se ‘(sioiqap ) saqap xoog (9) ——_—_——_
SA1jLINDVS JO ANIA pazeUINsy|
rza ‘Ayradoid 1ayig (y) 1G», WUT sed se
adeszioul uo suecy (3) ‘(slapfoy einquaqap Zurpnyjout
“Oza ‘SareYys WI SquauTysaaTd] (f) you) peinsas A[[Ny s1031Ipal7D (9)
‘O39 ‘S[Isuazn ‘s2u139g ‘samnyxy apery (a) $
eae woe Adauryoeyy (p)
$ ‘3809 payeusz)
apes ut A2015 (2) {Jaquinu 34235)
puey a qsep (9) W 3st] Jed sv sioqipaiy painoasayy (o)
slayuEq 1e Yysey (D)
‘ZLA ,,H ,, SIT aed se Ayradorg (vp) DZIA ‘sagriqel pe siqaq
$ $ $
‘aonpoid 03 “yUeI 0} “SOIQTTIQUIT
payewmiisz ‘Sassy pajoedx q ‘salqpiqery S801‘)
*‘SAO]IPIAD SpsDdes Spv—'T
‘(pajzoazip suoseaz yetoads 10}; sey Ja.A190ay
Te1INYEO ay2 se a3ep JaY30 Yons 10) 1apig dy AuIpuTAy 242 Jo a3ep ayy’ = ST jo Sep aYi UO SUIvVady 40 LNAKALVIS
apy.
‘SIJBYY JO JUIUIAIBIS
(LE any) “61 ON
625
“aq ADUus aSD2 ay} SD 40 ‘[SI9Pfoy ainy
-TaQep 0} pesreqo) 40 [Aouaisyap aaoge jaaul 0} a]qEyTeAe! SI YOGA $ sitdn payie aq 03 a1get teudes predun jo junoure jeurmou oq |
[Ch. 31. No. 1.
Compantes.
wonepinby jo 4809 07 y0afqns ‘Areduo0s oy jo
SOIZITIQET] Joam 07 sjyasse Jo ADUaIogap payeuUInsy
monepinbry jo ys09 03 yalqns ‘820;1pa19
PaeinossuN YaowW 0} a[queAe yUNOWe pazEUINsy
(2) e13009 19d
se Aveduod ay} jo sjesse ay} uO painsas
spu0q ainjusqap uo sueol jzonpag
sI9pjoy ainzueqap
JO SWIE]D 390M 0} Jfquireae JUnOWE pajeUysy
(f) exyuo
tad se si031pai9 Tenuaiajaid zonpaq
S798Se 12307 payPUSY
sonpoid 0} pazeuUtIysay
M,, 3S1 sad se
‘(g103qap ) sjreo predug, (a)
(9) (exquos 1ad) painsas A]jnz s10j1pai9
JO Spuey 94} ut Ssayunoss woy snidins (p)
sonpoid 0} pazemnsâ€
_[.,, 3s] sad se
‘pueyq uo s913LIn3—s reps
yeqIo Jo ‘asueYyoxKa jo SIpY
worjepmbr Jo 3809 03 yoalqns ‘Aueduszod jo san
-Ipqel] 3uysem sa3ye (Ave yr) snidins payewmnsy
$°* (stapjoy ) eyua2
paynpsp .,5,, sty sad
se ‘spuoq ainjueqep uo sueoT (9)
i; eno) pepnpep ,,1,, HIT
aad se ‘9,0 ‘safea 'saxe} ‘saqe
JO} SIO}IPIID feywarssa1g (J)
PUSPLAlp 10} HUET [[Ls
peyoedxe st yt qoIqH JO
ud, 3StT 22d se ‘soniqelt 1430 (9)
PUIPLAIP Joy HUVI I[LA
pezoedxa st 4 qos JO
“4 I UIT
iad se anjea 10; saouezda0oe
amo sAueduiod weq} seq10
paiunossip sijiq ao saraqiqery (p)
|
40)
--IV.
Companies.
Ch. 31. No. 1.]
626
$ $
..Q,, WastI97Ig Ul paulEdxs se AQuapgep[ez0L saoge se AqIqer yaom 03 AQuaIogap ppy
““BIQBIZANII.IT 9q 03 pazeuITse Syjeo predun ssa7z
-jezides
‘"Tpeo jo soaeape a pred ‘Auv jt “unouy Jayyo Aue JO s1Bt
(9) -nornsed =ppy (4)
«Ny, WT 10d se
‘greys 19d ¢ 3e dn paleo yunoury
“pred Arn se panssy (0)
(‘siappoysregs )
‘areys sd ¢ yO SaleYysS s9N919;91g
«KK ,, YT sad se
‘areys sad ¢ 3e do pales qunowy
‘pred Ajjny se panssy (vn,
(srapyoqsreys ) *A[Burps9998
‘areys iad ¢ jo sareys AreUIpIQ pasazye aq pynoys
1674, 3ST Jad se unio ayz dn pred
*areqs iad $¢ ye do pares yunomy Ajyred se pansst st
‘pred Ayjny se panssy (pj) = jeqides azayyy {p)
(s1appoyalezysS )
goyepinbry jo 3809 ‘aregs rod ¢ jo sareys ,sispunog
, 03 299fqns (Ate ft) sA0ge se soidims payeurysy
$ $ —='21A ‘payioyje pue pansst [eqdes
"sa140jngrszuor spsvdes Sp— J]
‘sulvday JO LNAZWKALVIS
“penuyuoI—Gl ‘ON
[Ch. 31. No. t. 027
Companies.
‘9yep JeTRO TONS oyngNSqGN8 ‘Zepi0 dn FurpaLm oq} jo Bep ogy UvY? 12q30 OEP Aue pozDaNp sey JaATaDay TEIOIO aq} arog (0)
“270 ‘IQUOTSITUTMIOD YW
“UsoMs-a4 Furaq Spt apDjisseoeu
"in pun ‘uno ayj hq yosnfes sys pemus
om s10;9q nen syzadsas anoqv ayy fo dun ut pranpifpy
ay; ur Aouatafep p -wsof pajutad ay} uo
2INZeUHs SUOLJDAIJTO 47YJ0 40 JnO-SIUtSSO4I [TD J01;4Ut OF
61 jo Sep stq3 | pun ‘paynjs 240 yuauodaq ayy fo uordisosaq
pup sseappo ‘aunu yynf ayy poyt usDjazosn
32 WIOMS on ‘naopify ayt Fustavems ssofaq ‘pasanbos
Ajavnaipand st aquoisssmmoy ay~—"atoN SN
—
o
-
(9) ‘s9pso dn Surputm aq} Jo s}ep ayi a jo
Aep eq vo ‘Auedte5 poweu-aaoge aq3 jo srege 94} Jo JusWIaIE}S ajya[duI0o puY ‘ony ‘TN & ‘sorT9q pure aIpajmouy Aur jo 1s0q ay}
0} ‘ore PORTED pexsuuT o,UNIITY GIST] [VIBAVG 24} ple JUaMIaIHIS Fulose10} 94} 3eq} Aes pue GeO DHE jo y
Compantes.
Ch. 31. No. 1.)
628
“Teak “qauoye
‘UOT BLapisue7) ‘4qaq jo junomYy ‘uogednss9 pure ssezppy ‘sWeEN “ON
*ps}2eQu02 useya o7eq
. . “ST'T 93 JO pus 943 Ye Gons se paquiosep pue
‘Ajayeredas umogs oq ysnm Aueduioy ai jo ‘sauojnquauGs 9q 9} peSayje 10 ‘sauojnquj}UO. Os]e are OYM G10}IPal2 Aue JO SaWEU SUI, ‘¢
“10]1paid YONs Jo ssarppe
pue amen 943 sojaq AjajyeIpamiw payasul 9q Prnoys icjipars e 4q play sajou Lsosstmoid pue aBueyoxe jo siq Aue jo Srenoiqzred ayy ‘Zz
[SY] UF papnyout aq prnoys yo-3a8 gons on
qunozse e1yu0D «= ssaz
UWE]. JO JUNOME [e}I0]L
$
—:sny} ,,'3qaq Jo JUNOWY ,, Jutpeay aq
Japun pepssm aq A]UL soue]eq ayy PU ‘TMNOD p33 ay; Ul UMOYs oq PyNoYs JUNODe BI]U09 9Y} JO JUNOWE 3q} PUe UIE] §,10;1Paz> 9q3
jo onome 943 ‘Acedwoy 24} ysulese WIE]? SIG JO JUNC aU} UY} S59] ‘10ZIP|I> 9q} YsTIESe yUNODIe VIQUOD & HI 21943 TAIT “[—'SALON
‘yy paoejd Suteq spremdn pur gpg 107 S103FpalD ‘fjaatgnoesuod palsquNu pue Japlo eonaqeydye ur pasueue og 01 sowed ayy
‘s10}|[paig paindasup)
aW LSVI
629
No. 1.
[Ch. 31.
Companies.
61°
$ $
pamsesuy) “AqLM39g
399d yo anrea
JO soueyeg | peyeaysz
a ! ! | .
"W9A ! ‘Ive “7300
| "weal | A | TTR |
—
weqa | *AAuMIag JO | “yqQaq jo ‘wonedns29 ‘1OUIpaIy
sweoX pe sIENIyeT | ‘mOnBepisaoy) =: payseNUO) yIMouy puv sappy jo omen “oN
Tuo | maqa 93eq
I
ss
‘Ayumoeag | -Ayuoag
wmoysniding jo onrea
payeunsy peemnsy
|
(Aweduio7 943 Jo s9U0yNGLAUOCD Ose LayIEqMm 9303S)
“pamosesg Apred e10};p21p
On LSIT
‘asad | . . - "4qaq jo ‘aonedns00 *I0palD
wages semes JO) “GOneIePIsTO) —. payoeNTOD qunoury pue ssomppy yo omey “ON
azeq red cay 33eq \
“(asapjoyy eimueqeq Burppnput 300) pemses Atny sr07;paryp
«@ LSItT
Companies.
Ch. 31. No. 1.]
630
61° peyeq
ain3eusis
i} py
‘pueprarp { ‘Tea, “qza0}T
ae ‘ 1 tret9 4
yUlese HOLL ‘ “AQUTQETT j ' ‘uOReans09 “JUBUTTETD JO ‘ON
0} pajzedxe yon eiepisuo) jo o1njenN ‘paumnodt Aqpiqery | yo quae pue ssoIppy 10}IPpaly Jo amen
unoury | maya a3eq |
_- - L 1
‘aaaH NAAID A@ OL GATNAAHSS FSIMMAHLO LON SAILITIGVIT TIV 40 SUVINDILYVG T1Ing
“SORMIGST JEMO
«a LSIT
61 payed
ainzeUsIS
——. cn — ey
| | |
|
|
‘| _ |
—_ | | Tore Tf
‘puaplaiq !
10} HUET *(umouy jt) uovdns99 pue | | ‘Zass0pu] 30 ‘uonedns09 pue
03 pazoadxa ‘sSoIpPpY ‘“owWMeN SJapfoyy | ‘yunouly ‘anp usm azeq ‘1IMVIG Se ‘sBaIPPY ‘OUIBN 5,10}da70y ‘ON
vunoWy IQUE JOYITA
| | |
‘@NIVA OJ SadTWId|a25y BAO Jjaq) BBY) JayWO pajzUNO.e;p sf} uo AuBdwOD jo seRMaqETT
«ds. LSI
[Ch. 31. No. 1. 631
Compantes.
ol pared
‘Spua}xe Azlindas
yor Jao syasse jo uondiosaq ‘squnoWwy “ssaIppy
DNSSL YIBa JO Slapfoy Jo paystumny aq isnus sysi7 aypavdas
$
“pusprard
1oy Buryues
oDUa1IJ IC]
‘IPRW U9Eq BAY 9NSSI aUO UEY} alow! plnoys ‘sainjzuaqag Jo
‘AJaAtIgn2asu0d paJaquinu pu Japso esjaqeyd[e ul pasueue oq 03 soweU sy
‘s1aPlOH asngueqeaqg jo 1917
‘LIpjoH jo swen ‘ON
‘) LSIT
61 pared
ainjeUsis
$ $
“yng ut “WII ‘anp pani908
gjqeed jo ‘anp uayar wre]. yoy MELD
qunouly qunowy are Sulinp pouag fo ainjen
‘aSIMIZYIO pues sasuyy ‘sayuwpeg ‘sexey ‘soIeYyY JO; SIOITPIIDN [BpUsrajeIg
i LSI
‘uorzedn909
pue ssaippy
*10}1pes) ‘ON
jo omen
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
LIST “H.â€
Property.
Full particulars of every description of property not included in any other
lists are to be set forth in this list.
Full Statement and Nature of Property. Estimated Estimated
Cost. to produce.
(a) Cash at Bankers
(6) Cash in hand
=
(ec) Stock in Trade, at
(d) Machinery, i
(e) Trade fixtures, tittings, oltice (nrniture, utensils, ete.
!
[State (f) Investments in Stocks or Shares, ete. |
patticulars. |
IState (g) T-oans for which Mortgage or other security held
particulars,
(h) Other property,
Signature
Dated .19
ae
033
[Ch. 31. No. 1.
Compantes.
61 peed
a
‘3JON 10 Mg Jo qusuL{eg -gonpoid
1oy AQLINDES Se Pag
Ayadoig Aue jo srepnoiyreg 03 payeurnsa
“aJ0X J . . ‘330N JO ° ae
‘OnP Gags 3eC] yo pow 929 "ee=IPPY rosdaooy jo aoes ON
‘Massy sv aIquiyeaw pueq Wo ‘d3a ‘83}0N Asossyu0rg ‘aZusqouq jo Sita
wf Ist
61‘ pszeq
amjzeUsis
ot
‘qq “punoy 2q 07
Joy plaq ‘snporg «= TROA OIUOWYgrepnonreg ‘Ped ‘TAHQNOG “pood
S31UN3IG ot aay a ‘conedns29
Aue jo peasy ooq 19930 pre souapisay ‘aweN "ON
SIENNA Teg ‘paywenuo,) 10 1a3pay] .
wad AL jo oro4 3Qaq] JO AUNOMY
a - a 1. ¥ », 32848 UT papnyout oq pinogs wreyo yons oN
qunoos2 BIUCD ¢ ss77
Aveduioy 03 ang
$
—'8Nq} ,,{3q9q Jo yuMOTY ,, SuIpesg
443 Japon payasa aq A[uo aoueTeq oy] pue ‘UUINIOO pig a4} TO WHOYs aq p[NoYys yuNOTIe ENUOD 9y1 JO JUNOUTe oq) pue Avedmo)
ay} 02 BNP uNoMe sso18 ay} ‘sSeUpPaIqapul STY UeY} AUNOUTE ssa] E 10} 3Nq ‘103;IPeID eB osye st AuedmOD 943 01 JOIqep AUB J] —aALON
‘AJPAIQHOVSUGD PasoquINnu puUe ‘aplo pesjequyd|e ul pasmezie oq O21 SIMTeU ay]
‘Aueduio0y 34) 0} enp sIqQaq
T., LSIT
Companies.
Ch. 31. No. 1.)
634
$ $
—__—— ,
—__ ———-
‘da | -da perres “areqs .
aanowe. areqs “play sereqs jo yunoue “ssaIppY ‘1apjoyareys jo Suen ON oat N ©
TRIOL jad yunoury Jo ‘ON TEUTUION ayaa nosed
i ee
— ‘ —- eo —_—— eee
‘saiuyg ssapunod JO 187
oT. LSIT
61 peed
ammj}eUaIs
$ $ $ ; — ee — _
‘agrpear ‘anp ‘predgn aleys 4 saneaeu ox
oO} yunowe sad [{®9 ‘pu sareys. d 9 -gaployareys Jo WEN zqS S
pesyemnsy {e30L jo JunowLY jo oN woredn2a) par s$94PP¥ PIOd Ss} m ‘oN aaQnzesuo)
_ Le _ .
‘sire predan
aM «OESIT
635
‘Iaploqareys jo suren ineloy aannasae)
~ 61 pared
6 am3eusts
Zz
=
tar]
=
o. t $ —
dna pero ‘dn pees “SAIeEYS
yunoure aregs iad “plaq sereqs jo yunoure -ssaxppy
[e3oL qunoury JOON ceumm0oN
g ‘SeIVYG suwalajetg jo {7
= WN ISIT
a 61 paved
5 | amyeuiig
Ss a _ _
$ $ \
dn pares dn pees |: ' ‘areys
zunome azeqs ‘play sareqs =: yO JuMouTe SSoIPPY Japjoyaregs jo amex
TexoL sad yunouy jo ‘ox yeurmon
‘oN ‘ON
Jayeay = aaynesTOD
I
Companies.
Ch. 31. No. 1.]
036
(D)
Japig dn ZaTpur, jo 33ep
0} Auedures jo woreULicy
jo a7ep Woy Gosy B109NC II]
(pexeuue siiejep ied se)
ainj(puedxa snoauel[szostjy
sainjueqeg Uo 4saJazUl
SUeO'] UO 3S0I9}T]
WOIssTm1UWIO-)
"* 6480) MET
Sexe] pue 637} %Yy
9a
yunosoy Surperl ‘T] Heg—aregy jo yusutazTIg Jod se Aous1geq
tm pagreqo jou sede,
™ SOLTeTeS :'Zta ‘sZurpeayq vaoqge 943 Jo Aue sapun papn{s
ramnyipuadxy [ersuas) “[] -ul you poued ames Suunp ‘Aue jr ‘sidia0a01 1910 ¢
$ $
a (paxouue ysi[ tod se) pazasz0;
(1) Ajjuenbesqns pue pansst sareys uo pred jyunoury
‘epig dn -pareqo us $029,.J JoJsuel]
SUIPUTA, -sIp syisodaq uo 836319}
jo a3ep junouly SUeOT UO $4S319} 0]
ze ong —!s901n0s pouojuam
-yapun wos puouead ewes Suinp ‘Aue jr ‘sydiaoay -
‘(paxauue
‘za “(1 qunosoy duipery sad se) (1) zepig dn Surpuny
‘api dn Sutpur,a jo a3ep 03 Auedaos jo uolyewi9} jo ep 03 Aueduio jo uoljyemo; Jo a3ep wor
: sseutsng uo Suif{ueo woy Suisue (Ace 51) yyoId ssorsy ©
JO 3}ep Woy seouTsnq uO ZuTAueD wT ainypuadxy |
$
-- a — — — ee ee he —- -
“ANV4KO7) JO NOILVKUOT 40 SUVAA FZAYH] NIHLIM FAVK ([) YAGUO dA ONIGNIAA FHAHM INNODDW AONAIOIAC (1)
‘yunoossy Adua}Dyeqd
‘) 0, LSIT
Al
mW
(Ch. 31. No. 1. 637
Compantes.
6l pared
ainjzeUsis
‘aeige plnoys sandy seul (¢)
‘a[upayss ayeredas & ul pazlesul oq plnoys Asay} SsnosauInu are siepnoizred azayjy (Zz)
‘azep Jao Aue 93nyzyWsqns pazaIp O6 SLY J9AI920z [EIOBO 24} aleyyy (1)—'saLON
i$ (€) 10} payuNnosIe JuNoMIe [20], $ (¢€) 1OJ payunoose oq 0} JUNOUWE [FOL
sesuedxgq pure sesso] J9yIG) ‘ITA
sasuadxq Areurunyety
Ayadoig uo uoneiaideq
$}U9UI}SAAT] WO Sasso]
819°C PP
—:(z) s10jz0a1Iq 943 Aq Bo wa}yLLM MoT ‘600g
s,AueduioD ul go 73a3}3UM 200 WoreIIaI1dap pue Sasso] [A
sosuedxq AreuTayjelg
Aytadoig wo uorneisaidag
S{UIUISAAU] WO Sasso]
S199q Ped
—(z) 8y00q
s,Auedwioj ul yo uaz3Um uoljedzeidap pue sessoy A
\
poued sures
Suunp parepsep spueplaiq ‘al
Companies.
Ch. 31. No. 1.]
038
———_—}+—_
' | (pexewue sprejep sad se)
| asnzrpuedxe snoaueT[sost
samjueqed Wo 348929};0]
SURO] UO 1Se193U[
worssturmo’)
“83809 AP]
SexXeL pue sa}eyY
a wey
yanovy Surpesy
tm peBreqo jou sadey
CI] Weq) ssregy jo Juauiaze3g iad se Aouatgeq ‘A
s3rupeay asoqe ay} yo Aue Japun papnp
“a1 300 poured ames Suunp (Aue ji) szdtacaz 29110 “AI
SOLIETeS (paxaurre 4st] Jed se) payreyzzoy
—!amjprpuedxq |e1suas AQuanbesqns pre pansst sezeys uo pred syunowy
$ $ vee vee “-" goag JaySURLL
—___| syisodaq uo 3salaj07
‘(Dp SURO] UO 3S$a10}0]
‘ropio dn | -pagreyo | —:$301n0s pauonusut
| -Surputy, ~sIp sJapun wor poled aures Sutanp (Aue 31) sydisoayy “111
jonep . junouy
| yeang | paxeuue
| ‘zta ‘(T) qunoosy Siipery sad se ({) r9p1o dn Sarpy jo
| 29PIO dn Surputyy jo a3ep or = GT yo Aep 9718p 07‘ 61‘ jo Aep (z) aq) Woy
(Z) 9q3 Woy ssauisnq uo Suthsres jo sasuedxy ‘]] ssauisng uo 8u1f{ued wo Sinstre (Aue y1) oid ssory “T]
(YO 93 papteg Jo paxauue aq 0} S209 aouETeg
snotaoid Aue puesiqy) yaeyqg aourjeg s,Acedui0>
qed se ‘(Aue jt) 61 ' yo Aep (z)
(WC 02 papuey 10 paxauue aq 03 Sj99q45 aDTe] eq
snoisaid Aue puesiyy) ‘iaays aouereg s,Auedui05
sad se ‘(Aue yt) 61‘ jo Aep (z)
942 UO SJOSSe I9AO SaljIIQEIY pue yezideg jo ssvoxq *] aq} TO salqiiqery pue jezided Jaao sjassy jo SS99KA *]
$
ce
“ANVAMOD) 40 NOWVWUOS YALIV SUVA AUB] NVHI FUOK FAVA (1) YIGUO dA ONIGNIAA JUEHM INNODDY ADNAIOISAG (Nn)
‘anosy Acuafyaq
(a) ..0,, LSIT
639
~
} 61° pasta
4 aInz CUBIS
= ‘aai8e pjnoys samnSg ssaqL (+)
a ‘ajnpayos ayeredas © ul pevasul aq pynoys Aeq] snosauINnG are sreqnorpred arat_\q (¢)
O “‘paianp Sey Jarlavay [BIOWO ay3 Se azep Jaqzo Yons Jo JapiO dn Smpuryy jo a3ep a1ojaq sreat aarqy (2)
~~ | ‘ayep JaqjIO Aue 33NzWSQNs PazsoIIP OS Sey JaATadoyY [EIOBO oq} o19T (I) —"saLoN
—_— Sa
JO} poyUNosIe JuNoure [OL . $ (+) JO} pszTNEIIe 9q 0} JUMOMe [eIOL
(>)
Â¥ (g) sesuadag pue sesso] EMO IA
: sosusdxy Areurunjelg
8 Ayradoig jo uonemeidaq
& SYUSUSEAU] UO Sasso]
= “ syqed ped
| —:(¢) ssopanq 4q go u373UM Mom ‘sxO0G
s,Aueduio) UT go 0e}71im Jom wonriseidap pure sesso] “1.4 |
\
sosuedxq Areumyaig
Ayradoig jo uonepeideq
S]USUTSeAU] TO sesso]
. s1q9q PP
—:(¢) 21a ‘sq00q 6,AteduroD ur go waytM (7) 61
‘ jo dep aq} Woy UOnEMelidap pue Ses80T |)
| pouied aures
Zuunp pasepsep spuapiitd 4]
(1) 29p3U
dn 3urpury jo 93ep 02
61 jo 4Ep
(z) aq1 wioy saay $103991IC]
Companies.
No. 1.]
Ch. 31.
O40
“yun? if7) $1807 40 358-7 avynoiaod 24) aniogdo Muenjoo siyy ut
Pests 29 PIMGYS | tN, PAO OYE OG, OF. R ,, pamemu SENT
ayt fo rar 40 vue Luv uo pesaqus 340 sappnoipand Ou 9474
‘sHUVKaY
“WUelg pausnjier aq o2 248g TILK SB OO.
yuNowy AruaDgaq
sareqs ,siapunoy
sTTeD predup)
poeq uo senundes serros aaqo 10 asueqoxg Jo Sita
spuog smyuaqeq uo sueoy
939 ‘soSem ‘saxe} ‘soyex 10} 8107IPelD [eAUI12;21g
SYUMQey 2RO
an[ea 10; saouejdazse
dmv 6, Auedarep aya TET? 1ayV0 payunoosIP sTfig uO sanTIQerT
a
or
pemoes Ajzred 81031pas)
(s2apjoy emjzueqap ZurpnyjIut 30U) posnses Ay[N}y s1031pas>
gio}Ipal} peinsesu’)
<4aHS LNOWY wad SV ‘SUVINDILAVG |
VY pewen sis] am jo qons 10; uopnineqns uy
LsIT
“AMN0A YHOTHRMYEAO
‘1SIJ
Compantes. (Ch. 31. No. 1.
No. (Rule 43)
Report of Result of Meeting of Creditors or Contributories.
tn the Matter, ete.
1, $F the Otheial Recewer chairman of a meeting of the creditors [or contribue
tones} of the above-named company, suminoned by advertisement inthe
newspaper of the 19 andi the Royal Gazette of the 1a
and by notice dated 19 ant heldl on the dav of la
at do hereby report to the Court the result af such meeting as follows:
Che suid meeting wa
attended, either personally or by prox, by creditors
whose proofs of debt agaist the sad company were acdoutted for voting purposes,
samounting tn the whale fa the vatie ot § for by contribulories,
holding inthe whole shares in (he sau! company, and entitled: respectively
by the tegulations of the company te votes],
The question suboutted to the aed meeting was, whether the creditors) [or
contributories? of Che sank Company wished that an appleaton should be made ta
the Court lor appointing (Ha tauidatorin the place of the Ofheml Receiver and (2) a
Contnuttee of Tnspection jer ofticr the Proposal submitted to the meeting).
The said meeting was nnatmimously of opinion that the said proposal should: (or
should) not] be adopted: lor the result of the voting upon such question was as
fallows | (a)
Dated) Chis
(Signed)
Chatrman,
No, (Rule 43 (5).)
Order Appolating Liquidator.
{ Pstle.|
the day of 19
Upon the appheation of the Otel Receiver and Provisional Liquidator of the
above named company, by summons dated and apon heargyg the applicant
in person and upon reading the order ta wind up the said company cated
1a and the reports of the Otheml Receiver of the results of the meetings of
creo ors and contributories made to the Court and respectively dated Che
tO ane the athdavit of as to the titmess of the Laquidator hereinafter
maimed tiled
It aus ordered
named Compuny.
of appointed Liquic aubove-
(a) And tt is ordered that the following persons be appointed a Committee of
lnspeetion to act with the said Laquicdator, namely:
And tas ordered that the sad Liquidator do within seven days from the date of
{his order give security to the satisfaction of the Court as provided by the Companics
Winding up Rules.
And notice of (his order is to be gazet tes
No. (Rule 43 (6).)
Advertisement of Appointment of Liquidator.
In the matter of , Limited,
By order of the Court, dated the day of ,1o | Mr. of
has been appointed Liquidator of the above-named company with for
without} a committee of inspection,
Dated this day of .
IV. 4]
ot1
(a) Here sot
out the total
number and
value of the
ervditors of
(he total
number and
voting
power of the
Contribu-
lories voting
for and
against each
resolution.
(a) To be
struck oul
if no Com.
mittee of
Inspection
appointed,
642 Ch. 31. No. 1.) Companies.
No 23 (Rule 44.)
Certificate that Liquidator or Special Manager has given Security.
‘Title.]
This is to certify that 1.2., of , who was on the day of
19), appointed Liquidator or special manager] of the above-named company, has
duly given security to the satisfaction of the Court.
Dated this 19
(Signed) ,
Registrar of the Supreme Court.
No. 24. (Rule 47.)
Order Directing a Public Examination.
a.
[Tttle.]
Upon re: Official Receiver in the above matter, dated
respectively 19 the day of 19
and
It is ordered that the several persons whose names and addresses are set forth
in the schedule hereto do attend before the Court ona day and at a place to be named
for the purpose, and be publicly examined as to the promotion or formation of the
company, and as to the conduct of the business of the company, and as to their
conduct and dealings as directors or officers of the Company.
SCHEDULE REFERRED To.
Addre.. Connection with the Company.
No. (Rule 49,)
Notice to attend Public Examination.
_Litle.}
Whereas by an order of this Court, made on the day of ,19 ~~ =,
it was ordered that you, the undermentioned should attend before the
Supreme Court on a day and at a place to be named for the purpose, and be publicly
examined as to the promotion or formation of the company, and as to the conduct
(a) Insert of the business of the company, and as to your conduct and dealings as (a)
director or And whereas the day of ,19 ,at o'clock, in the
officer or us noon, has been appointec as the time for holding the said examination.
th case may
hi. Notice is hereby given that you are required to attend at the said time and place,
and at any adjournments of the examination which may be ordered, and to bring
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No.1.
with vou and produce all books, papers, and writings and other documents in your
custody or power in any way relating to the above-named company.
And take notice that if you fail, without reasonable excuse, to attend at such time
and place, and at the adjournments of the said public examination which may be
ordered, you will be liable to be committed to prison without further notice.
Dated the dav of 19
To
Official Receiver.
No, 26. (Rule 51.)
Warrant against Person who fails to attend Examination.
‘Tifle.]
To the Marshal.
Whereas by Order of the Court dated ,19_— , (a) was ordered
to attend before the Court on a day and at a place to be named for the purpose
of being publicly examined.
And whereas by evidence taken upon oath, it hath been made to appear to the
satisfaction of the Court that the day of , 19 , at
o'clock in the noon was appointed as the time for holding the said examina-
tion, and that notice of the said order and of the said time and place so appointed
was duly served upon the said (a).
« (And whereas the said (a) did without good cause fail to attend on the
said day of , 19, for the purpose of being examined, according
to the requirements of the said order of this Court made on the day of
_ 19 , directing him so to attend.)
jor, and that the said (a) has absconded [or, and that there is reason to believe
that the said (a) is about to abscond) with a view to avoiding examination
under the Companies Ordinance. }
These are therefore to require you the said Marshal to take the said (a)
and to deliver him to the Keeper of the Royal Gaol, Port-of-Spain, and you the said
Keeper to receive the said (a) and him safely to keep in the said prison
until such time as this Court may order.
Dated this day of
No, (Rule
Notes of Public Examination where a Shorthand Writer is appointed.
Tulle.)
Public examination of (a)
Before at the Supreme Court, Port-of-Spain, this day of
19
The above-named , being sworn and examined at the time and place
above-mentioned, upon the several questions following being put and propounded
to him, gave the several answers thereto respectively following each question, that
is to say i—-
A.
These are the notes of the public examination referred to in the memorandum
of public examination of taken before me this day of >
19;
41 (2)
643
(a) Name of
person
required {0
attend,
(a) Mr.
an officer [or
as the case
may be} of the
above-
named
Company.
O44
(a) Mr.
an otheer
as the case
mav be] of
the ahbove-
named
A ompany,
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
No. 28. (Rule 52.)
Notes of Public Examination where a Shorthand Writer is not
appointed.
Title.
Public examination of (a)
Before at the Supreme Court, Port-of-Spain, this day of
19
above-named being sworn and examined at the and place
‘mentioned, upon his oath saith as follows:
A.
These are the notes of the public examination referred lo in the memorandum of
public examination of , taken before me this dav of ,19
No. (Rule 55.)
Application for Appointment of Shorthand Writer to take down notes
of Public Examination and Order thereon.
[Ttle. ,
Fy parte the Otticial Receiver.
1, the Official Receiver herein, do hereby, pursuant to Rule 55 of the:
Comp. +s Winding up Rules, apply to the Court for an order for the appointment
of of fo take down in shorthand the notes of examination of
at their pubhe ¢ camination, the costs of taking such notes, and of making a transcript
thereof, te be paid in accordance with Rule ~~
Dated this dav of
Oficial Receiver.
Before
Upon the application of the Official Receiver the Court hereby appoints at
to take down in’ shorthand the notes of examination of the persons.
mentioned in the above application at ther public examination, or at any adjourn-
ment thereof, pursuant to Rule 55 of the Compames Winding up Rutes, the costs
of taking such note and of making a transcript theresf, to be paid in accordance
with Rule 55.
Dated this
No. 30, (Rule 55.)
Declaration by Shorthand Writer.
"Title
Before
1, of » shorthand writer appointed by the Court to take down
the examination of , do solemnly and sincerely declare that | will truly and
faithfully take down the questions and answers put to and given by the said
in this matter, and will deliver true and faithful transcripts (hereof as the Court may
direct.
Dated this day of 19
{Declared before me at the time and place
above-mentioned. !
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 645
No. 31. (Rule 57.)
[Tiéle.}
Pursuant to an Order of the Court dated the day of ,19
1, , the Liquidator of the above-named company, hereby disclaim all
interest in the lease dated the day of , 19 whereby the
premises (a) were demised to at a rent of $ per annum (a) Insert
for a term of description
Notice of this disclaimer has been given to or onerty
Dated this day of 19 disclaimed.
Liquidator.
No, 32. (Rule 57.)
Notice of Disclaimer of Lease.
Tith.
Take notice that, pursuant to an Order of the Court, dated the day of
,wW I, , the Liquidator of the above-named company, by
writing under my hand bearing date the day of ,19 — , disclaimed
all interest in the lease dated the day of », 19 whereby the
premises (a) were demised to at a rent of § per annum (a) Insert
for a term of description
The above-mentioned disclaimer has been filed at the office of the Registrar of the of the
Supreme Court. property
Dated this day of 19 disclaimed.
Liquidator.
To
(Address)
No. 33. (Rule 61.)
Notice by Liquidator requiring Payment of Moncy or Delivery of Books,
etc. to Liquidator.
i Title.j
Take notice that I, the undersigned (a) , have been appointed Liquidator (a) Name of
of the above-named company, and that you, the under-mentioned ()) liquidator.
are required, within days after service hereof, to pay to me joer deliver, (4) Name of
convey, surrender, or transfer to or into my hands] as Liquidator of the said person to
company at my office, situate at (c) , etc, the sum of § being the whom notice
amount of debt appearing to be duc from you on your account with the said company is addressed.
leur any money, property, books or papers], ,ur specifically describe the property) (c) Address
now being in your hands, and to which the said company is entitled ‘or otherwise of liquida-
as the case may bc}. tor’s office.
Dated this day of , 19
(Signed)
Liquidator.
To (5)
(Address)
6416 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
No. 34. (Rule 62.)
Provisional List of Contributories to be made out by Liquidator.
[Title
The follow ing is a list of members of the company liable to be placed on the list of
contributories of the said company, made out by me from the books and papers of the
said company, together with their respective addresses and the number of shares [or
extent of interest} to be attributed to each and the amount called up and the amount
paid up in respect of such shares {or interest] so far as I have been able to make out or
ascertain the same.
In the first part of the list, the persons who are contributories in their own right are
distinguished.
In the second part of the list, the persons who are contributories as being
representatives of, or being liable to the debts of others, are distinguished.
First ParT.— CONTRIBUTORIES IN THEIR OWN RIGHT.
| Number of Amount called Amount paid
. ! % . up at date of up at date of
Serial Name. Address. Description.' Shares vr commencc- commence-
“_ ' Interest’ ment of ment of
| | winding up. winding up.
SECOND PART.—CONTRIBLTORIES AS BEING REPRESENTATIVES OF, OR LIABLE
TO THE DEBTS OF, OTHERS.
: Number at Amount | Amount
, In what | Shares [or | called up | pa
Description. | character! extent of |
Serial! wl
| | included. Interest], | CoMMence-/ commence-
1
|
|
No. | Name. Address.:
ment of ment of
| |winding up. winding up.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 647
No. 35. (Rule 63.)
Notice to Contributories of Appointment to settle List of
Contributories.
[Title.]
Take notice that I, the liquidator of the above-named company, have
appointed the day of ,19_ ,at of the clock in the
noon, at (a) to settle the list of the contributories of the above-named (a) Insert
company, made out by me, pursuant to the Companies Ordinance, and the rules place of
thereunder, and that you are included in such list. The character and the number appoint-
of shares [oy extent of interest] in and for which you are included and the amount ment.
called up and the amount paid up in respect of such shares [or interest] is stated
below; if no sufficient cause is shown by you to the contrary at the time and place
aforesaid, the list will be settled, including you therein.
Dated this day of 19
Liquidator.
To Mr. 4.8. [and to Mr. C.D.
his solicitor}.
i |
| Amount Amount
|Number of called up ;_ paid up
|
|
| In what
No. rae i i
on Same! Address.| Description. | character Shares et | at date of | at date of
List. ! included, extent of | commence- commence-
| ment of ment of
winding up.| winding up.
NotE.—Contributories are under no obligation to attend the appointment referred
to in the above Notice if they are satisfied that the particulars contained in the
notice are correct.
A shareholder’s name cannot be omitted from the list of contributories on account
of his inability to pay calls; this question will be dealt with when application is
made for payment of the calls.
A change of address may be notified by giving notice by post BEFORE the date
fixed for the appointment.
No. 36. (Rule 63.)
Affidavit of Postage of Notices of Appointment to settle List of
Contributories.
[Tstle.]
I, a (a) make oath and say as follows:— (a) State the
1. That I did on the day of , 19 _, send to each contributory description
mentioned in the list of contributories made out by the [Official Receiver and] of the
Liquidator on the day of , 19, and now on the file of pro- deponent.
ceedings of the above-named company, at the address appearing in such list, a
notice of the time and place of the appointment to settle the list of contributories
in the form hereunto annexed, marked ‘‘ A,†except that in the tabular form at the
648
(by Num-
ber of
shares or
“extent of
interest.â€
va) Num,
ber of
shares ot
“extent of
intcrest.â€â€™
Ch. 31. No. 1.} Companies.
toot of such copies respectively [inserted (he number, name, address, description,
in what character included, ()) the amount called up, and the amount paid
up. In respect of the shares for interest} of the person on whom such copy of the said
notice was served,
2. That T sent the putting the same prepaid into the post office
al before the o'clock in the noon on the said day.
Sworn, etc
No, (Rule 64)
Gertificate of Liquidator of Final Settlement of the List of
iontributories.
| Title.}
Pursuant to the Companies Ordinance, and to the rules made thereunder, — the
undersigned, being the liquidator of the above-named company, hereby certify
that the result of the setdement of the list of contributories of the above-named
company, so far as the said list has been settled, up to the date of this certihcate,
Is as follows:
1. The several persons whose names are set forth in the second column of the First
Schedule hereto have been included in the said list of contributories as contributores
of the said company in respect of the (a) set opposite the names of such
contributories respectively in the said schedule.
T have, m the fitst part of the said schedule, distinguished such of the said
several persons inchided im the said list as are contnbutories un their own right.
L have, in the second part of the said schedule, distinguished such of the said
several persons included in the satd list as are contributories as being representatives
of or bemg hable to the debts of others,
2. The several persons whose name. are set forth in the second column of the
Second Schedule hereto, were included in the provisional list of contributores, and
have been excluded from the said list of contributories.
Thave, m the sixth column of the first part of the First Schedule and in the
seventh column of the second part of the First Schedule and in the same column
of the Second Schedule, set forth opposite the name of cach of the several persons
respectively the date when such person was included in ot excluded from the said
list of contributories.
4 Thave, in the seventh and cighth columns of the first part of the First Schedule
hereto, and in the cighth and ninth columns of the second part of the said Schedule,
set forth opposite the names of cach of the said persons respectively the amount
called up at the date of the commencement of the winding up and the amount paid
up at such date in respect of their shares [or interest].
S. Before settling the said list, T was satisfied by the affidavit of , clerk to
. duly tiled with the proceedings herein, that notice was duly sent by post
to each of the persons mentioned in the said list, informing him that he was included
in such list in the character and for the (a) stated therein, and of the amount
called up and the amount paid up in respect of such shares [or interest] and of the
day appointed for finally settling the said list.
Dated this day of 19
In the Matter of , Limited.
Compantes.
The First Schedule above veferved to.
First PART.—-CONTRIBUTORIES IN THEIR OWN RIGHT.
Serial | Number of ate
No. | \ we | a: Shares [or | . ©
Name. | Address.| Description. included
m extent of in th
List. Interest}. wie
List.
i 1 |
| | {
Pot
i
i
|
| |
| : |
In the Matter of Limited.
“OND PART.
i
Serial )
No, | Deseri
in’ {Name.} Address [) SS°UP-
i tion,
List.
a
a7
In the Matter of
Dents or, OTHEers.
[Ch. 31
Amount
called up
at date of
commence-
ment of
| Amount
called up
. No. 1.
Amount
paid up
at date of
commence-
ment of
winding up.
CONTRIBUTORIES AS WEING REPRESENTATIVE OF, OR LIAKLE TO
THE
Amount
paid up
. Number] Date
) hi : e . i
i In what of Shares! when al date of | at date of
charac- ar com- com-
[er ex- jincluded
ter : mence- mence-
ee tentof | inthe
included, . re ment of | ment of
Interest!) List, a are
winding | winding
/ up. up.
, Limited.
649
650
Ch. 31. No. f.] Compantes.
wre veferred to,
Serial Number of | Date when
No in Addre Shares “or excluded
Last ‘ extent of from the
Interest List.
e
No. (Rule 65.)
Notice to Contributory of Final Settlement of List of Contributories and
that his Name is included.
Ville
Take notice that 1, the liquidator o s above-named company, have, by
certificate, dated the dav of , 19 ,» under my hand, finally
settled the list of contributories of the said company, and that vou are included in
such list. The character and the number of shares [or extent of interest] in and for
which vou are included and the amount called up and the amount paid up in respect
of such shares (or interest] is stated below.
Any application by vou to vary the said list of contributories, or that your name
may be excluded therefrom, must be made by you to the Court within twenty-one
days from the service on vou of (his notice, or the same will not be entertained.
The said list may be inspected by you at the oltice of the Registrar of (he Supreme
Court on any day between the hours of and
Dates dav of lo
(Signed)
Largeat
To Mr.
or to Mr.
lis solicitor.
1
Amount Amount
' a. Number called up paid up
No. Name. Addre | at of Shares | at date of | at date of
Ne aie 4 . all.
jor extent | cammence- | commence-
of Interest!) ment of ment of
winding up. | winding up.
List. | included,
Companie.. (Ch. 31. No. 1.
No, (Rule 65.)
Affidavit of Service of Notice to Contributory.
| Tatlej
U (a) ol make oath and sav as follows:
(Talat on the day of 219, in the manner hereinafter: mentioncs
serve a true copy of the notice now produced and shown to me and marked “ A,
upon cach of the respective persons whose names, addresses, and descriptions
appear in the second, third, and fourth columns of the First Schedule to the list of
contrbulories of the said Company made out by the ‘Otticial Receiver and | Liquidator
of the Company on the day of 19 and now on the file of
proceedings of the said Company In the tabular form at the foot of such copies
respectively Toinserted the number on list, same, address, description, ino what
character included. and (0) and the amount paid up and the amount called
up in respect of the shares jer interest} of the person on whom such copy of the said
notice was served, in the same words and Gigures as (he same particulars are sel forth
m the said schedule.
2. Lb served the said respective copies of the said notice, by putting sach copies
‘spectively, cluly addressed to such persons respectively, according to their
spective names and addresses appearing in the said schedule, and by placing the
came prepaid in the Post Oftice at hefore the hour of o’glock in the
noon of the said dav 19
Order on Application to vary List of Contributories.
Tithe
Upon the application of WN by summons dated the day of .
1a for an order that the list of contributories of the company and the liquidator’s
certificate finally settling the same be varied by excluding the name of the applicant
therefrom jor, as the case may bel, and upon hearing, etc., and upon reading, ete.,
Ht is Ordered, That the list of contributories of the company and the liquidator’s
certificate finally settling the same be varied by excluding the name of the said
WON. from the said list of contributories, or by including the name of the said W.N.
as a contributory in the said list: for shares [or, as the case may be| [or the
Court does not think fit to make any order on the said application, except that the
said DEN do pay to E48, the liquidator of the said company, his costs of this
appheavon, such costs to be taxed).
No.
Supplemental List of Contributories.
ihe!
1) The following is a list of persons who, since making out the list of contributories
herein, dated the day of ,19 » Phave ascertained are, or have been,
holders of shares in)jor members of| the above-named company, and to the best of
my judgment are contributories of the said company
2. The said supplemental list contains the names of such persons together with
their respective addresses and the number of shares jor extent of interest} and the
amount called up at the commencement of the winding up and the amount paid
up at such date in respect of the shares [er interest] to be attributed to each.
3. In the first part of the said list such of the said persons as are contributorie.
in their own right are distinguished.
4. In the second part of the said list such of the said persons as are contributories as
being representatives of, or being liable to the debts of others, are distinguished.
1Vhe supplemental list is to be made out in the same form as the original list.|
651
tall
on
(MY Nut
ber at
shares
“extent
miterest.
65
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies,
No. 42. (Rule 68 (2).)
Notice to cach Member of Committee of Inspection of Meeting for Sanction
of proposed Call.
(Pelle)
Take notice that a meeting of the committee of inspection of the above company
will be held at on the (a) dav of »19° 0 Vat o'clock
in the, noon, for the purpose of considering and obtaining the sanction of
the committee toa call of $ per share proposed to be made by the liquidator
on the contribulorie.
Annexed hereto is a statement showing the necessity for the proposed call and the
amount required.
Dated this day of 19
_ (Signed)
Ligua
STATEMENT.
1 The amount due in respect of proofs admitted against the company, and the
estimated amount of the costs, charges, and expenses of the winding up, form in the
Ageregate the sum of or thereabouts,
2. The assets of the campany are estimated to realise the sum of §
There are no other assets, except the amounts due from certain of the contributoric.
to the company, and in my opmion it will not be possible to realise in respect of the
sud amounts more than §
3. The list of contributorics has been duly settled, and persons have been
settled on the hist in respect of the total aumber of shares.
40 For the purpose of satisfving the several debts and lialulities of the company,
and of paying the costs, charges, and expenses of the winding up, | estimate that a
sum al will be required in addition to the amount of the company’ assets
hereinbefore mentioned,
In order to provide the said sum of § i is necessary to make a calbon
the contributories, and having regard to the probability that some of them will
partly or wholly fail to pay the amount of the call, TL estimate that for the purpose of
reahsing the amount required iCis necessary that a call of § per share should
be made.
(dane tabular statement showing amount of debts, and o
No. 43.0 (Rule 68 (2).)
Advertisement of Mecting of Committee of Inspection to sanction proposed
all,
Title. |
Notiee is hereby given that) the undersigned liquidator of the above-named
company proposes that a call should be made “on all the contributories of the said
company,†or, as the case may be, of $ per share, and that he has
summoned a meetuug of the committee of inspection of the company, to be held at
on the dav af 19a at o'clock in the
to obtain their sanction to the proposed call.
Each contributory may attend the meeting, and be heard or make anv com-
munication in writing to the hquidator or the members of the committee of inspection
in reference to the intended call.
A statement showing the necessity of the proposed call and the purpose for which
it is intended may be obtained on application to the liquidator at his ofhce at
(a)
Dated this day of ,,
Liquidator,
Compantes. (Ch. 31. No. 1.
No. 44. (Rules 68 (4) and 71.)
Resolution of Committee of Inspection sanctioning Call.
Kesolved, that a call of $ per share be made by the liquidator on all the
contributories of the company ,or, as the case may be |
(Signed) .
Members of the Committee of Inspection.
dav 19
No. 45. (Rule 69.)
Summons for Leave to make a Call.
(Title.}
Pet the several persons whose names and addresses are set forth in the second
column of the schedule hereto, being contributories of the above-named company, as
shown in the third colin of the said schedule, attend at on the
dav of 19 at o'clock in’ the noon, on the
hearmg of an application on the part of the (Oficial Receiver and] liquidator of the
company for anioerder that he may be at liberty to make a call to the amount of
per share on all the contributoties or, as the case may be! of the said company
Dated this day of 19
This summons was taken out by of jONcial
Recewer and?! hquidator.
Nove Tf vou do not attend either in person or by your Solicitor, at the time and
above-mentioned, such order will be made and proceedings taken as the Court
think just and expedient.
SCHEDULE,
mber on List. Ni and Addre,
No. do, (Rule 69.)
Affidavit of Liquidator in support of Proposal for Call.
| Tutle.|
I, .. the liquidator of the above-named company, make oath and say
as follows
Uo oT have an the schedule now produced and shown to me, and marked with the
letter \. set forth a statement showing the amount due in respect of the debts proved
and admitted against the said company, and the estimated amount of the costs,
charges, and expenses of and incidental to the winding up the affairs thereof, and
which several amounts form in the aggregate the sum of § or thereabouts,
053
oot Ch. 31. No. 1.! Com par
2 T have also in the said schedule set forth a statement of the assets ino hand
belonging to the said company, amounting to the sum of § and no more,
There are no other assets belonging to the smd company, except the amounts due
from certam of the contributories of the said company, and, to the best of mv
information and belief, at will be impossible to reahse in respect of the sar amounts
more than the sum of § or thereabouts.
versons have been settled by me
comp: incre. oeet of the total number
40 For the purpose of satisiving the several debts and habilities of the said company
and of paving the costs, charges. and expenses of and incidental to the winding up
the altars thereof, DP beheve the sum of § will be required in addition to the
amount of the assets of the sad company mentioned in the said Schedule Vand the
avidl sum ol §
In order to provide the said sam of § ios necessary to make a call
pen the several persons who have been settled on the hist af contributories as before
menboned, and. having rezard to the probability that some of such contribulories
will parthy or wholly fai te pay the amount ef such call | believe that. for the
purpese of reahsing the amount required as befare mentioned, ois necessary that a
call of §& per share should be made,
Advertisement of Application for leave to make a Gall.
In the Matter of
whereby given that the Court las appointed dav of
9 a Wclock im the sloon, at (a) to hear an
Appheation for leave tomake a callen all the contributories of the said company [er,
as the case maybe and that the hquidator of the said company proposes that such call
shall he for § pershare VP persons interested are entitled to attend at such
dav. hour and place, tootler objections to such call,
48. (Rule. and 71.)
Order giving Leave to make a Call.
19
Upon the appliation by summons dated ofthe Olbeul Reeener and!
bquidator of the above named company, and upon readius Che order to wind up the
above-named company the list of contributories of the said company and the
hquidator’s certiticate of the tinal settlement of the same tiled 19 the
athdavait of the said | Othcial Receiver and’ lquidator, tiled (he dav of
19 Sand the exhibit marked AU therem referred to, ands athdavit of
(ed the dav of 19
Mas ordered that leave be given to the Olheial Receiwer and liquidator to make :
call of § per share on all the contrbutories of the said comput (a).
Anidit is ordered that each such contributory do on or before the
19), pay do the [Oficial Receiver and] liquidator of the
the amount whieh will be due from him or her in respect of such call,
Compantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 655
No. 49, (Rule 70.)
Document making a Call.
Title.)
I, the ,Ofheial Reeewer and] liquidator of the above-named company,
i pursuance of (a) made tor passed] this dav of 19 (a) An order
hereby make a call of per share on all the contributeries ef the company, of court, or
wlich sum is to be paid at my oflice (f) en the day of resolution of
iD , the Com.
mittee of In-
spection,
(h) Insert
address,
Na. wl)
Notice of Gall sanctioned by Committee of Inspection to be sent to
Contributory.
Fule
committees of inspection in Che winding ap of Chis company
per share on all Che contributories of the company
sum of $ This
before the
(a) Slate
address,
Mt
Notre He vou do net pay the sum due from vou hy the date mentioned interest
willbe chumed en such stim at the rate of sis percent per annum fram the sad date
until paviment
af (Rule
Notice to be served with the Order sanctioning a Call.
Title
Vhe amount due from vou, call made pursuant to leave
given by the above or within ore which suntis to be pat
by you fe me as the hamdater at my oflee, No,
Street
Ir le fault
charged upon
pavinent,
(Rule 72)
Afff_davit: in) support of appHeatlon for Order for Payment of Call.
Gitle
1, or of the
savas follows:
1 None of the contributores of the said company, whose nanies are set forth in
the schedule hereto annexed, marked A, have paid or caused to be paid the sums
set opposite their respective names in the said schedule, which sums are the amounts
vow due from them respectively ander the call of per share, duly made
under the Companies Ordinance, dated the day of 19
2. The respective amounts or sums set opposite the names of such contributories
respectively in such schedule are the truce amounts due and owing by such contribu-
ones respectively in respect of the said call.
656 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
A,
Tuk SCHEDULE ABOVE REFERRED To.
1
No, In what |
on Name. Addre. Description, | Character | Amount due.
List. included. |
fo
Note Tn addition to the above afidarit, an afidaci of the service of the application
for the call wl be required in cases on tehich the Committee of Inspection or the Court
has anuthovised a call to be made
No. 53. (Rule
Order for Payment of Call due from a Contributory.
19
Upon the application lpindator “named company and upon
reading an athdavit of tiled) the of 9 » and an
alhdavat of the liquidator. filed the day of , 19 . itis ordered that
C.D oof, ete Sor BLE, of, ete the legal personal representative of L.A1,, late of,
ete., deceased, one of the contributories of the said company [or, if agains! several
conterbutorics, the several persons named im the second column of the schedule to
this order, being respectively contributeries of the said company}, do, on or: before:
the day of 19, or subsequently within four days after service
of this order, pay to LA. the hquidator of the said company at his othee, No,
Street, . the sum of § laf agamst a legal personal representative add,
out of the assets of the said E.4/ 0 deceased, in his hands as such legal personal
representative as aforesaid, to be administered in) due course of administration,
othe sad EF has in lus hands se much to be administered, or, tf against several
contrtbutortes, (he several sums of money set opposite to the respective names in the
sixth column of the said schedwe hereto], such sam [er sts] being the amount
Jor amounts! due from the said C.D. jor LM.) [er the said several persons respectively}
Mm respect of the call of per share duly made, dated the day of
9
And it is Ordered that the said several persons do within the like period and at the
place aforesand pay to the said cf... as such liquidator as aforesaid, interest at
the rate of six per cent. per annum on the amounts specified in the sixth column
of the said schedule fron: the to the date of payment.
And it is Ordered that the said several persons do within the like period and at the
place aforesaid pay to the said 4.8., as such liquidator as aforesaid, the several sums
set opposite their respective names in the seventh column of the said schedule, such
sum bemg the proportion of the applicant's costs of the said application payable
by such several persons respectively.
|Add appropriate paragraphs as to amounts payable by married women and legal
personal representatives (if any).]
( ompantes. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 057
Fuk SCHEDULE REFERRED TO IN THT FOREGOING ORDER,
Total amount
No. wha .
Deserip- | In what ' Amount | Proportion payable
un Name. Ndldress, tion Character | due of Costs. | tog
List tineluded. . StS. | exclusive of
| | Interest.
{
$ | $
Nort, ‘The copy for service of the above order must be endorsed as follows;
Woveu, the undermentioned GF neglect to obey this order by the time
mentioned therein you will be liable to process of execution, for the purpose of
compelling vou to obev the same.â€
No 94 (Rule 72.)
Affidavit: of Service of Order for Payment of Gall.
Uitte |
J.B, ol, cle make oath and sav as follows:
T did on the day of 19 personally serve G. f° .
with an order made in this matter by this Court, dated the day of
219 , whereby it was ordered [set out the order) by delivering to and leaving
with, he said GE, al an ollice copy of the said order.
2. There was endorsed on the said copy when so served the following words, that is
to say, “Tf you, the undermentioned G./*., neglect to obey this order by the time
mentioned therein, you will be liable to process of execution for the purpose of
compelling you to obev the same.â€
Sworn, etc.
658 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
(a) Villin full
name, ad- No. 55. (Rules 74-78.)
dress, and
occupation Proof of Debt. General Form.
of deponent. , .
Uf proof made 5 [Title]
by creditor, 3
strike out 9 U (a) of make oath and sav-
clauses (4) = : : ;
and (c). If 8 (6) That | am in the employ of the under-mentioned creditor, and that | am
made by a duly authorised by to make this affidavit, and that it is within my own
clerk ol 3 knowledge that the debt hereinafter deposed to was incurred and for the con-
creditor, 3
strike out (c) sidcration stated, and that such debt, to the best of my knowledge and belief,
2 still remains unpaid and unsatisfied.
agent of the a ; .
company, 4 (c-) That | am daly authorised, under the seal of the company hereinafter
strike ont (/). 9 named to make proof of debt on its behalf.
(d) Insert
“me and to
Cc.) and
EL omy co-
partners in
trade (if
anv), or, if, 2
1. That the above-named company was, at the date of the (*) order for winding
up the same, viz.: the day of 19, and still is justly and
truly indebted to (d) in the sum ol $ for (c) as shown
by the account endorsed hereon, or by the following account, viz. :-
hould attend
ag for which sum or any part thereof I say that 1 have not nor hath (f)
by clerk oro any person by (g) order to my knowledge or belicf for (g) use
agent insert 7 : a an .
name, ad- had or received any manner of satisfaction or security whatsoever, save and
dress, and except the following (A) :--
description
of principal.
| Date. | Drawer.| Acceptor. | Amount. | Due date.
rus, Admitted ro le —.-.
(e) Skate considera- | Admitted to vote for | $
tion {as goods sold 3 the i
and delivered by me day of 19
(and my said part Tel Dani aes
ner) fo the company Olhcial Re ceive r
between the dates of or Liquidator.
for moneys advanced
by mem respect of Admitted to rank for
the under-tmentioned |. 7.
Till ot exchange] or, dividend for §
as the case may bey. this day of
(f) “My said) part- 19
“nets a any ot a :
" them oor the Oihcial Receiver
* above-named ere: or Liquidator.
“ ditor ™ (as Uhe case
may be).
ig) & My," of “ our
on their, or his .
(as the case may be) Sworn this day of 19
(A) (Here state the
particulars oof all
arities: held, and
se {Deponent's Signature. |
where the securities
are on the properts
of the company as Before me
sess the valuc of the
same, and if any bill T . - . .
Seether. newoualte ; The proof cannot be adimilted for voting at the first mecting unless it
securities be held IS properiy completed and lodged with the Official Receiver before the time
speeily them in the named in the notice convening the meeting.
schedule.)
N.B-- Bills of Ex- a — - _
change or other ne- . . . . oa
gatiable securities (*) Where before the presentation of the petition for the winding up of a
me \r produced company hy the Court, a resolution has been passed by the company for voluntary
we eoproof car oo: : * M ‘
headanticd Winding up, the date of the commencement of the winding up must be sub-
sti(uted for the date of the winding up order (see section 168 of the Companies
Ordinance).
NOTE.
Companies. (Ch. 31. No. 1. 659
Particulars of Account referred to on the other side.
(Credit should be given for Contra Accounts.)
Remarks.
Date. Consideration. Amount. The vouchers (if any) by which
the account can be substantiated
should be set out here.
Deponent’s Signature
Signature of Commissioner or Officer
administering oath
No. 56. (Rule 84.)
Proof of Debt of Workmen.
(Title.]
1 (a) ot (b) make oath and say: (a) Fill in
1. That the above-named company was on the day of ,1 , ww name, d
and still is justly and truly indebted to the several persons whose names, addresses, occupation
and descriptions appear in the schedule endorsed hereon in the sums severally set
against their names in the sixth column of such schedule for wages due to them
respectively as workmen or othersin the employ of the company in respect of services
tendered by them respectively to the company during such periods as are set out
of deponent.
(0) On behalf
of the work-
against their respective names in the fifth column of such schedule, for which said men and
sums, or any part thereof, 1 say that they have not, nor hath any of them had or loved b
received any manner of satisfaction or security whatsecver. Fe above.
Sworn at this day of 19 named
Deponent’s Signature, CO™MPany.
Before me
Schedule referred to on the other side.
j â„¢ i
1 | 2. 3. | 4. 5. 6.
Period over
No. | Full Name of Address. {| Description. which Amount duc,
| Workman. | Wages due.
i ae ‘ - _—-
$
|
oa
Signature of Deponent.
660 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
No. 57. (Rule 88.)
Notice of Rejection of Proof of Debt.
| Trtle.]
Take notice that, as (Official Receiver and] Liquidator of the above-named
fa) HW proof company T have this day rejected vour claim against the company (a) (to the extent
whally of § lon the following grounds:
Tejected _
strike out And further take notice that subject to the power of the Court to extend the time,
words no application to reverse or vary my decision in rejecting your proof will be
underlined. entertained after the expiration of davs from this date.
Dated this dav of
Signature.
Adare.
Oficial Neceiver and) Liquidator.
No. (Rule
Lists of Proofs to be Filed under Rule 95,
i Pule,)
all proofs tendered to me
Laquiutates
Proor IRE
Name
Amount of | Whether admitted, rejected | Ifadmuitted
!
Proof, : or standing over for Amount.
further consideration.
$
No. (Rule 100.)
Notice to Creditors of Intention to declare Dividend.
Tule,
(a) Insert A (a) dividend is intended to be declared in the above matter. You are mentioned
here “first «as accreditor in the statement of allairs but vou have not vet proved your debt.
er“ second If you do not prove your debt by the day of 19 you will be
or “final,†‘xecluded from this dividend.
cy as the case .
may be. Dated this
To NY
| Address. |
Compante. (Ch. 31. No. 1.
No. 60. (Rule 100 (1).)
Notice to Persons claiming to be Creditors of Intention to Declare Final
Dividend.
[ Title.)
‘Take notice that a final dividend is intended to be declared in the above matter, and
that if you do not establish your claim to the satisfaction of the Court on or before the
day of , 19, or such later day as the Court may fix, your claim
will be expunged, and I shall proceed to make a final dividend without regard to
such claim.
Dated this day of 19
To X.Y.
| Addreas. |
Liquidator.
No. 61. (Rule 100 (3).)
Notice of Dividend.
Please bring this Dividend Notice with you.]
Dividend Payable Vouchers* are cancelled at the expiration of three months from
date of issue, but will be re-issued free of charge on application within six months
from date of issue.
A fee of twenty-four cents when the dividend does not exceed four dollars and
eighty cents and sixty cents when the dividend exceeds four dollars and cighty cents
is chargeable on the RE-IssuE of each Dividend Vayable Voucher*® after six months
from the date of issue.
i Tetle.)
Dividend of in the dollar.
[ Address. }
| Date.]
Notice 1s hereby given that a dividend of in the dollar has been
declared in this matter, and that the same may be received at my office, as above, on
the day of 19 ot on any subsequent between
the hours of and
Upon applying for payment this notice must be produced entire, together with any
Bills of Exchange, Promissory Notes or other negotiable Securities held by you.
If you desire the dividend to be made payable to some other person you should
sign and lodge with the liquidator an authority in the prescribed Form No. 62.
Otherwise if you do not attend personally you must fill up and sign the subjoined
Forms of Receipt and Authority to deliver, when a Dividend Payable Voucher*
in your favour will be delivered in accordance with the authority.
To
(Signed)
Liquidator.
Note. The receipt or authority should, in the case of a firm, be signed in the
hirm’s name or in the case of a limited company by an officer of the company, so
described.
RECEIPT.
No. 19
Received of in this matler the sum of dollars cents being
the amount payable to me/us in respect of the dividend of in the
dollar on my/our claim against this company.
Payee's Signature.
——S ——
661
* In cases in
which the
payments
are made by
cheque
substitute
“ cheques “
or “cheque.â€
662
(a) Note.—
This is an
authority
only to
deliver the
Payable
Voucher
NOT to
makc it
payable to
another
person.
(b) Strike
out words
inapplicable.
If net to be
sent by post
strike out
words in
italics and
insert the
name of the
person who
is to receive
the voucher.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
AUTHORITY FOR DELIVERY (a).
SIR,
Please deliver (b) to "' me/us by post,"' at'' my/our risk " or to the Bearer, Mr.
the voucher for the dividend payable to me/us in this matter.
Payee's Signature.
To the (Official Receiver and} Liquidator.
Date ,19
No. 62. (Rule 100 (6).)
Authority to Liquidator to Pay Dividends to another Person.
[Tttle.]
To the (Official Receiver and] Liquidator.
SIR,
1/We hereby authorise and request you to pay to Mr. of (a
specimen of whose signature is given below), all dividends as they are declared
in the above-named matter, and which may become due and payable to me/us
in respect of the proof of debt for the sum of § against the above-named
company, made [by Mr. ! on my/our behalf.
And I/we further request that the voucher (cheque or cheques) drawn in respect
of such dividends may be made payable to the order of the said Mr. whose
receipt shall be sufficient authority to you for the issue of such voucher (cheque ar
cheques) in his name.
It is understood that this authority is to remain in force until revoked by me/us
in writing.
Signatures.
Witness to the Signature
of
Witness to the Signature
of
Date
Specimen of Signature of person appointed as above.
Witness to the Signature
of
Witness to the Signature of person appointed as above.
Companies. (Ch. 31. No. 1.
No. 63. (Rule 101.)
Notice of Return to Contributories.
[Please bring this Notice with you.)
Payable Vouchers* are cancelled at the expiration of three months from date of
ssue, but will be re-issued free of charge on application within six months from
month of issue.
_A fee of twenty-four cents when the return does not exceed four dollars and
vighty cents and sixty cents when the return exceeds four dollars and cighty cents, is
chargeable on the RE-Issvt of cach Vayable Voucher® after six months from the date
of issue.
LJ itle.|
Return of § per share.
! Address. |
| Date.]
Notice is hereby given that a return of per share has been
declared in this matter, and that the same may be received at my office, as above,
on the day of 19 or on anv subsequent day, except
Saturday, between the hours of
Upon applying for payment this notice must be produced entire, together with
the share certificate. If you do not attend personally you must forward the share
certificate and fill up and sign the subjoined Forins of Receiptand Authority fo Deliver,
when a VPayablte Voucher* in your favour will be delivered in accordance with the
Attthority.
(Signed)
Liquidator.
Notre. The receipt should be signed by the contributory personally, or in the case
of joint contributories by each, and in the case of a limited company by an otlicer
of the company, so described.
Rr
No. 19
Received of the in this matter the sum of dollars cents,
being the amount payable to in respect of the return of per
share held by in this company.
‘ontributory’ Signature.
AUTUORITY FOR DELIVERY (a).
Str,
Please deliver (b) fo me/us by post, at my/our risk or to the bearer Mr.
voucher® for the return payable to me/us in this matter.
Contribute
Vo the (Official Receiver and! Liquidator.
Date 19
663
* In cases in
which the
payments
are made by
cheque
substitute
** cheques "
or “ cheque.â€
(a) Note.—
This is an
authority
only to
deliver the
Payable
Voucher, not
fo make it
payable to
another
person.
(b) Strike
out words
inapplicable.
If not to be
sent by post
strike out
the words in
italics and
insert the
name of the
person who
is to reccive
the voucher.
Compantes.
No. 1
Ch. 31.
o64
(Rule 101.)
No. 64
ontributorics holding Paid-up Sharea to whom
a Return ts to be Paid (a).
.
Schedule or List of ¢
of 19
No,
In the Matter of
SVL ULUGQ TUR, 14949
1 WaLAul jo Lysuely
Je Sizpnoqed pue wey
apqesed ulna boy
“alBYe
xvi ye wIQE
-fed winqay yo yunewy
Lea y Ip Lepe
Aq puseudeidde peyt
Wes JO UNL ENOL def
Win yay fo
WIMP We RY[RY Jo awe
od quLGUe [eOL
Peppes yuu
ABI Payee o:
ISU baleyy po du
{SITY Papas ul equi
Compante, (Ch. 31. No. f. 005
No. 65. (Rule tos.)
Notice to Creditors of First Meeting.
(Title.
(Under the order for winding up the above-named Company, dated the
day of oo)
Notice is hereby given that the fist meeting oe crediters uv the above matter will
held at ou the day of 1a at o'clock in the
Neen
be entitle vou to vote wat vour proof must be lodged with me not later than
oclock on the day of ta
Forms of proof and of general and special proxies are enclosed herewith. Proxies
to be used at the meeting nust be lodged with me at my ofce aot Later than
eloek on the lav of to
conver,
(a) Here
: “
Nou insert “* has
not been
At the frst meetings of the creditors and: contributarie. amongst other lodged " or
things. “has been
1 Ry resolution determine whether or not an appheation shall be made oo the lodged, and
‘ourt to appemt a liquidator in place of the Othcual Receiver. summary is
Ry resolution determine whether or not an application shall be made to the cnclosed.
Court tor the appemtinent of a commiltee of inspection to act with the liquidator,
and who are to be the members of the committee tf appointed,
Nore Oneal Receiver will be
the Tyrie
No,
Notice to Contributories of First: Meeting.
Notice is hereby gueen Chat the trst meeting of the contributories inthe above
matter will be held at on the day of a at
Welock in the Noon,
Forms of general and specail proxtes are enclosed herewith, Proxies to be used
AC the meeGag must be lodged with me at ow othee not Liter than o'clock on
the dav of la
tab Necerver,
(a) Here
Nore. insert ** has
. not been
AU ticetings of creditor, amongst other lodged,†or
things. ‘has been
1 Ry resolution determine whether or not an application shall be made to the lodged, and
Court to appomt a hquidater in place of the Otheial Receiver. summary is
enclosed."*
Court tor the appemtiment of a committee of inspection to act with the liquidator,
and who are te be the menibers ot the comuutteo i appomted,
2. By resolution determune whether or not an application shall be mide to the
Notrk. [fa liquidator ts not appointed by the Court the Omicini Receiver will be
the hquidator,
666
a) Here
insert: place
where meet
ing will be
held.
(b) Insert
name of
person
required to
attend
Notice af
rst meeting
to officers of
company
fon 67
(a) "Or con-
tributories.â€â€
(1) Tn case of
contribu
tories insert
“ominber of
shares “" and
“number ot
votes accord
ine to the
repulations
of the Com
panv.
Ch. 31. No. 1., Companies.
No. 67 (Rule 106.)
Notice to Directors and Officers of Company to attend First Meeting
of Creditors or Contributories.
Vake notice that the frst meeting of creditors (or contributorie. | will be held on the
day of 19 at o'clock at (a) and that vou are
required to attend thereat, and give such uvformation as the meeting may require
Dated this
Official Recewer,
Kule 100. 0 The Othenl Keceiwer shall also give to each of the Directors and other
Otheers of the Company who in los opinion ought to attend the first meetings of
creditors and contributories seven days’ notice of the time and place appomnted for
cach meeting The notice may either be delivered personally or seat by prepaid
post letter, as may be conventent, Tt shall be the duty of every Director or Olheer
who receives notice of such meeting to attend itso required by the Otheial Receiver,
and ibany such Director or Otheer fads to attend the Other! Receiver shall report
such failure te the Court
126 (2).)
List of Creditors (a) to be used at every Mecting.
Mectings dav of
Con- Amounr oF PROOF (5).
secutive
Number Droxie.
7 Votal oumber ot creditors (a) pre.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. I. 067
No. 69. (Rule 110.)
Notice of Meeting |Gencral Form).
(Ttéle.
Take notice that a meeting of crediters (or contributories] in the above matter will
be held at on the day of 19 , at o'clock in the
noon,
algenda. a) (Here
(a) insert pur-
Dated this day of 19 pose for
(Signed) (6) which meet-
Forms of general and special proxic. enclosed herewith. Proxies to be used Kk called. |
at the meeting must be lodged with at not later than ib) Liqui-
o'clock on the day of 190 dator " or
* Ofticial
. Keceiver,â€
No. (Rule tit.) oras the case
Affidavit of Postage of Notices of Mecting. may he. See
. Rule 110.
Ville .
L, a (a) make oath and si follows. (a) State the
. description
VoUhat To did) on the day of 10, send to each creditor of the
mentioned in the Company's statement of atiairs jer to cach contributory mentioned deponent.
in the register of members of the Company a notice of the time and place of the (+) (6) Insert
inthe form hereunto annexed marked \. here “ yener-
2. That the notices for creditors were addressed to the said creditors respectively al or
according to their respective names and addresses appearing in the statement of adjourned
aflairs of the Company of the last known addresses of such creditors. ueneral or
3. That the notices for contributories were addressed to the contributories lst °
respectively according to their respective names and registered o7 last known meoting of
addresses appearing i the register of the Company. eredilors [or
4 That T sent the said notices by putting the same prepaid into the post office contribu h
at before the hour of o'clock in the noon on the said day tories as the
. . ase may be).
Sworn, etc .
(a) Each
. creditor
No. 7t 0 (Rule (11) mentioned in
Certificates of Postage of Notices (General. the state-
: ; ment of
Tithe.| aflai
: affairs, or
l, a clerk in the of the Olhcial Receiver, hereby certify: each contri-
1 Vhat bt chd ons the day of . 19 send to (a) , a butory men
notice of the time and place of the fitst meeting, or (b) in the form hereunto tioned in the
annexed marked “A.†Register of
Members of
Paragraph 2, 3 and 4 as uw last preceding form. .
the Company
Dated this day of 19 si oy as the case
ignature. may be.
1b) ** A gene-
No. 72. (Rule 114.) ral mecting "
Authority to Deputy to act as Chairman of Meeting and use or adjourn-
Proxies. ed general
. meeting,†oF
\Fitle.| as the case
l, the Ofhcial Receiver of do hereby nominate Mr. of may be.
to be chairman of the meeting of creditors {or contributories] in the above
matter, appointed to be held at on the day of 19 ,andt (9) Here
depute him (a) to attend such meeting and use, on my behalf, any proxy or *sert “ Be-
proxies held by me in this matter ing & person
Dated this day of ww my em
ployment or
under my
official
control.â€
Officsal Receswver.
668
(a) ‘* First,
ov as the case
may be.
b) Insert
* creditors
or * contri
butories,"" as
the case may
be.
ic) Llere state
reasons for
adjourn.
ment.
(a) Tere
stale
whether
clerk of
manager uw
the regular
employment
ot the credi-
for of con-
tnibutory or
a Commis
stoner of
Athdavats,
Ch. 31. No. 1.,
Companies.
118}
Memorandum of Adjournment of Meeting.
iT:
Before
o'clock
at on the dav of 19 at
Memorandum.-- The (a) Meeting of (/) in the above matter was
held at the time and place above mentioned; but it appearing that (c)
the meeting was adjourned until the day of 9 at
o'clock im the noon, then to be held at the same place.
Chawmana
No. 74 (Rules 128 and 135)
General Proxy.
1, We, ot acrecditor or contmbutory), hereby appoimt (1)
to be myyour general proxy to vote at the Meeting of Creditors (or Contributories) to
be held in the above matter on the day of 19 or at any
adjournment thereof
Dated this day
(Signed) (2)
(ly Vhe person appomted general proxy may be the Other Receiver, the
Laquidator, or such other person as the creditor jor contributory] may approve,
and the proxy torm when sigucd must be lodged by the time and at the address named
for that purpuse im the notice convening the meeting at which it is to be used.
(2) Ita arm, sign the tirm’s trading title, and add by .1.4., a partner in the said
hrm. ht the appomtor is a corporauion, then the Form of roxy must be under its
Common Seal or under the hand of some otheer duly authorised in that behalf, and the
fact that the otheer is so authorised must be stited thus:
For the Comps
(duly authorised under the seal of the Company).
stancd by person other than Cres ior Contributory( filling up
the abore Prosy
lL. ol heme) a (a) hereby certify that all insertions un the
above proxys are mnoimy own handwriting, and have been made by me at the request
of the above-named and indus presence, before he attached his signature
or mark, thereto.
Dated this
Signature
Ina countary winding up ihe Liquidator or if there is no Ligutdator the chairman
of a mectiig may but the Official Receiver may not be appointed proxy. The proxy form
reall be altered accordingly.
Compantes. (Ch. 31. No. 1.
No. 75. (Rules 128 and 145.)
Special Proxy.
Pitle,
We, ,ot ,acreditor ur contributory ,, hereby appoint (1)
as my/our proxy at the meeting of creditors! or contributories] to be held on the
day of » lo or at any adjournment thereof, to vote (a)
the resolution numbered in the notice convening the mecting.
Dated this day of 19
(Signed) (2)
Notks,
(1) The person appointed proxy may be the Official Recetwer, the Liquidator, ov
such other person as the ereditor or contributery| may approve, and the proxy
form when signed must be lodged by the time and at the address named for that
purpose in the notice convening the meeting at which it is to be used. \V creditor
Jor contributory] may give a special proxy to any person to vote at speerhed
meeting or adjournment thereof on all or any of the following matters
(a) For or against the appointment or continuance in oflice of
person as liquidator or as member of the commiltee of inspection
(4) On all questions relating to any matter, other than those above
arising at a specified meeting or adjournment thereof.
(2) [fa tirm, sign the Arnis trading title, and add by 4.4., a partier in the said
firm.†Tf the appeintor is a corporation, then the form of proxy must be under its
common seal or under the hand of some officer duly authorised im that behalf, and
the fact that he is so authorised must be so stated.
to be signed by person other than Creditor or Contributory filling up
above Proxy.
1, ,0 » being a (b) hereby certify that all isertions in the
above proxy are in my own handwriting, and have been made by me at the request of
the above-named and in his presence before he attached his signature or
mark] thereto.
Dated this 19
Signature
inavoluntary winding up the Liquidator or tf there is no Liquidator the chairman of a
meeting may but the Official Receiver may not be appointed provy. Phe provy form
will be altered accordingly,
No. 70, (Rule 150.)
Applicution to Court to authorise a Bank Account.
[Title.]
We, the comnuttee of inspection, being of opinion that Mr. , ol ’
the hiquidator in the above matter, should have a bank account for the purpose of
(a) hereby apply to the Court to authorise him to make his pavments
into and out of the bank,
All cheques to be countersigned by a member of the committee of
inspection, and by for
Dated this day of »>W oo,
Committee of Inspection.
069
(a) Tere in-
sert the
word “ for
or the word
against "
as the case
mav require,
and specify
the particu
lar resolu
tion
(b) Tere
state
whether
clerk or
manager ip
the regular
employment
of the credi
tor or con-
tributory or
a Commis-
sioner of
Atlidavits.
(a) Here
uisert
grounds of
application.
670 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compante-
No. (Rule 150.)
Order of Court for Bank Account.
(7
You are hereby authorised to make your payments in the above matter into, and
out of, the bank.
‘Here ansest any spectal terms.)
AW cheques to be countersigned by a member of the commil(tee of
Iuspection, and by
Dated this day
Negestrar of the Supreme Cougt
lo
Taquidator
No. (Rule tsa)
Yertificate by Committee of Inspection as to Audit of Liquidator's
Accounts,
We, the undersigned, members of Che conmiltee of uispeetion un the winding up of
the above-named Company, hereby certify that we have exammed the foregoing
account with the vouchers, and that do the best of our knewledge and behel, the said
account contams a fall, truce, and complete account of the hamdator’s receipts and
and pavinents.
Dated thas
Commitee of Inspection.
No. (Rule 54.)
Affidavit verifying Liquidator’s Account under Scction 186.
|Title.|
| Hof the Liquidator of the above-named Company, make oath and
sav
That tthe account hereunto marked B contains a fidl and true account of my vecetpts
and payments on the winding up of the above-named Company trom the day of
19) J ta the day of 19° J inclusive *tand that | have not,
ner has any other person by my order or for my use, during such period received
any Moneys on account of the sud Company tolher than and cvcept the ttoms mentioned
and specified on the sasd accouné,
| |
\
*Note. 1f no receipts or payment strike ont the words in italic.
Companies. (Ch. 31. No. 1. 671
No. 80. (Rule 155.)
Liquidator's Trading Account under section 186.
{ Vtle.|
Hf, the liquidator of the above-named company in account with the estate.
Reeripts. DAVMENTS.
Nate. $ | Date. | $
Ligqusdator
(Date.)
We have examimed this account with (he vouchers and find the same correct, and wea
are of apnuon the expenditure has been proper.
Dated) this dav of 19
Committee of Inspection
oromember of the Commuilter of luspectiont,
No. 8l
Affidavit verifying Liquidator's Trading Account under Section 186.
( Petle.]
I, » the liquidator of the above-named company, make oath and say that
the account hereto annexed is a fall, true, and contiplete account: of all: money
received and paid by me or by any person on my behalf in respect of the carrying on of
the trade or business of the company, and that the sums paid by me as set out in
such account have, as U believe, been necessarily expended in carrying on such trade
or business.
Sworn,
! squidator,
No, (Rule Tol.)
Request to deliver Bill for ‘Taxation.
i
L hereby request Chat you will, within days of this date, or such further
time as the Court may allow, deliver to me for taxation by the Registrar of tho
Supreme Court your bill of costs [er charges] as (a) failing which, LE shall, in’ (a) Hero
pursuance of the Companies Ordinance and Rules proceed to declare and distribute state nature
a dividend without regard to any claim which you may have against the assets of of employ-
the Company, and your claim against the assets of Che Company will be liable to ment.
be forfeited,
Dated this day of '
sure of
sheets.
Form and
contents of
Statement
Trading
Account.
Dividends,
etc.
Ch. 31. No. 1. Companies.
No. 83. (Rule 106.)
tertificate of Taxation.
pPttle:
Lohereby certify that J have taxed the bill of costs jer charges) jer expenses) of
Mr. C.2). (here state capacity in which emploved or engaged) [where necessary add
pursuant to an order of the Court dated the day of , 19 "7,
and have allowed the same at the sum of dollars and cents [where
necessary add “ which sum is to be paid to the said C.1). by as directed by
the cid order
Dated this
Registrar of the Supreme Court.
$
(Rules 17
[Wve
(No registration This is the exhibit marked B
fee pavable ) referred fo ain the atttdavit
ol sworn before me
this av oof
19
A Comanissiones of Agidautts.:
Statement of Receipts and Payments and General Directions as to
Statements.
cen inches by
(2) very statement: must contain a detailed account of all the liquidator’s
realisations and disbursements in respect of the company. The statement of
realisations should contain a record of all receipts derived from assets existing at
the date of the winding up resolution and subsequently realised, including balance in
bank, hook debts and calls collected, property sold, ete., and the account of disburse-
ments should contain all payments for costs and charges, or to creditors, or
coutributories, Where property has been realised, the gross proceeds of sale must
be entered under realisations, and the necessary payments incidental to sales must
be entered as disbursements. These accounts should not contain payments into
Court (except unclaimed dividends see paragraph (5)) or payments into or out of
bank, or Lomporary investments by the liquidator, or the proceeds of such investments
when reahsed, which should be shown separately :
(a) by means of the bank pass book ;
(6) by a separate detailed statement of moneys mvested by the hquidator
and investments realised,
Interest allowed or charged by the bank, bank commission, etc., and prolit or loss
upon the realisation of temporary investments, should, however, be inserted in the
accounts of realisations or disbursements, as the case may be. Each receipt and
payment must be entered in the account in such a manner as sufliciently to explain
its nature. The receipts and payments must severally be added up at the foot of
cach sheet, and the totals carried forward from one account to another without any
intermediate balance, so that the gross totals shall represent the total amounts received
and paid by the liquidator respectively.
(3) When the liquidator carries on a business, a trading account must be forwarded
asa distinct account, and the totals of receipts and payments on the trading account
must alone be set out in the statement,
(4) When dividends or instalments of compositions are paid to creditors, or a
return of surplus assets is made to contributories, the total amount of each dividend,
Companies iCh. 31. No. 1.
ar instalment of composition, or return to contributoric:, actually paid, must be
entered in the statement of disbursements as one sum; and the liquidator must
forward separate accounts showing in lists the amount of the claims of cach creditor,
and the amount of dividend or composition payable to each creditor, and of surplus
assets payable to cach contributory, distinguishing in each list the dividends or
instalments of composition and shares of surplus assets actually part and those
remaining unclaimed. [ach list must be on paper thirteen inches by eight inches.
(5) When unclaimed dividends, instalments of composition or returns of surplus
assets are paid into Court, the total amount so paid in should be entered in the
statement of disbursements as one sum.
(6) Credit should not be taken in the stalement of disbursements for any amount
im respect of liquidator’s remuneration unless it has been duly allowed by resolution
of the Conunittce of Inspection or of the creditors or of the company in general
meeting, or by order of the Court as the case may require.
Liquidator’s Statement of Account.
Pursuant to Section 269 of the Companies Ordinance.
Name of Company
Nature of proceedings whether a member's
ov creditors’ voluntary winding up or awinding
up under the supervision of the Court}.
Date of commencement of winding up
Date to which statement is brought down
Name and address of liquidator
This statement is required in duplicate,
[TABLE
673
Companies.
Ch. 31. No. 1.,
O74
‘yunowy
pavasop Wyss
‘SyUSUIDSINGSIGG JO AINJEN
‘pred won of
“SLNAK ASH IEASIG
“SONVNIGYGQ, SAINVAIKOD AHL AD G07
"AyWrT
DAS OL
“ASH.
“pantiyMor—eQ INUOA
JueMiep WANG
JO UNGEN — "paataaar woyM JQ *a7eq
“SNUTLVSITV AQ
‘ALVIS S,NOLVIAOIT
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 675
Analysts of Balance.
Total Realisations
Disbursements
Balance
The Balance is made up as follows:
1. Cash in hands of liquidator
2. Total payments into Bank, including balance at
date of commencement of winding up (as per Bank
Rook) vee wee
Total withdrawals from Ban
Balance at Bank...
Amount in Court
4+. Amounts invested by liquidator...
Less Amounts realised from same
Balance
Total Balance as shown above $
[Note. -Full details of Stocks purchased for investment and realisation thereof
should be given in a separate statement.]
The investment or deposit of money by the liquidator does not withdraw it
from the operation of scction 270 of the Companies Ordinance, and any such
investments representing money held for six months or upwards must be
realised and paid into Court, except in the case of investments in Government
securities, the transfer of which to the control of the Official Receiver will be
accepted as a sufficient compliance with the terms of the section.
Note. The liquidator should also state—
(Assets (after deducting amounts
(t) The amount of the esti- | charged to secured creditors and
mated assets and Habilities at J debenture holders) §
the date of the commencement
of the winding up. Secured creditors $
Liabilities Debenture holders... $
Unsecured creditors §
Paid up in cash $
Issued as paid up
otherwise than for
cash s
(2) The total amount of the capital paid up
at the date of the commencement of the wind-
ing up.
and cstimated value of out-
standing assets (if any).
(4) The causes which sng
(3) The general ot ut}
the termination of the winding
up.
(5) The period within which)
the winding up may probably }
be completed. f
43 (2)
676
Insert here
the name of
the Com-
pany.
Insert here
the name
of the
Liquic
Ch. 31. No. 1.; Compantes.
No. 85. (Rules 171, 172, and 175.)
Affidavit verifying Statement of Liquidator's Account under section 269.
(No registration
fee charged.)
Namie of Company. |
1, , of the liquidator of the above-named Company, make oath
and say: That "the account hereunto annexed marked B, contains a full and truc
account of my receipts and payments in the winding up of the above-named Company,
from the day of , 19 to the day of , 19
inclusive, *and that | have not, nor has any other person by my order or for my use
during such period, received or paid any moneys on account of the said Company,
*other than and except the items mentioned and specificd in the said account,
1 further say that the particulars given in the annexed Form 84, marked B, with
Tespect tu the proceedings in and position of the liquidation, are true to the best of
my knowledge and belief.
Sworn at }
No -—If no receipts or payments, strike out the words in italics.
The affidavit is sof required in Duplicate, but it must in every case be accompanied
bv a statement on Form 84 in duplicate.
No, 86, (Rules 171, 175.)
Liquidator’s Trading Account under section 269.
Name of Company.
the Liquidator of the above-named Company in account with the E.
Necount is required in Duplicate in addition to Form No.
(Ch. 31. No. 1. 677
Companies.
aeq
“sopmpinbyT
¢ 1e01, $ TeI0L
-areq 27"
4) ‘SLNAK. ‘Sld1d9ayY “4d
‘panuijuor—og ITO
678.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
No. 87. (Rules 171 and 175.)
List of Dividends or Composition.
[Name of Company.]
I hereby certify that a Dividend (or Composition) of in the Dollar was
declared payable on and alter the day of 19 , and that the
Creditors whose names are set forth below are entitled to the amounts set opposite
their respective names, and have been paid such amounts except in the cases specified
as unclaimed.
Dated the day of 19
Liquidator.
To the Registrar.
Amount of Dividend (or
: |} espe ces - Amount of Composition).
Surname. Christian Ni Proof. ns
Paid. Unclaimed.
Lo
Total § | |
This List is required in duplicate.
Companies. {Ch. 31. No. 1. 679
No. 88. (Rules 171 and 175.)
List of Amounts Paid or Payable to Contributories.
Name of Company.
P hereby certify that a return of surplus assets was declared payable to Contribu-
tories on and after the day of 19. at the rate of per
Share, and that the Contributories whose names are set forth below are entitled to
the \mounts set opposite their respective names, and have been paid such amounts
except in the cases specified as unclaimed.
Dated the dlay of
Registrar.
Amount returnec on Share.
Christian Ni
Paid. Unclaimed.
$ $
This List is required in duplicc
680
ya) Nah
NCCENSATY ,
“That the
right of
the conti
butories
between
themselve.
have been
adypusted.â€
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Com pantie.
No. 89 (Rule 174.)
Affidavit verifying Account of Unclaimed and Undistributed Funds.
[Titles|
I. of make oath and say that the particulars entered ino the
statement hereunte annexed, marked A, are correct, and truly set forth all money
momy hands or under my control, representing unclaimed or undistributed assets
of the above company, and that the amount due by me in respect of unclaimed
dividends and undistributed funds is §
Signature,
No. (Rule 179)
Notice to Greditors and Contributories of intention to apply for Release.
Title,
Take notice that J, the undersigned liquidator of the above-named Company.
intend to apply to the Ofhcial Receiver for my release, and further take notice that
any objection you may have to the granting of my release must be notified to the
Official Receiver within twenty-one days of the date hereof.
A summary of all receipts and payments on the winding up is hereta ic xed.
Dated this day of 1a
1 tquidator
Note Subsection (3) of section ESS of the Conipames Ordinance, enacts that
An order of the Omecial Reeciver releasing the liquidator shall discharge him from
all hability in respect of any act done or default made by him in the administration
of the allatrs of the Company, or otherwise in relation to his conduct as liquidator,
but any such order may be revoked on proof that it was obtained by fraud or by
suppression or concealment of any muaterial fact.
(Rule 179.)
Application by Liquidator to the Officlal Receiver for Release.
litle,
L. the liquidator report to the
Oticnal KRecewer as follows:
1 That the whole of the property of the Company has been realised for the
benetit of the creditors and contributories and a dividend lo the amount of in
the dollar has been paid as shown by the statement hereunto annexed, and a return
of per share has been made to the contributories of the Company? ;
vr Vhat so much of the property of the Company as can, according to the joint
opinion of myself and the comniittee of inspection, hereunto annexed, in writing
under our hands, be realised, without needlessly protracting the liquidation, has
been realised as shown by the statement hereunto annexed, and a dividend to the
amount of has been paid, together with a return of pet share to
the contributories of the Company; (a)
2. 1 therefore request the Ofheial Receiver toc
prepared, and to grant me a certificate of release,
Dated this q
Ltgnetdatos.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 081
No. 92. (Rule 179.)
Statement to accompany Notice of Application for Release.
(Title.}
Statement showing position of Company at date of application for release.
Dr. Cr.
Estimated | Receipts. Payments.
to produce |—-——--- --
as per 8 Wy Oficial Receiver and Court Fees 8
company’s (including Stationery, Printing, and
statement Postages in respect of Coutributories,
of affairs. Creditors, and Debtors, and fce for
- audit)
$
Ve total receipts from date 3
of winding up Order, Law costs of petition
vig.: Law costs of Solicitor
(State particulars under to Liquidator
the several headings Other Law costs
Specified in the State-
ment of Affairs.)
Receipts per trading I
accounts Liquidator’s renmneration, viz.:
Other receipts
| $
percent. on &
assets realised
percent. on §
assets distributed in
dividend
$ ee
HAs! | Shorthand writer's charges
Payments | Special Manager's charges
securities Persons appointed to assist in prepara
Costs of execution tion of Statement of Affairs
Payments per trading Auctioneer's charges as taxed i
account : Other Laxed costs oo ae
: Costs of possession and maioten:
af estate wee nee wee
Costs of notices in Gaselfe anc al
t Papers ...
t Incidental outlay
Net realis. 8 | Total costs and charges 3
Amounts received from calls on contri-
butories made in the winding up
3
\
Assets not yet realised, including calls,
"
Creditors, vit
{a) Vreterential (a) State
(a) nercured dividend number of
the § creditor
The estimate of amount
cipected to rank for
dirtdend was $
Amount retarnec
contributaries
estimated to produce $
(Add here any special remarks the liquidator thinks desirable.) ;
Creditors can obtain any further information by inquiry at the office of the
liquidator.
Dated this day of 19
Address.
Liquidator.
OS.
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Companies,
No. 93. (Rule 186.)
Register of Winding up Orders to be kept in the Court.
Number of | Number Date Date of Dates of Public
Winding up of of Winding up | Examinations | Liquidator.
Order. Petition. Petition. Order. ' (if any).
No, Iso.)
Register of Petitions to be kept in the Court.
No. XN. Address of Date Date of
of Registered of Winding up
Vetiuion, Othice. Petition, Order.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
No. 05. (Rule 187.)
Notices for Noval Gaz
(lt) Notick oF WINDING UP ORDER.
(Rule 34 (1) (e).)
Name of Company . Address of Registered Olice Number of
Matter Date of Order Date of Presentation of Vetition*
\* Where it is known that a voluntary winding up preceded the presentation of the
Petition, the date of the resolution for voluntary winding up should also be given.]
(2) Novice First Mrretings.
(Rule 103.)
Name of Company . Address of Registered Oftice Number of
Matter . Creditors, Date Hour Place Con-
tributories, Date Hour Dlace
(3) No oF Day Arrotstrp FoR Punite EXAMINATION,
(Rule 50.)
Name of Company Address of Registered Office . Number of
Matter Date fixed for Examination Names of Persons to be
EO amined Tlour Vlace
(4) Notice INTENDED DIVIDEND,
(Rule 100 (1).)
Name of Company Address of Registered Oltice Number of
Matter Last for Receiving Proofs Ni of Liquidator
Address
(5) Notick Divipkxp,
(Rule 100 (3),)
Name of Company Address of Registered Odice Number of
Matter Amount per dollar First and Final or otherwise
When ps Where pavi
(6) Notice RETURN TO CONTRIRUTORIES,
(Rule 101.)
Name of Company Address of Registered Oflice Number of
Matter Amount per Share First and Final or otherwise
When pay Where payable
(7) Nottck APPOINTMEN I Liagvinator,
(Rule 43 (5),)
Name of Company Address of Registered Office Number of
Matter Liquidater’s | Name Address Date of
Appointment
(8) Nottck Kimov LIQuiparor,
(Rule 43 (7).)
Name of Company Address of Registered Office Number of
Matter . Liquidator’s Name Liquidator’s Addre.
Date of Removal
(9) Notick or Re LiQuipaTor,
(Rule 179.)
Name of Company . Address of Registered Oftice Number of
Matter Liquidater’s Name . Liquidator’s Addre.
Date of Release
683
684 Ch. 31. No. 1.; Conipanies.
No. 96. (Rule 188.)
Memorandum of Advertisement or Gazetting.
[Title.]
—_— _ ~————-—_—-
Name of Paper. Date of Issue. | Date of Filing. | Nature of Order, etc.
(Signed)
THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE.
Rules in regard to Certified Copies and Certified Translations
required under Part X. of this Ordinance, and as to General
Forms.
1. In regard to certified copies and certified translations of documents
required by Part X. of the Companies Ordinance to be filed with the
Registrar, the following rules shall apply :—
(1) A certified copy of the charter, statutes or memorandum and
articles of association, or other instrument constituting or defining the
constitution of the company, in the case of a company incorporated in a
foreign country, required to be filed with the Registrar under Part X.
shall be deemed to be certified as a true copy if in such foreign country it is—
(a) duly certified as a true copy by an official of the Government
to whose custody the original is committed, the signature or seal of
such official being authenticated by any of the following British
officials, that is to say:—Ambassador, Envoy, Minister, Charge
d’Affaires, Secretary of Embassy or Legation, Consul-General, Consul,
Vice-Consul, Acting Consul, Pro-Consul and Consular-General; or
(6) duly certified as a true copy by a notary of such foreign country,
the certificate of the notary being authenticated by any of the
British officials mentioned in paragraph (a) above; or
(c) duly certified as a true copy on oath by some officer of the
company before a person having authority to administer an oath in
such foreign country, the status of the person administering the
oath being authenticated by any of the British officials mentioned
in paragraph (a) above.
(2) A certified copy of the charter, statutes or memorandum and
articles of association, or other instrument constituting or defining the
constitution of a company, in the case of a company incorporated in the
United Kingdom, the Channel Islands, the Isle of Man, or in any Colony
within the meaning of subsection (4) of section 103 of the Companies
Ordinance, other than this Colony, required to be filed with the Registrar
Companies. (Ch. 31, No. 1.
under Part X. aforesaid shall be deemed to be certified as a true copy if
in such place it is—
(a) duly certified as a true copy by an official of the Government
to whose custody the original is committed; or
(o) duly certified as a true copy by a Notary Public in any such
place; or
(c) duly certified as a true copy on oath by some officer of the
company before some person having authority to administer an oath
in such place.
(3) In the case of a company in which the charter, statutes, or
memorandum and articles of association, or other instrument constituting
or defining the constitution of the company is not written in the English
language, a certified translation thereof required to be filed with the
Registrar shall be deemed to be certified as a correct translation if
certified to be a correct translation :—
(a) when such translation is made out of this Colony, by
(i) an official having custody of the original; or
(ii) a Notary Public of the country or place where the
company is incorporated, the signature or seal of the person so
certifying where the company is incorporated in a foreign
country being authenticated in either case by any of the British
officials mentioned in paragraph (a) of rule (1) above;
(2) where such translation is made within this Colony, by
(i) a Notary Public in the Colony; or
(ii) a Solicitor of the Supreme Court in the Colony.
(4) The Registrar may in any particular case, if he thinks fit to do so
and upon such conditions as he thinks fit, permit certified copies or
translations though not certified in accordance with the above require-
ments to be filed with him.
2. A copy of the instrument by which a charge is created or evidenced
to be delivered to the Registrar under the provisions of subsection (3) of
section 79 and subsection (1) of section 81 of the Companies Ordinance
shall be verified or certified to be a true copy under the seal of the company,
-or under the hand of some person interested therein otherwise than on
behalf of the company.
3. (1) The forms set out in the Appendix hereto shall be used for the
purposes of the Companies Ordinance and the particulars contained
therein are hereby prescribed as the particulars required under the
Companies Ordinance.
(2) All documents required to be filed with the Registrar under the
Companies Ordinance or any rules made thereunder shall be original and
not carbon copies and shall except where otherwise provided be written
or printed or partly written and partly printed on paper of the size of
thirteen inches in length and eight inches in breadth, and must have a
stitching margin: Provided however that the Registrar may in his
discretion accept documents which are not of such size in the case of
companies to which Part X. of the Companies Ordinance applies.
685
Verified or
certified copy
of charge
under sec-
tions 79 and
81.
l‘orms.
O86 Ch. 31. No. 1. Companies.
(XIU APPENDIX.
Sehedule. :
Form No, 1.
TILE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Notice of Situation of Registered Office or of any change therein.
Parsi
Name of Company
Presented by
Notice of the Situation o istered Oilic +
any change
To the Registrar.
Comp: hereby gives vou notice, in accordance with Section 92
Companie, that the Registered Olece of the Company is situated
(Signature)
oy Manager
Form No,
THE COMPANTES ORDINANCE,
Annual Return of a Company not having a Share Capital.
ant to sections 107 and tos,
Return of made up to the
9 (being the date of the first or
Meeting in ba \.
1 Address of the registered
2. Total amount of the indebtedac. of all mortgage
and charges of the kind which requires Registrar under
the Companies Ordinance $
Particulars of the Directors (a) of
The present Any former
Christian Name Christian
or Name, Name or
and Names
ame ()), Surname.
Companies. (Ch. 31. No.1
(a) Director includes any person who occupies the position of a Director by
whatever name called, and any person in accordance with whose directions or
instructions the Directors of a Company are accustomed to act.
(®) In the case of a Corporation its corporate name and registered or principal
office should be shown.
(c) In the case ofan individual who has no business occupation but holds any other
directorship or directorships, particulars of that directorship or of some one of those
directorships must be entered.
(d) This return must include a written copy of the last aulited| Balance Sheet of the
company as provided in subsection (3) of section 108,
Form No, 3,
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Particulars of Directors or Managers and of any changes therein.
Pursuant to section 142.
Name of Company
sented by
‘articulars of the Directors or Managers (a) of Company. and of
any changes therein.
t
; Nation- | Other
' ality of business
Any former | origin | occupa-
Christian Nation- | (if other Usual tion or Changes
name or | ality. | thanthe Residential — Director- (d).
names or present Address. | shipsif
Surname. Nation- any.
ality.) tf none
| | State so (c).
i
|
| |
| | | |
(Signature)
State whether Director | Manager or Secretary,
Dated the day of , 19
(a) Director includes any person who occupies the position of a Director by
whatever name called, and any person in accordance with whose directions or
instructions the Directors of a Company are accustomed to act.
(b) In the case of a Corporation its corporate name and registered or principal office
should be shown.
(c) In the case of an individual who has no business occupation but holds any other
directorship or directorships, particulars of that directorship or of some one of those
directorships must be entered.
(4) \ complete list of the Directors or Managers shown as existing in the last
Particulars delivered should always be given. A note of the changes since the last
List should be made in this column, ¢e.g., by placing against a new director's name the
worls in the place of--,â€" and by writing against any former director's name the
words — dead," “ resigned,â€â€™ or as the case may be.
O87
O88 Ch. 31. No. 1. ( ompanties.
Form No, 4.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE,
Notice of Increase in Nominal Capital.
Pursuant to section 54,
Ni al Company
Presented bv
‘o the Registrar.
Compa hereby gives vou native pursuant to section 54 of the
Companies Ordini (a) Resolution of the Company dated the
dav of the nominal Capital of the Company has been
increased by the of the sum of § bevond the registered
Capital of §
The
. Nominal ?
Number o omunal Amount
of each Share.
The conditions (e.g , voting rights, dividends, ete ) subject to which the new Shares
Nave been or are to be issued are as follows: --
lf of the Sharcs are Pacterence Share, whether they are vedcemahle
(Signature)
Mecctor ov Manager
19
Fok aM No.
COAMLPANTES ORDINANCE,
Notice of Tnerease in Number of Members.
Number of Members of
Reristrar
Companys, hereby cives you notice, pursuant to subscetion (3) af
seetion ol the Compames Ordinance, that by (a) Resolution of the Company
dated the day of 19, the mumber of Members in the Company
has been increased by the addition thereto of Members beyond the present
registered: Number of
(Signature)
whether Director or Manager
19
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 689
Form No. 6.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Consent to take the Name of an existing Company.
Pursuant to section 19.
Name of Company
Presented by
Consent to take the Name of an existing Company.
To the Registrar.
I [er We] of being the Liquidator/[s] of » Limited a
Company in the course of being dissolved, hereby, pursuant to section 19 of the
Companies Ordinance, and on behalf of the said Company, testify its consent to the
Registration of a new Company by the name of
(Signature) (a)
Dated the day of 19
(a) To be signed by each Liquidator if more than one.
Form No. 7.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Mempers' VotuntTary WInbinG Ur.
Return of Final Winding Up Meeting.
Pursuant to section 224.
Name of Company
Presented by
Members’ Voluntary Winding Up.
To the Registrar.
I [or We] of being the Liquidator[s] of Company,
have to inform you that a General Meeting of the Company was duly
(a) __held on the day of ,19 — , pursuant to section 224 of the
summoned for .
Companies Ordinance, for the purpose of having an Account (of which a copy is
attached hereto) (b) laid before it showing how the Winding: Up of the Company has
been conducted, and the Property of the Company has been disposed of, and that
(a) the same wag done accordingly.
no quorum was present at the Mecting.
(Signature) (c)
Dated the day of , 19
(a) Strike out that which does not apply.
(b) The Copy account accompanying this Return must be authenticated by the
written signature(s] of the Liquidator{s}].
(c) To be signed by cach Liquidator if more than one.
Form No. 8.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
CreDiTors’ VOLUNTARY WINDING Up.
Return of the Final Winding Up Meetings of Members and Creditors.
Pursuant to section 233.
Name of Company
Presented by
Creditors’ Voluntary Winding Up.
T.—IV. 44
690 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
—a
To the Registrar of Companies,
1 for We] of being the Liquidator{s] of Company, have
to inform you
held on the
summoned for
day of , 19, pursuant to section 233 of the Companics
Ordinance, for the purpose of having an Account (of which a copy is attached
hereto) (6) laid before it showing how the winding up of the Company has been
conducted and the Property of the Company has been disposed of, and that
a the same was done accordingly;
seneral Meeting of this Company was duly (a)
no quorum was present at the Meeting;
(2) that a Mecting of the Creditors of this Comyx ‘as duly (a) held on
summoned for
the day of ,19 , pursuant to section 233 of the Companies Ord-
inance, for the purpose of having the said Account laid before it showing how the
Winding Up of the company has been conducted and the Property of the Com-
pany has been disposed of, and that) (a) the same was done accordingly. -.—
no quorum was present at the Mecting.
(Signature) (c)
Dated the day of 19
(a) Strike out that which does not apply.
(b) The Copy account accompanying this Return must be authenticated by the
writen signature!s] of the Liquidator[s}.
(c) To be signed by each Liquidator if more than one,
Form No.
TIVE COMPANTES ORDINANCE.
Notice of Consolidation, Division, Sub-Division, or Conversion into Stock
of Shares, specifying the Shares so Consolidated, Divided, Sub- Divided,
or Converted into Stock, or of the Re-Conversion into Shares of Stock,
specifying the Stock so re-converted, or of the Redemption of Redeemable
Preference Shares or of the Cancellation of Shares (otherwise than in
connection with a reduction of share capital under section 57 of the
Companies Ordimance).
Pursuant to section 53,
Name of Company
Presented by
Yo the Registrar.
Company, Limited, hereby give you notice that in accordance with
section 53 of the Companies Ordinance that
(Signature)
| State tehether Divector or Manager or Scerctary|
Dated the day of 19
orm No. 10,
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE,
Notice of the Situation of the Office where a Branch Register is kept
or of any change in, or discontinuance of, any such office.
Pursuant to section 103.
Name of Company
Dresented by
To the Registrar.
Company, hereby gives you Notice in accordance with section 103
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
of the Companics Ordinance, and by the authority of («) that a ranch
Register is now kept at (b)
(Signature)
[State whether Director or Manager or Secretary)
Dated the day of ,19
(a) E.g. ‘a special Resolution of the Company, duly passed on the day
19 “or * Clause of (he Company's Articles of Association.
(6) In cases of change the words “in licu of " and the previous address should be
auserted after the present address.
In cases of discontinuance strike out the words is new kept and insert the
words ‘Cis discontinued " after the address,
of
Form No. Ut.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE,
Winpvine Ur py tie Court.
Notlee of appointment of Liquidator.
Pursuant to section 178,
Ni of Company
‘sented by
‘o the Registrar.
I Jor We] of hereby give you Notice that, by an Order dated the
day of 219, TF ler we] have been appointed Ciquidatoris| of
Company, Limited.
(Signature) (a)
Dated the day of 19
fa) To be signed by cach Liquidator if more than one,
Form No, 12.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE,
Memnuns’ VoLuntary WINDING Ur,
Declaration of Solvency.
Tursuant to section 218,
Name of Company
Presented by
Declaration of Solvency.
We of being (a) Directors of Company, Limited,
«lo solemnly and sincerely declare that we have made a full enquiry into the affairs of
this Company, and that, having so done, we have formed the opinion that this
Company will be able to pay its debts in full within a period, not exceeding twelve
months, from the commencement of the winding up, And we make this solemn
Declaration, conscientiously believing the same to be truce, and by virtue of the
provisions of the Statutory Declarations Ordinance.
Declared at the
day of one thousand
nine hundred and
before me.
A Commissioner for Oaths (b).
{a) “all the" or “ the majority of the,†as the case may be.
(6) Or Notary Public or Justice of the Peace.
. 44 (2)
691
692 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
Form No. 13.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
MEMBERS’ VOLUNTARY WINDING UP.
Notice of Appointment of Liquidator
Pursuant to section 238.
Name of Company
Presented by
Members’ Voluntary Winding Up.
To the Registrar.
L [or We] of hereby give you notice that I lor We} have been
appointed Liquidatorjs} of Company, Limited, by (@) Resolution of the
Company, dated the day of 19
(Signature) (b)
Dated the day of 19
(a) State how appointed, whether by Resolution of the Company, or how otherwise,
and adapt if necessary.
(6) To be signed by cach Liquidator if more than one.
Form No. 14.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
CREvITORS’ VOLUNTARY WINDING UP.
Notice of Appointment of Liquidator.
Pursuant to section 238.
Name of Company
Tresented by
Creditors’ Voluntary Winding Up.
To the Registrar.
L for We] of
hereby give notice that I [or We] have been
appointed Liquidator{s} of
Company, Limited, by (a)
(Signature) (5)
Dated the day of ,19
(a) State how appointed, whether by the Creditors of the Company or how
otherwise.
(b) To be signed by cach Liquidator if more than one.
Form No. 15.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Declaration of Compliance with the requirements of the Companies
Ordinance, on application for registration of a Company.
Pursuant to section 17 (2).
Name of Company
Presented by
1
of
> of Do solemnly and sincerely declare that I am (a)
Limited, and that all the requirements of the Companies Ordinance, in
respect of mattcrs precedent to the registration of the said Company and incidental
thereto have been complied with, And | make this solemn Declaration conscientiously
believing the same to be true and by virtue of the provisions of the ‘‘ Statutory
Declarations Ordinance.â€
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 693
Declared at the
day of one thousand
nine hundred and
before me.
A Commissioner for Oaths (b).
(a) -A Solicitor of the Supreme Court,’’ engaged in the formation,†or "A
person named in the Articles of Association as a Director or Secretary.â€
(b) Or Notary Public or Justice of the Peace.
Form No. 16.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Consent to act as Director of a Company.
Pursuant to section 138 (1) (a).
Name of Company
Presented by
To the Registrar.
I [or We], the undersigned, hereby testify my or our consent to act as director
of Limited, pursuant to subsection (1) (a) of section 138 of the Companics
Ordinance.
Signature (a). Address. Description.
Dated the day of 19
(a) 1€ a director signs by “ his agent, authorised in writing,"’ the authority must
be produced.
Form No. 17.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
List of the Persons who have consented to be Directors of a Company.
Pursuant to section 138 (3).
Name of Company
Presented by
List of the persons who have consented to be Directors of Limited,
delivered to the Registrar, pursuant to subsection (3) of section 138 of the Companies
Ordinance, by of the Applicant[s] for Registration of the Memo-
randum and Articles of the Company.
Surname. Christian Name. Address and Description.
(Signature of Applicant(s)) -
Dated the day of ,19
694 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
Form No. 18.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Declaration that the Conditions of section 94 (1) (a) and (b) of the
Companies Ordinance, have been complied with.
Pursuant to section 94 (1) (c).
[To be used by a Company which issued a Prospectus on or with reference to its formation.]
Name of Company
Presented by
I, of being (a) of Limited, do solemnly and
sincerely declare:
That the amount of the share capital of the Company offered to the public for
subscription is $
That the amount stated in the prospectus as the minimum amount which, in the
opinion of the directors must be raised by the issue of share capital in order to provide
for the matters specified in paragraph 5 in Part I. of the Fourth Schedule to the
Companies Ordinance, is $
That shares held subject to the payment of the whole amount thereof in cash have
been allotted to the amount of $
That every director of the Company has paid to the Company on each of the
shares taken or contracted to be taken by him and for which he is liable to pay in
cash, a proportion equal to the proportion payable on application and allotment on
the shares offered for public subscription.
And I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing the same to be true,
and by virtue of the provisions of the Statutory Declarations Ordinance.
Declared at the
day of one thousand
nine hundred and
before me, J
A Commissioner for Oaths (5).
(a) ‘‘ the Secretary,†or ‘a Director.â€
(6) or Notary Public or Justice of the Peace.
Form No. 19.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Declaration that the provisions of section 94 (2) (b) of the
Companies Ordinance, have been complied with.
Pursuant to Section 94 (2) (c).
{T she used by a Company which has delivered to the Registrar a Statement in lieu
of prospectus.]
ame of Company
Presented by
I of being (a) of Limited, do solemnly and
sincerely declare:—
That every Director of the Company has paid to the Company on each of the
shares taken or contracted to be taken by him and for which he is liable to pay in
cash, a proportion equal to the proportion payable on application and allotment on
the shares payable in cash.
And I make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing the same to be
true, and by virtue of the provisions of the Statutory Declarations Ordinance.
Declared at the
day of one thousand
nine hundred and
before me,
A Commissioner for Oaths (8).
(a) ‘ The Secretary,†or “a Director.â€
(4) or Notary Public or Justice of the Peace.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 695
Form No. 20.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Return of Allotments.
From the (a) of , 19 to the of , 19
Name of Company
Pursuant to Section 44 (1).
(b) Number of the Shares allotted payable in cash
Number of the Shares allotted payable in cash
Nominal amount of the Shares so allotted
Nominal amount of the Shares so allotted
Amount paid or due and payable on each such Share
Amount paid or due and payable on each such Share
Number of Shares allotted for a consideration other than cash
Nominal amount of the Shares so allotted
Amount to be treated as paid on each such Share
The consideration for which such Shares have been allotted is as follows:—
(a) 1. When a return includes several Allotments made on different dates, the
dates of only the first and the last of such Allotments should be entered at the top
of the front page, and the registration of the return should be effected within one
month of the first date.
2. When a return relates to one Allotment only, made on one particular date,
that date only should be inserted, and the spaces for the second date struck out and
the word “‘ made â€â€™ substituted for th: word “ from ’’ after the word ‘‘ Allotments.â€
(6) Distinguish between Preference, Ordinary, Redeemable Preference, etc.
Presented by
NAMES, ADDRESSES, AND DESCRIPTION OF THE ALLOTTEES.
+ gs Number of Shares allotted.
Surmmame. Christian Address. | Description.
Preference.| Ordinary. | Other kinds.
(Signature)
[State whether Director or Manager or Secretary]
696
Ch. 31. No. i]
Companies.
Name of Company
Presented by
Particulars of a Mortgage or Charge created by
(1)
Date and
description of
the instrument
creating or
evidencing the
Mortgage
or Charge, (a)
and registered
number
(if registered).
Dated the
Amount
secured
by the
Mortgage
or
Charge.
day of
Form No. 21.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Particulars of a Mortgage or Charge created by a Company
Pursuant to section 79.
Short
particulars
of the
Property
Mortgaged
or
charged.
19
(4)
Names,
Address and
Descriptions
of the
Mortgagees
or Versons
entitled to
the Charge.
Registered in the Colony.
, Limited.
(5)
Amount or rate per cent. of
the Commission, Allowance
or Discount (if any) paid or
made cither directly or in-
directly by the Company to
any person in consideration
of his subscribing or agree-
ing to subscribe, whether
absolutely, or conditionally,
or procuring or agreeing to
procure subscriptions, whe-
ther absolute or conditional,
for any of the Debentures
included in this Return (6).
(Signature)
[Designation of position in relation to the Company]
(a) A description of the Instrument, e.g. ‘‘ Trust Deed,’’ ‘‘ Mortgage,†‘“‘ Deben-
ture,†etc., as the case may be, should be given.
(5) The rate of interest payable under the terms of the Debentures should not
be entered.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 697
Form No. 22.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE,
Particulars of a Series of Debentures containing, or giving by reference to
any other Instrument, any Charge, to the benefit of which the debenture
holders of the said series are entitled pari passu created by a Company,
Pursuant to section 79.
Name of Company
[This form (No. 22) is to be used for registration of Particulars of the entire series.
When more than one issue of Debentures in the series 1s made, Particulars of each issue
subsequent fo the first should be sent to the Registrar on Form No. 24.)
Presented by
Particulars of a Series of Debentures created by , Limited.
I
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
Amount or rate per cent. of the
Commission, Allowance or Dis-
Date of the Cover- mee :
mat | ing Deed (if any) by Names | iter directly of indirectly by
Total | Amount] pecojy. | which the security | General | of the | the Company to an yey
amount] of the tions is created or de- | Descrip- | Trustees ¢ aeretion of hie ee eeibe
secured | present authoris- | 2¢d; or, if there is | tion of | (if any) ronsidera eeing to subscribe
by the | i ing the | 2° such Deed, the the for the id the a Ietel or condi-
whole ene date of the first | Property| Deben- ui ele, al So eeuria or
series, of the | cxecution of any | charged. ture ing. to procure subscriptions,
series. Debenture of the holders. | Whether absolute or condition-
° al, for any of the Debenture
included in this Return. (a)
|
|
\
(Signature)
[Designation of position in relation to the Company]
Dated the day of , 19
(a) The rate of interest payable under the terms of the Debentures should not be
entered.
698 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
Form No. 23.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Particulars of a Mortgage or Charge subject to which property
has been acquired by a Company.
Pursuant to section 81.
Name of Company
Presented by
Particulars of a Mortgage or Charge subject to which property has been
acquired by , Limited.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Date and
description of Date Amount Short Names, Addresses
the instrument of the owing on particulars of of the Mortea ees
creating or acquisition | security of the Property or P. ersene
evidencing the of the the Mortgage | Mortgaged or entitled to the
Mortgage or Property. or Charge. charged. Charge
Charge (a). Be.
(Signature)
[Designation of position in relation to the Company]
Dated the day of ,19
(a) A description of the Instrument, ¢.g., ‘‘ Trust Deed,’’ ‘“‘ Mortgage,â€â€™ “‘ Deben-
ture,"’ etc., as the case may be, should be given.
A copy of the Instrument, certified as prescribed in the XIII. Schedule, must be
delivered with these Particulars.
Form No, 24.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Particulars of an issue of Debentures in a series by a Company.
Pursuant to section 79 (7).
Name of Company
[For registration of the entire series Form No. 22 must be used.)
Presented by
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 699
Particulars of an Issue of Debentures in a Series when more than one issue in the
Series is made by , Limited.
(1) (2) (3)
Particulars as to the amount or rate per cent. of
the commission, allowance, or discount (if any)
paid, or made, either directly, or indirectly, by the
Date of Amount of Company, to any person in consideration of his
present issue. | present issue. | subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, whether
absolutely or conditionally, or procuring or agree-
ing to procure subscriptions, whether absolute or
conditional, for any of the Debentures included in
this Return (a).
(Signature)
[Designation of position in relation to the Company.]}
Dated the day of , 19
(a) The rate of interest payable under the terms of the Debentures should xoé be
entered.
Form No. 25.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Declaration verifying Memorandum of Satisfaction of Mortgage or
Charge.
Pursuant to section 84.
Name of Company
Presented by
We, of a Director of , Limited and of
the Secretary thereof do solemnly and sincerely declare that the particulars
contained in the Memorandum of Satisfaction annexed hereto and dated the day
of , 19 _, are true to the best of qur knowledge, information and belief,
And we make this solemn Declaration, conscientiously believing the same to be
true, and by virtue of the provisions of the Statutory Declarations Ordinance.
Declared at the
day of one thousand
nine hundred and
before me,
A Commissioner for Oaths (a).
(a) or Notary Public or Justice of the Peace.
700
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Compantes.
Memorandum of Satisfaction of Mortgage or Charge.
hereby gives notice that the registered charge being (b) of which
Particulars were registered with the Registrar on the day of 19
was satisfied on the day of , 19 to the extent of
In witness whereof the common seal of the Company was hereunto affixed the
day of 19
» Directors.
» Secretary.
(b) A description of the Instrumentis] creating or evidencing the charge, ¢.¢.,
Mortgage,†‘ Charge,’ ‘' Debenture,†etc., with the date thereof should be given.
If the registered charge was a “ Series of Debentures,"’ or “* Debenture Stock,†the
words “ authorised by Resolution,†together with the date of the Resolution should
be added.
Form No. 26.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Particulars of a Contract relating to Shares.
Pursuant to section 44 (2).
Name of Company
(The particulars must be stamped with the same stamp duty as would have been
payable if the Contract had been reduced to writing.)
Presented by
Particulars of Contract relating to Shares allotted as fully or partly paid up otherwise
than in cash by , Limited.
(Â¥) The number of shares allotted as fully
or partly paid up otherwise than in
cash.
(2) The nominal amount of cach such | $
share.
(3) The amount to be considered as paid | §
up on each such share otherwise
than in cash.
(4) Uf the consideration for the allotment
of such shares is services, or any
consideration other than that
mentioned below in part (5), state
the nature of such consideration,
and the number of shares so
allotted.
(5) If the allotment is made in satisfac- | (1) Brief description of property.
tion or part satisfaction of the
purchase price of property, give a
brief description of such property,
and full particulars of the manner
in which the purchase price is to be | (2) Purchase Price $
satisfied. (a) Total amount con-
sidered as paid on
shares allotted other-
wise than in cash $
(b) Cash wee §$
(6b) Amount of debt
released or liabilities
assumed by the pur-
chaser (including mort-
@ages on property ac-
quired) $
Total purchase price ... $
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 701
(6) Give full particulars, in the form of the following table, of the property which is
the subject of the sale, showing in detail how the total purchase price is
apportioned between the respective heads :—
Legal Estates in Frechold Property and Fixed Plant and
Machinery and other lixtures thereon (a)
Legal [states in Leasehold Property (a)
Tixed Plant and Machinery on Leasehold Property (including
Tenant's, Trade, and other Fixtures)
Equitable Interests in Freehold or Leaschold Property (a)
Loose Plant and Machinery, Stock-in-Trade, and
Chattels (b)
Goodwill and Benefit of Contracts
Patents, Designs, Trade Marks, Licences, Copyrights,
Book and other Debts
Cash in Hand and at Bank on Current Account, Bills, Note.,
etc.
Cash on Deposit at Bank or elsewhere...
. o
Shares, Debentures and other investments
Other property,
(Signature) .
[State whether Director or Manager or Secretary]
Dated the day of , 19
(a) Where such properties are sold subject to mortgage, the gross value should be
shown.
(6) No Plant and Machinery which was not in an actual state of severance on the
date of the Sale should be included under this head.
Form No. 27.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Notice of appointment of a Receiver or Manager.
Pursuant to section 86 (1).
Name of Company
Presented by
To the Registrar.
I, of with reference to Limited, hereby give notice
that :—
(a) 1 have obtained an Order of the Court dated the day of
»19 , for the appointment of Mr. of as (c) of the
Troperty of this Company.
(a) On the day of ,19 , I appointed Mr. of as
(0d) of the property of this Company under the powers contained in an
instrument dated (c)
(Signature)
Dated the day of 19
(a) Of these two paragraphs strike out that which does not apply,
(8) '‘ Receiver †or ‘‘ Manager "’ or ‘‘ Receiver and Manager ’’ as the case may be,
(c) Describe fully the instrument under which appointment is made,
702 Ch. 31. No. 1.} Companies.
Form No. 28,
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Particulars of Charges created and Charges on property acquired
by a Company registered In the Colony.
Pursuant to section 91,
Name of Company
Tresented by
Particulars supplicd by , Limited (a) of Mortgages or Charges created by
the Company before the date of the commencement of the Ordinance, and remaining
unsatistied at that date which would have been required to be registered under the
provisions of paragraphs (¢), (4) and (i) of subsection (2) of section 79 of the Ordinance
Wf the Mortgages or Charges had been created on or after that date; and (b) of
Mortgages or Charges to which any property acquired by the Company before the
date of the commencement of the Ordinance, is subject and which would have been
required to be registered under the provisions of section 8l of the Ordinance if the
property had been acquired on or after that date.
description of
the instrument
creating or
Mortgage or | Darticulars of | Descriptions of
i Date of
Charge at the | the Property | the Mortgagees
acquisition of
| (3) (4) (5)
\
| + Amount owing
Date and
| of the Short Adhese and
4
| on the security Names,
evidencing the ‘the Property (4). date of the Mortgaged or or Persons
Mortgage or commencement Charged. entitled to the
Charge (a). of the Charge.
| Ordinance.
'
|
(Signature)
[Designation of position in relation to the Company]
Dated the day of , 19
(a) A description of the Instrument, ¢.g., ‘‘ Trust Deed,’’ ‘‘ Mortgage,â€â€™ ‘* Deben-
ture," etc., as the case may be, should be given.
(b) This column should be completed only when the Mortgage or Charge is a
Mortgage or Charge to which the Property was subject when acquired by the Company.
Companies. (Ch. 31. No. 1. 703
Form No. 29.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Receiver or Manager's Abstract of Receipts and Payments.
Pursuant to section 283.
Name of Company
Name and Address of Receiver or Manager
Date and description of security containing the
powers under which Receiver or Manager is appointed.
Period covered) From
hy the
Abstract.
Presented by
To
ABSTRACT. ABSTRACT.
Receipts. Payments.
Brought forward $ Brought forward
The receipts and payments
must severally be added up at
the foot of cach sheet and the
totals carricd forward from
one abstract to another with-
out any intcrmediate balance
so that the gross totals shall
Tepresent the total amounts
received and paid by the Ke-
ceiver or Manager since the
date of appointment.
Carried forward Carried forward
(Signature)
Dated the day of ,19
Form No, 30.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Notice of ceasing to act as Receiver or Manager.
Pursuant to section 86 (2).
Name of Company
Presented by
To the Registrar.
I, of hereby give you Notice that I ceased to act as Receiver
and/or Manager of Company, Limited, on the day of ,19
(Signature) .
Dated the day of ,19~—«w
704
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
Form No. 31.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Statement of the Amount or Rate per cent. of the Commission payable in
respect of Shares and of the Number of Shares which Persons have
agreed for a Commission to Subscribe Absolutely.
Pursuant to section 45 (1) (c) (ii) and (d).
Name of Company
Presented by
Name of Company , Limited.
Article of Association authorising Commission
No.
Darticulars of amount payable as Commission for subscribing,
or agreeing to subscribe, or for procuring or agrecing to >$
procure, subscriptions for any shares in the Company; or J
Rate of such Commission Rate per cent.
Date of Circular or Notice (if any), not being a prospectus,
inviting subscriptions for the shares and disclosing the >Date
amount or rate of the Commission oe
Number of shares which persons have agreed for a commission
to subscribe absolutely No.
[Signatures of all the Directors or of
thety agents authorised in writing.}
Dated the day of , 19
705
[Ch. 31. No. 1.
Companies.
‘Ple_d
‘syIEWION | gag
$
| ‘sanss] | ‘anss] 3 ‘xapul
. ‘ ‘aya aayung | yin ‘paeq ‘agieqD 10 sty} ul
pesaysidoy ‘sadeSyof~y ———— ystly adespI0W -Aueduiod jo suien | aBrey jo °
woum Agi 19310 joazeq jo junoury Jaquinn
‘sainjueqaq [eas
“1038;80q au} ur pasajue sesieyq jo xopul [eo;ZoroucryD
“(1) 7g wor}aS
‘7E€ (ON AMO
45
“u017e148199}]
jo a3eq
T.-—IV.
1€S.
ompan
,
C
607
“yUnODsICY “sade amseYyD | . 29reU7 “poasaut
"498 0) ‘yuaul 40 ‘goue | one | SE9RIOH oe ge ayqi “wy ocayeq): “sainy | ayy 0 P u " . :
Buiseas |-qujoddy = -mopy NON amma papas? pao 17a - " suaqaq | papmua 70 pon bern asduig sone vane
jo yo ayeq UuOrs -uonzes | M777 orp ayn sue UE Hs ———~_ Jo sauras | sucsiag Aqsadoag |“ -s0yy agi yo agaeqy 30 | -no0q
eq | pue = -sTaru ATES | ou 19 ig 34 { “uoyine | -sauas a 1 ek 10 , SX fuonismbse ‘
P ; oD “MES JO 1) 495 jouon -Jas0) 4 * a | 4 aq aya 4q we asedojy jo
| aurex aga jo seanpaes | Leos ogi ye 9020 yo ansst | paanses | svoded | cre, | paanses ona yoea jo asquing |
‘VWa0 dad may, ATI sezauary aie “MOM qoeajo | fawnomy 130K | nored fauneny ! 7 PT | uoneasy ees
“saBeneye arey 40 K same | % PT agaye = saumomy Tet, aga jo yoys ‘ - jo aed —
40 WALa2Iay wnomy sae] pae aed MeN | ‘
‘91 (s1) 'oL: fet tu a0 (or ‘6i {¢) '2)
“sauas 2 JO samniuaqeq Jo Sansst aya 01 #uneja: saejnonseg
parywyy ‘ JO uopoejspesg jo umpussourep pus ‘seBieqy pus seBeSz0p jo s21s}8ay
*(p) 2g TORDIg
‘€€ ‘ON WaOT
Companies. [Ch. 31. No.1.
Form No. 34.
THE COMPANLES ORDINANCE.
List of Documents delivered for Registration by a Company
Incorporated outside the Colony.
Pursuant to section 298.
Name of Company
Presented by
of Documents delivered to the Registrar for Registration, pursuant) to
298 of the Companies Ordinance by a company incorporated in
and which has a place of business in the Colony at
(A)
ty)
()
(\) A certitied copy of the Charter, Statutes, or Memorandum and \rticles of the
Company, ot other instrument constituting or delining the constitution of the
Company, and, if (he instrument ts not written in the English language, a certified
translation thereot,
The Copies and Translations (if aay) mentioned must be certified in the
manner prescribed in the ATED Schedule.
(8) A list of the Directors of the Company, containing such particulars with
tespect to the Directors as are by the Companies Ordinance, required to be contained
with respeet to Directors in the Register of Directors of a Company mecorporated
under the Companies Ordinance.
(C) The names and addresses of some one or more persons resident in the Colony
authorised to accept on behalf of the Company service of process and any notices
required to be served on the Company.
Signature of the persons authorised under
section 298 (c) of the Companies
Ordinance, or of some other person
in the Colony duly authorised by the
Company,
Dated the day of 19
(a) Country of origin.
707
708 Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
Form No. 35.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
List and Particulars of the Directors of a Gompany Incorporated
outside the Colony.
*‘ursuant to section 298,
Ng
and Particulars of the Directors (a) of a Company incorporated mi
and which has established a place of business in the Colony at
The present \nw former Nationality , Other business
Christian Christian of origin (if Usual | Occupation or
Name or Name or Nationality. | other Uhan | Residential | Directorships
Names and Names or the present | Address. if any.
Surname (¢), Surname. Nationality). If none
state so (d).
|
1
Signature of the persons authorised
under scetion 298 (¢) of the
Companics Ordinance or of
some other person in the
Colony duly authorised by the
Company.
Dated) the
(a) Director unicludes any person whe occupies the position of a Director by
whatever name called and any person in accordance wilh whose directions or
instructions the Directors of a Company are accustomed to act.
(4) Country of origin.
(Q) In the case of a Co
name and registeted or principal
ofice should be shown.
(@) In the case of an individual who has no business occupation but holds any
other dircetorshtp or directorships, particulars of that directorship or of some one of
those directorships must be entered.
Dorm No. 36.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
List of the Names and Addresses of Persons resident in the Colony
Authorised to accept service on behalf of a Company Incorporated
outside the Colony
Pursuant to section 298,
Name of Company
Presented by
Compames. [Ch. 31. No. 1.
List of Persons resident in the Colony authorised to accept on behi of the Company
Service of process and any notices required to be served on a company
incorporated in (a) and which has established a place of business in the
Colony at
Christian Name. Addre,
Signature of the persons authorised
under section 298 (c) of the
Companies Ordinance or of
some other person in the
Colony duly authorised by the
Company
Dated the day of 19
Origa
Form No. 37.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Return of Alteration in the Charter, Statutes, Memorandum or Articles of
Association or other Instrument Constituting or defining the Con-
stitution of a Company incorporated outside the Colony.
Pursuant to section 300,
Name of Company
Presented by
Return of alteration in the (a) constituting ot defining the constitution
of a company incorporated in (6) and which has cstablished a
place of business in the Colony at
(ec) Certified Copy of Alteration or Certified Copy of new Deed, if one has been
executed, and Certified Translation of Alteration or Deed, if not in Itnglish linguage,
must accompany this Return and be shortly referred to here.
Signature of the persons authorised
under section 298 (c) of the
Companies Ordinance, or of
some other person in the Colony
duly authorised by the Com-
pany.
Dated the day of 19
(a) “ Charter,â€â€™ “ Statutes,†Memorandum or Articles of Associ
instrument as the case may be.
(6) Country of origin.
(c) The Copy and Translation (if anv) must be certifie anner preseribed
in the XIII. Schedule.
709
710
Ch. 31. No. 1.} Companies.
Form No.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Return of Alteration in the List or Particulars of Directors of a
Company Incorporated outside the Colony.
Pursui
Name of Compi
Tresented by
Return of Alteration in the List or Particulars of Directors (a) of
company incorporated in (2) wut which has established a place of busine...
in the Colony at
Other
The present Any Nationality Business,
Christian former of origin (if Usual Occupation — Remarks
Name or Christian other than Resi- or as to the
Names and = Nate or the present dential Director- altera-
Surname o) 0 Names or nationality). Address.) ships ifany. | tion (ec).
Surnanie » If none
‘state so (d),
Signature of the persons authorised (
under section 298 (ce) of the
Compames Ordinance, or of
some other person in the Colony
duly authorised by the Com-
pany [
Dated the dav of 19
(a) Director ineludes anv person who occupies the position of a director by
whatever name called, and any person ins accordance with whose directions or
instructions the Directors of a Company are accustomed to act.
(6) Country of origin.
(¢) In the case of a Corporation and registered or principal
office should be shown,
(@7) Inthe case of an individual who has no business occupation but holds any other
directorship or directorships, particulars of that directorship or of some one of those
directorship. must) be entered.
(¢) Veomplete List of the Directors or Managers shown as existing in the last Return
should always be given. A note of the changes since the last List was filed should
be made in this column, ¢.g., by placing against a new director's name the words
in place of “and by writing against any former director's name the words
dead, . oras the case may be.
Companies, [Ch. 31. No. 1. 711
Form No, 39,
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Return of Alteration in the Names or Addresses of the Persons resident
in the Colony authorised to accept service on behalf of a Company
incorporated outside the Colony.
Pursuant to section 300.
Ni + of Company
Presented by
Return of alteration in the Names or Addresses of the persons resident in the
Colony authorised to accept on behalf of the Company Service of process and any
notices required to be served on a@ company incorporated in (a)
and which has established a place of business in the Colony at
Signature of the persons authorised
under section 298 (c) of the
Companies Ordinance, or of
some other person in the Colony
duly authorised by the Com-
pany.
Dated the day of , 19
(a) Country of origin.
712 Ch. 31. No. 1.} Compantes.
Form No. 40.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Particulars of a Mortgage or Charge on property in the Colony created
by a Company incorporated outeide the Colony.
Vursuant to sections 79 and 90,
Name of Company
Presented by
Particulars of a Mortgage or Charge created by a company incorporated in
(a) and which has established a place of business in the Colony at
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Amount or rate per cent. of
the Commission, Allowance
or Discount (if any) paid or
Date and Name, | made cither directly or in-
i
{
descripition | Short Addresse, directly by the Company to
of the | Amonnt particular. and any person in consideration
instrument ; secured by of the Descriptions | of his subscribing or agree-
creating or | the Troperty of the / ing to subscribe, whether
evidencing | Mortgage Mortgaged Mortgagee. absolutely or conditionally,
the Mort-— or Charge. or charged or Persons oor procuring or agreeing
Rage or entitled to to) procure — subscriptions,
Charge (b) the Charge. whether absolute or con-
ditional, tor any of the
Debentures includec in this
Return (c).
Signature of the persons authorised
under section 298 (c) of the
Companies Ordinance, or of
some other person in the Colony
duly authorised by the Com-
pany
Datec day of
(a) Country of origin.
(>) A description of the Instrument, e.g., Trust Deed, Mortgage, Debenture, ete.
as the case may be, should be given.
(c) The rate of mterest: payable under the terms of the Debentures should noé
be entered.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 713
Form No. 41.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE,
Particulars of a Mortgage or Charge subject to which property in the
Colony has been acquired by a Gompany incorporated outside the Colony.
Pursuant to sections 81 and 90.
Name of Company
Presented by
Particulars of a Mortgage or Charge subject to which property in the Colony has
been acquited by a company incorporated in (a) and which has
established a place of business in the Colony at
(1) (3)
Date and
description of : Names, Addresses
1
1
i
i
the instrument | Dates of the Amount Short particulars | and Deseriptions
creating or acquisition secured by of the Property | of the Mortgagees
evidencing the of the the Mortgage — Mortgaged or | or Persons entitled
Mortgage or Property or Charge. charged. to the Charge
Charge (b).
Signature of the persons authorised
under section 298 (¢) of the
Companies Ordinance, or of
some other person in the Colony
duly authorised by the Com-
pany
Dated the day of 19
(a) Country of origin.
(>) A description of the Instrument, ¢ Trust Deew Mortgage, Debenture, ete.
as the case may be, should be given.
A copy of the Instrument: certifiec ‘seribec, must be delivered with these
Particulars.
714
Ch. 31. No. 1.) Companies.
‘Form No. 42.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Particulars of a series of Debentures containing, or giving by reference
to any other instrument, any charge on property in the Colony, to the
benefit of which the debenture holders of the said series are entitled,
fart passu, created by a Company incorporated outside the Colony.
Pursui 79 (7) and
Name of Company
This ‘orm (No. 42) 4s to be used for registration of Particulars of the entire series.
When more than one issue of Debenture in the serte is made, Particulars of the date
and amount of cach issuc subsequent to the first should be sent to the Registrar on
Form No, bs.
Pre.
Particulars of a series of Debentures created by a company incorporated in
{a} and which has established a place of business in the Colony at
| (6) (7)
\ | Awountl of rate per cent, of the
Cormission, Allowance or Dis
Dates Date of the cove i | Names couat (if any) paid or inade
. | of ing Deed (i any) oy . | " either directly or indirectly by
Vetal | Amount which the security | General of the is ¥ .
Resolu- et the Company to any person in
amount of the tions | io created or de- | Descrip- | Trustees | onsideration of his subscrib-
secured present authoris-| fined; or, if there is tion of | {if any) ing or agreeing to subscribe
by the issuc {° | no such Deed, the the forthe | hether absolutely or condi
whole of the | ME thE†date of the first Property | Deben-
: : issue tionally, or procuring or agree
services. series. of the execution of any charged. bee ing to procure subscriptions,
series. enture 0 olders. | whether absolute or condi.
series.
tional, for any of the Debon-
tures included in this Return.(d)
mature of the persons authorised
under section 298 (¢) of the
Companies Ordinance or of
some other person in the Colony
duly authorised by the Com- |
pany {
Ia
(a) Country of origin,
(6) The rate of interest payable under the terms of the Debenture should not be
entered.
Companies. (Ch. 31. No. 1. 715
Form No. 43.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Particulars of an issue of Debentures in a series by a Company
incorporated outside the Colony.
Pursuant to sections 79 (7) and 90.
Name of Company
For registration of particulars of the entive series Form No. 42 must be used.)
Presented by
Particulars of an Issue of Debentures in a Series where more than one Issue in the
Series is made by a company incorporated in (a) and which
has established a place of business in the Colony at
(2) (3)
Varticulars as to the amount or rate per cent. of the
commission, allowance, or discount (if any) paid, or
Date of made, cither directly, or indirectly, by the Company, to
present Amount of any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing
issue present issue. to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally, or
procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions, whether
absolute or conditional, for any of the Debentures included
in this Return (0).
Signature of the persons authorised
under section 298 (c) of the Com-
panies Ordinance, or of some
other person in the Colony duly
authorised by the Company.
Dated the day of
(a) Country of origin.
(b) The rate of interest payable under the terms of the Debentures should sof
be entered.
Ch. 31. No. 1.] Companies.
Form No. 44.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Declaration verifying Memorandum of Satisfaction of Mortgage
or Charge by a Company incorporated outside the Colony.
Pursuant to section &4.
Name of Company
Dresented by
tor We} of the persons authorised under section 298 (c) of the
Companies Ordinance, by (a) Do selemnly and sincerely declare that the
particulars contained in the Memorandum of Satisfaction annexed hereto and dated
the diay of 19 are true to the best of my/our knowledge.
information and beliefl, And Toor Wel make this solemn Declaration, conscien-
tiously believing the same to be (rue and by virtue of the provisions of the Statutory
Declarations Ordinance.
Deckured at (
day of sand
nine hundred
before me
(a) Name of Company.
(6) Or Notary Public or Justice of the Peace.
Memo ‘alisfaction of Mortgage or Charge.
Noo tof Company
low We af hereby give notice on behalf of the above-named
Company that the registered charge being (ce) of which VParticulars were
registered with the Registrar on the day of 19 Was satisticd
on the day of 19 sstenl
mature of Che persons authorised
under section 298 (ce) of the
Comp. cs Ordinance l
Dated the
() Description of Che Tnstrumenti. creating or evidencing the charge, -g.,
Mortage,†Charge.†Debenture, ete with the date thereof. If the
registered charge was a Series of Debentures, or | Debenture Stock,†the words
authorised by Resolution, together with the date of (he Resolution, should
added,
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 717
TVorm No. 45.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Particulars of Charges created and Charges on Property acquired
by a Company incorporated outside the Colony.
Pursuant to section 91.
ame of Company
sented by
Particulars, pursuant to section OL of ‘ompanics Ordinance, supplied
by a company incorpgrated in (a) and which has cstablished a
place of business in the Colony at (a) of any Mortgage or Charge on property
in the Colony created by the Company before the date of the commencement of
the Ordinance, and remaining unsatisfied at that date and (nu) of any Mortgage or
Charge to which any property in the Colony acquired by the Company before that
date, is subject which would have been required to be registered ander the provisions
of section 90 of the Ordinance if (i) the Mortgage or Charge had been created by
or (it) the property had been acquired by the Company on or after that date.
{
(1) (2) | (3) (4) (5)
, rate and | Amount owing | Names,
rans mn Date of on the security Short \ddresses and
o « . ‘visita of the Mortgage Particulars of Descriptions
mst ‘une nt net jon or Charge at the the Property of the persons
vvidensing Vroperte (c) date of the Mortgaged entitled to the
the Mortgage pe “| commencement | or charged. Mortgage or
7. 7 of the Ordinance.» Charge.
or Charge (6).
Signature of the persons authorised
under section 298 (ce) of the
Companies Ordinance, or of
some other person in the
Colony duly authorised by the
Company,
Dated the
(a) Country of origin.
(b) A description of the Instrument, ¢.g.. Trust Deed, Mortgage," Deben-
ture,†cte., as the case may be, should be given.
(c) This column should be completed only when the Mortgage or Charge is a
Mortgage or Charge to which the property was subject when acquired by the
Company.
Ch. 31. No. 1.| Companies.
Form No. 46.
THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE.
Notice to Dissenting, Shareholders.
Pursuant to section 153,
To (ec)
Whereas on the day , (b) made an offer to all
holders of (¢) share. state shortly the nature of the offer
and whereas up to the day of 19 being a date within
tour months of the date of the making thereof such offer was approved by the
holders of not less than nine-tenths in value of the (d) shares in the aid
Company = Now therefore the said (0) in pursuance of the provisions of
section 153 of the Companies Ordinance, -reby gives you notice that it the said
(b) desire to acquire the (ad) shares in the said (a) held
by vou.
And further take notice that unless upon an application made to the Court by vou
tie said (¢) on or before the day of , 19, being one month
from the date of this notice the Court thinks fit to order otherwise, the said (0)
will be entitled and bound to acquire the (d) shares held by you in the sia
on the terms of the above-mentioned approved by the approving
shareholders in the sard Company.
(Signature)
for (b)
whether Director or Manager or Secretary|
19
qa) Na of transferor Company
jb) Name of transferee Company.
(c) Name and address of dissenting shareholder.
(d) If the offer is limited to a certain class *s of shareholders
yirticulars of the shares,
FOURTEENTH SCHEDULE.
Procedure in Cases of Applications for a Licence under section 20
of the Companies Ordinance.
t. Fhe accompanying drafts have been prepared to show generally the
manner in which the Memorandum and Articles of Association should be
framed where it is proposed to apply to the Governor for a Licence under
section 20 of the Ordinance.
Under this: section any Chamber, Institute, Society, or other
Association formed for the purpose of promoting commerce, art, science,
religion, charity, or any other useful object which does not involve the
division of profit, may, if it obtains the Licence of the Governor be
incorporated by registration with limited liability, but without the
addition of the word — limited†to its name.
3. It is to be understood that the drafts of the Memorandum and
Articles of Association are subject to such additions, alterations and
omissions as the circumstances of the Association desiring incorporation
may render necessary or the Governor may require.
4. An Association desiring to be incorporated in this manner should
ake a written application to the Registrar for the Governor’s Licence
Compantes. (Ch. 31. No. 1.
and together with such application, should transmit for consideration a
draft in duplicate of the proposed Memorandum and Articles of Association,
together with a list of the promoters and proposed governing body of the
Association, and any report or statement of its previous proceedings as
an unincorporated body. The Registrar shall forward the application to
the Governor together with his report thereon, and if the Governor is
satistied Chat the application may be entertained the Registrar will be
directed to furnish a notice of such application in the form marked ‘ C"’
hereinaffer set out, to be inserted in a local daily newspaper for the
information of the public once a week for two successive weeks anc if
after the expiration of fourteen days from the date of the last insertion
there appears to be no sufficient reason why the Licence should not be
granted the Governor will accept the Memorandum and Articles of
Association with such amendment, if any, as may be nec ossary, and
cant a Licence.
5. The Governor will not be responsible for the Memorandum or
Articles of Association being properly framed as regards the interests of
the Association. No fees or charges in respect of the Licence are payable.
lhe fees for registration of the Association are set out in Part IT. of the
Ninth Schedule to the Companies Ordinance.
In the event of any proposed addition, alteration or amendment of
the Memorandum or Articles being required, the same shall be submitted
to the Registrar for the approval of the Governor,
(A)
MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION,
1. The name of the Association is ‘' The
The registered office of the Association will be situate
3. The objects for which the Association is established are :
Here ‘xpress objects: shortly.|
(1) The
(2) The
(3) The doing all such lawful things as are incidental or conducive
to the attainment of the above objects.
Provided that the Association shall not support with its funds any
object or endeavour to impose on or procure to be observed by its members
or others any regulation, restriction or condition which if an object of the
Association would make it a Trade Union.
4. The income and property of the Association, whencesoever derived,
shall be applied solely towards the promotion of the objects of the
Association as set forth in this Memorandum of Association; and no
portion thereof shall be paid or transferred directly or indirectly, by way
of dividend, bonus or otherwise howsoever by way of profit to the members
of the Association.
719
7
y
0
Ch. 31. No. 1.) Companies.
Provided that nothing hercin shall prevent the payment, in good faith,
of reasonable and proper remuneration to any officer or servant of the
Association, or to any member of the Association in return for any
services actually rendered to the Association, nor prevent the payment of
interest at a rate not exceeding six per cent, per annum on money lent or
reasonable and proper rent for premises demised or let by any member to
the Association; but so that no member of the Council of Management or
Governing Body of the Association shall be appointed to any salaried
office of the Association or any alice of the Association paid by fees, and
that no remuneration or other benetit. 1 money or moneys worth shall
be given by the Association to any member of such Council or Governing
Body except repayment of out-of-pocket expenses and interest at the
rate aforesaid on money lent or reasonable and proper rent for premises
demised or Iet to the Association’ Provided that the provision last
aforesaid shall not apply to any payment to any Ratway, Gas, Electric
Lighting, Water, Cable or Telephone Company of which a member of
the Council of Management or Governing Body may be a member or any
other Company in which such member shall net hold more than one-
hundredth part of the capital, and such member shall not be bound to
account for any share of profits he may receive in respect of such payment.
5. No addition, alteration, or amendment shall be made to or in the
regulations contained in the Articles of Association for the time being in
force, unle. the came shall have been previously submitted te and
approved by the Governor
6. The fourth and fifth) paragraphs of this Memorandum contain
conditions on which a Licence is granted by the Governor to the
Association in pursuance of section 20 of the Companies Ordinance.
The liability of the members is limited.
8 Every member of the Association undertakes to contribute to the
assets of the Association in the event of the same being wound up during
the time that he is a member, or within one year afterwards for payment
of the debts and liabilities of the Association contracted before the time
at which he ceases to be a member, and of the costs, charges, and expenses
of winding up of the same, and for the adjustments of the rights of the
contributors amongst themselves, such amount as may be required not
xceeding dollars.
9, If upon the winding up or dissolution of the Association there
remains after the satisfaction of all its debts and liabilities, any property
whatsoever, the same shall not be paid to or distributed among the
members of the Association, but shall be given or transferred to some
other institution or institutions, having objects similar to the objects of
the Association and which shall prohibit the distribution of its or their
income and property among its or their members to an extent at least as
great as is imposed on the Association under or by virtue of Clause 4
hereof, such institution or institutions to be determined by the members
of the Association at or before the time of dissolution or in default thereof
by such Judge of the Supreme Court as may have or acquire jurisdiction
in the matter and if and so far as effect cannot be given to the aforesaid
provision then to some charitable object.
Compantes. {Ch. 31. No. 1.
721
ee
10, True accounts shall be kept of the sums of money received and
expended by the Association and the matter in respect of which such
receipts and expenditure take place and of the property credits and
liabilitics of the Association; and subject to any reasonable restrictions
as to the time and manner of inspecting the same that may be imposed
in accordance with the regulations of the Association for the time being
shall be open to the inspection of the members. Onee at least in every
year the accounts of the Association shall be examined and the correctness
of the balance shect ascertained by one or more properly qualified auditor
or auditors.
We, the several persons whose names and addresse. ire subseribed, are
desirous of being formed into an) Association dn pursuance of. this
Memorandum of Association.
* Names, addresse. and descriptions of subsertbers,
1,
4.
6.
7.
Dated day of 19
Witness to above signatures,
(B)
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION.
(1) lor the purpose of registration, the number of the members of the
Association is declared not to exceed
(2) These Articles are to be construed with reference to the provisions
of the Companies Ordinance, and terms used in these Articles shall be
taken as having the same respective meanings as they have when used in
that Ordinance.
(3) The chambert (institute, or society, as the case may be) is
‘stablished for the purposes expressed in the memorandum of Association.
(4) Qualification of members.
(5) Admission of members.
(6) Retirement of members.
* All the names should be in full, the addresses should be definite giving, where
practicable, the name of the street and the number of the house.
} It is proposed to adopt the style of “ chamber,â€â€™ “ society,’
and to avoid the use of the word “ company.â€
T.—IV. 46
etc., throughout,
722 Ch. 31. No. 1. Companies.
(7) Rights of members.
(8) Honorary officers and their elections,
(9) Management of chamber,
(10) Powers of chamber (or of the Council or governing body thereof).
(EI) Meeting, proceedings, ete.
(12) Accounts, Audit, ete.
(13) Notice,
Name. , addre. os and descriptions of subscribers (as in Memorandum
of Association),
Dated the day of 19
Witness,
(C)
APPLICATION FOR A LICENCE FROM THE GOVERNOR.
Notice is hereby given that in pursuance of section 20 of the Companie.
Ordinance application has been made to the Governor for a Licence
directing an Association about to be formed under the name of to
be registered with limited liability without the addition of the word
Limited " to its name.
The objects for which the Association is proposed to be established
are
Notice is hereby further given that any person, company, or corporation
objecting to this Application may bring such objection before the Registrar
General on or before the next by letter addressed to the Registrar
of Companies at the Red House, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad, B.W.I,.
Dated this day of 19
Regtstrar.
Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 1. 723
FIFTEENTH SCHEDULE.
PART I.
1. The fees to be taken by the Registrar of the Supreme Court in (Section 286.)
respect of proceedings under the Companies Ordinance shall be the fees
contained in the Appendix to this Part, and, where the proceeding is one
for which no fee is prescribed in the said Appendix, the fees to be taken
shall be those prescribed by the Rules of the Supreme Court.
2, The fees prescribed by this Schedule shall be taken in stamps.
APPENDIX.
Item. Fee. Document to
be stamped.
| —_—
$
1. On presenting a petition :—
(a) under section 7 to confirm an alteration in a
memorandum;
(6) under section 48 to confirm the reduction of |
a capital redemptoin reserved fund;
(c) under section 58 to conhrm a reduction of |
capital; or
(d) under section 151 to sanction a compromise
or scheme of arrangement | 24.00 =‘ The petition.
NoTeE.—This fee includes any fee on answering a :
petition or setting down for hearing. No fee is payable |
on a winding up order or an order continuing a voluntary |
liquidation subject to the supervision of the Court.
Where a petition is presented under more than one of
these sections, only one fee of $24.00 shall be charged
on the petition.
On presenting a petition under section 275 to restore
a name to the register of companies The petition.
On a certificate as to debts under section 7 or .
section 48 or section 53 | The certificate.
|
On presenting a petition for the winding up of a | /
company by or under the supervision of the Court | 1440 | The petition.
NoTE.—This fee includes any fee on answering a
petition or setting down for hearing. No fee is payable
ona winding up order or an order continuing a voluntary
liquidation subject te the supervision of the Court.
5. On an order appointing a shorthand writer 1.80 | The order.
On an inspection of a file or proceeding under Rule 14
of the Twelfth Schedule by a person not entitled to ; /
inspect free of charge .36 | The application.
7. On a proof of debt above $9.60 (other than a proof
for workmen’s wages under Rule 87 of the Twelfth
Schedule) wee .24 | The proof.
46 (2)
724 Ch. 31. No. 1.| Companies.
PART U,
The fees and percentages set out hereunder shall be taken by the
Official Receiver in respect of proceedings under the Companies Ordinance.
1. Where the Official Receiver acts as provisional liquidator only :-
(a) Where no winding up order is made upon the petition, or
where a winding up order ts rescinded, or all further proceedings are
staved prior to the summoning of the statutory mectings of creditors
and contributories:
Such amount as the Court may consider reasonable to be paid
by the petitioner, or by the company as the Court may direct,
in respect of the services of the Official Receiver as provisional
liquidator.
(6) Where the winding up order is made but the Official Receiver
is not continued as liquidator after the statutory meetings of
creditors and contributories:-
§
(i) In respect of every 10> members, creditors and
debtors, and every fraction of 10 up to £000 3.00
Vor every 10 or fraction of 10 above 1,000 1.80
Provided that where the net assets of the company, including
uncalled capital, are estimated in the statement of affairs not to
exceed $2,400, three-fifths of the above fee only shall be charged.
(This fee to include cost of official stationers , printing, books, forms
and inland postages.)
(ii) On the value of Uhe company’s property as estimated in
the statement of attains, after deducting (in cases where a person
other than the Official Receiver has, prior to, but not on the
day of, the making of a winding up order, been appointed
Receiver for debenture holders) the amount due to debenture
holders
On the first $24,000 oF faction thereol 1} per cent.
On the next $96,000 oF fraction thereof ;
Ou the next $300,000 or fraction thereol S
Above $480,000 |
2. Where the Oficial Receiver acts as liquidator of the company and :
Special Manager is appointed (to include the OMcial Receiver’s services
as provisional liquidater)-
Such amount the Court, on the application of the Oficial
Receiver, may ceasider reasonable,
In all other cases where the Official Receiver acts as liquidator
the company (to include his services as provisional liquidator) —
(i) In respect of every LO membe creditors and debtors,
and every fraction of 10
Provided that where the net assets of the company, inchiding
uncalled capital, do not execed $2,400, three-tifths of the above fee
oniy shall be charged. (This {ce to include cost of official stationery,
printing, books, forms, and inland postages.)
Companies. Ch. 31. No. 1.
(ii) Upon the total assets, including produce of calls on contribu-
lores, realised or brought to credit by the Official Receiver, after
deducting sums on which fees are chargeable under paragraph 4 of
this Part, and the amount spent out of the money received, in
‘arrying on the business of the company:
On the first $4,800 or fraction thercof 6 per cent.
On the next $7,200 or fraction thercof 5
On the next $12,000 or fraction thereof +
On the next $24,000 or fraction thercof 3
On the next $432,000 or fri ction thereof
Above $480,000 1
(iti) On the amount distributed in dividend or paid to contribu-
tories, preferential creditors, and debenture holders by the Official
Receiver half the above percentages.
4. Where the Official Receiver collects, calls or realises property for
debenture holders:
The-same fees as under paragraph 3 (ii) and (iti) of this Part,
be paid out of the proceeds of such calls or property.
>. Where the Official Receiver realises property for secured creditors
other than debenture holders:-
The same fees as under paragraph 3 (ii) of this Part, to be paid out
of the proceeds of such property.
. Where the Official Receiver performs any special duties not provided
for in the foregoing tables:
Such amount as the Court, on the application of the Official
Receiver, may consider reasonable.
7. Travelling, keeping possession, law costs, and other reasonable
expenses of the Official Receiver, the amount disbursed.
8. For inspecting books kept by the Official Receiver. provided
such inspection does not exceed half an hour 48
For every additional half hour or part thereof 24
For copies of documents and accounts, each folio of 72 words —-08
For receiving and filing each proof of debt above nine dollars
and sixty cents 24
For administering oath to aflidavit of claimant 48
For searching the records 48
For giving out ccrtilicates from such records 48
For every special or general proxy vee vee wes a 24
126 Ch. 31. No. 2.] Parinership.
CHAPTER 31. No. 2.
PARTNERSHIP.
creananee AN ORDINANCE TO DECLARE THE Law OF
1940, PARTNERSHIP.
rommence- [1st January, 1914.]
Short title. 1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Partnership
Ordinance.
Interpre- 2. In this Ordinance—
tation. ve : »» 5 :
business’? includes every trade, occupation, or
profession ;
“ Court ’’ means the Supreme Court ;
Judge ’’ means any Judge of the Court.
Nature of Partnership.
Definition 3. (1) Partnership is the relation which subsists between
ships persons carrying on a business in common with a view of
profit.
(2) But the relation between members of any company
or association which is—
(a) cegistered as a company under the Companies
Ordinance or any other Ordinance for the time being in
force and relating to the registration of companies;
or
(®) formed or incorporated by or in pursuance of any
other Ordinance or of any order in council, or Act
of the Imperial Parliament, or Letters Patent, or Royal
Charter,
is not a partnership within the meaning of this Ordinance.
Heules tor 4. In determining whether a partnership does or does not
existence eXist, regard shall be had to the following rules—
ceeerener†(a) joint tenancy, tenancy in common, joint pro-
perty, common property, or part ownership, does not
Parinershtp. (Ch. 31. No. 2. 727
of itself create a partnership as to anything so held or
owned, whether the tenants or owners do or do not
share any profits made by the use thereof;
(5) the sharing of gross returns does not of itself Sharing
create a partnership, whether the persons sharing such "rtrrns.
returns have or have not a joint or common right or
interest in any property from which, or from the use
of which, the returns are derived;
(c) the receipt by a person of a share of the profits Effect of
of a business is prima facie evidence that he is a partner srobte ete.
in the business, but the receipt of such a share, or of a
payment contingent on or varying with the profits
of a business, does not of itself make him a partner
in the business; and in particular—
(i) the receipt by a person of a debt or other
liquidated amount by instalments or otherwise,
out of the accruing profits of a business, does not
of itself make him a partner in the business or
liable as such;
(ii) a contract for the remuneration of a servant
or agent of a person engaged in a business by a
share of the profits of the business does not of
itself make the servant or agent a partner in the
business or liable as such;
(iii) a person being a widow or child of a de-
ceased partner and receiving by way of annuity
a portion of the profits made in the business in
which the deceased person was a partner, is not,
by reason only of such receipt, a partner in the
business or liable as such;
(iv) the advance of money by way of Joan to a
person engaged, or about to engage, in any business
on a contract with that person that the lender shall
receive a rate of interest varying with the profits,
or shall receive a share of the profits arising from
carrying on the business, does not of itself make
the lender a partner with the person or persons
carrying on the business or liable as such:
Provided that the contract is in writing, and
signed by or on behalf of all the parties thereto;
(v) a person receiving, by way of annuity or
otherwise, a portion of the profits of a business
728
Postpone
ment of
rights ot
person
lending on
selling in
considera
tion of share
of profits in
case of
hbankruptes
Meaning ol
“frm.â€
Power of
artner to
Pind the
firm.
Partners
bound by
acts on
behalf of
firm,
Ch. 31. No. 2.) Partnership.
in consideration of the sale by him of the goodwill
of the business, is not, by reason only of such
receipt a partner in the business or liable as such.
5. In the event of any person to Whom money has been
advanced by wav of loan upon such a contract as is men-
tioned in the last preceding section, or of any buyer of
goodwill in consideration of a share of the profits of the
business, being adjudged bankrupt, entering mto an
arrangement to pay his creditors less than one hundred
cents in the dollar, or dying in insolvent circumstances, the
lender of the loan shall not be entitled to recover anything
in respect of his loan, and the seller of the goodwill shall not
be entitled to recover anything in respect of the share of
profits contracted for, until the claims of the other creditors
of the borrower or buyer for valuable consideration in
money or money's worth have been satisfied,
6. Persons who have entered into partnership with one
another are, for the purpose. of this Ordinance, called
collectively a firm, and the name under which their
business is carried on is called the firm-name.
Relations of partners to persons dealing wrth them.
&
7. every partner is an agent of the firm and his other
partners for the purpose of the business of the partnership;
and the acts of every partner who does any act for carrying
on in the usual way business of the kind carried on by the
firm of which he is a member, bind the firm and his partners,
unless the partner so acting bas in fact no authority to act
for the firm in the particular matter, and the person with
whom he is dealing either knows that he has no authority,
or docs not knew or believe him to be a partner.
8. An act or instrument relating to the business of the
firm, and done or executed in the firm-name, or in any
other manner showing an intention to bind the firm, by any
person thereto authorised, whether a partner or not, is
binding on the firm and all the partners: Provided that
this section shall not affect any general rule of law reJating
to the execution of deeds or negotiable instruments.
Partnership. {Ch. 31. No. 2.
9. Where one partner pledges the credit of the firm for a
purpose apparently not connected with the firm’s ordinary
course of business, the firm is not bound, unless he is in fact
specially authorised by the other partners; but this section
docs not affect any personal liability incurred by an
individual partner.
10. If it has been agreed between the partners that any
restriction shall be placed on the power of any one or more
of them to bind the firm, no act done in contravention of
the agreement is binding on the firm with respect to persons
having notice of the agreement.
M1. Ievery partner in a firm ts liable jointly with the
other partners for all debts and obligations of the firm
incurred while he is a partner; and after his death his
estate is also severally liable in a due course of adminis-
tration for such debts and obligations, so far as they remain
unsatisfied, but subject to the prior payment of his separate
debts.
12. Where, by any wrongful act or omission of any
partner acting in the ordinary course of the business of the
firm, or with the authority of his co-partners, loss or injury
is caused to any person not being a partner in the firm,
or any penalty is incurred, the firm 1s liable therefor to
the same extent as the partner acting or omitting to
act.
13. In the following cases, namely
(a) where one partner, acting within the scope of his
apparent authority, receives the money or property
of a third person, and misapplies it, and
(0) where a firm in the course of its business receives
money or property of a third person, and the money
or property so received is misapplied by one or morc of
the partners while it is in the custody of the firm,
the firm is liable to make good the loss,
14. Every partner is liable jointly with his co-partners
and also severally for everything for which the firm, while
he is a partner therein, becomes liable under either of the
two last preceding sections.
729
Vartners
using credit
of firm for
private
purposes.
Hifect of
notice that
firm will not
be bound by
acts of
partner
Liability of
partners.
Liability of
the firm for
wrongs of
partners.
Misapplica-
tion of
money or
property
teceived for
or in
custody of
the firm.
Liability for
wrongs joint
and several.
730
buproper
employment
of trust
property for
partnership
purposes.
Persons
liable by
“holding
out
Adiiission:
and repre
sentations ol
partners.
Notice to
acting
partner te
he notice
the firm.
Liabilitie.
of incoming
and out-
going
partners,
Ch. 31. No. 2.) Partnership.
15. If a partner, being a trustee, improperly employ.
trust property in the business or on the account of the
partnership, no other partner is liakle for the trust property
to the persons beneficially interested therein
Provided that
(a) this section shall not affect any liability incurred
by any partner by reason of his having notice of
breach of trust | and
(6) nothing in this section shall prevent trust money
from being followed and recovered from the firm if still
in its possession or under its control,
16. (1) Everyone who by words spoken or written or by
conduct represents himself, or who knowingly | suffers
himself to be represented, as a partner ina particular firm,
is liable as a partner to anyone who has, on the faith of any
such representation, given credit to the firm, whether the
representation has or has not been made or communicated
to the person so giving credit by or with the knowledge of
the apparent partner making the representation or suffering
it to be made.
(2) Provided that where, after a partner's death, the
partnership business is continued in the old firm-name,
the continued use of that name or of the deceased partner's
mame as part thereof shall not of itself make his executors
or administrators estate or effects Hable for any partnership
debts contracted after his death.
17. An admission or representation made by any partner
concerning the partnership affairs, and in the ordinary
course of its busine. is evidence against the firm.
18. Notice to any partner who habitually acts in the
partnership business of any matter relating to partnership
affairs operates as notice to the firm, »xcept in the case of a
fraud on the firm committed by or with the consent of
that partner
19. (1) A person who is admitted as a partner into an
existing firm does not thereby become lable to the creditors
of the firm for anything done before he became a partner.
Partnership. [Ch. 31. No. 2.
(2) A partner who retires from ai firm does not
thereby cease to be liable for partnership debts or obliga-
tions incurred before his retirement.
(3) A retiring partner may be discharged from any
existing Jiabilities by an agreement to that effect between
himself and the members of the firm as newly constituted
and the creditors, and this agreement may be cither express
or inferred as a fact from the course of dealing between the
‘reditors and the firm as newly constituted.
20. A continuing guaranty or cautionary obligation
given either to a firm or to a third person in respect of the
transactions of a firm is, in the absence of agreement to the
contrary, revoked as to future transactions by any change
the constitution of the firm to which, or of the firm in
respect of the transactions of which, the guaranty or
obligation was given.
Relations of partners to one another.
21. The mutual rights and duties of partners, whether
ascertained by agreement or defined by this Ordinance, may
be varied by the consent of all the partners, and such
consent may be either express or inferred from a course of
dealing.
22. (1) All property and rights and interests in property
originally brought into the partnership stock or acquired,
whether by purchase or otherwise, on account of the firm,
ov for the purposes and in the course of the partnership
busine. are called in this Ordinance partnership property,
and must be held and applied by the partners exclusively
lor the purposes of the partnership and in accordance with
the partnership agreement.
(2) Provided that the legal estate or interest In any
land which belongs to the partnership) shall devolve
according to the nature and tenure thereof and the general
Tule. of Jaw applicable thereto, but in trust, so far as
necessary, for the persons beneficially interested in the land
under this section.
(3) Where co-owners of an estate or interest in any
land, not being itself partnership property, are partners as
731
Revocation
of continuing
guaranty by
change in
firin.
Variation by
consent of
terms of
partnership.
Partnership
property.
~s!
WH
IN
Lropetty
bought with
partnership
moucy
Immove
property
held as
partnership
property.
Procedure
against
partnership
Property for
a partner
sepourate
ludgtnent
debt.
Ch. 31. No. 2. Partnership.
to profits made by the use of that land or estate. and
purch: — other Jand or estate out of the profits to be used
in like manner, the land or estate so purchased belongs to
them, in the absence of an agreement to the contrary, not
as partners but as co-owners for the same respective
states and interests as are held by them im the land or
estate first mentioned at the date of the purchase.
23. Unle. the contrary intention appears, property
bought with money belonging to the firm is deemed to have
been bought on account of the firm,
24. Where land or any heritable interest: therein has
become partnership property, tt shall, unless the contrary
intention appears, be treated as between the partners
(ineluding the representatives of i deceased partner) and
also as between the next of kin of a deceased partner and
lis executors or administrators, as personal and not real
or heritable sstate
5. (1) A writ of exccution shall not issue against any
pitt vetehip property except on a judgment against the
firm.
(2) The Court or Judge may, on the application by
summons of any judgment creditor of a partner, make an
order charging that partner’ interest in’ the partnership
property and profits with payment of the amount of the
judgment debt and interest thereon, and may by the same
or a subsequent order appoint a receiver of that partner’
share of profits (whether already declared or accruing),
and ef any other money which may be coming to him in
respect of the partnership, and direet all accounts and
enquitie, and give all other orders and directions which
might have been directed or given i the charge had been
made in favour of the judgme nt creditor by the partner,
er which the circumstances of the case may require.
(3) The other partner or partners shall be at liberty
at any time to redeem the interest charged, or, in case of a
‘ale being directed, to pureh: — the same.
(+) Every summons by judgment creditor under
this section shall be served on the judgment debtor and on his
partners or such of them as are within the jurisdiction,
Partnership. (Ch. 31. No. 2.
and such service shall be good service on all the partners,
and all orders made on such summons shall be similarly
served,
(5) Every application made by any partner of the
judgment debtor under this section shall be made bv
summons which shall be served on the judgment creditor
and on the judgment debtor and on such of the other
partners as shall not concur in the application and as shall
be within the jurisdiction, and such service shall be good
service on all the partners, and all orders made on such
summons shall be similarly served.
26. The interests of partners in the partnership property
and their rights and duties in relation to the partnership
shall be determined, subject to any agreement express or
implied between the partners, by the following rule.
(a) all the partners are entitled to share equally in
the capital and profits of the business and must con-
tribute equally towards the losses whether of capital
or otherwise sustained by the firm;
(6) the firm must indemnify every partner in respect
of payments made and personal liabilities incurred by
him
(1) the ordinary and proper conduct of the
business of the firm, or
(i) in orabout anything nece. carily done for the
preservation of the busine. or property of the
lirm,
(c) a partner making, for the purpose of the part-
nership, any actual payment or advance beyond the
amount of capital which he has agreed to subscribe, is
entitled to interest at the rate of six per centum per
annunt trom the date of the payment or advance ;
(¢@) a partner is not entitled, before the ascertain-
ment of profits, to interest. on the capital subseribed
by him,
(c) every partner may take part in the management
of the partnership busine.
(f) no partner shall be entitled to remuneration for
acting in the partnership busine. .
733
Rule. as to
Interests and
duties ot
partners
subject to
special
agreement,
734
Expulsion of
partner.
Retirement
from
partnership
at will.
Where
partnership
for a term is
continued
over, con-
tinuance on
old terms
presumed.
Duty of
partners to
render
accounts,
etc.
Account-
ability of
partners for
private
profits.
Ch. 31. No. 2.] Partnership.
(g) no person may be introduced as a partner
without the consent of all existing partners;
(4) any difference arising as to ordinary matters
connected with the partnership business may be
decided by a majority of the partners, but no change
may be made in the nature of the partnership business
without the consent of all existing partners;
(1) the partnership books:are to be kept at the place
of business of the partnership (or the principal place,
if there is more than one) and every partner may,
when he thinks fit, have access to and inspect and copy
any of them.
27. No majority of the partners can expel any partner
unless a power to do so has been conferred by express
agreement between the partners.
28. (1) Where no fixed term has been agreed upon for
the duration of the partnership, any partner may determine
the partnership at any time on giving notice of his intention
so to do to all the other partners.
(2) Where the partnership has originally been con-
stituted by deed, a notice in writing, signed by the partner
giving it, shall be sufficient for this purpose.
29. (1) Where a partnership entered into for a fixed
term is continued after the term has expired, and without
any express new agreement, the rights and duties of the
partners remain the same as they were at the expiration of
the term, so far as is consistent with the incidents of a
partnership at will.
(2) A continuance of the business by the partners or
such of them as habitually acted therein during the term,
without any settlement or liquidation of the partnership
affairs, is presumed to be a continuance of the partnership.
30. Partners are bound to render true accounts and full
information of all things affecting the partnership to any
partner or his legal representatives.
31. (1) Every partner must account to the firm for any
benefit derived by him without the consent of the other
partners from any transaction concerning the partnership,
Partnership. [Ch. 31. No. 2.
or from any use by him of the partnership property, name,
or business connection.
(2) This section applies also to transactions under-
taken after a partnership has been dissolved by the death
of a partner, and before the affairs thereof have been
completely wound up, either by any surviving partner or by
the representatives of the deceased partner.
32. If a partner without the consent of the other partners
carries on any business of the same nature as and competing
with that of the firm, he must account for and pay over to
the firm all profits made by him in that business.
33. (1) An assignment by any partner of his share in the
partnership, either absolute or by way of mortgage or
redeemable charge, does not, as against the other partners,
entitle the assignee, during the continuance of the partner-
ship, to interfere in the management or administration of
the partnership business or affairs, or to require any accounts
of the partnership transactions, or to inspect the partner-
ship books, but entitles the assignee only to receive the
share of profits to which the assigning partner would
otherwise be entitled, and the assignee must accept the
account of profits agreed to by the partners.
(2) In case of a dissolution of the partnership,
whether as respects all the partners or as respects the
assigning partner, the assignee is entitled to receive the
share of the partnership assets to which the assigning
partner is entitled as between himself and the other partners,
and, for the purpose of ascertaining that share, to an
account as from the date of the dissolution.
Dissolution of partnership and its consequences.
34. Subject to any agreement between the partners, a
partnership is dissolved—
(a) if entered into for a fixed term, by the expiration
of that term;
(5) if entered into for a single adventure or under-
taking, by the termination of that adventure or
undertaking;
735
Duty of
partner not
to compete
with firm.
Rights of
assignee of
share in
partnership.
Dissolution
by expira-
tion or
notice.
7a
Dissa
ty thre
Court
Ch. 31. No. 2.| Partnership.
(c) if entered into for an undefined time, by any
partner giving notice to the other or others of his
intention to dissolve the partnership.
In the last mentioned case the partnership is dissolved
as from the date mentioned in the notice as the date of
dissolution, or, if no date is so mentioned, as from the date
of the communication of the notice.
35. (1) Subject to any agreement between the partners,
every partnership is dissolved as regards all the partners
by the death or bankruptcy of any partner.
(2) A partnership may, at the option of the other
partners, be dissolved if any partner suffers his share of the
partnership property to be charged under this Ordinance for
his separate debt.
36. A partnership is in every case dissolved by the
happening of any event which makes it unlawful for the
business of the firm to be carried on or for the members of
the firm to carry it on in partnership.
37. On the application by a partner, the Court may
decree a dissolution of the partnership in any of the following
case
(a) when a partner is found to be insane by inquisi-
tion, or is shown to the satisfaction of the Court to be
of parmanently unsound mind, in either of which cases
the application may be made as well on behalf of that
partner by his committee or next friend or person having
title to intervene as by any other partner;
(6) when partner other than the partner suing,
become in-any other way permanently incapable of
performing his part of the partnership contract ;
(c) when a partner, other than the partner suing, has
been guilty of such conduct as, in the opinion of the
Court, regard being had to the nature of the business,
is calculated to prejudicially affect the carrying on of
the busine,
(d) when a partner, other than the partner suing,
wilfully or persistently commits a breach of the partner-
ship agreement or otherwise so conducts himself in
matters relating to the partnership business that it is
Partnership. (Ch. 31. No. 2.
737
not reasonably practicable for the other partner or
partners to carry on the business in partnership with
him;
(ec) when the business of the partnership can only be
carried on at a loss,
(f) whenever in any case circumstances have arisen
which, in the opinion of the Court, render it just and
equitable that the partnership be dissolved.
38. (1) Where a person deals with a firm after a change in
its constitution he is entitled to treat all apparent members
of the old firm as still being members of the firm until he has
notice of the change.
(2) An advertisement in the Royal Gazelle shall be
notice as to persons who had not dealings with the firm
before the date of the dissolution or change so advertised.
(3) The estate of a partner who dies or who becomes
bankrupt or of a partner who, not having been known to the
person dealing with the firm: to bea partner, retires from the
firm, is not lable for partnership debts contracted after the
date of the death, bankruptey, otirement respectively,
39. On the dissolution of a partnership or retirement of a
partner, any partner may publicly notify the “ame and may
require the other partner or partners to concur for that
purpose ino all nece. ary or proper aets, if anv, which
cannot be done without his or their concurrence.
40. Alter the dissolution of a partnership the authority of
each partner to bind the firm, and the other rights and
obligations of the partners, continue notwithstanding the
dissolution so far as may be necessary to wind up the ffairs
of the partnership, and to complete transactions begun but
unfinished at the time of the dissolution, but not otherwise:
Provided that the firm is in no case bound by the acts
of a partner who has become bankrupt; but this proviso
docs not affect the liability of any person who has, after the
bankruptcy, represented himself. or knowingly suffered
himself to be represented as a partner of the bankrupt.
41. On the dissolution of a partnership every partner is
entitled, as against the other partners in the firm, and all
persons claiming through them in respect of their interests
T. --1V. 47
Rights of
persons
dealing with
firm against
apparent
members of
firm,
Rights of
partners to
notify
dissolution.
Continuing
authority of
partners for
purposes of
winding up.
Rights of
partners as
to applica-
tion of
partnership
property.
Ch. 31. No. 2.| Partnership.
as partners, to have the property of the partnership applied
In payment of the debts and liabilities of the firm; and to
have surplus assets after such payment applied in payment
of what may be due to the partners respectively after
deducting what may be due from them as partners to the
firm, and for that purpose any partner or his representa-
tives may, on the termination of the partnership, apply to
the Court to wind up the business and affairs of the firm,
sete. 42. Where one partner has paid a premium to another on
mium where entering into a partnership fora fixed term and the partner-
partnership Ship is dissolved before the expiration of that term otherwise
prematurely
dissalved,
than by the death of a partner, the Court may order the
repayment of the premium, or of such part thereof as it
thinks just, having regard to the terms of the partnership
contract and to the length of time during which the part ner-
ship has continued, unle.
(a) the dissolution is, in the judgment of the Court,
wholly or chiefly due to the misconduct of the partner
who paid the premium, or
(0) the partnership has been dissolved by an agree-
ment containing no provision for a return of any part
of the premium,
43. Where partnership contract is) rescinded on) the
ground of the fraud or misrepresentation of one of the parties
thereto, the party entitled to rescind is, without: prejudice
to any other right, entitled
(a) to a henoon, or right of retention of, the surplus
of the partnership assets, after catisfving the partner-
ship habilitie, for any sum of money paid by him for
the purchase of a share in the pi artnership and for any
capital contributed by him and is
(/) to stand in the place of the creditors of the firm
lor any payments made by hint in respect) of the
parthership Habilitie, and
(c) to be indemnified by the person guilty of the
rand or making the representation against all the
debts and habilities of the firm,
44. (1) Where anv member of a firm has died or ot herwise
ceased to be partner, and the surviving or continuing
ed partners carry on the business of the firm with its capital
Partnership. {Ch. 31. No. 2.
or assets without any final settlement of accounts as between
the firm and the outgoing partner or his estate, then, in the
absence of any agreement to the contrary, the outgoing
partner or his estate is entitled at the option of himself
or his representatives to such share of the profits made
since the dissolution as the Court may find to be attributable
to the use of his share of the partnership assets or to interest
at the rate of six per centum per annum on the amount of
his share of the partnership assets.
(2) Provided that where, by the partnership contract,
an option is given to surviving or continuing partners to
purchase the interest of a deceased or outgoing partner,
and that option is duly exercised, the estate of the deceased
partner, or the outgoing partner or his estate, as the case
may be, is not entitled to any further or other share of
profits; but if any partner assuming to act in exercise of
the option does not in all material respects comply with the
terms thereof, he is liable to account under the foregoing
provisions of this section.
45. Subject to any agreement between the partners, the
amount due from surviving or continuing partners to an
outgoing partner or the representatives of a deceased partner
in respect of the outgoing or deceased partner's share is a
debt accruing at the date of the dissolution or death.
46. In settling accounts between the partners after a
dissolution of partnership, the following rules shall, subject
fo any agreement, be observed,
(a) losse., including losse. and deficiencies of capital,
shall be paid first out of profits, next out of capital, and
lastly, if necessary, by the partners individually in the
proportion in whic h the v were entitled to share profits;
(0) the assets of the firm, including the sums, 1fany,
contributed by the partners to make up losse. Or
deficiencies of capital, shall be applied in the following
manner and order:
(i) in paying the debts and Habilitics of the firm
{o persons who are not partners therein,
(ii) in paying to each partner rateably what is
due from the firm to him for advance. as distin-
guished from capital;
47 (2)
739
to share
profits made
after dis-
solution.
Kebining
deceased
partner's
share ta be
cledyt
740
Ch. 31. No. 2.| Partnership.
(ii) In paving to each partner rateably what is
due from the firm to him in respect of capital;
(iv) the ultimate residue, if any shall be
divided among the partners in the proportion in
which profits are divisible.
47, Vhe rule. legal and equitable, appheable to partner-
ship at present tn operation in the Colony shall continue in
foree except as fir as they are teonsistent with the express
provisions of this Ordinance,
Registration of Business Names. |Ch. 31. No. 3. 741
CHAPTER 31. No. 3.
REGISTRATION OF BUSINESS NAMES,
AN ORDINANCE TO PROVIDE FOR THE REGISTRATION OF Celine
. * a gtee . Chidh No,
FIRMS AND PERSONS CARRYING ON BUSINESS UNDER Tow,
BUSINESS NAMES AND FOR PURPOSES CONNECTED Ke. © Toso,
THEREWITH,
Isf October 1923. |
1. Vhis Ordinance may be cited the Registration of Short tide.
Business Names Ordinance.
2. (4) In this Ordinance Interpre-
tation,
business includes: professton
business name oo means the uame or style under
Which any business is carried on, whether in: partner-
ship or otherwise ,
“christian name —tichides any forename
Court means the Supreme Court or a Judge
thereof,
firm =omeans an unincorporate body of two or more
individuals, or one or more individuals and one or
more corporations, or two or more corporations, who
have entered into partnership with one another with a
view to carrying on business for profit ;
foreign firm =o means any firm, individual, or cor-
poration whose principal place of business is situate
outside the Commonwealth countries;
“individual ’’ means a natural person and does not
include a corporation;
“initials ’’ includes any recognised abbreviation of a
christian name;
Kepistr.
Mav reblove
name of
individ
or firm tre
register or
amend same.
Firms and
petsons to be
registered.
Ch. 31. No.3.] Registration of Business Names.
Registrar means the Registrar General,
showeards = means cards containing or exhibiting
article. dealt with, or cample. or representations
thereof.
(2) References in this Ordinance to a former christian
name or surname shall not, in the case of any person,
include a former christian name or surname where that
name or surname has been changed or disused before the
person bearing the name had attained the age of eighteen
vears or has been changed or disused fora period of not less
than twenty years, and, in the case of a married woman,
shall not include the name or surname by which she was
known previous to the marriage.
(3) An individual or firm = shall not) require to be
registered under this Ordinance by reason only of a change
of his name, or of the name of a member of the firm, if the
change has taken place before the person who has changed
his name has attained the age of cighteen years or if not Ie.
than twenty vears have elapsed since it took place.
24. Where by virtue of subsection (3) of section 2 of Chis
Ordinance an individual or firm: registered) prior to the
loth of February 1950, no longer requires to be so regis-
tered—
(a) the Registrar, if so requested by the individual
or firm, shall remove him or it from the register; and
(4) section 13 of this Ordinance shall no longer
require the individual or firm to keep exhibited the
certificate of registration or a copy thereof,
and where, in any other case, the particulars registered
prior to the above mentioned date in respeet of any
individual or firm include a former name or surname
which by virtue of subsection (3) of section 2 of this
Ordinance no longer requires to be included among those
particulars, the Registrar, if so requested by the individual
or firm, shall amend the particulars by leaving out that name
or surname,
3. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance—
(a) every firm having a place of business in the
Colony and carrying on business under a_ business
Registration of Business Names. |Ch. 31. No. 3.
name which does not consist of the true surnames of all
partners who are individuals and the corporate names
of all partners who are corporations without any
addition other than the true christian names_ of
individual partners or initials of such christian names,
(6) every individual having a place of business in the
Colony and carrying on business under a business name
which does not consist of his true surname without any
addition other than his true christian names or the
initials thereof,
(c) every individual or firm having a place of business
in the Colony, who, or a member of which, has either
before or after the commencement of this Ordinance
changed his name, except in the case of a woman in
consequence of marriage,
shall be registered in the manner directed by this Ordi-
nance
Provided that
(i) where the addition merely indicates that the
business is carried on in succession to a former owner of
the busine. that addition shall not of itself render
registration necessary; and
(ii) where two or more individual partners have the
same surname, the addition of an s at the end of that
surname shall not of itself! render registration neces-
sary; and
(iti) where the business is carried on by a trustee in
bankruptcy or the Official Receiver or a receiver or
manager appointed by the Court, registration shall not
be nece. cary; and
(iv) a purchase or acquisition of property by two or
More persons as joint tenants or tenants in common is
not of itself to be deemed carrying on a business
whether or not the owners share any profits arising
from the sale thereof.
4. Where a firm, individual, or corporation having a place
of business within the Colony carries on the business wholly
or mainly as nominec or trustee of or for another person, or
other persons, or another corporation, or acts as general agent
for any foreign firm, the first mentioned firm, individual,
743
Registration
by nominee,
ete.
744 Ch. 31. No.3.) Registration of Business Names.
or corporation shall be registered in manner provided by
this Ordinance, and, in addition to the other particulars
required to be furnished and registered, there shall be
furnished and registered the particulars mentioned in the
Schedule hereto
Provided that where the business is carried on by a trustee
in bankruptey or the Official Reeciver or a receiver or
manager appointed by the Court, registration under this
section shall not be necessary
Manner and 5, (1) very firm or person required under this Ordinance
Peete to be registered shall furnish to the Registrar a statement in
tion. writing in the prescribed form containing the following
particulars.
(a) the business name;
(b) the general nature of the busine.
(c) the principal place of the business ;
(d) where the registration to be effected is that of a
firm, the present christian name and surname, any
former christian name or surname, the nationality, the
usual residence, and the other business occupation (if
any) of each of the individuals who are partners, and
the corporate name and registered or principal office
of every corporation which is a partner
(c) where the registration to be effected is that of an
Individual, the present christian name and surname,
any former christian name or surname, the nationality,
the usual residence, and the other business occupation
(if any) of such individual ;
({) where the registration to be effected is that of a
corporation, its corporate name and_ registered or
principal office ;
(g) if the business is commenced after the com-
mencement of this Ordinance, the date of the com-
mencement of the business.
(2) Where a business is carried on under two or more
business names, each of those business names must be stated.
fo he one 6. The statement required for the purpose of registration
by persons must in the case of an individual be signed by him, and in
Tegistering.
Registration of Business Names. [Ch. 31. No. 3.
the case ofa corporation by a director or secretary thereof,
and in the case of a firm cither by all the individuals who
are partners, and by a director or the secretary of all
corporations which are partners or by some individual who
is a partner, or a director or the secretary of some corpora-
tion which is a partner, and in cither of the last two cases
must be verified by a statutory declaration made by the
signatory: Provided that no such statutory declaration
stating that any person other than the declarant is a
partner, or omitting to state that any person other than as
Moresaid is a partner, shall be evidence for or against any
such other person in respect of his liability or non-liability
asa partner, and that the Court may, on application of any
person alleged or claiming to be a partner, direct the
rectification of the register and decide any question arising
under this section.
7. (1) The particulars required to be furnished under this
Ordinance shall be furnished within fourteen days after the
firm or person commences business, or the business in
respect of which registration is required, as the case may be.
(2) This section shall apply, in the case where regis-
tration is required in consequence of a change of name,
as if for references to the date of the commencement of the
business there were substituted references to the date of
such change.
8. Whenever a change is made or occurs in any of the
particulars registered in respect of any firm or person, such
firm or person shall, within fourteen days after such change,
or such longer period as the Registrar may, on application
being made in any particular case, whether before or after
the expiration of such fourteen days, allow, furnish to the
Registrar a statement in writing in the prescribed from
specifying the nature and date of the change signed, and
where necessary verified, in like manner as the statement
required on registration.
9. If any firm or person by this Ordinance required to
furnish a statement of particulars or of any change in
particulars shall without reasonable excuse make default
in so doing in the manner and within the time specified by
745
Time for
registration,
Change of
name,
Registration
of changes
in firm,
Tenalty for
default in
registration,
746
Disability
persons in
default.
Ch. 31. No.3.] Registration of Business Names.
this Ordinance, every partner in the firm or the person so in
default shall be liable to a fine of twenty-four dollars for
every day during which the default continues, and the
Magistrate shall order a statement of the required particulars
or change in the particulars to be furnished to the Registrar
within such time as may be specified in the order.
10. (1) Where any firm or person by this Ordinance
required to furnish a statement of particulars or of any
change in particulars shall have made default in so doing,
then the rights of that defaulter under or arising out of any
contract made or entered into by or on behalf of such
defaulter in relation to the business in respect to the
carrving on of which particulars were required to be furnished
at any time while he is in default shall not be enforceable
by action or other legal proceeding cither in the business
name or otherwise
Provided that—-
(a) the defaulter may apply to the Court for relief
against the disability imposed by this section, and the
Court, on being satisfied that the default was acci-
dental, or due to inadvertence or some other sufficient
cause, or that on other grounds it is just and equitable
to grant relief, may grant such relief cither gencrally
or as respects any particular contracts, on condition
of the costs of the application being paid by the
defaulter, unless the Court otherwise orders, and on
such other conditions (if any) as the Court may impose.
but such relief shall not be granted except on such
service and such publication of notice of the application
as the Court may order, nor shall relief be given in
respect of any contract if any party to the contract
proves to the satisfaction of the Court that, if this
Ordinance had been complied with, he would not have
entered into the contract ;
(6) nothing herein contained shall prejudice the
rights of any other parties as against the defaulter in
respect of such contract as aforesaid ;
(c) if any action or proceeding shall be commenced
by any other party against the defaulter to enforce the
rights of such party in respect of such contract, nothing
herein contained shall preclude the defaulter from
Registration of Business Names. [Ch. 31. No. 3.
enforcing in that action or proceeding, by way of
counterclaim, set off, or otherwise, such rights as he
may have against that party in respect of such contract.
(2) Without prejudice to the power of the Court to
grant such relief as aforesaid, if any proceeding to enforce
any contract is commenced by a defaulter in a Petty Civil
Court, such last named Court may, as respects that contract,
erant such relief as aforesaid.
11. If any statement required to be furnished under this
Orcinance contains any matter which is false in any material
particular to the knowledge of any person signing it, that
person shall be liable to a fine of ninety-six dollars, or to
imprisonment for three months, or to both such fine and
imprisonment.
12. (1) The Registrar may require any person to furnish
him such particulars as he thinks necessary for the
purpose of ascertaining whether or not such person or the
firm of which he is partner should be registered under this
Ordinance, or an alteration made in the registered particu-
lars, and may also, in the case of a corporation, require the
secretary, or any other officer of a corporation performing
the duties of secretary, to furnish such particulars, and if
any person, when so required, fails to supply such particulars
as it is in his power to give, or furnishes particulars which are
false in any material particular, he shall be liable to a fine
of ninety-six dollars, or to imprisonment for three months,
or to both such fine and imprisonment.
(2) If, from any information so furnished, it appears
to the Registrar that any firm or person ought to be regis-
tered under this Ordinance, or an alteration ought to be made
in the registered particulars, the Registrar may require the
firm or person to furnish to him the required particulars
within such time as may be allowed by the Registrar, but,
where any default under this Ordinance has been discovered
from the information acquired under this section, no
proceedings under this Ordinance shall be taken against
any person in respect of such default prior to the expiration
of the time within which the firm or person is required
by the Registrar under this section to furnish particulars
to him.
747
Penalty for
false state
ments.
Duty to
furnish par-
ticulars to
Registrar
“I!
T
Ch. 31. No.3.) Registration of Business Names.
13. On receiving any statement or statutory declaration
wde im pursuance of this Ordinance, the Registrar shall
cause the same to he filed, and he shall send by post or
deliver a certificate of the registration thereof to the firm
Vv person registering, and the certificate or a certified copy
thereof shall be ke pt exhibited ina conspicuous posttion at
the principal place of business of the firm or individual,
and, if not kept so exhibited, every partner inthe firm or the
person, as thee omay be, shall be lable toa fine of ninety
14. Vhe Registrar shall keep an index of all the firms and
persons registered under this Ordinance.
15. (1) Pe any tir or individual registered under this
Ordinance cases to carry en busine. it shall be the duty
of the persons who were partners in the firm at the time
When tt cased to carry on busine. or of the individual,
or af he ais dead, his personal representative, within three
months alter the business has ceased to be carried on, to
deliver to the Registrar notice in the prescribed: ferm that
the firm or individual has ceased to carry on business, and
if any person whose duty it is to give such notice fails to do
so within such time as aforesaid, he shall be liable to a fine
of minety-stx dollars.
(2) On receipt of such a notice as aleresaid the
Registrar may remove the firm ov individual from the
register
(3) Where the Registrar has reasonable cause te
beheve that any firm or individual registered under this
Ordinance ts not carrying on busine. he may send to the
firm or individual by registered post a notice that, unless an
answer is received to such notice within one month from the
date thereof, the firm or individual may be removed from
the register.
(4) Ifthe Registrar either receives an answer from the
firm or individual to the effect that the firm or individual is
not carrying on business, or does not, within one month after
sending the notice, receive an answer, he may remove the
firm or individual from the register.
Registration of Business Names, (Qh. 31. No. 3.
6. (1) Where any business name under whieh the
business of a firntor individual is carried on contains the
word — British “or any other word which, in the opinion
of the Registrar, is calculated to lead to the belief that the
busine is under British ownership or control, and the
Registrar ts satisfied that the nationality of the persons by
whom the business is wholly or mainly owned or controlled
inal any Gime such that the name is misleading, the Regis
tre shall refuse to register such busine name, as the
eo tnay be, remove such bustuess name fron: the reg ster
but any person agerieved by a decision of the Registry.
under this provision may appeal te the Governor whose
deetsion shall be tinal,
(2) The registration of busine. 1 under this
Ordinance shall net be construcd as authorising the use of
that name df apart from such registration, the use thereot
could be prohibited.
(3) The power conferred by this section the
Keeistrar to refuse registration of a) bustness name shall
tend fo any name which is in his opinion undesirable,
(4) Where registration of a bu: mame ts refused
under Chis section, any person carrying business under
the name shall be diable under seeGion 9 to the came
penaltic. Wohe had without conable excuse mide
default in furnishing statement of particulars with
respeet do Chat namie,
17. The Registrar General shall be the Registrar for the
purposes of this Ordinance.
18. (1) Any person may inspect the documents tiled by
the Registrar on payment of such fees as may be prescribed
not exceeding twenty-four cents for each inspection: and
any person may require a certificate of the registration of
any firm or person, ora copy of or extract from any registered
statement, to be certified by the Registrar, and there shall
be paid for such certificate of registration, certified copy, or
extract such fees as may be prescribed, not exceeding
forty-cight cents for the certificate of registration, and not
exceeding twelve cents for each folio of seventy-two words,
of the entry, copy, or extract.
749
Misleadhoy
busine .:
TRATES
Re,
Inspection
of state
Monts
registered
750
Botsic
afta
Ch. 31. No.3. Registratron of Business Names.
(2) A certificate of registration, or a copy of or
‘xtract from any statement registered under this Ordi-
nance, if duly certified to be a true copy or extract under
the hand of the Registrar (whom it shall not be necessary
to prove to be the Registrar), shall, in all legal proceedings,
evil or criminal, be recetved in evidence.
19. (1) The Governor in Council may make rule. con-
cerning any of the following matters
(a) the fee. to be paid to the Registrar under this
Ordinance, that they do not ‘xeced the sum. of
$1.20 for the registration of any one statement
(6) the forms to be used under this Ordinance
(c) the dutie. to be performed by the Registrar
under this Ordinance and
(¢) generally, the conduct and regulation of regis
tration under this Ordinance, and any matters inci
dental thereto.
(2) All fees pavable ino pursuance of any such rule.
shall be paid into the Preasury
20. (1) Every individual and) firm required by this
Ordinance to be registered shall, in all trade catalogue.
trade circulars, showeards, and business letters, on or in
which the busine, name appears and whieh are issued
or sent by the imdividual er firm te any person in
any Commonwealth country have mentioned im legible
characters
qa) in the case ef an individual, lis present christian
tame or the mutials thereof, and present surname, any
former christian name or surname, lis nationality if not
British and
(0) in the case of a firm, the present christian names
or the imtials thereof and present surnames, any former
elivistian name. and surnames, and the nationality uf
not British, of all the partners in the firm or, in the
case of a corporation being a partner the corporate
name,
(2) Uf default is made in compliance with this section
the imdividual or, as the case may be, every member of the
Registration of Business Names. (Ch. 31. No. 3.
751
firm shall be lable for each offence to a fine of twenty-four
dollars:
Provided that no proceedings shall be instituted under
this section except by or with the consent of the Attorney
4eneral.
21. Where a corporation is guilty of an offence under
this Ordinance, every director, secretary, and officer of the
corporation who is knowingly a party to the default: shall
be guilty of a like offence and liable to a like penalty,
22. All offences under this Ordinance may be prosecuted
and all penalties tneurred may be imposed or recovered: in
the manner provided by the Summary Courts Ordinance.
SCHEDULE,
sseription of arm, ete,
The present christian name and surname, any lormer
Tame, mitionality, and usaal residence, or, as: the
case may be, the corporate tame, of every person or
corporation on whose behall the bustness is carried
ont Provided thatatl (he business is cartied on under
avy trust and any of the beneticuiries are a cliss of
children or other persons, a deserplon of the chiss
shall be sutherent
bustness tame and address of the Gem or person as
agent for wham the business is carried on Provided
that af the busiiess is carted anias agent for Uhree ac
tore Corea dirs vl shall be sutherent to state the
laet that the business is se carried on, specifying the
rountme. unoowhtel such foreugn firms carry on
busine.
ses by
‘ations,
Keeovery
? af penaltio. .
‘ection 4.)
=]
bw
Ch. 31. No. 4.] Mercantile Law.
CHAPTER 31. No. 4.
MERCANTILE LAW
AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO MERCANTILE Law.
[20th January, 1845.]
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Mercantile Law
Ordinance.
2. No contract, agreement, or promise made or entered
into by any person by words spoken, or by any writing not
being a specialty shall be of any force or effect in law, or
shall bind any party thereto, unless such contract, agree-
ment, or promise shall be founded upon some valuable
thing or consideration sufficient, according to the principles
of the law of England, to support the same against the
party sought to be charged therewith.
3. Nothing herein contained shall extend to alter or affect
the law with respect to any contract, agreement, promise, or
obligation contained in any specialty.
4. No action shall be brought whereby to charge any
heir, executor, or administrator upon any special promise
to answer damages out of his own estate, or whereby to
charge the defendant upon any special promise to answer
for the debt, default, or miscarriage of another person, or to
charge any person upon any agreement made upon con-
sideration of marriage, or upon any agreement which is not
to be performed within the space of one year from the making
thereof, unless the agreement upon which such action
shall be brought, or some memorandum or note thereof
Mercantile Law. [Ch. 31. No. 4.
753
shall be in writing, and signed by the party to be charged
therewith, or some other person thereunto by him lawfully
authorised.
5. No special promise made by any person to answer for
the debt, default, or miscarriage of another person, being in
writing, and signed by the party to be charged therewith or
some other person by him thereunto lawfully authorised,
shall be deemed invalid to support an action, suit, or other
proceeding to charge the person by whom such promise
shall have been made, by reason only that the consideration
for such promise does not appear in writing, or by necessary
inference from a written document.
6. In any action for the recovery of any debt or damages
grounded upon any simple contract, no acknowledgment or
promise by words only shall be deemed sufficient evidence
of a new or continuing contract whereby to take any case
out of the operation of any law or Ordinance establishing
any prescription or limitation of action affecting such
contract, or for giving relief to persons insolvent, or making
cession of their property for the benefit of their creditors,
or to deprive any party of the benefit of any such law or
Ordinance, unless such acknowledgment or promise shall
be made or contained in or by some wniting, to be signed by
the party chargeable thereby; and where there shall be two
or more joint contractors, or heirs, or executors, or adminis-
trators of any contractor, no such joint contractor, heir,
executor, or administrator shall lose the benefit of such law
or Ordinance, so as to be chargeable in respect or by reason
only of any written acknowledgment or promise made and
signed by any other or others of them: Provided that
nothing herein contained shall alter or take away or lessen
the effect of any payment of any principal or interest made
by any person whatsoever: Provided also, that in actions
to be commenced against two or more such joint contractors,
or heirs, or executors, or administrators, if it shall appear
at the trial or otherwise that the plaintiff, though barred
by any such law or Ordinance, as to one or more of such
joint contractors, or heirs, or executors, or administrators,
shall nevertheless be entitled to recover against any other
or others of the defendants, by virtue of a new acknowledg-
T.—IVv. 48
Considera-
tion for
guarantce
need not
appear in
writing.
Acknow-
ledgment of
debts.
754+
Acknow-
ledgments
by agents.
A surety
who dis-
charges the
liability to
be entitled
to assign-
ment of all
securities
held by the
eteditor.
Ch. 31. No. 4.] Mercantile Law.
ment or promise or otherwise, judgment may be given and
costs allowed for the plaintiff as to such defendant or
defendants against whom he shall recover, and for the
other defendant or defendants against the plaintiff.
7. An acknowledgment or promise made or contained by
or in a writing signed by an agent of the party chargeable
thereby, duly authorised to make such acknowledgment or
promise, shall have the same force and effect in all cases as if
such writing had been signed by such party himself.
8. No indorsement or memorandum of any payment
written or made upon any promissory note, bill of exchange,
or other writing, by or on the behalf of the party to whom
such payment shall be made, shall be deemed sufficient
proof of such payment, so as to take the case out of the
operation of this Ordinance, or of any other such law or
Ordinance as is hereinbefore mentioned.
9. This Ordinance shall be deemed and taken to apply to
the case of any debt on simple contract, alleged by way of
set-off on the part of any defendant.
10. No action shall be brought whereby to charge any
person upon or by reason of any representation or assurance
made or given concerning or relating to the character,
conduct, credit, ability, trade, or dealings of any other
person, to the intent or purpose that such other person may
obtain credit, money, or goods, unless such representation
or assurance be made in writing, signed by the party to be
charged therewith.
11. Every person who, being surety for the debt or duty
of another, or being hable with another for any debt or duty,
shall pay such debt or perform such duty, shall be entitled
to have assigned to him, or to a trustee for him, every
judgment, specialty, or other security which shall be held
by the creditor in respect of such debt or duty, whether
such judgment, specialty, or other security shall or shall not
be deemed at law to have been satisfied by the payment of
the debt or performance of the duty, and such person shall
be entitled to stand in the place of the creditor, and to use
Mercantile Law. [Ch. 31. No.4.
all the remedies, and, if need be, and upon a_ proper
indemnity, to use the name of the creditor in any action
or other proceeding at law or in equity, in order to obtain
from the principal debtor, or any co-surety, co-contractor,
or co-debtor, as the case may be, indemnification for the
advances made and loss sustained by the person who shall
have so paid such debt or performed such duty, and such
payment or performance so made by such surety shall not
be pleadable in bar of any such action or other proceeding
by him: Provided that no co-surety, co-contractor, or
co-debtor shall be entitled to recover from any other
co-surety, co-contractor, or co-debtor, by the means
aforesaid, more than the just proportion to which, as between
those parties themselves, such last-mentioned person shall
be justly liable.
12. Whenever there shall be two or more co-contractors
or co-debtors, whether bound or liable jointly only or
jointly and severally, or executors or administrators of any
contractor or debtor, no such co-contractor or co-debtor,
executor, or administrator shall lose the benefit of any
statute, law, or Ordinance relating to the limitation of
actions, so as to be chargeable in respect or by reason only
of payment of any principal, interest, or other money, by
any other or others of such co-contractors or co- -debtors,
*xecutors or administrators.
755
Co-
contractors.
750 Ch. 31. No. 5.] Bills of Exchange.
CHAPTER 31. No. 5.
BILLS OF EXCHANGE.
AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO BILLS OF EXCHANGE,
CHEQUES, AND PROMISSORY NOTES.
[13th September, 1884.)
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Bills of Exchange
Ordinance,
2. In this Ordinance-—
acceptance Means an acceptance completed by
delivery or notification ;
action includes counter-claim and sct-off;
banker — include. a body of persons whether
Incorporated or not who carry on the busine. of
banking;
bankrupt — include. any person whose estate is
vested in a trustee or assignee under the law for the
time being in force relating to bankruptcy ;
bearer means the person in possession of a bill or
note which is payable to bearer;
bill =means bill of exchange, and note — means
promissory note;
cent ’� means one half-penny ;
delivery’? means transfer of possession, actual or
constructive, from one person to another;
dollar = means four shillings and twopence ;
holder means the payee or indorsee of a bill or
note who is in possession of it, or the bearer thereof;
Bills of Exchange. [Ch. 31. No. 5.
“indorsement ’’ means an indorsement completed by
delivery ;
“issue means the first delivery of a bill or note
complete in form to a person who takes it as a holder;
value †means valuable consideration.
PART T.
BILLS OF EXCHANGE.
Form and interpretation.
3. (1) A bill of exchange is an unconditional order in
writing, addressed by one person to another, signed by the
person giving it, requiring the person to whom it is addressed
to pay on demand or at a fixed or determinable future time
a sum certain in money to or to the order of a specified
person, or to bearer.
(2) An instrument which does not complv with these
conditions, or which orders any act to be done in addition
to the payment of money, is not a bill of exchange.
(3) An order to pay out of a particular fund is not
unconditional within the meaning of this section; but an
unqualified order to pay, coupled with (a) an indication of a
particular fund out of which the drawee is to re-imburse
himself or a particular account to be debited with the
amount, or (b) a statement of the transaction which gives
rise to the bill, is unconditional.
(4) A bill is not invalid by reason—
(a) that it is not dated;
(6) that it does not specify the value given, or that
any value has been given therefor;
(c) that it docs not specify the place where it is
drawn or the place where it is payable.
4. (1) An inland bill is a bill which is or on the face of it
purports to be (a) both drawn and payable within the
Colony, or (0) drawn within the Colony upon some person
resident therein. Any other bill is a foreign bill.
(2) Unless the contrary appear on the face of the bill
the holder may treat it as an inland bill.
Bill of
exchange
defined.
Inland and
foreign bills.
758
Ch. 31. No. 5.} Bills of Exchange.
5. (1) A bill may be drawn payable to, or to the order of,
the drawer, or it may be drawn pavable to, or to the order
of, the drawee.
(2) Where in a bill drawer and drawee are the same
person, or where the drawee is a fictitious person or a person
not having capacity to contract, the holder may treat the
instrument, at his option, either a bill of exchange or as
a promissory note.
6. (1) The drawee must be named or otherwise indicated
ina bill with reasonable certainty
(2) A bill may be addressed to two or more drawees
Whether they are partners or not, but an order addressed to
{wo drawees in the alternative or to two or more drawees in
succession is not a bill of exchange.
7. (1) Where a bill is not payable to bearer, the payee
must be named or otherwise indicated therein with
reasonable certaty
(2) A bill may be made pavable to two or more payee.
jointly or it may be made pavable in the alternative to one
of two, or one or some of several payee. A bill may also
be made pavable to the holder of an office for the time
being.
(3) Where the payee is a fictitious or non-existing
person the bill may be treated as payable to bearer
8. (1) When bill contains words prohibiting transfer,
or mdieating an intention that it should not be transferable,
itis valid as between the partie thereto, but is not
negotiable.
(2) A negotiable bill may be pavable either to order or
to bearer.
(3) A bill is pavable to bearer which is expressed to be
so payable, or on which the only or last indorsement is an
indorsement im blank.
(4) A bill is payable to order which is expressed to be
so payable, or whichis expressed to be payable to a particular
person, and does not contain words prohibiting transfer or
indicating an intention that it should not be transferable.
Bills of Exchange. [Ch. 31. No. 5.
(5) Where a bill, either originally or by indorsement,
is expressed to be payable to the order of a specified person,
and not to him or his order, it is nevertheless pavable to him
or his order at his option.
9. (1) The sum payable by a bill is a sum certain within
the meaning of this Ordinance, although it is required to be
paid
(v7) with interest ;
(b) by stated instalments;
(c) by stated instalments, with a provision that
upon default in payment of any instalment the whole
shall become due;
(7) according to an indicated rate of exchange or
according to a rate of exchange to be ascertained as
directed by the bill.
(2) Where the sum payable is expressed in words and
uso in figures, and there is a discrepancy between the two,
the sum denoted by the words is the amount payable.
(3) Where a bill is expressed to be payable with
interest, unless the instrument otherwise provides, interest
runs from the date of the bill, and if the bill is undated from
the issue thereof,
10. (t) A billis payable on demand
(a) which is expressed to be payable on demand, or
at sight, or on presentation; or
(b) in which no time for payment is expressed.
(2) Where a bill is accepted or indorsed when it: is
overdue, it shall, as regards the acceptor who so accepts,
or any indorser who so indorses it, be deemed a bill payable
on demand.
M1. A bill is payable at a determinable future time within
the meaning of this Ordinance which is expressed to be
payable
(a) at a fixed period after date or sight;
(6) on or at a fixed period after the occurrence of a
specified event which is certain to happen, though the
time of happening may be uncertain.
Sum
pavable.
Bill payable
on demand.
Bill payable
at a future
time,
760
Omission of
date in till
pavable after
date.
Ante-dating
and post-
dating.
Computation
of time of
payment.
Ch. 31. No. 5.] Bills of Exchange.
An instrument expressed to be payable on a contingency
is not a bill, and the happening of the event does not cure
the defect.
12. Where a bill expressed to be payable at a fixed period
after date is issued undated, or where the acceptance of a
bill payable at a fixed period after sight is undated, any
holder may insert therein the true date of issue or acceptance
and the bill shall be payable accordingly:
Provided that (a) where the holder in good faith and by
mistake inserts a wrong date, and () in every case where a
wrong date is inserted, if the bill subsequently comes into
the hands of a holder in due course, the bill shall not be
avoided thereby, but shall operate and be payable as if the
date so inserted had been the true date.
13. (1) Where a bill or an acceptance or any indorsement
on a bill is dated, the date shall, unless the contrary be
proved, be deemed to be the true date of the drawing,
acceptance, or indorsement, as the case may be.
(2) A bill is not invalid by reason only that it is
ante-dated or post-dated, or that it bears date on a Sunday.
14. Where a bill is not payable on demand, the day on
which it falls due is determined as follows :—
(a) three days, called days of grace, are, in every
case where the bill itself does not otherwise provide,
added to the time of payment as fixed by the bill, and
the bill is due and payable on the last day of grace:
Provided that
(1) when the last day of grace falls on Sunday,
Christmas Day, or Good Friday, the bill is, except
in the case hereinafter provided for, due and
payable on the preceding business day;
(ii) when the last day of grace is a public
holiday (other than Christmas Day or Good
lriday), or when the last day of grace is a Sunday
and the second day of grace is a public holiday, the
bill is due and payable on the succeeding business
day ;
Bills of Exchange. (Ch. 31. No. 5.
(6) where a bill is payable at a fixed period after
date, after sight, or after the happening of a specified
event, the time of payment is determined by excluding
the day from which the time is to begin to run and by
including the day of payment;
(c) where a bill is payable at a fixed period after
sight, the time begins to run from the date of the
acceptance if the bill be accepted, and from the date of
noting or protest if the bill be noted or protested for
non-acceptance, or for non-delivery ;
(@) the term “month in a bill means calendar
month.
15. The drawer of a bill and any indorser may insert
therein the name of a person to whom the holder may
resort in case of need, that is to say, in case the bill is
dishonoured by non-acceptance or non-payment. Such
person is called the referee in case of need. It is in the
option of the holder to resort to the referee in case of need
or not as he may think fit.
16. The drawer of a bill, and any indorser, may insert
therein an express stipulation—
(a) negativing or limiting his own liability to the
holder;
(b) waiving as regards himself some or all of the
holder’s duties.
17. (1) The acceptance of a bill is the signification by the
drawee of his assent to the order of the drawer.
(2) An acceptance is invalid unless it complies with
the following conditions, namely:
(a) it must be written on the bill and be signed by the
drawee; the mere signature of the drawce without
additional words is sufficient ;
(6) it must not express that the drawee will perform
his promise by any other means than the payment of
money.
761
Case of need.
Optional
stipulations
by drawer or
indorser,
Definition
and requi-
sites of
acceptance.
762
Time for
acceptance.
Inchoate in-
struments.
Ch. 31. No. 5.] Bills of Exchange.
18. A bill may be accepted—
(a) before it has been signed by the drawer, or while
otherwise incomplete ;
(6) when it is overdue, or after it has been dis-
honoured by a previous refusal to accept, or by
non-payment ;
(c) when a bill payable after sight is dishonoured by
hon-acceptance, and the drawee subsequently accepts
i, the holder, in the absence of any different agreement,
is entitled to have the bill accepted as of the date of
first presentment to the drawee for acceptance.
19. (1) An acceptance is either (a) general or (8) qualified.
(2) A general acceptance assents without qualification
to the order of the drawer. A qualified acceptance in
‘xpress terms varies the effect of the bill as drawn,
In particular an acceptance is qualified which is—
(a) conditional, that is to say, which makes payment
by the acceptor dependent on the fulfilment of a
condition therein stated;
(6) partial, that is to sav, an acceptance to pay part
only of the amount for which the bill is drawn ;
(c) local, that is to say, an acceptance to pay only at
a particular specified place; an acceptance to pay at a
particular place is a general acceptance, unless it
expressly states that the bill is to be paid there only
and not elsewhere ;
(d) qualified as to time;
(ec) the acceptance of some one or more of the
drawee. but not of all.
20. (1) Where a simple signature ona blank paper defining
an amount not to be exceeded is delivered by the signer in
order that it may be converted into a bill, it operates as a
prima facte authority to fill it up as a complete bill for any
amount not exceeding the defined limit, using the signature
for that of the drawer, or the acceptor, or an indorser;
and, in like manner, when a bill is wanting in any material
particular, the person in possession of it has a prima facie
authority to fill up the omission in any way he thinks fit.
Bills of Exchange. [Ch. 31. No. 5.
(2) In order that any such instrument when completed
may be enforceable against anv person who became a party
thereto prior to its completion, it must be filled up within a
reasonable time, and strictly in accordance with the
authority given. Reasonable time for this purpose is a
question of fact:
Provided that if any such instrument after completion
is negotiated to a holder in due course it shall be valid and
effectual for all purposes in his hands, and he may enforce
it as if it had been filled up within a reasonable time and
strictly in accordance with the authority given.
21. (1) Every contract on a bill, whether it be the
drawer’s, the acceptor’s, or an indorser’s, is incomplete
and revocable, until delivery of the instrument in order
to give effect thereto:
Provided that where an acceptance is written on a bill,
and the drawee gives notice to or according to the directions
of the persons entitled to the bill that he has accepted it,
the acceptance then becomes complete and irrevocable.
(2) As between immediate parties, and as regards a
remote party other than a holder in due course, the
delivery—
(a) in order to be effectual must be made cither by
or under the authority of the party drawing, accepting,
or indorsing, as the case may be;
(6) may be shown to have been conditional or for a
special purpose only, and not for the purpose of
transferring the property in the bill,
But if the bill be in the hands of a holder in due course,
a valid delivery of the bill by all parties prior to him so as to
make them liable to him is conclusively presumed.
(3) Where a bill is no longer in the possession of a
party who has signed it as drawer, acceptor, or indorser, a
valid and unconditional delivery by him is presumed until
the contrary is proved.
Capacity and authority of parties.
763
Delivery.
22. (1) Capacity to incur lability as a party to a bill is Capacity of
co-extensive with capacity to contract:
Provided that nothing in this section shall enable a
parties.
764
Signature
essential to
hahility.
Forged or
unauthorised
signature,
DProcuration
signature-.
Terson
sipning as
agent or in
represen-
tative
capacity.
Ch. 31. No. 5.] Bills of Exchange.
corporation to make itself liable as drawer, acceptor, or
indorser of a bill unless it is competent to it so to do under
the law for the time being in force relating to corporations.
(2) Where a bill is drawn or indorsed by an infant,
minor, or corporation having no capacity or power to incur
hability on a bill, the drawing or indorsement entitles the
holder to receive payment of the bill, and to enforce it
against any other party thereto.
23. No person is liable as drawer, indorser, or acceptor of
a bill who has not signed it as such:
Provided that—
(a2) where a person signs a bill in a trade or assumed
name, he is liable thereon as if he had signed it in his
own name;
(b) the signature of the name of a firm is equivalent
to the signature by the person so signing of the names
of all persons liable as partners in that firm.
24. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, where a
signature on a bill is forged or placed thereon without the
authority of the person whose signature it purports to be,
the forged or unauthorised signature is wholly inoperative,
and no right to retain the bill or to give a discharge therefor
or to enforce payment thereof against any party thereto can
be acquired through or under that signature, unless the
party against whom it is sought to retain or enforce payment
of the bill is precluded from setting up the forgery or want
of authority:
Provided that nothing in this section shall affect the
ratification of an unauthorised signature not amounting
to a forgery.
25. A signature by procuration operates as notice that the
agent has but a limited authority to sign, and the principal
is only bound by such signature if the agent in so signing
was acting within the actual limits of his authority.
26. (1) Where a person signs a bill as drawer, indorser,
or acceptor, and adds words to his signature, indicating that
he signs for or on behalf of a principal, or in a representative
Bills of Exchange. [Ch. 31. No. 5.
character, he is not personally liable thereon; but the mere
addition to his signature of words describing him as an
agent, or as filling a representative character, does not
*xempt him from personal liability.
(2) In determining whether a signature on a bill is
that of the principal or that of the agent by whose hand it is
written, the construction most favourable to the validity
of the instrument shall be adopted.
The consideration for a bill.
27. (1) Valuable consideration for a bill may be con-
stituted by
(a) any consideration sufficient to support a simple
contract ;
(6) an antecedent debt or liability. Such a debt or
liability is deemed valuable consideration whether the
bill is payable on demand or at a future time.
(2) Where value has at any time been given for a bill,
the holder is deemed to be a holder for value as regards the
acceptor and all parties to the bill who became parties prior
to such time.
(3) Where the holder of a bill has a Jien on it, arising
cither from contract or by implication of law, he is deemed
to be a holder for value to the extent of the sum for which
he has a lien.
28. (1) An accommodation party to a bill is a person who
has signed a bill as drawer, acceptor, or indorser, without
receiving value therefor, and for the purpose of lending his
name to some other person.
(2) An accommodation party is liable on the bill to a
holder for value; and it is immaterial whether, when such
holder took the bill, he knew such party to be an accommo-
dation party or not.
29. (1) A holder in due course is a holder who has taken
a bill, complete and regular on the face of it, under the
following conditions, namely,—
(a) that he became the holder of it before it was
765
Value and
holder for
value.
Accommoda-
tion bill or
party.
Holder in
due course.
700
Dresun.p tien
of value and
goed faith,
Negeth
of lull.
Ch. 31. No. 5.] Bills of Exchange.
overdue, and without notice that it had been previously
dishonoured, if such was the fact ;
(6) that he took the bill in good faith and for value,
and that at the time the bill was negotiated to him he
had no notice of any defect in the title of the person
who negotiated it.
(2) In particular the title of a person who negotiate.
a bill is defective within the meaning of this Ordinance when
he obtained the bill, or the acceptance thereof, by fraud,
duress, or foree and fear, or other unlawful means, or for an
illegal consideration, or when he negotiates it in ‘breach of
faith, or under such circumstances as amount to a fraud.
(3) A holder (whether for value or not) who derive.
his title to a bill through a holder in due course, and who is
not himself a party to any fraud or iWlegality affecting it,
has all the rights of that holder in due course as regar ds the
acceptor and all parties to the bill prior to that holder.
30. (1) Every party whose signature appears on a bill is
prima facie deemed to have become a party thereto for
value.
(2) every holder of a bill is primd facie deemed to be
holder in due course, but if in an action on a bill it is
admitted or proved that the acceptance, issue, or subsequent
negotiation of the bill is affected with fraud, duress, or
force and fear, or egality, the burden of pr oof is shifted,
unless and until the holder proves that, subsequent to the
alleged fraud or Wlegality, value has in good faith been given
for the bill,
Negotiation of bills.
31. (1) A billis negotiated when it is transferred from one
person to another in such a manner as to constitute the
transferee the holder of the bill.
(2) A bill payable to bearer is negotiated by delivery.
(3) A bill payable to order is negotiated by the
indorsement of the holder completed by delivery.
(4) Where the holder of a bill payable to his order
transfers it for value without indorsing it, the transfer gives
the transferee such title as the transferor had in the bill,
_ =Bills of Exchange. (Ch. 31. No. 5.
and the transferee in addition acquires the right to have the
indorsement of the transferor.
(5) Where any person is under obligation to indorse a
bill in a representative capacity, he may indorse the bill in
such terms as to negative personal liability.
32. An indorsement in order to operate as a negotiation
must comply with the following conditions, namely,—
(a) it must be written on the bill itself and be signed
by the indorser; the simple signature of the indorser on
the bill, without additional words, is sufficient:
An indorsement written on an allonge, or on a “copyâ€â€™
of a bill issued or negotiated in a country where
‘copie.’ are recognised, is deemed to be written on
the bill itself;
(6) it must be an indorsement of the entire bill; a
partial indorsement, that is to say, an indorsement
which purports to transier to the indorsee a part only
of the amount payable, or which purports to transfer
the bill to two or more indorsees severally, does not
operate as a negotiation of the bill;
(c) where a bill is payable to the order of two or more
payee. or indorsees who are not partners, all must
indorse, unless the one indorsing has authority to indorse
for the others;
(d) where, in a bill payable to order, the payee or
indorsee is wrongly designated, or his name is misspelt,
he may indorse the bill as therein described, adding, if
he thinks fit, his proper signature ;
(e) where there are two or more indorsements on a
bill, each indersement is deemed to have been made in
the order in which it appears on the bill, until the con-
trary is proved;
(f) an indorsement may be made in blank or special;
it may also contain terms making it restrictive.
33. Where a bill purports to be indorsed conditionally,
the condition may be disregarded by the payer, and payment
to the indorsee is valid ‘whether the condition has been
fulfilled or not.
767
Requisites
of a valid
indorsement.
Conditional
indorsement.
768
Indoursement
in blank and
special
indorsement.
Restrictive
indorsement.
Negotiation
of overdue
or dis-
honoured
bill.
Ch. 31. No. 5.) Bills of Exchange.
34. (1) An indorsement in blank specifies no indorsee,
and a bill so indorsed becomes payable to bearer.
(2) A special indorsement specifies the person to
whom, or to whose order, the bill is to be payable.
(3) The provisions of this Ordinance relating to a
payee apply with the necessary modifications to an indorsee
under a special indorsement.
(4) When a bill has been indorsed in blank, any
holder may convert the blank indorsement into a special
indorsement by writing above the indorser’s signature a
direction to pay the bill to or to the order of himself or some
other person.
35. (1) An indorsement is restrictive which prohibits the
further negotiation of the bill or which expresses that it is
a mere authority to deal with the bill as thereby directed
and not a transfer of the ownership thereof, as, for example,
if a bill be indorsed “ Pay D. only,†or “ Pay D. for the
account of X.,â€â€™ or ‘‘ Pay D. or order for collection.â€
(2) A restrictive indorsement gives the indorsce the
right to receive payment of the bill and to sue any party
thereto that his indorser could have sued, but gives him no
power to transfer his rights as indorsee unless it expressly
authorise him to do so.
(3) Where a restrictive indorsement authorises further
transfer, all subsequent indorsees take the bill with the same
rights and subject to the same liabilities as the first indorsee
under the restrictive indorsement.
36. (1) Where a bill is negotiable in its origin, it continues
to be negotiable until 1t has been (a) restrictively indorsed
or (0) discharged by payment or otherwise.
(2) Where an overdue bill is negotiated, it can only be
negotiated subject to any defect of title affecting it at its
maturity, and thenceforward no person who takes it can
acquire or give a better title than that which the person
from whom he took it had.
(3) A bill payable on demand is deemed to be overdue
within the meaning and for the purposes of this section, when
it appears on the face of it to have been in circulation for an
Bills of Exchange. (Ch. 31. No. 5.
unreasonable length of time. What is an unreasonable
length of time for this purpose is a question of fact.
(4) Except where an indorsement bears date after
the maturity of the bill, every negotiation is primd facte
deemed to have been effected before the bill was overdue.
(5) Where a bill which is not overdue has been dis-
honoured, any person who takes it with notice of the
dishonour takes it subject to any defect of title attaching
thereto at the time of dishonour, but nothing in this
subsection shall affect the rights of a holder in due course.
37. Where a bill is negotiated back to the drawer, or toa
prior indorser, or to the acceptor, such party may, subject
to the provisions of this Ordinance, re-issue and further
negotiate the bill, but he is not entitled to enforce payment
of the bill against any intervening party to whom he was
previously liable.
38. The rights and powers of the holder of a bill are as
follows :—
(a) he may sue on the bill in his own name;
(b) where he is a holder in due course, he holds the
bill free from any defect of title of prior parties, as well
as from mere personal defences available to prior
parties among themselves, and may enforce payment
against all parties liable on the bill;
(c) where his title is defective (i) if he negotiates the
bill to a holder in due course, that holder obtains a
good and complete title to the bill, and (ii) if he obtains
payment of the bill, the person who pays. him in due
course gets a valid discharge for the bill.
General duties of the holder.
39. (1) Where a bill is payable after sight, presentment
for acceptance is necessary in order to fix the maturity of
the instrument.
(2) Where a bill expressly stipulates that it shall be
presented for acceptance, or where a bill is drawn payable
elsewhere than at the residence or place of business of the
T.—IV. 49
769
Negotiation
of bill to
party
already
liable
thereon.
Rights of
the holder.
When
presentment
for accept-
ance is
necessary.
770
Time for
presenting
bill payable
after sight.
Rules as to
presentment
for accept-
ance, and
excuses for
non-pre-
sentment.
Ch. 31. No. 5.] Bills of Exchange.
drawee, it must be presented for acceptance before it can be
presented for payment.
(3) In no other case is presentment for acceptance
necessary in order to render liable any party to the bill.
(4) Where the holder of a bill, drawn payable else-
where than at the place of business or residence of the
drawee, has not time, with the exercise of reasonable
diligence, to present the bill for acceptance before presenting
it for payment on the day that it falls due, the delay caused
by presenting the bill for acceptance before presenting it
for payment is excused, and does not discharge the drawer
and indorsers.
40. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, when
a bill payable after sight is negotiated, the holder must
either present it for acceptance or negotiate it within a
reasonable time.
(2) If he do not do so, the drawer and all indorsers
prior to that holder are discharged.
(3) In determining what is a reasonable time within
the meaning of this section, regard shall be had to the nature
of the bill, the usage of trade with respect to similar bills,
and the facts of the particular case.
41. (1) A bill is duly presented for acceptance which is
presented in accordance with the following rules :—
(a) the presentment must be made by or on behalf
of the holder to the drawee or to some person authorised
to accept or refuse acceptance on his behalf at a reason-
able hour on a business day and before the bill is
overdue;
(6) where a bill is addressed to two or more drawees,
who are not partners, presentment must be made to
them all, unless one has authority to accept for all,
then presentment may be made to him only;
(c) where the drawee is dead, presentment may be
made to his personal representative ;
(2) where the drawee is bankrupt, presentment may
be made to him or to his trustee;
(e) where authorised by agreement or usage, a
presentment through the Post Office is sufficient.
Bills of Exchange. | (Ch. 31. No.5.
(2) Presentment in accordance with these rules is
excused, and a bill may be treated as dishonoured by
non-acceptance—
(a) where the drawee is dead, or bankrupt, or is a
fictitious person or a person not having capacity to
contract by bill;
(5) where, after the exercise of reasonable diligence,
such presentment cannot be effected ;
(c) where, although the presentment has been irre-
gular, acceptance has been refused on some other
ground.
(3) The fact that the holder has reason to believe
that the bill, on presentment, will be dishonoured does not
excuse presentment.
42. When a bill is duly presented for acceptance, and is
not accepted within the customary time, the person
presenting it must treat it as dishonoured by non-acceptance.
If he do not, the holder shall Jose his right of recourse
against the drawer and indorsers.
43. (1) A bill is dishonoured by non-acceptance—
(2) when it is duly presented for acceptance, and
such an acceptance as is prescribed by this Ordinance
is refused or cannot be obtained; or
(6b) when presentment for acceptance is excused and
the bill is not accepted.
(2) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, when
a bill is dishonoured by non-acceptance, an immediate
right of recourse against the drawer and indorsers accrues
to the holder, and no presentment for payment is necessary.
44. (1) The holder of a bill may refuse to take a qualified
acceptance, and, if he does not obtain an unqualified
acceptance, may treat the bill as dishonoured by non-
acceptance.
(2) Where a qualified acceptance is taken, and the
drawer or an indorser has not expressly or impliedly
authorised the holder to take a qualified acceptance, or
does not subsequently assent thereto, such drawer or
indorser is discharged from his liability on the bill.
49 (2)
771
Non-
acceptance.
Dishonour
by non-
acceptance
and its con-
sequences.
Duties as to
qualified
acceptances.
Ch. 31. No. 5.] Bills of Exchange.
Rulea as to
presentment
for payment.
The provisions of this subsection do not apply to a
partial acceptance, whereof due notice has been given.
Where a foreign bill has been accepted as to part, it must be
protested as to the balance.
(3) When the drawer or indorser of a bill receives
notice of a qualified acceptance, and does not, within a
reasonable time, express his dissent to the holder, he shall
be deemed to have assented thereto.
45. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, a bill
must be duly presented for payment. If it be not so
presented, the drawer and indorsers shall be discharged.
A billis duly presented for payment which is presented in
accordance with the following rules
(a) where the bill is not payable on demand, present-
ment must be made on the day it falls due;
(b) where the bill is payable on demand, then, sub-
ject to the provisions of this Ordinance, presentment
must be made within a reasonable time after its issue
in order to render the drawer lable, and within a
reasonable time after its indorsement, in order to
render the indorser lable; in determining what is a
reasonable time, regard shall be had to the nature of
the bill, the usage of trade with regard to similar
bills, and the facts of the particular case;
(c) presentment must be made by the holder or by
some person authorised to receive payment on his
behalf at a reasonable hour on a business day, at the
proper place as hereinafter defined, either to the
person designated by the bill as payer, or to some
person authorised to pay or refuse payment on his
behal!, if with the exercise of reasonable diligence
such person can there be found;
(d@) a bill is presented at the proper place—
(i) where a place of payment is specified in the
bill and the bill is there presented ;
(ii) where no place of payment is specified, but
the address of the drawee or acceptor is given in
the bill, and the bill is there presented ;
(iii) where no place of payment is specified, and
no address given, and the bill is presented at the
Bills of Exchange. (Ch. 31. No. 5.
drawee’s or acceptor’s place of business if known,
and if not, at his ordinary residence if known;
(iv) in any other case, if presented to the
drawee or acceptor wherever he can be found, or if
presented at his last known place of business or
residence ;
(e) where a bill is presented at the proper place,
and, after the exercise of reasonable diligence, no
person authorised to pay or refuse payment can be
found there, no further presentment to the drawee or
acceptor is required ;
(f) where a bill is drawn upon, or accepted by two
or more persons who are not partners, and no place of
payment is specified, presentment must be made to
them all;
(g) where the drawee or acceptor of a bill is dead,
and no place of payment is specified, presentment
must be made to a personal representative, if such
there be, and, with the exercise of reasonable diligence
he can be found;
(h) where authorised by agreement or usage, a
presentment through the Post Office is sufficient.
46. (1) Delay in making presentment for payment is
excused when the delay is caused by circumstances beyond
the control of the holder, and not imputable to his default,
misconduct, or negligence. When the cause of delay
ceases to operate presentment must be made with reasonable
diligence.
(2) Presentment for payment is dispensed with—
(a) where, after the exercise of reasonable diligence,
presentment, as required by this Ordinance, cannot be
effected: the fact that the holder has reason to believe
that the bill will, on presentment, be dishonoured, does
not dispense with the necessity for presentment ,
(6) where the drawee is a fictitious person;
(c) as regards the drawer, where the drawee or
acceptor is not bound, as between himself and the
drawer, to accept or pay the bill, and the drawer has
no reason to believe that the bill would be paid if
presented ;
773
Excuses for
delay or non-
presentment
for payment.
774
Dishonour
bv non:
payment.
Notice af
dishonour
and eftect of
non notice.
Rules as to
notice of
dishonour.
Ch. 31. No. 5.] Bills of Exchange.
(d) as regards an indorser, where the bill) was
accepted or made for the accommodation of that
indorser, and he has no reason to expect that the bill
would be paid if presented ;
(¢) by waiver of presentment, expressed or implied.
47. (1) A bill is dishonoured by non-payment (a) when
it is duly presented for payment and payment is refused or
cannot be ebiained, or (6) when presentment is excused and
the bill is overdue and unpaid.
(2) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, when
a billis dishonoured by non-payment, an immediate right of
recourse against: the drawer and indorsers accrue. to the
holder.
48. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, when
bill has been dishonoured by non-acceptance or by non-
payment, notice of dishonour must be given to the drawer
and cach indorser, and any drawer or indorser to whom such
hotice is not given is discharged
Provided that
(a) where a bill is dishonoured by non-acceptance,
and notice of dishonour is not given, the rights of a
holder in due course, subsequent to the omission, shall
not be prejudiced by the omission ;
(6) where a bill is dishonoured by non-acceptance,
and due notice of dishonour is given, iW shall not be
nece, cary to give notice of a subsequent dishonour by
non-payment unless the bill shall ino the meantime
have been accepted.
49. Notice of dishonour in order to be valid and effectual
must be given in accordance with the following rule.
(1) The notice must be given by or on behalf of the
holder, or by or on behalf of an indorser who, at the
time of giving it, is himself liable on the bill.
(2) Notice of dishonour may be given by an agent
either in his own name, or in the name of any party
entitled to give notice whether that party be his
principal or not.
Bills of Exchange. (Ch. 31. No. 5.
(3) When the notice is given by or on behalf of the
holder, it enures for the benefit of all subsequent
holders and all prior indorsers who have a right: of
recourse against the party to whom it is given,
(4) Where notice is given by or on behalf of an
indorser entitled to give notice as hereinbefore pro-
vided, it enures for the benefit of the holder and all
indorsers subsequent to the party to whom notice is
given.
(5) The notice may be given in writing or by personal
communication, and may be given in any terms which
sufficiently identify the bill, and intimate that the bill
has been dishonoured by non-acceptance or non-
payment.
(6) The return of a dishonoured bill to the drawer or
an indorser is, in point of form, deemed a sufficient
notice of dishonour,
(7) A written notice need not be signed, and an
insufficient written notice may be supplemented and
validated) by verbal communication. A misdescrip-
tion of the bill shall not vitiate the notice unless the
party to whom the notice is given is in’ faet misled
thereby.
(8) Where notice of dishonour is required to be given
to any person, it may be given cither to the party
himself, or to his agent in that behalf,
(9) Where the drawer or indorser is dead, and the
party giving notice knows it, the notice must be given
toa personal representative, if such there be, and with
the exercise of reasonable diligence he can be found.
(10) Where the drawer or indorser is) bankrupt,
notice may be given either to the party himself or to
the trustee.
(11) Where there are two or more drawers or in-
dorsers who are not partners, notice must be given to
each of them, unless one of them has authority to
receive such notice for the others.
(12) The notice may be given as soon as the bill is
dishonoured, and must be given within a reasonable
time thereafter.
775
770
I xcuses for
bon-notice
and delay.
Ch. 31. No. 5.] Bills of Exchange.
In the absence of special circumstances, notice is not
deemed to have been given within a reasonable time,
unless—-
(a) where the person giving and the person to
receive notice reside in the same place, the notice
is given or sent off in time to reach the latter on the
day after the dishonour of the bill;
(6) where the person giving and the person to
receive notice reside in different places, the notice
is sent off.on the day after the dishonour of the
bill, if there be a post at a convenient hour on that
day, and if there be no such post on that day then
by the next post thereafter.
(13) Where a bill when dishonoured is in the hands
of an agent, he may either himself give notice to the
parties liable on the bill, or he may give notice to his
principal, Tf he give notice to his principal, he must
do so within the same time as if he were the holder,
and the principal upon receipt of such notice has him-
self the same time for giving notice as if the agent had
been an independent holder
(14) Where a party to a bill receives due notice of
dishonour, he has, after the receipt of such notice, the
‘ame period of time for giving notice to antecedent
parties that the holder has after the dishonour.
(15) Where a notice of dishonour is duly addressed
and posted, the sender is deemed to have given due
notice of dishonour, notwithstanding any miscarriage
by the Post Office.
50. (1) Delay in giving notice of dishonour is excused
where the delay is caused by circumstances beyond the
control of the party giving notice, and not imputable to
his default, misconduct, or negligence. When the cause of
delay ceases to oper rate, the notice must be given with
reasonable diligence.
(2) Notice of dishonour is dispensed with—
(a) when, after the exercise of reasonable diligence,
notice as required by this Ordinance cannot be given to
or does not reach the drawer or indorser sought to be
charged ;
Bills of Exchange. [Ch. 31. No. 5.
(6) by waiver express or implied; notice of dis-
honour may be waived before the time of giving notice
has arrived, or after the omission to give due notice ;
(c) as regards the drawer in the following cases,
namely, (i) where drawer and drawee are the same
person, (il) where the drawee is a fictitious person, or
a person not having capacity to contract, (iii) where
the drawer is the person to whom the bill is presented
for payment, (iv) where the drawee or acceptor is as
between himself and the drawer under no obligation
to accept or pay the bill, (v) where the drawer has
countermanded payment ;
(2) as regards the indorser in the following cases,
namely, (i) where the drawee is a fictitious person, or a
person not having capacity to contract, and the in-
dorser was aware of the fact at the time he indorsed the
bill, (ii) where the indorser is the person to whom the
bill is presented for payment, (iii) where the bill was
accepted or made for his accommodation,
51. (1) Where an inland bill has been dishonoured, it
may, if the holder think fit, be noted for non-acceptance or
non-payment, as the case may be; but it shall not) be
necessary to note or protest any such bill in order to pre-
serve the recourse against the drawer or indorser.
(2) Where a foreign bill, appearing on the face of it
to be such, has been dishonoured by non-aceeptance, it
must be duly protested for non-acceptance, and where such
a bill, which has not been previously dishonoured by non-
acceptance, is dishonoured by non-payment, it must be
duly protested for non-payment. If it be not so protested,
the drawer and indorsers are discharged. Where a bill does
not appear on the face of it to be a foreign bill, protest
thereof in case of dishonour is unnecessary.
(3) A bill which has been protested for non-acceptance
may be subsequently protested for non-payment.
(4) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance,
when a bill is noted or protested, it may be noted on the day
of its dishonour, and must be noted not later than the next
succeeding business day. When a bill has been duly
noted, the protest may be subsequently extended as of the
date of the noting.
7717
Noting or
drotest of
rill,
778
Duties of
holder as
regards
drawee or
acceptor.
Ch. 31. No. 5.] Bills of Exchange.
(5) Where the acceptor of a bill becomes bankrupt
or insolvent or suspends payment before it matures, the
holder may cause the bill to be protested for better security
against the drawer and indorsers.
(6) A bill must be protested at the place where it is
dishonoured:
Provided that
(a) when a bill is presented through the Post Office,
and returned by post dishonoured, it may be protested
at the place to which it is returned and on the day of its
return if received during business hours, and if not
received during business hours, then not later than the
next business day;
(b) when a bill drawn payable at the place of business
or residence of some person other than the drawee has
been dishonoured by non-acceptance, it must be pro-
tested for non-payment at the place where it is expressed
to be payable, and no further presentment for payment
to, or demand on, the drawee is necessary.
(7) A protest must contain a copy of the bill, and must
be signed by the Notary making it, and must specify—
(a) the person at whose request the bill is pro-
tested;
(b) the place and date of protest, the cause or reason
for protesting the bill, the demand made, and the
answer given, if any, or the fact that the drawee or
acceptor could not be found.
(8) Where a bill is lost or destroyed, or is wrongly
detained from the person entitled to hold it, protest may be
made on a copy or written particulars thereof.
(9) Protest is dispensed with by any circumstance
which would dispense with notice of dishonour. Delay in
noting or protesting is excused when the delay is caused
by circumstances beyond the control of the holder, and not
imputable to his default, misconduct, or negligence. When
the cause of delay ceases to operate, the bill must be noted
or protested with reasonable diligence.
52. (1) When a billis accepted generally, presentment for
payment is not necessary in order to render the acceptor
liable.
Bills of Exchange. (Ch. 31. No. 5.
(2) When, by the terms of a qualified acceptance,
presentment for payment is required, the acceptor, in the
absence of an express stipulation to that effect, is not
discharged by the omission to present the bill for payment
on the day that it matures.
(3) In order to render the acceptor of a bill liable, it
is not necessary to protest it, or that notice of dishonour
should be given to him.
(4) Where the holder of a bill presents it for payment,
he shall exhibit the bill to the person from whom he
demands payment, and when a bill is paid the holder shall
forthwith deliver it up to the party paying it.
Liabilities of parties.
53. A bill, of itself, does not operate as an assignment of
funds in the hands of the drawee available for the payment
thereof, and the drawee of a bill who does not accept as
required by this Ordinance is not lable on the instrument.
54. The acceptor of a bill by accepting it —
(a) engages that he will pay it according to the
tenor of his acceptance;
(5) is precluded from denying to a holder in duc
course —
(i) the existence of the drawer, the genuineness
of his signature, and his capacity and authority to
draw the bill;
(ii) in the case of a bill payable to drawer’s
order, the then capacity of the drawer to indorse,
but not the genuineness or validity of his indorse-
ment ;
(iii) in the case of a bill payable to the order of
a third person, the existence of the payee and his
then capacity to indorse, but not the genuineness
or validity of his indorsement.
55. (1) The drawer of a bill by drawing it—
(2) engages that on due presentment it shall be
accepted and paid according to its tenor, and that if it
be dishonoured he will compensate the holder or any
779
Lill not
assignment
of funds in
bands of
drawee.
Liability of
acceptor,
Liability of
drawer or
indorser.
780
Stranger
signing bill
liable as
indorser.
Measure of
damages
against
parties to
dishonoured
bill.
Ch. 31. No. 5.] Bills of Exchange.
indorser who is compelled to pay it, provided that the
requisite proceedings on dishonour be duly taken;
(8) is precluded from denying to a holder in due
course the existence of the payee and his then capacity
to indorse.
(2) The indorser of a bill by indorsing it—
(2) engages that on due presentment it shall be
accepted and paid according to its tenor, and that if
it be dishonoured he will compensate the holder or a
subsequent indorser who is compelled to pay it, pro-
vided that the requisite proceedings on dishonour be
duly taken;
(b) is precluded from denying to a holder in due
course the genuineness and regularity in all respects
of the drawer’s signature and all previous indorsements ;
(c) is precluded from denying to his immediate or a
subsequent indorsee that the bill was at the time of his
indorsement a valid and subsisting bill, and that he
had then a good title thereto.
56. Where a person signs a bill otherwise than as drawer
or acceptor, he thereby incurs the liabilities of an indorser
to a holder in due course.
57. Where a bill is dishonoured, the measure of damages,
which shall be deemed to be liquidated damages, shall be as
follows—
(a) the holder may recover from any party liable on
the bill, and the drawer who has been compelled to pay
the bill may recover from the acceptor, and an indorser
who has been compelled to pay the bill may recover
from the acceptor or from the drawer, or from a prior
indorser—
(i) the amount of the bill;
(ii) interest thereon from the time of present-
ment for payment, if the bill is payable on demand,
and from the maturity of the bill in any other
case ;
(iii) the expenses of noting, or when protest is
necessary, and the protest has been extended, the
expenses of protest ;
Bills of Exchange. (Ch. 31. No. 5.
(b) in the case of a bill which has been dishonoured
abroad, in lieu of the above damages, the holder may
recover from the drawer or an indorser, and the drawer
or an indorser who has been compelled to pay the bill
may recover from any party liable to him, the amount
of the re-exchange with interest thereon until the time
of payment ;
(c) where, by this Ordinance, interest may be
recovered as damages, such interest may, if justice
require it, be withheld wholly or in part, and where a
bill is expressed to be payable with interest at a given
rate, interest as damages may or may not be given at
the same rate as interest proper.
58. (1) Where the holder of a bill payable to bearer
negotiates it by delivery without indorsing it, he is called a
“transferor by delivery.â€
(2) A transferor by delivery is not liable on the
instrument.
(3) A transferor by delivery who negotiates a bill
thereby warrants to his immediate transferee, being a holder
for value, that the bill is what it purports to be, that he has
a right to transfer it, and that at the time of transfer he is
not aware of any fact which renders it valueless.
Discharge of bill.
59. (1) A bill is discharged by payment in due course by
or on behalf of the drawee or acceptor.
Payment in due course means payment made at or
after the maturity of the bill to the holder thereof in good
faith and without notice that his title to the bill is defective.
(2) Subject to the provisions hereinafter contained,
when a bill is paid by the drawer or an indorser it is not
discharged; but
(a) where a bill payable to, or to the order of, a third
party is paid by the drawer, the drawer may enforce
payment thereof against the acceptor, but may not
re-issue the bill;
(b) where a bill is paid by an indorser, or where a bill
payable to drawer’s order is paid by the drawer, the
781
Transferor
by delivery
and trans-
feree.
Payment in
due course.
782
Banker
paying
demand
draft
whereon
indorsement
is forged.
Acceptor
the holder
at maturity.
Express
waiver,
Cancellation,
Ch. 31. No. 5.] Bills of Exchange.
party paying if is remitted to his former rights as
regards the acceptor or antecedent parties, and he may,
if he thinks fit, strike out his own and subsequent
indorsements, and again negotiate the bill.
(3) Where an accommodation bill is paid in due course
by the party accommodated, the bill is discharged.
60. When a bill payable to order on demand is drawn on a
banker, and the banker on whom it is drawn pays the bill
in good faith and in the ordinary course of business, it is not
incumbent on the banker to show that the indorsement of the
payee or any subsequent indorsement was made by or under
the authority of the person whose indorsement it purports
to be, and the banker 1s deemed to have paid the bill in due
course, although such indorsement has been forged or made
without authority.
A draft or order drawn by a banker on the head office or a
branch of his bank in the Colony for a sum of money
payable to order on demand shall be deemed to be a bill
for the purposes of this section.
61. When the acceptor of a bill is or becomes the holder
of it at or after its maturity, in his own right, the bill is
discharged.
62. (1) When the holder of a bill at or after its maturity
absolutely and unconditionally renounces his rights against
the acceptor the bill is discharged.
The renunciation must be in writing, unless the bill is
delivered up to the acceptor.
(2) The liabilities of any party to a bill may in like
manner be renounced by the holder before, at, or after its
maturity; but nothing in this section shall affect the rights
of a holder in due course without notice of the renunciation.
63. (1) Where a bill is intentionally cancelled by the
holder or his agent, and the cancellation is apparent thereon,
the bill is discharged.
(2) In like manner any party liable on a bill may be
discharged by the intentional cancellation of his signature
Bills of Exchange. [Ch. 31. No. 5.
by the holder or his agent. In such case any indorser who
would have had a right of recourse against the party whose
signature is cancelled, is also discharged.
(3) A cancellation made unintentionally, or under a
mistake, or without the authority of the holder, is
inoperative; but where a bill or any signature thereon
appears to have been cancelled, the burden of proof lies
on the party who alleges that the cancellation was made
unintentionally, or under a mistake, or without authority.
64. (1) Where a bill or acceptance is materially altered
without the assent of all parties liable on the bill, the bill is
avoided except as against a party who has himself made,
authorised, or assented to the alteration, and subsequent
indorsers :
Provided that where a bill has been materially altered, but
the alteration is not apparent, and the bill is in the hands of
a holder in due course, such holder may avail himself of the
bill as if it had not been altered, and may enforce payment
of it according to its original tenor.
(2) In particular the following alterations are material,
namely, any alteration of the date, the sum payable, the
time of payment, the place of payment, and, where a bill
has been accepted generally, the addition of a place of
payment without the acceptor’s assent.
Acceptance and payment for honour.
65. (1) Where a bill of exchange has been protested for
dishonour by non-acceptance, or protested for better
security, and is not overdue, any person, not being a party
already liable thereon, may, with the consent of the holder,
intervene and accept the bill supra protest, for the honour of
any party liable thereon, or for the honour of the person for
whose account the bill is drawn.
(2) A bill may be accepted for honour for part only of
the sum for which it is drawn.
(3) An acceptance for honour supr@ protest in order to
be valid must—
(a) be written on the bill, and indicate that it is an
acceptance for honour;
(b) be signed by the acceptor for honour.
783
Alteration
of bill.
Acceptance
for honour
supra
protest.
784
Liability of
acceptor for
honour.
Presentment
to acceptor
for honour.
Payment for
honour
supra
protest.
Ch. 31. No. 5.) Bills of Exchange.
(4) Where an acceptance for honour does not expressly
state for whose honour it is made, it is deemed to be an
acceptance for the honour of the drawer.
(5) Where a bill payable after sight is accepted for
honour, its maturity is calculated from the date of the
noting for non-acceptance, and not from the date of the
acceptance for honour.
66. (1) The acceptor for honour of a bill by accepting it
engages that he will, on due presentment, pay the bill
according to the tenor of his acceptance, if it is not paid
by the drawee, provided it has been duly presented for
payment, and protested for non-payment, and that he
Teceives notice of these facts.
(2) The acceptor for honour is liable to the holder and
to all parties to the bill subsequent to the party for whose
honour he has accepted.
67. (1) Where a dishonoured bill has been accepted for
honour supra protest, or contains a reference in case of need,
it must be protested for non-payment before it is presented
for payment to the acceptor for honour or referee 1n case of
need.
(2) Where the address of the acceptor for honour is
in the same place where the bill is protested for non-
payment, the bill must be presented to him not later than
the day following its maturity; and where the address of the
acceptor for honour is in some place other than the place
where it was protested for non-payment, the bill must be
forwarded not later than the day following its maturity for
presentment to him.
(3) Delay in presentment or non-presentment is
*xcused by any circumstance which would excuse delay
in presentment for payment or non-presentment for payment.
(+) When a bill of exchange is dishonoured by the
acceptor for honour, it must be protested for non-payment
by him.
68. (1) Where a bill has been protested for non-payment,
any person may intervene and pay it suprd protest for the
Bills of Exchange. [Ch. 31. No. 5.
honour of any party liable thereon, or for the honour of the
person for whose account the bill is drawn.
(2) Where two or more persons offer to pay a bill for
the honour of different partics, the person whose payment
will discharge most parties to the bill shall have the
preference.
(3) Payment for honour supra protest, in order to
operate as such and not as a mere voluntary payment, must
be attested by a notarial act of honour which may be ap-
pended to the protest or form an extension of it.
(4) The notarial act of honour must be founded on a
declaration made by the paycr for honour, or his agent in
that behalf, declaring his intention to pay the bill for
honour, and for whose honour he pays.
(5) Where a bill has been paid for honour, all parties
subsequent to the party for whose honour it is paid are
discharged, but the payer for honour is subrogated for, and
succeeds to both the rights and duties of, the holder as
regards the party for whose honour he pays, and all parties
liable to that party.
(6) The payer for honour on paying to the holder the
amount of the bill and the notarial expenses incidental to
its dishonour is entitled to receive both the bill itself and
the protest. If the holder do not on demand deliver them
up, he shall be liable to the payer for honour in damages.
(7) Where the holder of a bill refuses to reccive
payment supra protest he shall lose his right of recourse
against any party who would have been discharged by
such payment.
Lost instruments.
69. Where a bill has been lost before it is overdue, the
person who was the holder of it may apply to the drawer to
give him another bill of the same tenor, giving security to
the drawer, if required, to indemnify him against all
persons whatever in case the bill alleged to have been lost
shall be found again.
If the drawer on request as aforesaid refuses to give such
duplicate bill, he may be compelled to do so.
T.—IV. 30
785
Holder's
right to
duplicate
of lost bill.
786
Action on
Jost bill,
Rules as
to sets.
ules
where laws
conflict.
Ch. 31. No. 5.| Bills of Exchange.
70. In any action or proceeding upon a bill, the court or a
Judge may order that the loss of the instrument shall not be
set up, provided an indemnity be given to the satisfaction
of the court or Judge against the claims of any other person
upon the instrument in question,
Bill ina set.
71. (1) Where a billis drawn ina set, each part of the set
being numbered, and containing a reference to the other
parts, the whole of the parts constitute one bill.
(2) Where the holder of a set indorses two or more
parts to different persons, he is liable on every such part,
and every indorser subsequent to him is liable on the part
he has himself indorsed as if the said parts were separate
bills.
(3) Where two or more parts of a set are negotiated
to different holders in due course, the holder whose title first
acerues is as between such holders deemed the true owner
of the bill, but nothing in this subsection shall affect the
Tights of a person who in due course accepts or pays the
part first presented to him.
(4) The acceptance may be written on any part, and
it must be written on one part only.
If the drawee accepts more than one part, and such
accepted parts get into the hands of different holders in due
course, he is Hable on every such part as if it were a separate
bill.
(5) When the acceptor of a bill drawn in a set pays it
without requiring the part bearing. his acceptance to be
delivered up to him, and that part at matur ity} is outstanding
in the hands of a holder in due course, he is lable to the
holder thereof,
(6) Subject to the preceding rules, where any one
part of a bill drawn in a set is discharged by payment or
otherwise, the whole bill is discharged.
Conflict of laws.
72. Where a bill drawn in one country is negotiated,
accepted, or payable in another, the rights, duties, and
liabilities of the parties thereto are determined as follows :—
Bills of Exchange |Ch. 31. No. 5.
(a) the validity of a bill as regards requisites in form
is determined by the law of the place of issue, and the
validity as regards requisites in form of the super-
vening contracts, such as acceptance, or indorsement,
or acceptance supra protest, is determined by the law
of the place where such contract was made*
Provided that —
(i) where a bill is issued out of the Colony, it is
not invalid by reason only that it is not stamped
in accordance with the law of the place of issue;
(ii) where a bill issued out of the Colony con-
forms, as regards requisites in form, to the law of
the Colony, it may, for the purpose of enforcing
payment thereof, be treated as valid as between
all persons who negotiate, hold, or become parties
to it in the Colony;
(6) subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the
interpretation of the drawing, indorsement, acceptance,
or acceptance supra protest of a bill, is determined by the
law of the place where such contract is made:
Provided that where an inland bill is indorsed in a
foreign country, the indorsement shall, as regards the
paver, be interpreted according to the law of the
Colony ;
(c) the duties of the holder with respect to present-
ment for acceptance or payment, and the necessity for
or sufficiency of a protest or notice of dishonour, or
otherwise, are determined by the law of the place where
the act is done or the bill is dishonoured ;
(@) where a bill is drawn out of but payable in the
Colony, and the sum payable is not expressed in the
currency of the United Kingdom, or in dollars, or in
dollars and cents, the amount shall, in the absence of
some express stipulation, be calculated according to
the rate of exchange for sight drafts at the place of
payment on the day the bill is payable ;
(ec) where a bill is drawn in one country and is
payable in another, the due date thereof is determined
according to the law of the place where it is payable.
50 (2)
787
788 Ch. 31. No. 5.
Bills of exchange
PART II.
CHEQUES ON A BANKER,
73. A cheque is a bill of exchange drawn on a banker
pavable on demand.
Except as otherwise provided in this Part, the provisions
of this Ordinance appleable toa billof exchange payable on
demand apply to a cheque.
74. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance
(a) where a cheque is not presented for payment
within a reasonable time of its issue, and the drawer
or the person on whose account it is drawn had the
right at the dime of such presentment as between him
and the banker to have the cheque paid and: suffers
actual damage through the delay, he is discharged to
the extent of such damage, that is to cay to the
xtent to which such drawer or person is a creditor
of such banker to a kurger amount than he would have
been had such cheque been pata,
(6) in determining what is a reasonable time, regard
shall be had to the nature of the instrument, the usage
of trade and of bankers, and the facts of the particular
“ase
(c) the holder of such cheque as to which such drawer
or person is discharged shall be a creditor, in eu of such
drawer or person, of such banker to the extent of such
discharge, and entitled to recover the amount from him.
Revoration 75. Vhe duty and authority of a banker to pay a cheque
vee drawn ou him by his customer are determined by—
(a) countermand of payment
(6) notice of the customer’s death.
Crossed cheque.
76. (1) Where a cheque bears across its face an addition
of—
(a) the words and company — or any abbreviation
thereof between two parallel transverse line., either
with or without the words not negotiable,†or
Bulls of lexchange. |Ch. 31. No. 5.
(6) two parallel transverse lines simply, either with
or without the words “not negotiable,’
that addition constitutes a crossing, and the cheque is
crossed generally,
(2) Where a cheque bears across its face an addition
of the name of a banker, either with or without the words
not negotiable,†that addition constitutes a crossing, and
the cheque is crossed specially and to that banker,
77. (1) A cheque may be crossed generally or specially by
the drawer,
(2) Where a cheque is uncrossed, the holder may cross
it venerally or specially.
(3) Where a cheque is crossed generally, the holder
ay cross it specially
(+) Where a cheque is crossed generally or specially,
the holder may add the words not negotiable.
(5) Where a cheque is crossed specially, the banker to
whom it is crossed may again cross it specially to another
banker for collection.
(6) Where an uncrossed cheque, or a cheque crossed
generally, is sent toa banker for collection, he may cross it
specially to himself.
78. A crossing authorised by this Ordinance is a material
part of the cheque; it shall not be lawful for any person to
obliterate or, except as authorised by this Ordinance, to
add to or alter the crossing.
79, (1) Where a cheque is crossed specially to more than
one banker, except when crossed to an agent for collection
being a banker, the banker on whom it is drawn shall refuse
payment thereof,
(2) Where the banker on whom a cheque is drawn
which is so crossed nevertheless pays the same, or pays a
cheque crossed generally otherwise than to a banker, or if
crossed specially otherwise than to the banker to whom it is
crossed, or his agent for collection being a banker, he is
789
Crossing: by
drawer or
witer issue.
Crossing, a
Inaterial
part of
cheque.
Duties of
banker as to
crossed
cheques,
790
Protection
to banker
and drawer
where
cheque is
etossed,
Protection
tu collecting
banker,
Effect of
words ** not
negotiable.’
Ch. 31. No. 5.] Bills of Exchange.
liable to the true owner of the cheque for any loss he may
sustain owing to the cheque having been so paid:
Provided that where a cheque is presented for payment
which does not at the time of presentment appear to be
crossed, or to have had a crossing which has been obliterated,
or to have been added to or altered otherwise than as
authorised by this Ordinance, the banker paying the cheque
in good faith and without ne eligenc ¢ shall not be responsible
or incur any liability, nor shall the payment be questioned
by reason of the cheque having been crossed, or of the
crossing having been obliterated or having been added to or
altered otherwise than as authorised by this Ordinance,
and of payment having been made otherwise than to
banker or to the banker to whom the cheque is or was
crossed, or to his agent for collection being a banker, as the
may be.
(3) Where the banker, on whom a crossed cheque is
drawn, in good faith and without negligence pays it, if
crossed generally, to a banker and if crossed specially, to the
banker to whom it is crossed, or his agent for collection being
a banker, the banker paving the ¢ heque, and, if the cheque
has come into the hands of the paye>, the drawer, shall
respectively be entitled to the same rights and be placed
in the same position as if payment of the cheque had been
made to the true owner thereof,
80. (1) Where a banker in good faith and without
negligence receive. payment for a customer of a cheque:
crossed generally or specially to himself, and the customer
has no title or a defective title thereto, the banker shall not
incur any liability to the true owner of the cheque by reason
only of having received such payment.
(2) A banker receives payment of a crossed cheque
for a customer within the meaning of this section, not-
withstanding that he credits his customer’s account with
the amount of the cheque before receiving payment thereof.
81. Where a person takes a crossed cheque which bears on
it the words “‘ not negotiable,’ he shall not have, and shall
not be capable of giving, a better title to the cheque. than
that which the person from whom he took it had.
Bills of Exchange. [Ch. 31. No. 5.
82. Sections 76 to 81 shall apply to a banker’s draft as
if the draft were a cheque.
For the purposes of this section, the expression “banker’s
draft ’’ means a draft payable on demand drawn by or on
behalf of a bank upon itself, whether payable at the head
office or some other office of the bank.
PART III.
PROMISSORY NOTES.
83. (1) A promissory note is an unconditional promise in
writing made by one person to another signed by the maker,
engaging to pay, on demand or at a fixed or determinable
future time, a sum certain in money, to, or to the order of, a
specified person or to bearer.
(2) An instrument in the form of a note payable to
maker’ order is not a note within the meaning of this
section unless and until it is indorsed by the maker.
(3) A note is not invalid by reason only that it
contains also a pledge of collateral security with authority
to sell or dispose thereof.
(4) A note which is, or on the face of it purports to
be, both made and payable within the Colony is an inland
note. Any other note is a foreign note.
84. A promissory note is inchoate and incomplete until
delivery thereof to the payee or bearer.
85. (1) A promissory note may be made by two or more
makers, and they may be liable thereon jointly, or jointly
and severally, according to its tenor.
(2) Where a note runs’ I promise to payâ€â€™ and is
signed by two or more persons, it is deemed to be their
joint and several note.
86. (1) Where a note payable on demand has been
indorsed, it must be presented for payment within a reason-
able time of the indorsement. If it be not so presented, the
indorser is discharged.
791
Cheques
drawn on i
bank bv
itself.
l'romissory
note defined.
Delivery
necessary
Joint and
several
notes.
Note
payable on
demand.
Presentment
of note for
pavment.
Liability of
maker.
Application
of Part 1. to
notes.
Ch. 31. No. 5.) Bills of Exchange.
(2) In determining what is a reasonable time, regard
shall be had to the nature of the instrument, the usage of
trade, and the facts of the particular case.
(3) Where a note payable on demand is negotiated,
it is not deemed to be overdue, for the purpose of affecting
the holder with defects of title of which he had no notice,
by reason that it appears that a reasonable time for pre-
senting if for payment has clapsed since its issue.
87. (1) Where a promissory note is in the body of it
mate payable at a particular place, it must be presented
for payment at that place in order to render the maker
liable. In any other case, presentment for payment is not
necessary in order to render the maker liable.
(2) Presentment for payment is necessary in order to
render the indorser of a note hable.
(3) Where a note is in the body of it made payable at
a particular place, presentment at that place is necessary
in order to render an indorser Hable; but when a place of
payment is indicated by way of memorandum only, pre-
sentment at that place is sufficient to render the indorser
liable, but a presentment to the maker elsewhere, if
sufficient in other respects, shall also suffice.
88. The maker of a promissory note by making it—
(a) engages that he will pay it according to its tenor;
(b) is precluded from denying to a holder in due
course the existence of the payee and his then capacity
to indorse.
89. (1) Subject to the provisions in this Part, and except
as by this section provided, the provisions of this Ordi-
nance relating to bills of exchange apply, with the necessary
modifications, to promissory notes,
(2) In applying those provisions, the maker of a note
shall be deemed to correspond with the acceptor of a bill,
and the first indorser of a note shall be deemed to corres-
pond with the drawer of an accepted bill payable to drawer’s
order,
Bills of Exchange. |Ch. 31. No. 5.
(3) The following provisions as to bills do not apply
to notes, namely, provisions relating to—
(a) presentment for acceptance;
(b) acceptance;
(c) acceptance supra protest;
(d) bills in a set.
(+) Where a foreign note is dishonoured, protest
thereof is unnecessary.
PART IV
SUPPLEMENTARY.
90. A thing ts deemed to be done in good faith, within
the meaning of this Ordinance, where it is in fact done
honestly, whether it is done negligently or not.
91. (1) Where, by this Ordinance, any instrument or
writing 1s required to be signed by any person, it is not
necessary that he should sign it with his own hand, but it is
sufficient if his signature is written thereon by some other
person by or under his authority.
(2) In the case of a corporation, where, by this
Ordinance, any instrument or writing is required to be
signed, it is sufficient if the instrument or writing be scaled
with the corporate seal.
But nothing in this section shall be construed as requiring
the bill or note of a corporation to be under seal.
92. Where by this Ordinance the time limited for doing
any act or thing is less than three days, in reckoning time,
non-business days are excluded.
“ Non-business days for the purposes of this Ordinance
mean—
(2) Sunday, Good I'riday, Christmas Day;
(6) a public holiday.
Any other day is a business day.
93. For the purposes of this Ordinance, where a bill or
note is required to be protested within a specified time, or
793
Good faith.
Signature.
Computation
of time.
When noting
equivalent to
protest.
794
Protest when
Notary not
accessible,
Ord. 30-
oq,
Ch. 31. No. 5.i Bills of Exchange.
before some further proceeding is taken, it is sufficient that
the bill has been noted for protest before the expiration of
the specified time or the taking of the proceeding; and the
tormai protest may be extended at any time thereafter as
of the date of the noting.
94. Where dishonoured bill or note is authorised or
required to be protested, and the services of a Notary cannot
be obtaimed at the place where the bill is dishonoured, any
householder or substantial resident of the place may, in the
presence of two witne. , give a certificate, signed by them,
attesting the dishonour of the bill, and the certificate shall
In all respects operate as ifit were a formal protest of the bill.
The form in the Sehedule hereto may be used with nece
ary modifications, and if used shall be sufficient.
95. (1) Where a person signs a bill of exchange as drawer,
acceptor or indorser, or signs a proniussory note as maker or
indorser, his signature, dot be by mark or in characters
other than Roman, shall have no effect unless it is made in
the presence of and attested by the Protector of Immigrants,
ora Justice, Clerk of the Peace, Warden, Minister of Religion,
medical practitioner or gazetted police oflicer or subordinate
police oflicer.
(2) An attestation shall be in the form following or
to the like effeet
Signed in my presence this day of
19 by a person Known to me.
Signature
(3) A person who attests a signature under. this
section shall satisfy himself as to the identity of the party
signing and that he understands the nature and effect of the
instrument.
(4) A person shall not be capable of attesting a
signature under this section if he has any personal interest
in the bill or note or the proceeds thereof, or in any trans-
action connected therewith.
(5) Any person who has signed, by mark or in
characters other than Roman, a pr omissory note as maker
or indorser, may affix an inked impression of the external
Bills of Exchange. [Ch. 31. No. 5.
filament of his right thumb (or if he has no right thumb,
then of his left thumb) thereto in the presence of a sub-
ordinate police officer in charge of a Police Station; and
every such officer shall write thereunder his rank and usual
signature, and the date on which, and the station where, the
said Impression was affixed, and, if the impression is of the
left thumb, shall so specify. When the provisions of this
subsection have been duly complied with in relation to the
signing as maker or indorser of a promissory note, the
provisions of subsections (1) to (4) shall not apply in relation
to such signing,
96. (1) The rules in) bankruptcy relating to bills of
xchange, promissory notes, and cheques, shall continue to
apply thereto notwithstanding anvthing in this Ordinance
contained.
(2) The rule. of Common Law, including the law
merchant, save in so far as they are inconsistent with the
‘xpressed provisions of this Ordinance, shall apply to bills
of exchange, promissory note. and cheques.
(3) Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect —
(a) any law or enactment for the time being in force
relating to the revenue ;
(b) the provisions of any Ordinance relating to banks
or companic,
THE SCHEDULE.
Form of Protest which may be used when the services of a
Notary cannot be obtained.
VRINIDAD AND TOonaco.
Know ace Men that 1, -f.48. phouscholder], of in the county of ,
in the above-mentioned Colony, at the request of C.., there being no Notary Public
availabic, did on the day of ,19 , at demand payment
[or acceptancc] of the bill of exchange hereunder wrilten, from /.4., to which demand
he made answer [state ansieer if any] wherefore T now, in the presence of GL, and
JW. do protest the said bill of exchange.
(Signed) -L/.
GAL.
JW.
N.B.--The bill itself should be annexed, or a copy of the bill, and all that is written
thereon should be underwritten.
} Witnesse..
(Section 94,)
Ordinance
chat. Nowe
Lato,
Talbot lad-
myn hands
ef consipnee
conclusive
evidence of
shipment,
CHAPTER 31. No. 6.
BILES OF TADING.
AN ORDINANCE RELATING ro Bus or LADING.
[ist Qelober, 1804. |
1. This Ordinance may be cited the Bills of Lading
Ordinance
2. Every consignee of goods named ina bilbof lading, aud
every indorsee of a bill of lading to whom the property in
the goods therein mentioned shall pass, upon or by reason
of such consignment or indorsement, shall have (ransferred
to and vested in hint all rights of suit, and be subject to the
same liabilities in respect of such goods, as if the contract
contned in the bilbof lading had been made with hinsell,
3. Nothing herein contained shall prejudice or affect any
ight of stoppage we transitu, or any right to claim freight
against the original shipper or owner, or any lability of the
consignee or indorsee by reason or in consequence of his
being such consignee or indorsee, or of his receipt of the
goods by reason or in consequence of such consignment or
indorsement.
4. every bill of lading in the hands of a consignee or
indorsee for valuable consideration represe ting # roods lo
have been shipped on board a vessel shall be conclusive
evidence of such shipment as against the master or other
person signing the same, notwithstanding that such goods
or some part ther eof may not have been so shipped, unless
such holder of the bill of lading shal] have had actual notice
Bills of Lading. [Ch. 31. No. 6. 107
at the dime of receiving the came that the goods had not
been in fact laden on board Provided that Che master or
other person so signing may cxonerate himself in respect
of such musrepresentiation by showing that it was caused
without any default on his part, and wholly by the fraud
of the shipper, or of the holder, or of some person toader
whom the holder claims,
798 Ch. 31. No.7.} Carriage of Goods by Sea.
CHAPTER 31. No. 7.
CARRIAGE OF GOODS BY SEA.
Ordinance AN ORDINANCE TO AMEND THE LAW WITH RESPECT TO
h3l. No.7 Pit . ~« >
one THE CARRIAGE OF Goons BY SEA.
[22nd April, 1920.}
WHEREAS at the International Conference on Maritime
Law held at Brussels in October, 1922, the delegates at the
Conference, including the delegates representing His Majesty,
agreed unanimously to recommend their respective Govern-
ments to adopt as the basis of a convention a draft conven-
tion for the unification of certain rules relating to bills of
lading:
AND WHEREAS at a mecting held at Brussels in October,
1923, the rules contained in the said draft convention were
amended by the Committee appointed by the said Con-
ference:
AND WHEREAS it is expedient that the said rules as so
amended and as set out with modifications in the Schedule
to this Ordinance (in this Ordinance referred to as “the
rules ’’) should, subject to the provisions of this Ordinance,
be given the force of law with a view to establishing the
responsibilities, liabilities, rights and immunities attaching
to carriers under bills of lading:
BE IT THEREFORE ENACTED, etc.
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Carriage of Goods
by Sea Ordinance.
Application 2. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the rules
of rules in shall have effect in relation to and in connection with the
Carriage of Goods by Sea. [Ch. 31. No. 7.
carriage of goods by sea in ships carrying goods from any
port in the Colony to any other port whether in or outside
the Colony.
3. There shall not be implied in any contract for the
carriage of goods by sea to which the rules apply any
absolute undertaking by the carrier of the goods to provide
a seaworthy ship.
4. Every bill of lading, or similar document of title,
issued in the Colony which contains or is evidence of any
contract to which the rules apply shall contain an express
statement that it is to have effect subject to the provisions
of the said rules as applied by this Ordinance.
5. Article VI. of the rules shall, in relation to the carriage
of goods by sea in ships carrying goods from any port in the
Colony to any other port in the Colony, have effect as
though the said Article referred to goods of any class instead .
of to particular goods and as though the proviso to the
second paragraph of the said Article were omitted.
6. Where under the custom of any trade the weight of any
bulk cargo inserted in the bill of lading is a weight ascer-
tained or accepted by a third party other than the carrier
or the shipper and the fact that the weight is so ascertained
or accepted is stated in the bill of lading, then, notwith-
standing anything in the rules, the bill of lading shall not
be deemed to be prima facie evidence against the carrier
of the receipt of goods of the weight so inserted in the bill
of lading, and the accuracy thereof at the time of shipment
shall not be deemed to have been guaranteed by the shipper.
7. (1) Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect the operation
of sections 446 to 450, both inclusive, 502 and 503 of the
Merchant Shipping Act, 1894, as amended by any subse-
quent enactment, or the operation of any other enactment
for the time being in force limiting the liability of the
owners of seagoing vessels.
(2) The rules shall not by virtue of this Ordinance
apply to any contract for the carriage of goods by sea made
799
Absolute
warranty of
seaworthi-
ness not to
be implied in
contracts to
which rules
apply.
Statement
as to appli-
cation of
Tules to be
included in
bills of
lading.
Modification
of Article VI.
of rules in
relation to
coasting
trade,
Modification
of rules 4and
5 of Article
ILI. in rela-
tion to bulk
cargoes.
Saving and
operation.
Proc.
No. 24-1926.
800
Ch. 31. No. 7.| Carriage of Goods bv Sea.
before the Ist of January, 1927, nor to any bill of lading
or similar document of title issued, whether before or after
such day as aforesaid, in pursuance of any such contract
as aforesaid.
SCHEDULE.
Rules relating, to Bills of Lading.
AK 1.
Definitions.
In these rule. the following expressions have the ‘anings hereby
assigned to them respectively, that is to say--
(a) carrier includes the owner or the charterer who enters into
acontract of carriage with a shipper;
(6) contract of carriage " apphes only to contracts of carriage
covered by a bill of lading or any similar document of title, in so far
as such document relates to the carriage of goods by sea, including
any bill of lading or any similar document as aforesaid issued under
or pursuant to a charterparty from the moment at which such bill
of lading or similar document of title regulates the relations between
acarrier and a holder of the came;
(c) goods â€â€™ includes goods, wares, merchandises, and articles of
every kind whatsoever, except live animals and cargo which by the
contract of carriage is stated as being carried on deck and is so carried ;
(7) ship’? vans any vessel used for the carriage of goods by sea;
(ec) carriage of goods — covers the period from the time when the
goods i loaded on to the time when they are discharged from the
ship.
ARTICLE I,
Risks,
Subject to the provisions of Article V1., under every contract of carriage
of goods by sea the carrier, in relation to the loading, handling, stowage,
carriage, custody, care, and discharge of such goods, shall be subject to
the responsibilities and liabilities, and entitled to the rights and immunities
hereinafter set forth.
ARTICLE IIT.
Responstbilittes and Uabilitie..
1. The carrier shall be bound, before and at the beginning of the voyage,
to exercise due diligence to—
(a) make the ship seaworthy;
(») properly man, equip, and supply the ship;
(c) make the holds, refrigerating and cool chambers, and all other
parts of the ship in which goods are carried, fit and safe for their
reception, carriage and preservation.
Carriage of Goods by Sea. [Ch. 31. No. 7.
2. Subject to the provisions of Article 1V., the carrier shall properly
and carefully load, handle, stow, carry, keep, care for and discharge the
goods carried.
3. After receiving the goods into his charge, the carrier, or the master
or agent of the carrier, shall, on demand of the shipper, issue to the
shipper a bill of lading showing among other things—
(a) the leading marks necessary for identification of the goods as
the same are furnished in writing by the shipper before the loading
of such goods starts, provided such marks are stamped or otherwise
shown clearly upon the goods if uncovered, or on the cases or coverings
in which such goods are contaiaed, in such a manner as should
ordinarily remain legible until the end of the voyage;
(b) either the number of packages or pieces, or the quantity or
weight, as the case may be, as furnished in writing by the shipper;
(c) the apparent order and condition of the goods:
Provided that no camer, master or agent of the carrier, shall be bound
to state or show in the bill of lading any marks, number, quantity or
weight which he has reasonable ground for suspecting not accurately to
represent the goods actually received, or which he has had no reasonable
means of checking.
4. Such a bill of lading shall be prima facie evidence of the receipt by
the carrier of the goods as therein described in accordance with para-
graph 3 (a), (6) and (ce).
5. The shipper shall be deemed to have guaranteed to the carrier the
accuracy at the time of shipment of the marks, number, quantity, and
weight, as furnished by him, and the shipper shall indemnify the carrier
against all loss, damages, and expenses arising or resulting from inac-
curacies in such particulars. The right of the carrier to such indemnity
shall in no way limit his responsibility and liability under the contract
of carriage to any person other than the shipper.
6. Unless notice of loss or damage and the general nature of such loss
or damage be given in writing to the carrier or his agent at the port of
discharge before or at the time of the removal of the goods into the
custody of the person entitled to delivery thereof under the contract of
carriage, or, if the loss or damage be not apparent, within three days, such
removal shall be prima facie evidence of the delivery by the carrier of the
goods as described in the bill of lading.
The notice in writing need not be given if the state of the goods has at
the time of their receipt been the subject of joint survey or inspection.
In any event the carrier and the ship shall be discharged from all
liability in respect of loss or damage unless suit is brought within one year
after delivery of the goods or the date when the goods should have
been delivered.
In the case of any actual or apprehended loss or damage the carrier and
the receiver shall give all reasonable facilities to each other for inspecting
and tallying the goods.
T.— IV. 51
801
802
Ch. 31. No. 7.] Carriage of Goods by Sea.
7. After the goods are loaded the bill of lading to be issued by the
carner, master or agent of the carrier, to the shipper shall, if the shipper
so demands, be a “‘ shipped â€â€™ bill of lading, provided that if the shipper
shall have previously taken up any document of title to such goods, he
shall surrender the same as against the issue of the ‘‘ shipped ’’ bill of
lading, but at the option of the carrier such document of title may be
noted at the port of shipment by the carrier, master, or agent with the
Name or names of the ship or ships upon which the goods have been
shipped and the date or dates of shipment, and when so noted the same
shall for the purpose of this Article be deemed to constitute a ‘‘ shipped â€â€™
bill of lading.
8. Any clause, covenant or agreement in a contract of carriage relieving
the carrier or the ship from liability for loss or damage to or in connection
with goods arising from negligence, fault or failure in the duties and
obligations provided in this Article or lessening such liability otherwise
than as provided in these rules, shall be null and void and of no effect.
A benefit of insurance or similar clause shall be deemed to be a clause
relieving the carrier from liability.
ARTICLE IV.
Rights and immunities.
1. Neither the carrier nor the ship shall be liable for loss or damage
arising or resulting from unseaworthiness unless caused by want of due
diligence on the part of the carmer to make the ship seaworthy, and to
secure that the ship is properly manned, equipped and supplied, and te
make the holds, refrigerating and cool chambers and all other parts of
the ship in which goods are carried fit and safe for their reception, carriage
and preservation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1 of
Article III.
Whenever loss or damage has resulted from unseaworthiness, the
burden of proving the exercise of due diligence shall be on the carrier or
other person claiming exemption under this section.
2. Neither the carrier nor the ship shall be responsible for loss or damage
arising or resulting from—
(a) act, neglect or default of the master, mariner, pilot, or the
servants of the carrier in the navigation or in the management of
the ship;
(5) fire, unless caused by the actual fault or privity of the carrier;
(c) perils, dangers and accidents of the sea or other navigable
waters;
(d) act of God;
(e) act of war;
(f) act of public enemies;
(g) arrest or restraint of princes, rulers or people, or seizure under
legal process;
(4) quarantine restrictions;
Carriage of Goods by Sea. (Ch. 31. No. 7.
(4) act or omission of the shipper or owner of the goods, his agent
or representative ;
(j) strikes or lock-outs or stoppage or restraint of labour from
whatever cause whether partial or general;
(k) riots and civil commotions;
(2) saving or attempting to save life or property at sea;
(m) wastage in bulk or weight or any other loss or damage arising
from inherent defect, quality, or vice of the goods;
(n) insufficiency of packing;
(0) insufficiency or inadequacy of marks;
(p) latent defects not discoverable by due diligence;
(q) any other cause arising without the actual fault or privity of
the carrier, or without the fault or neglect of the agents or servants
of the carrier, but the burden of proof shall be on the person claiming
the benefit of this exception to show that neither the actual fault or
privity of the carrier nor the fault or neglect of the agents or servants
of the carrier contributed to the loss or damage.
3. The shipper shall not be responsible for loss or damage sustained by
the carrier or the ship arising or resulting from any cause without the
act, fault or neglect of the shipper, his agents or his servants,
4. Any deviation in saving or attempting to save life or property at
sea, or any reasonable deviation shall not be deemed to be an infringement
or breach of these rules or of the contract of carriage, and the carrier shall
not be liable for any loss or damage resulting therefrom.
5. Neither the carrier nor the ship shall in any event be or become
liable for any loss or damage to or in connection with goods in an amount
exceeding $480 per package or unit, or the equivalent of that sum in
other currency, unless the nature and value of such goods have been
declared by the shipper before shipment and inserted in the bill of lading.
This declaration if embodied in the bill of lading shall be prima facie
evidence, but shall not be binding or conclusive on the carrier.
By agreement between the carrier, master or agent of the carrier and
the shipper another maximum amount than that mentioned in this
paragraph may be fixed, provided that such maximum shall not be less
than the figure above named.
Neither the carrier nor the ship shall be responsible in any event for
loss or damage to or in connection with goods if the nature or value
thereof has been knowingly misstated by the shipper in the bill of lading.
6. Goods of an inflammable, explosive or dangerous nature to the
shipment whereof the carrier, master or agent of the carrier, has not
consented, with knowledge of their nature and character, may at any
time before discharge be landed at any place or destroyed or rendered
innocuous by the carrier without compensation, and the shipper of such
goods shall be liable for all damages and expenses directly or indirectly
arising out of or resulting from such shipment.
1 (2)
803
804
Ch. 31. No. 7.] Carriage of Goods by Sea.
If any such goods shipped with such knowledge and consent shall
become a danger to the ship or cargo, they may in like manner be landed
at any place or destroyed or rendered innocuous by the carrier without
ability on the part of the carrier except to gencral average, if any.
ARTICLE V.
Surrender of rights and immunities, and increase of responsibilities
and liabtltties.
A carrier shall be at liberty to surrender in whole or in part all or any
of his rights and immunities or to increase any of his responsibilities and
habilities under the rules contained in any of these Articles, provided
such surrender or increase shall be embodied in the bill of lading issued
to the shipper.
The provisions of these rules shall not be applicable to charterpartic. ,
but if bills of lading are issued in the case of a ship under a charterparty
they shall comply with the terms of these rules. Nothing in these rules
shall be held to prevent the insertion in a bill of lading of any lawful
provision regarding general average.
ARTICLE VI.
Special conditions,
Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding Articles, a carrier,
master or agent of the carrier, and a shipper shall in regard to any
particular goods be at liberty to enter into any agreement in any terms
as to the responsibility and liability of the carmer for such goods, and as
to the rights and immunities of the carrier in respect of such goods, or
his obligation as to seaworthiness, so far as this stipulation is not contrary
to public policy, or the care or diligence of his servants or agents in regard
to the leading, handling, stowage, carriage, custody, care, and discharge
of the goods carried by sea, provided that in this case no bill of lading
has been or shall be issued and that the terms agreed shall be embodied
in a receipt which shall be a non-negotiable document and shall be
marked as such.
Any agreement so entered into shall have full legal effect: Provided
that this Article shall not apply to ordinary commercial shipments made
in the ordinary course of trade, but only to other shipments where the
character or condition of the property to be carried or the circumstances,
terms and conditions under which the carriage is to be performed, are
such as reasonably to justify a special agreement.
ARTICLE VII.
Limitations on the application of the rules.
Nothing herein contained shall prevent a carrier or a shipper from
entering into any agreement, stipulation, condition, reservation or
exemption as to the responsibility and liability of the carrier or the ship
for the loss or damage to or in connection with the custody and care
and handling of goods prior to the loading on and subsequent to the
discharge from the ship on which the goods are carried by sea.
Carriage of Goods by Sea. [Ch. 31. No. 7. 805
ARTICLE VIII.
Limitation of liability,
The provisions of these rules shall not affect the rights and obligations
of the carrier under any Ordinance for the time being in force relating to
the limitation of the liability of owners of sea-going vessels.
ARTICLE IX.
The monetary units mentioned in these rules are to be taken to be
gold value.
806 Ch. 31. No. 8.] Bills of Sale.
CHAPTER 31. No. 8.
BILLS OF SALE.
Ordinance | AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO BILLS OF SALE.
. . 0.6-—
1940.
Commence- [18th June, 1925.]
ment.
Short title. 1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Bills of Sale
Ordinance.
Application 2, This Ordinance shall apply to every bill of sale
of Ordinance. (whether the same be absolute, or subject or not subject
to any trust) whereby the holder or grantee has power,
either with or without notice, and either immediately or
at any future time, to seize or take possession of any
personal chattels comprised in or made subject to such bill
of sale.
Interpre- 3. In this Ordinance—
tation.
“bill of sale’ includes bills of sale, assignments,
transfers, declarations of trust without transfer, inven-
tories of goods with receipt thereto attached, or
receipts for purchase moneys of goods, and other
assurances of personal chattels, and also powers of
attorney, authorities, or licences to take possession of
personal chattels as security for.any debt, and also
any agreement, whether intended or not to be followed
by the execution of any other instrument, by which
a right in equity to any personal chattels, or to any
charge or security thereon, is conferred; but shall not
include the following documents, that is to say, deeds
whereby any live stock or dead stock or other chattels
shall be conveyed or mortgaged together with any
Bills of Sale. [Ch. 31. No. 8.
plantation or lands, assignments for the benefit of the
creditors of the person making or giving the same,
marriage settlements, assignments of any ship, vessel,
boat, or craft of any description or any share thereof,
transfers of goods in the ordinary course of business of
any trade or calling, bills of sale of goods not in the
Colony, bills of lading, India warrants, warehouse-
keepers’ certificates, warrants or orders for the delivery
of goods, or any other documents used in the ordinary
course of business as proof of the possession or control
of goods authorising or purporting to authorise either
by endorsement or by delivery the possessor of such
document to transfer or receive goods thereby repre-
sented;
“ mortgage bill of sale ’’ means any bill of sale given
by way of security for the payment of money;
“personal chattels ’’ means goods, furniture, and
other articles capable of complete transfer by delivery,
and (when separately assigned or charged) fixtures;
but shall not include chattel interests in real estate,
nor fixtures when assigned together with a freehold or
leasehold interest in any land or building to which they
are affixed, nor growing crops, nor shares or interests
in the stock, funds, or securities of any government
or in the capital or property of incorporated companies,
nor things in action, nor any live or dead stock or
produce upon any plantation which by virtue of any
covenant or agreement ought not to be removed from
the plantation where the same are at the time of the
making or giving of such bill of sale;
“ Registrar ’’ means the Registrar General.
4. Every attornment, instrument, or agreement whereby
a power of distress is given or agreed to be given by any
person to any other person by way of security for any
present, future, or contingent debt or advance, and whereby
any rent is reserved or made payable as a mode of providing
for the payment of interest on such debt or advance, or
otherwise for the purpose of such security only, shall be
deemed to be a bill of sale within the meaning of this
Ordinance of any personal chattels which may be seized
or taken under such power of distress: Provided that
807
Certain
instruments
giving
powers of
distress to
be subject
to this
Ordinance.
808
Fixtures or
growing
crops not to
be deemed
separately
assigned.
Bill of sale to
have sche-
dule of
property
attached.
After-
acquired
property.
Exception.
Bill of sale to
be void
unless
attested and
Tegistered.
Ch. 31. No. 8.] Bills of Sale.
nothing in this section shall extend to any mortgage of any
estate or interest in any lands or tenements which the
mortgagee, being in possession, shall have demised to the
mortgagor as his tenant at a fair and reasonable rent.
5. No fixtures shall be deemed, under this Ordinance, to be
separately assigned or charged by reason only that they are
assigned by separate words, or that power is given to sever
them from the land or building to which they are affixed
without otherwise taking possession of or dealing with such
land or building, if by the same instrument any freehold
or leasehold interest in the land or building to which such
fixtures are affixed is also conveyed or assigned to the same
persons or person.
6. Every bill of sale shall have annexed thercto or written
thereon a schedule containing an inventory of the personal
chattels comprised in the bill of sale; and such bill of sale,
save as hereinafter mentioned, shall have cffect only in
respect of the personal chattels specifically described in the
said schedule, and shall be void, except as against the
grantor, in respect of any personal chattels not so specifically
described.
7. Save as hereinafter mentioned, a bill of sale shall be
void, except as against the grantor, in respect of any
personal chattels specifically described in the schedule
thereto of which the grantor was not the true owner at the
time of the execution of the bill of sale.
8. Nothing contained in this Ordinance shall render a bill
of sale void in respect of any fixtures separately assigned or
charged, where such fixtures are used in, attached to, or
brought upon any land, plantation, factory, workshop,
shop, house, warehouse, or other place in substitution for
any of the like fixtures specifically described in the schedule
to such bill of sale.
9. Every bill of sale and every transfer or assignment
thereof shall be duly attested and shall be registered within
seven clear days after the execution thereof, or if it is
Bills of Sale. [Ch. 31. No. 8.
executed in any place out of the Colony, then within seven
clear days after the time at which it would in the ordinary
course of post arrive in the Colony if posted immediately
after the execution thereof; and shall truly set forth the
consideration for which it was given; otherwise such bill
of sale, transfer, or assignment shall be void in respect of the
personal chattels comprised therein.
10. Personal chattels assigned under a mortgage bill of
sale shall not be liable to be seized or taken possession of
by the grantee for any other than the following causes :—
(a) if the grantor makes default in payment of the
sum or sums of money thereby secured at the time
therein provided for payment, or in the performance
of any covenant or agreement contained in the mortgage
bill of sale and necessary for maintaining the security ;
(o) if the grantor becomes a bankrupt, or suffers the
said goods or any of them to be distrained for rent,
rates, or taxes;
(c) if the grantor fraudulently cither removes or
suffers the said goods, or any of them, to be removed
from the premises;
(d) if the grantor, without reasonable excuse, upon
demand in writing by the grantee, fails to produce to
him his last receipts for rent, rates, and taxes;
(e) if execution has been levied against the goods of
the grantor under any judgment at law:
Provided that the grantor may, within five days from the
seizure or taking possession of any chattels on account of
any of the above-mentioned causes, apply to the Supreme
Court or to a Judge thereof in Chambers, and such Court or
Judge, if satisfied that by payment of money or otherwise
the said cause of seizure no longer exists, may restrain the
grantee from removing or selling the said chattels, or may
make such other order as may seem just.
11. A mortgage bill of sale shall be void, except as against
the grantor, unless made in accordance with the form in the
First Schedule hereto: Provided that no variation of such
form shall render a bill of sale void if the Court shall be
satisfied that such variation was accidental or due to
809
Power to
seize
chattels.
Form.
810
Execution
and regis-
tration,
Bill of sale
under $48.
Chattels not
to be
removed or
sold.
Rates and
taxes.
Ch. 31. No. 8.] Bills of Sale.
inadvertence or to some other sufficient cause and is not of a
nature to prejudice the rights of third parties.
12. Every bill of sale shall be executed, attested, and
registered under this Ordinance in the following manner :—
(a) such bill of sale shall be executed by the grantor
in the presence of such persons and attested and
subscribed in such manner as by the law for the time
being in force is necessary to render it capable of
registration as a deed;
(0) every schedule or inventory annexed to a bill of
sale or referred to therein shall be registered with such
bill of sale, otherwise the registration shall be void;
(c) if the bill of sale is made or given subject to any
defeasance or condition or declaration of trust not
contained in the body thereof, such defeasance, con-
dition, or declaration shall be deemed to be part of the
bill, and shall be written on the same paper or parch-
ment therewith before the registration, otherwise the
registration shall be void.
In case two or more bills of sale are given, comprising in
whole or in part any of the same chattels, they shall have
priority in the order of the date of their registration
respectively as regards such chattels.
13. Every mortgage bill of sale made or given in con-
sideration of any sum under forty-eight dollars shall be
void.
14. All personal chattels seized or of which possession is
taken under or by virtue of any mortgage bill of sale shall
remain on the premises where they were so seized or so taken
possession of, and shall not be removed or sold until after
the expiration of five clear days from the day they were so
seized or so taken possession of,
15. A mortgage bill of sale to which this Ordinance applies
shall be no protection in respect of personal chattels
included in such bill of sale which but for such bill of sale
would have been liable to distress for the recovery of rates
or 1aXxe..
Bills of Sale. [Ch. 31. No. 8.
811
16. When a subsequent bill of sale is executed within or on
the expiration of seven days after the execution of a prior
unregistered bill of sale and comprises all or any part of the
personal chattels comprised in such prior bill of sale, then if
such subsequent bill of sale is given as a security for the same
debt as is secured by the prior bill of sale, or for any part of
such debt, it shall, to the extent to which it is a security for
the same debt or part thereof, and so far as respects the
personal chattels or part thereof comprised in the prior bill,
be absolutely void, unless it is proved to the satisfaction of
the Court having cognisance of the case that the subsequent
bill of sale was bond fide given for the purpose of correcting
some material error in the prior bill of sale, and not for the
purpose of evading this Ordinance.
17. The registration of a bill of sale must be renewed once
at least every three years, and if a period of three years
clapses from the registration or renewed registration of a
bill of sale without a renewal or further renewal (as the case
may be), the registration shall become void. The renewal
of a registration shall be effected by registering an affidavit
stating the date of the bill of sale and of the last registration
thereof, and the names of the parties thereto as stated
therein, and that the bill of sale is still a subsisting security.
Every such affidavit may be in the form set forth in the
Second Schedule hercto.
18. Any Judge of the Supreme Court, on being satisfied
that the omission to register a bill of sale or an affidavit of
rencwal thereof within the time prescribed by this Ordi-
nance was accidental or due to inadvertence, may, in his
discretion, extend the time for such registration on such
terms and conditions (if any) as to security, notice by adver-
tisement or otherwise, or as to any other matter, as he thinks
fit to direct.
19. On the production of a receipt or memorandum signed
by the grantee, his executors, administrators, or assigns,
acknowledging that the debt for which any mortgage bill of
sale was made or given has been satisfied or discharged, the
signature or signatures of such grantee, his executors,
administrators, or assigns, being duly attested by one
Avoidance
of certain
duplicate
bills of sale.
Renewal of
registration.
Rectification
of register.
Entry of
satisfaction.
S12
Ch. 31. No. 8.] Bills of Sale.
Witness at least and verified by the affidavit or solemn
declaration of such witness, the Registrar ‘shall endorse
upon or annex to such mortgage bill of sale an entry to the
effect that such bill of sale is discharged and the same shall
be deemed to be discharged accordingly.
20. Every affidavit or solemn declaration required by or
for the purposes of this Ordinance may be sworn before any
person empowered to take affidavits or solemn declarations
required for the registration of deeds by the law for the time
being in foree in the Colony,
21. When the time for registering or renewing the
registration of a bill of sale expires ona Sunday, or other
day on which the Registrar's office is closed, the registration
shall be valid if made on the next following day on which the
oflice Is open.
22. (1) The fees set out in the Third Schedule hereto shall
be paid to the Registrar.
All fees received by the Registrar under this
Ordinance shall be accounted for in the same manner as
any other fees received by him by virtue of his office.
SCHEDULES.
FIRST SCHEDULE.
Mortgage Bill of Sale.
Tuts Dern nade the day of , 19, between ALB.
of of the one part and C.D. of of the other part WITNESSETH that
in consideration of the sum of § now paid to -.#. by C.D., the receipt of
which the said A.B. hereby acknowledges [or whatever else the consideration may be),
he the said 4.8. doth hereby assign unto C.D., his executors, administrators, and
assigns, All and singular the several chattels and things specitically described in
the Schedule hereto by way of security for the payment of the sum of $ and
uiterest thereon at the rate of per centum per annum [or whatever else may
be the vate of interest or without interest as the case may be). And the said A.B. doth
further agree and declare that he will duly pay to the said C.D. the principal sum
aforesaid [if interest: provided for, add], together with the interest then due by
equal payments of § on the day of » 19° [or
whatever else may be the stipulated times or time for payment]. And tho said A.B.
Bills of Sale. [Ch. 31. No. 8.
doth also agree with the said C12. that he will [Aece insert lerms as fo insurance,
favment of rent, or otherwise, which the parties may agree to for the maimlenance v
defeasance of the security).
Provided always, that the chatlels hereby assigned shall not be liable to seizure
or to be taken possession of by the said CL). for any cause other thin those specified
in this behalf in the Billy of Sale Ordinance.
In witness, otc.
SECOND SCHEDULE.
Affidavit of Registration.
1, AK, of do swear that a bill of sale, bearing date tho
day of ~ 19 . and made between [assert the names of the
fartics in the original till of sale], and which sud bill of sale was registered on the
day of 19) [énsert date of registrafion|, ix still a subsisting
security.
Sworn, atc.
THIRD SCHEDULE.
Fees.
The following fees shall be paid to the Registrar, namely:
On registering any bill of sale, transfer, or assignment: by
which any property is sold, mortgaged or assigned, when the
consideration money expressed to be paid does not exceed $120 1.20
And when such consideration money exceeds the sum of
$120 and does not exceed the sum of $240 2.40
And when such consideration money exceeds the sum of $240 4.80
On the affidavit or instrument used for the purpose of
re-registering or discharging a bill of sale or bills of sale, in
respect of each bill of sale so re-registered or discharged
When the consideration money does not exceed the
sum of $120 0.00
When the consideration money exceeds the sum of $120 | 1.20
813
(Section 17.)
(Section 22,
Ordinanee
Chi3l No.o-
19-40,
Interpre-
tation.
CHAPTER 31. No. 9.
SALE OF GOODS.
AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO THE SALE OF Goons.
[1st October, 1895.]
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Sale of Goods
Ordinance.
2. (1) In this Ordinance—
“action includes counterclaim and set-off;
buyer means a person who buys or agrees to buy
goods ;
contract of sale includes an agreement to sell as
well as a sale;
delivery means voluntary transfer of possession
from one person to another;
document of title to goods includes any bill of
lading, dock warrant, warchouse-keeper’s certificate,
and warrant or order for the delivery of goods, and any
other document used in the ordinary course of business
as proof of the possession or control of goods, or
authorising or purporting to authorise, either by
indorsement or by delivery, the possessor of the docu-
ment to transfer or receive goods thereby represented ;
fault ’’ means wrongful act or default ;
“future goods means goods to be manufactured or
acquired by the scller after the making of the contract
of sale;
goods includes all chattels personal other than
things in action and money; the term includes emble-
Sale of Goods. [Ch. 31. No. 9.
ments, industrial growing crops, and things attached to
or forming part of the land, which are agreed to be
severed before sale or under the contract of sale;
“ plaintiff ’’ includes defendant counterclaiming ;
“property ’’ means the general property in goods,
and not merely a special property;
“ quality of goods â€â€™ includes their state or condition,
“sale ’’ includes a bargain and sale, as well as a sale
and delivery ;
seller ’’ means a person who sells or agrees to sell
goods;
“ specific goods means goods identified and agreed
upon at the time a contract of sale is made;
“ warranty ’’ means an agreement with reference to
goods which are the subject of a contract of sale, but
collateral to the main purpose of such contract, the
breach of which gives rise to a claim for damages but
not to a right to reject the goods and treat the contract
as repudiated.
(2) A thing is deemed to be done “in good faith
within the meaning of this Ordinance when it is in fact done
honestly, whether it be done negligently or not.
(3) A person is deemed to be insolvent within the
meaning of this Ordinance who either has ceased to pay his
debts in the ordinary course of business or cannot pay his
debts as they become due, whether he has committed an
act of bankruptcy or not.
(4) Goods are in a deliverable state within the
meaning of this Ordinance when they are in such a state that
the buyer would under the contract be bound to take delivery
of them.
PART I.
FORMATION OF THE CONTRACT.
Contract of sale.
3. (1) A contract of sale of goods is a contract whereby
the seller transfers or agrees to transfer the property in
goods to the buyer for a money consideration, called the
815
Sale and
agrecinent
to sell.
816
Contract of
sale for $58
and upwards
to bein
writing.
Ch. 31. No. 9.] Sale of Goods.
price. There may be a contract of sale between one part
owner and another.
(2) A contract of sale may be absolute or conditional.
(3) Where, under a contract of sale, the property in the
goods is transferred from the seller to the buyer, the
contract is called a sale; but where the transfer of the pro-
pert y in the goods is to take place at a future time or subject
to some condition thereafter to be fulfilled, the contract
is called an agreement to sell.
(4) An agreement to sell becomes a sale when the time
elapses, or the conditions are fulfilled subject to which the
property in the goods is to be transferred,
4. Capacity to buy and sell is regulated by the general
law concerning capacity to contract, and to transfer and
acquire property: Provided that where necessaries are sold
and delivered to an infant or to a person who, by reason of
mental incapacity or drunkenness, is incompetent to con-
tract, he must pay a reasonable price therefor.
Nece. caries in this section mean goods suitable to the
condition in life of such infant or other person and to his
actual requirements at the time of the sale and delivery.
Irormalitics of the contract.
5. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance and of any
Ordinance in that behalf, a contract of sale may be made in
writing (cither with or without seal) or by word of mouth, or
pi artly i in writing and partly by word of mouth, or may be
imphed from the conduct of the parties; Provided that
nothing in this section shall affect the law relating to
corporations,
6. (1) A contract for the sale of any goods of the value of
forty-eight dollars or upwards shall not be enforceable by
action unless the buyer shall accept part of the goods so
sold, and actually receive the same, or give something in
earnest to bind the contract, or in part payment, or unless
some note or memorandum in writing of the contract be
made and signed by the party to be charged or Ins agent
in that behalf.
‘tween one part
or conditional.
property in the
the buyer, the
aster of the pro-
> time or subject
‘d, the contract
e when the time
‘ct to which the
I by the general
to transfer and
‘essaries are sold
tho, by reason of
mpetent to con-
for,
suitable to the
‘rson and to his
and delivery.
nance and of any
> may be made in
vord of mouth, or
routh, or may be
Provided that
law relating to
ds of the value of
x enforceable by
of the goods so
ive something in
iyment, or unless
the contract be
-ged or his agent
Sale of Goods. (Ch. 31. No. 9.
(2) The provisions of this section apply to every such
contract, notwithstanding that the goods may be intended to
be delivered at some future time, or may not at the time of
such contract be actually made, procured, or provided, or
lit or ready for delivery, or some act may be requisite for the
making or completing thereof, or rendering the same fit for
delivery.
(3) There is an acceptance of goods within the meaning
of this section when the buyer does any act in relation to the
goods which recognises a_ pre-existing contract of sale,
whether there be an acceptance in) performance of the
contract or not,
Subject maticr of contract.
7. (1) The goods which form the subject ofa contract of
‘ale may be cither existing goods, owned or possessed by the
seller, or goods to be manufactured or acquired by the seller
aller Che making of the contract of sale, in this Ordinance
“alled “ future goods.â€
(2) There may be a contract for the sale of goods, the
acquisition of which by the seller depends upon a contin-
geney which may or may not happen.
(3) Where, by a contract of sale, the seller purports
to effect a present sale of future goods, the contract operates
san agreement to sell the goods.
8. Where there is a contract for the sale of specific goods,
and the goods, without the knowledge of the seller, have
perished at the time when the contract is made, the contract
is vord,
9. Where there is an agreement to sell specific goods, and
subsequently the goods, without any fault on the part of the
seller or buyer, perish before the risk passes to the buyer,
the agreement is thereby avoided.
The price.
10. (1) The price in a contract of sale may be fixed by the
contract, or may be left to be fixed in manner thereby
T.—Iv. 52
817
I xisting or
future
goads.
Sale of
perished
goods,
Goods
erishing
fore sale
but after
agreement.
Ascertain-
ment of
price.
818
Agreement
to sell at
valuation,
Ch. 31. No. 9.] Sale of Goods.
agreed, or may be determined by the course of dealing
between the parties.
(2) Where the price is not determined in accordance
with the foregoing provisions, (he buyer must pay a reason-
able price, What is a reasonable price is a question of fact
dependent on the circumstances of cach particular case.
11. (1) Where there is an agreement to sell goods on the
terms that the price is to be fixed by the valuation of a third
party, and such third party cannot or does not make such
Valuation, the agreement is avoided. Provided that if the
goods or any part thereof have been delivered to and appro-
priated by the buyer, he must pay a reasonable price therefor,
(2) Where such third party is prevented from making
the valuation by the fault of the seller or buyer, the party
not in fault may maintam an action for damages against
the party in fault.
Conditions and warrantics,
12. (1) Unless different intention appears from the
terms of the contract, sUpulations as to time of payment are
not deemed to be of the essence of a contract of sale,
Whether any other stipulation as to time is of the -ssence
of the contract or not depends on the terms of the contract.
(2) Inacontract of sale month = means primé facie
salendar month.
13. (1) Where a contract of sale is subject to any con-
dition to be fulfilled by the seller, the buyer may waive the
condition, or may elect to treat the breach of such condition
asa breach of warranty, and not asa ground for treating the
contract as repudiated.
(2) Whether a stipulation in a contract of sale is a
condition, the breach of which may give rise to a right to
treat the contract as repudiated, or a warranty, the breach
of which may give rise to a claim for damages but not to a
right to reject the goods and treat the contract as repudiated,
depends in each case on the construction of the contract.
A stipulation may be a condition, though called a warranty
in the contract.
Sale of Goods. |Ch. 31. No. 9.
(3) Where a contract of sale is not severable, and the
buver has accepted the goods or part thereof, or where the
contract is for specific goods, the property in which has
passed to the buyer, the breach of any condition to be
fulfitled by the seller can only be treated as a breach of
‘arranty and not as a ground for rejecting the goods
and treating the contract as repudiated, unless there be a
term of the contract express or implied to that effect.
(4) Nothing tn this section shall affect the case of any
condition or warranty, fulfilment of which is excused by law
by reason of impossibility or otherwise.
14. Jn a contract of sale, unless the circumstances of the
contract ave such as to show a different intention, there is
(a) an impled condition on the part of the seller that
in the case of a sale he has a right to sell the goods, and
that in the case of an agreement to sell he will have a
right to sell the goods at the time when the property
is ta pass,
2) implied warranty that the buyer shall have
and enjoy quict possession of the goods;
(c) an implied warranty that the goods shall be free
from any charge or encumbrance in favour of any third
party, not declared or known to the buyer before or
at the time when the contract is made.
15. Where there is a contract for the sale of goods by
deseription, there is an implied condition that the goods
shall correspond with the deseription; and if the sale be by
sumple as well as by description, it is not sufficient that the
bulk of the goods corresponds with the sample if the goods
do not also correspond with the description,
16. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance and of any
Ordinance in that behalf, there is no implied warranty or
condition as to the quality or fitness for any particular
purpose of goods supplied under a contract of sale except
as follows :—
(a) where the buyer, expressly or by implication,
makes known to the seller the particular purpose for
which the goods are required, so as to show that the
52 (2)
819
Implied
undertaking
as to title,
etc,
Sale by
description.
Implied
condition as
to quality
or fitness.
to
0)
Ch. 31. No. 9.]
Sale of Goods.
buyer relics on the seller’s skill or judgment, and the
goods are of a description which it is in the course of
the seller’s business to supply (whether he be the
manufacturer or not), there is an implied condition
that the goods shall be reasonably fit for such purpose:
Provided that in the case of a contract for the sale
of a specified article under its patent or other trade
naune, there is no implied condition as to its fitness
for any particular purpose ;
(6) when goods are bought by description from a
seller who deals in goods of that description (whether
he be the manufacturer or not), there is an implied
condition that the goods shall be of merchantable
quality: Provided that if the buyer has examined
{he goods, there shall be no implied condition as
regards defects which such examination ought to have
revealed ;
(c) an implied warranty or condition as to quality or
fitness for a particular purpose may be annexed by the
usage of trade;
(7) an expre. warranty or condition does not
negative a warranty or condition implied by this
Ordinance unless inconsistent therewith.
Sale by sample.
17. (1) A contract of sale is a contract for sale by sample
where there is term in the contract, express or implied,
to that effect.
(2) In the case of a contract for sale by sample, there
(a) an implied condition that the bulk shall corres-
pond with the sample in quality;
(6) an imphed condition that the buyer shall have a
reasonable opportunity of comparing the bulk with the
sample ;
(c) an implied condition that the goods shall be free
from any defect rendering them unmerchantable which
would not be apparent on reasonable examination of the
sample.
Sale of Goods. [Ch. 31. No.9.
821
PART ITT.
EFFECTS OF THE CONTRACT.
Transfer of property as between seller and buyer.
18. Where there is a contract for the sale of unascertained
goods, no property in the goods is transferred to the buyer
unless and until the goods are ascertained.
19. (1) Where there is a contract for the sale of specific
or ascertained goods, the property in them is transferred to
the buyer at such time as the parties to the contract intend
it to be transferred.
(2) For the purpose of ascertaining the intention of
the parties, regard should be had to the terms of the con-
tract, the conduct of the parties, and the circumstances of
the case.
20. Unless a different intention appears, the following are
rules for ascertaining the intention of the parties as to the
time at which the property in the goods is to pass to the
buyer:
I. Where there is an unconditional contract for the
sale of specific goods in a deliverable state, the property
in the goods passes to the buyer when the contract is
made, and it is immaterial whether the time of payment
or the time of delivery, or both, be postponed.
II. Where there is a contract for the sale of specific
goods and the seller is bound to do something to the
goods for the purpose of putting them into a deliverable
state, the property does not pass until such thing be
done, and the buyer has notice thereof.
III. Where there is a contract for the sale of specific
goods in a deliverable state, but the seller is bound to
weigh, measure, test, or do some other act or thing
with reference to the goods for the purpose of ascer-
taining the price, the property does not pass until such
act or thing be done, and the buyer has notice thereof.
IV When goods are delivered to the buyer on
approval or “ on sale or return,†or other similar terms,
the property therein passes to the buyer—
(a) when he signifies his approval or acceptance
Property in
unascer-
tained goods
does not
pass.
Property in
specific or
ascertained
goods passes
when
intended to
pass.
Rules for
ascertaining
intention as
to time when
property
passes.
822
Reservation
of right of
disposal.
Ch. 31. No. 9.] Sale of Goods.
to the seller or does any other act adopting the
transaction;
(0) if he does not signify his approval or accept-
ance to the seller but retains the goods without
giving notice of rejection, then, if a time has been
fixed for the return of the goods, on the expiration
of such time, and if no time has been fixed, on the
expiration of a reasonable time. What is a
reasonable time is a question of fact.
Vi) Where there is a contract) for the sale of
unascertained or future goods by description, and
goods of that description and in a deliverable state
are unconditionally appropriated to the contract,
either by the seller with the assent of the buyer, or
by the buyer with the assent of the seller, the property
in the goods thereupon passes to the buyer er. Such
assent may be xpress or implied and may be given
either before or after the appropriation is made.
(ti) Where, in pursuance of the contract, the seller
delivers the goods to the buyer or to a carrier or other
bailee or custodier (whether named by the buyer or not)
for the purpose of transmission to the buyer, and does
not reserve the right of disposal, he is de emed to have
unconditionally appropri: ated the goods to the contract.
21. (1) Where there is a contract for the sale of specific
goods, or where goods are subsequently appropriated to the
contract, the seller may, by the terms of the contract or
appropriation, reserve the right of disposal of the goods
until certain conditions are fulfilled. In such case, not-
withstanding the delivery of the goods to the buyer, or to i
carrier or other bailee or custodier for the purpose of trans-
mission to the buyer, the property in the goods does not
pass to the buyer until the conditions imposed by the
seller are fulfilled.
(2) Where goods are shipped, and by the bill of lading
the goods are deliverable to the order of the seller or his
agent, the seller is prima facie deemed to reserve the right
of disposal.
(3) Where the seller of goods draws on the buver for
the price, and transmits the bill of exchange and _ bill of
Sale of Goods. [Ch. 31. No. 9.
lading to the buyer together to secure acceptance or payment
of the bill of exchange, the buyer is bound to return the bill
of lading if he does not honour the bill of exchange, and if he
wrongfully retains the bill of lading the property in the
goods does not pass to him.
22. Unless otherwise agreed, the goods remain at the
seller's risk until the property therein is transferred to the
buyer, but when the property therein is transferred to the
buyer the goods are at the buyer’s risk whether delivery
has been made or not: Provided that where delivery has
been delayed through the fault of cither buyer or seller,
the goods are at the risk of the party in fault as regards any
loss which might not have occurred but for such fault:
Provided also, that nothing in this section shall affect the
duties or liabilities of cither seller or buyer as a bailee or
custodier of the goods of the other party.
Transfer of title.
23. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, where
goods are sold by a person who is not the owner thereof,
and who does not sell them under the authority or with the
consent of the owner, the buyer acquires no better title to
the goods than the seller had, unless the owner of the goods
is by his conduct precluded from denying the seller’s
authority to sell,
(2) Provided that nothing in this Ordinance shall
affect —
(a) the provisions of any enactment enabling the
apparent owner of goods to dispose of them as if he
were the true owner thereof;
(b) the validity of any contract of sale under any
special common law or statutory power of sale or under
the order of a court of competent jurisdiction.
24. When the seller of goods has a voidable title thereto,
but his title has not been avoided at the time of the sale, the
buyer acquires a good title to the goods, provided he buys
them in good faith and without notice of the seller’s defect
of title.
823
Risk primé
facie passes
with
property.
Sale hy
person not
the owner.
Sale under
voidable
title.
824
Ch. 31. No. 9.] Sale of Goods.
Revesting of
property in
stolen goods
on convic-
tion of
offender,
Seller or
buyer in
after sale.
Effect of
writs of
execution,
25. (1) Where gocds have been stolen and the offender is
prosecuted to conviction, the property in the goods so stolen
revests in the person who was the owner of the goods, or his
personal representative, notwithstanding any intermediate
dealing with them, whether by sale or otherwise.
(2) Notwithstanding any enactment to the contrary,
where goods have been obtained by fraud or other wrongful
means not amounting to larceny, the property in such goods
shall not revest in the person who was the owncr of the
goods, or his personal representative, by reason only of the
conviction of the offender.
26. (1) Where a person having sold goods continues or is
in possession of the goods or of the documents of title to the
goods, the delivery or transfer by that person, or by a
mercantile agent acting for him, of the goods or documents
of title under any sale, pledge, or other disposition thereof,
to any person receiving the same in good faith and without
notice of the previous sale, shall have the same effect as if
the person making the delivery or transfer were expressly
authorised by the owner of the goods to make the same.
(2) Where a person having bought or agreed to buy
goods obtains, with the consent of the seller, possession of
the goods or the documents of title to the goods, the delivery
or transfer by that person, or by a mercantile agent acting
for him, of the goods or documents of title, under any sale,
pledge, or other disposition thereof, to any person recciving
the same in good faith and without notice of any licen or other
right of the original seller in respect of the goods, shall have
the same effect as if the person making the delivery or
transfer were a mercantile agent in possession of the goods
or documents of title with the consent of the owner.
(3) In this section the term ‘“ mercantile agent
means a mercantile agent having, in the customary course
of his business as such agent, authority either to sell goods,
or to consign goods for the purposes of sale, or to buy goods,
or to raise money on the security of goods.
27. (1) A writ of fiert facias or other writ of execution
against goods shall bind the property in the goods of the
execution debtor as from the time when the writ is delivered
Sale of Goods. [Ch. 31. No. 9.
to the Marshal to be executed; and, for the better mani-
festation of such time, it shall be the duty of the Marshal,
without fee, upon the receipt of any such writ to endorse
upon the back thereof the hour, day, month, and year when
he received the same:
Provided that no such writ shall prejudice the title to such
goods acquired by any person in good faith and for valuable
consideration, unless such person had, at the time when he
acquired his title, notice that such writ or any other writ
by virtue of which the goods of the execution debtor might
be seized or attached had been delivered to and remained
unexecuted in the hands of the Marshal.
(2) In this section the term “ Marshal â€â€™ includes any
officer charged with th enforcement of a writ of execution.
PART ITI.
PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT.
28. It is the duty of the seller to deliver the goods, and
the buyer to accept and pay for them, in accordance with
the terms of the contract of sale.
29. Unless otherwise agreed, delivery of the goods and
payment of the price are concurrent conditions, that is to
say, the seller must be ready and willing to give possession
of the goods to the buyer in exchange for the price, and the
buyer must be ready and willing to pay the price in exchange
for possession of the goods.
30. (1) Whether it is for the buyer to take possession of
the goods or for the seller to send them to the buyer is a
question depending in each case on the contract, express
or implied, between the parties. Apart from any such
contract, express or implied, the place of delivery is the
seller's place of business, if he has one, and if not, his
residence:
Provided that if the contract be for the sale of specific
goods which, to the knowledge of the parties when the
contract is made, are in some other place, then that place
is the place of delivery.
825
Duties of
seller and
buyer.
Payment
and delivery
are con-
current
conditions.
Rules as to
delivery.
826
Delivery by
instalments.
Ch. 31. No. 9.] Sale of Goods.
(2) Where, under the contract of sale, the seller is
bound to send the goods to the buyer, but no time for
sending them is fixed, the seller is bound to send them within
a reasonable time.
(3) Where the goods at the time of sale are in the
possession ofa third person, there is no delivery by seller to
buver unless and until such third person acknowledges to the
buyer that he holds the goods on his behalf:
Provided that nothing in this section shall affect the
operation of the issue or transfer of any document of title
to goods.
(+) Demand or tender of delivery may be treated as
ineffectual unless made at a reasonable hour. What is a
reasonable hour is a question of fact.
(5) Unle. otherwise agreed, the expenses of and
incidental to putting the goods into a deliverable state
must be borne by the seller.
31. (1) Where the seller delivers to the buyer a quantity
of goods less than he contracted to sell, the buyer may reject
them, but if the buyer accepts the goods so delivered he
must pay for them at the contract rate.
(2) Where the seller delivers to the buyer a quantity
of goods Targer than he contracted to sell, the buyer may
accept the goods included in the contract and reject the
rest, or he may reject the whole. If the buyer accepts the
whole of the goods so delivered he must pay for them at the
contract tate.
(3) Where the seller delivers to the buyer the goods
he contracted to sell mixed with goods of a different des-
cription not included in the contract, the buyer may accept
the goods which are in accordance with the contract and
reject the rest, or he may reject the whole.
(4+) The provisions of this section are subject to any
usage of trade, special agreement, or course of dealing
between the parties.
32. (1) Unless otherwise agreed, the buyer of goods is not
bound to accept delivery thereof by instalments
Sale of Goods. [Ch. 31. No. 9.
827
(2) Where there is a contract for the sale of goods
to be delivered by stated instalments, which are to be
separately paid for, and the seller makes defective deliveries
in respect of one or more instalments, or the buyer neglects
or refuses to take delivery of or pay for one or more instal-
ments, it is a question in each case, depending on the terms
of the contract and the circumstances of the case, whether
the breach of contract is a repudiation of a whole contract
or whether it is a severable breach giving rise to a claim
for compensation but not to a right to treat the whole
contract as repudiated.
33. (1) Where, in pursuance of a contract of sale, the
seller is authorised or required to send the goods to the
buver, delivery of the goods to a carrier, whether named by
the buyer or not, for the purpose of transmission to the
buyer, is prima facte deemed to be a delivery of the goods
to the buyer.
(2) Unless otherwise authorised by the buyer, the
seller must make such contract with the carrier on behalf of
the buyer as may be reasonable having regard to the nature
of the goods and the other circumstances of the case. Tf the
seller omit so to do, and the goods are lost or damaged in
course of transit, the buyer may decline to treat the delivery
to the carrier as a delive ry to himself, or may hold the seller
responsible in damage.
(3) Unless otherwise agreed, where goods are sent by
the seller to the buyer by a route involving sca transit,
under circumstances in which it is usual to insure, the seller
must give such notice to the buyer as may enable him to
insure “them during their sea transit, and if the seller fails to
do so the goods shall be deemed to be at his risk during
such sea transit.
34. Where the seller of the goods agrees to deliver them
at his own risk at a place other than that where they are
when sold, the buyer must, nevertheless, unless otherwise
agreed, take any risk of deterioration in the goods neces-
sarily incident to the course of transit.
35. (1) Where goods are delivered to the buyer which he
has not previously examined, he is not deemed to have
Delivery to
carrier, as
buver's
agent.
Risk where
goods are
delivered
elsewhere
than at
place of sale.
Buyer’s right
of examining
the goods.
828
Unpaid
seller
detined.
Ch. 31. No. 9.] Sale of Goods.
accepted them unless and until he has had a reasonable
opportunity of examining them for the purpose of ascer-
tainting whether they are in conformity with the contract.
(2) Unless otherwise agreed, when the seller tenders
delivery of goods to the buyer, he is bound, on request, to
afford the buyer a reasonable opportunity of examining
the goods for the purpose of ascertaining whether they are
In conformity with the contract.
36. The buver is deemed to have accepted the goods when
he intimate to the seller that he has accepted them, or
when the goods have been delivered to him and he does any
act ins relation to them which is inconsistent with the
ownership of the seller, or when after the lapse of a reason-
able time he retains the goods without intimating to the
seller that he has rejected them.
37. Unless otherwise agreed, where goods are delivered to
the buver and he refuses to accept them, having the right so
to do, he is not bound to return them to the seller, but it is
sufficient ihe intimates to the seller that he refuses to accept
{hem.
38. When the seller is ready and willing to deliver the
goods, and requests the buyer to take delivery, and the
buy er does not, within a reasonable time after such request,
take delivery of the goods, he is liable to the seller for any
loss occasioned by his hegleet or refusal to take delivery,
and also fora reasonable charge for the care and custody
of the goods: Provided that nothing in this section shall
fect the rights of the seller where the neglect or refusal
of the buyer to take delivery amounts toa repudiation of the
contract,
PART IV
Ricgurs oF UNPALD SELLER AGAINST THE Goons.
39. (1) The seller of goods is deemed to be an unpaid
seller" within the meaning of this Ordinance
(a) when the whole of the price has not been paid or
tendered ,
Sale of Goods. [Ch. 31. No. 9.
(6) when a bill of exchange or other negotiable
instrument has been received as conditional payment,
and the condition on which it was received has not been
fulfilled by reason of the dishonour of the instrument
or otherwise.
(2) In this Part of this Ordinance the term — seller’
includes any person who is in the position ofa seller, as for
instance, an agent of the seller to whom the bill of lading
has been indorsed, or a consignor or agent who has himself
paid, or is directly responsible for, the price.
40. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance and of
any Ordinance in that behalf, notwithstanding that the
property in the goods may have passed to the buyer, the
unpaid seller of goods, as such, has by implication of law—-
(a) alien on the goods or right to retain them for the
price while he is in possession of them ;
(6) in case of the insolvency of the buyer, a right of
stopping the goods tm transit after he has parted with
the possession of them ;
(c) a right of re-sale as limited by this Ordinance,
(2) Where the property in goods has not passed to the
buyer, the unpaid seller has, inaddition to his other remedic, ,
aright of withholding delivery similar to and co-extensive
with his right of lien and stoppage a ¢ransita where the
property has passed to the buyer.
Unpaid seller's lien.
41. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the
unpaid seller of goods who is in possession of them is entitled
to retain possession of them until payment or tender of the
price in the following cases, namcly
(a) where the goods have been sold without any
stipulation as to credit ;
(6) where the goods have been sold on credit, but the
term of credit has expired ;
(c) where the buyer becomes insolvent.
(2) The seller may exercise his right of lien notwith-
standing that he is in possession of the goods as agent or
bailee or custodier for the buyer.
829
Rights of
unpaid
seller,
Seller's lien,
830
Ch. 31. No. 9.] Sale of Goods.
42. Where an unpatd seller has made part delivery of the
goods, he may oxereise his right of lien or retention on the
remainder unless such part delivery has been made under
such circumstances as to show an agreement to waive the
lien or right of retention.
43. (1) The unpaid seller of goods loses his lien or right of
retention thereon
(@) when he delivers the goods to a carrier er other
hailee or custodier for the purpose of transmission to the
buyer without reserving the right of disposal of the
goods,
(b)} when the buyer or his agent lawfully obtains
possession of the goods,
(c) by waiver thereol,
(2) The unpaid seller of goods, having a lien or right
of retention thereon, doe. not lose his hen or right) of
retention by reason only that he has obtained judgment or
decree for the price of the goods,
Stoppage in transitu.
44. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, when the
buver of goods become. insolvent, the unpaid seller who
has parted with the possession of the goods has the right of
stopping them fa dransitu, that is to say, he may resume
possession of the goods long as they are in course of
transit, and may retain then until payment or tender of the
price.
45. (1) Goods are deemed to be in course of transit: from
the time when they are delivered to a carrier by land or
water, or other bailee or custodier, for the purpose of
transmission to the buver, until the buyer, or his agent in
that behalf, take. delivery of them from such carrier or
other bailee or custodier.
(2) If the buyer or his agent in that behalf obtains
lelivery of the goods before their arrival at the appointed
destination, the transit is at an end.
(3) Hf, after the arrival of the goods at the appointed
destination, the carrier or other bailee or custodier ack-
Sale of Goods. (Ch. 31. No. 9.
nowledges to the buyer or his agent that he holds the goods
on his behalf and continues in possession of them as bailee
or custodier for the buyer or his agent, the transit is at an
end, and it is immaterial that a further destination for the
goods may have been indicated by the buyer.
(4) If the goods are rejected by the buyer, and the
carrier or other bailee or custodier continues in possession of
them, the transit is not deemed to be at an end, even if the
seller has refused to receive them back.
(5) When goods are delivered to a ship chartered by
the buyer, it is a question depending on the circumstances
of the particular case whether they are in the possession of the
master as a carrier or as agent to the buyer.
(6) Where the carrier or other bailee or custodier
wrongfully refuses to deliver the goods to the buyer, or his
agent in that behalf, the transit is deemed to be at an end.
(7) Where part delivery of the goods has been made to
the buyer, or his agent in that behalf, the remainder of the
goods may be stopped 7 éransitu, unless such part delivery
has been made under such circumstances as to show an
agreement to give up possession of the whole of the goods,
46. (1) The unpaid seller may exercise his right) of
stoppage mm transiiu cither by taking actual possession of the
goods, ot by giving notice of his claim to the carrier or other
bailee or custodier in whose possession the goods are.
Such notice may be given either to the person in actual
possession of the goods or to his principal. In the latter
case the notice, to be effectual, must be given at such time
and under such circumstance. that the principal, by the
exercise of reasonable diligenc may communicate it to his
servant or agent in time to prevent a delivery to the buyer.
(2) When notice of stoppage 7†transitu is given by the
seller to the carrier, or other bailee or custodier in possession
of the goods, he must re-deliver the goods to, or according
to the directions of, the seller. The oxpense. of such
re-delivery must be borne by the seller.
Re-sale bv buver or seller
47. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the
unpaid seller’s right of lien or retention or stoppage im
831
Tlow stop-
page tn
transttu is
effected.
Etfect of
sub-sale or
pledge by
buyer.
Action for
tr wee,
Ch. 31. No. 9,] Sale of Goods.
franstticis not affected by any sale or other disposition of the
goods which the buyer may have made, unle. the seller
has assented thereto:
Provided that where a document of title to goods has
been lawfully transferred to any person as buyer or owner of
the goods, and that person transfers the document toa person
who take. the document in good faith and for valuable
consideration, then, if such last-mentioned transfer was
by way of sale, the unpaid seller's tight of tien or retention
or stoppage i transits defeated, and if such last-mentioned
transfer was by wav of pledge or other disposition for value,
the unpaid seller right of lien or retention or stoppage
m transit can only be exereised subject to the rights of the
transferee.
48. (1) Subject te) the provisions of this section, a
contract of sale is not rescinded by the metre sxereise by an
unpaid seller of his right of Ten or retention or stoppage
mâ„¢m transitu,
(2) Where an unpaid: seller who hi exeretsed his
right of lien or retention or stoppage de dransiti ve-sclls the
goods, the buyer acquire good title thereto as against
the original buyer
(3) Where the goods are of perishable nature, or
where the unpaid seller give. notice to the buyer of his
Intention tare -sell, and the buyer does pot within a reasonable
time pay or tender the price, the unpaid seller may re-sell
the goods ind recover from the original buyer damages for
any loss occasioned by his breach of contract.
(4) Where the seller expressly reserve. ao right’ of
revale ine the buyer should mi tke default, and on the
buyer making default, re-sells the goods, the original
contract of sale is thereby rescinded, but without prejudice
to any chum the seller may have for damage.
PART V
ACTIONS FOR BREACH OF ‘TITE CONTRACT,
Remedies of the seller
49. (1) Where, under a contract of sale, the property in
the goods has passed to the buyer, and the buyer wrongfully
Sale of Goods, Gh. 31. No.9.
negleets or refuse to pay for the goods according bo the
terms of the contract, the seller may maint an action
ham for the price of the goods.
(2) Where under vet oat sale the price ts
peo cable ona certain day irrespective of delivery and the
buyer wrongfully negleets or refuses. to pay such price, the
seller may maintain an action for the price, although the
property in Che goods las net passed and the goods have not
been appropriated to Che contract
50. (1) Where the buyer wrongfully neglects ar refuses ¢o
accept and pay for the goods, the seller may maintain an
aetton against him for dame os for non-aceeplanee,
(2) The measure of damage. is the ostimated) los.
sirect It and naturally tesulting, in the ordinary course of
vents, from the buyer's breach of contract
(3) Where there is an avathlable market for the goods
in question, the measure of damage is primd facte to be
ascertained by the difference between the contract: price
and the market or current price of the goods at the time
or Cimes when they ought to have been accepted, or, if ne
time was fixed for acceptance Chen at the dime of the refusal
fo accept.
Remedies of the buyer
51. (1) Where the seller wrong filly neglects or refuses to
deliver the goods to the buyer, the buyer May maintain an
action against the seller for damages for non-delivery.
(2) The measure of damages is the ostimated: loss
direcHly and naturally resulting, in the ordinary course of
events, from the seller’s breach of contract.
(3) Where there is an availible market for the goods
in question, the measure of damages is primd facie to be
ascertained by the difference between the contract price and
the market or current price of the goods at the time oi
times when they ought to have been delivered, or, ff no time
was fixed, then at the Gime of the refisal to deliver,
52. In any action for breach of contract: to) deliver
specific or ascertained goods the court may, if it thinks (it,
T.---IV. 33
833
Action for
non-delivery
Specific por
formance,
83+
Kemedy for
breach of
wartanty,
Inte ot and
speed
dhimaires,
Ch. 31. No.9. Sale of Goods,
on the application of the plaintift, by its Judgment or dectec
direct that) the contract shall) be performed) specifically
without giving the defendant the option of retaming: the
seods on payment of dam. Phe judgment or deeree
ny be unconditional, er upon such terms and conditions
to damage pavinent of the price, and otherwise, to
ecourt may seem just, and the appheation by the plantitt
wWobe made at any Gime belore judgment or decree
53. (1) Where there is a breach of warranty by the seller,
ovo where the buyer elects, or is compelled, to treat any
breach of a condition on the part of the seller as a breach
of warranty, the buyer ts net by reason only of such breach
of warranty entitled to reject the goods, but he may
(a) set up against the seller the breach of warrants
in diminittion or oxtinetion of the price or
(6) maintain an action against the seller for damages
lor the breach of warranty
(2) Phe measure of damages tor breach of warranty is
the sstimated: loss directly and naturally resulting, in the
ordinary course of events, from: Che breach of wi wranty
(3) Inthe case of breach of wartanty of quality. such
loss is promad fucte the difference between the value of the
goods at the Gime of delivery to the buyer and the value they
would have had if they he id answered to the warranty
(#4) The fact that the buyer has set up the breach of
carranty in dinunudion or oxtinetion of the price dees not
prevent him from oomiauntaining an aetion for the ame
breach of warranty the has suffered farther dam: ge.
54. Nothing in this Ordinance shall afect the right of the
buyer or se Her to recover interest or speckuh damages 1 any
cas where, by law, mterest or special damages may be
recoverable, or Co recover money paid: where the considera-
tion for the payment of it has tailed.
Sale of Goods. iCh. 31. No. 9. 835
PART VI.
SUPPLEMEN FARY
55. Where any right, duty, liability would arise under Variation,
wecontoaet of sale by implication of ku, tt ane be negatived viaje
op varied by expre agreement or by the course of dealing: oshe.
between Che partie. or by usage, if the age be such as to
bind both parties to the contract
56. Where, by this Ordinanee, any relerence is made 0 Beans
reasonable time, Che question what is are: able time i.
question of fact,
57. Where any right, duty, or liability is declared by thes
Ordinanee, to may, unless otherwise by this Ordinance
provided, be enforced by action,
58. lithe case of sale by auetion, Aue tins
. ater,
(a) where goods are puto up for cale by auetion in
lots, cach lot is primd facte deemed to be the subject of
weseparate contract ol sale ;
(6) asale by auetion ts complete when the auctioneer
Jnnounces its completion by Che fatlof (he hammer, or
in-other customary manner; until such aianmouncement
ismade any bidder may vedract his bid,
(c) where a sale by auction is not notificd to be sub-
ject toa right to bid on behalf of the seller, it shall not
be Lawful for the seller to bid) himself or to employ any
person to bide at such sale, or for the auetioneer know:
ingly to take any bid from: Che seller or any such
person, any sale contravening this rule may be treated
as fraudulent by the buyer:
(4) ale by auetion may be notified to be subject
toa reserved or upset price, and aright to bid miay also
be reserved expressly by or on behalf of the seller.
Where a right to bid) is) expressly reserved, but not
otherwise, the seller or any one person on his behalf, may
hid at the anetion,
53 (2)
tr
Ch. 31. No. 9.] Sale of Goods.
59. (1) Phe rules in bankruptey relating to contracts of
sale shall) continue to apply thereto notwithstanding
auvehing in this Ordinance contained
(2) The rules of the Common Law, including the law
merchant, in so farias they are inconsistent with the
‘Xpress provistons of Chis Ordinance and i particular the
rules relating to the law of princtpal and agent and. the
effect. of fraud, mistrepresentation, duress or coercion,
mistake, or other tavalidating cause, shall continue to
apply to contracts for the sale of goods.
(3) Nothing in this Ordinance shall affect the enact
ments relating to bills of cale or any other enactment
relating te the sale of goods.
(4) The provisions of this Ordinance relating te
contracts ef sale do net apply te any transaction ino the
lorm of a contract of sale which is intended to operate by
wav of mortgage, pledge, charge, or other security.
g fo contracts of
notwithstanding
iIneluding the law
nsistent with the
In particular the
doagent. and the
ress Or coercion,
hall continue te
Laffect the enact
other enactment
ance relating to
ransaction in the
led to operate by
security
Auctioneers. No. 10.
{Ch. 31.
CHAPTER 31. No. 10.
V\UCTIONEERS.
AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO] AUCTIONERRS.
loth October, 1913.]
This Ordinance may be cited the Auctioneers
Ordinance,
2. Every person who exercises or carries on the busine,
of an anetioncer, or who acts tn such capacity at any sale.
and every person who sells or offers for cale any goods.
chattels, lands, or any interest therein, at any sale where
any person becomes the purchaser of the same by competi
tion, and being the highest bidder either by being the
single bidder or increasing upon the biddings made by
others, or decreasing on sums named by the auctioneer or
person acting as auctioneer, or other person at such sale,
or by any other mode of sale by competition, shall be deemed
to be an auctioneer,
3. No person shall, except as hereinafter provided, carry
on the business of an auctioneer unless he has obtained
from the Commissioner of Inland Revenue a licence in Che
form in the First Schedule hereto.
4. Every such licence shall continue in force from the
day on which it is granted until the 31st of December next
ensuing, and shall be subject: to such conditions as are
therein specified.
837
Orelnaneces
Chiat, Neo
-19d0,
5. (Obs,
Conmmence-
nent
Short Gitle.
Dennition of
auctioneer,
Licence
necessiry,
tat Schedule.
Durativn
and condi-
tions of
licence.
N3N
Liccace duty.
Con.mis:
sion ol
Inland
Revenue
mas refuse
10 issue
licenee, and
may attach
conditions
and may
cancel
licenee
List of
licensecl
auctioneer:
to be
published
Penalty for
acting
without
licence
Board con-
taining name
and place ot
business of
auctioneer.
Ch. 31. No. 10.| A uctioncer,
5. (1) The amount payable to the Commissioner of
Inland Revenue for every such licence shall be $24: Pro-
vided that in the case of a person who at the commencement
of this Ordinance held a general certificate as a bailiff under
the Landlord and Tenant Ordinance, and the rules made or
in force thereunder, the annual amount payable by him for
an auctioncer’s licence shall, so long as he holds such a
certificate continuously, be $2.40.
(2) All such amounts shall form part of the general
revenue of the Colony
6. (1) The Commissioner of Inland Revenue may retuse
to grant any such licence, and may, in his discretion, attach
such conditions thereto as he may deem expedient, and may
‘ancel such licence in the event of the breach of any such
condition being proved to his satisfaction.
(2) The Commissioner of Inland Revenue shall not
grant a licence to a pawnbroker as defined by the Pawn-
brokers Ordinance, or to any servant, apprentice, or agent
of a pawnbroker.
7. The Comnussioner of Inland Revenue shall, at the
beginning of every month, cause to be published in the
Royal Gazette and in one or more of the local newspapers
list of the persons to whom licences shall have been
granted by him during the preceding month; and if at any
time he shall cancel any such licence he shall publish in
like manner as aforesaid the name of the person whose
licence shall have been so cancelled.
8. Any person who carries on the business of an auctioneer
without being duly licensed shall be liable to a fine of two
hundred and forty dollars.
9. (1) Before beginning any auction, every auctionver
shall affix or suspend, and shall keep the same so affixed or
suspended during the whole time the auction is being held,
a board or ticket containing his true and full christian name
and surname and place of business, painted or written in
large letters publicly visible and legible, in some con-
Auctioneers. [Ch. 31. No. 10. 839
spicuous part of the room where the auction is held, so that
ll persons may easily read the ‘ame.
(2) Any auctioneer acting in contravention of this
seetion shall be liable to a fine of ninety-six dollars.
10. (1) every auctioneer shall keep a regular and correct Keeping of
account of all property sold by him at auction, such account accounts by
to be written in a book to be kept for that purpose, in the â€
form contained in the Second Scliedule hereto, and every 2na
such account shall be opened to the inspection of every Schedule.
person interested: Provided that it shall be a sufficient
comphance with the provisions of this subsection if an entry
is made in such book of the name of the person to whom
the property sold belongs, together with a reference to some
other book where is kept an account containing the particu-
lars mentioned in the form aforesaid.
(2) Any person who fails to keep such account in the
manner hereinbefore mentioned, or hinders or prevents any
person interested from inspecting anv such book, shall be
liable to a fine of forty-cight dollars.
1. (1) Save and except in the case of Advertising
. . property for
(a) goods, wares, and merchandise of a perishable sate.
nature which it may be necessary to sell at auction
without delay or
(6) goods, wares, and merchandise imported into the
Colony or brought from Trinidad to Tobago or from
Tobago to Trinidad and in each case damaged on the
voyage and ordered, after survey in the customary
manner, to be sold for the benefit of those whom it may
concern, or
(c) pledges sold at auction under the provisions of
the Pawnbrokers Ordinance,
it shall not be lawful for any auctioneer to sell by auction
any property unless an advertisement has been by such
auctioncer inserted and published for eight days prior to the
date of any such sale in one or more of the local newspapers,
disclosing the name of the person or persons by whose
order such sale by public auction is to take place and the
name of the owner of such property, and containing a full
and accurate description of the property to be sold as
d40
Remunena
tion pavable
to auction
ecrs,
ard
Sehe
Power to
Rrant pet
MISSION Go
sell aut
ate Crom fo
Laeperial
Colonial
Otttee
bacepton,
Ch. 31. No. 10.| elucttonecers,
aforesaid Provided that such period of eight days may be
reduced to period of not less than four day. on) the
direction in writing under his hand given by the owner to
the auetioncer
(2) Any person acting in contravention of this scetron
shall be Tiable to a tine of ninety six dollars,
12. (1) On sale attempted: sale at auction of the
propertic referred to in the Phird) Sehedule herete an
auctioneer shall be entitled, in respeet oof such sale or
attempted ale to demand and) to recemve the velex ant
combussion or feet the atid Schedule specified,
(2) Any auctioncer who demands receive retains
any commission or fee in excess of the commission or fee
hereby che cable shall be liable to fine of forty. eht
dollars.
(3) Where a person is convicted of an offence under
hus section the Magistrate shall, in addition to any penally
he may tpose thereunder, order the person so convicted
lo pay Co the person entitled thereto, anv sum of money
received or retained in contravention of the provisions of
this section, and the sunt so ordered to be paid: shall be
deemed a sum adjudged to be paid within the meaning of
section 635 of the Summary Courts Ordinance
13. (1) Notwithstanding anything ino this) Ordinance
contatned, the Governor may grant pe vinission (0 Che head
of any department in tis Majesty’ Ss Imperial or Colonial
Service to selbat auction, by himself or by any of lis officers
or clerks authorised by hin in writing, any property on
account of the department or braneh of the serviee to which
he be longs .
(2) Such permission may be either general or for
special occasion. TP it is general, it shall subsist until it ts
revoked by the Governor
14. (1) Nothing in this Ordinance contained shall apply
‘ales at auction
(@) under any judgment, order, or decree, or under
any process of any court in the Colony; or
cluctioncer. {|CGh. 31. No. 10. 841
(6) directed by any Municipal or Water Authority
lor non-payment of rate charge. or expense. or
(c) under distre, for non payment of rent fo le.
amount than ninety-stx dollars.
(2) Nothing in this Ordinance contained shall operate reece
to prevent any auctioneer from making a contract for the remuner:
sale of any property for remuneration at less rate than 09
that specified hereunder
15. All penalties under this Ordinance may be recovered Recovers
. oye . . . so . enalties,
on summury conviction in the name of (he Commissioner of Pe
Inland Revenue or some person authorised by him in writing
either generally or ina spectal ¢
SCHEEDUTE Tes.
FIRS'T SCHEDULE.
Form: of Licence to practice as un Auctioneer.
U hereby authorise of to carry on busing, as ah Auctioncer,
This ficcuee expires on the ost of December, 19 and is issued subject to the
conditions on the back hereof Any breach of the cai conditions involves: the
cancellation of Che heenece
The
SECOND SCHEDULE.
Form of Sales Book. (Section 10.)
belongiiag,
Description Purch:
of Property |
Schedule of
auctioneers
temunera-
lion
ySeetron 12.
Ch. 31. No. 10.| Lis
THIRD SCHEDULE.
PART 1.
WurRE OA SALE Is Err
Commission, in addition to all out-of-pocket expenses and storage fees.
it any, calenlated en the pureho price at the undermentioned rates
shall be chargeable :-
On a sale of personalty of every deseription, at the rate of 74 per
cent.
On a sale of realty, equities of redemption, or chattels real,
at the rates following.
Not exceeding S480 5 per cent.
Exceeding S480) and not
xceeding $2,400 $24.
Exceeding $2,400 and not
sxceeding $4,800
Exceeding $4,800 and not /
sxceeding $24,000 per cent... provided that the
commission shall ini no case
be Tess than $50.40.
per cent.
Kaceeding $24,000 and not
exceeding $48,000 per cent., provided that the
commission shall in no case
be less than $182.40.
per cent., provided that the
commission shall in no case
be less than $240.
If the property be sold by private contract, with the authority of the
vendor, either before or at the auction, the commission is payable; or if
the property be sold by private contract after the auction, provided the
authority to sell is continued after the auction, the commission is pavable.
PART II.
Wr vefa Save nor Evrecren.
Exceeding $48,000
foie
The following fixed fees, in addition to all out-of-pocket expenses and
storage fee. if anv, shall be chargeable in respect of every description
of property:
$
Where the reserved price does not exceed $480, a fee of 5.04
Where the reserved price exceeds $480 and does not exceed
$900, a fee of 10.08
Where the reserved price oxceeds $900) and) doe. not
exceed $1,920, a fee of 15.12
Where the reserved price -xeeeds $1,920 and does not
xceed 82.880, 2 fee of 25.20
Where the served price -xcceds $2,880, a fee of 35.28
On a mortgagee s sale where no reserved price is tixed, the reserved price
shall be deemed te be the amount secured by the mortgage. In other
cases Where no reserved price is fixed, the reserved price shall be deemed
to be the value of the property as agreed between the person offering the
property for scale ard the auctioneer.
Monevlender. |CGh. 31. No. 11. 843
CHAPTER 31. No. 11.
MONEYLENDIERS,
Ordinances
AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO MONEYLENDING. en
No, 42-1942.
& 1945,
i Ist March, 1933. | Commence-
: ment.
1. This Ordinance may be cited the Monevlenders
Ordinance.
(1) In this Ordinance interpre-
tation and
authorised name and authorised address application.
mean respectively the name under which and the
address at which a monevlender is authorised by a
certificate granted under this Ordinance to carry on
business as a monevlender
business name — means the name or style under
Which any business is carried on, whether in partner-
ship or otherwise ;
company =o means any body corporate being a
monevlender ;
firm =omeans an unincorporate body of two or
more individuals, or one or more individuals and one
or more corporations, or two or more corporations,
who have entered into partnership with one another
with a view to carrying on business for profit :
moneylender — include. any person whose business
is that of moneylending, or who advertises or announces
himself or holds himself out in any wav as carrying
on that business, but shall not include any person bond
fide carrying on the business of banking or insurance
or bond fide carrying on any business not having for its
Licences to
be taken
by money
lendets.
Ch. 31. No. 11. | Monevlender,
primary object the lending ef money in the course
of which and for the purposes of which he lends money:
principal means in relation to a dean the amount
actually Tent to the borrower
(2) Nothing imi this Ordinance shall be decmed. to
apply te pawnbrokers licensed under the Pawnbrokers
Ordinance
(3) Nothing in this Ordinance shall be deemed to
require the Heensing, as monevlenders, of the following,
(a) bankers heensed under the Bankers Licence.
and Bank Note Ordinance, er the Alien Bankers
Ordin:
) soctetie. registered under the Friendly Societie.
Ordinanee, or the Building Societies Ordinance, or
the Agricultural Credit) Societie. Ordinance. or the
Agricultural Co-operative Societies Ordinance
(c) any body corporate, Incorporated or empowered
by special Ordinance to lend money in accordance
with such Ordinance
(@) any person or body corporate sxempted by the
Governer ta Council,
3. (1) Every monevilender, whether carrying on busine.
Alone or partner ing firm, shall take out annually in
respect of every addre. at which he carries on his busine. .
such, lieenee (ine this Ordinance reterred to as
monevlender’s leence “J, which shall expire on the 31st of
December ext after it is) granted. and there shall be
charged on every moneviendet’s Heence a fee of S4.80°
Provided: that: where monevienders’ licenee. are taken
out by two or more monevlenders in respect of any address
or addre. atowhiech they carry on their business as
partners ina firm, the Commissioner of Inkand Revenue shall
remit W the duty has been paid, repay, to the firma
sum equal to the aggregate of the duties charged on such
number of the licences taken out as exceeds the number of
the addre. +s in respect of which they are taken out.
(2) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance,
moneylenders’ licences shall be in such form as the Com-
missioner of Tnland Revenue mav direct .and shall be granted
Monevlender, |Ch. 31. No. Of.
on payment ol the appropriate duty by any officer authorised
by the Commissioner of Inland Revenue to grant them,
(3) \omonevlender’ Heencee shall be taken out) by
a moneyvlender in his true name, and shall be void if it be
taken out in-any other name, and every moneyvlender
licence shall also show the moneyvlender’ authorised name
aud aut hertsed addre
4. Tf any person
(a) takes out a monevlender†Heenees any
other than his true name, or
(0) carrie, on busine. as a moneylender without
having in force a proper monevlender’s licence authoris
ing him so to do, or
(c) being Teensed a moneylender, carrie. on
busine. as such in any name other than his authorised
ane, or at any other place than his authorised addre
or addre. or
(d) enters into any agreement in the course of his
business as a money lender with respect to the advance
or repayment of money or takes any security for money
in the course of his business as a moneyvlender, other
wise than in his authorised name,
he shall for each offence be liable to a tine of two hundred
and forty dollars:
Provided that, on a second or subsequent conviction of
any person (other than a company) for an offence under
this section, the court may in lieu of or in addition to
ordering the offender to pay the fine aforesaid, order him
to be imprisoned for three months, and an offender being
a company shall on a second or subsequent conviction be
liable to a fine of four hundred and eighty dollars.
5. (1) A moneylender’ licence shall not) be granted
except to a person who holds a certificate granted in
accordance with the provisions of this section authorising
the grant of the licence to that person, and a separate
certificate shall be required in respect of every separate
licence. Any moneylender’. licence granted in’ contra-
vention of this section shall be void.
845
Feualty for
breaches of
section 3,
Certificate
required for
grant of
money-
lender's
lirence.
Ch. 31. No. 11.] Monevlenders.
(2) Certificates under this section (in this Ordinance
referred to as “certificate. ’’) shall be granted by the
Magistrate of the district in which the moneylender’
business is to be carried on.
(3) Every certificate granted to a moneylender shall
show his true name and the name under which, and the
addre. at which, he is authorised by the certificate to
carry on business as such, and a certificate shall not autho-
rise a moneylender to carry on business at more than one
addre. or under more than one name, or under any name
which includes the word “ bank â€â€™ or otherwise implies that
he carrie. on banking business, and no certificate shall
authorise a moneylender to carry on business under any
name ‘xcept—
(a) his true name; or
(0) the name of a firm in which he is a partner, not
being a firm required by the Registration of Business
Names Ordinance to be registered; or
(c) a busine. name, whether of an individual or
of a firm in which he is a partner, under which he or
the firm has, at the commencement of this Ordinance.
been registered for not less than three years under the
Registration of Business Names Ordinance.
(+) A certificate shall come into force on the date
specified therein, and shall expire on the next following
31st of December.
6. (1) A person intending to apply for a certificate under
this Ordinance shall, fourteen days at least before the apphi-
‘ation, give notice by registered letter sent by post of his
iniention soto do. Such notice shall set forth his name and
address and the addre. at which he intends to carry on his
business and shall be sent to the Magistrate of the district
in which such latter address is situate and to the officer of
Police in charge of the division in whieh such latter address
is situate.
(2) The Governor in Council may make ruJe. with
respect to the procedure to be followed in making appli-
cations for certificate. Gneluding the notices to be given
of intention to make such an application), and certificates
shall be in such form as may be prescribed by rules so made.
Moneylenders. |Ch. 31. No. 11.
7. (1) A certificate shall not be refused except on some
one or more of the following grounds
(a) that satisfactory evidence has not been produced
of the good character of the applicant, and in the case
of a company of the persons responsible for the
management thereof;
(6) that satisfactory evidence has been produced
that the applicant, or any person responsible or pro-
posed to be responsible, for the management of his
business as a moneylender, is not a fit and proper
person to hold a certificate;
(c) that the applicant, or any person responsible
or proposed to be responsible for the management of
his business as a moneylender, is by order of a court
disqualified for holding a certificate;
(d) that the applicant has not complied with the
provisions of any rules made with respect to applica-
tions for certificates,
(2) Any person aggrieved by the refusal of a Magis-
trate to grant a certificate may appeal to the Supreme
Court in manner provided by the Summary Courts Ordi-
nance as if the refusal were an order of a court of summary
Jurisdiction.
8. (1) A moneylender shall not transfer his business to
premises other than those specified in his licence, except with
the consent of the Magistrate of the district in which the
address to which he propose. to transfer his business is
situate. Such consent shall not be given until the officer
of Police in charge of the division in which such address is
situate has been “notific d of the proposed transfer and has
had an opportunity of objecting to the same.
(2) Any moneylender contravening the provisions of
this section shall be liable to a fine of forty-eight dollars.
9. (1) Where any person being the holder of a certificate,
is convicted of any offence under this Ordinance, the court —
(a) may order that any certificates held by that
847
Refusal to
grant a
certificate.
Veansfer o
business to
other
premises,
Ord. +2
1942, s.
Suspension
and for-
feiture of
money-
lenders’
person, and in the case of a partner in a firm by any certificates.
other partner in the firm, shall cither be suspended
S48
Ch. 31. No. 11.| Monevlender,
for such time as the court thinks fit, or shall be for-
feited. and may also, if the court thinks fit, declare
any such person, or any person responsible for the
management of the monevlending busine. carried on
by the person convicted, to be disqi: ified for obtaining
a-certificate for such time as the court thinks fit ; and
(6) shall cause particulars of the conviction and of
any order made by the court under this subsection to
be endorsed on every certifieate held) by the person
convicted or by any other person affected by. the
order, and shall cause copie. of those particulars. te
be sent to the authority. by whom any certificate so
endorsed was) granted, and to the Commissioner of
Inland Revenue
Provided that, where by order of a court certificate
held by any person is suspended or forfeited, or any person
is disqualified for obtaining a certificate, he may, whether
or not he is the person convicted, appeal against the order
in the same manner as any person convicted may appeal
against his conviction, and the Court may, if it thinks fit,
pending the appeal, defer the operation of the order,
(2) Any certificate required by a court for endorsement
in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this section
shall be produced, in such manner and within such time as
may be directed by the court, by the person by whom it is
held, and any person who, without reasonable ¢ Cause, makes
default. in producing any certificate required shall, i
respect of each offence, be lable to a fine of five dollars for
‘ach dav during which the default continue.
(3) Where a certificate held by any person is ordered
to be suspended or to be forfeited under the foregoing
provisions of this section, any moneylender’s licences
granted to that person, whether in pursuance of that or
any other certificate, shall be suspended during the period
for which the certificate is ordered to be suspended or
become void, as the may be.
10. (1) Tt any person forges a certificate, or tenders
certificate Knowing it to be forged, he shall be lable to
imprisonment for six months or to a fine of four hundred
and eighty dollars.
Monevlenders. |Ch. 31. No. 11.
(2) A licence granted in) pursuance of a forged
certificate shall be void, and if any person makes use of
a forged certificate, knowing it to be forged, he shall be
disqualified from obtaining at any time thereafter a money-
lender's licence.
It. (1) No contract for the repayment by a borrower
of money Tent to him or to any agent on his behalf by a
moneylender licensed under this Ordinance or for the pay-
ment by him of interest on money so lent and no security
giver. by the borrower or by any such agent as aforesaid
in respect of any such contract shall be enforceable, unless
av note or memorandum in writing of the contract be made
and signed personally by the borrower, and unless a copy
thereof be delivered or sent to the borrower within seven
davs of the making of the contract, and no such contract
or security shall be enforceable if it is proved that the note
or memorandunr aforesaid was not sizned by the borrower
before the money was lent or before the security was given,
as the ease may be.
(2) The note or memorandum aforesaid shall contain
all the terms of the contract, and in particular shall show
the date on which the loan is made, the amount of the
principal of the loan, and, either the interest charged on
the loan expressed in terms of a rate per centum per annum,
or the rate per centum, per annum represented by the interest
charged as calculated in accordance with the provisions of
the Schedule hereto,
12. (1) The interest which may be charged on loans by
any person other than | moneylender licensed under this
Ordinance shall not exceed the rate of 24 per centum
simple interest per annum, whether such interest is payable
monthly or at any greater fixed period, and nothing herein
contained shall authorise the charging of compound interest
on such loans which would, in effect, amount to simple
interest in excess of such rate per annum.
(2) Interest which may be charged on loans by a
moneylender licensed under this Ordinance, shall not
exceed the respective rates herein specified, namely:
(a) Hf by the terms of the contract the principal ts
T. IV. 34
S49
Form o
nioney-
lenders’
contracts,
Interest to
be charged.
850
Ch. 31. No. 11.] Moneylenders.
Penalty for
charging une
authorised
interest.
Prohibition
of compound
interest and
not repayable prior to a date exceeding six months
from the date of making the loan -—
On loans not exceeding $24.00 simple interest at the rate of 60", per annum
do. do. $48.00 do. do. 48% do.
do. do. $96.00 do. do. 36°, do.
do. exceeding $96.00 do. do. 24°’ do.
(b) lf by the terms of the contract the principal is
repayable on any date within six months of making
the loan, or on demand—-
On loans not exceeding $ 9.60 simple interest at the rate of 7 °,, per month
do. do. $24.00 do. do. 6%, do.
do. do. $48.00 do. do. 5 do.
do. do. $96.00 do. do. 4h°,, do.
do. exceeding $96.00 do. do. 4 do.
(3) If several sums are loaned by a moneylender to
the same person, whether at the same or different times,
the rate of interest on the aggregate sum loaned, or owing
at the date the last sum is loaned, shall be that authorised
as if the whole amount then owing had been loaned as one
transaction.
(4) The interest shall constitute a comprehensive
charge to include all discounts, commissions, bonuses,
fines, expenses, and any amount by whatsoever name
called, in excess of the principal, paid or payable to the
monevlender in consideration of or otherwise in respect
of a loan, but shall not include such charges, expenses and
costs as are specifically allowed by this Ordinance or by
the court adjudicating on the matter.
13. Any person who loans money at a rate of interest
higher than that authorised by this Ordinance may be
prosecuted summarily on the complaint of any person,
and on conviction he shall be liable to a fine of two hundred
and forty dollars in respect of each loan and one-fourth
of the sum recovered by way of fine shall be paid to the
informer other than the borrower.
A prosecution for an offence under this section shall not
be instituted except by or with the consent of the Attorney
General.
14, Any contract made after the commencement of this
Ordinance for the loan of money by a moneylender licensed
‘ding six months
‘Crate of OU", perannum
lo. 48°, do.
lo. 36°, do.
lo. 24% do.
t the principal is
ionths of making
le rate of 7 per month
lo. 6 do.
lo. 5 do.
lo. 4he,, do.
lo, 4 do.
1 moneylender to
r different times,
loaned, or owing
e that authorised
een loaned as one
a comprehensive
ussions, bonuses,
vhatsoever name
x payable to the
erwise in respect
ges, expenses and
Ordinance or by
1 rate of interest
rdinance may be
: of any person,
1e of two hundred
n and one-fourth
Il be paid to the
section shall not
t of the Attorney
encement of this
eylender licensed
Moneylenders.
[Ch. 31. No. 11.
851
under this Ordinance shall be illegal in so far as it provides Provision
directly or indirectly for the payment of interest in advance defaults.
whether by deduction of any amount from the principal
sum borrowed or otherwise or for the payment of compound
interest or for the rate or amount of interest being increased
by reason of any default in the payment of sums due under
the contract and any such moneylender contravening the
provisions of this section shall be liable to the penalties
prescribed by section 13.
. Where by a contract for the loan of money by a
moneylendier licensed under this Ordinance the interest
charged on the loan is not expressed in terms of a rate,
any amount paid or payable to the moneylender under
the contract (other than simple interest charged in accor 7
ance with section 12) shall be appropriated to principal am
interest in the proportion that the principal bears to the
total amount of the interest, and the rate per centum per
annum represented by the interest charged as calculate
in accordance with the provisions of the Schedule hercto
shall be deemed to be the rate of interest charged on the
loan.
agreement between a moncylender licensed
under tne Ordinance and a borrower or intending borrower
for the payment by the borrower or intending borrower to
the moneylender of any sum on account of costs, charges
or expenses incidental to or relating to the negotiations
for or the granting of the loan or proposed loan shall be
illegal, and if any sum is paid to such moneylender by a
borrower or intending borrower as for or on account of any
such costs, charges or expenses that sum shall be recoverable
as a debt due to the borrower or intending borrower, or,
in the event of the loan being completed, shall, if not S90
recovered, be set off against the amount actually lent and
that amount shall be deemed to be reduced accordingly:
. . . ; ly
rided that the provisions of this section shall not appl)
to auch ‘charges. expenses and costs as are specifically
allowed by this Ordinance or by the court adjudicating
on the matter.
54 (2)
Method of
calculating
interest
when not
expressed in
terms ofa
rate.
Prohibition
of charge for
expenses on
loans by
money-
lenders.
an
Ie
Fmployvment
of agents or
canvassers
hy money-
lender
prohibitec
Ch. 31. No. I1.] Monevicnder,
17. (1) No moneylender licensed under this Ordinance
or any person on his behalf shall employ any agent or
canvasser for the purpose of mviting any person to borrow
money or to enter into any transaction involving the
borrowing of money from such moneylender, and no
person shall act as such agent or canvasser, or demand or
receive directly or indirectly any sum or other valuable
‘onsideration by wavy of commission or otherwise for
introducing or undertaking to introduce to a moneylender
any person desiring to borrew money.
(2) Any contract by the borrower to pay to an agent
or canvasser of a moneylender licensed under this Ordi-
hance a commission for securing a loan shall be null and
void, and if any sum has been paid by way of conumission
or otherwise for such service, the agent or canvasser shall
be Hable to a fine of ninet y-six dollars, and one half of the
sum recovered by way of fine shall be paid to the informer,
even though he be the person who paid the agent or can-
Vasser,
18. (1) Every moneyvlender licensed under this Ordinance
shall give a receipt for every payment made to him on
account of a loan or of interest thereon. Every such receipt
shall be given immediately the payment is made,
(2) very moneylender licensed under this Ordi-
nance shall keep a book in which he shall enter in connection
with every loan made by him
(a) the date on which the loan was made,
(6) the amount of the principal,
(c) the rate of interest,
(d) all sums received in respect of the loan, with
the dates of payment thereol.
(3) The entrics in the said book shall be made forth-
with on the making of the loan or the reecipt of sums paid
in respect thereof, as the case may be.
(4) Any moneylender licensed under this Ordinance
who fails or neglects to keep the book required by this
section, or to make the necessary entries therein, or to
produce such book when required so to do by any court,
Monevlenders, [Ch. 31. No. 11.
or to give a receipt required by this section, shall for each
offence be liable to a fine of forty-cight dollars.
19. (1) In respect of every contract for the repayment
of money lent by a moneylender (whether made before
or after the commencement of this Ordinance) the money-
lender shall, on any reasonable demand in writing being
made by the borrower at any time during the continuance
of the contract and on tender by the borrower of the sum
of twenty-four cents for expenses, supply to the borrower
or, if the borrower so require. to any person specified in
that behalf in’ the demand, © statement: signed by the
moneyvlender or his agent showing
(a) the date on which the loan was made, the
amount of the principal of the loan and the rate per
centim per annum of interest charged; and
(0) the amount of any payment already received
by the moneylender ino respeet. of the loan and the
date on which it was made; and
(c) the amount of every sum due to the money-
lender, but unpaid, and the date upon which it became
duc, and the amount of interest) aecrued due and
unpaid in respect of every such sum; and
(d) the amount of every sum not yet due which
remains outstanding, and the date upon which it) will
become due,
(2) A moneylender shall, on any reasonable demand
in writing by the ‘borrower, and on tender of a reasonable
sum for expenses, supply a copy of any document relating
to a Joan made by him or any security therefor, to the
borrower, or if the borrower so requires, to any person
specified in that behalfin the demand.
(3) If a moneylender to whom a demand has been
made under this section fails without reasonable excuse
to comply therewith within one month after the demand
has been made, he shall not, so long as the default continues,
be entitled to sue for or recover any sum due under the
contract: on account either of principal or interest, and
interest shall not be chargeable in respect of the period of the
default, and if such default is made or continued after
proceedings have ceased to lie in respect of the loan, the
Obligation
of money-
lender to
supply ine
formation as
to state of
loan and
copies of
documents
relating
(hereto,
854
Restrictions
on monev-
lending
advertise-
ments.
Ch. 31. No. 11.] Moneylenders.
moneylender shal] be liable to a fine of five dollars for every
day on which the default continues.
20. (1) No person shall knowingly send or deliver or
cause to be sent or delivered to any person except in
response to his written request any circular or other docu-
ment advertising the name, address or telephone number
of a moncylender, or containing an invitation—
(a) to borrow money from a moneylender ;
(6) to enter into any transaction involving the
borrowing of money from a moneylender ;
(c) to apply to any place with a view to obtaining
information or advice as to borrowing any money
from a moncylender.
(2) Subject as hereinafter provided, no person shall
publish or cause to be published in any newspaper or other
printed paper issued periodically for public circulation, or
by means of any poster or placard, an advertisement
advertising any such particulars, or containing any such
invitation, as aforesaid:
Provided that an advertisement in conformity with the
requirements of this Ordinance relating to the use of names
on moneylenders’ documents may be published by or on
behalf of a moneylender in any newspaper or in any such
paper as aforesaid or by means of a poster or placard
exhibited at any authorised address of the moneylender,
if it contains no addition to the particulars necessary to
comply with the said requirements, except any of the
following particulars, that is to say, any authorised address
at which he carrics on business as a moncylendcr and the
telegraphic address and telephone number thereof, any
address at which he formerly carried on business, a state-
ment that he lends money with or without security, and of
the highest and lowest sums that he is prepared to lend, and
a statement of the date on which the business carried on by
him was first established.
(3) Where any document issued or published by or
on behalf of a moneylender purports to indicate the terms
of interest upon which he is willing to make loans or any
particular loan, the document shall either express the
interest proposed to be charged in terms of a rate per
Moneylenders. [Ch. 31. No. 11.
centum per annum or show the rate per centum per annum
represented by the interest proposed to be charged as
calculated in accordance with the provisions of the Schedule
hereto,
(4) Any person acting in contravention of any of
the provisions of this section shall be liable to a fine of
twenty-four dollars.
(5) Where it is shown that a moneylending trans-
action was brought about by a contravention of any of
the provisions of this section, the transaction shall, notwith-
standing that the moneylender was duly licensed under this
Ordinance, be illegal, unless the moneylender proves that
the contravention occurred without his consent and con-
nivance,
21. (1) Where any debt in respect of money lent by a
moneylender whether before or after the commencement
of this Ordinance, or in respect of interest on any such
debt or the benefit of any agreement made or security
taken in respect of any such debt or interest is assigned
to any assignee, the assignor (whether he is the money-
lender by whom the money was lent or any person to
whom the debt has been previously assigned) shall, before
the assignment is made—
(a) give to the assignee notice in writing that the
debt, agreement or security is affected by the operation
of this Ordinance; and
(b) supply to the assignee all information necessary
to enable him to comply with the provisions of this
Ordinance relating to the obligation to supply informa-
tion as to the state of loans and copies of documents
relating thereto;
and any person acting in contravention of any of the
provisions of this section shall be liable to indemnify any
other person who is prejudiced by the contravention, and
shall also in respect of each offence be liable to imprison-
ment for six months, or to a fine of four hundred and
eighty dollars.
(2) In this section the expression “ assigned ’’ means
assigned by any assignment inter vivos other than an
855
Notice and
information
to be given
on assign-
ment of
money-
lenders’
debts,
856
Application
of Ordinance
as respects
aSSIENCES,
Ch. 31. No. 11.] Monevlenders.
assignment by operation of law, and the expressions
“assignor and “ assignee†have corresponding meanings.
22. (1) Subject as hereinafter provided, the provisions
of this Ordinance shall continue to apply as respects any
debt to a moneylender in respect of money lent by him
after the commencement of this Ordinance or in respect
of interest on money so lent or of the benefit of any agree-
ment made or security taken in respect of any such debt
or interest, notwithstanding that the debt or the benefit
of the agreement or security may have been assigned to any
assignee, and, except where the context otherwise requires,
references in this Ordinance to a moneylender shall accord-
ingly be construed as inchiding any such assignee as
aforesaid
Provided that) notwithstanding anything in this Ordi-
hance
(i) any agreement with, or security taken by, a
moneylender in respect of money lent by him after the
commencement of this Ordinance shall be valid in
favour of any bond fide assignee or holder for value
Without notice of any defect due to the operation of
this Ordinance and of any person deriving title under
him, and
(ii) any payment or transfer of money or property
made bond fide by any person, whether acting ina
fiduciary capacity or otherwise, on the faith of the
validity of any such agreement or security, without
notice of any such defect shall, in favour of that
person, be as valid as it would have been if the agree-
ment or security had been valid; and
(ii) the provisions of this Ordinance limiting the
time for proceedings in respect of money lent shall
not apply to any proceedings in respect of any such
agreement or security commenced by a bond fide
assignee or holder for value without notice that the
agreement or security was affected by the operation
of this Ordinance, or by any person deriving title
under him,
but in every such case the moneylender shall be liable
(o indemnify the borrower or any person who is prejudiced
Moneylenders. |Ch. 31. No. 11.
by virtue of this section, and nothing in this proviso shall
render valid an agreement or security in favour of, or apply
to proceedings commenced by, an assignee or holder for
value who is himself a moneylender.
(2) Nothing in this section shall render valid for any
purpose any agreement, security or other transaction
which would, apart from the provisions of this Ordinance,
have been void or unenforceable.
23. (1) Where proceedings are taken in any court by
any person for the recovery of any money lent, or the
enforcement of any agreement or security made or taken
In respect of money lent, and there is evidence which
satisfies the court that the interest charged in respect of
the sum actually lent exceeds the rates authorised by this
Ordinance, the court may re-open the transaction, and
take an account between the lender and the person sued,
and may, notwithstanding any statement or settlement
of account or any agreement purporting to close previous
dealings and create a new obligation, re-open any account
wready taken between them, and relieve the person sued
from payment of any sum in excess of the sum adjudged
by the court to be due in respect of such principal and
interest, and for such costs and charges as the court may
adjudge to be reasonable, and, if any such excess has been
paid or allowed in account by the debtor, may order the
creditor to repay it; and may set aside, cither wholly or
in part, or revise, or alter, any security given or agreement
made in respect of money lent, and if the lender has parted
with the security may order him to indemnify the borrower
or other person sued.
(2) Any court in which proceedings might be taken
for the recovery of money lent by any person shall have
power to and may, at the instance of the borrower or
surety or other person liable, exercise the like powers as
may be exercised under this section, where proceedings
are taken for the recovery of money lent, and the court
shall have power, notwithstanding any provision or agree-
ment to the contrary, to entertain any application under
this Ordinance by the borrower or surety or other person
liable, notwithstanding that the time for repayment of the
loan, or any instalment thereof, may not have arrived.
857
Re-opening
of money-
lending
{ransactions,
Proceedings
by borrower
against
money-
lender.
858
BRA tile
ASSUTnee
Gh. 31. No. 11.] Monevlender,
(3) On any application relating to the admission or
amount of a proof by a person who has lent) money in
any hankruptey proceedings, the court may oxercise the
like powers as may be oxereised under this section when
proceedings are taken for the recovery of money
(4) The foregoing provisions of this) section shall
apply te any transaction which, whatever ifs) form may
be. as substantially of monevlending.
(5) Nothing im the foregoing provisions of this
section shall affect. the tights of any bond fide assignee or
holder for value without notice.
(o) Nothing ino this seetion shall be construed) as
derogating from the ‘xisting power or jurisdiction of any
court te enquire into and give relief in’ respect of any
loan effected before the commencement of this Ordinance:
Provided that the court shall not set aside, vary or affect
any judgement obtained before the commencement of this
Ordinance.
24. Any person who by any false, misleading, or decep-
tive statement, representation, or promise, or by any
dishonest concealment oof material facts, fraudulently
induces or attempts to induce any person to borrow money
or to agree te the terms on which money is or is to. be
borrowed, shall be liable to imprisonment for six months,
or toa fine of four hundred and eighty dollars.
25. (1) In any civil proceedings ino which a) borrower
pleads any of the provisions of this Ordinance (whether
Inany plamt, defence, or other pleading, or in any afidavit
or application for the purpose of obtaining leave to defend
any action), HW the court is satished that such plea was not
made in good faith, but we made fer the purpose of
delaying or harassing the moneylender, the court may order
such borrower to pay for the benefit of the moneylender a
sum not exceeding twenty-four dollars by way of compensa-
tion and the costs incurred by the moneylender in’ the
proceeding to such an amount as shall be determined by the
court, and every such sum so ordered to be paid shall be
added to the amount of the judgment recoverable by the
monevlender.
Monevlenders. {Ch. 31. No. 11.
(2) In any criminal proceeding instituted against
a moneylender for a breach of any provision of this Ordi-
nance if the court is satisfied that the charge was made
maliciously, frivolously, or vexatiously it may direct that
a sum not exceeding twenty-four dollars by way of com-
pensation and the costs of the accused to such an amount
as shall be determined: by the court shall be payable by
the informer or complainant, and any amount so ordered to
be paid shall be recoverable for the benefit of the accused
in the same manner a fine imposed by the court.
26. If any person lays a complaint for an offence alleged
to have been committed against this Ordinance by which
he was not personally agerieved, and afterwards directly
ov indirectly receive. without the permission of a Magistrate,
any sum of money or other reward. for compounding,
delaying, or withdrawing the complaint, he shall for such
offence be liable toa fine of two hundred and forty dollars,
27. Allolfences under this Ordinance may be prosecuted,
and all penaltie. ieurred may be imposed or recovered,
inthe manner provided by the Summary Courts Ordinance,
THE SCHEDULE.
Galculation of Interest where the Interest charged on
a Loan is not expressed in terms of a Rate.
The amount of principal outstanding at any time shall be taken to
be the balance remaining after deducting from the principal the total of
the portions of any payments appropriated to principal in accordance
with the provisions of this Ordinance.
The several amounts taken to be outstanding by way of principal
during the several periods ending on the dates on which payments are
made shall be multiplied in cach case by the number of calendar months
during which those amounts are taken to be respectively outstanding,
and there shall be ascertained the aggregate amount of the sum) soe
produced,
The total amount of the interest shall be divided by one-twelfth part
of the aggregate amount mentioned in paragraph 2 of this Schedule, and
the quotient, multiplied by one hundred, shall be taken to be the rate
of interest per centum per annum.
859
Common
informers
compound-
iy infor.
mations,
(Sections 11,
15 and 20.)
sod
Ch. 31. No. 11.] Monevlenders.
4. Tf having regard to the intervals between successive payments it is
desired so to do, the calculation of interest may be made by reference to
weeks instead of months, and in such a case the foregoing paragraphs
shall have effect as though in paragraph 2 the word “ weeks â€â€ were
substituted for the words “ calendar months", and in paragraph 3 the
words — one-tifty-second †were substituted for the words “ one-twelfth.â€
5. Where anv interval between successive payments is not a number
of complete weeks or complete months, the foregoing paragraphs shall
have effect as though one day were one-seventh part of a week or one-
thirtieth part of a month, as the case may be.
1.
Pawnbrokers. |Ch. 31. No. 12.
CHAPTER 31. No. 12.
PAWNBROKERS.
AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO PAWNBROKERS.
(25th September, 1889. |
This Ordinance may be cited as the Pawnbrokers
Ordinance.
2.
In this Ordinance -—
pawnbroker †includes every person who carries on
the business of taking goods and chattels in pawn;
pawner means a person delivering an article for
pawn toa pawnbroker ;
pledge" means an article pawned with a pawn-
broker;
Port-of-Spain means the City of Port-of-Spain
as defined from time to time under the Port-of-Spain
Corporation Ordinance ;
“San Fernando = means the Borough of on
Fernando as defined from time to time under the Sar
Fernando Corporation Ordinance ;
shop — includes dwelling-house, warehouse, and
office, or other place of business, or place where business
is transacted;
unfinished goods or materials — includes any goods
of any manufacture or of any part or branch of any
manufacture, cither mixed or separate, or any materials
whatever plainly intended for the composing or manu-
facturing of any goods, after such goods or materials are
put into a state or course of manufacture, or into a state
86
Ordinances
Chiat. Nowb2
19-40,
No. 7 1945.
Interpres
tation.
DehiGon
of pawn
broker and
pawnine
transactions.
Ch. 31. No. 12.] Pawnbrokers.
for any process or operation to be performed thereupon
or therewith, and before the same are completed or
finished for the purpose of wear or consumption,
3. In order to prevent evasion of the provisions of this
Ordinance, the following persons shall be deemed to be
persons carrying on the business of taking g goods and chattels
In pawn, that is to say every person who keeps a shop tor
the purchase or cale of goods or chattels, or for taking in
goods or chattels by wi ay of security for money advanced
thereon, and who purchases or receives or takes in goods
or chattels, and pays or advances or lends thereon any sum
of money not exceeding forty-eight dollars with or under an
agreement or unde rstanding, expressed or implied, or to be
from the nature and character of the dealing reasonably
inferred, that those goods or chattels may be afterwards
redeemed or re-purchased on any terms; and every such
transaction, article, payment, advance, and loan shall be
deemed i pawning, pledge, and loan respeetively within
this Ordinance.
4. The provisions of this Ordinance relating to pawn-
brokers shallextend to and include the executors or admin-
istrators of deceased pawnbrokers, ‘xcept that an executor
or administrator shall not be answerable for any penalty
or forfeiture personally, or out of his own estate, unless the
same is incurred by his own act or neglect.
5. For the purposes of this Ordinance, anything done or
omitted by the servant, apprentice, or agent of a pawn-
broker in the course of or in relation to the business of the
pawnbroker shall be deemed to be done or omitted (as the
case may be) by the pawnbroker; and anything by this
Ordinance authorised to be done by a pawnbroker may be
done by lis servant, apprentice, or agent,
6. The rights, powers, and benefits by this Ordinance
reserved to ‘and conferred on pawners shall extend to and
be deemed to be reserved to and conferred on the assigns of
pawners, and to and on the execulors or administrators of
deceased pawners; but any person representing himself to a
Pawnbrokers. [Ch. 31. No. 12. 863
pawnbroker to be the assign, executor, or administrator ofa
pawner shall, if required by the pawnbroker, produce to the
pawnbroker the assignment, probate, letters of adminis-
tration or other instrument under which he claims.
7. (1) This Ordinance shall apply to every loan by Application
pawnbroker of forty-cight dollars or under. im repeat
(2) Nothing in this Ordinance shall apply to a Joan by of Tans,
a pawnbroker of above forty-eight dollars, or to the pledge
on which the loan is made or to the pawnbroker or pawner
in relation to the loan or pledge; and notwithstanding
anything in this Ordinance contained, a person shall not be
deemed a pawnbroker by reason only of his paying, advane-
ing, or Iending on any terms any sum or sums of above
forty-eight dollars.
General obligations of pawnbrokers.
8. (1) A pawnbroker shall keep and use in his business Pawnbrokers
such books and documents as are deseribed in the First dice ete.
Schedule hereto, in the forms therein indicated or to the like as in
effect, and shall, from time to time as occasion requires, Ist Schedule.
enter therein in) fair and legible manner the particulars
indicated in and in accordance with the directions of the
said Schedule, and shall make all enquirie. necessary for
that purpose.
(2) lf a pawnbroker fails in any respect to comply
with the requisitions of this section, he shall be guilty of an
offence against this Ordinance,
9. (1) A pawnbroker shall observe the following rule. Pawnbrokers
to keep
(a) he shall always keep exhibited in large characters names over
over the outer door of his shop his christia in name and. doers and
surname or names, with the word “ Pawnbroker †rates, ete.,
(8) he shall always keep placed in a conspicuous part Shope _
of his shop (so as to be legible by every person pawning
or redeeming pledges, standing in any box or place
provided in the shop for persons pawning or redeeming
pledges) the same information as is in the Tirst Schedule
required to be printed on pawn-tickets.
Sot
Forfeiture
of pledges
under $-f.80,
Pledge.
above $4.80
tedecmable
until sale,
Ch. 31. No. 12.| Paionbrokers.
(2) Ifa pawnbroker fails in any respect to comply with
the requisitions of this section, he shall be guilty of an
offence.
Pawning: Redemption: Sale.
10. A pawnbroker shall, on taking a pledge in pawn, give
to the pawner a pawn-ticket, and shall not take a pledge in
pawn unless the pawner takes the pawn-ticket.
11. (1) A pawnbroker may take profit on a loan on a
pledge at a rate not exceeding that specified in the Second
Schedule hereto.
(2) A pawnbroker may demand and take the charges
specified in the Second Schedule in the cases, and according
to the rule. therein stated and preseribed,
(3) A pawnbroker shall not, in respect of a loan ona
pledge, take any profit, or demand or take any charge or
sum whatever, other than those specified in the Second
Schedule.
(4) A pawnbroker shall, if required at the time of
redemption, give a receipt for the amount of loan and profit
paid to him,
12. Ievery pledge shall be redeemable within†twelve
months from the day of pawning, exclusive of that day;
and there shall be added to that year of redemption seven
days of grace, within which every pledge (if not redeemed
within the year of redemption) shall continue to be redeem-
able.
13. A pledge pawned for $4.80 or under, if not redeemed
within the year of redemption and days of grace, shall, at
the end of the days of grace, become and be the pawnbroker’s
absolute property.
14. A pledge pawned for above $4.80 shall further con-
linue redecmable until it is disposed of as in this Ordinance
provided although the year of redemption and days of grace
are expired.
Pawnbrokers. |Ch. 31. No. 12.
15. (1) A pledge pawned for above $4.80 shall, when
disposed of by the pawnbroker, be disposed of by sale by
public auction by an auctioneer licensed under the Auction-
cers Ordinance, and not otherwise; and the regulations in
the Third Schedule hereto shall be observed with reference
to the sale.
(2) A pawnbroker may bid for and purchase, at a sale
by auction made or purporting to be made under this
Ordinance, a pledge pawned with him; and on such purchase
he shall be deemed the absolute owner of the pledge
purchased.
16. If an auctionecr does anything in contravention of the
provisions of this Ordinance relating to auctioneers, or fails
to do anything which he is required by this Ordinance to do,
he shall be guilty of an offence.
17. At any time within three years after the auction at
which a pledge pawned for above $4.80 is sold, the holder
of the pawn-ticket may inspect the entry of the sale in the
pawnbroker’s book, and in the filled up catalogue of the
auction (authenticated by the signature of the auctionecr),
or in either of them.
18. (1) Where a pledge pawned for above $4.80 is sold,
and appears from the pawnbroker’s book to have been sold
for more than the amount of the loan and profit due at the
time of sale, the pawnbroker shall, on demand, pay the
surplus to the holder of the pawn-ticket, in case the demand
is made within three years after the sale, the necessary
costs and charges of the sale being first deducted.
(2) If on any such demand it appears from the pawn-
broker’s book that the sale of a pledge or pledges has
resulted in a surplus, and that, within twelve months before
or after that sale, the sale of another pledge or other pledges
of the same person has resulted in a deficit, the pawnbroker
may sct off the deficit against the surplus, and shail be liable
to pay the balance only after such set-off.
T.—IV. 55
865
Sale by
auction of
pledges
above $4.80.
3rd
Schedule.
Offences by
auctionecrs.
Power to
inspect sale
book.
Pawnbroker
to account
for surplus
within three
years,
subject to
set-off.
860
ORences as
to pledges
for above
$4.80.
Holder of
pawn- ticket
entitled to
Tedecmt
Production
of pawn-
ticket on
redemption,
Liability of
pawnbroker
mM case of
fire.
Ch. 31. No. 12.] Pawnbroker.
19. If, with respect to pledges for loans of above $4.80,
a pawnbroker.—
(a) does not bond fide according to the directions of
this Ordinance sella pledge pawned with him,
(b) enters in his book a pledge as sold for less than the
sum for which it was sold, or fails duly to enter the
same,
(c) refuses to permit any person entitled under this
Ordinance to inspection of an entry of sale in’ the
pawnbroker’ book, or of a filled up catalogue of the
auction authenticated by the auctionecer’s signature, to
Inspect the came,
(d) fails without lawful excuse (proof whereof shall
lie on him) to produce such a catalogue on lawful
demand,
(c) refuses to pay on demand the surplus to the
person entitled to receive the same,
he shall, in every such case, be guilty of an offence, and shall
be hable, on summary conviction, to forfeit to the person
agerieved a sum not exceeding forty-eight dollars.
Delivery up of pledge.
20. The holder for the time being of a pawn-ticket shall
he presumed to be the person entitled to redeem the p'edge,
and, subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the pawn-
broker shall accordingly (on payment of the loan and profit)
deliver the pledge to the person producing the pawn-ticket,
and he is hereby indemnified for so doing.
21. A pawnbroker shall not (exeept as in this Ordinance
provided) be bound to deliver back a pledge unless the
pawn-ticket for tt is delivered to him.
22. (1) Where a pledge is destroved or damaged by or in
consequence of fire, whether such destruction or damage
occur upon the premises of the pawnbroker or of an auctioneer
to which such pledge has been removed for the purpose of
being sold, the pawnbroker shall nevertheless be liable,
on application within the period during which the pledge
would have been redeemable, to pay the value of the pledge,
Pawnbrokers. |Ch. 31. No. 12.
after deducting the amount of the loan and prolit, such
value to be the amount agreed upon between the pawner
and the pawnbroker at the tume of pawning and declared to
be the value on the ticket, and if not so declared at the time
of pawning such value to be the amount of the loan and
profit and fifty per centum on the amount of the loan.
(2) A pawnbroker shall be entitled to insure to the
extent of the value so declared, and if not so declared to the
extent of the loan and profit and fifty per centum on the
amount of the loan.
23. [f a person entitled and offering to redeem a pledge
shows to the satisfaction of a Magistrate that the pledge has
become or has been rendered of less value than it was at the
time of the pawning thereof by or through the default,
neglect, or wilful misbehaviour of the pawnbroker, such
Magistrate may, if he thinks fit, award a reasonable satis-
faction to the owner of the pledge in respect of the damage,
and the amount awarded shall be deducted from the amount
payable to the pawnbroker, or shall be paid by the pawn-
broker (as the case requires) im such manner as such
Magistrate shall direct, and in default of payment of any
amount which such pawnbroker may be directed to pay,
he may be imprisoned for thirty days.
24. (1) The following provisions shall have effect for
protection of owners of articles pawned, and of pawners
not having their pawn-tickets to produce,
(a) any person claiming to be the owner of a pledge &
but not holding the pawn-ticket, or any person claiming
to be entitled to hold a pawn-ticket but alleging that
the same has been lost, mislaid, destroyed, or stolen
or fraudulently obtained from him, may apply to the
pawnbroker for a printed form of declaration, which
the pawnbroker shall deliver to him;
(6) if the applicant delivers back to the pawnbroker
the declaration duly made before a Justice by the
applicant and by a person identifying him, the applicant
shall thereupon have, as between him and the pawn-
broker, all the same rights and remedies as if he
55 (2)
867
Compensa-
tion Yor de-
prec‘ation
of pledge.
Protection
of owners
and of
pawners not
having
awn-
tickets
868
Delivery to
owner of
property
unlawfully
pawned.
Ch. 31. No. 12.] Pawnbrokers.
produced the pawn-ticket: Provided that such a
declaration shall not be effectual for that purpose unless
it is duly made and delivered back to the pawnbroker
not later than on the third day after the day on which
the form is delivered to the applicant by the pawn-
broker (exclusive of a day or days on which the pawn-
broker is prohibited from carrying on business) ;
(c) the pawnbroker is hereby indemnified for not
delivering the pledge to any person until the expiration
of the period aforesaid,
(d) the pawnbroker is hereby further indemnified
for delivering the pledge, or otherwise acting in con-
formity with the declaration, unless he has actual or
constructive notice that the declaration is fraudulent
or is false in any material particular;
(c) no fee shall be payable on any such declaration.
(2) If any person makes a declaration under this
Ordinance, either as an applicant or as identifying an
applicant, knowing the same to be false in any material
particular, he shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall
be liable to the punishment attaching by law to perjury.
25. In each of the following cases,—-
(a) if any person is convicted under this Ordinance
before any Magistrate of knowingly and designedly
pawning with a pawnbroker anything being the pro-
perty of another person, the pawner not being employed
or authorised by the owner thereof to pawn the same,
(b) if any person is convicted in any court of felonious-
lv taking or fraudulently obtaining any goods and
chattels, and it appears to the court that the same have
been pawned with a pawnbroker,
(c) if, in any proceedings before a Magistrate, it
appears to such Magistrate that any goods and chattels
brought before the court have been unlawfully pawned
with a pawnbroker,
the court or Magistrate, on proof of the ownership of the
goods and chattels, may, if it or he thinks fit, order the
delivery thereof to the owner, either on payment to the
pawnbroker of the amount of the loan or of any part
that such a
nurpose unless
> pawnbroker
day on which
»y the pawn-
ich the pawn-
ness) ,
lied for not
che expiration
indemnified
ting in con-
has actual or
is fraudulent
h declaration.
n under this
lentifving an
any material
yor, and shall
to perjury,
his Ordinance
id designedly
cing the pro-
‘ing employed
wn the same,
rt of felonious-
ty goods and
the same have
Magistrate, it
s and chattels
vfully pawned
aership of the
fit, order the
yment to the
of any part
Pawnbrokers. {Ch. 31. No. 12.
thereof, or without payment thereof or of any part thereof,
as to the court or Magistrate, according to the conduct of
the owner and the other circumstances of the case, seems
just and fitting.
26. If a pawnbroker, without reasonable excuse (proof
whereof shall lie on him), neglects or refuses to deliver a
pledge to the person entitled to have delivery thereof under
this Ordinance, he shall be guilty of an offence against
this Ordinance, and a court or Magistrate may, if the court
or Magistrate thinks fit, with or without imposing a penalty,
order the delivery of the pledge on payment of the amount
of the loan and prolit.
General restrictions on pawnbrokere
27. Any pawnbroker who—
(a) takes an article in pawn from any person appearing
to be under the age of sixteen vears or to be intoxi-
cated, or
(b) purchases or takes in pawn or exchange a pawn-
ticket issued by another pawnbroker, or
(c) employs any servant or apprentice or other
person under the age of sixteen years to take pledges
In pawn, or
(d) carries on the business of a pawnbroker on
sunday, Good Iriday, or Christmas Day, or on any
public holiday, or
(ec) under any pretence purchases, except at public
auction, any pledge while in pawn with him, or
W) sufiers anv pledge while in pawn with him to be
redeemed with a view to his purchasing it, or
(zg) makes any contract or agreement with any person
pawning or offering to pawn any article, or with the
owner thereof, for the purchase, sale, or disposition
thereof within the time of redemption, or
(x) sells or otherwise disposes of any pledge pawned
with him except at such time and in such manner as
authorised by this Ordinance,
shall be guilty of an offence.
869
Order for
delivery of
pledge to
person
entitled.
Prohibition
of purchas-
ing pledges;
taking
pledges
from
children, etc.
870
Unlawiul
pawning of
goods not
property of
pawner.
Persons
offering
articles in
pawn and
not giving a
good account
of them-
selves, etc.
Ch. 31. No. 12.] Pawnbrokers.
Unlawful pawning and taking in pawn.
28. (1) If any person knowingly and designedly pawns
with a pawnbroker anything being the property of another
person, the pawner not being employed or authorised by the
owner thereof to pawn the same, he shall be lable, on
summary conviction, to a fine of twenty-four dollars, and,
im addition thereto, to forfeit any sum not exceeding the
full value of the pledge as ascertained by the Magistrate.
(2) The fine and forfeiture when recovered shall be
applied towards making satisfaction thereout to the party
injured and defraying the costs of prosecution, as the
Magistrate may direct , but if the party injured declines
to accept of such satisfaction and costs, or if there is any
surplus of the fine and forfeiture, then the amount shall be
paid into the Treasury for the use of the Colony
29. (1) Any person who
(@) offers 10a pawnbroker an article by way of pawn,
being unable or refusing to give a satisfactory account
of the means by which he became possessed of the
article, or
(o) wilfully gives false information to a pawnbroker
as to whether an article offered by him in pawn to the
pawnbroker is his own property or not, or as to his
name and address, or as to the name and address of the
owner of the article, or
(c) not being entitled to redeem, and not having any
colour of title by law te redeem, a pledge, attempts or
endeavours to redeem the same.
shall be guilty of an offence.
(2) In every such case, and also in any case where, on
an article being offered in pawn to a pawnbroker, he
reasonably suspects that it has been stolen or otherwise
illegally or clandestinely obtained, the pawnbroker may
seize and detain the person and the article, or cither of them,
and shall deliver the person and the article or cither of them
(as the case may be) as soon as may be into the custody of a
constable, who shall, as soon as may be, convey the person,
if so detained, before a Magistrate to be dealt with according
to law.
Pawnbroker. |Ch. 31. No. 12.
871
30. If a pawnbroker knowingly takes in pawn any linen
or apparel or unfinished goods, or materials entrusted to
any person to wash, scour, iron, mend, manufacture, work
up, finish, or make up, he shall be guilty of an offence, and
shall be hable, on summary conviction, to forfeit a sum not
exceeding double the amount of the loan; and the pawn-
broker shall likewise restore the pledge to the owner thereof,
in the presence of the court, or as the court directs.
31. (1) If the owner of any linen or apparel or unfinished
goods, or materials entrusted to any person as aforesaid
and unlawfully pawned with a pawnbroker, or the owner
of anv other article unlawfully pawned with a pawnbroker
(the last mentioned owner having on oath satisfied a
Magistrate that his goods have been unlawiully obtained
or taken from him), makes out on oath before a Magistrate
that there is good cause to suspect that a pawnbroker has
taken in pawn the linen, apparel, goods, materials, or article
wforesaid, without the privity or authority of the owner,
and makes appear to the satisfaction of the Magistrate
probable grounds for such suspicion, the Magistrate may
issue his warrant for searching, within the hours of business,
the shop of the pawnbroker
(2) If the pawnbroker, on request by a constable
authorised by the warrant, refuses to open the shop and
permit it to be searched, a constable may break it open
within the hours of business, and search as he thinks fit
therein for the linen, apparel, goods, materials, or article
aforesaid, doing no wilful damage; and if any pawnbroker
or other person opposes or hinders the search, he shall be
guilty of an offence against this Ordinance.
(3) Hf. on the search, any linen, apparel, goods,
materials, or article aforesaid is or are found, and the
property of the owner thereof is made out to the satisfaction
of a Magistrate, such Magistrate shall cause the same to be
forthwith restored to the owner thereof.
Licences.
32. (1) Every pawnbroker shall yearly take out from the
Commissioner of Inland Revenue an excise licence for
carrying on his business, on which licence there shall be
Prohibition
of taking in
pawn linen,
clothing,
unfinished
goods, ctc.,
in certain
cascs.
Search
warrant for
» linen, ete.,
unlawfully
pawned.
Yearly
licence and
excise duty,
872
Cesser of
licence on
conviction,
Licences not
to be granted
without
cerlifteate.
Certitics
to be
granted by
Magistrates.
Form and
duration of
certificate.
4th
Scheduk-.
Ch. 31. No. 12.] Pawnbrorers.
charged and paid for the use of the Colony the excise duties
following, that is to say, for carrying on business-
(a) within the limits of Port-of-Spain, $240;
(6) within the limits of San Fernando, $120;
c)
(c) outside the limits of Port-of-Spain and San
Fernando, $00.
(2) very licence shall be dated on the day on which
it is issued, and shall determine on the 31st of December
of each vear
(3) A separate licence shall be taken out and paid for
by a pawnbroker for each pawnbroker’s shop kept by him.
(4) every such licence shall spe ay the premises in
Which the business is to be carried on.
(5) Ifa person acts a pawnbroker without having
in foree a proper licence, he shall, for every such offence be
hable, on summary conviction, toa fine of two hundred and
forty dollars.
33. If a pawnbroker is convicted on indictment of any
fraud in his business, or of receiving stolen goods, knowing
them to be stolen, the court before which he is convicted
may if it thinks fit, direct that his licence shall cease to have
effect, and the same shall cease accordingly
34. A pawnbroker's licence shall not be granted to any
person except on the production and im pursuance of the
authority of a certificate granted under this Ordinance.
Any licence granted in contravention of this section shall
be void.
35. Certificates under this Ordinance shall be granted by
the Magistrate of the district where the application is made.
36. A certificate under this Ordinance shal] be in the
form given in the Fourth Schedule hereto, or to the like
effect, and shall continue in force until the 31st of December
in the year in which it is granted
Pawnbrokers. |Ch. 31. No. 12.
37. A person intending to apply for a certificate under this
Ordinance shall, twenty-one days at least before the
application, give notice by registered letter sent by post
of his intention to the Magistrate of the district, and to
the Commissioner of Police, and shall in the notice set forth
his name and address and the district within which he
intends to carry on his business. The Commissioner of
Police shall forthwith cause notice of such application to be
published in the Royal Gazette.
38. An application for a certificate shall not be refused,
‘xcept on the following grounds, or one of them—
(a) that the applicant has failed to produce satis-
factory evidence that he is a fit and proper person to
hold a licence ;
(b) that the shop in which he intends to carry on the
business of a pawnbroker, or any adjacent house or
place owned or occupied by him, is frequented by
thieves or persons of bad character ;
(c) that he has not complied with the last preceding
section.
39. (1) If any person forges a certificate, or tenders a
certificate knowing it to be forged, he shall be liable, on
summary conviction, to a fine of ninety-six dollars,
(2) A licence granted in pursuance of a forged
certificate shall be void; and if any person makes use of a
forged certificate, knowing it to be forged, he shall be
disqualified from obtaining at any time thereafter a pawn-
broker’s licence.
40. (1) A pawnbroker shall not transfer his pawnbroking
business to premises other than those specified in_ his
licence, except with the consent of the Magistrate of the
district, which consent shall not be given until the Com-
missioner of Police has been notified of the proposed transfer,
and has had an opportunity of objecting to the same.
(2) Any pawnbroker contravening the provisions of
this section shall be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine
of forty-eight dollars.
873
Notice of
application.
Grounds of
refusal of
certificate.
Forgery of
certificate.
Transfer of
business to
other
premiscs.
874
Ch. 31. No. 12.] Pawnbrokers.
General
penalty lor
offences.
Frivolous
informa-
tions.
Common
informers
compound-
ing informa-
tions.
Detention
of persons
offering
forged pawn-
tickets, etc.
Pawn-
broker's
books sub-
ject to ex-
amination
by officer
of Police.
Penalties and legal proceedings.
41. Ifa pawnbroker or other person is guilty of an offence
under this Ordinance, in respect whercof a specific forfeiture
or penalty is not prescribed by this Ordinance, he shall be
liable, on summary conviction, to a fine of forty-cight
dollars.
42. Where an information or complaint of any offence
against this Ordinance (not being an offence against any
provision relating to licences) is laid or made before a
Magistrate, and is not further prosecuted, or if any such
information or complaint is further prosecuted, but it appears
to the Magistrate by whom the case is heard that there
was no sufficient ground for the making of the charge, such
Magistrate shall have power to award such amends, not
xceeding the sum of twenty-four dollars, to be paid by the
informer or complainant to the party informed or com-
plained against for his loss of time and expense. in’ the
matter, as to such Magistrate seems meet.
43. If any person lodges an information for an offence
alleged to have been committed against this Ordinance by
which he was not personally aggrieved, and afterwards
directly or indirectly receives, without the permission of a
Magistrate, any sum of money or other reward for com-
pounding, delaying, or withdrawing the information, he shall
be guilty of an offence.
44. If any person utters, produces, shows, or offers to a
pawnbroker a pawn-ticket which the pawnbroker reasonably
suspects to have been counterfeited, forged, or altered, the
pawnbroker may seize and detain the person andthe
ticket, or cither of them, and shall deliver the person and the
ticket, or cither of them (as the case may be), as soon as
may be into the custody of a constable, who shall, as soon
as may be, convey the person, if so detained, before a
Magistrate to be dealt with according to law.
45. (1) The books required by this Ordinance to be kept
by a pawnbroker shall be produced by him for examination
at any time during business hours on demand by any officer
Pawnbrokers. [Ch. 31. No. 12.
of the Police Force not under the rank of sergeant and also
by any constable holding a written authority from the
Commissioner of Police specially authorising him to act
under this section, who are hereby severally authorised to
enter at any time during business hours any pawnbroker’s
shop, without warrant, to search for and examine the said
books and to take extracts and copies therefrom.
(2) Ifa pawnbroker fails to comply with the require-
ments of this section, he shall be guilty of an offence.
46. (1) Information as to property lost, stolen, or
otherwise fraudulently disposed of shall be given by the
Police, as soon as possible after such loss or fraud, to all
pawnbrokers, with lists and descriptions of the same.
(2) If any property answering such lists and des-
criptions shall be in the possession of any pawnbroker, or
shall thereafter be offered to or shown to any pawnbroker,
he shall, without unnecessary delay, give information to
that effect at the nearest Police Station or to a constable,
with the name and address of the person in whose possession
the property was seen.
(3) If a pawnbroker fails to comply with any of the
requirements of the last preceding subsection, he shall be
guilty of an offence.
(+) A pawnbroker shall have power to seize and detain
the person offering or showing such property until the
arrival of a constable.
47. Any officer of the Police Force not under the rank of
sergeant, and also any constable holding a written authority
from the Commissioner of Police specially authorising him to
act under this section, may enter any pawnbroker’s shop at
any time during business hours and may, without warrant,
search the house, shop, or premises of such pawnbroker for
any articles that he may have reason to suspect to be
therein and to have been dishonestly obtained or dis-
honestly placed there.
48. (1) Any constable having reason to believe that a
person in or loitering about a pawnbroker’s shop under
suspicious circumstances has with him any article dis-
875
Information
to be given
by Police
to pawn-
brokers of
lost and
stolen
property.
Right to
enter and
scarch pawn-
shops, etc.
Constable
may arrest
persons
loitering
about pawn-
shops under
876
Suspicious
circum-
stances.
Production
of books,
elc., before
Maristrate.
Contracts
not void on
account of
offences.
Appeal.
Ch. 31. No. 12.] Pawnbrokers.
honestly obtained, may detain such person and require him
to produce any articles he may have with him.
(2) If any articles are produced which the constable
has reason to suspect to have been dishonestly obtained, he
may take or cause to be taken the person and the articles to
the nearest Police Station, there to be dealt with according
to law.
(3) If any person so required to produce such articles
refuses to be searched, the constable may take him or cause
him to be taken before a Magistrate or Justice, who, if he shall
see fit, may search or order to be searched such person, and
if any such articles are found may detain him with the
articles so found to be dealt with according to law.
49. A pawnbroker shall, at any time when ordered or
summoned by a Magistrate, attend before the court and
produce all books and papers relating to his business which
he is required by the court to produce. If he fails to do so,
he shall be guilty of an offence.
50. Where a pawnbroker is guilty of an offence against
this Ordinance (not being an offence against any provision
relating to licences), any contract of pawn or other contract
made by him, in relation to his business of pawnbroker,
shall nevertheless not be void by reason only of that offence,
nor shall he by reason only of that offence lose his lien on
or right to the pledge or to the loan and profit; but nothing
in this section shall restrict the operation of any provision
of this Ordinance providing for the delivery of any goods
and chattels, or the restoration of any linen, apparel,
goods, materials, or article to the owner, under the order of
any court.
51. If any person thinks himself aggrieved by any con-
viction or order of a court of summary jurisdiction under
this Ordinance or by the refusal of a certificate for a licence,
he may appeal therefrom under and subject to the provisions
of the Summary Courts Ordinance.
Pawnbrokers. (Ch. 31. No. 12.
SCHEDULES.
FIRST SCHEDULE.
I.— Pledge Book.
, Pawnbroker, of 19
- =
2 | 8 = Ba “
: + 4 au az 3
a ce . ° uw oO za o
2 3 ‘ = a8 og Pa —
ay . ‘ - : ,
a. g So % ae}, Ba “§ es
E j 3 3 f 2) $4 OA | v vz
6 3 S = Py © | €¢ 23 22
s & ol Fa a a 1 Bf 5 2S aa
oO he — oo a sm s o 8 rs) rh
a On a t
~ 3 °o ona ° A vey a6 5
v nS = t “= (aD vy
s o & o ° B i Of ay 0B e's
o a 3a a y » v ov as
o e 3° ES E Ge 1 ES nS ae au
a S E aE | os = ae yo aa o
a | a A ~z IN a Az | 4 3 ; ay
RULE.
All entries in the last six columns respecting each pledge shall be made on the day
of the pawning thereof or within four hours after the end of that day.
Il,—Pawn- Ticket.
“l.-—Kor a Loan of $4.80 or under.
Pawned with (Joh Smith}, Pawnbroker, |36, Upper Prince Street, Port-of-Spain,
for sum of [$2.40].
black Frock Coat.|
* The Pawnbroker is entitled to charge—
For this ticket One cent,
For profit on each forty-cight cents or part of forty-eight cents
Ient on this pledge for not more than one calendar month Two cents,
and so on at the same rate per calendar month.
After the first month, any time not exceeding fourteen days
will be charged as half a month, and any time excecding fourteen
days and not more than one month will be charged as one month.
This pledge must be redeemcd within twelve calendar months and seven days
from the date of pledging. At the end of that time it becomes the property of the
pawnbroker.
If the pledge is destroyed or damaged by fire, the pawnbroker will be bound to
pay the value of the pledge, after deducting the amount of the loan and profit, such
value to be the amount agreed upon between the pawner and pawnbroker at the
time of pawning and declared to be the value on the ticket; and if not so declared
at the time of pawning, such value to be the amount of the loan and profit and
fifty per cent. on the amount of the loan.
If this ticket is lost, mislaid, or stolen, the pawner should at once apply to the
pawnbroker for a form of declaration to be made before a Justice of the Peace, or
the pawnbroker will be bound to deliver the pledge to any person who produces this
ticket to him and claims to redeem the same.
877
(Section 8.)
(Section 8.)
* The follow.
ing ig to be
printed on
the ticket,
on the front
or back, or
partly on
the front
and partly
on the back.
878
* The follow.
ng as to be
printed on
the ticket,
on the front
or back, or
partly on
the front
and partly
on the back.
(Section
8)
Ch. 31. No. 12.] Pawnbrokers.
R, For Loan of above $4.80,
Vawned with | Jed Smith], Vawnbroker, (30, Upper Prince Strect, Port-of-Spain,|
this [19] day of [| Alarch, 19 | by (Henry Jones.) of [25, Ning Street, Port-of-Spain, |
for the sum of [$10].
[One Dress Coat.|
* The Pawnbroker is entitled to charge—
Vor this ticket ee = Two cents,
For protit on cach forty-two cents or part of forty-two cents lent.
on this pledge for every calendar month or part of a calendar month One cent.
It this pledge is not redeemed within twelve calendar months and seven days from
the dav of pledging, it may be sold by auction by the pawnbroker, but it may be
redeemed at any time before the day of sue.
Within three years after (he sale, the pawner may inspect the account of the sale
m the pawnbroker’ s books on payment of two cents, and receive any surplus
produced by the sale. But deficit on sale of one pledge may be set of by the pawn-
broker against surplus on another.
If the pledge is destroyed or damaged by tire, the pawnbroker will be bound to
pav the value of the pledge after deducting the amount of the loan and profit, such
value (o be the amount agreed upon between Che pawner and pawnbroker at tho
time of pawning and declared to be the value on the ticket; and if not so declared
at the time of pawning, such value to be the amount of the loan and profit and
fil€v per cent. on the amount of the loan,
Ut this tieket is lost or mushid Che pawner should atonce apply fo the pawnbroker
fora farm of declaration te be made before a Justice of the Peace, or the pawnbroker
will be bound to deliver the pledge to any person who produces this ticket to him
and clams to redeem the same
Tit. Sale Book of Pledges for Louns of above $4.80,
[Date and place o Sate.|
{Name and Place of business of Auctioneer.)
. . . Amount for whie,
Neo. of Pledge as Date of Name of , c h
p : , 5 Amount of Loan, | Pledge sold as stated
iy Pledge Book. | Pawning. - Pawner. | by Auctioneer
Pawnbrokers. [Ch. 31. No. 12.
IV. Declaration where Pledge claimed by Owner.
Vani Notier, 6f this declaration ts false the person making itis punishable as for
perjury.
Unless this printed form is taken before a Justice of the Peace and declared to and
signed and delivered back lo the pawnbroker not later than the day of
the articles mentioned init teil be delivered to any person producing the pawn-lickel,
1, ALR, of , in pursuance of the Pawnbrokers Ordinance, do
solemnly and sincerely declare (hat the article [or articles] described below is for are]
my property, and that U believe they are pledged at the shop of
The article [er articles] above referred to is [er are] the following:
And 1, C.P, of in pursuance of the same Ordinance do solemnly
and sincerely lee lare that TE know the person now making the foregoing deck tration
to be ALR. of
Declared before me, Justice of the Peace
for this day of
V. Declaration where Pawn-Ticket lost, etc.
Take Notien, if thts declaration is false the person making it ts punishable as for
perjury.
Uniess this printed form is taken before a Justice of the Peace and declared to and
signed and delivered back to the pawnbroker not later than the day of
19 the articles mentioned in it all be dehecred to any person producing the pawn-
bicket.
1, AAR, of , in pursuance of the Vawnbrokers Ordinance, do
solemnly and sincerely declare that pledged at the shop of + pawn-
broker, the article [or articles] deseribed below, being property, and received
a pawn-ticket for the same whieh has since been by , and that the
pawn-ticket has not been sold or transferred to any person by or to
knowledge or belief,
The article [or articles] above referred to is for are] the following:
And 1, C.D, of , in pursuance of the same Ordinance, do solemnly
and sincerely declare that | know the person now miulang the foregoing declaration
to be 4.B., of
Declared before me, Justice of the Peace
for this day of
wo,
879
(Section 8.)
(Section 8.)
880 Ch. 31. No. t2.| Patwenbrokers.
(Section 8.) Vi. Receipt.
[Date
Reeeiwved on redemption al Pledge No,
Amount of loan
Trott
Vawnbroker,
SECOND SCTIEDULE.,
(Section 11.) Profit and Charges allowed to Pawnbrokers.
1. Prov Toan,
A. Ona loan of SES80 oF undet
For any time during which the pledge remains in
pawn not cxceeding one month, lor every forty cieht
cents ot fraction of forty cight cents lent Ewo cents,
For every month after Che first, including the cureenut
thonth in whieh the pledg is redeemed, although that
month is net expired, for every fdorty eight cents or
lraction of forty cyzht ceuts lent Two cents.
Ib the pleds ts redeemed before (he end of the tist fourteen days after
the expiration of any month, the pawnbroker shall in respect of those
foutteen days, be cutitled to take hall the amount whieh be would) be
entitted fo take fer the whole month,
Bo Ona load of above $4.80
Forevery monthor part ofa month for every sum of
forty two cents or fraction of a stim of forty two cents cent,
Wl. Cuan Pawn Prewer,
Where the loans S80 or uader One cent,
Where the doaniis above $4.80 Two cents.
WT. Ixsrre ron Sarr Boon,
Lor inspection of the entity of ale Pwo cents,
THIRD SCHEDULE.
(Section 15.) Regulations as to Auctions of Pledges nbove $4.80.
1. At least seven day aotice of sate by anetion of pledges shall be
given by the auchoneer oa public daily newspaper stating:
(VW) The pawnobroker’s 1 and place of business ;
(2) The month in which each pledge was pawned ;
Pawnbrokers. |Ch. 31. No. 12,
(4) The number of cach pledge as entered at the time of pawning
in the pledge beok;
(4) ‘The place where the auction is to be held, not being a pawn
broker's: premises.
2, The advertisement shall be inserted on two several days in’ the
sume newspaper and the second insertion shall be at least three clear days
before the first day of sale.
4. Pawnbrokers shall send all pledges to the auctioncer at least two days
before (he sale duly ticketed and numbered and the same shall be fully
exposed for sale to public view by the auctioneer on the day before the
day of sale.
4. All sales shall be held in places open to the general public and large
enough for the accommodation of intending purchasers,
5. The auctioneer shall publish catalogues of the pledges stating:
(t) The pawnbroker's mame and place of business;
(2) The month in which each pledge was pawned
(8) The number of each pledge as entered at the time of pawning
in the pledge book,
6, In the catalogues, the pledges of each pawnbroker shalt be set out
separately from the pledges of other pawnbrokers.
7. Where a pawnbroker bids at a sale, the auctioncer shall not take the
hidding in any other form than that in which he takes the biddings of
other persons at the same sale; and the auctioneer on knocking down
any article toa pawnbroker shall forthwith declare audibly the name of
the pawnbroker as purchaser.
8. The auctioneer shall, within seven days after the sale, deliver to the
pawnbroker a copy of the catalogue, or of so much thereof as celates to
the pledges of that pawnbroker, filled up with the amounts for which the
sveral pledges of (hat pawobroker were sold, and authenticated by the
sizoature of the auctioneer,
9 The pawobroker shall preserve a copy of every such catalogue: for
three years at least after the auction,
10. Piedire prints, books, bronzes, statue. busts, carvings in ivory
and marble, cameos, intaglios, musical, mathematioal, and philosophical
instruments, and china, sold by auction, shall be sold by themselves
and without any other goods being sold at the same vale, four times only
in every year (that is to say), on the first Monday in the months of
January, April, July and October, and on the following day and davs, if
the sale oxeeeds one day, and at no other time.
FOURTH SCHEDULE.
Form or Caertirtcatys,
I, hereby certify that T authorise the grant to 4.8. of in tho
county of of a Licence to carry on the business of a Pawnbroker at
[specify premises].
Witness my hand this clay of ,197 .
Magistrate.
T—~IV, 56
881
(Section 36.)
R82 Ch. 31. No. 13.] Rural Pedlars.
CHAPTER 31. No. 13.
RURAL PEDLAKRS,
Ordinance AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO RURAL PEDLARS.
Vad. avid
1940,
[Ist January, 1934.)
Short title. 1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Rural Pedlars
Ordinance.
tnterpre- 2. In this Ordinance--
tation,
pedlar means any person who travels from place
to place or from house to house selling or offering or
exposing for sale any goods, wares or merchandise
other than those specified in section 4+
sell oor buy includes barter or exchange and
offering or exposing for sale.
Pedlars to 3. No person shall after the commencement of this
be heensed. Ordinance carry on the business of a pedlar unless he holds
a licence (in this Ordinance referred to as a pedlar’s licence)
for the time being in force authorising him so to do, and no
holder of such licence shall use a pack animal or any vehicle
for the transport of goods unless he shall have first paid
the appropriate fee as set forth in the 2nd Part of the
Schedule to the regulations made under the provisions of
this Ordinance.
Articles 4. Nothing in this Ordinance contained shall extend to
be soll Prohibit any person from selling, any fresh fish, milk, fruit.
without vegetables, ground provisions, meat, game, poultry, eggs.
licence(a).
(a) Also tobacco and cigarettes manufactured in the Colony-- see Royal Gasefte,
1934, p. 169.
bread, confectionery, ice cream, mineral waters or any
goods, wares or merchandise the growth or produce of or
manufactured from the produce of the Colony, or any
books, pamphlets or other literature issued or published by
any religious or educational organisation approved by the
Governor.
5. The Governor may, by notice in the Royal Gazette,
appoint one or more Licensing Authorities for any area
specified in such notice, for the purpose of issuing pedlars’
licences.
6. A Licensing Authority shall, upon the application of
any person, accompanied by a certificate under the hand of
a Superintendent or Assistant Superintendent of Police in
charge of a division that the applicant is a fit and proper
person to be so licensed and upon payment of the prescribed
fee, issue a pedlar’s licence in the prescribed form.
7. A. Superintendent or Assistant Superintendent of
Police in charge of a division shall have power to refuse the
granting of a certificate on any of the following grounds :—
(a) that the applicant has been convicted three times
within the three years preceding his application of
contravening any provision of this Ordinance or of any
regulation thereunder ;
(b) that the applicant has been convicted within the
live years preceding his application, of any form of
larceny or the receiving of stolen goods or any other
offence involving dishonesty ;
(c) that the applicant is known to be an associate
of thieves and receivers of stolen goods;
(ad) that satisfactory evidence has not been produced
of the good character of the applicant.
8. A person to whom a pedlar’s licence has been issued
shall not lend, transfer or assign the same to any other
person and no person shall borrow or make use of a pedlar’s
licence issued to any other person.
(a) See R. G. 4.1,1934: The several Magistrates appointed Licensing Authority for
their respective districts.
56 (2)
Rural Pedlars. |Ch. 31. No. 13.
lz
Appoint-
ment of
Licensing
Author-
ities (a).
Application
for and issue
of licence.
Powers of
Superin-
tendent or
Assistant
Superinten-
dent of
Police to
refuse
certificate.
Pedlar's
licence not
transferable
or assign-
able.
Ccrtawn
884
Power to
take un-
licensed
pedlar and
his goods
before
Magistrate,
etc.
Regulations.
Penalties.
Application.
Ch. 31. No. 13.] Rural Pedlars.
9. It shall be lawful for any member of the Police Force
to demand from any person travelling as or carrying on the
trade of a pedlar the production of his licence, and unless
such person shall on such demand produce a licence still in
force, it shall be lawful for the person demanding the same
to take the pedlar with his goods to the nearest Magistrate
who shall have jurisdiction to. try the offender for carrying
on the trade of a pedlar without the licence required by law,
although no act of trading may prove to have been done
within the district of such Magistrate.
10. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) prohibiting the carrying on of the trade of a
pedlar within any specified area or place;
(o) specifying the hours during which or the days on
which the carrying on of the trade of a pedlar shall be
prohibited ;
(c) adding to or varying the list of articles specified
in section 4;
(d) prescribing the form of pedlar’s licence, the
duration thereof and the fees to be paid therefor;
(¢) prescribing means whether by the recording of
unger impressions or otherwise for the identification of
icence holders, and
generally imposing any other conditions to be observed by a
pedlar in carrying on his business which in the interests or
protection of trade generally should be so imposed.
(2) Kegulations made under this section shall have
no force or effect until they have been approved by the
Legislative Council. The regulations contained in the
Sehedule to this Ordinance shall be in force until varied v1
revoked.
11. Any person who contravenes any provision of thi
Ordinance or any condition of any licence shall be liable
on summary conviction, to a fine of forty-eight dollars.
12. This Ordinance shall not apply to the City of Por
of-Spain or the Boroughs of San Fernando and Arima.
Rural Pedlars. |Ch. 31. No. 13.
SCHEDULE.
1. These regulations may be cited as the Rural Pedlars Regulations.
2. The form of pedlar’s licence shall be as sct forth in the First Part
hereunder.
3. A pedlar’s licence shall expire on the 31st of December following the
date of issue. The fees payable in respect of pedlars’ licences shall be as
set forth in the Second Part hereunder: Provided that in respect of any
licence issued subsequent to the 30th of June in any vear half the amount
of such fees only shall be payable.
4+. A pedlar’s licence shall have affixed thereto a photograph of the
person to whom the licence is issued, which photograph shall be supplied
by the applicant for the licence.
5. No pedlar shall carry on his business on Sunday or any public
holiday.
6. No pediar shall carry on his trade within any area in which a Shop
Hours Order is in force under the Shop (Hours of Opening and E-mploy-
ment) Ordinance during the hours prescribed in such Order for the
closing of shops in such are
7. Every pedlar using any vehicle for the transport of his goods in the
course of his business shall cause to be exhibited in a conspicuous manner
his name and the words “ Licensed Pedlar "’ and the number of his licence.
FIRST PART.
TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO.
THE RURAL PEDLARS ORDINANCE.
No. of
This is to certify that 4.2. of has been this day duly licensed to carry
on the business of a pedJar, and to use [specify kind and No. of vehictes
or animals| subject to the provisions of the Rural Pediars Ordinance and the Regu-
lations made thereunder.
This Licence is not transferable and expires on the 31st of December next.
Dated this day of 19 ;
Licensing Authority.
County
Fee paid $
Note.—Half the amount of ihe prescribed fee is payable if the licence is issued
subsequent to the 30th of June in any year.
SECOND PART.
FEES.
For every person licensed as a pedlar, the sum of 4.80
and in addition—
Where the pedlar uses a pack animal for the transport of goods 2.40
Where the pedlar uses a vehicle, other than a motor vehicle
for the transport of goods 7.20
Where the pedlar uses a motor vehicle for the transport of goods 19.20
885
886
Ordinances
Ch.3t. Now
1940.
No, 27- 1942.
21 1950.
Comunence-
ment.
Short title.
Interpre
tation.
Ord. 27
1042,
Ch. 31. No. 14.) Shop (Hours of Opentng and Employment).
CHAPTER 31. No. 14.
SHOP (HOURS OF OPENING AND EMPLOYMENT).
AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO ‘TILE OPENING HOURS OF
SHOPS, AND OF PREMISES LICENSED FOR THE SALI OF
INTOXICATING LIQUORS, TO PROVIDE FOR ‘THE LIMITA-
TION OF THE HOURS OF EMPLOYMENT INO RESPECT OF
CERTAIN TRADES, AND FOR THE SUPPLY OF SEATS FOR
FEMALE SHOP ASSISTANTS.
[loth January, 1938. |
1. This Ordinance may be cited the Shop (Hours of
Opening and Employment) Ordinance.
2. In this Ordinance unle. the context otherwise
require.
controlled) busine. means any one or more of
the following trades or Dusinesse. namely, any retail
trade or business (including retail sales by auction but
not including the sale of programme. and catalogues
and other sinular sale. at theatres and places. of
amusement), the sale of intoxicating liquor under
licence, the busine. of a pawnbroker, barber, hair-
dresser, Wholesale provision shop, refreshment house,
restaurant, dairy shop, parlour or cook shop;
employee means a person employed in or about
any shop, but shall not include
(a) the owner registered under the Registration
of Business Names Ordinance ;
(0) the owner of any business not so registered
as iforesaid ;
(c) the directors and secretary of a company or
Shop Shop (H ours of Opening and Employment). (Ch. 31. No. 14. 887
corporation when such a company or corporation
is the owner of the business, provided that such
directors and secretary are by a Shop Order
specifically permitted to be in attendance in the
shop, subject nevertheless to the conditions under
which such permission is granted ;
(d) the agent of the owner and the manager of
the business carried on in the shop;
(e) any licensed druggist or assistant druggist
in a drug shop;
(f) any member of the owner's immediate
family, when such member is by a Shop Order
specifically permitted to be employed or to be in
attendance in the shop, subject nevertheless to the
conditions under which such permission is granted:
Provided that in respect of categories (0), (d)
and (f) only two such persons shall be excluded
from being an employee in any single shop;
‘immediate family of the owner in reference to
employment in a shop includes the owner’s child,
father, mother, brother, sister, as well as his wife,
or her husband, as the case may be, and provided such
person is maintained by and resides with sugh owner ;
Inspector â€â€™ means a person appointed as such under
section 3:
shop†means all directly inter-connected premises
or contiguous places used by any person for—
(a) exposing goods for sale as part of any
controlled business carried on by him; or
(6) the storage, preparation, processing or manu-
facture of goods, some or all of which are ordinarily
disposed of in the course of any controlled business
carried on by him; or
(c) any other purpose of a controlled business
carried on by him,
or, where part only of any premises or places are so
used, means that part:
Provided that the term shop _ shall not include
any market lawfully held, or any bazaar for charitable
or public purposes, or any separate room or workshop
used exclusively for the storage, preparation, pro-
888 |
Appoint -
ment of
Inspectors.
Ord, 27-
ofl, s.
Powers :
duties oft
Inspectors
and members
ol the Pohee
Force.
Ord 27
Lote,
Power to
make Shop
Orders
limiting the
opening
hours of
shops and
hours of em-
ployment
therein.
Ch.31. No.14
- 1940, 6. 3.
Ch. 31. No. 14.| Shop (Hours of Opening and Employment).
cessing or manufacture of goods which are of a des-
cription ordinarily disposed of in substantial quantities
otherwise than in the course of controlled business.
3. The Governor may appoint one or more persons to be
Inspectors for the purposes of this Ordinance,
4. (1) For the purpose of ascertaining whether the
provisions of this Ordinance or of any Shop Order are
being, or have been, duly observed) and obeyed, any
Inspector and any member of the Police Force not below
the rank of subordinate police officer shall have the right
to enter any premises or places which are, or which he may
have grounds for suspecting to be, a shop at any time when
such premises or places are open for business, and to require
admission to any such premises or places, whether open for
business or not, at any time when he has grounds for
suspecting that any provision of this Ordinance or of a
Shop Order is being, or has recently been, contravened
therein, and to inspect such premises or places and to
‘xamiNe any person employed in or about such premises
or places and to require production to him of any books or
documents relating to the subject matter of the investiga-
tion,
(2) Hf any person wilfully delays or obstructs an
Inspector or a member of the Police Force in the exercise
of any powers conferred by this section, or fails to give
information properly requested, or to produce books or
documents properly called for, in exercise of such powers,
or prevents or attempts to prevent any person from
appearing before or being examined by an Inspector or
member of the Police Force, or conceals or attempts to
conceal any person with the same object, he shall be liable
on summary conviction to a fine of two hundred and forty
dollars.
5. (1) The Governor in Council may, if he thinks fit,
make an order (in this Ordinance referred to as a ‘‘ Shop
Order â€â€™) fixing the hours (in this Ordinance referred to as
the “ opening hours "’) on the several days of the week,
including Sundays and public holidays, during which,
Shop (Hours of Opening and Employment), (Ch. 31. No. 14.
either throughout the whole Colony or in any specified area
of the Colony, all shops or shops of any specified class may
be opened for serving customers.
(2) The Governor in Council may, if he thinks fit,
by a Shop Order limit the number of hours during which
employees may remain or be employed in any shop or store
or place of trade or business, whether wholesale or retail,
to which this Ordinance shall, by such order, be declared
to be applicable.
(3) The provisions of any Shop Order made under this
Ordinance may be varied from time to time or revoked by
a subsequent order,
(+) A Shop Order made under this Ordinance shall
have no force or effect until it has been approved by the
Legislative Council.
6. (1) Any Shop Order under this Ordinance may make
provision for the hours of employment fixed by such Order
being extended on such occasions and for such purposes and
to such extent as may be specified in such Order,
(2) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Ordinance contained, it shall be lawful for the Governor
in his discretion to authorise, by notice published in a daily
newspaper published in the Colony, the extension on special
oceasions of the time during which any licensed premises
mentioned in such notice may be kept open. Such exten-
sion shall be granted when the Governor is satisfied that it
will be for the general public convenience and will not
injuriously affect public order.
7. (1) A Shop Order may limit to any extent the opening
hours of, or may absolutely prohibit the opening of, a shop
on Sundays and public holidays (in this Ordinance referred
to as closed days).
(2) Save as aforesaid the opening hours fixed by a
Shop Order for any week day shall be not less than—
(a) ten hours on one specified day to be designated
as a late closing day;
889
Hours lixod
by Ordor
may be
oxtended.
Ch.31. No.14
-1940, 5.4
Ord. 27-
1942, s. +4.
Number of
opening
hours. ;
Ch.31. No.14
-1940, 5. 5.
890
Hours of
employment
outside
opening
hours.
Ch.31, No.14
-1940, s. 6,
Shops carry-
ing on more
trades than
one.
Ch.31. No.14
-1940, 5.7
Places other
than shops.
Ch.31. No.14
-1940, 8.8.
Ch. 31. No. 14.] Shop (Hours of Opening and Emplovment).
(6) four hours on one specified day to be designated
as an early closing day ;
(c) eight hours on other week days to be designated
as ordinary closing days.
(3) The opening hours fixed by any Shop Order may
from time to time be shortened (but not further than as
provided in subsection (2) hereof) or extended for any
specific day or period.
8. A Shop Order may prohibit or restrict the employment
inor about any shop outside opening hours of any person
who has been employed in or about any shop during
opening hours, and may impose conditions on such employ-
ment.
9. Where more trades or businesses than one are carried
on in the same shop, and any of those trades or businesses
is of such a nature that, if it was the only trade or business
carried on in the shop the Shop Order would not apply to
the shop, such shop may be open outside the opening hours
for the purposes of that trade or business alone, but on such
terms and under such conditions as may be specified in the
Shop Order
10. (1) Hf any person shall sell or expose or offer for sale
in any place other than a shop any goods at any time or
on any day during which the sale of goods of a like des-
eription is prohibited by any Shop Order, he shall be liable,
on summary conviction, to a fine of two hundred and forty
dollars: Provided that nothing in this section shall be
deemed to prohibit a private sale by a person not engaged in
the sale of goods as a trade or business.
(2) Any goods exposed for sale in contravention of
subsection (1) of this section shall be forfeited and may be
seized by any constable and dealt with in like manner as
uncustomed goods seized by an officer’ of Customs in
accordance with the provisions of the customs laws as
defined in section 2 of the Customs Ordinance.
Shop (Hours of Opening and I-mployment). [Ch. 31. No. 14. 891
11. For the purpose of effectively controlling the opening Restrictions
. by Shop
hours of shops, and the hours of employment therein, @ Order.
Shop Order may Ch.31. No.14
(a) define and classify shops and determine the kind “1940. 8.9.
of merchandise which may be sold therein;
(6) determine the persons who may or may not be
employed therein;
(c) impose restrictions to be observed in order that
such shops may fall within one or other of the specified
classes and to ensure their closing during prohibited
hours and the observance of the law by owners and
other persons in charge of or in attendance in such
shop;
(d) require the issue of licences in order to enable
any shop to remain open for serving customers or to
enable the carrying on of any retail trade or business
in any place not being a shop, and for such other
purposes and subject to such conditions as may be
prescribed in the order, and provide for the cancella-
tion of such licences, and designate the person or
persons who shall act as Licensing Authority for the
purposes hereof;
(e) require the payment of such fees as shall be fixed
in respect of a licence, but not exceeding five dollars
per annum for any one licence;
(f) exempt shops from the operation of the Order,
either absolutely or subject to any conditions;
(g) permit a shop to be opened outside the opening
hours for any purpose specified in the Order;
(hk) authorise sales or transactions outside the opening
hours for any purpose specified in the Order or of any
specified thing or in any circumstances specified in the
Order; and
(7) contain any incidental, supplemental, or conse-
quential provisions which may appear necessary or
proper.
Saving of
certain
12. Nothing in any Shop Order shali— provisions
. relating to
(a) affect the power of a Magistrate or two Justices Liquor
: : : _ Licences.
of the Peace under section 55 of the Liquor Licences Ch.31, No.4
-1940, 8. 10.
892 Ch. Si. No. 14.] Shop ( Hours of Opening and Employment).
Ordinance to order the closing of licensed premises,
or
(>) affect the power of granting special licences
conferred by section 37 of the Liquor Licences Ordi-
nance.
penalty fer 13. (1) If any person is employed in any shop or store or
hours ol place of trade or busine. in respect of which a Shop Order
employanent under this Ordinance is in force, for longer than the time
too. e it, UXed by such Order, then the person or persons in whose
Ord. 2t name such shop, store, or place of trade or business is carried
mse on, and any other person or persons actually in charge of
such shop, store, or place, shall each be liable, on summary
conviction, toa fine of two hundred and forty dollars, for a
first offence and five hundred dollars for any subsequent
offence
renal ie (2) H, outside the opening hours fixed by any Shop
closing Order any shop to which the Order applies is opened or kept
Order open except as permitted by the Shop Order, or if, except
as aforesaid, any sale or transaction is effected or attempted
to be effected in_any such shop, or if with respect to any
such shop there is any contravention of the provisions or
conditions of any Shop Order, the person or persons in
whose name such shop is carried on and any other person or
petsons actually in charge of such shop shall each be liable,
on summary conviction, to a fine of two hundred and forty
dollars.
(3) But nothing in this Ordinance or any Shop Order
shall render any person liable to a penalty by reason only
that a transaction with a person in a shop at the end of the
opening hours is commenced or completed after the end of
the opening hours with reference to any article not being
intoxicating liquor.
(4) If any sale or transaction or part of any sale
or transaction in the course of the controlled business
carried on in a shop is effected or attempted to be effected
in any part of the premises, including in the case of licensed
premises the unlicensed part of such premises, such sale or
transaction or part of such sale or transaction shall be
deemed to have been effected or attempted to be effected
in such shop.
Shop (Hours of Opening and Employment). (Ch. 31. No. 14.
14. If at any time outside the opening hours fixed by a
Shop Order any person is found on premises licensed under
the Liquor Licences Ordinance (other than premises for
which a hotel or special hotel licence is in force), or in any
oul-house or building in the same curtilage and occupied
therewith, or in any other shop premises to which the Order
applies, then, unless the Magistrate is satisfied that such
person was an inmate, servant, or bond fide friend entertained
at the expense of the licensed occupier, or that otherwise
his presence was not in contravention of the law, the holder
of the licence or the owner of the shop and any other person
or persons actually in charge of such shop shall each be
liable, on summary conviction, to a fine of one hundred
dollars and the person so found shall be liable, on summary
conviction, to a fine of twenty-four dollars.
15. Any constable may demand the name and address of
any person found on any licensed premises or any shop
during the period during which they are required to be
closed, and, if he has reasonable ground to suppose that the
name or address given is false, may require evidence of the
correctness of such name and address, and may, if such
person fail upon such demand to give his name or address,
or evidence of the correctness of the name or address so
given, apprehend him without warrant, and carry him as
soon as) practicable before a Magistrate. Any person
required by a constable under this section to Bive his name
and address, who fails to give the same, or gives a false
name or address, or gives false evidence with respect to
such name or address, shall be lable, on summary convic-
tion, to a fine of twenty-four dollars,
16. In any prosecution against the owner or person in
charge of a shop for permitting any employce to remain or
be employed in such shop for a longer period than is per-
mitted by law, if the defendant claims that the person
alleged to be an employce is not an employee, the onus of
proving that such person is not an employee shall lie on
the defendant.
17. (1) In all rooms of a shop where female shop assis-
tants are employed the occupier of the shop shall provide
seats behind the counter, or in such other position as may be
893
Penalty
where a
person is
ound on
shop pre-
mises after
closing hours
Ch.31, No.4
1940, 8. 12.
Name and
address of
person
found on
shop pre-
tniges to he
Kiven to
constable.
Ch.31. No.14
~1940, 8. 13.
Onus of
proof.
Ch.31. No.t4
-1940, a. 14.
Seats for
female shop
assistants.
Ord. 27-
1942, 3. 5.
Ch.31. No.14
-1940, 3. 15,
894 Ch. 31. No. 14.| Shop (Hours of Opening and Employment).
suitable for the purpose, and such seats shall be in the
proportion of not less than one seat to every three female
shop assistants employed in cach room, with a minimum
of one cat in each room,
Notice (2) It shall be the duty of the occupier of the shop to
permit the female shop assistants so employed to make
reasonable use of such seats, and the occupier shall post in
a conspicuous position in the shop a notice in the words
following:
Notict is hereby given that seats are provided in this shop for
Female Shop Assistants, and that the. Assistants are intended to
make reasonable use of the seats.â€
(3) Any person failing to comply with the provisions
of this section shall be liable, on summary conviction, fora
first offence to a fine of twenty-four dollars, and for any
subsequent offence to a fine of fifty dollars,
Shop Order 18. The Shop Order contained in the Schedule to this
Schedule.
‘nat Noa Ordinance shall be in force until varied or revoked.
1040, s. 16
SCHEDULE,
(Section ES Shop Order.
Short title I. This Ordes may be cited as the Shop Order, 1938.
Dennitions 2. For the purposes of this Order the following words and expressions
Ord, 27 shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the meanings hereinafter
1d, assigned to them:
closed day means Sunday, Good Friday, Christmas Day and
any day appointed or declared te be a public holiday under the
Public Holidays Ordinance ;
earl closing day means such day in every week as is specified
Ist Schedule in the First Schedule hereto for the early closing of any specified
class or classes of shops in any specified area of the Colony ;
late closing day means such day in every week as is specitied
in the First Schedule hereto for the late closing of any specified class
or classes of shops in any specified area of the Colony ;
ordinary closing day means week days not being a closed day,
‘arly closing day. or a late closing day;
Ordinance " means the Shop (Hours of Opening and Employment)
Ordinance or any Ordinance amending or replacing the same;
cook shop . any shop in which is sold only food cooked
on the premise. :
Shop (Hours of Opening and Employment). (|Ch. 31. No. 14.
general shop — means a shop in which are sold or exposed for sale
any merchandise other than spirits, wine and beer, tobacco, cigars,
cigarettes, drugs, groceries and provisions, confectionery, fruits and
vegetable, , motor spirits and lubricants;
“grocery means a shop (other than a wholesale provision shop)
in: which are sold) or exposed for sale groceries and provisions,
including tobacco, cigars, cigarettes, confectionery, fruits, vegetables
and other goods ordinarily sold in grocery and provision shops; and
gtocery shops include the shops heretofore known as retail provision
shops;
“parlour means a shop in which are sold or exposed for sale only
the articles of merchandise enumerated ino the Second Schedule
hereto; such shop shall be the only shop, room or place used by the
owner of the business for the purpose of storing and. selling: such
merchandise; such shop shall be the only shop of any kind established
on premises rated as one lot, unless the Commissioner of Police, in
his absolute discretion, grants exemption in writing from compliance
with this restriction; such shop shall have no means of internal
communication with any other part of the premises, unless such
other part is used solely as a residence by the owner of the shop, and
shall not be adjacent to premises licensed for the sale of intoxicating
liquor;
“scheduled ares means one of the areas described in the Third
Schedule hereto or any area added to such Schedule by order of the
Governor;
spiri( retailer's shop = means premises in respect. of which a
spirit retailer's licenee under the Liquor Licences Ordinance is in
force;
wine retailer's shop means premises in respect of which a wine
retailer's licence granted under the provisions of the Liquor Licences
Ordinance is in force:
Subject do any further provisions contained in this Order ‘ dairy shop,
refreshment house,†and “ restaurant’ mean places or premises in
which only meals, light refreshments, cigars, cigarettes, confectionery
and matche. are sold for consumption either on or off the premises; and
restaurant also inchides any premises licensed as a restaurant under
the Liquor Licences Ordinance.
3. The hours during which the several shops of the classes specified in
the First Schedule hereto may remain open for serving customers shall be
as respectively set out in the said Schedule, subject nevertheless to the
exceptions and conditions contained in this Order.
+. [Except as hereinafter specially provided, no shop shall open on
closed days.
5. The following acts and transactions shall be exempt, to the extent
herein indicated and no further, from the provisions of this Order in
respect of closed days or of hours of opening and closing :---
(a) the sale at any time and on any day of any provisions, stores,
coals, or other supplies for the use of any vessel anchored in the
and
Schedule,
rd
Schedule,
Opening and
closing
hours.
Ist Schedule,
Closed days.
Exemptions.
896
Sale of
medicine,
ete., for
mfants and
the sick
from drug
shop,
Ch. 31. No. 14.| Shop (Hours of Opening and Employment).
harbours of Port-of-Spain, San Fernando, Brighton or Scarborough,
on the written order of the Captain or Chief Officer or the local agent
of such vessel, and subject to compliance with the Customs Laws;
(6) the sale at any time and on any day of any article required
for the burial of the dead or for any sick person or animal when
the seller thereof has reasonable ground for believing such article
to be required for any of those purposes;
(c) the vale of dairy produce or ice and the delivery of yeast for
baking purposes at any time and on any day;
(¢) the sale of bread, fresh meat, fresh fish, fresh fruit or fresh
vegetable. until 9 a.m. on any closed day and at any hour on any
other day
(ce) the delivery between 6 a.m. and 9 a.m. from a grocery on
any day when such grocery is required to be closed of any goods of
the kind described in’ the definition of | grocery†contained in
paragraph 2 of this Order; such delivery to be made at the premise.
of the persons who have ordered the goods:
(f) the making at any time, except on closed days, of articles of
clothing, boots and shoes to order, in shops where no other trade
or business is carried on;
(2) the sale at any time and on any day of any newspaper published
in the Colony;
(A) the vale at any dime and on any day at petrol tilling stations,
motor vehicle and repair service stations, or motor vehicle spare
parts shops, of petroleum) products, lubricants and accessories
required for the urgent repair of, or immediate use in, any vehicle;
(‘) the vale at any time and on any day in San Fernando of oilfield
supplies urgently required by persons operating for oil:
(7) the exercise in theit shops at any time and on any day, not
betne a closed day, of their profession or calling by opticians, barbers,
hairdressers, manteurists, and beauty specialists: Provided that no
article be sold outside the opening hours prescribed for such shops:
(A) the vale at any time and en any day in any cookshap of food
cooked therein:
() demonstrations at any time and on any day by motor dealers:
Provided that the place of business is closed as required by any
Shop Order in: force:
Qa) the sawing, milling and moulding of lumber or timber in a
timber yard at any time, except on closed day, and the transport
of lumber or timber in, or in connection with a timber yard.
6. At any time outside the opening hours prescribed for drug shops
(including closed days) prescriptions may be made up and the same and
also any drugs, infants’ requisites and articles required for sick persons
and animals may be sold. Licensed druggists, assistant druggists and
porters attached to dispensing departments may be employed in a drug
shop at all times for the foregoing purposes.
Shop (Hours of Opentng and Employment), (Ch. 31. No. 14.
7. (1) Any person who is employed in or about a general shop ora
Wholesale provision shop during opening hours may be employed in or
about such shop for not more than half an hour immediately after the
closing of the shop: Provided that the manager of any department. of
any such shop may be employed in the shop for not more than one hour
immediately alter the closing hour,
(2) Between the Ith and the 24th of December (both days
inclusive) any person employed in or about any general shop during open-
ing hours may be employed in or about such shop for not more than one
hour immediately alter the closing of the shop.
(3) Porters may be employed in any general shop or wholesale
provision shop for not more than half an hour immediately before the
opening hour for the purpose of opening and cleaning the premises, under
the supervision of the person in charge of the shop or other person deputed
by him,
(4) Any person who is employed in or about any spirit retailer's
shop during opening hours may be employed in or about that shop for
not more than half an hour immediately after the closing hour for the
purpose of cleaning and closing such shop.
(5) Every director and secretary of a company or corporation may
attend at all times in any shop owned by such company or cyrporation,
provided that not more than two such directors may so attend for the
purpose of serving customers during opening hours.
(6) Texcept as expressly permitted by the Ordinance, or any Shop
Order, no employee shall be or remain in or about any shop on closed
day., or outside of opening hours en any other day.
8. For the purposes of an annual stock-taking any person employed
in or about any general shop, wholesale provision shop, or grocery, may
be employed after the closing hour for not more than two hours on each
of eight consecutive ordinary closing days or for not more than four hours
on each of four consecutive ordinary closing days, at any time of the year,
on the written licence of the Commissioner of Police previously had and
obtained and subject to such conditions as the Commissioner may require.
9% Where different trades or businesses in respect of which different
times for opening and closing apply, are carried on in the same premises,
such premises shall be opened at the latest hour and closed at the carliest
hour applicable to any such trade or business, unless means are provided
to the satisfaction of the Commissioner of Police for the adequate partition
or division of the premises into separate and distinct shops so as to
ensure the effective closing of each trade or business outside of the
Televant opening hours fixed for such trade or business: Provided that
nothing in this paragraph shall apply to any transactions under
paragraph 6 of this Order relating to drug shops.
10. In scheduled areas no employce shall be employed in or about any
one or more shops on any day for more than 44 consecutive hours
calculated from the time of commencing duty, without an interval of at
least three-quarters of an hour for mealtime, rest or relaxation before
T.—-1V. 57
897
Employ-
ment outside
of opening
hours in
cencral
shops and
wholesale
provision
shops.
General
shops from
11th to 24th
December
Porters.
In spirit
shops.
Directors
and secre-
tary ofa
company
Attendance
of employees
in shops,
Annual
stock-taking.
Opening and
closing times
when
different
trades are
carried on
in same
premises.
Hours of
employment.
808
Nuvture
opemag
hours, ete
to be raven
to Commis.
stoner of
Pohee.
Ch. 31. No. 14.] Shop (Howrs of Opening and lem plovment).
the next spell of doty, nor for any subsequent period of more than
3 hours without an additional interval of at least a quarter of an hour for
the aforesaid purpose. nor for any aggregate period, excluding meal or
rest intervals, exceeding 45 hours in any one week: Provided that such
dggregate period shall be extended by an additional period equi al to the
number of opening hours by which the time of opening is extended under
the provisions of section 6 of this Ordinance, or by the number of hours
occupied in stock taking im accordance with paragraph 8 of this Order:
Provided further that for each additional hour or part thereof bevend
45 hours in any one week exclusive of meal and rest intervals an employee
shall be paid at the rate of time-and-a-half of his or her aver: ge hourly
earning. for that week or at the rate of not le than 30c. per hour,
whichever is the greater.
(1) In scheduled areas the owner or person in charge aw shop
shall have posted ina conspicuous position in the shop a list signed: by
him showing the opening and closing hours of the shop and the names,
adatre. and hours of employ ment of every employee i in such shop, and
also similar list of such members of the owner's family (stating the
precise relationship) who attend on customers therein: and he shall not
Knowingly cause or suffer or permit: any employee to work in the shop
outside of the hours of employment indicated in such list, nor te work in
more than one shop, ner shall he knowingly employ any such employee
who works as an employee in any other shop on the same dav.
(2) Fhe ewner or person in charge ofa shop in a schedule Tare.
shall at the request of an Inspector or any meniber of the Police Force
not below the rank of subordinate police officer, produce the list
mentioned in the next preceding sub paragraph and atford him: every
flacihty for verifving the correctness of the particulars thereim contained.
The owner or person in charge of any shop, wherever situated, shall
sed a written notification to the Commissioner of Police of the opening
and closing hours of such shop, and the hours so notitied shall thereafter
remain unchanged for at least three months and may only be changed at
the expiration of the first’ three-monthly period or of any subsequent
three-monthly period after written notice given to the Commisstonert
of Police at least 15 days before the expiration of the three-monthly
period at the end of which the change is to take place.
FIRST SCHEDULE.
Subject to the provisions of the following paragraphs of this First
Schedule, the opening hours for shops of the classes specified in’ this
paragraph shall be:
In scheduled areas--
(a) Spirit Retailers’ Shops and = Thursday (early closing day)
Wine Retailers’ Shops ... Ram. 1 p.m. Other week
days 8 a.m. 8 p.m.
Shop (Hours of Opening and Emplovinent), (Gh. 31. No. 14.
() Grocerie. Thursday (carly closing day)
6.30 am. Lopm Other
week days6.30a.m. 8 p.m.
(c) Drug Store. Every week day 7 am.
9 pam,
Provided that no goods, other than drags, infants’ requisites
and articles required for sick persons and anunals, shall be sold
outside the opening hours for general shops.
(@) Albother shops except par- Saturday 8 aan. 12 noon,
lours and shops) men- Other week days 8 a.m.
tioned in paragraph 3 of S p.m,
this lirst Sehedule.
In areas outside scheduled sas
(a) All shops other than drug aturday (late closing day)
stores, parlours, and 6.40 am. 8 pan. Thurs-
shops mentioned in para- day (early closing day)
graph 30 oof) this First 6.30 am. Popa. Other
Schedule. week days 6.30a.m. 7 pan,
(6) Drug Store, Every week day 7 aan.
9 pum.
Provided that no goods, other than drugs, infants’ requisites,
and articles required for sick persons and animals, shall be sold
after the closing hours for general shops,
2. When any public holiday, within the meaning of the Public Holidays
‘Ordinance as from time to time amended falls on the day following an
surly closing day, then such early closing day may be regarded as an
ordinary closing day.
3. Restaurants, refreshment houses and dairy shops may remain open
for serving customers between the hours ef 5.30 a.m. and (1.300 p.m.
conany day including a closed day’ Provided that on closed days and
after 7 p.m. on other days such shops may sell only food for consumption
conor off the premises and the following article. , namely, non-alcoholic
beverages, cigarettes, cigars, confectionery, and matches: Provided
further that restaurants licensed under the Liquor Licences Ordinance,
may also sell intoxicating liquors according to the terms of such licence.
4. A barber or hair-dresser may attend on a customer on a closed day
«only at the customer's own residence.
5. The opening hours for parlours shall be those fixed in the Second
Schedule to this Order: Provided that outside the opening hours for
eroccries as set out in the First Schedule to this Order, none of the articles
set out in the Second Schedule to this Order shall be sold in the original
container except aerated waters, cigarettes, confectionery, ice cream,
matches, milk (condensed) and milk (fresh).
899
900
Ch. 31. No. 14.] Shop (Hours of Opentng and Employment).
SECOND SCHEDULE.
Parlours may remain open for serving customers between the hours of
6am. and 1 p.m. on every day including closed days for the sale of the-
following articles only, namely:
Acrated waters Cocoa Milk (condensed)
Arrowroot Coffee Milk (fresh)
Biscuits Confectionery — Oil (coconut -raw or refined),
Bread Cooked food Pepper
Cakes Fruits Salt
Candles Ice Sugar (local)
Cheese Tee ere: Tea
Cigarette. Matche. Vinegar
Cigars
THIRD SCHEDULE.
Scheduled Areas
(a) The City of Port-ofSpain including area within one mile of,
the boundaries thereof,
(6) The Boroughs of San Fernando and Arima.
(c) Any area lying within half-a-mile of that portion of the Eastern
Main Road which extends from the City limits of Port-of-Spain and the
Borough limits of Arima.
(2) The area Iving within vadius of mile of the Magistrate’
Court, Sangre Grande.
(ce) The area Iving within « ‘adius of one mile of the Magistrate’s Court,
Couva.
(f) The area Iving within adius of one mile of the Magistrate’s Court
Chaguanas.
(g) The area ling within a radius of one mile of the Magistrate’s Court,
Prince. Town.
(#4) The ares ling within ‘adius of mile of the Magistrate's
Court, Cedros,
(1) The area Iving within cadius of one mile of the Magistrate's Court ,
Siparia.
(J) The area Iving within a radius of one mile of the Magistrate’s Court,
Rio Claro,
(A) The area lving within a radius of one mile of the Police Station,
Point Fortin.
(4) The area lying within a radius of one mile of the Administrative
Offices, Scarborough.
(m) The area Iving within a radius of one mile of the Magistrate's
Court. Roxborough.
Weights and Measures. |[Ch. 31. No. 15. 901
CHAPTER 31. No. 15.
WEIGHTS AND MEASURES,
AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO WEIGHTS AND MEASURES.
Ordinance
Chiat. Nols
-1940.
Ish Mav, 1939,]
1. This Ordinance may be cited the Weights and Short tide.
Measures Ordinance.
2. In this Ordinance Interpre-
tation,
Chief Inspector © means the Chief Inspector of
Weights and Measures appointed under this Ordinance ;
gallon means a measure of capacity equal to the
capacity of the Imperial gallon, as defined by the
Weights and Measures Act, 1878;
Inspector = means an Inspector of Weights and
Measures appointed under this Ordinance ;
pound avoirdupois = means a weight equal to the
weight of the Imperial Standard pound, as defined by
the Weights and Measures Act, 1878;
pre-packed article = means any article which is
packed or made up in advance ready for retail sale in a
wrapper or container, and where any article packed or
made up in a wrapper or container is found on any
premises where such articles are packed, kept or stored
for sale, the articles shall be deemed to be packed or
made up in advance ready for retail sale unless the
contrary is proved ;
“purchaser â€â€™ includes any person acting on behalf
of the purchaser ;
square yard means an area equal to the area
M02
Ist Schedule
Metric
werghts.
3rd
Schedule.
Ch. 31. No. 15.) Weights and Measure.
contained ina square each of whose sides is one vard in
length
stamping — inelude. casting, engraving, etching,
branding or otherwise marking in such manner as to
be so far as practicable indelible and the ‘xpression
stamp and other ¢xpressions relating thereto shall
be construed accordingly ;
Weighing instrument include. scale. with the
weights belonging thereto, scalebeams, balanee. . spring-
balance. steclvards, weighing machine. and every
other instrument fo determining weight and weighing
machine constructed to caleulate and) indicate the
price money
Vard means measure of length equal to the
length of the Imperial Standard vard, as defined by the
Wetghts and Measure. Act, 1878.
Legal weights and measure,
3. (1) A pound avoirdupois shall be the primary weight
in the Colony
(2) The weights specified in the First Schedule hereto
are hereby declared to be such multiples or parts of a pound
avoirdupois as are in the ‘aid Schedule specified respectively
in this behalf, and such weights are hereby declared to be
avoirdupois weights.
4. (1) The weights specified in) the Second Schedule
hereto are hereby declared to be such multiples or parts of a
pound avoirdupois as are in the said Schedule specified
respectively ino this behalf, and such weights are hereby
declared to be troy weights.
(2) Any weight which is any multiple or any decimal
part of an ounce trov may be used as a trov we ight.
5. (1) The weights specified in the Third Schedule hereto
are hereby declared to be metric weights.
(2) Each metric weight is hereby declared to be
equivalent to that weight which, expressed in terms of
avoirdupois weights, is specified in the said Schedule as the
equivalent of such metric weight.
Weights and Measure. |Ch. 31. No. 15
6. (1) A gallon shall be the primary measure of capacity
in the Colony.
(2) The measures of capacity specified in the Fourth
Schedule hereto are hereby declared to be such multiples
or parts of a gallon as are in the said Schedule specified
respectively im this behalf,
(3) These measures are in this Ordinance referred to as
Imperial measures of capacity,
=
7. (1) The measures of capacity specified in’ the Fifth
Schedule hereto are hereby declared to be metric measures
of capacity
(2) Each metric measure of capacity is hereby declared
to be of that capacity which expressed in terms of Imperial
measures of capacity, is specified in the said Schedule as the
equivalent of such metric measure.
8. (1) A yvard shall be the primary measure of length in
the Colony
(2) The measures of length specified in the Sixth
Schedule hereto are hereby declared to be such multiples or
parts of a yard as are in the said Schedule specified res-
pectively in this behalf.
(3) These measures are in this Ordinance referred to as
Imperial measures of length.
9. (1) The measures of Iength specified in the Seventh
Schedule hereto are hereby declared to be metric measures of
length.
(2) Each metric measure of length is hereby declared
to be of the length which, expressed in terms of Imperial
measures of length, is specified in the said Schedule as the
equivalent of such metric measure.
0. (1) A square yard shall be the primary measure of
surface i in the Colony.
(2) The measures of surface specified in the Eighth
Schedule hereto are hereby declared to be such multiples
903
Imperial
measures of
capacity.
4th
Schedule.
Metric
measures of
capacity.
5th
Schedule.
Imperial
measures of
length.
oth
Schedule.
Metric
measures of
length.
7th
Schedule.
Imperial
measures
of surface,
&th
Schedule
904
Metric
measure,
surface.
9th
Schedule,
Use of {roy
weights.
Use of
avoirdupois
weights,
Use of
measures.
Ch. 31. No. 15.]) Wetghts and Measures.
or parts of a square yard as are in the said Schedule specified
respectively in this behalf.
(3) These measures are in this Ordinance referred to
as Imperial measures of surface.
11. (1) The measures of surface specified in the Ninth
schedule hereto are hereby declared to be metric measures
of surface.
(2) Kach metric measure of surface is hereby declared
to contain that extent of surface which, expressed in terms
of Imperial measures of surface, is specified in the said
schedule as the equivalent of such metric measure
12. (1) Gold and silver, and articles made thereof,
including gold and silver thread, lace, or fringe, also plati-
num, diamonds, and other precious metals or stones, may
be sold or dealt in by troy weight: Provided that diamonds
may also be dealt with in trade by the carat as used in
England.
(2) Drugs when sold by retail, may be sold by apothe-
‘aries Weights or measures as used in England.
13. The avoirdupois weights specified in) the First
Schedule hereto and any w eight being any multiple or part
of any such avoirdupois weight, and the metric weights
specified in the Third Se hedule hereto and any weight being
any multiple or part of any such metric weight, may be
used in selling or computing the weight of any article
whatever, and shall be the only weights that may lawfully
be used in the sale or computation of weight for the purpose
of any contract or dealing of any articles except the things
pernutted to be sold by troy weight or apothecaries weight.
14, The measures specified in the Fourth, Fifth, Sixth,
Seventh, Eighth and Ninth Schedules hereto, and multiples
or parts of any such measures, shall be the only measures
that may, in any sale, contract, or dealing, lawfully be used
for computing or expressing the quantity of anything to be
measured, except the things permitted to be measured by
apothecaries measure.
Weights and Measures. [Ch.31. No. 15. 905
15. Where the quantity of anything weighed or measured. tmegal_
or to be weighed or measured, is expressed in any mode not SFPressioh
authorised by this Ordinance in reference to such thing, the ° 7 *
quantity so expressed shall be deemed to be uncertain.
16. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, any Presump-
weight mentioned or referred to in any Ordinance, or in any weights.
contract, bargain, sale, or dealing, if the article weighed be
of the class of articles which according to this Ordinance
may be sold or dealt in by troy weight or apothecaries weight,
shall be deemed to be troy weight or apothecaries weight,
and if the article weighed be not of such class shall be deemed
to be avoirdupois weight unless in either case the contrary
is expressed or implied.
17. (1) The Governor may from time to time procure Standards.
such standards of weight and measure as he may consider
necessary.
(2) levery standard shall be of a denomination cither
equivalent to or a multiple or aliquot part of a weight or
measure of which the use is authorised by this Ordinance
and shall be verified by the standard department of the
Board of Trade in England before being brought into use
in the Colony.
(3) Every standard shall be made of such materials
and in such manner and shall be placed in such a receptacle
as to be, so far as-‘practicable, proof against mechanical and
atmospheric agencies and all other sources of error.
(4) On publication in the Roval Gazette of a notice that
any standard of weight or measure has been brought into
use in the Colony such standard shall become the Colonial
Standard and shall for all purposes be conclusively deemed
to be true and accurate.
(5) The Colonial Standards in use in the Colony at the
time of the passing of this Ordinance shall be the Colonial
Standards for the purposes of this Ordinance.
18. The Governor may, by notice published in the Royal Conditions
Gazette, declare the conditions of temperature and atmos- ° *™°Y
pheric pressure and the other conditions (if any) under
906
Periodical
verification
of Colomal
Standards.
Ch. 31. No. 15.) 0 Wetghts and Measure.
which the Colonial Standards are true and accurate copies
of the Imperial Standards. Under the conditions so
declared, the several Colonial Standards shall for all) pur-
peses be conclusively deemed to be true and accurate copies
of the ospective Imperial Standards.
19. The Colonial Standards shall be kept at such place as
the Governor shall from time to time determine, and cach
receptacle in whieh the same are Kept shall be secured by
two locks which shall not be capable of being opened by the
came kev
20. (1) Vhe Comptroller of Customs and lexcise and the
Director of Surveys shall be Custodians of the Colonial
Standards.
(2) Fach of such Custodians shall have the custody
of kev oof cach of the receptacle. im which the Coloniat
Standards are placed, and the keys shall be so alle ated
that no Custodian open more than one lock of cach
receptacle,
2t. (1) The Custodians shall procure such copies of the
Colomal Standards or any of them as they may think fit,
and shall provide for verifying the same, and shall cause such
copies to be authenticated as Secondary Standards in such
manner as the Governor shall preseribe.
(2) Every authenticated Secondary Standard: shall,
until the contrary is proved, be deemed to be true and
accurate and judicial notice shall be taken of every Second-
ary Standard so authenticated,
(3) The Secondary Standards shall from time to time
be compared by the Custodians with the Colonial Standards
and if necessary shall be corrected and adjusted,
(1) Phe Custodians may at any time cancel any
Secondary Standard and direct that it shall no longer be
used as such,
22. (1) Once at least in every ten years the Governor shall
cause every Colonial Standard to be verified at the standard
department of the Board of ‘Trade and to be adjusted and
renewed Tf requisite,
Weights and Measure. |Ch. 31. No. 15.
(2) Before a Colonial Standard is sent out of the
Colony for this purpose, the Governor shall catse a Second-
ary Standard to be deposited with the Custodians of the
Colonial Standards and to be verified by comparison with
the Colonial Standards and authenticated in such manner
as he may think proper and such Secondary Standard shall
be deemed to be the Colontal Standard during such time as
the Colonial Standard ts out of the Colony
Tuspectors of weights and measure.
3. (1) The Governor may from time to time appoint
sue a person as he thinks fit to be Chief Inspector of Weights
and) Measure and: stich persons he thinks fit to) be
lnspectors of weights and measures, and may assign such
portion of the ¢ ‘olony as he thinks fit Co cach Enspector as an
inspechon district. The Chief Pnspec tor andevery Enspector
shall hold office during the Governor's pleasure,
No maker or seller of weights, counterpoise. , measure. or
weighing instruments shall be an Tnspector,
(2) The Chief Inspector shall have the general super-
vision of the Inspectors, and the Inspectors shall make such
retutns and furnish such information as the Chief Inspector
require, and generally shall conform to the directions of the
Chiet Inspector
24. (1) The Chief Inspector shall cause such Secondary
Standard as he thinks requisite to be delivered) to the
Inspectors, and every Inspector shall, at such times and
places as the Clic Inspector appoints (of which appoint-
ment public notice shall be given), attend with his Secondary
Standards and examine all weights and measures brought
to him and at that time used or intended to be used within
his inspection district.
(2) Any Inspector may at any time examine any
weights or measures brought to him and at that time use
or intended to be used within his inspection district.
(3) Where an Inspector examines under this section
any weights or measures brought to him, he shall verify
the same by comparison with the proper Secondary
Standards in his possession, and such as he finds to be just
907
Chief
Inspec
and
luspectors.
Duties of
Chict
Inspector
Veritication
of wenghts
and
measures by
Inspectors.
908
Ch. 31. No. 15.) Weights and Measures.
he shall stamp or mark in manner to be preseribed by the
Governor:
Provided that an Inspector shall so stamp or mark
those denominations of weights and measures only of which
he has Secondary Standards, or which he may be directed
by the Chief Inspector to verify.
25. Where an Inspector under this Ordinance stamps or
marks any weight or measure, he shall deliver to the person
bringing such weight or measure a certificate of Justne ssn
respect thereof, and such certificate shall remain in force,
from the day on which it was given, for such period (not
heing Je. than one year) as the Governor prescribe. and
no longer.
26. Every Inspector may, at all reasonable time. enter
any shop, store, warehouse, stall, yard, or other place
within his inspection district wherein any goods are bought,
sold, oxposed or kept for sale, or weighed or measured for
conveyance or carriage, and require the production of and
‘xamine all weights, counterpoise. measure. , and weighing
Instruments there, and may seize and detain any weight,
counterpoise, measure or weighing instrument whieh he has
reason to believe is false or unjust or which is Hable to be
forfeited in pursuance of this Ordinance.
27. No Inspector shall repair, alter, or adjust any weight,
counterpoise, Measure, or weighing instrument ‘xamined
by lim.
Requirements as to weights, measure. and
weighing tstruments.
28. Subject to the provisions in this section contained, no
weight or measure shall be used for trade, or for the purpose
of any sale, contract or dealing, unless it be stamped or
marked by an Inspector under this Ordinance, and any
Weight or measure so stamped or marked may, unless it is
unjust, be used in any part of the Colony so long as the
certificate of justness in respect thereof remains in force
and no longer:
Weights and Measures. [Ch. 31. No. 15.
Provided that nothing in this Ordinance shall require —
(a) any weight above one hundred and twelve
pounds or under one quarter of an ounce, or
(6) any measure of Jength greater than two yards or
less than six inches, or
(c) any measure of capacity greater than two
hundred and eighty-eight gallons or ‘less than one
quarter of a pint, to be stamped or marked.
29. Every weight exceeding one quarter of an ounce
avoirdupois shall have its denomination as one of the
weights specified in the Schedules hereto, or as a multiple
or part of one of such weights, expressed in legible figures
and Ietters on the top or side thereof.
30. Every counterpoise used with any weighing instru-
ment shall, unless the weight of which it purports to be the
equivalent is less than four ounces avoirdupois, have
conspicuously and legibly stamped or marked thereon the
letter C and the denomination of the weight of which it
purports to be the equivalent.
41. No weight or counterpoise made of lead or pewter or
any mixture thereof shall be used unless the same be wholly
and substantially cased with brass, copper, or iron, and
legibly stamped or marked “Cased ’’ Provided that this
section shall not prevent the insertion of such a plug of
lead or pewter into any weight or counterpoise as may be
required for the purpose of adjusting the same or affixing
thereon any stamp or mark required by this Ordinance.
32. very measure, whether of length or capacity, shall
have its denomination as one of the measures specified in
the appropriate Schedules hereto, or as a multiple or part
of one of such measures, expressed in legible figures and
letters thereon, and, in the case of a measure of capacity,
on the outside.
33. (1) A measure of capacity constructed as follows, that
is to say, having a portion, extending from the lower end,
sufficient to bear the stamps or marks required by this.
909
Marks
required om
weights.
Marks
required
on counter~
poises.
Restriction
of use of
lead or
pewter
Marks
required om
measures.
Mode of
filling
measures of
capacity.
910
Invalidity of
contracts by
prohibited
eworhts, ete.
Refusal af
seller to
weigh or
yneasure.
Ch. 31. No. 15.) Weights and Measures.
Ordinance, made of metal er other suitable material, and the
upper portion made wholly or partially of glass or other
transparent material so that the level of the surface of the
contents may be clearly seen, with a level line distinctly
marked upon the transparent portion, may be used for
measuring liquids, and shall be required to be filled to the
level of the line so marked.
(2) All measures used for measuring liquids not con-
structed as aforesaid shall be filled to the level of the brim.
(3) All measures of capacity used for any other pur-
pose than measuring liquids shall either be stricken with a
round stick or roller, straight and of the same diameter
from end to end, or, if the article sold cannot from its size
or shape be conveniently stricken, shall be filled in all parts
as nearly to the level of the brim as the size and shape of
the article will admit.
Prohibition of legal weights, measure. and
wetghing tustruments.
34. The use for the purpose of any sale, contract, or
dealing of any weight, counterpoise, measure, or weighing
instrument which is false or unjust is hereby prohibited.
35. The use for the purpose of any sale, contract, or
dealing of any weight or measure, which, if required by this
Ordinance to be stamped or marked by an Inspector or
otherwise, is not so stamped or marked, or in respect of
which, if a certificate of justness is required by this Ordi-
nance, no such certificate is in force, is hereby prohibited.
36. Any sale, contract, or dealing made by or with
reference to any weight, counterpoise, measure, or weighing
instrument, the use of which for the purpose of such sale,
contract, or dealing 1s prohibited by this Ordinance, shall be
void.
Offences as to weights, measures, and weighing instruments.
37. (1) Every person selling goods, whether on his own
behalf or on behalf of another, by weight or measure in any
warehouse, store, shop, market, or public place, shall, upon
Weights and Measures. {Ch.31. No. 15.
911
being so required by the person to whom the goods are
alclivered, and in the presence of the last mentioned person —
(a) if the goods are sold by weight, weigh the same
in a proper weighing instrument; or
(b) if the goods are sold by measure, measure the
same.
(2) Any person required under this section to weigh
or measure any goods who refuses or neglects so to do in
manner required by this section shall be Hable to a fine
of twenty-five dollars.
38. Any person using for the purpose of any sale, con-
tract, or dealing, or having in his possession for use, for
trade, any denomination of w veight or measure not authorised
by this Ordinance for such purpose or use, shall be lable to
a fine of ten dollars.
39. Any person using for the purpose of any sale, con-
tract, or dealing, or having in his possession for use, for
trade, any weight, counterpoise, measure, or weighing
instrument which is false or unjust, or which, if required
by this Ordinance to be stamped or marked by an Inspector
or otherwise, is not so stamped or marked, or in respect
of which, if a certificate of justness is required by this
Ordinance, no such certificate is in force, shall be liable to a
fine of tw enty- -five dollars, or in the case of any subsequent
offence, fifty dollars.
40. Where any fraud is wilfully committed in the use of
any weight, counterpoise, measure, or weighing instrument,
the person committing such fraud, and every person party
to the fraud, shall be liable to a fine of twenty-five dollars,
or in the case of any subsequent offence, fifty dollars.
41. Any person who refuses to produce to an Inspector
any weight, counterpoise, measure, or weighing instrument
in his possession or custody, whereof the Inspector requires
the production under this Ordinance, or who obstructs or
hinders any Inspector in any examination under this
‘Ordinance, of any weight, counterpoise, measure, or
Use of un-
authorised
denomina-
tions.
Use of
illegal
weights, etc,
Fraud in
use of
weights, etc.
Refusing
production
and ob-
structing
Inspector.
O12
Forging
marks.
Dealing in
counterfeit
weirhts,
Forteiture of
ete,
counterfeit
weight
, ete.
Ch. 31. No. 15.[ 0 Weights and Measure.
Weighing instrument, shall be Hable to a fine of twenty-five
dollars.
42. Any Inspector who stamps or marks any welght or
measure without duly verifying the s same, by comparison
with the proper secondary standard or standards in’ his
possession, shall be lable to a fine of twenty five dollars.
43. Any Inspector who knowingly stamps or marks any
weight or measure not at that time used or intended to be
used within his inspection district shall be liable to a fine
of ten dollars.
44. very person who knowingly makes or. sells, or
knowingly causes to be made or sold, any unjust weight,
counterpoise, measure, or weighing instrument, shall be
liable to a fine of fifty dollars, or in the case of any sub-
sequent offence, to a fine of one hundred and twenty
dollars, or to be imprisoned for three months
45. Every person who forges or counterfeits, or causes or
procures to be forged or counte rfeited, or knowingly acts or
assists in forging or counterfeiting, any stamp or mark used
for stamping or marking any weight or measure under this
Ordinance, shall be lik ible to a fine of two hundred and forty
dollars or to be imprisoned for four months,
46. Ievery person who knowingly sells, utters, disposes of,
or exposes for sale any weight or measure with any forged or
counterfeit: stamp or mark thereon resembling or intended
to resemble any stamp or mark used under this Ordinance
shall be liable to a fine of one hundred and twenty dollars.
47. Kevery weight or measure having thereon any forged
or counterfeit: stamp or mark resembling or intended. to.
resemble any stamp or mark used under this Ordinance,
shall be forfeited to the Crown and may at any time be seized
by the Inspector of any inspection district within which the
same is found.
Wetghts and Measures.
[Ch. 31. No. 15.
48. Ivery person who, with intent to defraud, alters any
weight or measure stamped or marked according to this
Ordinance, or uses in any sale, contract, or other dealing,
any weight or measure altered as aforesaid, shall be liable
toa fine of one hundred and twenty dollars, or in the case
of any subsequent offence, to a fine of two hundred and
forty dollars, or to be imprisoned for four months.
49. Where any penalty is imposed under this Ordinance,
it shall be lawful for the Governor to direct that any portion
thereof not exceeding one moiety shall be paid to the person
laying the information, unless such person be a member of
the Police Force, in which case such moiety shall be applied
according to section 71 of the Police Ordinance.
50. All weights, counterpoises, measures, and weighing
Instruments in respect of which any person is convicted
under (his Ordinance shall, at the discretion of the convicting
Magistrate, be liable to be forfeited to the Crown,
Short weight and measure in the sale of any article.
51. (1) A person shall not, in selling any article by weight,
measure, or number, deliver or cause to be delivered to the
purchaser a less weight, measure, or number, as the case may
be, than is purported to be sold.
(2) A statement as to the weight or measure of a
pre-packed article shall be deemed to be a statement as to
the net weight or measure thereof, unless otherwise specified.
(3) A person shall not on or in connection with the
sale of any article or in exposing or offering any article for
sale, make any misrepresentation cither by word of mouth
or otherwise, or commit any other act calculated to mislead
the purchaser or prospective purchaser, as to the weight
or measure of the article, or, if any articles are being sold
or offered for sale by number, as to the number of articles
sold or offered for sale.
52. The provisions of section 51 shall, except so far as
they apply to pre-packed articles, apply only to retail
dealings.
T.—IV. 58
913
Alteration
of marks.
Appropria-
tian o
penaltie.
Forfeiture
on
conviction,
Prohibition
of giving
short weight,
measure oF
Dumber,
Statements
as to
weight or
NcAsUTe On
pre-packed
articles,
Misrapre-
sentation,
Application
of the
provisions of
section 51.
914
Penalty.
Safeguards
to traders.
Inconsider-
able
variation.
Deficiency
due to
bond fide
mistake cr
accident.
Deficiency
due to
nnavoidable
evaporation
or drainage.
Defendant
who
purchased
article
entitled to
rely on
warranty
given him by
the vendor.
Ch. 31. No. 15.] Weights and Measures.
53. Any person who contravenes the provisions of section
51 shall be liable to a fine in the case of a first offence of
twenty-four dollars, and in the case of any subsequent
offence of two hundred and forty dollars.
54. In any proceedings under this Ordinance—
(a) in respect of an alleged deficiency of weight or
measure of any pre-packed article, the court shall
disregard any inconsiderable variation in the weight
or measure of a single article, and shall have regard to
the average weight or measure of a reasonable number
of other articles of the same kind (if any) sold or de-
livered by the defendant, or in his possession for the
purpose of sale or delivery, on the same occasion and
generally to all the circumstances of the case;
(b) in respect of an alleged deficiency of weight or
measure or number, if the defendant proves to the
satisfaction of the court that such deficiency was due
to a bond fide mistake or accident, or other causes
beyond his control, and in spite of all reasonable
precautions being taken and all due diligence exercised
by the said defendant to prevent the occurrence of such
deficiency, or was due to the action of some person
over whom the defendant had no control the defendant
shall be discharged from the prosecution ;
(c) in respect of an alleged deficiency in the weight of
any article delivered to a purchaser, the defendant shall
be discharged from the prosecution if he proves to the
satisfaction of the court that the alleged deficiency was
due to unavoidable evaporation or drainage and that
due care and precaution has been taken to avoid
such deficiency.
55. (1) If in any proceedings under this Ordinance in
respect of any pre-packed article the defendant proves that
he purchased the article in the wrapper or container in
which he sold it or had it in his possession for the purpose
of sale and with a written warranty of the weight or measure
or number of the article, and that he had no reason to believe,
at the time when he sold it or had it in his possession for the
purposes of sale, that the article or its wrapper or container
Weights and Measures. [Ch. 31. No. 15.
915
did not comply with the provisions of this Ordinance, he
shall be entitled to be discharged from the prosecution.
(2) A warranty shall not be available as a defence
to any proceedings under this Ordinance unless the defendant
has, within seven days after service of the summons, sent
to the prosecutor a copy of such warranty with a written
notice stating that he intends to rely on the warranty and
specifying the name and address of the person from whom
he received it, and has also sent a like notice of his intention
to such person.
(3) The person by whom such warranty is alleged to
have been given shall be entitled to appear at the hearing
and to give evidence, and the court may, if it thinks fit,
adjourn the hearing to enable him to do so.
(4) A warranty given by a person resident outside the
Colony shall not be available as a defence to any proceeding
under this Ordinance, unless the defendant proves that he
had taken reasonable steps to ascertain, and did in fact
believe in, the accuracy of the statement contained in the
warranty.
(5) Where the defendant is a servant of the person to
whom a warranty was given, he shall, subject to the pro-
visions hereof, be entitled to rely on the defence hereby
allowed in the same way as his employer or master would
have been entitled to do if he had been the defendant,
provided that the servant further proves that he had no
reason to believe that the pre-packed article did not comply
with the provisions of this Ordinance.
(6) Where the defendant in a prosecution under this
Ordinance has been discharged under the provisions of this
section, any proceedings for giving the warranty relied on by
the defendant in such prosecution may be taken as well
before a court having jurisdiction in the place where the
contravention of this Ordinance took place, as before a
court having jurisdiction in the place where the warranty
was given.
(7) Every person who in respect of the weight,
measure or number of any article sold by him as principal
or agent, gives to the purchaser a false warranty in writing,
shall be liable for a first offence, to a fine of ninety-six
dollars, and for any subsequent offence to a fine of four
58 (2)
Notice of
intention to
rely on
warranty
to be given
to the
prosecutor
and to the
person who
gave the
warranty.
Giver of
warranty
entitled to
appear
at trial.
Warranty
given by
person out-
side Colony
to be
verified.
Servant
entitled to
rely on same
defence as
employer.
Proceedings
for giving of
warranty.
Penalty
for false
warrants.
916
Ch. 31. No. 15.] Weights and Measures.
Statement
on wrapper
or in invoice
deemed a
written
warranty.
Invoice a
sufficient
warranty.
Employer
charged
entitled to
have rcal
offender
brought
before the
court.
Limitation.
hundred and eighty dollars, unless he proves to the satis-
faction of the court that when he gave the warranty he had
reason to believe that the statements or descriptions
contained therein were true.
(8) For the purposes of the foregoing provisions a
statement on any container or any wrapper, band or label
affixed thereto or delivered therewith or a statement
contained in an invoice, shall be deemed to be a written
warranty.
(9) An invoice describing the weight or measure or
number of the article shall be a sufficient warranty notwith-
standing that it contains no words or express warranty or
was delivered after the purchase of the article.
56. Where an employer or principal is charged with an
offence under section 51, he shall be entitled on information
duly laid by him, and on giving not less than three days’
notice of his intention to the prosecution, to have any other
person whom he charges as the actual offender brought
before the court at the time appointed for hearing the charge,
and, if after the commission of the offence has been proved,
the employer or principal proves to the satisfaction of the
court that he had used due diligence to enforce the execution
of this Ordinance and that the said other person had
committed the offence in question without his consent,
connivance or wilful default, the said other person shall be
summarily convicted of the offence and the employer or
principal shall be exempt from any penalty:
Provided that the prosecution shall have in any such
case the right to cross-examine the employer or principal
if he gives evidence and any witnesses called by him in
support of his charge and to call rebutting evidence.
The person so convicted shall, in the discretion of the
court, be also liable to pay any costs incidental to the
proceedings.
57. A prosecution in respect of an offence by a retailer
under section 51, shall not be instituted after the expiration
of twenty-eight days from the time when the offence was
committed, nor unless either notice was given to the
defendant on the day of the commission of the alleged offence
Weights and Measures. [Ch. 31. No. 15.
or within seven days thereafter notice in writing has been
served on or sent to him, nor unless within seven days
after the alleged commission of the offence notice in writing
of the date and nature of the alleged offence has been served
on or sent by registered post’ to the defendant, nor unless
in the case of any alleged deficiency the person against
whom the allegation is made has been given reasonable
opportunity to check the weight, measure or number of the
article or articles in respect of which such allegation is made.
58. All offences under this Ordinance may be prosecuted
and all penalties incurred may be imposed or recovered, in
the manner provided by the Summary Courts Ordinance.
Miscellaneous.
59. The Governor in Council may make regulations
prescribing—
(a) the several matters mentioned in this Ordinance
to be prescribed by the Governor; and
(6) a table of fees to be taken by the Inspectors for
stamping or marking weights or measures under this
Ordinance.
Regulations made under this section shall have no force
or effect until they have been approved by the Legislative
Council.
60. Nothing in this Ordinance shall prevent the sale, or
subject a person to a penalty under this Ordinance for the
sale, of an article in any vessel where such vessel is not
represented as containing any amount of Imperial measure,
nor subject a person to a penalty under this Ordinance for
the possession of any vessel where it is shown that such
vessel is not intended for use as a measure.
[SCHEDULES.
917
Recovery of
penalties.
Regulations.
Saving as to
vessel not
represented
as Imperial
measure.
O18 Ch. 31. No. 15.) Weights and Measures.
SCHEDULES.
FIRST SCHEDULE.
Avoirdupois Weights.
Denominations. | Multiples or parts of a pound avoirdupois.
Grain 1/7,000
Dram t/250
Ounce ¢ 4
Pound ¢ l
Stone MA
Ouarter 28
Hundred-weight tle
Ton 2,240
SECOND SCHEDULE.
Troy Weights.
Multiples or parts of a pound avoirdupois.
1/7,000
480/7,000
THIRD SCHEDULE.
Metric Weights.
Denominations. Value in Grams. Equivalents.
Millier (or tonne) 1,000,000 0-9842 ton.
QOuintal 100,000 1-908 cwl.
Myriagram 10,000 22-046 Ibs.
Kilogram 1,000 22046223 Ib, or
| 15432-3564 grains.
Heetogram 100 3-527 o7.
Dekagram ‘ 10 5-044 drams.
Gramme... ! 1 15-432 grains.
Decigram 1/10 1-543 grains.
Centigram 1/100 0-154 grains.
Milligram 1/1000 | 0-015 grains.
Weights and Measures. [Ch. 31. No. 15. 919
FOURTH SCHEDULE.
Imperial Measures of Capacity.
Denominations. Multiples or parts of a*gallon.
Gill 1/32
Pint 1/8
Quart t
Gallon 1
Peck 2
Bushel 8
Quarter 64
Chaldron 288
FIFTH SCHEDULE.
Metric Measures of Capacity.
Denominations. Values in cubic metres. Equivalents.
Kilolitre, é.¢., 1,000 litres 1 220 gallons.
Hectolitre, f.¢., 100 litres 1/10 22-00 gallons.
Decalitre, f.¢., 10 litres 1/100 2-200 gallons.
Litre vee 1/1,000 1-75980 pints,
Decilitre, fe., 1/10 litre 1/10,000 0-176 pint.
Centilitre, t.¢., 1/100 litre t/100,000 0-070 gill.
SIXTH SCHEDULE.
Imperial Measures of Length.
Denominations. Multiples or parts of a yarl,
Inch 1/36
Foot 1/3
Yard 1
Pole or Perch 54
Chain 22
Furlong .220
Mile 1,760
920
Ch. 31. No. 15.] Wetghts and Measures.
SEVENTH SCHEDULE
Metric Measures of Length.
Den@minations. Value in metres. Equivalents.
Mvyvriametre 10,000 6°2137 miles.
Kilometre 1,000 0-62137 miles.
Hectometre 100 109-36 yards.
TDecametre 10 10-936 yards.
Metre 1 39-370113 inches or
1 1-0930143 yards.
Decimetre 1/10 3-937 inches.
Centimetre | 1100 063937 inch.
Millimetre 1/1000 0-03937 inch.
EIGHT SCHEDULE.
Imperial Measures of Surface.
Denominations. Multiples of parts of a square yard.
Square inch 1/1296
Square foot 1/9
Square yard 1
Square pole or perch 30}
Rood 1,210
Acre 4,840
NINTH SCHEDULE.
Metric Measures of Surface.
Denominations. Value in square metres. Equivalents.
Hectare, t.¢., 100 ares 10,000 2-4711 acres.
Decare, t.¢., 10 ares 1,000 0-24711 acre.
Are 100 119-60 sq. yards.
Centiare, ie, 1/100 are... 1 1-1960 sq. yards.
Copyright. (Ch. 31. No. 16. 921
CHAPTER 31. No. 16.
COPYRIGHT.
AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO COPYRIGHT. Ordinance
Ch.3l. No.16
1940.
[8th April, 1913.] Commence-
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Copyright Short title.
Ordinance.
2. In this Ordinance— Interpre-
. . . . tation.
engravings includes etchings, lithographs, wood-
cuts, prints, and other similar works, not being
photographs ;
“infringing '’ when applicd to a copy of a work in
which copyright subsists, means any copy, including
any colourable imitation, made or imported in contra-
vention of the provisions of this Ordinance;
“photograph includes photo-lithograph and any
work produced by any process analogous to photo-
graphy ;
“plate includes any stereotype or other plate,
stone, block, mould, matrix, transfer, or negative used
or intended to be used for printing or teproducing
copies of any work, and any matrix or other appliance
by which records, perforated rolls, or other contri-
vances for the acoustic representation of the work are
or are intended to be made.
PART I,
DELIVERY OF BOOKS PRINTED IN THE COLONY.
3. Three printed or lithographed copies of the whole of Three copies
every book, not being a publication consisting merely of a of books to,
price list, sale catalogue, annual report, trade circular, or to Colonial
cretary.
Non-delivery
of books by
printer
Non-supply
of books by
publisher.
I-xemption.
Ch. 31. No. 16.] Copyright.
trade advertisement, which shall be printed or lithographed
in the Colony, together with all maps, prints, or other
engravings belonging thereto, finished and coloured in the
same manner as the best copies of the same shall be produced,
shall, within one month after the day on which any such
book shall first be delivered out of the press, and notwith-
standing any agreement (if the book be published) between
the printer and the publisher thereof, be delivered free of
any charge, claim, or demand whatsoever by the printer,
bound, sewed, or stitched together, and upon the best paper
on which the same shall be printed or lithographed, to the
Colonial Secretary. The publisher or other person em-
ploying the printer shall, at a reasonable time before the
expiration of the said month, supply him with all maps,
prints, and engravings, finished and coloured as aforesaid,
which may be necessary to enable him to comply with the
requirements aforesaid. The Colonial Secretary shall there-
upon give a receipt in writing for the copies so received.
4. One of such copies shall be transmitted to the Secretary
of State, another copy shall be disposed of as the Governor
in Council shall from time to time, by general or special
order direct, and the remaining copy shall be deposited in
such Public Library, or be otherwise disposed of, as the
Governor shall from time to time determine.
5. very printer who neglects to deliver three copies
of any such book as is referred to in section 3 to the Colonial
Secretary in the manner hereinbefore prescribed, shall be
liable, on summary conviction, to a fine of twenty-four
dollars.
6. Every publisher or other person employing any such
printer w ho neglects to supply him with maps, prints, or
engravings finished and coloured as aforesaid, which may
be necessary to enable such printer to comply with the
provisions of section 3, shall be liable, on summary con-
viction, to a fine of twenty-four dollars.
7. The Governor in Council may, by notification in the
Royal Gazette, exclude any class of books from the operation
of the whole or any portion of Part I. of this Ordinance.
Copyright. [Ch. 31. No. 16.
PART ITI.
OFFENCES AND REMEDIES.
8. (1) No person shall—
(a) fraudulently sign or otherwise affix, or fraudu-
lently cause to be signed or otherwise affixed, to or
upon any painting, drawing, or photograph, or the
negative of a photograph, any name, initials, or
monogram ;
(6) fraudulently sell, publish, exhibit, or dispose of,
or offer for sale, exhibition, or distribution, any
painting, drawing, or photograph, or negative of a
photograph, having thereon the name, initials, or
monogram of a person who did not execute or make
such work;
(c) fraudulently utter, dispose of, or put off, or cause
to be uttered or disposed of, any copy or colourable
imitation of any painting, drawing, or photograph, or
negative of a photograph, whether there shall be
subsisting copyright therein or not, as having been
made or executed by the author or maker of the original
work from which such copy or imitation shall have been
taken.
(2) Where the author or maker of any painting,
drawing, or photograph, or negative of a photograph,
made cither before or after the commencement of this
Ordinance, shall have sold or otherwise parted with the
possession of such work, if any alteration be afterwards
made therein by any other person, by addition or otherwise,
no person shall be at liberty, during the life of the author
or maker of such work, without his consent, to make, or
knowingly to sell or publish, or offer for sale, such work
or any copies of such work so altered as aforesaid, or of any
part thereof, as or for the unaltered work of such author
or maker.
(3) Every offender under this section shall upon
conviction forfeit to the person aggrieved a sum not ex-
ceeding forty-eight dollars, or not exceeding double the
full price, if any, at which all such copies, engravings,
imitations, or altered works shall have been sold or offered
for sale, and all such copies, engravings, imitations, or
923
Penalties on
fraudulent
productions
and sales.
O24
Penalties
for dealing
with in-
fringing
copes, ete.
Ch. 31. No. 16.] Copyright,
altered works shall be forfeited to the person, or the assigns
or legal representatives of the person, whose name, initials,
or Monogram shall be so fraudulently signed or affixed
thereto, or to whom such spurious or altered work shall be
so fraudulently or falsely ascribed as aforesaid: Provided
that the penaltie. imposed by this section shall not be
incurred unless the person whose name, initials, or mono-
gram shall be so fraudulently signed or affixed, or to whom
such spurious or altered work shall be so fraudulently or
falsely ascribed as aforesaid, shall have been living at or
within twenty years next before the time when the offence
may have been committed.
9. All pecuniary penalties which shall be incurred, and all
such unlawful copies, imitations, and all other effects and
things as shall have been forfeited, by offenders pursuant
to the provisions of the last preceding section, may be
recovered by the person hereinbefore empowered to recover
the same cither by proceeding in the Supreme Court, or on
summary conviction before a Magistrate.
10. (1) If any person knowingly—
(a) make. for sale or hire any infringing copy of a
work in which copyright subsists, or
(b) sells or lets for hire, or by way of trade exposes or
offers for cale or hire, any infringing copy of any such
work, or
(c) distribute. infringing copies of any such work
either for the purposes of trade or to such an extent as
to affect prejudicially the owner of the copyright, or
(2) by way of trade, exhibits in public any infringing
copy of any such work, or
(c) imports for sale or hire into the Colony any
infringing copy of any such work,
he shall be Hable, on summary conviction, to a fine not
exceeding ten dollars for every copy dealt with in contra-
vention of this section, but not exceeding two hundred and
forty dollars in respect of the same transaction; or in the
case of a subsequent offence, either to such ‘fine or to
imprisonment for two months.
Copyright. {Ch. 31. No. 16.
(2) If any person knowingly makes or has in his
possession any plate for the purpose of making infringing
copies of any work in which copyright subsists, or know-
ingly and for his private profit causes any such work to be
performed in public without the consent of the owner of the
copyright, he shall be lable, on summary conviction, to a
fine of two hundred and forty dollars, or in a case of a
subsequent offence, cither to such fine or to imprisonment
for two months.
(3) The court before which any such proceedings are
taken may, whether the alleged offender is convicted or not,
order that all copies of the work or all plates in the possession
of the alleged offender which appear to it to be infringing
copies, or plates for the purpose of making infringing
copies, be destroyed or delivered up to the owner of the
copyright, or otherwise dealt with as the court may think
fit.
PART III.
IMPORTATION OF COPIES.
11. lor the purpose of the application of section 14 of the
Copyright Act, 1911, to the importation into the Colony of
works made out of the Colony :—
(a) The Comptroller of Customs and Excise shall
perform the dutics and may exercise the powers
thereby imposed on or given to the Commissioners of
Customs and Excise of the United Kingdom;
(b) Regulations made by the Comptroller of Customs
and J¢xcise under that section shall require the approval
of the Governor in Council, and shall be published in
the Royal Gazette;
(c) Regulations made under that section may provide
that notices given to the Commissioners of Customs and
Excise of the United Kingdom, if communicated by
them to the Comptroller of Customs and Excise, shall
be deemed to have been given by the owner of the
copyright to the Comptroller of Customs and Excise;
(d) That section shall have effect as if it formed part
of the Customs Ordinance.
925
Operation
of section 14
of the
Copyright
Act, 1911,
in the
Colony.
1 & 2 Geo. V
c. 46.
920 Ch. 31. No. 17.) Alerchandise Marks.
CHAPTER 31. No. 17.
MERCHANDISE MARKS.
Cease AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO MERCHANDISE MARKS.
-1LO40,
[20th Jitne, 1888. ]
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Merchandise
Marks Ordinance.
Interpre- 2. (1) In this Ordinance
tation. “ae + Qs
false trade description means a trade description
which is false in a material respect as regards the goods
to which it is apphed, and includes every alteration of
a trade description, whether by way of addition,
effacement, or otherwise, where that alteration makes
the description false in a material respect; and the
fact that a trade description is a trade mark, or part
of a trade mark, shall not prevent such trade descrip-
tion being a false trade description within the meaning
of this Ordinance;
goods means anything which is the subject of
trade, manufacture, or merchandise;
name †includes any abbreviation of a name;
person and “ proprietor include any body of
persons corporate or unincorporate ;
trade mark means a trade mark registered in the
Register of Trade Marks kept under the Patents,
Designs, and Trade Marks Ordinance, and includes any
trade mark which, either with or without registration, is
protected by law in the United Kingdom or in any
Bnitish Possession or foreign State to which the
Merchandise Marks. ([Ch. 31. No. 17.
provisions of section 103 of the Patents, Designs, and
Trade Marks Act, 1883, are, under Order in Council,
for the time being applicable;
‘trade description '’ means any description, state-
ment, or other indication, direct or indirect—
(a) as to the number, quantity, measure, gauge,
or weight of any goods; or
(b) as to the place or country in which any goods
were made or produced; or
(c) as to the mode of manufacturing or pro-
ducing any goods; or
(d) as to the material of which any goods are
composed; or
(e) as to any goods being the subject of an
existing patent, privilege, or copyright ;
and the use of any figure, word, or mark which, accord-
ing to the custom of the trade, is commonly taken to
be an indication of any of the above matters, shall be
deemed to be a trade description within the meaning
of this Ordinance.
(2) The provisions of this Ordinance respecting the
application of a false trade description to goods shall
extend to the application to goods of any such figures,
words, or marks, or arrangement or combination thereof,
whether including a trade mark or not, as are reasonably
calculated to lead persons to believe that the goods are the
manufacture or merchandise of some person other than the
person whose manufacture or merchandise they really are.
(3) The provisions of this Ordinance respecting the
application of a false trade description to goods, or res-
pecting goods to which a false trade description is applied,
shall extend to the application to goods of any false name
or initials of a person, and to goods with the false name or
initials of a person applied, in like manner as if such name
or initials were a trade description; and for the purpose of
this enactment, the expression ‘‘ false name or initials â€â€™
means, as applied to any goods, any name or initials of a
person which—
(a) are not a trade mark or part of a trade mark;
and
* See now section 91 of the Patents and Designs Acts, 1907-1938.
927
*46 & 47
Vict. c. 57.
False name.
928
Forging or
falsely
applying
trade marks
and trade
descriptions,
Selling goods
to which
false trade
description
applied.
Ch. 31. No. 17.) Merchandise Marks.
(6) are identical with, or a colourable imitation of,
the name or initials of a person carrying on business
in connection with goods of the same description, and
not having authorised the use of such name or initials;
and
(c) are either those of a fictitious person or of some
person not bond fide carrying on business in connection
with such goods.
3. (1) Every person who—
(a) forges any trade mark, or
(b) falsely applies to goods any trade mark or any
mark so nearly resembling a trade mark as to be
calculated to deceive, or
(c) makes any die, block, machine, or other instru-
ment for the purpose of forging, or of being used for
forging, a trade mark, or
(d) applies any false trade description to goods, or
(ce) disposes of or has in his possession any die
block, machine, or other instrument for the purpose o
forging a trade mark, or
(f) causes any of the things in this section mentione:
to be done,
shall, subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, and unles
he proves that he acted without intent to defraud, be guilt
of an offence.
(2) Every person who sells, or exposes for or has in h
possession for sale or any purpose of trade or manufactur
any goods or things to which any forged trade mark or fal:
trade description is applied, or to which any trade mark
mark so nearly resembling a trade mark as to be calculats
to deceive is falsely applied, as the case may be, shall, unlc
he proves —
(a) that having taken all reasonable precautio
against committing an offence against this Ordinan
he had, at the time of the commission of the alleg
offence, no reason to suspect the genuineness of t
trade mark, mark, or trade description, and
(b) that on demand made by or on behalf of
prosecution, he gave all the information in his pov
Merchandise Marks. (Ch. 31. No. 17.
with respect to the persons from whom he obtained
such goods or things, or
(c) that otherwise he had acted innocently,
be guilty of an offence.
(3) Every person guilty of an offence under this
Ordinance shall be liable—
(i) on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment for
two years, or to a fine, or to both imprisonment and
fine; and
(1) on summary conviction, to imprisonment for
four months, or to a fine of ninety-six dollars, and in the
case of a subsequent conviction, to imprisonment for
six months, or to a fine of two hundred and forty
dollars; and
(ili) in any case to forfeit to the Crown every chattel,
article, instrument, or thing by means of or in relation
to which the offence has been committed.
(4) The court before whom any person is convicted
under this section may order any forfeited articles to be
destroyed or otherwise disposed of as the court thinks fit.
(5) Any offence for which a person is under this
Ordinance liable to punishment on summary conviction
may be prosecuted, and any articles liable to be forfeited
under this Ordinance may be forfeited, in manner prescribed
by the Summary Courts Ordinance: Provided that a person
charged summarily with any offence under this section
shall, on appearing before the court, and before the charge
is gone into, be informed of his right to be tried on indict-
ment, and if he requires be so tried accordingly.
4. A person shall be deemed to forge a trade mark who
either
(a) without the assent of the proprietor of the trade
mark makés that trade mark or a mark so nearly
resembling that trade mark as to be calculated to
deceive; or
(b) falsifies any genuine trade mark, whether by
alteration, addition, effacement, or otherwise;
and any trade mark or mark so made or falsified is in this
Ordinance referred to as a forged trade mark:
T.—IV. 59
929
Punishment
of offence
against
Ordinance.
Destruction
of forfeited
articles.
Jurisdiction.
Forging
trade mark.
930
Applying
marks and
descriptions,
Ch, 31. No. 17.) AMlerchandise Marks.
Provided that, in any prosecution for forging a trade mark,
the burden of proving the assent of the proprietor shall he
on the defendant.
5. (1) A person shall be deemed to apply a trade mark or
mark or trade description to goods who-
(a) applies it to the goods themselves; or
(6) apples 1 to any covering, label, reel, or other
thing in or with which the goods are sold or exposed
or had in possession for any purpose of sale, trade, or
manufacture; or
(c) plac enclose. , or annexes any goods which are
sold or exposed or had in possession jor any purpose of
sale, (rade, or manufacture, in, with, or to any covering
label, reel, or other thing to which a trade mark or
trade deseription has been applied,
(@) uses a trade mark or mark or trade description
any manner calculated to lead to the belief that the
goods in connection with whieh itis used are designated
or described by that trade mark or mark or trade
description Provided: that goods delivered in. pursu-
ance of a request made by reference to a trade mark
or mark or trade description appearing in any sign,
advertisement, mvoice, wine fist, business letter,
busine, paper or other conmmercial communication,
shall, for Che purposes of this paragraph be deemed to
be goods in connection with which the trade mark
or mark or trade deseription is used.
(2) Phe expression covering — micludes any stopper,
cask, bottle, vessel, box, cover, “capsule, case, frame, or
Wrapper; and the oxpression label" includes any band or
ticket.
A trade mark, or mark, or trade deseription, shall be
deemed to be apphed whether if is woven, impressed, or
otherwise worked into, or annexed, or aflixed to the goods,
or to any covering, label, reel, or other thing.
(3) A person shall be deemed to falsely apply to goods
a trade mark or mark, who, without the assent: of the
proprietor of a trade mark, applies such trade mark, ora
mark so nearly csembling as to be calculated to deceive ;
but in any prosecution for falsely applying a trade mark or
Merchandise Marks. (Ch. 31. No. 17.
mark to goods, the burden of proving the assent of the
proprietor shall hie on the defendant,
6. Where a defendant is charged with making any die,
block, machine, or other instrument for the purpose of
forging, or being used for forging, a trade mark, or with
falsely applying | to goods any trade mark or any mark so
nearly resembling a trade mark as to be calculated to deceive,
or with applying to goods any false trade description, or
causing any of the things in this section mentioned to be
done, and proves —
(a) that in the ordinary course of his business he is
employed, on behalf of other persons, to make dies,
blocks, machines, or other instruments for making, or
being used in making, trade marks, or as the case may
be, to apply marks or descriptions to goods, and that
in the case which is the subject of the charge he was
so employed by some person resident in the Colony,
and was not interested in the goods by way of profit
or commission dependent on the sale of such goods;
and
(6) that he took reasonable precautions against com-
mutting the offence charged; and
(c) that he had, at the time of the commission of the
alleged offence, no reason to suspect the genuineness of
the trade mark, mark, or trade deseription; and
(¢) that he gave to the prosecutor all the information
in his power with respect to the persons on whose
behalf the trade mark, mark, or description was
applied ;
he shall be discharged from the prosecution, but) shall be
hhable to pay the costs incurred by the prosecutor, unless he
has given due notice to him that he will rely on the above
defence.
7. Where a watch case has thereon any words or marks
which constitute, or are by common repute considered as
constituting, a description of the country in which the
watch was made, and the watch bears no description of the
country where it was made, those words or marks: shall
promd facie be deemed to be a description of that country
59 (2)
931
exemption
of certain
persons
employed
in ordinary
course of
business.
Application
ol Ordinance
to watches,
Ch. 31. No. 17.) Merchandise Marks.
Trade mark,
how des
cribed in
pleading.
Evidence
relatur: to
imported
rouds.
Acce..
Search
warrants
and for-
feiture
goods.
within the meaning of this Ordinance, and the provisions
of this Ordinance with respect to goods to which a false
trade description has been applied, and with respect to
selling or exposing for or having in possession for sale, or any
purpose of trade or manufacture, goods with a false trade
description, shall apply accordingly; and for the purposes
of this section the expression ‘‘ watch ’’ means all that
portion of a watch which is not the watch case.
8. In any indictment, pleading, proceeding, or document
in which any trade mark or forged trade mark is intended
to be mentioned, it shall be sufficient, without further
description and without any copy or facsimile, to state that
trade mark or forged trade mark to be a trade mark or
forged trade mark.
9. In any prosecution for an offence against this Ord1-
nance in the case of imported goods, evidence of the port
of shipment shall be promd facte evidence of the place or
country in which the goods were made or produced.
10. Any person who, being within the Colony, procure.
counsels, aids, abets, or is accessory to the commission,
without the Colony, of any act, which, if committed in the
Colony, would under this Ordinance be a misdemeanor, shall
be guilty of that misdemeanor as a principal, and be hable
to be indicted, proceeded against, tried, and convicted in
that part of the Colony in which he may be, as if the mis-
demeanor had been there committed.
11. (1) Where, upon information of an offence against this
Ordinance, a Magistrate has issued cither a summons
requiring the defendant charged by such information to
appear to answer to the same, or a warrant for the arrest
of such defendant, and either the said Magistrate, on or
after issuing the summons or warrant, or any other Magis-
trate, is satisfied by information on oath that there is
reasonable cause to suspect that any goods or things by
means of or in relation to which such offence has been
committed are in any house ot premises of the defendant,
or otherwise in his possession or under his control in any
Merchandise Marks. |Ch. 31. No. 17.
933
place, such Magistrate may issue a warrant under his
hand by virtue of which it shall be lawful for any constable
named or referred to in the warrant to enter such house,
premises, or place at any reasonable time by day, and to
search there for and seize and take away those goods or
things; and any goods or things seized under any such
warrant shall be brought before a Magistrate for the purpose
of its being determined whether the same are or are not
liable to forfeiture under this Ordinance.
(2) If the owner of any goods or things which, if the
owner thereof had been convicted, would be liable to
forfeiture under this Ordinance, is unknown or cannot be
found, a complaint may be laid for the purpose only of
enforcing such forfeiture, and a Magistrate may cause notice
to be advertised stating that, unless cause is shown to the
contrary at the time and place named in the notice, such
goods or things will be forfeited, and at such time and place
the Magistrate, unless the owner or any person on his behalf
or other person interested in the goods or things, show cause
to the contrary, may order such goods or things or any of
them to be forfeited.
(3) Any goods or things forfeited under this section
or under any other provision of this Ordinance, may be
destroyed or otherwise disposed of, in such manner as the
court by which the same are forfeited may direct, and the
court may, out of any proceeds which may be realised by the
disposition of such goods (all trade marks and_ trade
descriptions being first obliterated), award to any innocent
party any loss he may have innocently sustained in dealing
with such goods.
12. On any prosecution under this Ordinance, the court
may order costs to be paid to the defendant by the prose-
cutor, or to the prosecutor by the defendant, having regard
to the information given by and the conduct of the defendant
and prosecutor respectively.
13. No prosecution for an offence against this Ordinance
shall be commenced after the expiration of three years next
after the commission of the offence, or one year next after
the first discovery thereof by the prosecutor, whichever
expiration first happens
Disposal of
goods
forfeited.
Costs.
Limitation.
934
Implied
warranty
sale of
marked
goods,
Provisions
as to false
deseription
not to apply
in certam
case,
Savings [or
rights of
action.
Discovery
Servant
bond fide
acting.
Ch. 31. No. 17.1 Merchandise Marks.
14. On the sale or in the contract for the sale of any goods
to which «© trade mark, or mark, or trade description has
been applied, the vendor shall be deemed to warrant that
the mark is a genuine trade mark and not forged or falsely
applied, or that the trade deseription is not a false trade
description within the meaning of this Ordinance, unless the
contrary is expressed in some writing signed by or on behalf
of the vendor and delivered at the time of the sale or
contract to and accepted by the purchaser,
15. Where a trade description is lawfully and generally
applied to goods of a particular class, or manufactured by
a particular method, to indicate the particular class or
method of manufacture of such goods, the provisions of this
Ordinance with respect to false trade descriptions shall not
apply to such trade description when so applied: Provided
that where such trade description includes the name of a
place or country, and is calculated to mislead as to the place
or country where the goods to which it is apphed were
actually made or produced, and the goods are not actually
made or g4.adaced in that place or country, this section shall
not apply unless there is added to the trade description,
immediately before or after the name of that place or
country, in an equally conspicuous manner with that name,
the name of the place or country in which the goods were
actually made or produced, with a statement that they were
made or produced there.
16. (1) This Ordinance shall not exempt any person from
any action, suit, or other proceeding which might, but for
the provisions of this Ordinance, be brought against him.
(2) Nothing in this Ordinance shall entitle any person
to refuse to make a complete discovery, or to answer any
question or interrogatory in any action, but such discovery
or answer shall not be admissible in evidence against such
person in any prosecution for an offence against this
Ordinance.
(3) Nothing in this Ordinance shall be construed so as
to render liable to any prosecution or punishment any
servant of a master resident in the Colony who bond fide acts
in obedience to the instructions of such master, and, on
Merchandise Marks. (Ch. 31. No. 17. 935
demand made by or on behalf of the prosecutor, has given
full information as to his master.
17. Any person who falscly represents that any goods are False repre-
made by a person holding a Royal Warrant, or for the fo Rael as
service of His Majesty or any of the Royal Family, shall Warrant.
be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine of ninety-six
dollars.
936 Ch. 31. No. 18.) Patents, Designs and Trade Marks,
CHAPTER 31. No. 18.
PATENTS, DESIGNS AND TRADE MARKS
Ordinances AN ORDINANCE RELATING TO PATENTS FOR INVENTIONS,
Ch.3t) Nowts
1940, Drsicns, AND TRADE MARKs.
No. 5 1947,
Commence- 28th March, 1900.4]
ment, °
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Patents, Designs,
and Trade Marks Ordinance.
Interpre- 2. In this Ordinance
tation, vo. . . .
Ord. 8 certified means certified in accordance with the
M7, provisions of Part Vo of the Evidence Ordinance ;
class | means prescribed class ;
company means any body of persons, corporate
or unincorporate, and, in ‘relation toa country, Means
any such body having its principal place of business
In that country or controlled by the government of
that country or by a national thereof or by any such
body having its principal place of business in’ that
country; and the expressions “ British company â€â€™,
‘German company †and “ Japanese company â€â€™ shall
be construed accordingly ;
copyright = means the exclusive right to apply a
design to any article of manufacture or to any such
substance as aforesaid in the class or classes in which
the design is registered ;
Court means the Supreme Court,
design means any design applicable to any article
of manufacture, or to any substance artificial or
natural, or partly artificial and partly natural, whether
the design is applicable for the pattern, or for the shape
Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. |CQh. 31. No. 18.
or configuration, or for the ornament thereof, or for
any two or more of such purposes, and by whatever
means it is applicable, whether by printing, painting,
embroidering, weaving, sewing, modelling, casting,
embossing, engraving, staining, or any other: means
Whatever, manual, mechanical, or chemical, separate
or combined ;
enemy territory | means—-
(a) any area which was enemy territory as
defined by subsection (1) of section 2 of the
Trading with the Enemy Ordinance ;
(6) any area in relation to which the provisions of
the said Ordinance applied by virtue of an order
made under subsection (1a) of the said section 2,
as they applied in relation to enemy territory as so
defined; and
(c) any area which, by virtue of Regulation 8 or
Regulation 9 of the Defence (Trading with the
Enemy) Regulations, 1940, or any order made
thereunder, was treated for any of the purposes
of the said Ordinance as enemy. territory as
defined or as such territory as is referred to in
the last foregoing paragraph ,
Germany — means territory comprised in’ the
German State on the Ist of March, 1938,
German national does not include any person
who at the relevant time was a German national by
reason only of the incorporation of any territory in the
German State after the Ist of March, 1938, or was not
an enemy for any of the purposes of the Trading with
the Enemy Ordinance ;
‘invention means any manner of new manufacture
the subject of Ietters patent and grant of privilege
within section 6 of the Statute of Monopolies, and
includes an alleged invention;
Judge †means a Judge of the Court ;
‘patent means certificate of registration in the
Register of Patents, and includes all the rights con-
ferred or evidenced by such registration ;
patentee’ means the person for the time being
registered as the proprictor of a patent ;
937
2l Jac. L,
c. 3.
938
Application
for patent,
On delivery
of declara-
tion and
specification
Registrar
to issue
patent.
Drawings.
Provisional
specification.
Ch. 31. No. 18.] 0 Patents, Designs and Trade Marks.
registered means registered in the Register of
Patents, the Register of Designs, or the Register of
Trade Marks, as the case may be; and “ registration ’
has a corresponding meaning;
Registrar means the Registrar General, and
includes anv Deputy Registrar or person acting under
the authority of such Registrar; and “ registry â€
means the office of the Registrar General;
specification — includes all tracings, drawings,
diagrams, and other exhibits referred to in’ such
specification ;
United Kingdom patent — means letters patent for
an invention eri anted in the United Kingdom.
PART TI,
PATENTS.
Local patents.
3. (1) Any person may make an application for a patent.
(2) Two or more persons may make a joint application
for a patent, and a patent may be granted to them jointly.
4. (1) The Registrar, on an application by or on behalf
of any person claiming to be the inventor or proprietor of
any invention, and on the delivery to the Registrar of a
declaration in writing according to form A in the Schedule
hereto together with a specification in duplicate signed by
the applicant or his agent, particularly describing the nature
of the invention and in what manner the same is to be
performed, and on payment of the prescribed fee, shall
deliver to such person or his agent a certificate according
to form B in the said Schedule, hereinafter called a patent,
and a copy of such patent shall be inserted by the Registrar
in the Royal Gasette.
(2) All drawings, tracings, diagrams, plans, and other
exhibits referred to in any specification shall be made on
tracing linen or some other durable material to the satis-
faction of the Registrar, and in no case on tracing paper.
(3) Provided that if, in lieu of such specifications as
aforesaid, the applicant shall deliver a provisional specifi-
Patents, Designs and Trade Marks, (Ch. 31. No. 18.
cation describing the nature of the invention, and, if required
by the Registrar, accompanied by plans, and shall, in lieu
of the fees otherwise payable on application for a patent,
pay a fce of $4.80 or such other fee as may be prescribed, the
Registrar may issue to the applicant a certificate in the
form E in the said Schedule, and the invention may there-
upon be used for a period of nine months or until within
such period a patent shall have been granted for the same
without prejudice to such patent, and in such case such
patent shall be granted on delivery within such period of
nine months of such complete specification as hereinbefore
mentioned, and on payment of the balance of the fee
payable on application for a patent.
(4) On an application for a patent, the specification or
provisional specification and drawings, if any, accom-
panying or Ieft in connection with such application shall
not at any time be open to public inspection or be published
by the Registrar, unless and until such patent has been
granted.
5. (1) The Registrar shall keep a book at the registry
called ‘‘ The Register of Patents,’ and shall record therein
under a distinguishing number and in the order in which
application shall have been duly made to him, every such
invention, and the christian and surname of the inventor,
and the day of the date of the patent, and shall cause every
specification to be marked with the distinguishing number
of the invention to which the specification refers.
(2) All assignments, charges, transmissions, amend-
ments, extensions, and revocations of patents, and such
other matters affecting the validity or proprictorship of
patents as may from time to time be prescribed, shall be
notified to the Registrar, who shall, on sufficient evidence
thereof, and on payment of the prescribed fee, note the same
in the Register of Patents.
6. Every patent shall vest in the patentce, his executors,
administrators, or assigns and licensces, the sole right and
benefit of using within the Colony the invention mentioned
in such patent for and during the space of fourteen years
next after the granting of such patent: Provided that, at
any time before the expiration of such period, the Governor
939
Specification
and draw-
ings not
public.
Register of
Patents.
Patent to
vest exclu-
sive right
for 14 years.
940
Disclaimer
oralteration,
Amendment
of speciti-
‘ation,
Infringe-
ment
Revoes
Ch. 31. No. 18.) Patents, Designs and Trade Marks.
may, in his diseretion, extend the same for any period not
exceeding seven years, and may in like manner extend such
further period toa like extent as often as he shall deem right.
7. Any patentee may on payment of the prescribed fee,
enter with the Registrar a disclaimer of any part of either
the title of the invention or of the specification, stating the
reasons for such disclaimer, or may enter a memorandum
of any alteration in such title or specification, not being
such diselaimer or such alteration as would make the patentee
claim an invention substantially larger than, or substantially
different from, that claimed by the specification as it stood
before such amendment and such disclaimer or memoran-
dum of alteration being filed by the ‘aid Registrar shall be
deemed and taken to be part of such title or specification :
Provided that the foregoing provisions of this section shall
not apply to a patent in respect of which an action for
infringement or proceeding for revocation of a patent is
pending.
8. Every amendment of a specification shall be advertised
in the Roval Garette
9. A patentee may restrain any person from infringing
lis patent, and may recover damages for such infringement
bv action in the Court.
10. (1) Revocation of a patent may be obtained on
petition to the Court on any of the ‘following grounds,
namely:
(a) that the patent was obtained by fraud;
(6) that the patentee was not the true inventor or
proprietor of every invention included in his claim;
(c) that anything claimed by the patentee as his
invention was publicly manufactured, used, or sold
within the Colony before the date of the patent, or
included in some prior patent.
(2) A petition for revocation of a patent may be
presented by-
(a) the Attorney General or Solicitor General, or
any person authorised by them or either of them;
Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. |Ch. 31. No. 18. .
(6) any person alleging that the patent was obtained
in fraud of his rights, or of the rights of any person
under or through whom he claims;
(c) any person alleging that he, or any person under
or through whom he claims, was the true inventor of
any invention included in the claim of the patentec;
(d) any person alleging that he, or any person under
or through whom he claims an interest in any trade,
business, or manufacture, had publicly manufactured,
used, or sold within the Colony, before the date of the
patent, anything claimed by the patentee as his
Invention.
11. (1) In any action or proceeding for the infringement
or revocation of a patent, the plaintiff or petitioner must
deliver with his statement of claim or petition particulars of
the breaches complained of or the objections on which he
means to rely, and a defendant must deliver with his state-
ment of defence particulars of any objections on which he
relies, and no evidence, except by leave of the Court or a
Judge, shall be admitted in proof of any breach or objec-
tion of which particulars are not so delivered.
(2) Particulars delivered may be from time to time
amended, by leave of the Court or a Judge.
(3) When a patent has been revoked on the ground of
fraud, the Registrar may, on the application of the true
inventor, made in accordance with the provisions of this
Ordinance, grant to him or his agent a patent according to
the form in the Schedule to this Ordinance in lieu of and
bearing the same date as the date of revocation of the patent
so revoked, and a copy of such patent shall be inserted by
the Registrar in the Royal Gazette; but the patent so granted
shall cease on the expiration of the term for which the
revoked patent was granted.
(+) No proceeding shall lic for revocation of a patent
vested in His Majesty’s Secretary of State for War for the
time being, except by consent of the Governor.
12. (1) A patent shall have to all intents the like effect
against His Majesty as it has against a subject.
941
Procedure.
Rights of
the Crown.
Court may
order
patentee
fo grant
licences,
Applic.
for regis-
tration.
Documents
fo accom,
pany apple
cation,
Ch. 31. No. 18.) Patents, Designs dnd Trade Marks.
(2) But the officers or authorities administering any
departinent of the service of the Crown may, by themselves
their agents, contractors, or others, at any time after the
Application, use the invention for the services of the Crown
on terms to be before or after the use thereof agreed on with
the approval of the Governor between those officers or
authorities and the patentee, or in default of such agree-
ment, on such terms as may be settled by the Governor.
13. {f, on the petition of any person interested, it is
proved that by reason of the default of a patentee to grant
licences on reasonable terms
(a) an invention is vot being worked in the Colony,
(2) the reasonable requirements of the public with
respect to the invention cannot be supplied, or
(c) any person is prevented from working or using to
the best advantage an invention of which he is
possessed,
the Court may order the patentee to grant licences on such
terms, and may enforce such order in such manner, as it
shall think fit.
14. Tf a patent is lost or destroyed, or its non-production
is accounted for to the satisfaction of the Registrar, the
Registrar may at any time cause a duplicate thereof to be
issucd.
C nited Kingdom patents.
15. Any person being the grantee of a United Kingdom
patent, or any person deriving | his right from such grantee by
assignment, transmission, or other operation of law, may
apply Within three vears from the date of issue of such
patent to have such patent registered in the Colony. Where
any partial assignment or transmission has been made, all
proper partie. shall be joined in the application for regis-
tration,
16. (1) Every application under the last preceding
section shall be accompanied by two certified copies of the
specification or specifications (including drawing. , if any) of
the United Kingdom patent and a certificate of the Comp-
Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. |Ch.31. No. 18.
troller General of the United Kingdom Patent Office, giving
full particulars of the issue of the patent on such specifi-
cation or specifications.
(2) Upon such application being received, together
with the documents mentioned in subsection (1) of this
section the Registrar shall issue a certificate of registration.
(3) Such certificate of registration shall confer on the
applicant privileges and rights, subject to all conditions
established by the law of the Colony, as though the patent.
had been issued in the United Kingdom with an extension
to the Colony.
(+) Privileges and rights so granted shall date from
the date of the patent in the United Kingdom, and shall
continue in force only so long as the patent remains in force
in the United Kingdom:
Provided that no action for infringement shall be enter-
tained in respect of any manufacture, use, or sale of the
invention prior to the date of issue of the certificate of
registration in the Colony.
16a. The Court shall have power upon the application
of any person who alleges that his interests have been
prejudicially affected by the issue of a certificate of regis-
tration under subsection (2) of section 16, to declare that
the exclusive privileges and rights conferred by such
certificate of registration have not been ac quired on any
of the grounds upon which the United Kingdom patent
might be revoked under the law for the time being in force
in the United Kingdom.
Such grounds shall be deemed to include the manufacture,
use or sale of the invention in the Colony prior to the date
of the patent in the United Kingdom, but not to include the
manufacture, use or sale of the invention in the Colony
by some person or persons after the date of the patent
in the United Kingdom and prior to the date of the issue
of the certificate of registration under subsection (2) of
section 16,
17. The Registrar shall record in the Register of Patents,
Ina special part to be set aside for United Kingdom patents,
under a distinguishing number and in the order in which
943
Issuc of
certificate of
registration,
Rights con-
ferred by
certificate.
Duration
of rights
conferred by
certificate.
No action
for infringe-
ment prior
to issue of
certificate.
Power of
Court to
adjudicate
on privileges
conferred by
a certificate
of registra-
tion.
Register of
Patents,
O44
Amendment
of entries im
Rewister.
Entry of
assignments
in Register,
Register of
Designs,
Author of
new desipn
to be deemed
proprietor
thereof.
Ch. 31. No. 18.) Patents, Designs and Trade Marks.
applications shall have been duly made to him, every
application for the registration of a United Kingdom
patent, and the christian and surname of the applicant,
and the day of the date of the certificate of registration
issued in respect thereof,
18. Whenever the specification or drawings of a United
Kingdom patent registered in the Colony have been amended
by way of dise laimer, correction, or explanation, according
to the law of the United King ‘dom, on request, accompanied
by a copy of the specification and drawings, if any, as
amended, duly certified by the Comptroller General of the
United Kingdom Patent Office, the Registrar shall substitute
aecopy of the specification and drawings as amended, for
the specification and drawings originally filed.
19. Where a person become. entitled by assignment,
(ransmission, or other operation of law to the privileges and
rights conferred by certificate of registration or to any
interest therein, he may make application in the prescribed
manner to the Registrar for the entry on the Register of
Patents of such assignment, transmission, or other inst ru-
ment atlecting the title, or giving an interest therein, and
such entry shall be made accordingly,
PART TT.
DESIGNS.
20. There shall be kept at the registry a book called ‘f The
Register of Designs,†wherein shall be entered the names and
addresses of proprictors of registered designs, and such
other matters as may from time to time be prescribed.
21. Phe author of any new and original design shall be
deemed to be the proprietor thereof, unless he executed the
work on behalf of another person for a good or valuable
consideration, in which case such person shall be considered
the proprietor; and every person acquiring for a good o1
valuable consideration a new and original design, or the right
to apply the came to any artic le or substance, cithe
exclusively of any other person or otherwise, and also ever!
Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. |Ch. 31. No. 18.
person on whom the property in such design or such right
to the application thereof shall devolve shall be considered
the proprietor of the design in the respect in which the same
may have been so acquired, and to that extent, but not
otherwise,
22. (1) The Registrar may, on application by or on
behalf of any person claiming to be the proprietor of any
new or original design not previously published in the Colony,
and on payment of the prescribed fee, register the design
under this Part of this Ordinance.
(2) The application must be made in form C in the
Schedule hereto, or in such other form as may be from time
to time prescribed, and must be left at the registry in the
prescribed manner.
(3) The appheation must contain a statement of the
nature of the design, and the preseribed class or classes of
goods in which the applicant desires that the design) be
registered,
(4) The same design may be registered in more than
one class.
(5) In case of doubt as to the class in which a design
ought to be registered, the Registrar may decide the question.
(6) The Registrar may, if he thinks fit, refuse to
register any design presented to him for registration, but any
person agetieved by any such refusal may appeal therefrom
to a Judge in Chambers,
23. On application for registration of a design, the
applicant) shall furnish to the Registrar the prescribed
number of drawings, photographs, or tracings of the design
sufficient to enable him to identify the design, and suitable
for the official records; or the applicant may, instead of
such copies, furnish exact representations or specimens of
the design.
24. (1) When a design is registered, the registered
proprictor of the design shall, subject to the provisions of
this Ordinance, have copyright in the design during five
years from the registration of the design.
T.—IV. 60
945
Application
for repistra-
tion of
designs.
Drawings,
ctc., to be
furnished on
application.
Copyright on
registration.
946
Marking
Tegistered
designs,
Inspect 1on
of registered
designs,
Information
as to
existence of
copytight.
Ch. 31. No. 18.] Patents, Designs and Trade Marks.
(2) Before delivery on sale of any articles to which a
registered design has been applied, the proprictor must (if
exact representations or specimens were not furnished on
the appheation for registration) furnish to the Registrar the
preseribed number of exact representations or specimens of
the design; and if he fails to do so, the Registrar may
erase his name from the register, and thereupon his copyright
in the design shall cease.
25. Before delivery on sale of any articles to which a
registered design has been applied, the proprietor of the
de sign shall cause cach such article to be marked with the
prescribe do mark, or with the prescribed word or words or
figure. denoting that the design is registered; and if he
fails to do so the copyright in the design shall cease, unless
the proprictor shows that he took all proper steps to ensure
the marking of the article.
26. (1) During the -xistence of copyright ina design, the
design shall not be open to inspection except by the pro-
prietor or a persen authorised by the Registrar or by the
Court, and furnishing such information as may enable the
Registrar to identify the design, nor except in the presence
of the Registrar, nor except on payment of the prescribed
fee; and the person making the inspection shall not) be
entitled to take any copy of the design or of any part thereof,
(2) When the copyright in a design has ceased, the
design shall be open to mspection, and copies. thereof
may be taken by any person on payment of the prescribed
fee.
27. On the request of any person producing a particular
design, together with its mark of registration, or producing
only its mark of registration, or furnishing such information
as may enable the Registrar to identify the design, and on
payment of the pre scribed fee, it shall be the duty of the
Registrar to inform such person whether the registration
still exists in respeet of such design, and if so, in respect
of what class or classes of goods, and stating also the date
of registration, and the name and address of the registered
proprictor,
Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. (Ch. 31. No. 18.
28. If a registered design is used in manufacture in any
foreign country and is not used in the Colony within six
months of its registration in the Colony, the copyright in
the design shall cease.
29. (1) During the -xistence of copyright in any design
no person
(a) shall, without the licence or written consent of the
registered proprictor, apply or cause to be applied such
design or any fraudulent or obvious imitation thereof,
in the class or classes of goods in which such design is
registered, for purposes of sale, to any article of manu-
facture or to any substance, artificial or natural, or
partly artificial and partly natural;
(6) shall publish or expose for sale any article of
manufacture or any substance to which such design
or any traudulent or obvious imitation thereof shall
have been so applied, Knowing that the same has been
so applied without the consent of the registered
proprictor.
(2) Any person who acts in contravention of this
section shall be liable for every offence to forfeit a sum not
exceeding two hundred and forty dollars to the registered
proprictor of the design, and such registered proprietor may,
by action brought in the Court, recover cither such sum as a
simple contract debt, or damages arising from any breach
of the said section:
Provided that the total sum forfeited in respect of any
one design shall not) ‘xceed) four hundred and cighty
dollars.
PART TIA.
[8th March, 1929.]
UNITED KINGDOM DESIGNS.
29a. Any person being the registered proprietor of a
design registered in the United Kingdom under the Patents
and Designs Acts, 1907 and 1919, or any Act amending or
substituted for those Acts,-or any person deriving his right
from such registered proprictor by assignment, transmission,
or other operation of law, may apply within three years
60 (2)
947
Ceasing of
copyright.
Penalty on
piracy of
registered
design.
O48
Ch. 31. No. 18.) Patents, Destgns and Trade Marks.
from the date of registration of the design to have such
design registered in the Colony. Where any partial
assignment or transmission has) been made all) proper
parties shall be joined in the application for registration,
298. An application for registration of a design under the
last preceding section shall be made to the Registrar and
accompanied by two representations of the design and a
certificate of the Comptroller General of the United King-
dom Patent Office giving full particulars of the registration
of the design in the United Kingdom and stating the date
at which such design became or Will normally become open
to public inspection.
29¢. Upon such application being lodged, together with
the documents mentioned ino section 298, the Registrar
shall issue a certificate of registration.
29). Such certificate of registration shall confer on the
applicant privileges and rights subject to all conditions
established by the law of this Colony as though the certifi-
cate of registration in the United Kingdom hi id been issued
with an extension to the Colony.
29y Privileges and rights so granted shall date from the
date of registration in the United Kingdom and shall
continue in foree only long as the registration in’ the
United Kingdom remains in force’
Provided that no action for infringement of copyright
in the design shall be entertained in respect of any use of the
design prior to the date of issue of the certificate of regis-
{ration in the Colony.
291. The Court shall have power upon the application of
any person who alleges that his interests have been
prejudicially affected by the issue of a certificate of regis-
tration under section 29¢ to declare that the exclusive
privileges and rights conferred by such certificate have not
been acquired on any of the grounds upon which = the
United Kingdom registration might be cancelled under the
law for the time being in force in the United Kingdom.
Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. [Ch. 31. No. 18.
Such grounds shall be deemed to include the publication
of the design in the Colony prior to the date of registration
of the design in the United Kingdom, but not to include the
publication of the design in the Colony by some person or
persons after the date of the registration of the design in
the United Kingdom and prior to the date of the issue of the
certificate of registration under the said section 29c.
29G. Where a person becomes entitled by assignment,
transmission, or other operation of law to the privileges
and rights conferred by a certificate of registration under
section 29¢, or to any interests therein, he may make
application in the prescribed manner to the Registrar
for the entry on the register of such assignment, trans-
mission, or other instrument affecting the title, or giving
an interest therein.
29H. The Registrar may make such general rules and do
such things as he may think expedient, subject to the
provisions of this Ordinance, for regulating procedure
under this Part of this Ordinance, and prescribing the
fees to be paid in respect of proceedings thereunder.
291. Notwithstanding the provisions of sections 26 and
55, a design registered under this Part of this Ordinance
shall not be open to inspection (except by the proprietor or
a person authorised in writing by him, or a person authorised
by the Registrar or by the Court) before the date when such
design became open to public inspection in the United
Kingdom.
29j. All extensions of the period of copyright in the
United Kingdom in a design registered under this Part of
this Ordinance shall be notified to the Registrar, who shall
on sufficient evidence thereof and on payment of the
prescribed fee enter the same in the register in the pre-
scribed manner.
29k. With regard to designs registered under this Part of
this Ordinance, the Registrar may, on request in writing
949
950
Rerister of
trade marks,
Appheation
for registra-
tion,
Ch. 31. No. 18.] 0 Patents, Designs and Trade Marks.
made by the registered proprietor, and on payment of the
preseribed fee,
(a) cancel the registration of a design either wholly
or in respect of any particular goods in connection with
which the design is registered ;
(6) correct any clerical error in or in connection with
any application under this Ordinance or in any matter
which is entered upon the register ;
(c) enter in the register any change in the name or
address of the person who is registered as proprictor
ofa design.
PART III.
TRADE MARKS.
30. There shall be kept at the registry a book called the
Register of Trade Marks, wherein shall be entered the names
and addre. os of proprietors of registered trade marks,
notifications of assignments, charges, and transmissions of
trade marks, and such other matters as may be from time
fo time preseribed.
31. (1) The Registrar may, on application by or on
behalf of any person claiming to be the proprietor of a
trade mark, and on payment of the preseribed fee, register
the trade mark,
(2) The application must be made in form D in the
Schedule hereto, or ino such other form as may be from
time to time prescribed, and must be left at the registry in
the preseribed manner.
(3) The application must be accompanied by the
prescribed number of representations of the trade mark and
must state the particular class of goods or classes of goods in
connection with which the applicant desires the trade mark
to be registered.
(4) The Registrar may, if he thinks fit, refuse to
register a trade mark, subject to appeal to a Judge in
Chambers.
Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. [Ch. 31. No. 18.
32. Where the registration of a trade mark shall not
be completed within twelve months from the date of the
application, by reasons of default on the part of the
applicant, the application shall be deemed to be abandoned.
33. (1) For the purposes of this Ordinance, a trade
mark must consist of or contain at least one of the following
sssential particulars —
(a) a name of an individual or firm printed, impressed
or woven in some particular and distinctive manner; or
(6) a written signature or copy of a written signature
of the individual or firm applying for registration thereof
as a trade mark; or
(c) a distinctive device, mark, brand, heading, label,
or ticket; or
(dz) an invented word or invented words; or
(ec) a word or words having no reference to the
character or quality of the goods, and not being a
geographical name.
(2) There may be added to any one or more of the
essential particulars mentioned in this section any letters,
words, or figures, or combination of letters, words, or figures
or of any of them, but the applicant for registration of any
such additional matter must state in his application the
essential particulars of the trade mark, and must disclaim
in his application any right to the exclusive use of the added
matter, and a copy of the statement and disclaimer shall
be entered on the register.
(3) Provided that—
(a) a person need not, under this section, disclaim his
own name, or the foreign equivalent thereof, or his
place of business, but no entry of any such name shall
affect the right of any owner of the same name to use
that name or the foreign equivalent thereof;
(b) any special and distinctive word or words, letter,
figure, or combination of letters or figures, or of letters
and figures, used as a trade mark, either in the Colony
or elsewhere, before the 13th of August, 1875, may be
registered as a trade mark.
951
Limit of time
for complet-
ing registra-
tion.
Conditions
of registra
tion of
trade mark.
O52
Conteetion
of trade
matk with
Koods,
Ch. 31. No. 18.) Patents, Designs and Trade Marks.
34. A (rade mark must be registered for particular goods
or classes of goods,
35. When a person claiming to be the proprietor of
several trade marks whieh, while resembling each other in
the material particulars thereof, yet differ in’ respect) of
(a) the statement of the goods for which they are respec-
tively used) or proposed to be used, or ()) statements of
numbers, or (ce) slitements of price, or (d) statements of
quality. or (¢) statements of names of places, seeks to register
such (rade marks, Chey may be registered as a series in one
registration, A serie. of trade marks shall be assignable
inl transmissible only oa whole, but for all other purposes
each of the trade marks composing a series shall be deemed
and: treated registered: separately.
36. A trade mark may be registered: in any colour, and
such registration: shall, subject to the provisions of this
Ordinance, confer on the registered owner the -xclusive
right to use the ame in that or any other colour,
37. very appheation for registration of a trade mark
under this Ordinance shall, as soon as may be atter its
receipt, be advertised by the Registrar in the Royal Gazette,
unless he shall refuse to entertain the application.
38. (1) Any person may, willin three months of the first
advertisement of the application, give notice in duplicate to
the Registrar of opposition lo registration of the trade
mark, and the Registrar shall send one copy of such notice
to the applicant
(2) Within one month after receipt of such notice or
such further time as the Registrar may allow, the applicant
may send to the Registrar a counter statement in duplicate
of the grounds on which he relies for his application, and if
he does not do so shall be deemed to have abandoned his
application,
39. On the receipt of such counter statement, or where
each of several persons claims to be registered as proprietor
of the came trade mark, the Registrar may refuse to register
Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. [Ch. 31. No. 18.
any of them until their rights have been determined by the
Court,
40. (1) Except where the Court has decided that two or
more persons are entitled to be registered as proprictors of
the same trade mark, the Registrar shall not register in
respect of the same goods or description of goods a trade
murk identical with one already on the register with respect
to such goods or description of goods.
(2) Except as aforesaid the Registrar shall not
register with respect to the same goods or description of
goods a trade mark having such resemblance to a trade mark
ready on the register with respect to such goods or
description of goods as to be calculated to deceive.
41. It shall not be lawful to register as part of or in
combination with a trade mark any words the use of which
would by reason of their being calculated to deceive or
otherwise, be deemed disentitled to proteetion in any court
of justice in England,
42. (1) Nothing in this Ordinance shall be construed to
prevent the Registrar entering on the register, in- the
preseribed manner, and subject to the prescribed conditions,
as an addition to any trade mark, any distinctive word or
combination of words, or, in the case of a trade mark used
before the 13th of August, 1875, in the Colony or elsewhere,
any distinctive device, mark, brand, heading, label, ticket,
letter or figure, or combination of letters, words, or figures,
though the same is common to the trade in the goods with
Tespect to which the application is made.
(2) The applicant for registration of any such
addition must, however, state in his application the
sssential particulars of the trade mark, and must disclaim
in his application any right to the exclusive use of the added
matter, and a copy of the statement and disclaimer shall be
entered on the register: Provided that a person need not
under this section disclaim his own name or the foreign
equivalent thereof or his place of business, but no entry of
any such name shall affect the right of any owner of the
953
Restrictions
on registra-
tion.
Resemblance
likely to
deceive.
Words
likely to
deceive.
Entry of
common
marks as
additions to
trade marks.
954
Standardisa-
tion, ete., of
trade marks.
Registration
to be equal
to public use.
Right of first
proprictor to
exclusive use
of trade
mark.
Infringement
of a trade
mark.
Ch. 31. No. 18.) 9 Patents, Designs and Trade Marks.
same name to use that name or the foreign equivalent
thereof,
(3) Any device, mark, brand, heading, label, ticket,
letter, word, figure, or combination of letters, words, or
figure. which was or were, before the 13th of August,
1875, publicly used by more than three persons in the Colony
or elsewhere, on the same or a similar description of goods,
shall, for the purposes of this section, be deemed common
to the trade in such goods.
43. Where any association or person undertakes the
sxamination of any goods in respect of origin, material,
mode of manufacture, quality, accuracy, or other character-
istic, and certifies the result of such examination by mark
used upon or in connection with such goods, the Governor
may, if he shall judge it to be to the public advantage, permit
such association or person to register such mark as a trade
mark in respect of such goods, whether or not) such
association or person be a trading association or trader or
possessed of a goodwill in connection with such examination
and certifving. When so registered such trade mark shall
be deemed in all respects to be a registered trade mark,
and such association or person to be the proprietor thereof,
save that such trade mark shall be transmissible or
assignable only by permission of the Governor.
44. Application for registration of a trade mark shall be
deemed to be equivalent to public use of the trade mark,
and the date of the application shall for the purposes of
this Ordinance be deemed to be the date of the registration.
45. The registration of a person as proprictor of a trade
mark shall be primd facte evidence of his right to the
exclusive use of the trade mark, and shall, after the expira-
tion of five vears from the date of the registration, be
conclusive evidence of his right to the exclusive use of the
trade mark, subject to the provisions of this Ordinance.
46. The infringement of a trade mark may be restrained,
and damages for such infringement recovered in an action
in the Court, if such trade mark has been registered, or if
Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. ([Ch. 31. No. 18.
registration thereof in the Register of Trade Marks has been
refused, but in no other case. The Registrar may on
request, and on payment of the prescribed fee, grant a
certificate that such registration has been refused.
47. In an action for infringement of a registered trade
mark, the Court or a Judge may certify that the right to the
exclusive use of the trade mark came in question, and if
the Court or a Judge so certifies, then, in any subsequent
action for infringement, the plaintiff in that action, on
obtaining a final order or judgment in his favour, shall have
his full costs, charges, and expenses as between solicitor
and client, unless the Court or Judge trying the subsequent
action certifies that he ought not to have the same.
48. A trade mark, when registered, shall be assigned and
transmitted only in connection with the goodwill of the
business concerned in the particular goods or classes of
goods for which it has been registered, and shall be
determinable with that goodwill.
49. (1) The registered proprietor of any trade mark
may apply to the Court for Ieave to add to or alter such
mark in any particular, not being an essential particular
within the meaning of this Ordinance, and the Court may
refuse or grant leave on such terms as it may think fit.
(2) Notice of any intended application to the Court
under this section shall be given to the Registrar by the
applicant, and the Registrar shall be entitled to be heard
on the application.
(3) If the Court grants leave, the Registrar shall,
on proof thereof, and on payment of the prescribed fee,
cause the register to be altered in conformity with the order
of leave.
50. (1) At the expiration of fourteen years from the date
of the registration, the trade mark shall be removed from
the register, unless the proprietor pays to the Registrar,
before the expiration of such fourteen years, the prescribed
fee, and so from time to time at the expiration of every
period of fourteen years:
955
Plaintiff to
have full
costs in
subsequent
action.
Assignment
and trans-
mission.
Alteration
of registered
mark.
Removal
from register
after 14
years.
956
Scandalous
patent,
design, o
mark,
When,
patent, ete.,
deemed to be
tegistered.,
Entry of
assignments
and trans-
missions.
Ch. 31. No. 18.) Patents, Designs and Trade Marks.
Provided that, three months at least before the expiration
of such period, the Registrar shall give due notice of such
approaching expiration to the proprietor of such) trade
mark,
(2) Where, after the aid three months, a trade mark
has been removed from the register for non-payment of the
preseribed fee, the Registrar may if satisfied that it is just
so to do, restore such (rade mark to the register on payment
of the prescribed additional fee.
(3) Where a trade mark has been removed from the
register for non-payment of the fee or otherwise, such
trade mark shall, neverthele. . for the purpose of any
application for registration during the one year next after
the date of such removal, be deemed to be a trade mark
Which is) already registered, unless it) is shown to) the
‘atisfaction of the Registrar that the non-payment of the
fee arises from the death or bankruptcy of the registered
proprictor, or from his having ceased to carry on business,
and that) no person claiming under that) proprietor or
under his bankruptey is using the trade mark.
PART IV
GENERAL.
51. There shall not be entered in any register kept under
this Ordinance, or be recetvable by the Registrar, any notice
of any trust expressed, implied, or constructive,
§2. The Registrar may refuse to grant a patent for an
invention, or to register, a design or trade mark which is
or of which the use would be, scandalous or contrary to law
or morality
53. Any patent, design, or (rade mark shall be deemec
to be registered when the name of any person is entered, a
the proprietor thereof, in the Register of Patents, th
Register of Designs, or the Register of Trade Mi irks,
the case may be.
54, Where a person become. entitled by assignmen
transmission, or other operation of law to a patent, or |
Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. [Ch. 31. No. 18.
the copyright in a registered design, or to a registered
trade mark, the Registrar shall, on request, and on proof of
litle, cause the name of such person to be entered as
proprietor of the patent, copyright in the design, or trade
mark, in the Register of Patents, Designs, or Trade Marks,
as the case may be. The person for the time being entered
in the Register of Patents, Designs, or Trade Marks
as proprictor for a patent, copyright in a design, or trade
mark, as the case may be, shall, subject to the provisions of
this Ordinance, and to any rights appearing from = such
register to be vested in any other person, have power
absolutely to assign, grant licences as to, or otherwise deal
with the came, and to give effectual receipts for any
consideration for such assignment, licence, or dealing:
Provided that any equities ino respect of such) patent,
design, or trade mark may be enforced in like manner as in
respect of any other personal property: Provided also,
that the priority of all assignments and charges shall, as
regards purchasers for value without notic — be determined
by priority of registration.
55. [every register kept under this Ordinance shall be
prima facte evidence of all matters duly entered therein;
and every such register and the specification: of every
registered patent shall be open to the inspection of the public
on payment of the prescribed fee, subject to the provisions
of this Ordinane and to such regulations as may be
preseribed, and cerlifted copie. , caled with the seal of the
Registrar, of any entry in such register, or of any such
specification, shall be given to any person requiring the
same on payment of the prescribed fees Provided that
whenever any specification or extract includes any tracing,
drawing, or diagram, an additional fee for any copy thereof
shall be paid equal to the cost of preparing such tracing,
drawing, or diagram,
56. The Registrar may, on request in writing, accom-
panied by the preseribed fe
(a) correct any clerical error in or in connection with
an application for a patent, or for registration of a
design or trade mark;
957
Power of
propriclor
"to assign,
Priority,
Inapection
of and
extracts
from register.
Correction
of errors,
cancellation,
and amend-
ment.
Orders by
Judge.
Powers of
Court or
Judge.
Persons
under dis-
ability.
Ch. 31. No. 18.) Patents, Designs and Trade Marks.
(6) correct any clerical error in the name, style, or
address of the registered proprietor of a patent, design,
or trade mark; or
(c) cancel the entry or part of the entry of a trade
wark on the register: Provided that the applicant
accompanic. his request by a statutory declaration
made by himself stating his name, address, and calling,
and that he is the person whose name appears on the
register as the proprietor of the said trade mark;
(7) permit an applicant for registration of a design
or trade mark to amend his application by omitting any
particular goods or classes of goods in connection with
which he has desired the design or trade mark to be
registered.
57. A certificate purporting to be under the hand of the
Registrar as lo any entry, matter, or thing which he ts
authorised by this Ordinance, or by any general rules made
thereunder, to make or do, shall be promd facie evidence of
the entry having been made, and of the contents thereof,
and of the matter or thing having been done or left undone.
58. An order requiring the Registrar to do or abstain
from doing anything under this Ordinance, may be made by
a Judge on a summons in Chambers.
59. In any proceedings under this Ordinance, the Court
ora Judge, as the case may be, may at any time make such
orders for an injunction, inspection, or account, impose
such terms, and give such directions as to the order in which
the parties shall be heard, and the procedure under this
Ordinance generally, as the Court or Judge shall see fit.
60. If any person is, by reason of infancy, unsoundness
of mind, or other disability, incapable of making any
declaration or doing anything required or permitted by this
Ordinance, or by any rules made under the authority of this
Ordinance, then the guardian or committee, if any, of such
incapable person, or if there be none, any person appointed
by any Court or Judge possessing jurisdiction in respect
of the property of persons under disability, upon the
Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. [Ch. 31. No. 18.
petition of any person on behalf of such incapable person,
or of any other person interested in the making such
declaration or doing such thing, may make such declaration,
or a declaration as nearly as possible corresponding thereto,
as circumstances permit, and do such thing in the name
and on behalf of such incapable person, and all acts done
by such substitute shall for the purposes of this Ordinance
be as effectual as if done by the person for whom he is
substituted,
61. The Registrar shall cause to be published, during
each quarter, in the Royal Gazelle, a list of all patents
granted, and designs and trade marks re gistered, during
the preceding quarter, and any further information that he
may deem generally useful or important.
62. Copies of the specifications of all registered patents,
and all registered amendments thereof, and of all published
lists of registered designs and trade marks, shall be trans-
mitted to the Comptroller of Patents, Designs, and Trade
Marks in England.
63. Any declaration required to be made under this
Ordinance may be taken by the Registrar.
International and Colonial arrangements.
64. (1) Any person who has applied for protection for
any invention, design, or trade mark in the United King-
dom, or in any foreign State with the Government of which
His Majesty has made arrangements under the provisions
of section 103 of the Patents, Designs, and Trade Marks Act,
1883, as amended by the Patents Act, 1901, or any sub-
sequent enactment, for mutual protection of inventions,
designs, and trade marks, shall be entitled to a patent for
his invention, or to registration of his design, or trade mark,
as the case may be, under this Ordinance, in priority
to other applicants; and such patent or registration shall
take effect from the same date as the date of the application
in the United Kingdom or such foreign State, as the case
may be.
(2) Such application shall be made, in the case of a
patent, within twelve months, and in the case of a design
959
Publication
of quarterly
lists.
‘Transmission
of copies,
etc., to
England.
Declarations.
Inter-
national and
colonial ar-
rangements.
46 & 47 Vict.
c. 57.
1 Edw. VII.
c. 18.
960
Extension of
time for
applications
under section
64 in certain
cases.
Ord. 5-1947,
s. 4 (3).
Ch. 31. No. 18.] Patents, Designs and Trade Marks.
or trade mark, within four months, from such person
applying for protection in the United Kingdom or the
foreign State with which the arrangement is in force.
(3) Nothing in this section contained shall entitle the
patentee or proprietor of the design or trade mark to recover
damages for infringements happening prior to the date of
the actual acceptance of his complete specification, or the
actual registration of his design or trade mark, as the case
may be, in the Colony.
(4) The publication in the Colony during the res-
pective periods aforesaid of any description of the invention,
or the use therein during such periods of the invention, or the
xhibition or use therein during such periods of the design,
or the publication therein during such periods of a descrip-
tion or representation of the design, or the use therein
during such periods of the trade mark, shall not invalidate
the patent granted for the invention, or the registration of
the design or trade mark.
(5) The application for the grant of a patent, or the
registration of a design or a trade mark, under this section
shall be made in the same manner, and subject to the
payment of the same fees, as an ordinary application under
Parts I., 1]., [A. and IT1. respectively of this Ordinance.
(6) In the case of a patent, an application under this
section shall be accompanied by a complete specification
which if it be not accepted within the period of twelve
months, shall with drawings, if any, be open to public
inspection at the expiration of that period.
(7) The provisions of this section shall, in the case of
foreign States, apply only in the case of those foreign States
with respect to which His Majesty, from time to time, by
order in council, declares the provisions of the aforesaid
section 103 of the said first recited Imperial Act, or any
subsequent enactment, to be applicable, and so long only
in the case of cach State as such order continues in force
with respect to that State.
65. (1) The Governor may, as respects any Convention
country (as defined in section 91A of the Patents and
Designs Acts 1907 to 1946, passed by the Imperial Parlia-
ment), if he is satisfied that provision substantially
Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. [Ch. 31. No. 18.
equivalent to the provision to be made by or under this
section has been or will be made under the law of that
country, make rules empowering the Registrar to extend
the time for making application under section 64 of this
Ordinance for the granting, in priority to other applicants,
of a patent for an invention, or for the registration, in
priority to other applicants, of a design, in any case where
the period specified in subsection (2) of the said section 64
for the making of an application under the said section
-xpires during a period prescribed by the rules.
(2) Rules made under this section-—
(a) may, where any agreement or arrangement has
been made between His Majesty’s government in the
United Kingdom and the government of the Convention
country for the supply or mutual exchange of informa-
tion or articles, provide, cither generally or in any
class of case specified in the rules, that an extension
of time shall not be granted under this section unless
the invention or design has been communicated in
accordance with the agreement or arrangement ;
(6) may, either .generally or in any class of case
specified in the rules, fix the maximum extension
which may be granted under this section and provide
for reducing the term of any patent granted on an
application made by virtue of this section, and (not-
withstanding anything contained in rules made under
this Ordinance) vary the times for the payment of renewal
fees in respect of such a patent and the amount of such
fees;
(c) may prescribe or allow any special procedure
in connection with applications made by virtue of this
section ;
(d) may empower the Registrar, as respects any
application made by virtue of this section, to substitute
for the period of twelve months specified in subsection
(6) of the said section 64 such other period as appears
to him expedient ;
(e) may empower the Registrar to extend, subject
to such conditions, if any, as may be imposed by or
under the rules, the time limited by or under the
T.—Iv. 61
961
902
Ch. 31. No. 18.) Patents, Designs and Trade Marks.
foregoing provisions of this Ordinance for doing any
act in relation to an application made by virtue of this
section:
(f{) may provide for securing that the rights conferred
by a patent granted or registration made on an appli-
cation made by virtue of this section shall be subject
to such restriction or conditions as may be specified
by or under the rules and in particular that where,
otherwise than as the result) of any communication
made in accordance with such an agreement or arrange-
ment as is mentioned in paragraph (a) of this sub-
section, and before the date of the application in
question or such later date as may be allowed by the
rules, either the invention has been made, used, exer-
cised or vended, or the design applied, by any person
(including a person acting on behalf of His Majesty),
or application for a patent for the invention or for
registration of the design has been made by any such
person as aforesaid, the rights conferred by a patent
eranted, or registration mi de, upon the first-mentioned
application shall be subject to such conditions and
reservations for the protection of that person as may be
specified by or under the rule.
66. Where an agreement or arrangement has been made
between His Majesty’s government in the United Kingdom
and the government of another country for the supply or
mutual exchange of information or article. , and the Governor
is satisfied that provision substantially equivalent to the
provision to be made by or under this section has been or will
he made under the law of that country, the Governor mi ay
make rules to secure that the communication, in accordance
with the agreement or arrangement, of an invention or
design, or the publication, making, use, exercise or vending
of an invention, or publication or application of a design,
in consequence of such communication, shall not prejudice
any application for a patent for the invention or registration
of the design, being an application made by a person from
whom the invention or design was so communicated or the
legal representative or assignee of such a person, or invali-
date the grant on such an application of a patent for the
invention or the registration of such an application of the
design.
Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. |Ch. 31. No. 18.
67. (1) Any rules made in pursuance of the last two
preceding sections shall be laid before the Legislative
Council.
(2) Any such rules and any order made, direction
given, or other action taken under the rules by the Regis-
trar, may be made, given or taken so as to have effect as
respects things done or omitted to be done on or after such
date, whether before or after the coming into operation of
the rules, as may be specified in the rules.
68. (1) Whenever it appears to the Governor in Council
that the legislature of any British Possession has made
satisfactory provision for the protection in such Possession
of inventions, designs, and trade marks, patented or
registered in the Colony, the Governor in Council mav, by
order, apply all or any of the provisions of the last preceding
section relating to the protection of inventions, designs, and
trade marks, patented or registered in the United Kingdom,
with such variations or additions, if any, as to the Governor
in Council scem fit, to inventions patented, and designs and
trade marks registered, in such British Possession.
(2) An order under this section shall, from a date to be
mentioned for the purpose in the order, take effect as if its
provisions had been contained in this Ordinance,
69. (1) An application for a patent or for the registra-
tion of a design may be refused by the Registrar at any
stage of the proceedings on the ground that the invention
or design was, during the period beginning with the 3rd of
September, 1938, and ending with the 31st of December,
1945, invented or designed in Germany or Japan or invented
or designed by a German or Japanese national in any
territory which was then enemy territory.
(2) The ground mentioned in subsection (1) of this
section shall be an additional ground for revoking a patent
under section 10, and shall also, on infringement pro-
ceedings, be an additional ground of defence or for a
counterclaim for the revocation of a patent or the cancella-
tion of the registration of a design.
61 (2)
963
Provisions
as to rules
under sec-
tions 65
and 66,
Inter-
colonial ar-
Tangements.
Inventions
and designs
made in
Germany or
Japan.
904 Ch. 31. No. 18.) Patents, Designs and Trade AMLarks.
(3) The foregoing provisions of this section shall not
apply in any where
(a) the applicant, patentee, or proprietor of a
registered design, as the may be, proves that the
invention or design was invented or designed in
Germany before the 3rd of September, 1938, or was
invented or designed ino Japan before the 7th of
December, 1941, and has at no time since the 3rd of
September or as the case may be, the said 7th of
December been beneficially owned in whole or in part
by a German oor Japane. national or a German or
Japane. company or
(6) the application for the patent or for the regis-
tration of the design was made before the Ist) of
February, 1946, and the applicant, patentee, or
proprictor of the design, as the case may be, proves that
the invention or design was independently invented
or designed outside Germany and Japan by a person,
other than a German. or Japanese national, being
either the applteant, patentee or proprietor or a person
through whom he claims, or
(c) the invention or design was iuvented or designed
by a prisoner of war in German or Japanese hands,
unless it is shown that it was subsequently obtained
from him by any German or Japanese national before
the Ist of January 19-46,
(4) An appeal shall Tie from any decision of the
Registrar under this section to a Judge in Chambers.
(5) The Registrar, with the sanction of the Governor,
may make rules under section 70 for carrying this section
into effeet and in: particular for requiring applicants for a
patent or for the registration of a design to furnish infor-
mation as to matters arising under this section,
Rules and fees.
Rule. 70. (1) The Registrar, with the anction of the Governor,
â„¢ may from time to time make such general rules and do such
things as he may think expedient, for regulating the
practice of registration under this Ordinance, for classifying
goods. for the purposes of designs and trade marks, for
oreseribing the fees to be paid under this Ordinance, or for
Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. (Ch. 31. No. 18. 965
any other purpose which may be or be deemed necessary
for the carrying out of the provisions of this Ordinance.
(2) Any rules made in pursuance of this section shall
be laid before the Legislative Council.
SCHEDULE.
Form A.
Application for Patent. (Section 4.)
l, of do solemnly and sincerely declare that | am in possession
of an invention for | state the title of the invention), which invention I believe
will be of great public utility, and that the same is not in use by any person or persons
in the Colony of Trinidad and Tobago to the best of my knowledge and belief, and
that the instrument in writing under my hand herewith delivered particularly
describes and ascertains the nature of the said invention, and the manner in which
the same is to be performed; and I humbly pray that a patent may be granted to
me for the said invention.
I make this declaration conscientiously believing the same to be true and according
to the Statutory Declarations Ordinance, and I am aware that if there is any
statement in this declaration which is false in fact which I know or believe to be
false or do not believe to be true, Tam liable to fine and imprisonment.
Declared at on the day of 19
Before me,
Form B.
Patent. (Section 4.)
1, .4.4., Registrar of Patents, Designs, and Trade Marks for the Colony of Trinidad
and Tobago, do hereby certify that on the day of ,19 , has been
delivered to me by [or, on behalf of] of , a declaration in writing
signed by the said of a certain invention, whereof the said claims
to be the inventor or proprictor, being an invention [state the name of the invention]
together with a specification describing the nature of the said invention and the
manner in which the same is to be performed, and that the name of the said
has been entered in the Register of Patents as the proprictor of this patent.
In witness whereof | have hereunto subscribed my name at Port-of-Spain this
day of 19
Form C.
Application for Registration of Design. (Section 22.)
day of ,19â€~—(«w
You are hereby requested to register the accompanying Design in Class
in the name of of who claims to be the proprietor thereof
and to return the same to
Statement of nature of Design
To the Registrar of Patents, Designs, and Trade Marks for the Colony of Trinidad
and Tobago.
(Signed)
966
(Section 31)
(Section 4.)
Ch. 31. No. 18.) Patents, Designs and Trade Marks.
Form D.
Application for Registration of Trade Mark.
(One representation to be fixed within this space and two
others on separate sheets of foalscap of same size.)
(Representations of a larger size may be folded, but must be
mounted upon linen and athxed hereto.)
You are hereby requested to register the accompanying trade mark in Class
in the name of who claims to be the proprietor thereof.
o the Registrar of Patents, Designs, and Trade Marks for the Colony of Trinidad
and Tobago.
(Signed)
Form FE.
Certificate of Provisional Protection.
1, A.B., Registrar of Patents, Designs, and Trade Marks for the Colony of Trinidad
and Tobago hereby certify that on the day of , 19,
has been delivered to me by [or, on behalf of] of a declaration in
writing signed by the said of a certain invention whereof the said
claims to be the inventor or proprietor, being an invention [state the name of the
sarention| together with a provisional specification describing the nature of the
invention, and that the said is entitled to provisional protection from the
consequences of the use and publication of such invention for the period of nine
months from this date or until within that period a patent for the same shall have
been granted,
A.B.,
Registrar General,
Assurance Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 19. 967
CHAPTER 31. No. 19.
ASSURANCE COMPANIES.
AN ORDINANCE TO REGULATE THE CARRYING ON OF Ordinances
ASSURANCE OR INSURANCE BUSINESS AND FOR PUR- No. ye
POSES INCIDENTAL THERETO. 31-1944.
19-1947.
[29th March, 1943.] Commence-
ment.
1. This Ordinance may be cited as the Assurance Com- Short title.
panies Ordinance.
2. In this Ordinance-
actuary means a Fellow of the Institute of
Actuaries in England, or a Fellow of the Faculty of
Actuaries in Scotland, or an actuary possessing such
other qualifications as may from time to time be
approved by the Governor;
“annuities on human life does not include super-
annuation allowances and annuities payable out of any
fund applicable solely to the relief and maintenance of
persons engaged or who have been engaged in any
particular profession, trade, or employment, or of the
dependants of such persons ;
‘chairman means the person for the time being
presiding over the board of directors or other governing
body of an assurance company;
“Court means the Supreme Court ;
financial year’’ means each period of twelve
months at the end of which the balance of the accounts
of an assurance company is struck or if no such balance
is struck, then the calendar year;
‘‘ policy holder ’’ means the person who for the time
Interpre-
tation.
968
Companie.
to which
Ordigance
applies.
Ch. 31. No. 19.) -lssurance Compantes.
being is the legal holder of the policy for securing the
contract with the assurance company:
prescribed — means prescribed by rules made under
this Ordinance.
Compantes to which Ordinance applies.
3. (1) Save as hereinatter provided, this Ordinance shall
apply to all persons or bodies of persons, whether corporate
or unincorporate, not being registered under the Ordi-
nance. relating to friendly societie. or to trade unions
(which persons and bodies of persons are hereinafter referred
to as “assurance companie, *'), whether established before
or after the commencement of this Ordinance and whether
established within or without the Colony, who carry on
within the Colony assurance business of all or any of the
following classes:
(a) life assurance business, that is to say, the issue
of, or the undertaking of ability under, policies of
assurance upon human life, or the granting of annuitie.
upon human life
(0) fire insurance business, that is to say, the issue
of, or the undertaking of ability under, policie. of
Insurance against loss by or incidental to fire;
(c) accident insurance business; that is to say, the
issue of, or the undertaking of liability under, policies
of insurance upen the happening of personal accidents,
whether fatal or not, disease or sickness, or any class
of personal accidents, disease, or sickness ;
(7) emplover’ liability. insurance business; — that
is to say the issue of, or the undertaking of liability
under, policies insuring employers against liability
to pay compensation or damages to workmen in their
emplovment
(e) bond investment business; that is to say, the
business of issuing bonds or endowment certificates
by which the company in return for subscriptions
pavable at periodical intervals of less than six months
contracts to pay the bond-holder a sum at some
future date, and not being life assurance as herein-
before defined, or sinking fund or capital redemption
insurance business;
Assurance Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 19.
969
(f) motor vehicle insurance business; that is to say,
the business of effecting contracts of insurance against
loss of, or damage to or arising out of or in connection
with the use of, motor vehicles including third party
risks ;
(g) aircraft insurance business; that is to say, the
business of effecting contracts of insurance for the
purpose of insuring owners or hirers of any aircraft
against loss of, or damage to or arising out of or in
connection with the use of, the aircraft, including
third party risks;
subject as respects any class of assurance business to the
special provisions of this Ordinance relating to business
of that class.
(2) For the purposes of paragraph (g) of subsection (1),
a person shall be deemed to be a hirer of an aircraft if, but
only if, the aircraft has been demised, Iet or hired out to
him for a period exceeding fourteen days by the owner of
the aircraft, and no pilot, commander, navigator or opera-
tive member of the crew of the aircraft is in the employment
of the owner.
(3) A company registered under the Companies
Ordinance which transacts assurance business of any such
class as aforesaid in any part of the world shall for the
purposes of this provision be deemed to be a company
transacting such business in the Colony.
(+) Save as otherwise expressly provided by this
Ordinance nothing in this Ordinance shall apply to
assurance business of any class other than one of the classes
specified in this section, and a policy shall not be deemed to
be a policy of fire insurance by reason only that loss by fire
is one of the various risks covered by the policy.
Deposits and funds.
4. (1) Every assurance company shall deposit and keep
deposited with the Accountant General a deposit of the
value of forty-eight thousand dollars: Provided that,
in the case of assurance companies carrying on assurance
business at the commencement of this Ordinance, the
deposit aforesaid may be made within one month after
such commencement.
Ord. 10-
1944, s. 2.
Deposit.
970
Ch. 31.
Assurance Companies.
(2) The deposit may be made by the subscribers of
the memorandum of association of the company, or any
of them, in the name of the proposed company, and, upon
Incorporation of the company, shall be deemed to have
been made by and to be part of the assets of, the company,
and the Registrar General shall not issue a certificate of
Incorporation of the company until the deposit has been
made
(3) The deposit may be of cash, or of securities
approy ed by the Accountant General (hereinafter referred
to as “approved securitie. “), or partly of cash and partly
of approved securitic.
(4) When approved securitie. are so deposited
(@) the depositor shall, if, so required by the
Accountant General, take, at or before the time they
are deposited, such steps the Accountant General
Mav require to vest the came in’ the Accountant
General;
(>) the value of the securities for the purposes. of
this section shall be their market value from time to
time,
(5) Se long as the total value of the deposit is at all
ime. not de. than forty-eight thousand dollars, the
Accountant General may permit) the substitution of
other approved securitic. for those previously deposited,
ov the substitution of cash for approved securities or
versa.
(6) Whenever the value of the deposit of an assurance
company falls below forty-cight thousand dollars, the
Accountant) General) may, by notice under his hand
require the assurance company to make a further deposit of
a value equal to the amount of the deficit and the assurance
company shall comply with such notice within twenty-one
day. from the date of receipt thereof,
(7) very deposit with the Accountant General under
this section shall be deemed to form part of the assets of
the assurance company in respect of which it is made and
the interest or dividends accruing due on any approved
securities (if any) forming part of the deposit shall be
pavable to the assurance company.
Assurance Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 19.
(8) Where an assurance company carries on, or intends
to carry on, assurance business of more than one class, a
separate deposit shall be made and kept deposited under
this section as respects each class of business, and the
deposit made in respect of any class of business in respect
of which a separate assurance fund is required to be kept
shall be deemed to form part of that fund, and all interest
or dividends accruing due on any approved — curitie.
forming part of the deposit shall be carried by the assurance
company to that fund.
5. (1) In the case of an assurance company transacting
other business besides that of assurance or transacting
more than one class of assurance business, a separate
account shall be kept of all receipts in respect of the
assurance business or of cach class of assurance business,
and the receipts in respect of the assurance busine. — or,
in the case of a company carrying on more than one class
of assurance business, of each class of business, shall be
carried to and form = separate assurance fund with an
appropriate name: Provided that nothing in this section
shall require the investments of any such fund to be kept
separate from the investments of any other fund.
(2) A fund of any particular class shall be as absolutely
the security of the policy holders of that class as though it
belonged to a company carrying on no other business than
assurance business of that class, and shall not be liable for
anv contracts of the company for which it would not
have been liable had the business of the company been only
that of assurance of that class, and shall not be applied,
directly or indirectly, for any purposes other than those of
the class of business to which the fund is applicable.
Accounts and documents.
6. Every assurance company shall, at the expiration of
each financial year of the company, prepare—
(a) a revenue account for the year in the form or
forms prescribed and applicable to the class or classes
of assurance business carried on by the company;
(b) a profit and loss account in the prescribed form,
971
Separation
of funds.
Accounts
and balance
sheets.
Actuarial
report and
abstract.
Statement
of assurance
business,
Deposit of
accounts,
etc., with
Registrar
General.
Ord. 19
1947, s.
Ch. 31. No. 19.) 9 Assurance Companies.
except where the company carries on assurance
business of one class only and no other business;
(c) a balance sheet in the prescribed form.
7. (1) Every assurance company shall, once in every
five years, or at such shorter intervals as may be specified
in the instrument constituting the company, or in its
regulations or byelaws, cause an investigation to be made
into its financial condition, including a valuation of its
liabilitie. by an actuary, and shall cause an abstract of
the report of such actuary to be made in the form or forms
prescribed and applicable to the class or classes of assurance
business carried on by the company
(2) The foregoing provisions of this section shall also
apply whenever at any other time an investigation into
the financial condition of an assurance company is made
with a view to the distribution of profits, or the results
of which are made public.
8. Every assurance company shall prepare a statement
of its assurance business at the date to which the accounts
of the company are made up for the purposes of any such
Investigation as aforesaid in the form or forms prescribed
and applicable to the class or classes of assurance business
carried on by the company:
Provided that, if the investigation is made annually by
any company, the company may prepare such a statement
at any time, so that it be made at least once in every five
years,
9. (1) Every account, balance sheet, abstract, or
statement hereinbefore required to be made shall be
printed or typewritten, and two copies thereof which shall
be signed by the chairman and two directors of the company
and by the principal officer of the company and, if the
company has a managing director, by the managing
director, shall be deposited at the office of the Registrar
General within six months after the close of the period to
which the account, balance sheet, abstract, or statement
relate,
Provided that, if in any case it is made to appear to the
Assurance Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 19.
Registrar General that the circumstances are such that a
longer period than six months should be allowed, the Regis-
trar General may extend that period by such period not
exceeding three months as he thinks fit.
(2) The Registrar General shall consider the accounts,
balance sheets, abstracts, and statements so deposited, and,
if any such account, balance sheet, abstract, or statement
appears to the Registrar General to be inaccurate or
incomplete in any respect, the Registrar General shall
communicate with the company with a view to the
correction of any such inaccuracies and the supply of
deficiencies.
(3) There shall be deposited with every revenue
account and balance sheet of a company any report on the
affairs of the company submitted to the shareholders or
policy holders of the company in respect of the financial
year to which the account and balance sheet relate.
(4) Where an assurance company registered under the
Companies Ordinance in any year deposits its accounts
and balance sheet in accordance with the provisions of
this section, it shall not be necessary for the company to
send to the Registrar General the documents contemplated
by subsection (3) of section 108 of the said Ordinance.
(5) Section 129 of the Companies Ordinance shall
not apply to an assurance company to which the provisions
of this Ordinance as to the accounts and balance sheet to
be prepared annually and deposited by such a company
apply, if the company complies with those provisions.
10. A printed or typewritten copy of the last deposited
accounts, balance sheet, abstract, or statement, shall on
the application of any shareholder or policy holder of the
company be forwarded to him by the company by post or
otherwise.
11. Where the accounts of an assurance company are
not subject to audit in accordance with the provisions of
the Companies Ordinance, relating to audit, the accounts
of the company shall be audited annually in such manner
as the Registrar General may direct, and the directions
given for the purpose may apply to any such company the
973
Right of
share-
holders, etc.,
to copies of
accounts,
etc.
Audit of
accounts.
O74
Amalgama-
tion and
transfer.
Ch. 31. No. 19.] — -[ssurance Companies.
provisions of the Companies Ordinance, relating to audit,
subject to such adaptations and modifications as may
appear necessary or expedient.
12. Every assurance company shall keep a “ Share-
holders Address Book "â€â€™ in which the secretary shall from
time to time enter in alphabetical order the corporate
name. and places of business of the several shareholders
of the company, being corporations, and the surnames of the
several other shareholders with their respective christian
names, places of abode and descriptions, so far as the same
shall be known to the company. On the application of
any shareholder or policy holder of the company, the
company shall furnish to him a copy of such book, on
pavinent of a sum of twelve cents for every hundred words
required to be copied.
13. very assurance company which is not registered
under the Companies Ordinance shall cause a_ sufficient
number of copies of its deed of settlement or other instru-
ment constituting the company to be printed, and shall,
on the application of any shareholder or policy holder
of the company, furnish to him a copy of such deed of
settlement or other instrument on payment of a sum of
twenty-four cents.
14. Where any notice, advertisement, or other official
publication of an assurance company contains a statement
of the amount of the authorised capital of the company, the
publication shall also contain a statement of the amount
of the capital which has been subscribed and the amount
paid up.
-Lmalgamation and transfer
15. (1) Where it is intended to amalgamate two or more
assurance companie., or to transfer the assurance business
of any class trom one assurance company to another
company, the directors of any one or more of such companies
may apply to the Court, by petition, to sanction the
proposed arrangement.
Assurance Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 19.
(2) The Court, after hearing the directors and other
persons whom it considers entitled to be heard upon the
petition, may sanction the arrangement if it is satisfied
that no sufficient objection to the arrangement has been
established.
(3) Before any such application is made to the
Court—
(2) notice of the intention to make the application
shall be published in the Royal Gazette; and
(6) a statement of the nature of the amalgamation
or transfer, as the case may be, together with an
abstract containing the material facts embodied in
the agreement or deed under which the amalgamation or
transfer is proposed to be effected, and copies of the
actuarial or other reports upon which the agreement or
deed is founded, including a report by an independent
actuary, shall, unless the Court otherwise directs,
be transmitted to each policy holder of each company
through the post directed according to the registered
address or other known address of the policy holder:
Provided that it shall not be necessary to transmit
such statement and other documents to policy holders
other than life, endowment, sinking fund, or bond
investment policy holders, nor in the case of a transfer
to such policy holders if the business transferred is not
life assurance or bond investment business; and
(c) the agreement or deed under which the amalgama-
tion or transfer is effected shall be open for the inspection
of the policy holders and shareholders at the offices
of the companies for a period of fifteen days after the
publication of the notice in the Royal Gazette.
(4) No assurance company shall amalgamate with
another, or transfer its business to another, unless the
amalgamation or transfer is sanctioned by the Court in
accordance with this section.
16. Where an amalgamation takes place between any
assurance companies, or where any assurance business of
one such company is transferred to another company, the
combined company or the purchasing company, as the case
may be, shall, within ten days from the date of the
975
Statements
in case of
amalgama-
tion or
transfer.
976 Ch. 31. No. 19.] Assurance Companies.
completion of the amalgamation or transfer, deposit with the
Registrar General—
(a) certified copies of statements of the assets and
liabilities of the companies concerned in such amalga-
mation or transfer, together with a statement of the
nature and terms of the amalgamation or transfer;
and
(6) a certified copy of the agreement or deed under
which the amalgamation or transfer is effected; and
(c) certified copies of the actuarial or other reports
upon which that agreement or deed is founded; and
(d) a declaration under the hand of the chairman
of each company, and the principal officer of each
company, that to the best of their belief every payment
made or to be made to any person whatsoever on
account of the amalgamation or transfer is therein
fully set forth, and that no other payments beyond
those set forth have been made or are to be made
either in money, policies, bonds, valuable securities, o1
other property by or with the knowledge of any parties
to the amalgamation or transfer.
Winding up.
Special 17. The Court may order the winding up of an assuranc:
to =» COMpany in accordance with the Companies Ordinance
winding up and the provisions of that Ordinance shall apply accord
companes, ingly, subject, however, to the following modification :—
companies.
The company may be ordered to be wound up on th
petition of ten or more policy holders: Provided the
such a petition shall not be presented except by th
leave of the Court, and leave shall not be granted unt
a prima facie case has been established to the sati
faction of the Court and until security for costs fe
such amount as the Court may think reasonable hi
been given.
Powers and 18. (1) A petition for the winding up of an assuran
Registrar. | COMpany on the ground that it is unable to pay its dek
General. within the meaning of sections 161 and 162 of the Cor
panies Ordinance, may, with the leave of the Court,
presented by the Registrar General.
Assurance Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 19.
(2) The Registrar General may, by notice in writing
served upon an assurance company, require it to furnish
to the Registrar General within such time as may be
specified in the notice such explanations, information,
accounts, balance sheets, abstracts, and statements, as he
considers to be necessary for the purpose of determining
whether the company is insolvent, or was insolvent at any
date (not earlier than the close of the period to which the
last deposited accounts and balance sheet of the company
relate) specified in the notice, and may, by the notice,
require any such explanations, information, accounts,
balance sheets, abstracts, or statements to be signed by
such number of the directors and by such officers of the
company, and to be accompanied by such copies of docu-
ments, as may be specified in the notice, and to be certified
as correct by an auditor approved by the Registrar General,
or by an actuary so approved, or by both such an auditor
and such an actuary.
(3) If after such a notice as aforesaid has been served
upon an assurance company, either-——
(a) the company does not, before the expiration of
the time limited by the notice, comply with all the
requirements of the notice, other than such require-
ments, if any, as may have been withdrawn by the
Registrar General; or
(6) the Registrar General, after considering the
material, furnished pursuant to the said requirements,
considers it to be expedient for the purpose aforesaid
so to do;
the Registrar General may serve upon the company a notice
in writing stating that he proposes to appoint one or more
inspectors to investigate the affairs of the company and to
report thereon in such manner as the Registrar General
may require, and unless the company within a period of
seven days from the date of the service of the notice upon
it gives notice in writing to the Registrar General that it
objects to such an appointment being made, the Registrar
General may, after the expiration of that period, make such
an appointment.
(4) If the company within the said period gives
notice in writing to the Registrar General that it objects
T.—IV. 62
977
Ch. 31. No. 19.] Assurance Companies.
to such an appointment being made, the Registrar General
may apply to the Court for leav ¢ to make such an appoint-
ment, and the Court shall grant leave unless it is satistied
by the company that such an appointment cannot reasonably
be required for the purpose aforesaid, and on leave being
granted the Registrar General may make such an appoint-
ment.
(5) Where an appointment is made under this section,
the provisions of subsections (3), (4) and (5) of section 133
of the Companies Ordinance shall apply with respeet to an
Inspector appointed under this section in ke manner as
they apply to an inspector appointed under that section,
and anv such refusal as is, or might be, made the ground
of the punishment of an officer or agel nt of the ¢ company
under the caid subsection (5) shall also be a ground upon
which the company may, on the petition of the Registrar
General presented by leave of the Court, be wound up by
the Court in accordance with the provisions of the Com-
panies Ordinance.
(6) The expenses of and incidental to an investigation
carried out by an inspector appointed under this section
shall be defrayed by the Registrar General:
Provided that
(a) where the Court) grants leave to make an
appointment, the Court may, if it thinks fit, direct the
company to repay to the Registrar General the whole or
anv part of the ‘aid expenses; and
(6) if an order for the winding up of the company
by the Court is made at any time within twelve months
from the date on which the report of the inspector is
made to the Registrar General, or, if more than one
report is so made, from the date when the first report
is so made, the said expenses shall be deemed, for the
purposes of the Companies Ordinance, to be expenses
properly incurred in the winding up and the amount
thereof, after deducting any sum repaid to the Registrar
General pursuant to a direction given by the Court
under the foregoing paragraph, shall be paid out of the
assets of the company part passu with the taxed costs
of the petition.
(7) All sums received by the Registrar General under
‘[ssurance Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 19.
this section shall be paid by him to the Accountant General
and shall form part of the general revenues of the Colony.
All expenses incurred by the Registrar Gencral under this
section shall be defrayed out of the public funds of the
Colony.
(8) Rules made under section 277 of the Companies
Ordinance may regulate the procedure and the practice
to be followed in the case of proceedings under this section.
(9) In any proceedings upon a petition to wind up
an assurance company presented under this section,
evidence that the company was insolvent at the close of the
period to which the last deposited accounts and balance
sheet of the company relate, or at any date specified in a
notice served under subsection (2) of this section, shall be
evidence that the company continues to be unable to pay
its debts, unless the contrary is proved.
(10) In this section —
“assurance company â€â€™ means an assurance company
which may be wound up by the Court under the pro-
visions of the Companies Ordinance ;
deposited accounts and balance sheet = means, in
relation to any assurance company, the accounts and
balance sheet prepared by the company for the purposes
of section 6 and deposited with the Registrar General
under section 9;
insolvent means, in relation to an assurance
company at any relevant date, that if proceedings
had been taken for the winding up of the company
the Court could, in accordance with the provisions
of sections 161 and 162 of the Companies Ordinance,
hold, or have held, that the company was at that date
unable to pay its debts.
19. (1) Where the assurance business or any part of the
assurance business of an assurance company has been
transferred to another company under an arrangement
in pursuance of which the first mentioned company (in
this section called the subsidiary company) or the creditors
thereof has or have claims against the company to which
such transfer was made (in this section called the principal
company), then, if the principal company is being wound
62 (2)
979
Winding up
of subsidiary
companies.
980
Ch. 31. No. 19.) Assurance Companies.
up by or under the supervision of the Court, the Court shall
(subject: as hereinafter mentioned) order the subsidiary
company to be wound up in conjunction with the principal
company, and may by the same or any subsequent: order
appoint the same person to be liquidator for the two
companic, and make provision for such other matters as
may seem to the Court: necessary, with a view to the
companic. being wound up as if they were one company.
(2) The commencement. of the winding up of the
principal company shall, cave as otherwise ordered by the
Court, be the commencement of the winding up of the
subsidiary company
(3) In adjusting the rights and liabilitie, of the
members of the several companies between themselve.
the Court shall have regard to the constitution of the
companie, and to the arrangements entered into between
the companie. in the same manner as the Court has regard
to the rights and labilities of different classes of contri-
butories in the case of the winding up of a single company,
or as near thereto as circumstances admit.
(4) Where any company alleged to be subsidiary: ts
not in process of being wound up at the same time as the
principal company te which it is subsidiary, the Court
shall not direct: the subsidiary company to be wound up
unless, alter hearing all objections (if any) that) may be
urged by or on behalf of the company against its being
wound up, “the Court is of opinion that) the company is
subsidiary to the principal company, and that the winding
up of the company in conjunction with the principal
company is just and equitable.
(5) An application may be made in relation to the
winding up of any subsidiary company in conjunction with
a principal company by any creditor of, or person interested
in, the principal or subsidiary company.
(6) Where a company stands in the relation of a
principal company to one company, and in the relation of
a subsidiary company to some other company, or where
there are several companies standing in the relation of
subsidiary companies to one principal company, the Court
may deal with any number of such companies together
Assurance Compantes.
(Ch. 31. No. 19.
or in separate groups, as it thinks expedient, upon the
principles laid down in this section.
20. (1) Where an assurance company is being wound up
by the Court, or subject to the supervision of the Court,
or voluntarily, the value of a policy of any class or of a
habilitv under such a policy requiring to be valued in such
winding up shall be estimated in the prescribed) manner
applicable to policies and liabilities of that class.
(2) The rules in the Schedule hereto shall be of the
same force, and may be repealed, altered, or amended, as
if they were rules made under and for the purposes of the
Judicature Ordinanee, and rules may be made under that
Ordinance for the purpose of carrying into effect the
provisions of this Ordinance with respect to the winding
up of assurance companies.
21. The Court, in the case of an assurance company
which has been proved to be unable to pay its debts, may,
if it thinks fit, reduce the amount of the contracts of the
company upon such terms and subject to such conditions
as the Court thinks just, in plac of making a winding
up order,
22. Subject to the provisions of sections 37 and 38 of
this Ordinance, Part X of the Companies Ordinance shall
apply to every assurance company constituted outside the
Colony which carries on assurance business within the Colony
whether incorporated or not.
lurther provisions as to accounts and documents.
23. Documents deposited with the Registrar General,
or certified copies thereof in his custody, shall be open to
inspection, and copies of such documents may be procured
by any person on payment of a fee of twelve cents for every
hundred words copied.
24. (1) every document deposited under this Ordinance
with the Registrar General, and certified by or on behalf of
Valuation of
annuities
and policies.
Power to
Court to
reduce
contracts.
Extension of
Part X of
Ch. 31. No. 1.
to all as-
surance
companies
established
outside the
Colony.
Ord, 31-
1944, s. 2.
Inspection of
documents,
Evidence of
documents.
Ch. 31. No. 19.] Assurance Companies.
Alteration
of forms.
Penalty for
non-com-
plance witb
Ordinance,
Penalty for
falsifving
statements,
etc.
Prosecution
of offences
punishable
by fine.
the Registrar General to be a document so deposited, shall
be deemed to be a document so deposited.
(2) Every document purporting to be certified by
or on behalf of the Registrar General to be a copy of a
document so deposited shall be deemed to be a copy of
that document, and shall be received in evidence as if it
were the original document unless some variation between
it and the original document is proved.
25. The Registrar General may, on the application or
with the consent of an assurance company, alter the
prescribed forms, as respects that company, for the purpose
of adapting them to the circumstances of that company.
Provisions as to offences and service of notices.
26. Any assurance company which makes default in
complying with any of the requirements of this Ordinance
shall be liable to a fine of four hundred and eighty dollars,
or, in the case of a continuing default, to a fine of two
hundred and forty dollars for every day during which
the default continues, and every director, manager or
secretary, or other officer or agent of the company who is
knowingly a party to the default shall be liable to like
fines; and, if default continues for a period of three months
after notice of default by the Registrar General, the default
shall be a ground on which the Court may order the winding
up of the company, in accordance with the Companies
Ordinance.
27. If anv account, balance shect, abstract, statement,
or other document required by this Ordinance is false in
any particular to the knowledge of any person who signs
it, that person shall be liable on conviction on indictment
to imprisonment for two years, or on summary conviction
to a fine of two hundred and forty dollars.
28. All offences under this Ordinance made punishable
by fine may be prosecuted, and such fine may be recovered,
in the manner provided by the Summary Courts Ordinance.
Assurance Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 19.
983
29. Any notice which is by this Ordinance required to Service of
be sent to any policy holder may be addressed and sent to â€
the person to whom notices respecting such policy are
usually sent, and any notice so addressed and sent shall
be deemed and taken to be notice to the holder of such
policy: Provided that where any person claiming to be
interested in a policy has given to the company notice in
writing of his interest, any notice which is by this Ordinance
required to be sent to policy holders shall also be sent to
such person at the address specified by him in his notice.
Application to special classes of business.
30. Where a company carries on life assurance business,
this Ordinance shall apply with respect to that business,
subject to the following modifications—
(a) ‘‘ policy on human life — shall mean any instru-
ment by which the payment of money is assured
on death (except death by accident only) or the
happening of any contingency dependent on human
life, or any instrument evidencing a contract which is
subject to payment of premiums for a term dependent
on human life;
(b) where the company grants annuities upon human
life, “‘ policy ’’ shall include the instrument evidencing
the contract to pay such an annuity, and “ policy
holder ’’ includes annuitant ;
(c) where the company intends to amalgamate with
or to transfer its life assurance business to another
assurance company, the Court shall not sanction the
amalgamation or transfer in any case in which it appears
to the Court that the life policy holders representing
one-tenth or more of the total amount assured in the
company dissent from the amalgamation or transfer;
(d) nothing in this Ordinance providing that the life
assurance fund shall not be liable for any contracts
for which it would not have been liable had the business
of the company been only that of life assurance shall
affect the liability of that fund, in the case of a company
established before the commencement of this Ordinance,
for contracts entered into by the company before
that commencement ;
ces.
Appiication
to life
assurance
companies.
98+
Appheation
to fire
Msuranee
COonypane
Ch. 31. No. 19.) Assurance Companies.
(c) in the case of a mutual company whose profits
are allocated to members wholly or mainly by annual
abatements of premium, the abstract of the report
of the actuary on the financial condition of the com-
pany, prepared in accordance with section 7, may,
notwithstanding anything in section 7, be made and
returned at intervals not exe ceeding five years: Pro-
vided that, where such return is not made annually,
it shall include particulars as to the rate of abatement
of premiums applicable to different classes or series
of assurances allowed in each year during the period
which has ckipsed since the previous return under
section 7
31. Where a company carries on fire insurance business,
this Ordinance shall apply with respect to that business,
subject to the following modifications
(a) it shall not be necessary for the company to
prepare any statement: of its fire insurance business
in accordance with sections 7 and 8;
(6) such of the previsions of this Ordinance as
relate to deposits to be made under this Ordinance
shall not apply where the company is an association
of owners or eceupters of buildings or other property
which satisfies the Registrar General that it is carrying
on, oris about te carry on, business wholly or mainly
for the purpose of the mutual insurance of its members
against damage by or incidental to fire caused to the
houses or other property owned or occupied by them;
(c) it shall not be necessary to make a deposit in
respect of fire insurance business where the company
has made a deposit in respect of any other class of
assurance busine. and, where a company, having
made a deposit in respect of fire insurance business,
commence. to carry on life assurance business or
employers’ liability insurance busine. , the company
may transfer the deposit so made to the account of
that other business, and after such transfer the deposit
shall be treated as if it had been made in respect of
such other business ;
(27) so much of this Ordinance as requires an
assuranee company transacting other business besides
Assurance Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 19. 985
assurance business, or more than one class of assurance
business, to keep separate funds into which all receipts
in respect of the assurance business or of each class of
assurance business are to be paid shall not apply as
respects fire insurance business ;
(ec) the provisions of this Ordinance with respect
to the amalgamation of companies shall not apply
where the only classes of assurance business carried
on by both of the companies are fire insurance business,
or fire insurance business and accident insurance
business, and the provisions of this Ordinance with
respect to the transfer of assurance business from one
company to another shall not apply to fire insurance
business.
32. Where a company carries on accident insurance Application
busine, — this Ordinance shall apply with respect to that to accident
. . . . . insurance
business, subject to the following modifications :— companies.
(a) in leu of the provisions of sections 7 and 8,
the following provisions shall be substituted—
The company shall annually prepare a state-
ment of its accident insurance business in the
form) prescribed for use under section 7 and
applicable to accident insurance business, and the
statement shall be printed or typewritten, signed,
and deposited at the Registrar General’s office in
accordance with section 9.â€
(6) it shall not be necessary to make or keep a
deposit in respect of accident insurance business where
the company has made a deposit in respect of any
other class of assurance business, and, where a com-
pany, having made a deposit in respect of accident
insurance business, commences to carry on life assurance
business or employers’ liability insurance business, the
company may transfer the deposit so made to the
account of that other business, and after such transfer
the deposit shall be treated as if it had been made
in respect of such other business;
(c) so much of this Ordinance as requires an assurance
company transacting other business besides assurance
business, or more than one class of assurance business,
986
Application
to em-
plovers’
hability
insurance
companies.
Ch. 31. No. 19.) Assurance Companies.
to keep separate funds into which all receipts in respect
of the assurance business or of each class of assurance
business are to be paid shall not apply as respects
accident insurance business;
(d) the provisions of this Ordinance with respect
to the amalgamation of companies shall not apply
where the only classes of assurance business carried on
by both of the companies are accident insurance
business, or accident insurance business and _ fire
insurance business, and the provisions of this Ordinance
with respect to the transfer of assurance business from
one company to another shall not apply to accident
insurance business;
(ce) the expression policy — includes’ any policy
under which there is for the time being an existing
liability already accrued, or under which a liability
may accrue;
(f) where a sum is due, or a weekly or other periodical
payment is payable, under any policy, the expression
‘policy holder " include. the person to whom the
sum is due or the weekly or other periodical payment
is payable.
33. Where a company carric. on employers’ liability
insurance busine. this Ordinance shall apply with respect
to that business, subject to the following modifications :—
(a) this Ordinance shall not apply where the com-
pany is an association of employers which satisfies the
Registrar General that it is carrying on, or is about
to carry on, business wholly or mainly for the purpose
of the mutual insurance of 1ts members against liability
to pay compensation or damages to workmen employed
by them, either alone or in conjunction with insurance
against any other risk incident to their trade or
industry ;
(6) this Ordinance shall not apply where the com-
pany carries on the employers’ lability insurance
business as incidental only to the business of marine
insurance by issuing marine policies, or policies in the
form of marine policies, covering liability to pay
compensation or damages to workmen as well as losses
Assurance Companies. [Ch. 31. No. 19. 987
incident to marine adventure or adventure analogous
thereto;
(c) in lieu of the provisions of sections 7 and 8 of
this Ordinance, the following provisions shall be
substituted-
“The company shall annually prepare a
statement of its employers’ liability insurance
business in the form prescribed for use under
section 7 and applicable to employers’ liability
insurance business, and shall cause an investigation
of its estimated liabilities to be made by an
actuary so far as may be necessary to enable the
provisions of that form to be complied with, and
the statement shall be printed or typewritten,
signed, and deposited at the Registrar General's
office in accordance with section 9.â€;
(d) the expression “ policy ’’ includes any _ policy
under which there is for the time being an existing
liability already accrued, or under which any liability
may accrue;
(e) where any sum is due, or a weekly payment is
payable, under any policy, the expression “ policy
holder â€â€™ includes the person to whom the sum ts due
or the weekly payment payable ;
(f) if a company carries on employers’ liability
insurance business outside the Colony, that business
shall not, save as otherwise directed by the Governor
in Council, be treated as part of the employers’ liability
insurance business carried on by the company for the
purposes of this Ordinance.
34. Where a company carries on bond investment Application
busine. this Ordinance shall apply with respect to that fobord
business, subject to the following modifications: companies.
(a) the expression ‘policy ’’ includes any bond,
certificate, receipt, or other instrument evidencing
the contract with the company, and the expression
“policy holder ’’ means the person who for the time
being is the legal holder of such instrument ;
(b) the company shall not give the holder of any
policy issued after the passing of this Ordinance any
Application
to motor
vehicle
insurance
compantee.
Application
to aircraft
insurance
business.
Companies
carrying on
business in
the United
Kingdom.
Ch. 31. No. 19.] Assurance Companies.
advantage dependent on lot or chance, but this pro-
vision shall not be construed as in anywise prejudicing
any question as to the application to any such trans-
action, whether in respect of a policy issued before or
after the commencement of this Ordinance, of the
law relating to lotteries.
35. Where a company carries on motor vehicle insurance
busine. this Ordinance shall apply with respect to that
business in the same way as it applies to accident insurance
busine.
Provided that —
(a) sections 7 and 8 and paragraphs (a) and (8) of
section 32 shall not apply; and
(0) notwithstanding anything in’ this Ordinance
relieving a company from making a deposit in respect
of any class of insurance business where it has made
a deposit in respect of any other class of assurance
busine. , the total sum to be deposited under sub-
section (8) of section 4 shall in no case be less than
ninety-six thousand dollars.
36. Where a company carries on aircraft insurance
busine. this Ordinance shall apply with respect to that
busine. in the same way as it applies to motor vehicle
insurance business: Provided that if a company carries
on both aircraft insurance business and motor vehicle
insurance business, subsection (8) of section 4 and
paragraph (6) of the proviso to section 35 shall have effect
in relation to the company as if its aircraft insurance
business was part of its motor vehicle insurance business.
Companies carrying on business outside the Colony.
37. (1) Where an assurance company is carrying on any
class or classes of assurance business in the Colony at the
commencement of this Ordinance, or thereafter seeks to
carry on any class or classes of assurance business in the
Colony, and the Governor in Council is satisfied as regards
that company—
(a) that the company carries on the same class or
Assurance Companies. (Ch. 31. No. 19.
classes of assurance business in the United Kingdom,
and
(0) that the company has complied in relation
thereto with the provisions of the law of the United
Kingdom with respect to deposits and guarantees
by, and minimum paid up share capital and margin
of solvency of, assurance companies from time to time
in force and applicable to such company,
the Governor in Council may, by order published in the
Royal Gazette, declare that the provisions of this section
shall apply in relation to that company.
(2) An order made under this section shall remain
in force so long only as all the circumstances mentioned in
paragraphs (a) and (6) of subsection (1) continue to apply
to the company.
(3) So long as an order under this section is in force
in respect of any company—
(a) nothing in sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 15 and
16 of this Ordinance shall apply to the company;
(6) the company shall deposit annually with the
Colonial Secretary on or before the date generally
prescribed, or in the case of a company in respect of
which a date has been specially prescribed, on or before
that date, a copy of every account, balance sheet,
abstract, statement or other document which the
company is required by the law of the United Kingdom
from time to time in force to deposit with the Board
of Trade, and shall furnish annually to the Colonial
Secretary, on or before the date generally prescribed,
or in the case of a company in respect of which a
date has been specially prescribed, on or before that
date such proof as the Governor in Council may
require, cither generally, or specially in the case of any
individual company, that the circumstances mentioned
in paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (1) of this
section continue to apply to the company.
(4) If any assurance company in respect of which
an order under this section is in force fails to comply
with any requirement under this section, the circumstances
mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (0) of subsection (1)
989
Ord. 19-
1947, s. 3.
Ord. 31-
1944, s. 4.
Ord. 19-
1947, s. 3.
Ord. 31-
1944, s. 5.
990
“es.
Provisions
as ta
applications
under see-
tions 37 or
3s.
Ord. 10.
144, 4.
Applic
of this
Ordinance
to assurance
companies
referred to in
ss. 37 or 38.
Ch. 31. No. 19.] Assurance Companies.
of this section shall be deemed to have ceased to apply to
the company
38. (1) Where an assurance company is carrying on
any class or classes of assurance business in the Colony at
the commencement of this Ordinance, or thereafter secks
to carry on any class or classes of assurance business in the
Colony, and the Governor in Council is satisfied as regards
that company—
(a) that the company does not carry on assurance
business of that class or classes in the United Kingdom
but carries on assurance business 1n a Commonwealth
country outside the United Kingdom = and_ the
Colony, and
(0) that law of the territory in which the company
‘“UITies On assurance business controls such business,
the Governor in Council may, by order published in the
Royal Gazette, declare that the provisions of this Ordinance
shall apply to that company with such modifications, and
subject to such oxemptions, as may be specified in the
order
(2) An order under this section may be cancelled or
varied by a subsequent order, which shall be published in the
Roval Gazette.
39. A company applying for an order under sections 37
or 38 shall furnish at the time of its application, or within
such further period as the Governor in Council may
prescribe or as may be allowed by the Governor in Council
In any special such evidence as the Governor in
Council may require of the facts alleged in the application
or of any other facts which the Governor in Council may
consider to be relevant to the application.
40. This Ordinance shall not apply to any assurance
company to which sections 37 or 38 refer until the expiration
of one month from the commencement of this Ordinance, or,
if application has meanwhile been made under sections 37
or 328, until the determination of such application.
Assurance Companies. (Ch. 31. No. 19.
991
Rules.
41. (1) The Governor in Council may make rules to
carry this Ordinance into effect and, in particular and
without prejudice to the generality of this power, rules
under this section may be made—
(a) to prescribe all such things as are authorised to
be prescribed by this Ordinance; and
(6) to prescribe the circumstances in which deposits
made under section + may be transferred or withdrawn
and to regulate the making and management of
deposits under that section; and
(c) subject to this Ordinance, to prescribe fees to be
taken for things done under this Ordinance.
(2) This section shall not operate to prevent the
taking of any fees provided for by the Registrar General
Ordinance: Provided that rules made under this section
and expressly providing for any fees to be taken shall
prevail over the provisions of the Registrar General
Ordinance.
(3) For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared
that rules under this section may, as regards any matter
in respect of which such rules may be made, provide for
the application in this Colony, with or without modification
and otherwise mutatis mutandis, of any law from time to
time in force in the United Kingdom relating to that
matter.
(+) Any rules prescribing the dates on or before
which documents required to be deposited shall be deposited,
or proof of the continuance of the circumstances mentioned
in paragraphs (a) and (8) of subsection (1) of section 37
of this Ordinance shall be furnished, or prescribing the
nature of such proof, may prescribe different dates for
different companies and different proof for different
companies.
(SCHEDULE.
Rules.
Ord. 31-
1944, s. 6.
992
Ch. 31. No. 19.] Assurance Companies.
THE SCHEDULE.
Where an assurance company is being wound up by the court or
subject to the supervision of the court, the liquidator, in the case of all
persons appearing by the books of the company to be entitled to or
interested in policies granted by such company, is to ascertain the value
of the liability of the company to each such person, and give notice of
such value to such persons in such manner as the court may direct, and
any person to whom notice is so given shall be bound by the value so
ascertained unless he gives notice of his intention to dispute such value
in manner and within a time to be prescribed by a rule or order of
the court.
( 993 )
ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF THE
ORDINANCES.
SHORT TITLES.
Absconding Debtors
Accessories and Abettors
Administration of Estates
Adoption of Children
Advertisements Regulation
Affiliation
Agricultural Contracts
Agricultural Co-operative Socicties
Agricultural Credit Bank
Agricultural Credit Societies
Agricultural Fires
Agricultural Society...
Aid to Pioneer Industries
Air Navigation
Alien Bankers
Alien Criminals
Alien Missionarics and Teachers
Aliens (Landholding)
Antibiotic.
Apportionment
Arbitration
Arima Corporation
Asphalt Export Duty
Asphalt Industry Regulation
Assurance Companies
Auctioneers
Bahamas and Leeward Islands Light Dues
Bankers’ Licences and Bank Notes
T.—IyV,
CH.
-
29
30
23
23
23
23
23
23
33
19
21
21
21
21
12
=
6
39
32
26
31
31
18
35
When & Ow
wont &
a
cov cust RK wD
VOL.
IV
1V
Ill
III
Ill
Ill
Ill
Ill
Ill
Il
III
Ill
II
VI
Ifl
IV
IV
63
PAGE
755
508
964
88
110
705
321
248
297
272
347
245
377
1158
101
106
104
92
494
760
868
737
98
662
907
837
1139
607
O04 Alphabetical Index of the Ordinances.
SHORT TITLES. Cu. No. VoL. PAGE
Bankruptcy 6 6 I 763
Beekeeping and Bee Products 25 3 oll 530
Relmont Improvement Rate 39 4 Vi 401
Bills of Exchange 31 5 IV 750
Bills of Lading 31 6 IV 796
Bills of Sale 3l 8 IV 800
Births and Deaths Registration 29 1 IV 2
Botanic Gardens 2+ 2 II 505
Boxing Control 30. 12 IV 270
Boy Scouts Association 41 1 VIO 1024
Brewery 32:10 Vv 190
British Nationality (Offences and Fees) 21 1 4 82
Bruce Stephens Trust 13 3 Il ObL
Building Societic. 38 1 Vi 2
Burial Grounds 12 «18 Il 039
Cable and Wireless (West Indies) Limited... 30 3 Vv 097
CG: Pier 41 5 WIL 1037
C Free Library 42 3 VI 1054
Carri oof Goods by Sei 31 7 IV 798
Carts lo 7 II 923
Casual Revenue 33. «12 v 525
Census 29 8 oW 102
Central Library of Trinidad and Tobago 42 +0 VE 1057
Central Water Distribution Authority 37 1 v 752
Children + 2t I 270
Cinematograph 30°10 240
Cinematograph Entertainment Tax 33 «10 Vv S15
Cinematograph Entertainments (Maximum
Charges) 30.11 lV 208
Claving of Coca: 23 9 Il 304
Cocoa (Import and Export) 32 4 Vv 96
Cocoa Industry 23. 16~«OoTTT 415
Cocoa Subsidy (Special Taxation)... 33 9 Vv 513
Coins Offence. t 8 ] 407
Colonial Prisoners Removal 11 8 VW 291
Colonial Sceretary Incorporation ... we OO 2 II 3
Alphabetical Index of the Ordinances.
SuOkT Titer.
Colony Surve
Comunissioners of Affidavits
Commissions of Enquiry
Comp:
Compensation for Injuric.
Compulsory Education
Compulsory Training and Service (lEemer-
sency)
Control of Importation of Live Fish
Conveyancing and Law of Property
Copra Products Control
Copyright
Coroners
Corporal Punishment
Country Markets
County Councils
Court Deposits
Court Funds Investment
Credit Union Socictie.
Criminal Appeal
Criminal Offence.
Criminal Procedure
Crown Debts...
Crown Grants and Leases (Re-Tssue)
Crown Lands...
Crown Suits
Crown Suits Limitation
Currency
Customs
Customs and Excise Department
Dangerous Drugs
Debtors
Deceased Officers’ Salary
Deceased Wife’s Sister’s Marriage...
Deeds of Arrangement
Department of Agriculture...
T.—IV.
CI.
27
7
7
3l
3
Lt
10
N
a
me NN New
~
~
VoL.
[tl
I
(
IV
i
Ik
iH
Vv
itl
Vv
IV
I
I
VI
VI
I
I
Vi
I
[
I
I
Itl
III
<
995
PAGE
OS-+
935
833
338
057
OOL
178
206
839
253
921
296
035
1020
928
055
052
219
157
391
350
724
724
709
646
650
59+
4
2
475
752
114
52
854
242
996 Alphabetical Index of the Ordinances.
SuorT Tire.
Deportation (British Subjects)
Diplomatic Privileges (Extension)...
Director of Survey.
Director ef Works and Hydraulics
Disec os of Animals...
Distressed Seamen Repatriation
Division of Trinidad
Dogs
Droghers
Dry River
Kast Drv River Emprovement Rate
Education
Electric Installations (Buildings)
Klectricity, (Inspection)
Ie Powers
Emigration (Children)
Employment of Women (Night Work)
Estate and Suecession Dutie.
Estate and Suece. Dutie. (Nilled
War)
Lvidenece
Excess Profits Tax
Excess Protits Tax (Termination of Oper:
tion)
Exce — Protits Tax (Post-Wi Refunds)
Texcise (General Provisions)
explosive.
Exportation of Fruit
Expulsion of Undesirable Aliens
extradition
i:
Farmers Advance.
Feline Animals
Fertilisers and Feeding Stuffs
Fire; ts and Ammunition...
CH,
20
42
27
15
25
18
27
25
1S
39
39
14
30
30
tH
20)
2?
om
33
33
33
32
30
32
|
30
23
25
23
30
No.
om
mn Ss te
sr
VoL.
a
Vi
Ul
Vi
Ul
IV
[ll
IV
HII
Itt
lll
IV
PAGE
67
1099
080
712
518
1153
691
534
1143
458
405
079
£93
301
298
78
136
A+L
481
O42
529
559
500
104
189
LOO
108
638
113
368
540
4108
214
Alphabetical Index of the Ordinances.
SuorT TITek.. Ci. No.
Fire Brigade. I +
Fisheries 25 9
Food and Drugs t2 a
Food and Fuel Control 30 b
Foreign Labour Contracts 22 8
Forests 24 l
Forgery to 12
[reneh Guia dextradition 4+. 26
Friendly Socictie. 38 2
Friendly Societies Housing Corporation 38 3
Gambling $20
Gi Cylinders (Use, Conve and
Storage) 30 3
General Loan and Inscribed Stock 3t 1
General Local Loan... 34 2
General Local Loi 9 (Municipal Corpora-
trons) 3t 3
Geological Surve 20 II
Garl Guide. Association +t 2
Government Curreney Note. 35 0
Government Housing Lo: 9 fi
Governor’s Emoluments 9 I
Habeas Corpus 5 10
Hackney Carrii Ib 6
Harbours Is I
Hindu Marriage 29 5
Hospitals 12 9
Hotels (Development E agement) 3215
Immigration (Indian) 20 |
Immigration (Restriction) 20 2
Importation of Textiles (Quotas) ... .- 32 3
Von.
I
Hl
Il
IV
It
III
I
I
Vi
VE
<<<
Hl
VI
Vv
Il
IH
Il
I]
IV
Il
Ill
Ut
997
PAGE
208
504
459
226
149
494
408
639
30
168
501
183
504
574
579
076
1026
O43
1t6
2
083
910
900
09
501
200
lw
92
QOS Uphabetical Indev of the Ordinances
Suonr Virtr Cu. Now Vor PAG
(
Income Pax I V 208
Income Pax (la Aid of Tidustry) 2 V 318
Indictable Olfences (Preliminary Enquiry) 4 I l 300
Industrial Prating I 1 WA
Infants a Ie 1 OSS
Interpretation 1 - l 15
Interpreters 8 l 39
Judgments Ff 5 9 l o79)
Judie. l I 128
Jury ‘t l 330
Labour Bure. 22 - Wl 120
Labout (imum W. 22 { U1 [25
Labour St: 22 3 Wl [22
La Breo Jetty and: Pr ay +l 3 VIO 1028
Land Acquisition 27 610s Tl 733
Landlord and Pen, 27) lo TT Ol
Lands and Buildings Paxe. 33 7 Vv AS
Land Surveyors 27 2 owl O81
L. t 11 l +45
Law Otheers 7 3 l S88
Law Revision I 1 | 2
Le and Sales of Settled Estate, 2745 HW] 929
Legishulive Council (élections) 2 2 l Jt
Legislative Council (Privileges) 2 I ] 32
Legitimation 5 613 l 097
Leprosy 120 1 Il S42
Letting of Houses (Implied Terms) 27 8s Ill 728
Libel and Defamation + 10 I ASS
Licensing of Dealers (Precious Metals and
Stones) 301+ lV 288
Licensing of Vehicles 16 5 Il 8908
Limes Export Levy 32 «14 Vv 259
Limeoil (Control of Manufacture) ... .. 30 19 IV 24
AU phabetical Indes of the Ordinance. 999
Suone Pres Cu. Noo Var
Lunitation of Personal Actions 5 © l 03
Liquor Licenee. 3. (1 \ 205
Local Force. lo i lt 1-18
Local Savings Bank... AS ‘tl Vv O15
Tunaey and Mental Preatment lL. Ww I 506
Magistrates Protection 5 I 10
Marntenanece Orders (Enforcement) 5 lo l V7
Malari. Abatement 12 lb tl 6.43
Malictous Deane ‘t 14 ! AS]
Marketing Board 8 Hl J50
Marking of Slups Is t tl LOsO
Marriage 1\ 20
Married Werner's Property 27 13 Hl 907
Masters and Servants 22 5 lit 129
Mediteal Board [.2 a 306
Mecdheal Service 12 ( Il 302
Mereanithe baw Jt 4 IV 752
Mevelnindise Marks ‘1 17 IV 926
Merch. Navy Cluh 13 I 1 070
Merchant Shipping Is 5 Il 1083
Mine. Borings and Quarrie. 20 1 il OOO
Mining Compensation 20 5 oI Ol-+
Moneylenders 3l 1 IV KAY
Monyroose 25 o Il S42
Montreal rust Company A ‘| VI 101
Mortgages of Produce 27 al lu 996
Motion Picture Films (Ci “age and Storage) 300 20 IV 326
Motor Liache. 18 b Il 113!
Motor Vehicles and Road Trattie lo 3 Il 831
Motor Vehicle Tnsurs (Third-party
Risks) 10 4 Il 879
Municipal Corporations (Pensions) 39 13 Vi 910
Municipal elections 39, 12 Vi 874
Muslim Marriage and Divorce Registration 29 t IV St
1000 Uphabetical Index of the Ordinances,
SUORT Tre
Naval Volunteer
No cal Volunteer and Defence
Newspapers
Notaries Public (Tebage)
Notification of Births
Nurses Registration
Oaths
Offences against the Person
Oil and Water Board
Oil-bearing Sands (Water Control)
Oilhield Fires Control
Oil Mining and Refining
Oil Rights (Alien Control)
Old Age Pensions
Old Metal and Marine Store
Opticians (Registration)
Overse: Nurse. Pensions
Partitio
Partucrship
Patents, De and Trade Marks
Patents, Designs, Copyright and Trade
Marks (emergency)
Pawnbrokers...
Pensions
Perjury
Petitions in Lun
Petroleum
Petroleum Department and Conservation
Board
Petty Civil Courts
Pilotage
Pipe-line.
Plant (Fxport Prohibition)...
26
20
26
26
21
13
30
12
~
26
2
3
18
20
32
No,
we
rte
—_ _
ssw
10
went S
‘~ MEPS te
Vor.
I]
N
I]
W
iI
Il
Ul
Ill
Hl
i
Hl
IV
IV
Vi
IV
Il
I
1
I
Mil
Yy
PAGE
170
175
235
932
037
of]
955
417
O17
Of
(4
591
4
050
230
324
47
O23
720
930
1082
Sol
13
500
O85
578
5608
171
1063
648
103
Alphabetical Index of he Ordinance.
Suort Tities.
Plant Protection
Poltee
Pool Betting
Poor Relief
Port-of-Spain Corporation
Port-of-Spain Corporation (Electricity)
Port Services (Due. Charge. and Man.
meut)
Post Office
Post OMice Savings Bank
Pounds
Preseription
Prevention of Corruption
Prevention of Crimes
Prine *'s Building
Prisons
Private Schools
Probation of Offenders
Production of Cane
Production of Teleg
Promissory Oaths
Provident Fund
Publie Accounts
Public Authorities Protection
Public Health
Public Holiday.
Publie Libri
Public Prustec
Quarantine
Queen's Park
Race.
Railways
Rates and Charges Recovery
Cu,
23
a
30
13
39
39
18
A2
17
33
No.
17
I
lt
I
I
b
-. — mh
—- Wis te wel
-_
— OW
6
_— ws
Vor.
II
Il
IV
i
Vi
VI
UI
V
Il
I
Il
II
Vi
Vi
Il
VI
Vi
I]
V
toot
"AGE
427
202
331
650
250
409
982
652
029
558
O70
AND
277
O24
287
OO-4
025
381
7A9
958
95
7
8
33]
1042
LO-+d4
1083
582
1005
100]
9360
502
1002 Alphabetical Index of the Ordinances.
SHORT TITLES.
Rates, Taxes and Licences (Payment by
Cheque)
Real Property
Real Property Limitation
Recreation Grounds and Pastures...
Recruiting of Workers
Registers of Births, Deaths and Marriages...
Registrar General
Registration of Business Name.
Registration of Clubs
Registration of Deeds
Released Prisoners’ Licences
Remedies of Creditors
Remission of Penalties
Rent Restriction
Rent Restriction (Serviced Premises)
Rent Restriction (Short Tenancics)
Rents of Small Agricultural Holdings
Restriction of Ribbon Development
Resumption of Land
Riot
Roads...
Rural Pedlars
Sale of Goods
Sale of Produce
San Fernando and Arima Hucksters, Ped-
lars and Porters ...
San Fernando Corporation...
San Fernando Electric Works
San Fermando Recreation Ground
Sawmills
Schools (Medical Inspection)
School Teachers’ Pensions
Sedition
Separation and Maintenance
Services (Charges Control) ...
Cu. No. VOL.
33 13 Vv
27 ~=€6ll-~—sidA
5 7 I
40 3 VI
22 7 All
29 6 IV
28 1 = =dIill
31 3 IV
32 12 Vv
28 2 Iii
11 6 II
6 2 I
4 24 I
27— 18s CII
27 =619 Ill
27. =©20-~—Ss III
23 20 = Ill
16 2 II
27 7 Iii
4 7 I
16 1 II
31 13 IV
31 9 IV
23 «#18 ~#=@TZiI
39 10 VI
39 7 VI
39 9 VI
39 8 VI
24 3 6=Ill
14 4 II
14 5 II
4 6 J
5 15 I
30 «618 IV
PAGE
527
761
667
1019
139
84+
1002
741
241
1006
281
726
637
963
987
992
479
819
726
403
764
882
814
436
730
531
700
698
508
701
703
397
712
314
Alphabetical Index of the Ordinances. 1003
SHORT TITLES. Cu. No. VOL. PAGE
Shops (Hours of Opening and Employment) 31 14 #IV 886
Shouters Prohibition 4 19 I 558
Sleeping Accommodation (Control of
Charges) wee 30 17 #2ZIV 311
Slum Clearance and Housing 37.2 Vv 801
Slum Clearance and Housing (Temporary
Provisions) 37 3 Vv 851
Solicitors 7 64 I 890
Special Reserve Police 11 3 II 259
Spirits and Spirit Compounds 32 9 Vv 137
St. James Area Improvement 39 2 VI 446
Stamp Duty 33 4 VV 389
Statutory Declarations 7 7 I 937
Street Collections (Control) 30 13 #2IV 284
Sugar-Cane Small Holdings 23 11 Iii 376
Sugar Industry Special Funds 23 14 ~~ «IIl 403
Sugar Quotas 23 «13~—~«sO
Sulphonamide Drugs 12 7 II 492
Summary Courts 3 4 I 193
Summary Ejectment 27. «17—~—S sl 957
Summary Offences 4 17 I 511
Supplemental Police 11 2 II 241
Taxes Exemption 33 11 Vv 523
Theatres and Dance Halls 30 9 IV 242
Three Chains (Tobago) 27 9 Hi 730
Tobago Deeds 28 3 #‘ZIII = 1014
Tobago Metairie 23 #19: Ill 405
Town and Regional Planning 37 4 v 864
Towns and Villages (Definition) 40 2 VI 1017
Trade Disputes (Arbitration and Inquiry)... 22 10 III 173
Trade Disputes and Protection of Property 22 11 III 179
Trade Unions 22 9 Il 155
Trading with the Enemy 42 7 VI 1067
Travelling Allowances 9 12 II 143
Treason 4 5 I 395
Treasury Bills 35 1 v 592
Trespass wee vee wee wee . 4 18 I 555
1004 Alphabetical Index of the Ordinances.
SHortT TITLEs.
Trinidad Consolidated TelephonesLimited
Trinidad and Tobago Electricity Commis-
sion
Truck...
Trustee
Trustee Investments in) Government
Securities...
United States Bases (Temporary Pro-
visions)
United States Counsel
Vaccination
Venereal Disease
Venezuela [Extradition
Veterinary Surgeons (Registration)
Volunteer Reserve
Wages Councils
Wardens
Waterworks and Water Conservation
Weights and Me:
Widows and Orphans’ Pensions
Wild Animals and Birds (Protection)
Wills and Probate
Wireless Telegtaphy
Workmen's Compensation
Workmen’s Compensation (Transfer of
Funds)
Workimen’s Wages (Protection)
Vi
Young Offenders Detention
PRINTED LY C. F. ROWORTH, LTD., 383 FETTER
Cu.
36
37
22
8
3+
40
i
LANE,
No. VoL.
4 Vv
5
12 III
3 I
+ \
1 VI
2 VI
13 11
14 ll
27 ]
1 Ill
2 II
16 Ill
1 VI
2 Il
15 lV
8 Il
7 Hl
2 ]
2 Vv
14 lll
15 Ill
13 Ill
12 II
9 IT
LONDON, E. *.4.
PAGE
715
898
184
1041
587
1106
W111
571
580
043
514
107
221
1014
714
901
49
545
980
084
190
219
188
566
292